Skip to main content

Full text of "Transactions of the Entomological Society of London"

See other formats 


i 
Ah ‘ 7 eras G 
tates cient erie a 


ate may Pah WAR ‘ 
ORCI es Se a en hy . teat 
A Rey eal et ‘ NA SS a “We 
ee ek LV nay a fl . R 
NA 3 ee aS kta 
aw Sst in M , 


aN a vie Mays fy 
+e wie rend 
hat! 


is 
Shine ete 
ata a a oi Nyt tan ne 
yw AA a ha ae t ‘ : Vi ae . ya" ae haiate ns 
Lea wa wes wl, Y Bier i4 iy Qa elt eh hy i LG eh eds J oyctt 
" Vy he Bee rata Panay mya ge . . sy Was : ay uate a 
" “ wa tee \ “ “ 
re a i 
ene ny 


mth Rite ie ai ma 


agit SERS seh 


Gee : 
hadi 


SA Sy PAN on oan 4 


as 2 Saihs The hyo. 
Rc ree 


fii Yor AS Ah m 
cee 8: ote 


1 a iy 4 
err wie 
Va rae ae igh es x 


ve it me 


Nisin Ate : 


tikes pales 
ede 


OP iget hy oied. 
- aed Mie 
Tie hats Se 
A hak 


PRY EA ) 
Riera 
Here 
Persp atbunae a 
Hh 


Bye AG 


afeiaiead 
Monten 


et 
ae 


UME e ete 
Weed ue iS ies, ia Seed 
hy shay) Pere ey 
ie be 
BU A es De 


CAS Lay soln 
“ihn hy % 
we rsiloh te ai ; ie 
Wienaie 
fut we He fs nt “ 
ame estonia parnnes 
c pea ros 
iW) ipa ie a 


cs aes Pte uf 
Lahde od Bes 
Hs. no Cease, 
FY a Kmeaitey Be 
free me Ccree i 


HORE 
linen gcnien 


5 1 me ee ek aig , Pat hv vs ty (Ww ss EO OE 

CPU Che a ie yt ine! =H ‘ } ve f bio ‘ se gasp dn $ ie: 

ey ar beh RAN Rea ea etd NERD kay WE : vie here yf veer el eee fe BS setae, = pede: ft 
fi Ata G4 cu AB E St ae f aS GDS nf ra 

AN SRNR SRR LN cen ceo ee 
Betis ‘ ee 
2s 
sts Ma ser abs 


Pe ay 
rh Sree t 
A th « 

ai} 


en 
Loar | 
4 


at AP 2h 
’ ie 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


OF 


LONDON 


THE 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF THE 


» ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


LONDON 


PLOceR ht oH Ee Y BAR 


1908. 


LON DOW: 


PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED, 
LONDON AND BUNGAY. 
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET, 
CAVENDISH SQUARE, W., 


AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO, 
PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK. 


1908-1909. 
Apsonian | 
A ity, ays 2 Instivay 
o Y GD CO HY 
NOV 26 }909 seis $45 99 


Office Libra’ 


DATES OF PUBLICATION IN PARTS. 


I. (TRrans., p. 1-176, Proc., i-xvi) was published 5 June, 1908 


Part 
rf te i 177-386, _,, xvii-l) ss 29 Sept. ,, 
fn BeT8T4, fy ( Sapir), 20am meee 


Vv. (———_————_,,__ xcix-dx) + 1 April, ,, 


” 


ae ea 


at 


_— 


dws 


\ 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


FounDED, 1833, 


IncoRPoRATED BY RoyAt CHARTER, 1889, 


OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1908-1909. 


President, 
CHARLES OWEN WATERHOUSE. 


Vice-Presidents. 


THOMAS ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.8. 
Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S. 
HENRY ROWLAND-BROWN, M.A. 


Treasurer. 
ALBERT HUGH JONES. 


Secretaries. 


HENRY ROWLAND-BROWN, M.A. 
Commanper JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS. 


Librarian. 
GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S. 


Otber Members of Council. 


ALBERT HARRISON, F.LS., F.C.S. 

WILLIAM JAMES KAYE, F.L.S. 

GEORGE BLUNDELL LONGSTAFF, M.D. 
HUGH MAIN, B.Sc. 

GUY ANSTRUTHER KNOX MARSHALL, F.ZS. 
Pror. LOUIS COMPTON MIALL, F.R.S. 

Pror. EDWARD B. POULTON, D.Sc. M.A., F.R.S. 
ROBERT SHELFORD, M.A., F.L.S., C.M.ZS. 
ewe Tore, 

GEORGE HENRY VERRALL. 


Resident Librarian. 
GEORGE BETHELL, F.R.H1s7.5. 


7 


a Nea ee 

Z (it pall eas by Fi 
24 f ase 

Ozer #3 


TOAD Oe PORT Oe EAE 70) 


» 
A ° 


ri i pte 2 iz 


ee Fit ' ALE A TI AT pe Tihs PIAGET 
id 4 ' ; Rett} ( i a! 1AMTLE ‘ ony 
By Per NOM FB oak 


7 Wal of PUG ERAT a 


4 PUR S noaeaul) a 
‘ » \ my,’ 

‘¥ o Liev = iu 

al, 

is . ; Mit a AUT) M, LPP Cae ha a 

. . : : 


a . . TO S7gc Sey) 75Te : pe 


LOS ULA RD Tama re 5 
Y MOL AG AAT EE Via 
LAU, 20tOo) a 
(Hel JSLAT. HILAR 2 
ft 3 | Pe he mh 
tt) ACVE WGP BRL ein : 
A ohh ‘+ AIL OR Fe Chapa PRU. tenuis 
a ae crs ‘4 CULO WE De TO 
Ny) Vm A 
Li, WS), VWI Soa 


Ty iba i bie 


Ficoll ob TCE 


( vii ) 


CONTENTS. 


PAGE 


Explanation of the Plates viil 
List of Fellows... is as se as is A nee ix 
Additions to the Library ae Se ae hiss sed as Ke Bess 
Errata and Corrigenda Bos = os es a i rp pe oab< 
MEMOIRS 

PAGE 

I. On the species of Hesperide from the Indo-Malayan and African 

Regions, described by Herr Plotz, with descriptions of some 
new species. By CoLonEL C, SWINHOE, M.A., F.L.S., etc. 1 

II. Notes on some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. By G. B. Lone- 
sTaFF, M.D., F.R.C.P., F.ES. - 37 

III. On some of the Butterflies of ee Ee G. B. Ronen M. D., 
F.R.C.P., F.E.S. 53 

IV. On the Metamorphoses of Cp Seaitera: papain Faia 

Southern China. By J. C. W. Kersuaw, F.E. S., and G. Wi. 
Kirkabpy, F.E.S8.  . Es 59 

V. Notes on the Thynnidx, with ee on some ies te genera 
of the Scoliide. By Rowtanp E. Turner, F. E.S. 63 

VI. Two New Diplopterous oe ada ae from Beer ia Row- 
LAND E. Turner, F.E.S. 89 

VII. On Diaposematism, with renee to some idiations ‘of the 

Miillerian a ead of ee By Guy A. K. MarsHatr, 
F.Z.8.; F.E.S. ... ste DO 

VIII. Descriptions of New specs “of pep one L Teteranend from 
South-East Brazil. By E. DUKINFIELD JONES, F.ES. . 148 

IX. Hymenoptera Aculeata collected in Algeria by the Rev. A. E. 

Eaton, M.A., F.ES., and the Rev. ‘Francis Davip Morice, 

M.A., FE. s (Part 1. Heter oyyna, Fossores (pars), Traus. Ent. 

Soc. 1901, Pt. iv, pp. 515-563. Part IL. Diploptera, Fossores, 

1905, Pt. iv, pp. 399-417). Part III. eaniienlsia- By EpwarpD 
SAUNDERS, F. R.S., etc. she Alri 

X. On the Larve of Trictenotoma Sian ent, Guy. Me ltommna 

insulare, Fairmaire, and Dascillus cervinus, Linn. it Cyd: 
Gauan, M.A., F.E.S. . . 275 


XI. The systematic pau a ies Phorite ead of camera: jee ty Yy- 


cerous families in Diptera. By W. WESCHE, a BEE: Com- 
9 


municated by J. E. CoLuin, F.ES. 

XII. Notes on the value of the genitalia of ese as prides in : Phyl. 
geny. By W. Wescus, F.R.M.S. cpemmneed ee J. EH. 
Coty, F.E.S. . 

XIII. Erebia lefebvret and Lycwna pyrenaica By T. vy Cuarac, 
M.D., F.Z.8. 

XIV. On ee ia ee grandis on eperies). By T. AS pears M. D., 


XV. A contribution a the Glassifestion af ie Coleopterous family 
Dynastide. By Gupert J. ArRow, F.E.S.  ... 


ll viii) 


XVI. On certain Vyctertbiidw, with descriptions of two new species 
from Formosa. By HucGu Scorr, B.A. (Cantab.). Com- 


municated by Dr. Davip SHarp, M.A., F.RS., F.E.S. «e. BOD 
XVII. Are Everes argiades and coretas distinct species? By T. A. 
CuHarman, M.D., F.Z.8., F.E.S. ... aed ayy! 


XVIII. Descriptions of some new Hesperiide from Central aad South 
America. By Hamittron H. Druce, F.L.S., F.E.S., etc. ... 375 
XIX. Further Studies of the Tetrigine (Orthopter a) in the Oxford 
University Museum. By J. L. Hancock, M.D., F.E.S. 
(Chicago) ... . 387 
XX. Heredity in six farcilios ‘of Papi ES tes Bran Subspecies 
cenea, Stoll., bred at Durban, by Mr. G. F. Leigh, F.E.8. 
By Epwarp B. Povutton, D.8c., M.A., LL.D. (Princeton), 
F.R.S., etc., Hope Professor of Zoology i in the University of 
Oxford, Fellow of Jesus College, Oxford ; . 427 
XXI. Mimetic North American species of the Genus Toes (s. 1) 
and their models. By Epwarp B. Pourton, D.Sc., M.A., 
LL.D. (Princeton), F.R.S., ete., Hope Professor of Zoology 
in the University of Oxford, Fellow of Jesus College, Oxford 447 
XXII. Some bionomic notes on British East African Butterflies, by 
the Rev. K. St. Ausyn Rocrrs, M.A., F.E.S., of Wadham 
College, Oxford; with further notes and descriptions by 
Professor E. B. Poutton, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., ete.; and 
an Appendix containing the description of new British East 
African forms, by Rotanp Trimen, M.A., F.R.S., ete. «.- 489 
XXIII. On Miillerian Mimicry and i yee A Reply to Mr. 
G. A. K. MarsHatyi. By F. A. Dixey, M.A., M.D., Fellow of 
Wadham College, Oxford ... ... 509 
XXIV. On some of the principal Mimetic ( Miillerian) Combiastians of 
Tropical American Butterflies. By J. C. Mourron, F.E.S., of 


Magdalen College, Oxford ... . 585 
XXYV. Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. By G. B.  Loxosrare, M.A., 

M.D., F.E.S. ... ae on . 607 
Proceedings for 1908 ei ate Jes is 336 “a ..  I-xeviii 
Annual Meeting... thy ai i. sad ee ae as xcix 
President’s Address He Aa és: aa $e ae me ev 
General Index aks or ae Pee he ae aus ne cxix 
Special Index & de ae a5 ee ste “oe wth CVT 


EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. 


Plates I-III. See page 36 Plates XIX, XX. See page 374 
Plates I-III. Corrections _ ,, 36 | Plate XXI. “s 386 
Plates IV-Y. ef 62 | Plate X XII. 5 426 
Plate VI. - 282 | Plates XXIII, XXIV. . 445 
Plate VII. a 296 | Plate XXV. aR 488 
Plates VIII-XIII. » 9816 | Plates XXVI-XXIX. es 557 
Plates XIV-XVII. - 320 | Plates XXX-XXXIV ” 606 
Plate X VIII. = 370 


In the Proceedings. 
Plates A, B, C See pages Ixx-Ixxiii. 


INSTRUCTIONS TO BINDER. 


The explanation to Plate I should be placed to face Plate III ( = I). 

The explanation to Plate II should be placed to face Plate I ( = II). 

The explanation to Plate III should be placed to face Plate II ( = III). 

Plate A (with explanation) should be placed to face page Ixxxii in Pro- 
ceedings, before Plates B and C. 


Hist of Fellows 


OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON. 


Date of HONORARY FELLOWS. 


Election. 
1900 AvrtiviLuius, Professor Christopher, Stockholm. 


1905 Bottvar, Don Ignacio, Paseo de Recoletos Bajo, 20, Madrid. 

1901 Fasre, J. H., Sérignan, Vaucluse, France. 

1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland. 

1906 GANGLBAUER, Professor Ludwig von, Hof Musewm, Vienna. 

1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome. 

1908 OxseRTHUR, Charles, Rennes, Ille-et-Vilaine, France. 

1906 Reuter, Professor Opo Morannat, The University, Helsingfors, 
Finlond, ' 

1895 ScuppsEr, Samuel Hubbard, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A. 

1885 SNELLEN, P. C. T., Rotterdam. 

1893 Wartenwyt, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Lerchenfeldstrasse 28, 
Vienna. 

1898 Weismann, Dr. August, Freiburg, Baden. 


FELLOWS. 


Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions. 
Marked * have died during the year. 


Date of 
Election, 


1908 AcKERLEY, F. B., c/o Messrs. Clarke Bros., and Brown, Ltd., P.O. 
Box 2215, Johannesburg, South Africa. 

1901 + Apair, Sir Frederick E. S., Bart., Flixton Hall, Bungay. 

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria 
street, S.W. 

1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N. 

1902 ADKIN, Benaiah Whitley, Trenoweth, Hope-park, Bromley, Kent. 

1885 ADKIN, Robert, Welljield, Lingards-road, Lewisham, S.E. 

1904 Acar, E. A., La Haut, Dominica, B. W. Indies. 

1904 ALpERSON, Miss E. Maude, Park House, Worksop, Notts. 


(exer) 


1899 Anprews, Henry W., Shirley, Welling, S.0., Kent. 

1908 AnprRos, Thomas, G., Wilton-house, 31, St. Saviow’s-road, Jersey. 

1901 Awnnine, William, 39, Lime Street, E.C. 

1908 | ANTRAM, Charles, B., The Insectarium, Kanny-Koory, Silchar 
P. 0., Cachar, India. 

1907 ARNoLD, G., University of Liverpool, Liverpool. 

1899 + ArRow, Gilbert J., 87, Union-grove, Clapham, 8.W.; and British 
Musewn (Natural History), Cromwell-road, 8.W. 

1907 Asupy, Sydney R., 119, Greenvale-road, Eltham-park, Kent. 

1886 Armory, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn. 

1850 f AveBuRyY, The Right Honble. Lord, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L8., F.G.S., 
etc., High Elms, Farnborough, Kent. 


1901 Bacor, Arthur W., York Cottuge, York-hill, Loughton, Essex. 

1904 + BaGNALL, Richard §., South Hylton, nr. Sunderland. 

1903 Baxpock, G. R., Oakburn Villa, Enfield Highway, Middlesex. 

1886 Banxkus, Eustace R., M.A., Norden, Corfe Castle, Wareham. 

1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.8., Zhe Warren, Cromer. 

1886 Barcaaut, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1, 
Florence, Italy. 

1895 Barker, Cecil W., The Bungalow, Malvern, Natal, South Africa, 

1887 Barker, H. W., 147, Gordon-road, Peckham, S.E. 

1902 Barrauvp, Philip J., Bushey Heath, Watford. 

1907 Bartuert, H. Frederick D., 113, Richmond-park-road, Bournemouth, 

1894 + Bareson, William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College 
Cambridge, Merton House, Grantchester, Cambridge. 

1904 Bayne, Arthur F., c/o Mrs. Freeman, Custle-street, Framlingham, 
Suffolk. 

1896 + BearE, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., 10, Regent Terrace, 
Edinburgh. 

1908 BrcuHErR, Major Edward F., 2, Berkeley Villas, Pitville, Cheltenham. 

1908 Beck, Richard, Sandihayes, Bitterne Park, Southampton. 

1905 Berprorp, The Duke of, K.G., Pres. Z.S., etc., Woburn Abbey, Beds. 

1899 BEDWELL, Ernest C., Bonnicot, The Grove, Coulsdon, Surrey. 

1903 Brxu-Maruey, H. W., c/o Messrs. Chiazzari and Co., P.O. Box 3, 
Point 8.E., Natal. 

1904 Brnearsson, Simon, Ph.D., Lecturer, University of Lund, Sweden ; 
Curator, Entomological Collection of the University. 

1897 Bernnerr, W. H., 15, Wellington-place, Hastings. 

1906 Bernratt, E. E., The Towers, Heybridge, Essex. 

1885 Brraune-BakeEr, George T., F.L.S., 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston, 
Birmingham. 

1895 Brvan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., 38, The Common, Woolwich. 

1880 BiGNELL, George Carter, The Ferns, Hlomepark-road, Saltash. 

1895 * BincHam, Lieut.-Col. Charles T., F.Z.S., Bombay Staff Corps, 
6, Gwendwr-road, West Kensington, W. 


bd 


1891 
1904 
1904 
1889 


1885 
1904 
1886 


1903 
1907 


1891 
1902 
1904 
1892 
1888 


@ am.) 


BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., 12, Great Castle-street, Regent-street, W. 

Buack, James E., Nethereroft, Peebles. 

Buarr, Kenneth G., 23, West Hill, Highgate, N. 

BLANDFORD, Walter F. H., M.A., F.Z.S., 12, Arundel Gardens, 
Ladbroke-grove, W. 

Buatuwayt, Lt.-Col. Linley, F.L.8., Eagle House, Batheaston, Bath. 

Buss, Maurice Frederick, Coningsburgh, Montpelier-road, Ealing, W. 

BLooMFIELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory, 
Hastings. 

Bogus, W. A., Wilts and Dorset Bank, Salisbury. 

Bonnet, Alexandre, 54, Boulevard Bineau, Newilly-swr-Seine, 
Seiney France. 

Booru, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carnforth. 

Bostock, E. D., Holly House, Stone, Staffs. 

Bourceois, Jules, Ste. Marie-aux-Mines, Markirch, Germany. 

BouskELL, Frank, Market Bosworth, Nuneaton. 

Bower, Benjamin A., Langley, Willow Grove, Chislehurst. 


1894 + Bowxes, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross. 
1852 ¢ Bon, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, 8.K. 


1893 


1905 
1907 


1904 


1877 
1870 


1894 
1902 
1878 
1904 
1886 


BraBant, Edouard, Chaéteaw de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord), 
France. 

BRACKEN, Charles W., B.A., 5, Carfre Terrace, Lipson, Plymouth. 

Bratn, Charles Kimberlin, 29, Rosmead Avenue, Tamboers Kloof, 
Cape Colony. 1 

Bripgeman, Lieut. The Hon. Richard O. B., R.N., H.MLS. 
“ Bramble,” China Station. 

Briaas, Charles Adolphus, Rock House, Lynmouth, R.S.0., N. Devon. 

Brices, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth, R.S.O., N. 
Devon. 

Brieut, Percy M., Chunar, Lansdowne-road, Bournemouth. 

BrouGuton, Captain T. Delves, R.E., R. A. and R. EH. Mess, Malta. 

Broun, Major Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand. 

Brown, Henry H., Castlefield Tower, Cupar, Fife, N.B. 

Browy, John, 123, Mawson-road, Cambridge. 


1898 | BucHan-Hergurn, Sir Archibald, Bart., J.P., D.L., Smeuaton- 


1907 
1902 


Hepburn, Prestonkwrk. 
Buxxerp, Arthur, F.S.A., Wimboro, Midsomer Norton, Somersetshire. 
Buxuer, Arthur Percival, Royal Societies Club, S.W. 


1896+ Burr, Malcolm, B.A, F.LS, F.ZS. F.GS., A.RS.M., Royal 


Societies Club, St. James’s, 8.W., and Eastry, 8.0., Kent. 


1868 | Burier, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., The Lilies, Penge-road, 


1883 
1902 
1905 
1904 


Beckenham. 
Burier, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., 56, Cecile-Park, Crouch End, N. 
Burier, William E., Hayling House, Oxford-road, Reading. 
BurrerFIELD, Jas. A., B.Sc., Comrie, Eglinton Hill, Plumstead. 
Byart, Horace A., B.A., Berbera (vid Aden), Somaliland Protectorate. 


1902 
1885 


1898 
1880 
1889 


1890 


1894 


1892 
1895 
1898 
1868 
1890 
1895 


1906 
1900 
1900 
1903 


( (rsee ”) 


CaMERON, Malcolm, M.B., R.N., 132, King Henry-road, N.W. 

CaMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e., Byrnllwydwyn, 
Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire. 

Canpkzr, Léon, Mont St. Martin, 75, Liége. 

Canspa.E, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E. 

Cant, A., 33, Festing-road, Putney, 8.W.; and c/o Fredk. DuCane 
Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 45, Pont-street, S.W. 

CappErR, Samuel James (President of the Lancashire and Cheshire 
Entomological Society), Huyton Park, Liverpool. 

Caraccioio, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British 
West Indies. 

CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, 22, Grosvenor-road, S.W. 

Carpenter, G. H., B.Se., Royal College of Science, Dublin. 

CARPENTER, J. H., Redcot, Belmont-road, Leatherhead. 

CaRRINGTON, Charles, Meadowcroft, Horley, Surrey. 

CartER, George Wm., M.A., F.L.S., Hecleshall Castle, Staffordshire. 

Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., 438, Charing Cross, W.C., and 
Government House, Nassau, Bahamas. 

Carter, H. J., B.A., Ascham, Darling Point, Sydney, N.S. Wales. 

CartER, J. W., 28, Mannheim-road, Bradford. 

Cassau, R. T., M.R.C.S., Ballaugh, Isle of Man. 

Carre, John Rowland, Nettleton Manor, Caistor, Lincolnshire. 


1889 + Cave, Charles J. P., Ditcham Park, Petersfield. 


1900 
1871 


1891 


1897 
1902 


1905 
1908 
1889 
1908 


CHAMBERLAIN, Neville, Highbury, Moor Green, Birmingham. 

Cuampion, George C., F.Z.S., Liprartan, Heatherside, Horsell, 
Woking ; and 45, Pont-street, 8. W. 

CHAPMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.Z.S., Vick-PRESIDENT, Betula, 
Reigate. 

CHAWNER, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants. 

CuHEEsMAN, E. M., c/o Mrs. G. Lindgrin, 75, North-street, Greyville, 
Durban. 

CHoparD, Lucien, 98, Bd. St. Germain, Paris. 

Cuerti, Chourappa, The Government Musewm, Bangalore, India. 

Curisty, William M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth. 

Cuark, Edgar L., Congella, Natal. 


1886 * CuarK, John Adolphus, 57, Weston Park, Crouch End, N. 


1867 
1908 
1908 


1904 
1873 
1899 
1906 


1901 


CriaRkKE, Alex. Henry, 109, Warwick-road, Earl's Court, S.W. 

CLUTTERBUCK, Charles G., Heathside, 23, Heathwille-road, Gloucester. 

Crurrersuck, P. H., Indian Forest Department, Naini Tal, United 
Provinces, India. 

Cockaynn, Edward A., 16, Cambridge-square, London, W. 

Coz, William, F.L.8., Springfield, Buckhurst Hill, Essex. 

Coin, James E., Sussex Lodge, Newmarket. 

CotiincE, Walter E., M.Sc., Director of the Cooper Research 
Laboratory, Berkhamsted. 

Connon, Edward, F.Z.S., 1, St. Peter’s-road, St. Leonards-on-Sea, 


1900 
1892 


1886 
1867 
1895 
1906 


1890 


(emi?) 


Corton, Dr. John, 126, Prescot-road, St. Helens. 
Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., Upcott House, 


Taunton. 
CoweE LL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library), 


William Brown-street, Liverpool. 
Cox, Herbert Ed., Claremont, Jamaica. 
CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester, 
CrawsHay, The Rev. George A., M.A., Melchbowrn Vicarage, 
Sharnbrook, S8.0:, Beds. 
CrEwE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire. 


1880 ¢ Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P., 17, Lhrogmorton-avenue, E.C., 


1907 
1902 


1908 
1908 


1901 
1900 
1907 
1886 
1905 
1903 
1898 
1905 


1875 
1887 
1895 
1905 
1906 
1903 
1906 
1891 
1885 


1908 
1884 


1867 


1900 


and Friar Park, Henley-on-Thames. 
Crort, Edward Octavius, M.D., 28, Hyde-terrace, Leeds. 
CruttwELL, The Rev. Canon Charles Thomas, M.A., Ewelme 
Rectory, Wallingford. 
Cuurin, Millais, M.B., F.R.C.P., The Palace Hotel, Shanghai. 
Curtis, W. Parkinson, Aysgarth, Poole, Dorset. 


Dapp, Edward Martin, Annastrasse 6, Zehlendorf, bei Berlin. 

DatauisH, Andrew Adie, 21, Prince’s-street, Glasgow. 

Dames, Felix L., 13, Humboldt-strasse, Steglitz, Berlin. 

Dannatt, Walter, Donnington, 75,Vanbrugh Park, Blackheath, 8.E. 

Davipson, James D., 32, Drwmsheugh Gardens, Edinburgh. 

Day, F. H., 26, Currock-terrace, Carlisle. 

Day, G. O., Vancowver Island, British Columbia. 

Dewar, W. R., Government Entomologist, Fruit Land, Ontario, 
Canada. 

Distant, Wm. Lucas, Shannon-lodge, Selhurst-road, South Norwood, 
S.E. 

Dixy, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow and Bursar of 
Wadham College, Wadham College, Oxford. 

Dosson, H. T., Ivy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden, S.0., Surrey. 

Dopp, Frederick P., Palmerston, Port Darwen, Australia. 

Dotiman, Hereward, Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W. 

Dotimayn, J. C., Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W 

Doncaster, Leonard, M.A., The University, Birmingham. 

DonistHorPs#, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., 58, Kensington-mansions, 
South Kensington, 8.W. 

Donovan, Major Charles, M.D., R.A.M.C., Ardmore, Pussage West, 
County Cork. 

Dovuatas-Crompton, Sydney, Carlton House, Kew-green, S.W. 

Druce, Hamilton H. OC. J., F.Z.S., 48, Circus-road, St. John’s 
Wood, N.W. 

Druce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood, 
N.W. 

Drory, W. D., Rocquaine, West Hill Park, Woking. 


1894 
1907 
1906 
1883 


1890 
1865 


1904 


1902 
1886 
1884 


1900 
1900 
1886 
1903 


1878 


1886 
1903 
1908 


1899 
1890 
1907 


1900 
1861 
1886 
1908 
1889 
1878 
1900 
1874 
1905 
1900 


1898 


«(xiv ) 


Dupaeon, G. C., The Imperial Institute, Sowth Kensington. 
Durr, YEEND, Z7okyo, Japan. 

DUKINFIELD-Jongs, E., Castro, Reigate. 
Durrant, John Hartley, The Cottage, Merton Hall, Thetford. 


Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming. 

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., Pentlands, Mill-road, West 
Worthing, Sussex. 

EckrorD, George, F.Z.S., c/o Sir Morgan Tuite, Bart., Kilrwane, 
Nenagh, co. Tipperary, Ireland. 

EDELSTEN, Hubert M., The Elms, Forty Hill, Enfield, Middlesex. 

Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham. 

Epwarpbs, Stanley, F.L.S8., F.Z.8., 15, St. Germans-place, Black- 
heath, S.E. 

Exxiort, E. A., 16, Belsize Grove, Hampstead, N.W. 

Exuis, H. Willoughby, Knowle, Birmingham. 

Exits, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool. 

ELTRINGHAM, Harry, M.A., F.Z.S., EHastgarth, Westoe, South 
Shields. 

Ewes, Henry John, J.P., F.RS. F.LS., F.Z.S., Colesborne, 
Cheltenham. 

Enock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park Road, London, N. 

ErHERIDGE, Robert, Curator, Australian Musewm, Sydney, N.S.W. 

Eustace, Eustace Mallabone, B.A., Challacombe Rectory, Parra- 
combe, R.S.O., N. Devon, and Wellington College, Berks. 


FarMBorouGH, Percy W., Lower Edmonton, Middlesex 

Farn, Albert Brydges, Breinton Lodge, near Hereford. 

Frater, Walter, c/o British Somaliland Fibre and Development 
Co., Berbera, Somaliland, E. Africa. 

Feiruay, H. L. L., P. O. Box, 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal. 

Fenn, Charles, Eversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, 8.E. 

Fenwick, Nicolas Percival, The Gables, New-road, Esher. 

Fenwick, Norman Percival, Junior, he Gables, New-road, Esher. 

FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A. 

Finzi, John A., 53, Hamilton-terrace, N.W. 

Firtn, J. Digby, F.L.8., Boys’ Modern School, Leeds. 

Fitcu, Edward A., F.L.S., Brick House, Maldon. 

Fuiert, Wilfred James, Imatra, King’s Road, Bowrnemouth. 

FLemMynG, The Rev. W. Westropp, M.A., Coolfin, Portlaw, Co. 
Waterford. 

Frercuer, T. Bainbrigge, R.N., Wynton Hollow, Worple-road, 
Wimbledon, S.W. 


1883 + FLetcHER, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor. 


1905 
1885 


FLOERSHEM, Cecil, 16, Kensington Court Mansions, S.W. 
FoxkrR, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands, 


Gye) 


1900 Founxss, P. Hedworth, B.Sc., Harper-Adams Agricultural College, 
Newport, Salop. 

1898 Fountainr, Miss Margaret, Quex Lodge, West End-lane, West 
Hampstead, N.W.; and Orrisdule, Florida-road, Durban, Natal. 

1880 Fowner, The Rey. Canon, D.Sc, M.A., F.LS., Harley Vicarage, 
near Reading. 

1908 Fraser, Frederick C., M.D., I.M.S., Trichinopoly, India. 

1883 * FREEMAN, Francis Ford, Abbotsfield, Tavistock. 

1896 FREKE, Perey Evans, Southpoint, Limes-road, Folkestone. 

1888 Fremuin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth, Maidstone, 

1903 Frencu, Charles, F.L.S., Government Entomologist, Victoria, 
Australia. 

1908 Froaearr, Walter W., F.L.S., Government Entomologist, New South 
Wales. 

1891 Frouawk, F. W., Ashmount, Rayleigh. 

1906} Fry, Harold Armstrong, P.O. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal 
Colony. 

1900 Fryer, H. Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs. 

1907 Fryer, John Claud Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs, 

1876 Futter, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill, 
Sydenham, S.E. 

1898 FoLuEr, Claude, Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg, Natal. 

1904 * FurNIvVAL, Thomas F., 63, Coleman-st., E.C. 


1887 GaHAN, Charles Joseph, M.A., Whyola, Lonsdale-road, Bedford 
Park, W.; and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell- 
road, 8.W. 

1892 Garpk, Philip de la, R.N., Manor House, Shaldon, Teignmouth. 

1890 GarRDNER, John, Laurel Lodge, Hart, West Hartlepool. 

1901 ¢ GarpneER, Willoughby, F.L.S., Deganwy, N. Wales. 

1899 GeELDART, William Martin, M.A., Trinity College, Oxford. 

1906 + Gregs, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., F.R.H.S., Kitchener's Meads, St. 
Albans. 

1908 GrFrroRD, Walter M., Kecanmoker-street, Honolulu, Hawaii. 

1907 Gites, Henry Murray, Perth, W. Australia. 

1902 GuriLaNnpeErs, A. T., Park Cottage, Alnwick. 

1904 Grirat, Francis, B.A., Forest Dene, Worth, Sussex. 

1865 + GopMan, Frederick Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.8., South 
Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham; and 45, Pont-street, S.W. 

1890 Go.prHwatit, Oliver C., 5, Queen’s-road, South Norwood, S.E. 

1886 | Goopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Brislington House, near 
Bristol. 

1904 Goopwin, Edward, Canon Court, Wateringbury, Kent. 

1898 Gorpon, J. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill, R.S.O., Wigtown- 
shire. 


iF . 
( Uxvi-) 


1898 Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill, R.S.O., Wigtown- 
shire. 

1855 Goruam, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., Highcroft, Great Malvern. 

1874 * Goss, Herbert, The Avenue, Surbiton Hill, Surrey. 

1891 + Green, E. Ernest, Government Entomologist, Royal Botanic 
Gardens, Peradeniya, Ceylon ; and Mote Hall, Bearsted, Kent. 

1894 Green, J. F., F.Z.8., West Lodge, Blackheath, S.E. 

1898 GREENSHIELDS, Alexander, 38, Blenheim-gardens, Willesden, N.W. 

1899 GREENWOOD, Edgar, Frithknowl, Elstree, Herts. 

1893 + GREENWOOD, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Whitsbury House, Salisbury. 

1888 GrirritHs, G. C., F.Z.S., Penhurst, 3, Leigh-road, Clifton, Bristol. 

1894 GrimsHaw, Percy H., Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh. 

1905 Grist, Charles J., Apsley, Banstead, Surrey. 

1869 Grose-SmirH, Henley, J.P., B.A., F.Z.S.,5, Bryanston-square, Hyde 
Park, W. 

1906 Guinness, H. S. A., Balliol College, Oxford, and Chesterfield, 
Blackrock, County Dublin. 

1906 QurNery, Gerard H., Keswick Hall, Norwich. 


1906 Hatt, Arthur, 16, Park Hill Rise, Croydon. 

1890 + Hatt, A. E., Cranfield House, Southwell, Notts. 

1885 Hatt, Thomas William, Stanhope, The Crescent, Croydon, ' 

1898 Hamuiyn-Harnis, R., D.Sc., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Toowoomba Grammar 
School, Queensland, Australia. 

1891 Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., 62, Stanhope- 
gardens, S.W. . 

1891 Hansory, Frederick J., F.L.S., Stainforth House, Upper Clapton, N.E. 

1905 ¢ Hancock, Joseph L., 3757, Indiana Avenue, Chicago, U.S.A. 

1908 Harpy, Captain Frederick Hallam, R.A.M.C., Medical Officer, 
British Nyassaland. 

1903 Harg, E. J., Dunham, Boscombe, Hants. 

1904 Harris, Edward, St. Conan’s, Chingford, Essex. 

1897 ¢ Harrison, Albert, F.L.S., F.C.S., Delamere, Grove-road, South 
Woodford, Essex. 

1907 Harrison, Bernard H. D., Claremont, Ashleigh-road, Barnstaple. 

1881 Hewry, George, Ivy Bank, 112, London-road, St. Leonards-on-Sea. 

1898 Herron, Francis A., B.A., British Museum (Natural History), 
Cromwell-road, S.W. 

1903 Herron, William, W.B.C. Apiary, Old Bedford-road, Luton, Beds, 

1908 Hewirr, C. Gordon, M.Sc., The University, Manchester. 

1876 ¢ HituMan, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes. 

1907 Hoar, Thomas Frank Partridge, Quex-lodge, West End Lane, 
Hampstead, N.W. 

1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., Rhyddington, Clifton Drive, 
Lytham. 

1902 Hox, R. 8., c/o Messrs, King and Co., Bombay. 


1887 


1898 
1901 


1897 
1903 
1907 


1900 
1907 


€ Fava) 


Hottanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg, 
Penn., U.S.A. 

Hotman-Hont, C. B., Rim Estate, Jasin, Malacca. 

Hopson, Montagu F., L.D.S., R.C.S.Eng., F.L.8., 30, Thurlow-road, 
Rosslyn Hill, N.W. 

Horne, Arthur, 60, Giladstone-place, Aberdeen. 

Hoveuton, J. T., 1, Portland-place, Worksop. 

Howarp, C. W., Entomologist Department of Agriculture, Box 255, 
Lourencgo Marques, Portuguese East Africa. 

Howes, George H., Box 180, Dunedin, New Zealand. 

Howtert, Frank M., M.A., The Agricultural Department, Pusa, 
Bengal, India. 


1865 + Hupp, A. E., 108, Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol. 


1888 


1907 


1897 
1908 
1891 


1907 


1907 
1907 


1869 


1898 
19C€8 
1886 
1899 
1886 
1907 
1889 


1908 
1888 


Hupson, George Vernon, Hill View, Karori, Wellington, New 
Zealand, 


Hueutrs, C. N., 3, Wyndham Place, Bryanston-square, W. 


ImacE, Selwyn, M.A., 20, Fitzroy-street, Fitzroy-square, W. 
IrBy, Captain Leonard Paul, Brook House, Eastry, S.0., Kent. 
ISABELL, The Rev. John, Sunnycroft, St. Sennen, R.S.O., Cornwall. 


Jack, Rupert Wellstood, Assistant Entomologist, Department of 
Agriculture, Cape of Good Hope. 

Jackson, P. H., 112, Balham-park-road, 8.W. 

Jacopt, Professor A., Ph.D., Director of the R. Zoological and 
Anthrop.-Ethnographical Museum, Dresden, Saxony. 

JANSON, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgute, N.; and 44, 
Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C. 

JANSON, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N. 

JEFFREY, G. W., The Alpine Gold Mining Oo., Barberton, Transvaal. 

JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 209, School Hill, Lewes. 

JENNINGS, F. B., 152, Silver-street, Upper Edmonton, N. 

Joun, Evan, Llantrisant, R.S.O., Glamorganshire. 

JoHNSON, Chas. Fielding, Mayfield, Brinington Crescent, Stockport. 

JOHNSON, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass, 
Co. Armagh. 

Jorcry, James J., 62, Finchley-road, N.W. 

Jones, Albert H., TREASURER, Shrublands, Eltham, Ket. 


1894 ¢ Jorpan, Dr. K., The Museum, Tring. 


1902 


1884 


Joy, Norman H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Bradfield, Reading. 


Kanr, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.I.A., Drumleaske House, 
Monaghan. 


1884 Kappst, A. W., F.L.S., Linnean Society, Burlington House, W. . 
1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds, 


1896 fT Kaye, William James, Caracas, Ditton Hill, Surbiton. 


* 


(', xyill: )) 


1907 Krtry, Albert Ernest McClure, Assistant Entomologist, Department 
of Agriculture, Natal, S.A. i. 

1902 Kemp, Stanley W., 21, Upper Fitzwilliam-street, Dublin. 

1890 Kenrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Birmingham. 

1904 KersHaw, G. Bertram, Ingleside, West Wickham, Kent. 

1898 KerrsHaw, J. A., Morton Banks, Lewisham-road, Windsor 
Melbourne, Victoria. 

1901 KerrsHaw, John C., c/o P.O., Amboina, Netherlands’ Indies. 

1906 Keynes, John Neville, M.A., D.Sc., 6, Harvey-road, Cambridge. 

1900 Keys, James H., Morwell, Freedom-villas, Lipson-road, Plymouth. 

1889 Kune, J. J. F. X., Lecturer on Economie Entomology at the West of 
Scotland Agricultural College, 1, Athole Gardens-terrace, Kelvin- 
side, Glasgow. 

1861 Krrey, William F., F.L.S., Wilden, 46, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W. 

1893 KirKALDy, George Willis, 2553, Punnin-avenue, Honolulu, Hawaii. 

1889 KLAPALEK, Professor Franz, Karlin 263, Prague, Bohemia. 

1887 + Kiern, Sydney T., F.L.S.,F.R.A.S., Hatherlow, Raglan-road, Reigate. 

1908 KwyiipsEen, Jens Marius, Noerre Nebel, Denmark. 


1868 Lana, Colonel A. M., C.B., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford. 

1900 Lane, The Rev. H. C., M.D., All Saints’ Vicarage, Southend-on- 
Seu. 

1901 Laruy, Perey I., Fox Hall, Enfield. 

1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming. 

1908 Lawn, G. W., Tudor House, Wealdestone, Harrow. 

1899 Lea, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Hobart, Tasmania. 

1901 Lertau, George F., 45, Cuthbert’s Buildings, West-street, Durban, 

yatal. 

1883 * LemANN, Frederick Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth. 

1892 Lesuir, J. Henry, 45, Cecil Mansions, Marius-road, Balham, 8.W. 

1898 LetxHerinGE, Ambrose G., Guards Club, Pall Mall, S.W. 

1903 ¢ Levert, The Rev. Thomas Prinsep, Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorks. 

1898 Lewis, E. J., F.LS., “ Stainmore,” South Hill, Bromley, Kent. 

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., 87, Frant-road, Tunbridge Wells. 

1902 Lewis, J. H., Ophir, Otago, New Zealand. 

1908 Lewis, John Spedan, Spedan Towers, Hampstead, N.W., and 277, 
Oxford-street, W. 

1892 Licurroor, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope. 

1908 Listrr, W. K., Street End House, Ash, near Dover. 

1903 Lirrter, Frank M., Althorne, High-street, Launceston, Tasmania. 

1865 | LuEwetyn, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart, M.A., F.LS., 
Penllergare, Swansea. 

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., Ze Dome, Bognor. 

1885 + Luoyp, Robert Wylie, I, 5 and 6, The Albany, Piccadilly, W. 

1903 LorrHousE, Thomas Ashton, The Croft, Linthorpe, Middlesbrough. 

1908 Lonaspon, D., 20, Holland-park, W. 


Gas) 


1904 + Lonestarr, George Blundell, M.D., Highlands, Putney Heath, 8.W. 


1899 


1894 
1893 


1901 
1898 
1904 
1880 
1903 
1901 


1906 
1887 
1888 
1900 


Lounspury, Charles P., B.Se., Government Entomologist, Cupe 
Town, S. Africa. 

Lowe, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Guernsey. 

Lower, Oswald B., St. Oswalds, Bartley Crescent, Wayville, South 
Australia. 

Lower, Rupert S., Davonport-terrace, Wayville, Sowth Australia. 

Lucas, William John, B.A., 28, Knight’s Park, Kingston-on-Thames. 

Lurr, W. A., La Chawmiére, Brock-road, Guernsey. 

Lupton, Henry, Devonia, Torquay. 

LYELL, G., Junr., Gisborne, Victoria, Australia. 

Lyman, Henry H., M.A., F.R.GS., 74, McTavish-street, Montreal, 
Canada. 


McCarrison, D. L., Indian Police Forces, Madras Club, Madras. 
M‘Douaatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, 8.E. 
Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India. 
Mackwoop, The Hon. F. M., M.L.C., Colombo, Ceylon. 


1898 * Mappison, T., South Bailey, Durham. 
1899 + Maryn, Hugh, B.Sc., Almondale, Buckingham-road, South Woodford, 


1905 
1887 


1892 


N.E. 

Matty, Charles Wm., M.Sc., Graham’s Town, Cape Colony. 
Manpers, Lieut.-Colonel Neville, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., c/o Sir C. 
McGrigor, 25, Charles-street, St. James’s-square, 8. W. 
MANSBRIDGE, William, 4, Norwich-road, Wavertree, Liverpool. 


1894 + MarsHatLt, Alick, Auchinraith, Bexley, S.O., Kent. 
1895 MarsHatt, Guy Anstruther Knox, F.Z.S., 6, Chester-place, Hyde 


1896 


Park-square, W. 
MarsHat., P., M.A., B.Sc. F.G.S., University School of Mines, 
Dunedin, New Zealand. 


1856 | MarsHAtt, William, V.M.H., F.R.H.S., Auchinraith, Bexley, S.O., 


1897 
1895 
1865 


1887 
1900 


1899 
1904 


Kent. 
MartInEAv, Alfred H., Solihull, Birmingham. 
Massey, Herbert, Zvy-Lea, Burnage, Didsbury, Manchester. 
MatHeEw, Gervase F., F.L.S., Paymaster-in-chief, R.N., Lee House, 
Dovercourt, Harwich. 
MattrHews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, Plymouth. 
Maxwett-Lerroy, H., Entomologist to the Government of India, 
Agricultural Institute, Pusa, Bengal. 
May, Harry Haden, 12, Windsor Terrace, Plymouth. 
MrapdE-WA DO, Geoffrey, Hever Warren, Edenbridge, Kent. 


1872 + Me.poua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.C.S., Vicz-PRESIDENT, 6, 


- 1885 


1887 
1906 


Brunswick-square, W.C. 
MELVILL, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., 36, George-st., Manchester. 
MERRIFIELD, Frederic, 14, Clifton-terrace, Brighton. 


MERRIMAN, Gordon, 96, Winchley-road, Hampstead, N.W. 
b2 


1905 
1888 
1880 
1894 
1908 
1883 
1906 


1905 
1896 
1879 


1902 
1899 


1907 
1886 


( xx ) 


Merry, Rev. W. Mansell, M.A., St. Wichael’s, Oxford. 

Meyer-Darcis, G., 5, Viale Poggio Imperiale, Florence. 

Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., F.R.S., Thornhanger, Marlborough, 

Mratt, Louis Compton, F.R.S., Norton Way, N. Letchworth. 

MrippterT0n, Ivan E., 14, High-street, Serampore, Bengal. 

Miuss, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta. 

MitcHeti-HepGes, Frederic Albert, 70, Claverton-street, South 
Belgravia, W. 

Mitrorp, Robert Sidney, C.B., 35, Redcliffe Square, 8.W. 

Moser.y, J. C., M.A., Woodlands, Bassett, Southampton. 

Monreiro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar, 
Lisbon. 

Monteomery, Arthur Meadows, 34, Shalimar Gardens, Pembridge- 
road, North Acton, W. 

Moors, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe. 

Moors, Mrs. Catharine Maria, Holmefield, Oakholme-rd., Sheffield. 

Moraan, A. C. F., F.L.S., 185, Oakwood-court, Kensington, W. 


1889 + Moric, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford, 


Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking. 


1895 | MoruEy, Claude, The Hill Howse, Monk’s Soham, Suffolk. 


1907 
1893 
1900 
1882 
1907 


Mortimer, Charles H., Wigmore, Holmwood. 

Morton, Kenneth J., 13, Blackford-road, Edinburgh. 

Moser, Julius, 60, Bulow-strasse, Berlin. 

Mostry, 8. L., The Musewm and Technical College, Huddersfield. 
Moutron, John C., The Hall, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts. 


1901 + Murr, Frederick, H.S.P.A. Experiment Station, Honolulu, Oahu, H.T. 
1869 | Mtuuer, Albert, F.R.G.S., c/o Herr A. Miiller-Mechel, Gren- 


zacherstrasse, 60, Basle, Switzerland. 


1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Col. H., 43, Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-road, S.W. 


1906 


1903 
1896 
1889 


1901 
1907 
1890 
1900 
1886 
1906 
1878 
1895 
1908 


1877 


Muscuamp, Percy A. H., Institut, Stéfa, nr. Zurich, Switzerland. 


Neavg, 8. A., B.A., Mill Green Park, Ingatestone. 

Nusuam, Robert, Utrecht House, Queen’s-road, Clapham Park, S.W. 

Nevinson, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.S., 3, Tedworth-square, 
Chelsea, 8S. W. 

Nevinsoy, E. B., Morland, Cobham, Surrey. 

Newman, Leonard Woods, Bexley, Kent. 

Newsteap, R., Johnston Tropical Laboratory, University, Liverpool. 

Nicuott, Mrs. M. Dela B., Merthyr Mawr, Bridgend, Glamorganshire. 

NicHouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes. 

Nix, John Ashburner, Tilgate, Crawley, Sussex, 

Norrrper, Thomas, Ashford, Kent. 

Noursg, Lt.-Colonel C. G., Timworth Hall, Bury St. Edmunds. 

Nourse, H. A., Botanical Department, Trinidad, B.W.I. 


OBERTHUR, René, Rennes (Ille-et-Vilaine), France. 


1893 f OaLE, Bertram 8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire. 


Ga) 


1893 Oniver, John Baxter, 22, Ranelagh Villas, Hove, Brighton. 
1873 OutvieR, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France. 


1895 Paar, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine’s Park, S.E. 

1898 PauuisErR, H. G., Kincardine Castle, Auchterader, N.B. 

1907 Prap, Clement H., Bow 83, Hast Rand, Transvaal. 

1883 PsRiINcUEY, Dr. Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town, South 
Africa. 

1903 + Perkins, R. C. L., B.A., Board of Agriculture, Division of Ento- 
mology, Honolulu, Hawaii. 

1879 PrrRKINs, Vincent Robert, Wotton-wnder-Edge. 

1907 + Perrins, J. A. D., Ardross Castle, by Alness, N.B. 

1900 Puitips, The Rev. W. J. Leigh, The Cottage, Parkwood-road, 
Tavistock. 

1897 Puiniips, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., 262, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde- 
park, W. 

1903 f Puiuuirs, Montagu A., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., 22, Petherton-road, High- 
bury, New Park, N. 

1901 Pickert, C. P., 99, Dawlish-road, Leyton, Essex. 

1891 Pierce, Frank Nelson, 1, The Klms, Dingle, Liverpool. 

1901 PrrrarD, Albert, Felden, Boxmoor, Hemel Hempstead. 

1903 PincHER, Colonel Jesse George, I.M.S., F.R.C.S., 133, Gloucester- 
road, Kensington, S.W. 

1885 Pott, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Driebergen, Netherlands. 

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.8., Hlm Lea, Dalton, Huddersfield. 

1884 + Poutton, Professor Edward B., D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., 
F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford, 
Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford. 

1905 PoweE.L, Harold, 7, Rue Mireille, Hyéres (Var), France. 

1906 Pratt, H.C., Government Entomologist, Federated Malay States, 
Kwala Lumpur, Malay States. 

1908 Prarr, William B., 10, Lion Gate Gardens, Richmond, Surrey. 

1878 Pricr, David, 48, West-street, Horsham. 

1908 PripEAux, Robert M., Woodlands, Brasted Chart, Sevenoaks. 

1904 Priskk, Richard A. R., 9, Melbowrne Avenue, West Ealing. 

1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, 246, Richmond-road, Dalston, N.E. 


1900 Ratnzow, William J., The Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W. 

1907 Raywarp, Arthur Leslie, 3, Albert Mansions, Lansdowne Road, 
Croydon. 

1874 Reep, E. C., Director del Museo de Concepcion, Concepcion, Chile. 

1893 Rep, Captain Savile G., late R.E., The Elms, Yalding, Maidstone, 

1898 Rewrton, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland. 

1890 ReENpDLESHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall, Wood- 
bridge. 

1898 Reuter, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland. 

1894 Rupine, William Steer, B.A., M.D., Buckerell Lodge, Honiton. 


- 


(past * |) 


1853 Rripon, The Most Honble. the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L., F.R.S.,F.LS., 
etc., 9, Chelsea Embankment, 8.W. 

1905 Rosrnson, Herbert C., Curator of State Museum, Kuala Lumpur, 
Selangor. 

1892 Roprnson, Sydney C., 10, Inchmory-road, Catford, S.E. 

1869 | Roprnson-Dovueias, William Douglas, M.A. FLS., F.R.G.S., 
Orchardton, Castle Douglas. 

1908 Rogers, The Rev. K. St. Aubyn, M.A., Rabai, Mombasa, British 
East Africa. 

1886 Ross, Arthur J., Glanmor, Berkhamstead. 

1907 RosEnBerG, W. F. H., 57, Haverstock-hill, N.W. 

1868 Rorunery, George Alexander James, Pembury, Tudor-road, Upper 
Norwood, 8.E. 

1894 + Roruscaitp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 
148, Piccadilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring. 

1888 + Roruscuritp, The Honble. Walter, D.Sc., M.P., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 148, 
Piccadilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring. 

1890 Rovuriepasr, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle. 

1887 Rowxanp-Brown, Henry, M.A., Vick-PRESIDENT and SECRETARY, 
Oxhey-grove, Harrow Weald. 

1903 Rowxanps, Osbert William, Lickey Grange, wr. Bromsgrove. 

1898 Russety, A., Wilverley, Dale-road, Purley. 

1892 RussEt1, S. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C. 

1899 Rytzs, William E., B.A., 14, Arthwr-street, Nottingham. 


1905 Sr. Quintin, W. H., Scampion Hall, Rillington, York. 

1906 Sampson, Colonel F. Winns, Police Magistrate, Warri, Southern 
Nigeria, Junior Carlton Club, Pall Mall, 8.W. 

1865 f SaunpERS, Edward, F.R.S., F.L.S., St <Ann’s, Mount Hermon, 
Woking. 

1861 + SaunpERs, G.8., F.L.S., 20, Dents-road, Wandsworth Common, S.W. 

1886 SaunpErRs, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada, 

1901 ScnHaus, W., F.Z.S., Trentham House, Trwickenham. 

1907 ScumassMan, W., 2, Kinnoul-villas, Freezywater, Waltham Cross, 
Herts. 

1881 Scouuick, A. J., 8, Mayfield-road, Merton Park Wimbledon. 

1864 Semper, George, Klopstock-strasse 23, Altona, Elbe, Germany. 

1862 Swarr, David, M.A., M.B., F.RS., F.LS., F.Z.S8., Lawnside, 
Brockenhurst, Hants. ; and University Museum of Zoology and 
Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge. 

1902 SHarp, W. E., 9, Queen’s-road, South Norwood, S.E. 

1905 SHELDON, W. George, Youlgreave, South Croydon. 

1901 SHELtForRD, Robert, M.A., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., University Museum 
(Hope Department), Oxford. 

1900 + SHEPHEARD-Watwyn, H. W., M.A., Dalwhinnie, Kenley, Surrey. 

1887 Sicu, Alfred, Corney House, Chiswick, W. 


1904 


1902 
1904 
1902 
1907 
1906 
1901 
1898 


1906 
1885 
1908 
1889 
1898 


1898 
1889 
1896 
1900 
1895 


1882. 


1908 
1884 


1894 
1876 


1908 
1893 
1903 
1901 
1892 


1907 
1897 


1907 
1907 


eee.) 


Srmmonps, Hubert W., c/o Messrs. Kircaldie and Stames, Limited, 
Wellington, New Zealand. 

SLaDEN, Frederick William Lambart, The Firs, Ripple, Dover. 

SuiprER, The Rev. T. J. R. A., M.A., Tivetshall Rectory, Norwich. 

Storer, Gerard Orby, Westrop House, Highworth, Wilts. 

Sty, Harold Baker, Brackley, Knoll-road, Sidewp, Kent. 

SMALLMAN, Raleigh S., Wressil Lodge, Wimbledon Common, S.W. 

Surry, Arthur, County Museum, Lincoln. 

Sopp, Erasmus John Burgess, F.R.Met.S., 104, Liverpool-roud, 
Birkdale, Lancashire. 

SoutHcoMBE, Herbert W., J.P., 16, Stanford Avenue, Brighton, 

SourtH, Richard, 96, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting, 8.W. 

SpeYER, Edward R., Ridgehurst, Shenley, Herts. 

STANDEN, Richard §., F.L.S8., Townlands, Lindfield, Sussex. 

Srares, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Limes, Swanley Junction, 
Kent. 

StesBine, Henry, Norham House, Sheen-road, Richmond, Surrey. 

Srraton, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Salisbury. 

SrricKLanD, T. A. Gerald, Darlingworth House, Cirencester. 

Strupp, E. A. C., Kerremens, B.C. 

Stupp, KE. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter. 

Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks. 

SwIeRstTRAY, Commr. T., Ist Assistant, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria 

SwINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., 6, Gunterstone- 
road, Kensington, W. 

SwinuHog, Ernest, 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, W. 

Swinton, A. H., c/o Mrs. Callander, Vineyard, Totnes. 


TasBor, G., 11, Palace Gardens, Enfield. 

Taytor, Charles B., Gap, Lancaster County, Penn., U.S.A. 

Taytor, Thomas Harold, M.A., Yorkshire College, Leeds, 

THOMPSON, Matthew Lawson, 40, Gosford-street, Middlesborough. 

THORNLEY, The Rev. A. M.A., F.LS., 17, Mapperley-road, 
Nottingham. 

TILLYARD, R. J., B.A., The Grammar School, Sydney, New South 
Wales. 

Tomy, J. R. le B., M.A., Stoneley, Alexandra-road, Reading. 

ToneE, Alfred Ernest, Aincroft, Reigate, Surrey. 

TRAGARDH, Dr. Ivar, The University, Upsala, Sweden. 


1859 | TRimeN, Roland, M.A. F.RS. F.L.S., 133, Woodstock-road, 


1906 
1906 


1895 
1898 


Oxford. 

TRYHANE, George E., St. Ann’s, Trinidad, British West Indies. 
TuLtocn, Captain James Bruce Gregorie, The King’s Own Yorkshire 
Light Infantry; ¢/o Messrs. Cox & Co., 16, Charing Cross, S.W. 

TUNALEY, Henry, 13, Begmead-avenue, Streatham, S.W. 
TurNeER, A. J., M.D., Widsham Terrace, Brisbane, Australia. 


1893 


1906 
1894 
1886 
1904 


1893 


( xix) 


Turner, Henry Jerome, 98, Drakefell-road, St. Catherine's Park, 
Hatcham, 8.E. 

TurNER, Roland E., 21, Emperor's Gate, S.W. 

Turner, Thomas, Cullompton, Devon. 

Tort, James W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Till, 8.E. 


Tyxecorn, Edward F.S., M.A., The Lodge, Ringstead, Kings Lynn. 


Uricu, Frederick William, C.M.L.S., Port of Spain, Trinidad, 
British West Indies. 


1904 + VauGuan, W., Cocogalla, Madulsima, Ceylon. 


1866 
1897 
1895 
1901 


1899 
1897 


1878 


VeRRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket. 
Vicr, William A., M.B., 19, Belvoir-street, Leicester. 


WacHeER, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury. 

Wappineton, John, Park Holme, Harehill-avenue, Leeds. 

Wapk, Albert, 52, Frenchwood-street, Preston, Lancashire. 

WAINWRIGHT, Colbran J., 45, Tandsworth Wood-road, Handsworth, 
Birmingham. 

WaLkeR, James J., M.A., R.N., F.LS., Secretary, Aorangi, 
Lonsdale-road, Summertoun, Oxford. 


1863 | Wauiacg, Alfred Russel, O.M., D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS., 


F.Z.8., Broadstone, Wimborne, Dorset. 


1866 + WatstncHam, The Right Honble. Lord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.LS., 


1906 
1886 
1908 
1869 
1901 


1904 


1893 
1908 


1908 


F.Z.S., High Steward of the University of Cambridge, Merton 
Hall, Thetford ; and 66a, Eaton-square, 8.W. 

Watton, Major H. J., M.B., F.R.C.S., Indian Medical Service ; 
c/o Messrs. H. J. King & Co., 9, Pall Mall, S.W. 

WarrEN, Wmm., M.A., 33, Western-road, Tring, Herts. 

WarrEN, B. C.8., The Avenue, Amersham. 

WaTERHOUSE, Charles O., PREsIDENT, Ingleside, Avenue-gardens, 
Acton, W.; and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell- 
road, S.W. 

WarternHouse, Gustavus A., B.Sc., F.C.8., Royal Mint, Sydney, New 
South Wales, Australia. 

Watson, The Rev. W. Beresford, St. Martin's Vicarage, St. Philip, 
Barbados, W. Indies. 

Wess, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, 8.E. 

WELLMAN, F. Creighton, M.D., Cuidado de Senhores Silva & Lopes, 
Benquella, Africa Occidental (vid Lisbon). 

West, F. E., Peradeniya, Ceylon. 


1876 + WEsTERN, E. Young, 36, Lancaster Gute, Hyde Park, W. 


1886 
1906 
1907 
1906 


WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School, Norwich. 

WHEELER, The Rev. George, M.A., Briarjield, Guildford. 

Waits, Harold J., 42, Nevern-sq., Kensington, 8.W. 

WIcKAR, Oswin 8., Crescent Cottage, Cambridge Place, Colombo, 
Ceylon. 


1903 
1896 


1904 
1894 
1900 
1881 


1905 


1888 


1892 


C oa} 


Wicatns, Clare A., M.R.C.S., Entebbe, Uganda. 

Witeman, A. E., c/o H.B.M.’s Consul, Anping, Formosa ; ¢/o Mrs. 
Elliott, Pangbourne, Warwick-road, Clifton Vale, Margate. 

WINTERSCALE, J. C., F.Z.S., Karangari, Kedah, c/o Messrs, Patterson, 
Simons and Co., Penang, Straits Settlement. 

Wo.tey-Dop, F. H., Millarville P. O., Alberta, N.W.T., Canada. 

Woon, H., 9, Church-road, Ashford, Kent. 

Woop, The Rev. Theodore, The Vicarage, Lyford-road, Wandsworth 
Common, S.W. 

Woopprip¢Gk, Francis Charles, The Brias, Gerrard’s Cross, 8.O., 
Bucks. 


YerBurY, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., Army and Navy 
Club, Pall Mail, 8.W. 
Youpatg, William Henry, F.R.M.S., Daltonleigh, Cockermouth. 


( xxv) 


ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY 


DuRING THE YEAR 1908. 


Axtvaup (C.). Coléoptéres de la Faune Alpine du Kilimandjaro. 
{Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1908. ] 


Note sur les Coléoptéres trouvés dans les Momies d’Egypte. 
[Bull. Soc. Ent. @Egypte, 1908.] The Author. 


AnvRE (E.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 


AnTRAM (C. B.). Some Notes on Pintia ferrea, Wik., Cyclosia papilionaris, 
Drury, and Heterusia magnifica, Butl. 
[Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., Vol. XVIII, April, 1908. ] 


The Bark-Eating Borers of Tea. Serious Caterpillar Pests. 
[Indian Tea Assoc., 1907, No. 5. | The Author. 


[See Mann (H. H.)] 


Banks (L.). Revision of the Ixodoidea or Ticks of the United States. 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Technical Ser., No. 15, 1908.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Barravup (P.J.). [See Gress (A. E.).] 


Bau (A.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
Beton (M. J.). See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Bericut tiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen in Gebiete der Entomologie 
wahrend des Jahres, 1903, 1906. Published in 1908. By R. 
Lucas and G. Seidlitz. Purchased. 


Ber EsE (Antonio). Gli Insetti, Vol. I, Pts. 25-30, 1908. Ly Exchange. 
BrrtHoumisEu (V.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


BETHUNE-BAKER (G. T.). Descriptions of New African Heterocera. 
[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. II, Sept. 1908. ] 


Descriptions of New Species of Butterflies of the Division Rhopa- 
locera from Africa and New Guinea. 
[Proc. Zool. Soc., 1908. ] 


- New Heterocera from British New Guinea. 
[Novitates Zoologice, Vol. XV, 1908. ] The Author. 


Borner (C.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
Boucomonr (A.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
Bovig (A.), [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Bovina (Adam Giede). Bidrag til Kundskaben om Donaciin-larvernes 
Naturhistorie. 
[Copenhagen, 1906.] The Author. 


British Musrum. Zoological Dept. Insect Section. 
A Guide to the Exhibited Series of Insects : London, 1908. 
The Trustees. 


Bruks (Ch. T.). [See Wyrsman's Genera Insectorum. | 
Bruner (L.). [See Gopman (F.D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. | 


(| xxvii ) 


BRUNNER VON WAtTENWyzi (K.) und REDTENBACHER (Jos,). 

Die Insekten familie der Phasmiden. 

IIT Lief. Bogen 44-74 und Tafel XVI-XXVIL. 

[Phasmidz Anareolatz, 1908. ] Purchased. 
Busck (A.). A generic revision of American Moths of the family @cophor- 

ide, with descriptions of new species. 
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1908.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 

CaLverT (P. P.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. | 
Casry (Thos. L.). A Revision of the Tenebrionid subfamily Coniontinz. 

[ Proc. Washington Acad. of Sciences, Vol. X, 1908.] 

Notes on the Coccinellide. 

[Canadian Entom., 1908. ] 

Remarks on Some New Pselaphidze and a New Genus of Byrrhidz. 

[Canadian Entom., 1908. ] The Author. 
CaupEtt (A. H.) [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
Cuampron (G. C.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana, | 
CHITTENDEN (F. H.), An injurious North American Species of Apion, 

with notes on related forms. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bull. 64, Pt. 4, 1904.] 
The Strawberry Weevil (Anthonomas signatus, Say). 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 21, 1908.] 
The Squash-vine Borer (Melittia satyriniformis, Hin.). 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 28, Sec. Rev., 
1908. } 

——— The Nut Weevils. 

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 99, 1908. ] 
——— The Asparagus Beetles. 

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 102, 1808.] 
——— Harlequin Cabbage Bug. 

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 103, 1908.] 

The Rose Slugs [ Tenthredinidx]. 

LU. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 105, 1908. ] 

Insects Injurious to the Loco Weeds. 

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. 64, pt. V, 1908.] 

[See Howarp, L. O.] U.S. Dept. Agric. 
CravareAu (H.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


CockERELL (T. D. A.). Fossil Insects from Florissant, Colorado. 
[Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XXIV, Art. III, pp. 59-69, Feb. 


1908. ] The Author. 
CoLiince (W. E.). Note on the flight of the Earwig, Forficula auricularia, 
Linn. 


[Journ. Economic Biology, Vol. III, Pt. 2, 1908.] 
Reports on the Injurious Insects and other animals observed in the 
Midland Counties. 
2nd Report for 1904. 
3rd Ss OOS. 
ObO Matsa dss LOO: 
Some insects injurious to Barley and other grain when in store. 
[Journ. Inst. Brewing, Vol. XIII, No. 3, 1907.] 
Some recent investigations on the Black Currant Gall-mite, 
Eriophyes ribis (Nalepa). 1904. 
——— Possibility and Danger of the Introduction of the San José Scale 
into Great Britain. 


[Proc. Assoc. Economic Biologists, Vol. I, Pt. 4, 1908. ] 
The Author. 


(; Sava} 
Datta Torre (W. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. } 


Davy (John). Physiological Researches [Includes some entemology ]. 
[8vo., London, 1863. ] Lhe Medical Society of London. 


Desnevux (J.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Distant (W. L.). Fauna of British India: Rhynchota, Vol. IV, Homoptera 
and Appendix (Pt.), 1908. The India Office. 


— Insecta Transvaaliensia. Pt. IX, 1908. Purchased. 


Doncaster (L.). On sex-inheritance in the moth Abraras grossulariata and 
its var. lacticolor. 
[Roy. Soc. Evolution Comm., Rept. IV, 1908.] The Author. 


DonistHorPE (H. St. J. K.). Ants found in Great Britain. 

(Trans. Leicester Lit. and Philos. Soc., Vol. XII, Pt, 2, 1908.] 
Notes on the Life-Histories of two supposed Ants’-nest Beetles. 
[Entom. Record, Vol. XX., Pt. 5, 1908. ] 


Towards the Knowledge of Myrmecophilous Subjects. 
[Zoologist, Nov., 1908. | The Author. 


Druce (Herbert). Descriptions of some New Species of Noctuidz from Peru, 
[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. I, April, 1908. | 


Descriptions of New Species of Heterocera belonging to the 
families Syntomidz, Hypsidze, Cyllopodide, Dioptide, and 
Erateinine. 

[Ann. and Mag, Nat, Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XIX, April, 1907.] 


Descriptions of Five New Species of Heterocera. 
[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 7, Vol. XX, Dec., 1907. 
The Author. 
Dyar (H. G.) and Kwnaz (F,). Descriptions of some New Mosquitoes from 
Tropical America. 
[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1908.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 


EpetstEen (H. M.). The Identity of the British Vonagria neurica. 
[Entom. Record, Vol. XIX, 1908. ]} The Author. 


ENDERLEIN (G.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Fett (E. R.). Insects affecting Park and Woodland Trees. 
[Report of the New York State Educ. Dept., Mem. 8, Vols. I and 
IT, 1908. ] New York State Educ. Dept. 


Fietcuer (T. Bainbrigge). Description of a New Plume-Moth from Ceylon, 
with some remarks upon its life-history. 
[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. V, Nov. 1907. ] 


Description of a New Plume-Moth from Ceylon. 


[Entomologist, Dec. 1907.] The Author. 
Forrster (Arn.). Monographie der Gattung Pezomachus (Gr.). 
([Weigmann’s Archiv, 1850. } Ra. -Forter. 


Foret (A.). Ameisen aus Sao Paulo (Brasilien), Paraguay, etc. 

[Verb. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1908. ] 

Fourmis de Ceylan et d’Egypte. 

Fourmis de Costa Rica. 

[Bull. Soc. Vaudoise, March, 1908. ] 

Fourmis d’Ethiopie. 

[Revue d’Entomologie, 1908. ] The Author. 
Frey-Gessner (E.). Hymenoptera. Apide. 

[Fauna Insectorum Helvetize. Mitt. Schweiz. ent. Ges. 1899-1907.] 

By Exchange. 


(ses) 


Garcia (F.). Injurious Insects. 
[New Mexico College Agric. and Mechanic Arts, Bull. 68, 1908.] 
The Author. 


Gates (B. N.). Bee diseases in Massachusetts. 
[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. 75, Pt. 3, 1908.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Guosu (C. C.). [See Lerroy (H. Maxwell). ] 


Gripps (A. E.) and Barravup (P. J.). Preliminary List of Hertfordshire 
Diptera, 1908. The Authors. 


Gittanpers (A. T.). Forest Entomology. 
8vo. London, 1908. Purchased. 


Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pts. CXCIV-CCII, 1908; 
Diplopoda, by R. I. Pocock; Insecta, by L. Bruner, P. P. 
Calvert, G. C. Champion, and R. Shelford. The Editor. 


GREEN (E. E.), Remarks on Indian Scale Insects (Coccidw). Pt. III. 
{[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Entom. Ser., Vol. II., No. 2, 1908.] 
The India Office. 


Hameretron (J. C.). The Genus Corizus: with a review of the North and 
Middle American Species. 
[Ohio State University, Dept. Zoology and Entomology, No. 30, 
1908.] The Author. 


Hancock (J. L.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
HENDEL (F.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Hinps (W. E.). Some factors in the natural control of the Mexican Cotton 
Boll Weevil. 
LU. S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 74, 1907.] U.S. Dept. Agric. 
“Hore Reports”: edited by Prof. E. B. Poulton. Vol. VI, 1906-1908. 
The Editor. 
Howarp (L. O.). The Carpet Beetle or “Buffalo Moth” (Anthrenus 
scrophularizx, L.). 
[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 5, Rev. Ed. 1908.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
How Insects affect Health in Rural Districts. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Farmer’s Bull., No. 155, 1908.] 
The most important step in the control of the Boll Weevil. 
[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 95, 1908. ] 


Report of the Entomologist for 1908. 

LU. 8. Dept. Agriculture, 1908. ] 

and CHITTENDEN (F. H.). The Bagworm. 

LU. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 97, Feb. 1908. ] 
The Catalpa Sphing. 


[U.S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 96, Dec. 1907.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 


ee 


Insect Pests AnD PLANT DISEASES. 
[Cornell University Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. 252. ] 
The University. 


Jackson (C. F.). Synopsis of the Genus Pemphigus. With notes on their 
Economic Importance, Life History and Geographical Distribu- 
tion. 

[Colombus Hort. Soc., Vol. XXII.] The Author. 


Jacopy (M.). Fauna of British India. 
[Coleoptera, Vol. II. Chrysomelide, Vol. I. S8vo, London, 1908.] 
The India Office. 


————— (See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 


(ex ) 


Janet (A.). [See WytsMAn’s Genera Insectorum. ] 


JouNson (Fred.). Grape Root-Worm Investigations in 1907. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 68, Pt. 6.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 


JorDAN (Karl). On Mechanical Selection and other problems. 
[Novitates Zoologicze, Vol. III, 1903.] R. H. Porter. 
—-—— [See Wyvsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 


Kearrort (W. D.). Descriptions of new species of North American Cram- 
bid@Moths. 
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXV, 1908.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 


Ketioce (V. L.).* Inheritance in Silkworms, I. 
{Leland Stanford Junior Univ. Publ., Univ. Ser., No. I, 1908.] 
The Author. 


——_—— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
KerREMANS (Ch.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Monographie des Buprestides, Vol. I, Livr. 17 and 18. Vol. III, 
Livr. 1-12, 1908. Purchased. 


Kierrer (J. J.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
Kwa (F.). [See Dyar (H. G.).] 
Konow (F. W.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Kowarz (Ferd.). Die Dipteren-Gattung Chrysotus, Meig. 
[ Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. XXIV, 1874.] 

——- —— Die Dipteren-Gattung Jedeterus, Fischer. 
[ Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. XX VII, 1877.] 

——— Die Dipteren-Gattungen Argyra, Macq. und Leucostola, Lw. 
[ Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. XXVIII, 1878.] Purchased. 


LABOULBENE (Dr. Alex.). Histoire d'un Ichneumon Parasite des Araignées. 
[Pimpla fairmairr. | 


|Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1858. ] Purchased. 
Lerroy (H. Maxwell). ‘The more important insects injurious to Indian 
Agriculture. 


[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Entom. Ser., Vol. 1, No. 2, 1907.] 


——— The Rice Bug (Leptocorisa varicornis, Fabr.). 
[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Entom. Ser., Vol. II, No. 1, 1908.] 


———— The Red Cotton Bug (Dysdercus cingulatus, Fabr.). 
The Castor Semi-hooper (Ophiusa melicerte, Dr.). 
The Tobacco Caterpillar (Prodenia littoralis). 
[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Entom. Ser., Vol. II, Pts. 3-5, 1908.] 


———— The Cotton Leaf Roller (Sylepta derogata, Fabr.). 
[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Entom. Ser., Vol. I, No. 6, 1908.] 


and Guosu (C. C.). The Indian Surface Caterpillars of the Genus 
Aarotis. 

The Mustard Sawfly (4 thalia proxima, Klug). 

[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Entom. Ser., Vol. I, Pts. III and VI, 


1907-08. ] The India Office. 
Linnf&é (Carl von), Skrifter af. IV. Valda Smirre Skrifter. Uppsala, 1908. 
{Reprint of the Original Edition. ] Univ. of Uppsala, 


Low (Franz). Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Gallmiicken. 
Neue Beitrige zur Kenntniss der Cecidomyiden. 
[Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, Bd. XXIV, 1874.] Purchased. 


* The paper by this author on “Some Silkworm Moth Reflexes ” catalogued last 
year, p. Xxix, was published in ‘ Science,”’ Vol. XVIII, 1903. 


Co sere) 


Lunpseck (Wm.). Diptera Danica. 
[Pt. I. Stratiomyiide, Xylophagide, Coenomyiide, Tabanide, 
Leptididze, Acroceridee. Svo. Copenhagen, 1907. | 
[Pt. II. Asilidee, Bombyliidze, Therevidz, Scenopinidze. 8vo. 
Copenhagen, 1908. | 
Purchased. 


MABILLE (P.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Mann (H.H.). Individual and seasonal variations in Helopeltis thetvora, 
Waterhouse, with description of anew species of Helopeltis. 
{[Mem. Dept. Agric. India, Entom. Ser,, Vol. I, No. 4, 1907.] 
The India Office. 


and Anrram (C. B.). The Red Slug Caterpillar: a serious pest of 
the Tea Plant. 
[Indian Tea Association, 1906, No. 5. ] The Authors. 


Marcuat (Paul). Contributions 4 l’étude biologique des Chermes. 
[Comptes rendus des Séances de la Soc. de Biologie, Tome LXIII, 
p. 340.} 


Nouvelles observations sur les Chermes du Groupe Ch. picee, Ratz. 
{Comptes rendus des Séances de la Soc. de Biologie, Tome LXIII, 
p. 368.} 


———— Utilisation des Insectes auxiliaires entomophages. 


——_—— Dans la lutte contre des Insectes nuisibles 4 l’Agriculture. 
[Annales de l’Instit. nat. Agronomique, 2e Sér. Tome VI, Fasc. 
2, 1907.] The Author. 


Martatt (C. L.). National Collection of Coccide. 
[No. 1. Dept, Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 16, Pt. I, 
1908. ] 


The Imported Elm Leaf Beetle. (G@alerucella luteola, Mill.) 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 8, Rev. Ed., 1908. ] 


-———— The White Ant. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 50, 2nd Ser., Rey. 
Ed., Jan. 1908. ] 


———— The Woolly Aphis of the Apple. 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 20, 1908.] 


New Species of Diaspine Scale Insects. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 16, Pt. 2, 1908.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 


Mortey (Claude). Ichneumonologia Britannica: The Ichneumons of Great 


Britain. Vol. III, Pimpline, 1908. Purchased. 
New York State Museum. 59th Annual Report for 1905. Vol. II, Appen- 
dices 3—6, 1907. New York State Museum. 


Outvier (E.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


OsHANIN (B.). Verzeichnis der Palarktischen Hemipteren. I Band, 
Heteroptera. II Lieferung. 
[Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. St. Pétersb. XIII, 1908.] 


Verzeichnis der Paleearktischen Hemipteren. II Band, Homoptera. 
III Lieferung. 
[Ann. Mus. Zool. Acad. Imp. St. Pétersb. XIII, 1908.] 
The Author. 


PaGENSTECHER (A.). [See WyrTsmAn’s Genera Insectorum. | 


_ 


+ ee 7) 


Parrorr (P. J.). Control of Leaf Blister Mite in Apple Orchards. 
[New York Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. 306, 1908. ] 
NV. York Exper. Station. 
Perincuey (L.). Descriptive Catalogue of the Coleoptera of South Africa 
(Lucanidee and Scarabwide). 
[Traus. South African Philos. Soc., Vol. XIII, 1904-08. ] 
The Author. 
Perris (E.). Mémoire sur la Lonchwa parvicornis (Meigen), et la Teremyia 
laticornis (Macquart). 
[Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Tom. VIII, 1838}. Purchased. 
Puiiies (E. F.). Wax Moths and American foul brood. 
U.S. Dept. Agric., Bull. 75, Pt. 2, 1907.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Pic (M.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. } 


Pierce (W. Dwight). Studies of the parasites of the Cotton Boll Weevil. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. 73, 1908.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Pocock (R.1.). [See Gopman (F.D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. | 
Poutton (Prof. E. B.). Essays on Evolution, 1889-1907. 
[8vo. Oxford. 1908.] The Author. 
QuarInTANCE (A. L.). The Apple Tent Caterpillar. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 98.] 
———- The Apple Maggot or Railroad Worm. 
(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 101.] 
The Lesser Apple Worm. 
[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. 68, Pt. 5, 1908.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 


Rarrray (A.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum, | 


Ratnsow (W. J.). Guide to the Study of Australian Butterflies, 1907, 
The Author. 


Recimpart (M.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
Reun (J. A. G.). Two new Species of the Neotropical Orthoptera of the 
family Acridide. 
[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX XV, 1908. ] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 
ReEcvrEr (Enzio). Uber die Eibildung bei der milbe Pediculopsis graminum 
(E. Reut.). 
[Festschrift fur Palmén, Helsingfors, No. 7, 1907. ] 
The Author. 
(O. M.). Verzeichnis meiner bisher veréffentlichten Zoologischen 
Publikationen, 1907. The Author. 


Rippon (R.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Ronpant (Camillo). Ortalidinz Italicze. Dipterologiz Italic. 

[Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., Vol. I, fase. 1 and 2, 1870.4 

Ortalidinze Italicee. Dipterologiz Italicz. 

[Bull. Soc. Entom. Ital., Vol. IIT, fase. 2, 1871.] 

———— Species Italice Ordinis Dipterorum (Jfusearia, Rnd.) Stirp. XIX, 
Sciomyzinarum. Revisio. 
[Ann. Soc. Natur. Modena, XI, 1877.] 
Purchased. 

Rossrav (EH.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Roruscuitp (W. de). [See Wyrsman's Genera Insectorum. ] 


Sanpergon (E. Dwight). Gipsy and Brown Tail Moths in New Hampshire, 
[New Hampshire Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. 136, Feb. 1908. ] 
The Exper, Station, 


() Seeeinn ) 


ScH2FFER (C.). List of the Longicorn Coleoptera collected on the Museum 
Expeditions to Brownsville, Texas. and the Huachuca Mtns., 
Arizona, with descriptions of New Genera and Species and notes 
on known Species. 
[Mus. Brooklyn Inst. Arts and Sci., Science Bull., Vol. I, No. 12. 
The Author. 


ScHENKLING (S.). [See Wyrsm4n’s Genera Insectorum. | 
SCHMIEDEKNECHT (O.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
ScHONFELDT (H. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
ScHOUTEDEN (H.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
Scuurz (W. A.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ] 
Scuwarz (O.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Setys-Loneccuamps (Baron Edm.). Collections Zoologiques. Fase. VIII, 
Ascalaphiden. Fase. XVIII, A’schnines, 1908. Purchased. 


SHELFORD (R.). [See Gopman (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. | 
[See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


Suipiey (A. E.). Zoology of the Invertebrata. London, 1893. 
R. H. Porter. 


Smitx (J. B.). A revision of some species of Noctuidze heretofore referred 
to the genus Homoptera, Boisduval. 
[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XX XV, 1908. ] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 


SoutH (R.). The Moths of the British Isles. Second Series: Noctuidze- 
Hepialidze. London, 1908. Purchased. 


Sticuet (H.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
SZEPLIGETI (V.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 
THEOBALD (F. V.). Monograph of the Culicide or Mosquitoes, Vol. IV. 


8vo, London, 1907. Trustees of the British Museum. 
—— Report on Economic Zoology, 1907-1908. 
[Published by the 8S. E. Agric. Coll., Wye.] The Author. 


— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. | 


TownsEnD (Chas. H.T.). A Record of Results from Rearings and Dissections 
of Tachinide. 
[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 12, Pt. 6, 
1908. | U.S. Dept. Agric. 


Taxonomy of the Muscoidean Flies, including descriptions of New 


Genera and Species. 
[Smithson. Miss. Coll., Vol. LI, 1908.] 
The Smithsonian Institution. 


Tumper (R.). Die Gerad Fliigler Mitteleuropas. 8vo, Gotha, 1907. 
Purchased. 


Turr (J. W.). Practical Hints for the Field Lepidopterist. 2nd Ed., 1908. 
The Author. 


Uxmer (G.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. } 


_Unirep Starrs DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE. Report of the Entomologist 
for 1908. 


——— Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 68, Pt. 7, 1908. 
[Demonstration Spraying for the Codling Moth. ] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Verratt (G. H.). British Flies. Vol. V, Stratiomyide and succeeding 


families of the Diptera Brachycera. The Author. 
c 


( ‘xxxiv ) 


WALKER (James J.). First Supplement to the Preliminary List of Coleoptera 
observed in the neighbourhood of Oxford. 
[Ashmolean Nat. Hist. Soc., Report, 1907.] The Author. 


Wasmann (Erich). On the Evolution of Dinarda, a genus of Coleoptera. 
{Trans. by H. Donisthorpe, Zoologist, Feb. 1908. ] 
The Translator. 


WessTER (F. M.). The Joint Worm (Jsosoma tritici, Fiteh). 
[U.S8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 66, Rev. Ed.,1908.] 
U.S. Dept. Agric. 
Wesruorr (F.). Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Westfalischen Arten der Abteilung 


Tipulinz, Schiner. 
[J. B. Zool. Sect. Westf. Ver. viii, 1881.] Purchased. 


——-— (Fried.). Ueber den Bau des Hypopygiums der Gattung Ttpula 
Meigen, mit Beriicksichtigung seiner generischen und spezi- 
fischen Bedeutung, nebst einem systematischen Verzeichnisse 
aller bisher in der Provinz Westfalen aufgefundenen Arten 
aus der Familie der Tipulide. Munster, 1882. Purchased, 


Witte (Victor). Larves de Chironomides vivant dans des feuilles, 
[Acad. Roy. Belgique, Bull. Classe Science, No. 8, 1908. | 
The Academy. 


Wituisron (S. W.). Manual of North American Diptera. 3rd Ed., 1908. 
Purchased. 


WrytsMAn (P.). Genera Insectorum. Fasc. 1—LXXI, 1902-1908. 
E. A. Elliott. 


oP eee vs») 


Periodicals and Publications of Societies. 


AFRICA. 
Cairo. Bulletin de la Société Entomologique d’Egypte. Vol. I, Fasc. 1 
and 2, 1908. The Society. 
Care Town. South African Philosophical Transactions. Vol. XIII 
pp. 547-752, 1908. The Society. 


AMERICA (NORTH). 


CANADA. 
Lonpon, ONTARIO. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XL, 1908. 
By Exchange. 
Ontario. Entomological Society of Ontario. 38th Annual Report. 1907. 
By Exchange. 
NOVA SCOTIA. 


Hatirax. Proceedings and Transactions of the Nova Scotia Institute of 
Science. Vol. XI, Parts III and IV; Vol. XII, Part I. 
The Institute. 


UNITED STATES. 


ALBANY. New York State Museum. Report for 1906. The Museum. 
New York State, Education Department. State Museum Report. 
2 Vols., 1905. The Education Department. 


Micuican. Michigan Academy of Science. 9th Report. 1907. 
The Academy. 


New York. New York Entomological Society. Journal, Vol. XVI, 1908. 
Purchased, 


PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings. 
Vol. XLIX, Part 3; Vol. L, Parts 1 and 2, 1908. 
By Exchange. 
Entomological News, Vol. XIX, 1908. By Exchange. 
WaAsHINGTON. Smithsonian Institution. Miscellaneous Collections. Vol. 
IV, Parts 3 and 4; Vol. V, Part 1, 1908. 
Annual Report, 1907. 
United States National Museum. Proceedings. Vol. XX XIII, 1908. 


Report for 1906-7. The Smithsonian Institution. 
Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Vol. 
IX, 1908. By Purchase. 


AMERICA (SOUTH). 


BRAZIL. 
8S. Pauto. O Entomologista Brasileiro. Vol.'I,'Part 3, 1908. 


WEST INDIES. 
Barpapos. WestIndian Bulletin. The Journal of the Imperial Agricul- 
tural Department for the West Indies. Vol. VIII, Part 4; 
Vol. IX, Parts 1-3, 1908. 


Agricultural News. Vol. VII, 1908. 
The Agricultural Department. 


(seca. 4) 


ASIA. 


INDIA. 


BomBay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XVIII, 1908. 
By Exchange. 


Caxcurra. Indian Tea Association. Nos. 5 and 6, 1905-6. 
The India Office. 


Puss. Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture in India, Entomological 


Series. Vols. I and II, 1906-8. The India Office. 
AUSTRALASIA. 
ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions and Proceedings. 
Vols. XX XI and XXXII, 1907-08. By Exchange. 
New Zeavanp. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings. 
Vol. XL, 1907. The Institute. 
Perro. Journal Agricultural Department of West Australia. Vol. XVI, 
1908. The Society. 


Sypney. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 1908. 
By Exchange. 


EUROPE. 
AUSTRIA-HUNGARY. 


Brinn. Verhand. der naturf. Vereines in Briinn. Bd. XLV. 
By Exchange. 
Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien. 
Verhandlungen. Band LYIII, 1908. By Exchange. 


Wiener entomologische Zeitung. Bd. X XVII, 1908. 
By Purchase. 


BELGIUM. 
BrussEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. Vol. LII, 1908. 
Mémoires. Vol. XVI, 1908. By Exchange. 
FRANCE. 
Caen. Société Francaise d’Entomologie. Revue. Tome XXVI, Parts 
8-12; XX VII, Parts 1-3, 1908. By Purchase. 


Cuarrauroux. Le Frélon. Tome XV, Part 12; XVI, 1-10, 1908. 
By Purchase. 


Paris. L’Abeille. Vol. XX XI, No, 2 (1908). By Purchase. 
Soc. Entom. de France. Annales, Vols. LXXVI, Part 4; LXXVII, 
Parts 1 and 2, 1908. By Exchange. 


TovtousE. Bulletin de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat. de Toulouse. Tome XL. No. 1, 
1908. By Exchange. 


} 


= 


(. xxxvil ) 


GERMANY. 


Brruty. Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische 
Zeitschrift. Bd. LIT, 1908. By Exchange. 


DrespEN. “Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Band X XI, 1908 
By Exchange. 


Frangrort. Senckenbergische naturforschende Gesellschaft. Bericht 1907. 
Abhandlungen 1907. By Exchange. 


Sretrin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahr. LXIX, 
1908. By Exchange. 


WiHIESBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahr 
LXI, 1908. By Exchange 


GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 


Bravrorp. Bradford Natural History and Microscopical Society. Recorder’s 
Reports. 1907. 


Guascow. Natural History Society of Glasgow. Transactions, NS. Vol. 
VIII, Part 1. 1905-6. 


LiverPoou. Institute of Commercial Research in the Tropics. Quarterly 
Journal. Vol. II, No. 6, 1908. The Institute. 


Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1908. 
By Purchase. 


Athenzum. 1908. The Publishers. 
City of London Entomological aud Natural History Society. Trans- 
actions. 1907. The Society. 

Entomologist (The). 1908. R. South. 
Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1908. The Editers. 
Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vol. XX, 1908. 
Purchased. 
Linnean Society of London. Zoology, Transactions, Journal and 
Proceedings. 1908. By Exchange. 
Nature. 1908. The Publishers. 
Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1908. The Club. 


Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. Vol, LX VIII, 1907. 
The Society. 


Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1908. By Exchange. 
Royal Society. Proceedings. 1908. By Exchange. 
Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions. 1908. 


> 


South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings. 
1907-8. The Society. 


Zoological Record. Vols. XLIII and XLIV. 1906-7. 
By Purchase. 


Zoological Society. Transactions and Proceedings. 1908. 
By Exchange. 


Zoologist (The). 1908. The Publisher. 


a 


(| XxXxvili ) 


HOLLAND. 


Tae Hacue. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1908. By Exchange. 


Entomologische Berichten. Vol. II, Parts 37-42, 1907-8. 
By Exchange. 


ITALY. 

FLorRENCE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Vol. XXXVIII, Parts 3-4, 
Vol. XX XTX, 1906-07. By Exchange. 

Portict. Bollettino del Laboratorio di Zoologia Generale e Agraria. Vols. 
I and II, 1907-8. By Exchange. 

Portici and FrorENcE. Redia, Giornale de Entomologia. Vol. IV, Fase. 2, 
907. Purchased. 

PORTUGAL. 


Lisson. Société Portugaise de Sciences Naturelles. Bulletin. Vol. 1, 
Fase. 4, 1908. The Soctety. 


S. Fier. Brotéria. Revista de Sciencias Naturaes do Collegio de S$. Fiel. 
Vols. VI and VII, 1907-8. 
RUSSIA. 


Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1907. 
By Exchange. 


Sr. PerErsspurG. Societas Entomologice Rossice. Hore. Tome XX XVIII, 
Nos. 3-4, 1908. By Exchange. 


Annuaire du Musée Zoologique. Tome XIII, Parts 1-3, 1908. 
EF. D. Godman. 


Revue Russe d’Entomologie. Tome VII, 1907. 
SWEDEN. 
Srockuotm. Arkiv for Zoologi. Vol. IV, 1908. By Exchange. 


Entomologisk Tidskrift. Arg. 14-29. 1893-1908. 
By Exchange. 


SWITZERLAND. 
Geneva. Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle. Mémoires. Vol. 
XXXV, Fasc. 4, 1908. By Exchange. 


Zuricu. Societas Entomologica. Organ fiir den Internationalen Entomo- 
logen-Verein. Jahr. XXIII, No. 1, 1908. 


5 la 


(a sae ) 


ERRATA. 


/ TRANSACTIONS. 
HYMENOPTERA ACULEATA, COLLECTED IN ALGERIA. 


Page 177 et seqq. :-— 


I am indebted to Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell for pointing out that three 
of the names I have applied to species of Andrena in the above paper have 
been already used by American authors, and require changing. I there- 
fore propose the following new names for them :— 


Y Andrena eatoni for A. nigra (p. 195). 
| Andrena zygophylli for A. albohirta (p. 198). 
J Andrena digamma for A. delta (p. 218). 
and must apologize to the Society for the errors.—EpWARD SAUNDERS. 


? 


Page 90, line 10 from top, for ‘‘ Maxillary palpi” read ‘‘ Labial palpi.’ 

Page 90, lines 12 and 13 from top, for ‘‘Labial palpi” read “ Maxillary 
palpi.” 

Page 164, line 11 from bottom, for ‘‘ Doryodis” read ‘‘ Doryodes.” 

Page 185, line 8 from bottom, for ‘‘ tarawascifolia” read ‘‘taraxacifolia.’ 

Page 189, line 18 from top, for ‘‘Cleone” read ‘‘ Cleome.” 

Page 210, line 7 from bottom, for ‘‘brachysylis” read ‘‘ brachystylis.” 

Page 269, line 11 from top, for ‘‘ pubesceus” read ‘‘ pubescens.” 

Page 304, line 12 from bottom, for ‘‘ Apiochexta” read ‘‘ Aphiochxta.” 

Page 379, line 13 from top, for ‘‘ Moschs.” read ‘‘ Moschl.” 

Page 381, line 2 from bottom, for ‘‘Prodn.” read ** Prodr.” 

Page 384, line 21 from top, for ‘‘veination”’ read ‘‘ venation.” 

Page 384, bottom line, for “‘ Diurin.” read ‘‘ Diurn.” 

Page 571, line 7 from top, for ‘‘ deria” read ‘* devia.’ 


In Explanation of Plate XIX, fig. 2, for ‘‘ Vernet-les-Bains” read 
** Rennes.” 


? 


] 


THE 


PROCEEDINGS 
ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


LONDON 


For THE YEAR 1908. 


Wednesday, February 5th, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. WatErHousE, President, in the Chair. 


Nomination of Vice-Presidents. 

The PresipENr announced that he had nominated Dr. 
THomas ALGERNON CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S., Professor RAPHAEL 
Mexpona, F.R.S., F.C.S., and Mr. Henry Rowianp-Brown, 
M.A., as Vice-Presidents for the Session 1908-9. 


Election of a Member of the Council. 


The PresipENT announced that the Council had elected 
Mr. James Wituiam Tutt to serve as a member of the 
Council in the place of the late Mr. ArrHur Joun Curry, 
deceased. 

Election of a Fellow. 


Mr. C. Gorpon Hewitt, M.Sc., of the University, Man- 
chester, was elected a Fellow of the Society. 


Exhibitions. 
BuTTERFLIES FROM THE PyreENEES.—Dr. T. A. CHAPMAN 
exhibited a collection of butterflies made last summer at 
Gavarnie in the Pyrenees, including a number of specimens of 


Erebia lefebvrer, with H. melas from South-east Hungary, for 
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., I. 1908. A 


( ii) 
comparison. He pointed out, and illustrated by means of 
enlarged photographs the superficial differences in the wing- 
markings between the two species, and also drew attention to 
the fact that specimens of Lycena orbitulus taken on the 
Simplon, Switzerland, are identical with ZL. orbitulus, var. 
oberthiiri of the Pyrenees. 

Ants From Krew Garpens.—Mr. H, Sr. Jonn DonistHorPeE 
showed eleven species of ants taken in the hothouses in Kew 
Gardens in December 1907 and January 1908, eight t being 
new to the published Kew list, and six * species not before 
recorded as introduced in Britain. The species were :— 


Prenolepis longicornis, Latr. 9 9 and 0 8. 
} Tetramorium simillimum, Smith. 6 8. 
Technomyrmex albipes, Smith. ¢, ergatoid ¢ and 6 9. 
* {7 Wasmannia auro-punctata, Roger. ¢, 9 9 and dv. 
Triglyphothrix striatidens, Emery. 9 ©. 
* + Prenolepis flavipes, Smith. 3, 9 9 andd vo. 
* 7 Plagiolepis alluaudi, Forel. 3 9. 
* + Prenolepis cexcilix, Forel. 3 9. 
j P. vividula, Nyl. 398. 
* + Strumigenys rogeri, Emery. 8 9. 
* + Ponera punctatissima, sub. sp. boerorum, Forel. 2 and 5 &: 


All found in numbers, except the Ponera and the Strumi- 
genys. 

Potato Gnar IN Britain.—Mr. J. E. Cox exhibited 
microscopically-mounted specimens of a minute species of 
Diptera belonging to the family Mycetophilide, and closely 
related to the genus Sciara which Mr. H. J. Charbonnier had 
discovered attacking and doing considerable damage to narcis- 
sus bulbs in the neighbourhood of Bristol in 1907. The 
species, which was remarkable inasmuch as while the male 
had abbreviated wings the female had neither wings nor 
halteres (an exceedingly rare structural condition in the 
Diptera), had been described under the name of Lpidapus 
scabiet in the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of 
Washington, U.S.A., published in 1895 by Mr. A. D. Hopkins, 
of the West Virginia Experiment Station, who found it 
attacking potato tubers and causing conditions which in one 


GC sate: }) 
stage would be recognised as potato-scab, and in a more 
advanced stage as potato-rot. Mr. Couuin gave a short 
résumé of Mr. Hopkins’ experiments and observations, and 
remarked that though at present there was no record of the 
species doing any damage to the British potato crop, still its 
occurrence in England was of considerable economic importance. 

Larv® oF SITaRIs MURALIS.—Commander J. J. WALKER 
showed on behalf of Mr. A. H. Hamm, very young larve of 
Sitaris muralis, hatched at end of October and beginning of 
November from ova laid by @ ?s in captivity (the natural 
place of deposit of these eggs being at the entrance to the 
burrow of the bee, Anthophora pilipes, in stone walls near 
Oxford). Hitherto the larve had kept together on the mass 
of empty egg-shells. 

PyYRALIS LIENIGIALIS AT Oxrorp.— Commander WALKER 
also exhibited two specimens of the rare Pyralis lenigialis, 
Zell, 2, taken at light in his house at Summertown, August 
1906 and 1907. 

South American THynnip#.—Mr. Rowianp E. Turner 
brought for exhibition a box of Zhynnidx from 8. America, 
mostly from Chile, several of the species having been cap- 
tured in copula. The mouth parts in the females of the 
S. American species are not reduced in size and almost rudi- 
mentary, as with almost all the Australian species of the 
family. Asis the case in Australia the species become less 
numerous in the Tropics, and in the northern half of S. 
America seem to be confined to the highlands. Several new 
species were shown from Mendoza and the Peruvian Andes. 

Toe Manpisies oF TRACHYPHL@US ScABRICULUS.—Prof. T. 
Hupson Beare exhibited a specimen of 7rachyphleus scabre- 
culus with the two deciduous mandibles still in place. The 
specimen was taken at St. Margaret’s Bay in August 1907 ; 
it was found at the roots of grass on the cliffs. 

Suecestep Mimicry 1y Bourson Burrerriies.—Lieut.- 
Colonel Manpvers exhibited the ? of Papilio phorbanta from 
Bourbon, an aberrant member of the zeus group of Papilios, 
and compared it with the other members of the same group 
from the African mainland, Madagascar and Mauritius, kindly 
lent for the purpose by Professor Poulton. He pointed out 


that whereas in all the other species the ? 9s were some 
shade of green similar to the ¢ ¢s, the Bourbon insect was 
more or less uniformly brown. He suggested that this was 
due to mimicry, Luplea goudoti, x species strictly confined to 
Bourbon, being the model. The case had been dealt with more 
fully and the insects figured in his paper on “The butterflies 
of Mauritius and Bourbon,” in the Transactions 1907. 
Mrinicry iN tHe Burrerriies or Mauritius AnD Bourson. 
Professor E. B. Poutton, F.R.S., exhibited a series of species 


of the Papilio nireus group from many parts of Africa, from 
Madagascar, Mauritius and Bourbon, together with other 
Rhopalocera from the two latter islands bearing on the subject 
of mimicry. He said that his attention had been directed to 
the difficult and fascinating problems presented by these small 
outlying islands by the recent interesting observations and 
experiments of Colonel N. Manders, to whose kindness he 
owed the opportunity of exhibiting some of the specimens. 
The black blue-marked upper-surface of the wings in the 
numerous species and sub-species of the Papilio nireus group 
presented a singularly uniform and characteristic appearance 
throughout Africa and Madagascar. It appeared probable to 
the speaker that these forms constituted a definite Ethiopian 
synaposematic group. One of the species (epiphorbas, Boisd.) 
in Madagascar had, however, spread into Mauritius as Papilio 
maniius, F., and into Bourbon as P?. phorbanta, L. (disparilis, 
Boisd.). These two island-forms were entirely separated 
geographically from other members of their abundant and 
dominant group, while they at the same time came into 
contact with Huplaas of a characteristic Oriental type of colour- 
ing, with LZ. ewphone, F., in Mauritius, with 2. goudoti, Boisd., 
in Bourbon. Under these circumstances the dark ground- 
colour of the female Papilio in Mauritius has faded to a 
brown shade not unlike that of the Huplea, while the blue 
markings have lost their sharp outlines and have become 
slightly reduced in size as compared with those of the male. 
The mimicry is, of course, in a very incipient stage—so 
incipient, indeed, as to be probably unrecognisable were it 
not for the far more complete resemblance attained by the 
female of phorbanta in Bourbon. With this latter female 


(  } 


before us it is impossible to doubt the significance of the 
differences which separate the female of manliws from its 
male. In the female of phorbanta the central blue patches 
have entirely disappeared, while the blue submarginal spots 
of the hind-wing have become increased in size and trans- 
formed into white. Furthermore, the ancestral submarginal 
band of blue spots in the fore-wing has also been transformed 
into white. These changes, with the exception of that last 
mentioned, produce a rough mimetic likeness to Huplea 
goudoti, as may be seen in Colonel Manders’ beautiful plate 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, Pl. xxix, figs. 6a and 1). It 
is evident from Colonel Manders’ account (I. ¢., p. 451) that 
the resemblance which appears to be so slight in the cabinet is 
much enhanced by the mode of flight, and the fact that Papilio 
and Huplea inhabit the same localities. Nevertheless it is 
impossible to be satisfied with the simple conclusion that the 
female phorbanta has gained its present pattern under the sole 
influence of Huplea goudoti as we now know it in Bourbon. 

The ancestral submarginal blue spots of the hind-wing of 
the male phorbanta are already somewhat larger than the white 
spots occupying a similar position in Huplea goudoti. The 
blue spots transformed to white cannot therefore have under- 
gone a further increase in size in the female under the 
influence of the existing Huplea. Nor is it possible to 
account by the same influence for the submarginal white spots 
of the fore-wing of phorbanta ; for Colonel Manders (I. c., p. 435) 
only knows of a single specimen of goudoti “ with faint but 
decided indications of a submarginal row’ 
It is obvious that the present pattern of the Bourbon Luplea 
cannot afford us the interpretation of the change which has 
occurred in the female Papilio. 

If the upper-surface pattern of the female phorbanta, fig. 6a, 
on Colonel Manders’ plate, be compared with that of Salamis 
augustina, fig. 3, and Huplea goudoti, fig. 1, it will at once be 
seen that the Papilio bears a far closer resemblance to the 
Nymphaline than to the Kupleine. Now the upper-surface of 
the Salamis is a fair mimic of the Mauritian Huplea euphone, as 
was pointed out by Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., in 1866:—‘‘In 
spite of the very different outline of wings, the general 


? 


in the fore-wing. 


a 
( owe) 


coloration of this butterfly bears considerable resemblance to 
that of Huplea euphone, and I can well imagine its escaping 
notice if flying in company with the latter species” (Trans. 
Ent. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 335). 

We are therefore led to the conclusion that phorbanta has 
also been influenced by ewphone. The situation is thus 
extremely puzzling, the female Papilio being a far better 
mimic of the Mauritian Huplea than of the species with which 
it flies in the island of Bourbon. There can be little doubt 
that the Mauritian ewphone presents a more ancestral pattern 
than goudoti. The Euplea mimics of both islands are always 
mimetic of ewphone: they never attain the features by which 
goudoti is distinguished from ewphone. This is not only true 
of the Papilio and Salamis, but also of the Mauritian Amauwris 
(Berethis) phedone, F. Concerning this latter species Mr. 
Roland Trimen, F.R.S., observed in 1866 that “its peculiar 
facies and colouring give it a strong superficial resemblance to 
Euplea euphone” (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1866, p. 332). He 
furthermore states that he ‘found D. phedone much scarcer 
than £. euphone, but almost invariably flying in company 
with the latter.” * Inasmuch as these mimetic resemblances 
to euphone cannot have been attained except in the course of 
a long period of time, the pattern of this Huplea must be 
ancient as compared with that of 2. goudoti, which has 
produced no apparent effect on its own account. 

Furthermore, it must be pointed out that the upper-surface 
pattern of the unique and remarkable Libythea cinyras, 
Trim., is probably roughly mimetic of Veptis frobenia. 

We have been accustomed to look upon islands as the 
homes of the non-mimetic ancestors of mimetic species ; but 
Mauritius and Bourbon prove that an exceptional develop- 
ment of mimicry may be found among the members of small 
communities confined in very restricted areas. It has been 
already stated that the mimicry of the female phorbanta is 
unique in the niveus group. If I am right in supposing 

* So far as I have had the opportunity of examining it phedone seems 
to be related to Amawris albimaculata, Butl., rather than to A. echeria, 
Stoll. Dr.:Karl Jordan whom I have consulted on the point kindly 


informs me that he agrees with the above conclusion as to the affinity 
of phedone, 


(. wi) 
Libythea cinyras to be a mimic, it too is a unique example in 
its group. Salamis augustina is also a nearly equally rare 
instance in the genus. 

A fascinating aspect of the mimicry in these islands is to be 
found in the extraordinary effect of one of the most dominant 
and distasteful types of the Oriental Region upon characteristic 
Ethiopian forms. Ethiopian species of Amauris, Salamis 
and Papilio all exhibit the influence of Huplea. It is most 
unfortunate that the question was not studied many years ago 
when the aspect of the country and the indigenous fauna were 
comparatively unchanged. As Colonel Manders suggests, we 
might then, in all probability, have attained to a precise 
knowledge of the selective forces by which the approach has 
been brought about. 

In conclusion, Professor Poutron desired again to thank 
Colonel Manders for directing the attention of the Society to 
the deeply interesting problems presented by the faunas of 
these two islands ; and personally he wished to thank him for 
much kind help both in information and material. He had 
also been greatly indebted to Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., with 
whom he had discussed the whole question, and from whom he 
had received many valuable suggestions. 

SeconDary Mimetic ResEMBLANCE oF ITHOMIINEZ TO THE 
DaANAINE GENUS ITuNa.—Professor E. B. Pouton said that he 
was indebted to the kindness of Mr. W. J. Kaye, F.E.S., for 
the opportunity of exhibiting what seemed to him a very 
interesting example of secondary mimicry. In 1898 he had 
described and figured in the Zoological Journal of the 
Linnean Society (Vol. xxvi, p. 558) the great combination 
of South American Lepidoptera which is ranged round the two 
chief models Methona confusa, Butl., and Thyridia psidii, L. 
The combination included numbers of J/thomdine belonging to 
several genera, two species of /tuna (Danainx), one of Pierine, 
and many Heterocera belonging to the Castniide and Perico- 
pide (Hypside), At the time when that paper was written he 
had no conception of the predominance of secondary resem- 
blances between mimics, and had naturally failed to find what 
he never looked for. However, a few weeks ago he saw in Mr. 
Kaye’s collection the specimens now being exhibited, and at 


- 
(\ wi ) 

once realised that the Ithomiine Futresis imitatrix, Staud., is an 
exceedingly good secondary mimic of /twna itself, the historic 
mimic of Zhyridia (and Methona) upon which Fritz Miiller 
based his theory. Reference to the Linnwan Society plate 
published in 1898 showed that nearly all the points of 
secondary resemblance are clearly displayed, although they 
had never been recognised. It was almost humiliating to 
realise the dependence of observation on hypothesis. 

After recognising this interesting example of secondary 
mimicry in Mr. Kaye’s collection, the fine series in the British 
Museum, including, in these groups, the Godman-Salvin 
material, was carefully studied with Mr. G. A. K. Marshall’s 
kind assistance. In the course of the examination certain 
features of the primary Ithomiine models, J/ethona confusa 
and Thyridia psidii, were compared and the conclusion reached 
that, as regards these points, the Methona has acted as model 
and the Zhyridia as mimic. The whole of the conclusions 
arrived at are embodied in the following account. 

The general appearance of Lutresis imitatrix is far more 
that of Ituna phenarete, D. & H., than of J. ¢tlione, Cram. 
The latter is a smaller, more intensely and heavily black- 
marked, yellower and less transparent insect than phenarete 
and its Ithomiine mimic. 

The black-shafted, yellow- or orange-clubbed antenne form 
one of the most conspicuous features of the Methona-Thyridia- 
centred combination, and one in which mimetic resemblance 
is very obvious. It is therefore of great interest to compare 
the colouring of the antenn in species of Jtwna and Lutresis 
with each other and with the Methona and Thyridia. 

Ituna lamirus, Latr. The antenne are yellow, darkened at 
the extreme base. This darkening extends throughout the 
basal half in a male specimen from the interior of Colombia, 
and still farther in a male from the Rio Napo. These are the 
only exceptions in the series of 41 specimens of J. lamirus 
in the British Museum. 

Ituna ilione. The antenne resemble those of the primary 
Ithomiine models: JMethona confusa and Thyridia psidii, 
‘being intensely black with an orange club. 

Ituna phenarete. ‘The club of the antenna is much longer 


( ix ) 
and of a paler colour than in ¢lione. It also tapers more 
gradually into the shaft on to which the yellow tint is often 
prolonged, generally for a short distance, occasionally as far 
as in J. lamirus. 

FEutresis imitatric and an allied unnamed species. The 
antenne resemble the appearance most usual in J. phenarete, 
but the depth of the orange tint is asin J. dlione. A similar 
appearance is presented by the females and 2 males of Hutresis 
hyspa, Godm., and Salv. 

Eutresis other species. The antenne of 4 males of HL. hyspa 
and of all the remaining species of the genus are similar to 
those of /. damirus. 

Hence as regards this prominent feature, the brownish 
translucent Jéwna lamirus resembles the similarly coloured 
species of Hutresis; the transparent black-marked species of 
Eutresis (imitatrixv, ete.) resemble the transparent and black 
I. phenarete; while [tuna ilione resembles the primary Ithomiine 
models. 

The remaining points of comparison are confined to elements 
in the pattern of the upper surface of the fore-wing. 

All the species of Hutresis in the British Museum, except 
E. imitatriz, a single specimen of an allied unnamed form, 
and certain individuals of #. hyspa, possess, on the fore-wing 
upper-surface a submarginal row of six internervular pale 
yellowish spots, somewhat more yellow and less transparent 
than the large transparent areas of the wing. In £. imitatria 
and the undescribed form, the four submarginal spots nearest 
the apex, although still traceable by change of tint and 
degree of transparency, fuse with and become part of the large 
apical transparent area. The same tendency, although less 
marked, is seen in Lutresis hyspa, especially in two females 
from Keuador. In the above-mentioned three forms the black 
band which in other species cuts off the four apical spots from 
the transparent area, becomes very indistinct, and resembles a 
faint cloudy dark bar which in the transparent Jtwnas also 
cuts off a more opaque yellower distal section of the apical 
area. Comparing these Itunas (i/ione and phenarete) with the 
less transparent J. lamirws, Latr., it is seen that the faint 
cloudy bar corresponds to the black ground-colour which 


- 
( x ) 


separates a row of three subapical spots from a more centrally 
placed row of four spots, of which the lowest and outermost 
approaches the margin, reaching the position of the fourth 
submarginal spot of Hutresis. In some individuals this outer- 
most spot also exhibits faint traces of increased yellowness 
and opacity at its outer and lower extremity. 

The fifth and sixth submarginal spots of the fore-wing of 
Lutresis imitatrix, the allied form, and £. hyspa, as regards 
their black internal contours, resemble Jtwna ilione more 
closely, as regards their transparency,—Z. phenarete. 

The black transverse bar which descends from the costa of 
the fore-wing and crosses the cell, forms nearly a right angle 
with the costa in Methona confusa, while in the transparent 
Ecuador form psamathe, Godm. and Saly., it is sometimes 
rather less than a right angle on the basal side, rather more 
on the distal. In Vhyridia psidii the bar is always obliquely 
directed, forming an acute angle with the costa on the distal 
side. In Jtuna phenarete and Eutresis initatriz it is still more 
oblique and the distal angle even more acute. Of more import- 
ance is the direction of the bar, which is almost straight in 
the Methona and the Thyridia, but turns inwards at or some- 
times below the point at which the first median nervule leaves 
the median nervure, in J. phenarete and EF. imitatrix. The 
elbow is rendered prominent by an extension of the black 
marking on the convexity of the bend. As regards this 
feature J. ilione has apparently been drawn towards the 
primary Ithomiine models ; for the elbow is far less marked 
than in phenarete. 

Furthermore, in both species of Jtwna and in LHutresis 
imitatriv, a small triangular portion is cut off by the median 
nervure from the outer and lower part of the basal transparent 
area. In Methona confusa, onthe other hand, the broad black 
inner margin reaches the median nervure, and obliterates this 
part of the basal area. In Vhyridia psidii a more or less 
distinct trace of transparency nearly always persists in this 
region below the nervure, although the condition of /tuna and 
Eutresis is apparently never equalled. 

As regards the two primary models it is evident that in 
this last-mentioned feature the Methona has been mimicked 


(rae) 

by the Thyridia ; for the species allied to the former,—Methona 
themisto, Hiibn., and M. singularis, Staud,,—resemble J/, 
confusa; while in the Thyridias allied to psidit,—pallida, 
Godm. and Salv., ceto, Feld., and edesia, D. & H.,—a compara- 
tively large section of the pale basal area is visible below 
the nervure. Thyridia hippodamia, ¥., presents a condition 
similar to that of 7. psidiz. 

There is also a tendency in the Itunas and especially in 
Eutresis wnitatrix, for the median transparent area to be 
nearly equally divided by the black and prominent vein which 
traverses it. This tendency is less marked in the 7hyridia, 
and still less in the Methona; and here too the latter has 
apparently acted as the model for the former ; inasmuch as in 
the allied Thyridia cedesia, the area in question is divided by 
a heavily marked band. 

Finally, the facts of geographical distribution entirely sup- 
port the conclusion that the transparent species of Hutresis are 
mimics of Jtwna phenarete and not of J. ilione. The latter is an 
eastern and southern species: of 16 examples in the British 
Museum, 2 are from Rio, 2 from Minas Geraés, 3 from Brazil, 
2 from 8S. Brazil, and 7 from Paraguay. J. phenarete, on the 
other hand, is a western species: of 15 examples, 10 are from 
Bolivia, 3 from Peru, 1 from Ecuador and 1 from Tabatinga 
(Amazons). The three examples of Hutresis imitatrix and all 
of FE. hyspa are from Keuador, while the single undescribed 
form is from Peru. 

PaPiILios FROM THE Matay ArcuipeLaco.—Dr. K. Jorpan 
exhibited on behalf of the Hon. Wattrer RoruHscHILD some 
interesting Papilionids. T'roides alecandre, Rothsch., remark- 
able for the beauty of the ¢ and the gigantic size of the ?, is 
a new discovery by A. 8. Meek, who found this fine insect in 
the north-eastern portion of British New Guinea at some dis- 
tance inland from the coast. The species is nearest to Z'’roides 
victorie from the Solomon Islands, of which a very distinct 
geographical form (rubianus) was shown for comparison. The 
gynandromorphie specimen of Z'votdes exhibited is the only 
one known of this genus, and was obtained by Dr. L. Martin 
in South Celebes. It belongs to 7. haliphron, the left side 
being ? and the right side ¢. 


al 
(¢ gam...) 

TORTRIX PRONUBANA IN BRITAIN CONTINUOUSLY BROODED.— 
Mr. R. Apxkin exhibited specimens of Vortria pronubana, Hb., 
reared in June and July from larve collected in May, also 
others reared in autumn from ova deposited by moths of the 
June emergence. He said that of the larvee derived from the 
June emergence the majority produced moths in the autumn, 
but a portion of them hybernated when nearly if not quite full 
fed, and that the larvee derived from the autumn moths hyber- 
nated quite small. He therefore concluded that when the 
habits of the species came to be better understood, it would 
be found, as had been shown to be the case in Guernsey, to 
be practically continuously brooded in this country throughout 
the summer months, the chief emergences taking place in June 
and October, but with stragglers appearing probably in every 
month from April to November. 

Mr. J. W. Turr remarked that in the south of France it 
was common in March and April, at Digne and Draguignan. 
Milliére says it is single brooded. 

Variation IN MeLIT#a aurinia AND NoTopONTA CHAONIA. 
—Mr. L. W. Newman showed (a) a long series of Melitzxa 
aurinia bred from ova from West Meath parents, the 9 
parents being very rich dark forms; the offspring followed 
the 9 parents to a great extent, being rich dark forms, a 
small percentage being somewhat lighter in ground-colour— 
(= hibernica, Birchall); (>) a series from East Kent of the 
usual Kentish form, the specimens showing a wide range of 
variation. Owing to the great lack of sunshine in May 1907, 
the pupal stage lasted four weeks instead of ten days or so, 
during which a large percentage diel; (c) a series bred 
from a 8, Devon typical 9: very ordinary forms and a very 
large percentage of deaths in the pupal stage owing to cold 
and lack of sunshine ; (d)a series from 8. Wales, wild collected 
larve ; received full-fed at end of March, and being abnormally 
early, emerged very well, as all were out before the bad 
weather began: very little variation disclosed ; (e) a series 
from Carlisle, wild collected larvee. These larve were fearfully 
ichneumoned, over 75 °*/ being stung and a very short series 
was bred, giving no idea of the range of variation; (/) a 
series from Isle of Wight, wild collected larve. Unlike the 


( seni) 


Carlisle larvee, not one of these was ichneumoned, and were 
very forward, being three-quarters fed when received end of 
March. All emerged well, but the quantity at disposal being 
small, most were spoilt in obtaining pairings and ova. 

Mr. Newman also exhibited (yg) a long series of Votodonta 
chaonia bred from ova from Perth parents, both of the typical 
dark brown form. ‘The series showed a great range of varia- 
tion, a good percentage following the parents ; a large percen- 
tage of intermediate forms, and about 15 ‘°/ with the white 
band on fore-wings well defined ; (/) a series from New Forest 
parents, this form showing a strong contrast to the Perth race, 
the ground-colour being much whiter and the white on fore- 
wings much pronounced, bringing out the lunar spot con- 
spicuously ; (i) a series from a pairing obtained from Perth 
9? and New Forest 3, the experiment producing a very 
mixed series, the general tendency being to follow the dark 
Perth ? parent: very few (three or four) being as light as the 
d parent ; (k) a series from an Isle of Wight wild captured 9 , 
this form being quite distinct from that of the New Forest, 
having a yellowish tinge, and the ground-colour being about 
intermediate between the darkest Perth and lightest New 
Forest forms. 

Mimetic Rextation or NycuiTonA AND PsEuDOPONTIA.— 
Dr. F. A. Dixey exhibited specimens of Vychitona medusa, 
Cram., and Pseudopontia paradoxa, Feld., observing that a 
former suggestion of his as to a mimetic relation between them 
(see Proc, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. Ixix—Ixxi) had been con- 
firmed by a letter lately received from Mr. 8, A. Neave, at 
present in the Congo State, who wrote that the two forms 
“inhabit exactly the same localities and are barely distin- 
guishable from each other on the wing.” 


Papers. 

Mr. Rowranp E. Turner communicated a paper “On Two 
Diplopterous Hymenoptera from Queensland,” and ‘‘ Notes on 
Thynnide, with remarks on some aberrant genera of the 
Seoliide.” 

Mr. Guy A. K. Marsuary read a paper entitled “On 
Diaposematism, with reference to some Limitations of the 


- 


{ “aiv ) 


Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry.” In this he pointed out 
the difficulty of accepting the idea of a mutual simultaneous 
mimicry between two unpalatable species, such as is postulated 
by the hypothesis of Diaposematism. It was suggested that 
an initial inequality in the individual numbers of the two dis- 
tasteful species was an essential condition for the production 
of Miillerian mimicry, and that in such circumstances the 
mimetic approach would always be in one direction only, 
namely, from the rarer species towards the more abundant; 
for any initial variation from the latter towards the former 
must be disadvantageous. The various cases which have been 
put forward as proving the existence of Diaposematism in 
nature were critically examined, and it was contended that 
the facts could be more satisfactorily interpreted on lines 
which did not involve the assumption of a mutual interchange 
of characters between mimic and model. While the great 
importance of Miiller’s principle was fully recognised, it was 
pointed out that it had certain definite limitations, and the 
attempt to explain all cases of mimicry among butterflies on 
this theory was contested. On the other hand, it was held 
that the wide significance of Bates’ principle had not been 
adequately appreciated, and it was urged that this theory 
would afford an explanation of many cases of mimicry between 
unpalatable species, which had been previously considered as 
purely Miillerian in character. 

Professor E. B. Poutton, F.R.S., said that at that late hour it 
was impossible to reply to the details of Mr. Marshall’s paper, 
and that any real discussion of the questions raised by him 
must be deferred to a future occasion. He would therefore 
take some other opportunity of exhibiting the specimens 
which he had specially selected with reference to Mr. Mar- 
shall’s arguments. He had, however, just received a letter 
from Mr. 8. A. Neave, F.E.S., in the Congo Free State, 
which, by a curious coincidence, bore upon this very dis- 
cussion of the relative importance of the Batesian and 
Miillerian hypotheses. He was anxious that Mr. Neave’s 
observations should appear at once in the Proceedings, and 
therefore exhibited specimens in illustration of them. He 
reminded the Society that Pseudacraa pogget, Dewitz, was 


(4 av} 


formerly looked upon as one of the rarest of African 
butterflies, and that until the recent arrival of material 
collected by Mr. Neave not a single example of it existed 
in the national collection. There was almost more a priort 
reason for regarding this butterfly as a Batesian mimic of 
Danaida (Limnas) chrysippus, ., than any other. Yet this 
is the very species which Mr. Byatt * observed in 1905 to 
exist in a proportion of nearly 5 per cent. of its model in 
a large consignment collected indiscriminately by natives at the 
sources of the Congo, and the species which Mr. 8S. A. Neave 
now finds to be by far the most abundant as well as the 
boldest Psewdacrea in the forests of the Congo Free State 
in which he has collected. The part of his letter bearing 
on this question and on the species of Cvenis and their 
mimics is as follows :— 


“ Kambove, Congo Free State, 
** November 14th, 1907. 


“Since I last wrote to you I have been out to and just 
returned from the country to the west of this place—an 
extremely interesting country, and I wish I had had more 
time there. I took alarge number of remarkable Lepidoptera. 
Diurnal moths were most abundant in great variety, and of 
extraordinary coloration. I have not, I am sorry to say, met 
again with the big mimetic Pseudacrea, although the Aletis 
models have been plentiful. Mimacrea marshalli, Trim., and 
Pseudacrza pogget were just beginning to reappear at the end 
of October, and I have taken one of each. Hypolimnas 
misippus, L., has also appeared in small numbers. I still 
think P. pogyei the best mimic of Danaida (Limnas) chrysippus, 
even better than misippus—its flight is so extraordinarily 
like that of the model. It is rather, I think, a significant 
fact that of all the Psewdacrzas I have met with (5 spp.) pogger 
is by far the most abundant; while it is bold, and not afraid 
to expose itself on the wing. I have taken a single specimen 
of a small species of Pseudacrexa of the boisduvalt group which 
I do not know. 

“JT can now give you a little more interesting information 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 264. 


- 


Ky em )) 


about the blue spp. of Crenis and Crenidomimas concordia, 
Hopff. The country I was in appears to be the metropolis 
of the genus Crenis, and they swarmed everywhere. I 
have taken occidentaliwm, Mah. (searce), ? amadlia, Cr. (very 
abundant), vosa, Hew. (abundant), pechueli, Dewitz (very 
abundant), and at least 2 spp. of the natalensis group, one 
of which is remarkable for an under-surface exhibiting an 
approach to the coloration and pattern of that of the blue 
forms. I certainly begin to suspect that the blue species 
of the genus, if not the others, are distasteful. They are 
extraordinarily bold and fearless, and collect in very large 
numbers wherever they can find moisture. They may often 
be seen, almost in hundreds, round a damp garment in one’s 
camp. Their mimic Crentdomimas concordia 1 found much 
scarcer, but with very much the same habits. They are very 
puzzling things, because it must be remembered that they are 
also extremely addicted to fluttering round and settling on 
tree trunks often some 10-20 ft. above the ground, and under 
these circumstances they are very very inconspicuous. 

“The following groups taken on one day may be of interest :— 


October 26th, 1907, Lupepa R. 
Crenis pechueli, 5. Near Crenis natalensis, group A (with 
bluish under-surface), 5. 
Crenis t amulia, 5. Near Crenis natalensis, group B 
(without bluish under-surface), 3. 
Crenidomimas concordia, 1. 


October 27th, 1907, 8 miles north of last locality. 
C’. rosa, 1. C. amaulia, 2. 
C. pechueli, 1. Near C. natalensis, group B, 1. 


Crenidomimas concordia, 1. 
October 30th, 1907. 
C. pechueli and C. concordia taken at the flowers on the 


same shrub in two successive sweeps of the net. 


“The above groups hardly represent the true predominance 
in numbers of the Crenis, at any rate at this time of the year 
(the beginning of the rains). Last April and May at the 


( xvik ) 


end of the rains I found both models and mimic scarce, but 
concordia the more common of the two. This, however, was 
in lower and flatter country, whereas the Crenis, especially 
the large blue ones, are particularly addicted to hills.” 

Dr. F. A. Dixny said that to deal with Mr. Marshall’s 
criticisms point by point would require another treatise on the 
same scale as the one now before them. He therefore pro- 
posed to reserve any detailed comment for a future occasion. 
In the meantime he wished to thank Mr. Marshall for his 
courtesy in allowing him to see the paper before it had been 
communicated to the Society. He welcomed the opposition 
therein offered to his own view, because no theory could claim 
to stand on a firm basis until it had been well scrutinised and 
had run the gauntlet of adverse criticism. The author of any 
hypothesis that had been successfully attacked had always the 
satisfaction of feeling that at least he had helped to arouse 
interest and to stimulate inquiry ; and in any event the cause 
of truth would be the gainer. No doubt they had from Mr. 
Marshall as good a statement of his side of the case as any one 
could make, and if his objections could be satisfactorily met, 
as in the speaker’s opinion they could be, it was not likely that 
any more formidable assault would have to be faced. It would 
naturally be expected that he should join issue with Mr. Mar- 
shall, and this he undertook to do when the time came; 
meanwhile he would only make the general remark that a priori 
reasoning in similar matters had before now been known to 
fail, even when aided by mathematical processes as unimpeach- 
able as those of his present critic. 


SPECIAL GENERAL MEETING. 
Wednesday, February 5th, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. WatErHousE, President, in the Chair. 


Proposed Alteration of a Bye-Law. 


The SrorETARY read the following notice communicated to 
the President and Council of the Society, and read at three 
previous meetings in accordance with the Bye-Laws. 

PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND., II. 1908. B 


al 
(Cay 7) 
“We desire that the Bye-Laws of the Society be altered by 
substituting in Chapter XIII, 3, for £15 15s. the figures £21, 


and give notice under Bye-Law X XI accordingly. 
Gilbert J. Arrow. R. Meldola., 


R. Shelford. A. H. Jones. 
T. A. Chapman. Guy A. K. Marshall. 
Louis B. Prout. G. B. Longstaff.” 


Mr. A. H. Jones, the Treasurer, then formally moved the 
above amendment, seconded by Mr. H. RowLanp-Brown, and 
after some discussion the Meeting was adjourned to March 4th, 


SPECIAL GENERAL MERTING. 
Wednesday, March 4th, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. Watrrnovse, President, in the Chair. 
Proposed Alteration of a Bye-law. 


The discussion of the proposed alteration of Ch, xiii, 3, by 
substituting for £15 15s. the figures £21, adjourned from the 
previous Special Meeting, was resumed, after the circulation 
of the following data as to composition fees among the 
Fellows present :— 


Data as To Composition Frrs, Ent. Soc. Lonp., To 
JANUARY Ist, 1907. 


Up to 1849, 20 Fellows compounded, and enjoyed (average) 
384 years each. 
1850-1869, 22 Fellows compounded, and enjoyed (average) 
38 years each, and 13 survive. 
1850-1886, 48 Fellows compounded. Of these— 
20 have died with (average) 23:5 years. 
28 survive, with ( ,, ) 35 a 
Since 1886 (last 20 years) 37 have compounded, and only 3 
have died. 

Composition fees have been invested only since 1868 :— 
£870 18s. invested (includes £100 from sale of collections) in 
£893 consols, present value £768—a loss of 12% of capital. 
Yield (after paying income tax) is 2°53 % on capital invested. 

On these figures, compounders pay for 18 years’ fellowship 
(less, if loss of capital be taken into account), and receive 38 


(ice) 


years—a loss to the Society of £21 on each compounding 
Fellow, or on 105 compounders of £2,205, as accruing at the 
dates when he receives the benefits. 

It would, however, probably be reasonable to assume that 
we might do a little better with our investments, say nearly 
up to 33 %, with safety. 

On this basis the loss, at date of composition, would be, £5 5s. 
each, or £551 5s., at dates of benefits enjoyed about £1,600. 

I have obtained the following data and remarks from an 
actuary (Mr. C. Livingston Milligan, F.I.A.) :— 

“The average lifetime of the 20 who compounded up to 
1849, namely 38:4 years, coincides with the expectation 
of life by the Institute of Actuaries Healthy Males 
(H™) table at age 25, viz. 38°405 years, 

“ This age agrees with the assumption you make as to the 
average age at entry (of compounders) being 25 to 30. 

“ Tf it be assumed that a member will enjoy the benefits 
of the Society for life, we must value the annual 
subscriptions he would pay by an ‘annuity due’ (that 
is, first payment now due). 

“The value of an annuity due of £1 ls. by the H™ 


table is :— 
BY 347, 
Aprane 2025. B25" Zane 9d) £21 Bs,' + 4d: 
Mal coOr! &\ Sa eemaan ken ree0, = Ten) 9a: 
Pater as .c24 22 ee ha Riss .9d. 


“TJ consider that the Society could obtain a higher rate 
than 3 ‘/, after allowing for income tax, by reinvesting. 


“My general conclusion is that if it be assumed that the 
benefits of membership will be enjoyed for life, the 
composition should be raised to £21. This would bea 
round figure, and would very fairly represent the actual 
value of the future annual subscriptions. 


“On this assumption, the Society is at present losing 
£5 5s. on each man who compounds.” 
Te AG; 

After Dr. T. A. CHapman, Mr. W. E. Swarr, Mr. F. 

Merririetp, Mr. J. W. Turt, Mr. A. J. Ross, the Rev. F. D. 

Morice, Mr. G. H. Verrati, Mr. A. Sicu, Lieutenant-Colonel 

N. Manners, and Mr. R. W. Luoyp had spoken to the motion, 

the Presipent put it to the meeting. There voted in favour 

24, and against 27, many Fellows not voting. The motion 
was therefore lost. 


— 
(sae) 


ORDINARY MEETING. 
Wednesday, March 4th, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. Watrrnouse, President, in the Chair, 


Election of Fellows. 

Major E. F. Brcuer, of 2, Berkeley Villas, Pittville, 
Cheltenham ; the Rev. K. St. Ausyn Rogers, M.A., of Rabai, 
Mombasa, British East Africa ; and Mr. CLaupr Rippon, M.A., 
of 28, Walton Street, Oxford, were elected Fellows of the 
Society. 

Obituary. 

The decease of Mr. Hrrserr Goss, F.L.S., for many years a 
Secretary of the Society, was announced, and the President 
having given an account of the services rendered the Society 
by the deceased gentleman, said that the Council had unani- 
mously approved a letter of sympathy to be sent to Mrs, 
Goss. 

Kahibitions. 

ABERRANT CoLEopTERA.—Mr, F. B. Jennines_ exhibited 
a remarkable specimen of the common Chrysomelid beetle, 
Sermyla halensis, 1, from Deal (ix, 1907), showing unusual 
coloration of the elytra, which are blue and coppery-red, 
instead of bright green; the specimen is also unusually 
compressed in shape, and has the legs and antenne shorter 
than in normal examples: and on behalf of Mr, C. J. Pool, 
a specimen of Otiorrhynchus tenebricosus, Herbst, from 
Newport, I.W., and of Barynotus obscurus, F., from Galway, 
Ireland, in the first of which both the false mandibles were 
present, and in the second of which they were not toothed. 

WEEVILS SHOWING FALSE MANDIBLES.—Mr. F, B. Jennines 
also showed a specimen of the weevil Phyllobius maculicornis, 
Germ., retaining both the “false mandibles,” and another 
in which one of them is intact, both from Enfield (v, 1907) ; 
also a single example of P. wrticex, De G., from Cheshunt (v, 
1907), retaining one of these ‘‘ mandibles,” the particular point 
of interest in connection with the ‘false mandibles” in these 
species being that they were toothed in the centre, 


esol’) 


Mr. H. St. J. DoyistHorre also brought for exhibition 
Otiorrhynchus sulcatus, Polydrusus sericeus, and Omias bohe- 
mannt with these appendages still attached. The Otiorrhynchus 
was dug up in its pupal cell at Oakham in 1895. 

Meuir#zas From Soura Swirzertanp.—The Rev. G. 
WHEELER showed a case containing specimens of Melitzid 
butterflies taken by him at Reazzino in Tessin, near Bellin- 
zona, which he had identified with Assmann’s J/elitxa aurelia, 
var. britomartis, they being absolutely identical with the 
specimens so labelled in the Swiss national collections at 
Berne. The close affinity with JZ. dictynna on the under-side 
makes separation superficially difficult, and until all forms are 
reared from the ovum it would be impossible to determine 
whether britomartis constitutes a separate species or not. Mr. 
J. W. Turr said that the only forms of the species which he 
had seen resembling those exhibited had been taken by Dr. 
Chapman at Campiglio, in the Southern Tyrol, where the 
conditions of soil and climate would be more or less similar to 
those at Reazzino. Despite the fact that Mr. Wheeler had 
found JZ. dictynna flying on the same spot between the times 
of the two broods exhibited, he was of opinion that the 
specimens were a form of dictynna. 


Papers. 

The following papers were communicated :— 

“Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera 
from South-East Brazil,” by H. Dukinrretp Jongs, F.E.S. 

“ Erebia lefebvreti and Lycena pyrenaica,” by Dr. T. A. 
CHapMaNn, M.D., F.Z.S. 

* A Contribution to the Classification of the Coleopterous 
Family Dynastide,’ by Gitpert J. Arrow, F.E.S. 

“‘ Hymenoptera-Aculeata Collected in Algeria by the Rev. 
A. E. Earon, M.A., F.Z.S., and the Rev. F. D. Moricg, M.A., 
F.E.S. Part ILI, Anthophila,” by Epwarp Saunpers, F.R.S. 


Wednesday, March 18th, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. Waternouss, President, in the Chair. 


lection of Fellows. 


Mr. Epwin Gotprnorre Bayrorp, of 2 Rockingham Street, 
Barnsley ; Mr. Enaar L. Crank, of Congella, Natal ; Mr. G.W. 
JEFFREY, of the Alpine Gold Mining Company, Barberton, 
Transvaal Colony ; Mr. G. W. Lawn, of Tudor House, Weald- 
stone, Harrow, and Mr. D. Lanespon, of 20 Holland Park, 
W., were elected Fellows of the Society. 


Exhibitions. 

Karty Sraces or Papriio Homerus.—Dr. T. A. CHAPMAN 
exhibited photographs of the empty egg-shells and young larvie 
of Papilio homerus. 

Larva or Triorenoroma aNp Dascititus.—Mr. C. J. Ganan 
brought for exhibition a larva of the genus Z’rictenotoma. This 
larva belonged undoubtedly to the Heteromera, and bore most 
resemblance to the larvee of Pyrochroide, and Pythide. He 
also showed a larva of Dascillus cervinus from Ireland, which 
had been received at the Natural History Museum by Mr. 
Waterhouse, a species little known in this stage. 

The Presipent said that the larva in question was just now 
the subject of experiment, it being reported as doing much 
damage to grass-land. It was important, therefore, to deter- 
mine whether it was really destructive, or parasitic on some 
other pest like JJ/elolontha. 

Larva or Contopteryx.—The PresweEnr exhibited a 
coloured drawing of the larva of Coniopteryx, a small neurop- 
teron common enough in its perfect state, but rarely found 
as a larva, when it may be beaten out of fir trees. 

ASSOCIATION OF PreRINE AND NYyMPHALINE BUTTERFLIES. — 
Mr. W. J. Kaye brought for exhibition three Pereute species 
from the Chanchamayo district of Peru, viz. P. leucodrosime, 
P. callinice and P. callianira, together with specimens of the 
Nymphaline Adelpha lara. He called attention to the fact 
that these Pierines and Nymphaline occurred together at an 


( Sx. )) 


elevation of from 2,500 to 5,000 feet. It was wrong to sup- 
pose that any Heliconius melpomene-like species entered the 
association as [Heliconius species of this pattern did not ascend 
to such an elevation, or if they ever did it was only as a 
rare exception.* The /eliconius species that did occur and 
occur plentifully were H. wenoclea with the closely similar 7. 
microclea, each of which had two red bands on the fore-wing. 
Dr. F. A. Dixey had in his memoir ‘ On the Relation of 
Mimetic Patterns to the Original Form” in the ‘Transac- 
tions for 1896, discussed the likelihood of ZH. ‘‘ melpomene ” 
obtaining its red spots at the base of the abdomen on the 
under-side from the Pierine Pereute leucodrosime. What has 
been stated above, however, made such a conclusion impossible. 
The Adelpha lara formed a much better mimic than any Heli- 
conius by reason of its more rounded and broader wing outline 
in addition to the colouring which in the fore-wing was ex- 
tremely alike. On the under-side, if when both Pereute and 
Adelpha are at rest they conceal the coloured portion of the 
fore-wing the hind-wing would then give a very strong 
similarity of one to the other. 

VARIATION IN SMERINTHUS PopuLI.—Mr. L. W. Newman 
exhibited a long and varied series of Smerinthus popult bred 
from wild Bexley parents in June 1907, the series ranging 
from extreme dark specimens (about six per cent.) to very 
light (about ten per cent.), and pink shaded or tinged (about 
twenty per cent.) : the remainder-being intermediate forms. 

Three gynandromorphic specimens were bred (one of which 
was exhibited); in two of these the only clue to their being 
gynandromorphous being the antenne, ¢ on left, and 9 on right 
side ; while in thesthird specimen the wings were much larger 


* Such is the evidence of Messrs. Watkins and Tomlinson, who have 
collected and sent home many thousands of butterflies from Eastern Peru, 
In the ‘‘ Macro Lepidoptera of the World” (Seitz), Vol. II, p. 4 (1908), 
it is stated, however, that in Colombia Perewte leucodrosime, Adelpha isis, 
Papilio euterpinus and Heliconius melpomene, all occur together on the 
same bush. If the Hediconius species had been given as HI. guarica or H. 
hydara, the statement might have been accepted, but as H. me/pomene 
is essentially a low-level species, it is scarcely possible that it can ever be 
observed with Pereute species, which do not occur near sea-level. The 
statement needs confirmation. If H. guwarica be substituted for #H. 
melpomene, we still have a most interesting combination, and one whose 
units are different to those in Peru.—W. J. K 


- 


( isxiv )) 


on the 2 side, and colour and markings different to the 4 
side, 

Forms or Everes.—Mr. J. W. Turr asked for information 
from Fellows who had collected abroad, relative toa suggested 
distinction of the Lycnid butterfly, Hveres argiades, Pall. 
He said that the question had been raised by M. C. Oberthiir 
whether we have under ab. coretas, O., and argiades two 
separate and distinct species. 

A discussion followed in which the Rev. G. Wuerrter, Dr. 
T. A. Cuapman, Mr. H. Rowianp-Brown and other Fellows 
took part, and Fellows having specimens in their collections 
were asked to bring series for comparison and discussion. 


Paper. 
Mr. C. J. Ganan, M.A., communicated a paper, “On the 
Larve of Trictenotomu childrenit, Gray, and Melittomma 


insulare, Fairmaire.” 


Wednesday, April 1st, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. Watrernouse, President, in the Chair. 


Election of Fellows. 

Mr. F. B. Ackreriey, P.O. Box, 459, Port Elizabeth, South 
Africa ; Mr. Cuartes G. CLurrersuck, Heathside, Heathville 
Road, Gloucester; Mr. P. A. Ciurrersuck, Indian Forest 
Department, Naini Tal, United Provinces, India ; Mr. Watrmr 
W. Froaeart, F.L.8., Government Entomologist, New South 
Wales; Mr. H. A. Nursz, Botanical Department, Trinidad, 
B.W.1.; Mr. Wittram Bourton Pratt, 10, Lion Gate 
Gardens, Richmond, Surrey; Mr. Epwarp Ricwarp Speyer, 
Ridgehurst, Shenley, Herts., and New College, Oxford; Mr. 
G. Tauzor, Vine Cottage, Raleigh Road, Enfield, N. ; and 
Dr. F. Cretguron-WetimMan, Cuidado de Senhores Silva & 
Lopes, Benguella, Africa Occidental, were elected Fellows of 
the Society. 


( }omev 5) 


Obituary. 
The decease was announced of Mr. F. C. Lemann, and Mr. 
T. P. Furnivat, Fellows of the Society. 


Exhibitions. 

Metanism iN A Beerte.—Mr. F. B. Jennines exhibited on 
behalf of Mr. R. A. R. Priskr a melanic aberration of the 
stercorarious beetle Aphodius scybalarius, Linn., taken at 
Deal, in June 1907. The usual colour of the elytra of this 
species is brownish-testaceous, with two more or less pro- 
nounced dark patches at the side, and the melanism consisted 
of an extension of these patches, nearly covering the elytra. 

Funcoip GrowrHs oN Lepiporprera.—Mr. EH. Rh. Banxzs 
sent for exhibition :— 

(1) Four specimens of Hepialus humuli, L., more or less 
covered by a sprouting fungoid growth, which was said by 
the editor of the “ Field” newspaper, in 1880, to be possibly 
an early stage of a species of Clavaria, and to have attacked the 
moths after death.* Mr. Bankes had only met with eight 
Lepidopterous imagines thus affected, and had received one 
from a friend; all of them appeared to be males of 
H. humuli. They were found in the heath district of south- 
east Dorset, mostly attached to shoots of Ulex europxus, 
though U. nanus, Calluna vulgaris, and Erica ciliaris each 
yielded a solitary example. 

(2) Many dead larve of LHepialus lupulinus, L., infested 
with the fungus Cordiceps entomorrhiza, and received from 


* “Tt has after death become accidentally covered by a fungoid growth 
(possibly an early stage of a species of Clavaria), which would have 
developed just as well if its spores had found a resting-place on any other 
sufficiently damp substance. It was not the cause of death (though a 
minute fungus, Hinpusa nwsce, very commonly kills flies in autumn, and 
a prevalent cause of death in silkworms is owing to a fungus). Fungi of 
the genus Spheria, Spherularia, etc., have often been recorded as 
growing both on the larve and perfect insects of various Lepidoptera, 
Coleoptera, Orthoptera, Hemiptera, and Hymenoptera, both in this country 
and in Australia, the East and West Indies, North America and else- 
where. Curiously enough, the late Sir W. J. Hooker has recorded a 
Clavaria as found on the larva of an Hepialus. In Griffith’s edition of 
Cuvier’s ‘Animal Kingdom’ (Ins., Vol. ii, pl. 137) is a figure of a large 
hawk-moth covered with Jswria, a parasitic fungus.”—From the “ Field,” 
1880. 


( xxv) 


Mr. W. H. B. Fletcher, in whose flower garden at Bognor 
they had been found. The larvie of this species prove de- 
structive there, feeding on the roots of J/elleborus, Iris, 
Pxonia, and, in fact, on everything with available roots, but 
the infested larvie are only obtained from certain clumps of 
Peonia officinalis, working to the surface during the winter 
months, The larve are of two classes :— 

(a) Some show anteriorly much fibrous net-like mycelium 
growth, accompanied by a drumstick-like process often more 
than half the length of the larva ; these larve do not work 
out of the ground, but the fungoid fructification appears above 
ground, resembling a small reddish toad-stool, and the net-like 
mycelium seems to anchor the larvie in their places. 

(6) Others show no fungoid growth externally, and these 
work completely out of the soil, and lie about on the surface. 
Mr. Fletcher suggests that the dead larve perhaps arrive 
there through the movement of the soil, resulting from sun- 
shine and rain, frost and thaw, acting on the larval hairs, and 
allowing a forward but not a backward motion. 

The drumstick growth shown by the former class resembles in 
miniature the well-known process that springs, through the soil, 
from the dead larvee of moths of the New Zealand Hepialid 
genus Porina, when infested by the fungus, Cordiceps robertsii. 

Ton@uE OF AN Ocnromy1A.—Professor Poutton exhibited 
a preparation of the tongue of the fly Ochromyia jejuna, made 
by Mr. E. Ernest Green, F.E.S., and gave an account of some 
fresh observations recorded by him. ‘These new facts, bearing 
upon the discussion in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. 394-6, 
were contained in a letter written Nov. 6, 1907, from which 
the following passages were quoted :— 


** Peradeniya, Ceylon. 

“A flight of winged Termites came into my bungalow last 
night, and I was fortunate in witnessing an attack by the fly 
—Ochromyia jejuna—upon one of them. Several of the 
Termites had shed their wings. The fly pitched beside one of 
them and followed it for some time, making half-hearted feints 
at attack before it finally seized it. I could see that the point 
of attachment was at about the middle of the dorsal surface 
of the abdomen. As the fly seemed inclined to carry off its 


( =xvi 


victim, I covered the pair witha glass bowl. But this alarmed 
the fly and it released its hold and refused to renew the attack. 
So I bottled the specimens and have been examining them this 
morning. I find that the segmental rings of the Termite are 
partially separated and that there is a distinct wound in the 
soft intersegmental tissue, from which the juices of the body 
are exuding. I next dissected out the tongue of the fly and 
after boiling in liq. potass.—mounted it in glycerine. I 
was interested to find that—far from being unarmed—there is 
quite a battery of strong chitinous teeth and slender lancet- 
like points on the inner face of theapical lobes. There is first 
a stout median conical tooth. Near the centre of each lobe 
are two very dense stout curved teeth, the outermost bidentate, 
the inner one with small denticule on one side. Slightly 
above this is a series of smaller bidentate teeth—two of them 
mesad and one laterad of the larger teeth. Above these again 
is a close series of some thirteen or more sharply-pointed 


ligulate processes. 

“In view of these very effective-looking weapons, it can 
searcely be maintained that the fly is incapable of inflicting 
a wound. 

“As this question was brought prominently before the 
public in your recent exhaustive paper on predatory insects, 
you might—if you consider these notes of suflicient interest— 
read them at a meeting of the Entomological Society.” 


Professor Pov.Ton said that he had shown the preparation 
to Colonel J. W. Yerbury and to Mr. J. E. Collin, both of 
whom had compared the structure to that of the tongue in 
such Diptera as Caricea tigrina, F., and Stomoxys calcitrans, 
supporting the conclusion that Ochromyia jejuna possessed 
similar habits and powers of attack. 


Papers. 


Mr. J. E. Cottin communicated “ The Systematic Affinities 
of the Phoridx and of several Brachycerous Families in the 
Diptera,” by Mr. W. Wuscut, F.R.MLS. 

Dr. T. A. Caapman, M.D., F.Z.S., read a paper on 
 Stenoptilia grandis, n. sp.” 


- 


(° =Ervin ) 


Wednesday, May 6th, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. Warernousr, President, in the Chair. 


Election of Fellows. 


Mr. Tuomas Goprrey Anpros, Ph.D., F.Z.8., of Wilton 
House, 31 St. Saviour’s Road, Jersey ; Mr. Coourarpa Cuerri, 
Assistant Curator of the Government Museum at Bangalore, 
India; Mr. F'repErick Cuarues Fraser, I.M.8.,M.D.,M.R.C.S., 
L.R.C.P., of Trichinopoly, India; and Mr. Watrer M. 
Girrarp, of Keeaunoki Street, Honolulu, Hawiian Islands ; 
and Mr. Atrrep Vanper Hepes, of 42 Kensington Park 
Gardens, W., were elected Fellows of the Society. 


Obituary. 


The decease was announced of Mr. Francis Forp Freeman, 
a Fellow of the Society. 


Lahibitions. 

ABERRANT AND Livine Lepmorrera.—Mr. A. H. Jones 
exhibited an example of the melanic ab. niyra of Tephrosia 
consonaria bred from a wild 2 taken at Wateringbury, near 
Maidstone, by Mr. W. Goodwin ; and a living larva of Sesta 
andreniformis feeding in the stem of Viburnum lantana, found 
by Mr. F. J. Robinson, 

Buartip” rm Amper.—Mr. R. Suerrorp exhibited some 
Blattidee in amber, forming part of the collection of Dr. R. 
Klebs, of Konigsberg; the specimens came from the well- 
known deposits of Lower Oligocene age in East Prussia, 
celebrated even in Roman times for the large quantities of 
amber found in them. A great monograph on this amber 
fauna was written in the years 1845-1856 by Berendt and 
Germar ; in this work 5 species of Blattidie are figured and 
described, but very little has been written since then on the 
subject. A preliminary examination of Dr. Klebs’ collection 
shows that it contains representatives of six genera which are 
identical with recent genera. These are Hetobia (2 species), 
Ischnoptera (1 or 2 species), Phyllodromia (4 to 5 species), 


‘ 


¢  sxige\) 


Temnopteryx (1 species), Periplaneta (1 species), Holocompsa 
(1 species). It is remarkable to find the genera Metobia and 
‘ Holocompsa existing side by side, for at the present day the 
former genus is confined to the Palearctic region, whilst the 
latter is essentially a tropical genus. Both the species of 
Ectobia represented in the collection are allied to the recent 
EL. lapponica, L., and it is difficult to avoid the conclusion 
that the genus was one of the few that were not driven from 
Europe by the onset of the glacial epoch, or in other words, 
LE. lapponica appears to be a lineal descendant of the amber- 
enclosed species FH. baltica. Phyllodromia is now represented 
in Europe by one doubtfully-indigenous species, but is repre- 
sented by scores of species in the tropical and sub-tropical 
regions of the world. Jschnoptera and Tenmopteryx are now 
found in all regions of the world except the Palearctic. The 
collection affords still further proof, if any was required, that 
the climate of Europe in Oligocene times was tropical or 
sub-tropical. 

Livine Buatra.—The Presipent exhibited a living example 
of latte found in bananas from Mexico. Mr, SHELFoRD said 
he thought the species to be Panchlora nivea, Linn. 

NUDARIA SENEX AND CALLIGENIA mINIATAW—Mr. H. M. 
EpELsTEeN showed a living larva of Vudaria senex, and living 
larva and pupa of Calligenia miniata. He drew attention to 
the clubbed bristles on the former as being incurved and most 
curious ; and also to the hair tufts on the fifth segments 
of miniata as being much darker than on the remaining 
segments. 

ALBINISM IN EPINEHPELE JuRTINAW—Mr. O. EH. Janson 
exhibited a white aberration of Hpinephele jurtina, taken by 
Mrs, Elliot in Holme Park, Sussex, in June 1904. The wing 
coloration was entirely white, with the fulvous blotches on 
the anterior decidedly bright and strong, 

RHINOCEROS BICORNIS FOLLOWED BY EXTRAORDINARY CisTRID 
FLIES (Spathicera) MIMETIC OF A LARGE SPECIES OF SALIUS 
(Pompilidx).—Professor E. B. Povuton, F R.S., said that 
when he visited Stockholm last May in connection with the 
Linnean Jubilee, Professor Yngve Sjistedt had shown him a 
number of large Dipterous larvee which he had obtained from 


- 


(,; a5) 


the stomach of Lhinoceros bicornis during his Kilimanjaro- 
Meru Expedition in 1905-6. Professor Sjéstedt had managed 
to breed a single imago, and it was a wonderful Salius-like 
insect, blue-black with orange legs like its model—large, but 
with something of the slender build of a Fossor. Professor 
Sjéstedt had recently published an interesting paper on the 
@stridx of his expedition (Koénigl. Schwedisch. Acad. Wissen- 
schaft., Uppsala 1908, 10, Diptera, 2. Cistridie, p. 11). In this 
memoir he had described and figured the species as Spathicera 
meruensis In addition to this species, known in larval pupal 
and perfect states, two other species had been named from 
larvee found in the digestive tract of the same mammal :— 
Spathicera (Gyrostigma) conjungens, Enderl., and S. (G.) 
rhinocerontis bicornis, Brauer—neither known: in any later 
stage. Up to the present time no observation had been 
recorded of any Cistrid in the perfect state associated with 
or following Lhinoceros bicornis. But now only a few days 
ago the speaker had received a letter from Mr. 8. A. Neave, 
M.A., B.Sc., F.E.S., from N.E. Rhodesia, describing what 
was evidently a fly of the genus Spathicera, as persistently 
following &. bicornis in that district. He reproduced the 
account in Mr. Neave’s own words :— 
‘* Upper Luangwa Valley, 
** Feb, 20, 1908. 

“The other day I shot a fine Bull Rhinoceros. It was 
accompanied by three very large and extraordinary flies. 
They refused to leave its carcase, and were easily caught 
by hand, but I hesitated some time before doing so, as they 
have a marvellous resemblance to the large blue-black, orange- 
legged Hymenoptera which are so common throughout this 
country. I wonder if they are a known species? I suppose 
they must be as they are quite the most striking-looking both 
in colour and size that I think I have ever seen amongst 
Diptera. JI am sorry to say that I was unable to ascertain 
what was the nature of their association with the Rhino.” 

Professor Poutton said that it was extremely satisfactory 
that Mr. Neave had now been able for the first time to put on 
record the association of a fly of the genus Spathicera with 
Rhinoceros bicornis. 


("} cei) 


THe BULBUL FEEDING ITS YOUNG ON SPECIALLY PROTECTED 
INSECTs.—Professor PouLron communicated an interesting 
observation sent to him from the Nilgiris by Mr. H. Leslie 
Andrewes :— 


“* Barwood Estate, Guynd P.O., Nilgiris, 
** March 19, 1908. 


“This afternoon I was sitting under the veranda, with my 
head within about five feet of a red-whiskered bulbul’s nest 
containing two young birds about five days old. One of the 
parent birds arrived with the very last butterfly I should have 
expected it to have any dealings with, viz., Acrea viole. It sat 
on a stalk of the tall clump of cannas in which the nest is 
built, eyeing me for nearly a minute. I noticed that the 
butterfly was well in the bird’s bill, firmly held, with the wings 
in considerable disarray. The body must have been fairly well 
crushed, so that the bulbul must have been fully alive to the 
flavour. I put my head within about three feet of the nest 
to see how the young birds took it. The bird went down and 
pushed the butterfly well into a youngster’s throat, and it was 
swallowed immediately, wings and all, and the young bird 
settled quietly down without seeming in the slightest degree 
upset. To judge from Marshall’s 8. African notes the 
Acrzas are in anything but good odour as food, even when 
the bird or insect to which they are given is hungry, so that 
I was rather surprised to find birds voluntarily feeding their 
young on one. ‘There is other food in ample quantities for 
them. I spent an hour and a half after tea in seeing what 
they brought. Isat within five feet of the nest with a pair 
of glasses with which to make things out more clearly. In 
twenty visits (both parents) I failed eleven times to see what 
they brought, either through the birds being too quick for me, 
or through not being able to make out small insects, and so on. 
What I did see were :—three spiders, one Noctuid larva, two 
crickets, a bright red beetle which looked like a Lycid, though 
I couldn’t be certain of this (the only other red beetle in these 
parts of that shade is a velvety Clerid, as far as I know), and 
a large black and white Hypsid moth, I think Yypsa complana. 
This was crammed into the young bird’s throat, and he had 


- 


(.- een. 7) 


much trouble in getting it down. I have always imagined 
(on pure supposition) that Hypside were distasteful. If I 
can see anything more before posting this, I will add it 
later.” 

‘* March 23, 


*“T have watched the nest at intervals since, but have seen 
nothing out of the common brought, only larvie, grasshoppers, 
spiders and so forth, and berries.” 

[A later communication from Mr, H., Leslie Andrewes, dats 
May 4, contained further interesting notes on the habits of 
these insectivorous birds :— 

“The whole thing, as is usual with these silly birds, came 
to grief a day or two after my observations, as the nest was 
tied on anyhow to decaying cannas. I fixed it up for them 
once or twice, but it capsized one night, and the family dis- 
appeared. There was wilimited food for old and young; the 
garden was full of grasshoppers (which formed a large part of 
their food), also caterpillars. For all this, at about every 
third visit, if not more frequently, the parents stopped to 
swallow the young birds’ excrement. Perhaps I should have 
made a note of it, but I knew that thrushes did this*—I 
have seen them do so—and thought it was a more or less 
universal custom with birds, and so did not mention the fact ; 
they always swallowed the excrement before flying off. It is 
a curious habit, and in this case I am sure it was not done 
from hunger.’’| 

Professor E. B. Poutron said that the bulbul was probably 
little affected by properties which were a protection against the 
majority of insect-eating birds. Mr. Andrewes’ observation 
helped us to a knowledge of the special enemies of specially 
defended insects, and was further evidence of Haase’s error 
in applying the unqualified term “immune” to any insect, 
however unpalatable. Monsieur Charles Oberthiir had argued 
“(Etudes de Lepidoptérologie comparée” : Fasc. ii, Rennes, Oct. 
1906, p. 25-27) from cases such as these that there is no 
significance in any special defence or the accompanying 
warning (aposematic) colours. This distinguished naturalist, 


* For an observation of the kind alluded to, see ‘‘ Nature,” vol. lvii, 
April 14, 1898, p. 554. 


€ xxi ) 


seeing in nature that every living being served as the food of 
some other being, arrived at the conclusion that the order of 
things is fixed and unchanging, and that by sure instincts and 
keen senses the insect-eating animals found their prey, un- 
hindered by concealment or by any other mode of protection. 
M. Oberthiir believed in short that the very words ‘ conceal- 
ment” and “ protection” only represent an unsound anthropo- 
morphic inference, for, in his opinion, neither concealment nor 
protection from enemies is ever afforded. From a study of the 
same struggle for existence the majority of naturalists have 
come to very different conclusions. They saw evidence for 
the existence of a balance between the aggressive and pro- 
tective forces, and believed that in maintaining this balance 
cryptic colours and warning and mimetic patterns were of 
essential importance to numberless species. They recognised 
the usual ultimate success of the enemies of insects, but also 
saw that this success involved hard work and much time spent 
in the chase, and that in fact the relationship between pursuer 
and pursued was precisely of the kind to strengthen the faculties 
and powers of the one and gradually improve the protective 
methods of the other. 

Professor E. B. Poutron also exhibited two female specimens 
of Laphria gilva, L., captured with prey (Sept. 1906) at 
Grinderwald, Hanover, by Dr. Karl Jordan. One female, 
captured in coit#, was devouring the Pentatomid bug, Dolycoris 
baccarum, de G., male; the other was carrying a worker 
of Vespa rufa, L. Asilide preying upon the formidable 
Diploptera had often been recorded from tropical countries, 
but never before, so far as the speaker was aware, from 
Kurope. 

Professor E. B. Pountron then made the following com- 
munication :— 

ON THE sPECIES oF NEPTIS IN THE ISLANDS TO THE EH, AND 
THE N.W. or Mapacascar.—My attention was first directed 
to the interesting and puzzling problem presented by these 
species by the recent communications of Colonel N. Manders, 
F.E.S., and by the specimens collected by him in Mauritius 
and Bourbon. The considerable difference in detail between 
Neptis frobenia, F., of Mauritius, and V. dwmetorwin, Boisd., of 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11. 1908, . © 


(xxv) 


Bourbon, at first suggested that the two species were not 
nearly allied, and that their marked superficial resemblance 
may have been due to mimicry. At the same time any 
attempt to explain the growth of a mimetic likeness presented 
the gravest difficulties. The details of the pattern of dume- 
torwm indicated close affinity with the black and white Veptis 
saclava, Boisd., of Madagascar and the mainland of Africa ; 
while the much greater simplification, especially on the under 
surface, of /robenia, suggested affinity with the Austro-Malayan 
species of the group of .V. consimilis, Boisd. If this interpre- 
tation were correct, frobenia would take its place beside the 
species of Huplaa as representatives of an Eastern butterfly 
fauna. Mr. G. A. K. Marshall has, however, carefully 
examined the neuration of these species, as well as J. 
comorarum, Oberth., from the Comoros, and WV. mayottensis 
from Mayotte, and has compared them in this respect with 
saclava and consimilis. His results leave no doubt that, as 
regards this important character, V. frobenia, as well as the 
other three species of Veptis in the islands surrounding 
Madagascar, is closely related to saclava and remote from 
consimilis. My. Marshall has kindly drawn up the following 
account of the evidence of affinity based on neuration :— 

“ Neptis frobenia, F., from Mauritius, differs from the 
superficially similar JV. consimilis, Boisd., from the Austro- 
Malayan islands, and agrees with saclava, Boisd., in the 
following neurational characters :— 

“Tn frobenia the origin of vein 10 of the fore-wing is much 
nearer to apex of the cell, so that its distance from that point 
on the distal side is approximately equal to the distance of 
vein 11 from the same point on its proximal side. In the 
hind-wing veins 6 and 7 are very close at their origin, and 
vein 5 hasa sharp curve at its base, representing a rudimentary 
discocellular. 

“Tn consimilis the origin of vein 10 of the fore-wing is much 
further removed from the apex of the cell, its distance being 
almost three times as great as that between vein 11 and the 
same point. In the hind-wing veins 6 and 7 are appreciably 
separated at their origin, while vein 5 is scarcely curved at the 
base, giving the upper edge of the cell a much flatter outline. 


( aeee ) 


“Tn all these characters /frobenia agrees closely with the 
other yellow-marked NVeptis of the African islands that I have 
examined, viz.: V. dumetorum, Boisd., V 
and JV. comorarum, Oberth.” 

Dr. Karl Jordan kindly aeaeaied to investigate the 
evidence of aftinity founded upon the male genital organs. 
The following account prepared by him entirely supports 
Mr. Marshall’s conclusions, although I was at the time un- 
fortunately not able to submit either comorarwm or mayottensis 
to dissection. 

“ Neptis saclava, Boisd., and its nearest allies differ from the 
majority of the species of Weptis in one very conspicuous 
character in the genital organs. The clasper of these species 


kK as 
B 


A 


. mayottensis, Oberth. 


Cc 
saclava (Madagascar). dumetorunr. trobenia. 


° 


is divided by a narrow sinus at the apex into two lobes. 
The ventral lobe (Fig. A, a) is broad and rounded, being 
almost the same in the various allies of swclava. The dorsal 
lobe (6), on the other hand, exhibits easily recognised specific 
differences. This lobe is somewhat twisted. In saclava 
(Fig. A) the top of the dorsal lobe lies over the outer surface 
of the ventral lobe, not being visible in a view from the inner 
side as here represented. Dorsally the lobe bears a thin ridge 
which is more or less denticulate. This ridge projects more 
in Continental specimens (NV. saclava marpessa) than in 
Malagasic ones (WV. s. saclava, Fig. A): The specimens 
dissected show some individual variability in the shape of the 
lobe. 


- 


(( xaxvi ~ >) 


“ N. nemetes as well as metella have a similar though not 
identical clasper, agreeing in this respect better with J. 
saclava than do V. dwmetorum and frobenia. 

“In dwmetorum (Fig. B) the dorsal lobe is almost half- 
crescent-shaped when looked at from the apical side, the 
dorsal surface of the lobe being much wider than in JV. saclava, 
and the dorsal angle of the lobe projects much more than in 
NV, saclava. I have examined two ¢ ¢. 

“In frobenia, of which I have examined only one specimen, 
the lobe is more compressed than in V. dwmetorum. The apex 
of the lobe is dentate and the dorsal angle is produced into a 
thorn-like process. 

“T may add that the tawny Oriental NVeptis have quite a 
different clasper, the similarity in colour with /robenia and 
dumetorum being superficial. I have not been able to examine 
N. comorarum and mayottensis.” 

This convergent evidence renders it certain that the four 
tawny-marked species of MNepétis in the islands surrounding 
Madagascar, are all closely related to one another and to the 
white-marked saclava in Madagascar itself. The next point 
which required clearing up was the distribution ; for although 
each tawny species is known to exist in a separate island (or 
perhaps group of islands in the case of comorarum), outside 
Madagascar, /robenia and dumetorum have both been stated to 
occur in Madagascar as well. In settling this point it was 
convenient to decide with it the precise distribution of the 
species of Huplaea in the outlying islands, for some of these 
have also been affirmed to exist in Madagascar. Upon this 
subject Monsieur Charles Oberthiir can speak with greater 
authority than any living naturalist, and he has kindly 
answered my questions in detail. Writing on April 30th and 
May 4th, he says :— 

“‘ Neptis dumetorwm.—Tous les exemplaires que j/ai vus 
viennent de Vile Bourbon. Jamais je n’ai vu dwmetorwn 
provenant d’une autre localite. 

“ V. comorarwm.—Tous les exemplaires ont ¢té pris aux 
Comores ; jamais ailleurs. 

‘“N. mayottensis.—J’ai regu seulement un petit nombre 
pris 4 Mayotte. Toujours mayotiensis.” 


( 7 xexvit. )) 


Concerning frobenia he writes :—“Jamais Neptis frobenia 
n’a été rencontré 4 Madagascar—du moins d’aprés ce que je 
connais—mais seulement 4 l’ile Maurice.” 

“ Quant aux Huplea, je crois goudoti spéciale 4 Vile Bourbon ; 
euphone, 1 Maurice ; desjardinsi, 4 Rodriguez; et mitra, aux 
Seychelles. Je posscde les 4 espéces. Mais jamais je n’ai recu 
aucun exemplaire de goudoti, ou ewphone i Madagascar.” 

IT am also informed by Mr. H. Grose-Smith, F.E.S., that 
he has never received any of the following species from 
Madagascar :—Neptis dumetorum, N. frobenia, Huplea euphone, 
and LZ. goudott. The erroneous statements as to the occur- 
rence in Madagascar of certain species of Huplea and Neptis 
confined to the outlying islands, are probably due to Mabille ; 
but they are unfortunately repeated, although sometimes 
queried, by Aurivillius. 

Kach of the four outlying forms of Neptis may therefore 
be looked upon as the product of its own island, and a very 
interesting problem of evolutional history is presented to us. 
One great difficulty in attempting its study was the want of 
specimens from the Comoros and Mayotte. So far as I am 
aware the single specimen of mayotéensis in the British 
Museum is the sole example of these two forms, in this country. 
I therefore wrote to Monsieur Charles Oberthiir, of Rennes, 
asking for information concerning the pattern of comorarwm. 
With great generosity my kind friend at once presented to 
the Hope Collection the interesting examples of comorarwm, 
mayottensis, dumetorum, and the Madagascar form of saclava 
which are now exhibited. The two specimens of comorarum 
and the mayottensis formed part of the collection made by 
L. Humblot (1885-6). 

Comparing the four species it is at once evident that the 
eastern pair dwmetorum and frobenia, are related together and 
quite distinct from the north-western pair, mayottensis and 
comorarum, which are even more closely related to each other. 
Furthermore, as we shouid expect from their more isolated 
position, the eastern species are far more distantly removed 
from the Madagascar saclava than the north-western ; while 
in each pair the species from the outer island is far more 
remote from saclava than the species in the island which is 


- 
( Sexvin: /) 


nearer to Madagascar. J/ayottensis indeed appears to be so 
near to saclava that there is practically nothing but colour to 
separate it. In the British Museum it is accorded subspecifie 
rank only. Its close affinity to saclava was pointed out by 
Oberthiir in the original description. 

So far as it is possible to infer from a very limited number 
of specimens in a group where individual difference in size 
is strongly marked, dwmetorwn is the largest of the five 
species, then saclava, then jfrobenia, while the two north- 
western species, which appear to be about equal in size, are 
the smallest. 

The tawny markings of the upper surface are much deeper 
in tint in the eastern species: /frobenia is in this respect 
slightly but distinctly darker than dwmetorwm. Comorarwin, 
on the other hand, is almost precisely of the same pale tawny 
shade as mayottensis. It may be faintly deeper in tint, but L 
could not feel certain of this. The ground-colour is blackest in 
dumetorum : in frobenia it is of a much duller browner shade. 

In the north-western species tke relative shape and propor- 
tions of the chief markings on the upper surface are very 
similar to each other and to the white markings of the Mada- 
gascar saclava. In comorarum, however, the band of the hind- 
wing is considerably narrower, and is not prolonged on to the 
fore-wing as it is in all the other species of this group. This 
extension on the fore-wing is largest in saclava and mayottensis, 
smaller in dwinetorwm, and still smaller but quite distinct in 
frobenia. In the eastern species the band of the hind-wing 
is not only still narrower, but possesses, in dwmetorum, a 
markedly crenulate outer margin which gives it a very dis- 
tinct appearance. In some individuals of j/robenia, slight 
but obvious traces of this outline are a further indication of 
affinity between it and dwmetorwm. Each crenulation occu- 
pies an internervular space, and is concave in form. In 
saclava, on the contrary, the outer border of the band projects 
as more or less of a convexity into each internervular space. 
The difference may be expressed by saying that the outer 
margin of the band is formed of coneave crenulations in 
dumetorum, of convex crenulations in saclava. 

As regards the markings of the under surface and of the 


(i eat ) 


upper (notwithstanding the one distinguishing feature described 
above), comorarwm is far nearer to saclava than is frobenia or 
even dumetorum. In the north-western species the markings 
on the under surface are paler than those of the upper, while 
the minute markings are lighter than the larger. The under 
side of dumetorwm is remarkable in the fact that the chief 
spot of the fore-wing is fulvous while the other markings and 
those of the hind-wing are white. Indications of the same 
contrast exist, although far less developed, in frobenia. 
These are the chief characteristics of colour and pattern 
which distinguish the four island species from one other and 
from the Madagascar saclava. It is of great interest to attempt 
the difficult task of reconstructing some stages of the past 
history of the group, We may confidently assume, from the 
greater affinity to saclava on the innermost island on each 
side, that all the four forms were derived from Madagascar ; 
and, if amount of change be a measure of period of isola- 
tion, that jfrobenia was first isolated, duwmetorum second, 
comorarum third, and mayottensis fourth. We must if possible 
‘distinguish in each case between ancestral characters which 
have persisted from a period previous to the isolation, and 
recent characters which have been evolved since its beginning. 
The former are of special interest in that they suggest to. us 
some of the features which saclava has now lost in Madagascar. 
a. ANCESTRAL Fratures.—l. The Band Crossing the Hind- 
Wing.—Saclava in Madagascar has a considerably broader 
band than on the mainland of Africa. It is probable that 
the Madagascar saclava also formerly possessed a narrower 
band, which still persists in three out of the four island forms, 
It is probable that the band of saclava has been widened in 
consequence of synaposematic approach to the other species of 
Neptis in Madagascar, and perhaps partially under the influ- 
ence of Amauris nossima, Ward, in which the white markings 
are so strongly developed. The synaposematic sensitiveness of 
Neptis to the African species of Amauris as well as to other 
Danaine in other regions has been referred to in Trans. Ent. 
Soc. Lond. 1902, pp. 467-8. Neptis kikideli, Boisd., of Mada- 
gascar, described as a common species by Mabille, is distin- 
guished by a great development of the white markings, and 


( xl ) 


Mr. Grose-Smith informs me that he possesses an allied un- 
described species from the same island with even broader 
bands, especially upon the posterior wings. Furthermore 
Neptis metella, D, and H., is represented in Madagascar by 
the form gratilla, Mab., in which, as in saclava, the white 
markings are larger than in the African form, Another black 
and white species, V. sextilla, Mab., is unknown to me. There 
is therefore clear evidence of the existence in Madagascar of 
a powerful combination in which the white markings are 
especially well developed. 

2. The Tawny Markings of the Island Species.—It is diffi- 
cult to decide between the two alternative interpretations of 
the difference in colour between saclava and the four species 
in the outlying islands. If white markings are ancestral in 
saclava it follows that the tawny colour hag been evolved 
independently in the north-western and eastern species. 
Furthermore we have no cause to assign for the change except 
the vague and unsatisfactory one of isolation. The relation- 
ship of the two north-western species is also opposed to this 
interpretation, We may infer from the differences between 
them that comorarwm has been isolated for a much longer period 
than mayottensis, and yet the tint of their yellowish markings 
is almost precisely the same. It therefore appears to me more 
likely that saclava formerly possessed in Madagascar, and 
probably also in Africa, markings of a tawny colour, and that 
these have been gradually changed to white on both areas 
as the result of a synaposematic approach to other black 
and white species of NVeptis. 'The four outlying species did 
not encounter any such causes of change. According to this 
hypothesis the eastern species represent an early emigration 
when the markings of saclava were of a deep tawny tint, 
while the north-western species represent a much later phase 
when they were far advanced towards white. Mimetic 
approach commonly advances more rapidly in the female sex ; 
and the faint cream tint of the male saclava may be a lingering 
trace of an earlier tawny shade. The difference between the 
pale markings of male and female is, however, so minute that 
a long series of fresh specimens should be compared before it 
can be accepted as firmly established. If the suggestion made 


( 4alt. ) 


on p. vi that Libythea cinyras, Trim., is a mimic of NVeptis 
Jrobenia be sound, it would support the conclusion that the 
tawny markings are of great age. 

b. CHanaes Supsequent To Isonation.—Although it is 
evident that the two north-western species are specially 
related together, and the two eastern species also specially 
related, so that they represent two distinct emigrations from 
Madagascar, it is nevertheless true that more complete and 
probably far longer isolation in the outermost island has 
been followed by certain changes which have much in common 
on the two sides. In some characters the north-westernmost 
NV. comorarwum differs from N. mayottensis in much the same 
way that the easternmost /robenia differs from dwmetorwm. 
Both east and west of Madagascar the more remote and 
isolated species has undergone simplification in the details of 
pattern and outline, shown in a reduction of the undulations 
of the outline, the comparative obscurity of the marginal and 
submarginal pattern, and in the loss or faint development of 
minute details in the pattern of both surfaces, especially the 
under. This last effect is far more evident in frobenia. In 
one feature, however, the upper surface of comorarwn departs 
further from mayottensis than frobenia from dumetorwm, viz. 
in the loss of the mark on the inner margin which, in other 
species of the saclava group, prolongs the band of the hind- 
on to the fore-wing. This is an isolated feature ; for in the 
retention of minute white points in the cell of the fore-wing 
upper surface and in the whole pattern of the under surface, 
comorarum is immensely nearer the saclava group than 
Frobenia or even dumetorum. 

The pronounced simplification which has occurred in the 
two most isolated species has been accompanied by a remark- 
able persistence in the larger and more conspicuous elements 
of the pattern, so that during flight or at rest with wings 
expanded, frobenia, at a little distance, would closely resemble 
dumetorum, and comorarum, under similar circumstances, 
mayottensis. 

Such are the changes which have taken place in the two 
most isolated species of this group of Nepéis, and it is im- 
portant to separate sharply the remarkable and interesting 


oa 
( xii ) 


facts from any attempt—in this case peculiarly difficult—to 
explain the causes, 

The minutiz of an aposematic pattern such as that of 
Neptis may well be kept up by selection on an: area where 
two or more species exist together, and where e.g. an elabora- 
tion of the marginal markings is common to all. Under these 
circumstances, too, elaboration would probably be gained by a 
species with simpler pattern brought by migration into the 
area in question. When, however, an aposematic species 
with elaborate pattern becomes isolated, we should expect, on 
the very same principles that are believed to account for the 
growth of Miillerian resemblances generally, that enemies 
would continue to test with especial severity large departures 
from the average specific pattern. But in this case the 
numbers composing the average, being made up of the majority 
of the individuals of but a single species, would exert an 
influence less powerful than that of the far larger number 
contributed by two or more species. If this reasoning be 
sound we should expect that a less searching selection would 
permit departures in minute detail, while it would still cut off 
large and conspicuous departures from the average. Thus, 
perhaps, may be explained the simplification in detail and 
persistence of general effect. It would furthermore follow as 
a general conclusion that after isolation aposematic patterns 
would tend to be kept more constant than others. Against 
this tendency must be set the special liability of aposematie 
species to enter fresh combinations—a tendency of course 
held in check in these small outlying islands. 

A discussion on the change of coloration in insular forms 
of this and other lepidoptera followed, in which Dr. T. A. 
CuapmaNn, Mr. G, A. K. Marsnatt, the Rev. G. WHEELER, 
Col. N. Manpers and other Fellows participated. 

Mrutcry 1x Bovurson Burrerrires.—Lieut.-Colonel N. 
Manpers exhibited acollection of butterflies from Bourbon 
demonstrating examples of mimicry and the effects of the 
interaction of species. At a previous meeting of the Society 
he had exhibited a series of the nirews group of Papilios from 
Africa, Madagascar and the neighbouring islands, in which he 
pointed out that whereas both sexes were of some shade of green 


( xliii ) 


and therefore resembled each other, in Bourbon the female of 
the indigenous species (2. phorbanta) was brown and quite un- 
like the male. He attributed this to the effects of mimicry, 
Euplea goudoti being the model. It had since been suggested 
to him by Professor Poulton and Mr. Trimen that Huplea 
euphon resembled both P. phorbanta and Salamis augustina far 
more closely than /#. goudoti, and they were of opinion that 
this had been the model for the two species. Against this 
view was the fact that 2. ewphon was strictly confined to 
Mauritius, and no record of its occurrence in Bourbon was 
forthcoming, This undoubtedly closer resemblance of ewphon 
had led him to further investigate the matter, and there ap- 
peared to be two hypotheses to account for its disappearance : 
either goudoti was a modified descendant of ewphon, or in some 
way it had replaced it. With regard to the first point he 
showed essential differences between the two ; goudoti being 
more closely connected with that group of Hupleas placed by 
Moore in the genus Vadebra, and ewphon with those in his 
genus Vipara. He then discussed the possibly Malayan origin 
of goudoti, and remarked more particularly on its extraordinary 
resemblance to /. woodfordi from the Solomon Islands, and 
expressed the opinion that all the Huplewas of this group were 
derived from the same ancestral type, and suggested JZ. 
climena from Amboina and Ceram as being nearest to it. He 
dealt with the former history of Mauritius and Bourbon, and 
explained that both during the Dutch and French occupation 
in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries a large number of 
Malayan plants were introduced into those islands, and that 
inasmuch as the voyage from Java was only of three weeks to 
a month’s duration, there was no inherent improbability of 
E. goudoti being brought to Bourbon by one of the Dutch or 
French ships. He concluded by describing the physical 
characteristics of the island, and said that the area favourable 
for the existence of HLwpleas was extremely small, and as the 
larvee of goudotiand ewphon fed on the same plants there was 
in all probability a struggle for existence set up in which the 
invader proved the stronger and eventually exterminated its 
rival. 

Professor Poutton desired to congratulate Colonel Manders 


- 
( xliv ) 


for the careful manner in which he had worked up the evidence 
bearing upon his brilliant suggestion. As one who had arrived 
at an alternative interpretation-—viz. that gowdoti represented 
a recent modification of ewphone in the island of Bourbon—he 
desired to express his agreement with Colonel Manders, and 
his conviction that the most probable solution of a puzzling 
set of facts had been afforded by the hypothesis he had so 
clearly explained to them that evening. He also remarked 
that in the neighbouring island of Rodriguez there was a 
species of Huplea (desjardinsi) greatly resembling ewphon, 
and no doubt a geographical race of that species. This fact, 
he considered, also suggested that ewphon formerly existed in 
Bourbon, 

Foop or Grow-worm.—Mr. W. J. Lucas showed a larval 
glow-worm found at Oxshott on May 4, inside the shell of the 
snail /elix cantiana. There was no doubt that the larva was 
feeding on the snail, for on breaking away parts of the shell 
the moist remains of it were found near the apex. 

Types or Oxycastra.—Mr. Lucas also brought for exhibi- 
tion the ¢,9, and nymph of the dragonfly Oxygastra curtisti, 
first described by the late J. C. Dale, and at that time sup- 
posed to be confined to the British Islands. 

Rare British Breerne.—Mr. H. St. J. DontstnHorre showed 
an example of the rare beetle Yantholinus distans, Ky., taken 
at Helton, near Dumfries, on May 1. 


Papers. 


Mr. W. J. Lucas, B.A., read a paper on “ The British 
Dragonflies of the ‘ Dale Collection.’”’ 

Dr, T. A. Coapman, M.D., F.Z.S., read a paper on “ The 
Distinctness of Several Species of Hveres, determined by their 
Genitalia,” and exhibited photographs to illustrate his remarks. 
He announced that as the result of his investigations Hveres 
argiades, Pall., and the so-called var. covetas were separate, 
though very nearly allied species. 


" 
~ ee 


( xv =) 


Friday, May 15th, 1908. 


CONVERSAZIONE 


(in the rooms of the Civil Service Commission, Burlington 
Gardens, W.) 

Tue Fellows, and guests to the number of about 300, were 
received by the President, Miss Warernouse, Professor 
E. B. Poutrox, F.RS., and Mr. -.H. Row .anp-Brown, 
Secretary and Vice-President. 


In the Large Room the following exhibitions were shown :— 


1. Professor E. B. Pounron, F.R.S. Mimicry in American 
Papilios. 
- la. Col. D. Brucz, F.R.S. Microscopie preparations to 
illustrate the Entomological Aspects of the Sleeping Sickness. 

2. Lt.-Col. N. Manpers, R.A.M.C. Series of MJelanitis 
leda taken at different seasons. 

3. Dr. G. B. Lonestarr. Plants of Bryophyllum calycinum, 
a favourite resting place of Callidryas eubule. 


Rest attitudes of Butterflies. 
Flies mimicking Wasps. 
Water-Grasshoppers. 


3a. Dr. F. A. Dixzy and Dr. G. B. Lonestarr. Scents in 
Butterflies. 

4. The Presipent. Illustrations of Tsetse and other biting 
Flies, 

5. Mr. KE. A. Burter. Dimorphism in Hemiptera, and 
recent additions to the British List. 

6. Mr. R. Saetrorp. Insects preserved in Amber. 

7. Lt.-Col. C. T. Bryeuam. Nest of Wasp from Assam, 
with occupant attacking spider. 

8. Mr. H. J. Etwes, F.R.S. Variation and Dimorphism in 
Indo-Chinese and Indo-Malayan Butterflies. 

9. Mr. W. J. Kaye. Heliconine Butterflies from British 
Guiana. 


10. Mr. W. F. Rosenserc. Rare Heterocera from South 
America, 


({ xivz ) 


11. Mr. H. Evrrincuam. Mimicry in African Butterflies. 

12. Mr. O, E. Janson. Goliath Beetles. 

13. Dr. H. C. Puituirs. Parasites on Lepidoptera. 

14. Mr. G. T. Porrirr. Melanism in West Yorkshire 
Lepidoptera, 

15, Mr. C. P. Pickerr. British Lepidoptera. 

16. Mr. L. W. Newman, Living British Larvie and Pupe. 

17. Mr. A. Stou. Lepidoptera of South London. 

18. Mr. Serwyn Imacr. Lepidoptera observed within six 
miles of Charing Cross, 

19. Mr. R. Apxry. Local Variation in a common British 


species, 

20. Mr. S. J. Capper. Drawings by Mr. 8. L. Mosley of 
varieties of British Lepidoptera. 

21. Dr. H. C. Patiiies. Drawings of Butterfly Subjects. 

22, Mr. Setwyn Imace (for Mr. Curistopuzr WHALL). 
Drawings by Miss Garnet of Coleophorid species. 

23. Mr. A. H. Jones. The Genus Anthocharis. 

24. Miss M. KE. Founratne. Spring Butterflies of the 
Mediterranean Region. 

25. The Rev. G. Warrier. Rare and variable species of 
Swiss Butterflies. 

26. Dr. T. A. CHapman. Homeeochromatism in French 
Butterflies. 

27. The Obligation Book of the Entomological Society of 
London with the signatures of the Duchess of Kent and the 
Princess Victoria, afterwards Queen Victoria. 

28. Mr. A. W. Bacor. J/alacosoma neustria and JM. 
castrensis, and their hybrid forms. 

29. Mr. L. B. Prout and Mr. A. W. Bacor. Experiments 
in Mendelian Heredity with Acidalia virgularia. 

30. Mr. A. Hatt and Mr. C. J. Grist. Mimetic Nympha- 
line Butterflies and their Models. 

31. Mr. S. Epwarps. Morphos. 

32. Mr. J. A. Cuark. Varieties of Peronea cristana. 

33. Mr. R. Sourm. Aberrations of Peronea cristana and 
P. hastiana. 

34. Mr. H. St. J. Donistnorrer. Insects and other forms 
associated with British Ants. 


( xvii) 


The British Ants. 
Observation nests of Yormica rufa and F. sanguinea. 

35. Mr. A. Harrison and Mr. H. Main. Local forms and 
varieties of Pieris napi and Aplecta nebulosa. 

36. Mr. A. E. Toner. Stereoscopic Photographs from 
nature. 

37. Mr. H. J. Turner. Life Histories of the genus 
Coleophora. 

38. Mr. EK. B. Nervinson. British Aculeate Hymenoptera. 

39. Mr. H. Mary. Photographs of Lepidoptera. 

40. Mr. F. Enocx. Microscopic demonstrations. 

In the small room microscopic demonstrations were given 
during the evening by the following firms :—Messrs. R. and 
J. Brox, Ltd., Messrs. Ross, Ltd. and Mr. Coartes BAKER. 

In the Theatre Mr. H. St. J. DontstHorrer delivered an 
address on “ The Inhabitants of Ants’ Nests in Britain,” and 
Col. D. Bruce, C.B., F.R.S., on “The Entomological Aspects 
of the Sleeping Sickness.” 

In the Large Hall, where refreshments were served, the 
AxouiaAn Lapres’ OrcuEstRA performed a selection of music 
under the direction of Miss Rosanen Watson. 


Wednesday, June 8rd, 1908. 
Mr. H. Rowxanp-Brown, M.A., Vice-President, in the Chair. 
Exhibitions. 

PsEeuDoGYNES or AN Ant.—Mr. H. Sr. J. DonistHorre 
brought for exhibition pseudogynes of Formica sanguinea, 
caused by the presence of the beetle Lomechusa strwmosa in 
the nest, from the New Forest. Professor E. B. Pouiron 
said that corresponding forms cf an ant had been found in 
North America caused by the presence of a corresponding 
beetle in the nest. 

Livine CoLeorHorip, AND AstLip with Prey,—Mr. H. J. 
Turner showed living larvee of Coleophora maritimella on 
Artemisia, and also a species of Asilidx and its prey. 

Lear Insects rrom SrycHEeLLes.—Mr. C0. J. Gauan exhibited 


(( ign 4} 


living specimens of a ‘‘leaf-insect”’ from the Seychelles, bred 
in England by Mr. St. Quintin, probably Pulchriphyllium 
erurifolium, Serville. Mr. Mrapr-Waxpo stated that these 
insects were brought originally from the Seychelles by Lord 
Crawford, and that those exhibited belonged to the second 
generation. 

Lampyrip& rrom Ceyton.—Mr. Ganan also exhibited some 
Lampyridx of considerable interest collected by Mr. E. E. 
Green in Ceylon, and including both sexes of the genera 
Lampriyera and Dioptoma, the females of which had hitherto 
been unknown. The females of both genera were larviform ; 
that of Lamprigera resembled in form the larva of the same 
genus, but differed in the greater development of the:antennz 
and tarsi, the former being 6 to 7-jointed and the” latter 
3 or 4-jointed; the eyes were, however, simple as in the 
larva. The female of Dioptoma had a general resemidlance to 
the female of Drilus flavescens, but was furnished with a very 
distinct photogenic organ, as evidenced by the large, bright 
yellow sternal plate of the seventh abdominal segnrent ; the 
eyes were facetted, emarginate behind as in the male but 
much smaller in size; the antennze were 12-jointed and the 
tarsi 5-jointed. He showed also a larviform insect: »robably 
an adult female, which he had found to be full of eg )s. This 
insect was of the same general type as those remarkable 
trilobitiform insects, described by Perty, Westwood and others, 
and which had generally been regarded as the larvee of 
Lycide or Lampyridx, Like these it had large spiracles on 
the methathorax. He called attention also to the existence in 
China, Ceylon and the Malay Peninsula of remarkable 
larviform females greatly resembling the females of the 
American group Phengodini, and being somewhat similarly 
provided with rows of luminous points. The males of these 
forms were not yet identified, but he suspected they would 
prove to belong to genera at present referred to the family 
Drilide, . 

Mr. R. Suetrorp remarked that in several of the Mala- 
coderm Coleoptera from the Malay Archipelago regarded as 
larval or apterous forms, the males and females were indis- 
tinguishable, and underwent practically no metamorphosis. 


Oe ely.) 


Rake AND BuinpD Beeties.—Mr. G. C. Caampron exhibited 
specimens of Dromius angustus, Brullé, and Cryptophagus 
lgvendalt, Ganglb., recently recorded by him from Woking 
and the New Forest respectively; also two species of the 
Staphylinid genus Lepiotyphlus and one of the Curculionid genus 
Alaocyba, calling attention to the fact that these extremely 
minute blind South-European insects were much smaller than 
any known British representatives of the groups in question. 

RHOPALOCERA FROM THE CaNartEs.—Col. C. SwinHok ex- 
hibited several boxes of butterflies taken by him during the 
present year (1908) in the Canary Islands, chiefly from Grand 
Canary and Teneriffe. They included amongst others Pieris 
rape showing a tendency to lose the black spots on the upper 
sides ot the wings, P. brassice var. cheiranthi, Hb., P. daplidice, 
‘x cleobule, Chrysophanus phlexas, Vanessa atalanta (a 
in the islands), V. indica, var. vulcania, Godt. 
Pyrameis cardui, Colias edusa, Argynnis pandora, 
Pararge xiphia, var. xiphioides, Stgr., Epinephele 
rr. hispulla, and Lampides webbianus, the one butterfly 
peculiar o the islands. He observed that with the exception 
of the l:st-mentioned all the species met with suggest a 
foreign gvigin. 

St 
: Papers. 

Mr. J. E. Cotiin communicated ‘“ Notes on the value of the 
Genitalia of Insects as guides in Phylogeny,” by Mr. W. 
Wescut, F.R.M.S. 

Dr. D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., communicated a paper “ On 
certain Nycteribiidx, with descriptions of two new species from 
Formosa,” by Mr. Huex Scort, B.A. (Cantab). 

Dr., J. L. Hancock, M.D., communicated a paper on 
‘Further studies of the Tetriginx (Orthoptera) in the Oxford 
University Museum.” 

Mr. J. C. Moutron read a paper on “ Mimicry in Tropical 
American Butterflies.” 

Professor E. B. Poutton, F.R.8., read a paper on “ Heredity 
in Papilio dardanus from Natal, bred by Mr. G. F. Leigh, 
F.E.S., ot Durban,” and exhibited, in illustration, a large 
series of the forms of P. dardanus from Natal and Chirinda. 


—_ 
oi 


Mr. Hamitron H. Drucn, F.L.S., read a paper on “ New 
species of Hesperiide from Central and 8. America,” and 
exhibited the specimens described ; also a series of the sub- 
family Pyrrhopygine, together with the genus Hrycides of the 
sub-family Hesperiine showing the great similarity of some of 
the species with those of the Pyrrhopygine genus Jemadia, and 
also pointed out that the sub-family Pamphiline contained 
genera with species again almost exact copies of those shown 
in the two previously mentioned sub-families. 

Dr. G. B. Lonestrarr, M.D., called the attention of Fellows 
to a very interesting paper on “The Life History of House 
Flies,” by Dr. A. Grirrita, M.D., D.P.H., in the monthly 
publication ‘‘ Public Health.” 


Conversazione. 


The Vicre-PresIDENT made a statement relati 
expenses of the Conversazione, and informed Fello 
kindly placed their names on the Guarantee Fun 
they would be asked to pay a contribution not excee 
in the pound. 

Mr. F. MerririreLp proposed a vote of thanks to the 
Fellows who had been chiefly instrumental in making thé 
Conversazione a success, and the Vicr-PResIDENT begged to be 
allowed to mention in particular the services rendered by_ 
Mr. R. ApkIN and Mr. Srantey Epwarps, who had under- 
taken the whole work of arrangement in connection with the 
exhibitions. 

The vote of thanks was given unanimously. 


Wednesday, October 7th, 1908. 


My. C. O. Waternouse, President, in the chair. 


Election of Fellows, 


Mr. James J, Joicry, of 62 Finchley Road, London, N.W., 
and Mr, Roserr M. Pripeaux, of Woodlands, Brasted Chart, 
Sevenoaks, were elected Fellows of the Society. 


Obituary. 


The decease was announced of Mr. T. Mappison. 


Oxford University Museum Jubilee 


It was announced that the Society would be represented by 
mmander J. J. Wanker, R.N., M.A, F.LS., at the Cele- 
bration of the Fiftieth Anniversary of Oxford University 

~ Museum, on October 8th. 


Exhibitions. 


Mimicry oF THE melpomene-LIkKE Heliconii BY OTHER 
cRrours oF SoutH AMERICAN Burterriies.—Dr. F. A. Dixey 
exhibited specimens of Neotropical butterflies belonging to the 
Erycinide, Acreinz, Heliconine, Nymphaline, Pierine and 
Papilionine, and remarked upon them as follows :— 

“On March 18 last, Mr. W. J. Kaye, in exhibiting three 
species of the Pierine genus Perewte, together with specimens 
of the Nymphaline Adelpha lara, Hew., called attention to the 
fact that these species, which all bear a general resemblance 
to each other, are found together in the Chancamayo district 
of Peru at an elevation of from 2500 to 3000 feet. He added 
that it was wrong to suppose that any /eliconius of the 
melpomene-like group entered the combination, inasmuch as 
Heliconti of this pattern did not ascend to such an elevation, 
or if they did, it was only as a rare exception. For the like 
reason Mr. Kaye thought that my suggestion, made in 1896 
(and previously in 1894), of an association between P. leuco- 
drosime and H. melpomene was ‘an impossible conclusion.’ 

“TI am of course perfectly ready to accept the testimony 

PROC, ENT. SOO. LOND., 111, Iv. 1908. D 


Cig | eae | 

brought forward by Mr. Kaye as to the spatial relations of 
these forms in the district named, but I observe with interest 
that in a note to the record of his exhibition in our recently- 
published ‘ Proceedings’ (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, p. 
xxiii), he mentions the fact that according to Seitz, ‘in 
Colombia Pereute leucodrosime, Papilio euterpinus, Adelpha 
isis and Heliconius melpomene all occur together on the same 
bush.’ This obviously discounts the value of the observations 
made in Peru, considered as evidence of the exclusion of 
Heliconius from the mimetic combination. No stress need be 
laid on the mention of H. melpomene instead of one of the 
forms which so closely resemble it, as for instance H. hydarus, 
inasmuch as before the publication of Riffarth and Stichel’s 
excellent systematic work on the genus, many of the melpo- 
mene-like forms were but vaguely distinguished from one 
another; and even now it is very probable that by those who 
do not happen to have made a special study of the genus, forms 
are inadvertently spoken of as melpomene which are really 
quite distinct from that species as at present defined. In 1896 
I used H. melpomene as an illustration; but in the earlier 
passage then referred to, I spoke of the resemblance as being 
shared by many species of Heliconius, including H. hydarus 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 294 and note; ibid., 1896, 
pp. 72-75). The argument, whatever it may be worth, would 
of course remain unaffected even if it were shown that species 
had been wrongly identified. 

“But leaving this part of the question, I wish to draw 
attention to the very wide prevalence of this general type of 
pattern (a dark wing-surface crossed by a diagonal reddish 
band) in the Neotropical region, as exemplified by the speci- 
mens I now exhibit. Opinions may differ as to how far these 
various forms are in mimetic relation; that such a relation 
exists between some at least of them will I think be generally 
admitted. For instance, the mimetic parallelism between the 
two sections of Heliconius, which Mr. Kaye has so fully 
demonstrated to us (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, pp. xiv—xvi), 
seems to be undeniable. The relation also between the Papilio 
and the Pierines in this exhibit can scarcely be doubted. It is 
true that the latter combination, which, as Mr. Kaye says, is 


( fii +) 


no doubt mainly an upland assemblage, falls somewhat apart in 
aspect from the melpomene-like Heliconiz, but it is to be observed 
that the latter are not entirely confined tothe lowlands. Two 
species from Ecuador here shown (7. vulcanus and H. cyrbia) 
are from series captured at an elevation of 3500 feet, which is 
quite high enough for any Pereute. Still more important is 
the fact that many other forms are seen to exist which may 
very well bind together the inhabitants of the heights and 
of the plains in one mimetic assemblage ; the Catagrammas, 
for instance, are stated to occur at all elevations. Another 
fact to be borne in mind is that the distribution and move- 
ments of the enemies have to be taken into account as well 
as those of their prey; and until we know for certain that 
these enemies are similarly limited in their range, we cannot 
well exclude the possibility of the extension of the mimetic 
influence of a given species beyond its own area of distribution 

“Tt may be remarked, in conclusion, that the ‘aposeme’ 
shades off in various directions; one of them being probably 
exemplified by the Erycinids exhibited, and another by the 
Actinotes.” 


The species shown were— 


ERYCINID2. 
Lrycina inca, Saund. Panama. 
Panara phereclus, Linn. Brazil. 
Aricoris, sp. 
ACRAINE- 
Actinote stratonice, Latr. Colombia. 
A. trinacria, Hew. Ecuador. 
HELICONINA. 
A. Heliconius amaryllis, Feld. 
euryades, Riff. Trinidad, Venezuela, 
Colombia, Peru. 
H. melpomene, Linn. Guiana, Amazon, Peru, 
Keuador. 


H. vulcanus, Butl. 
cythera, Hew. Ecuador. 
B. H. hydarus, Hew. 


guaricus, Reak. Colombia, Venezuela, 


( Mv )) 


HH. hydarus, Hew. 


H. erato, Linn, 

magnificus, Riff. 
H. amphitrite, Riff. 
H. cyrbia, Godt. 


NYMPHALIN#. 
Catagramma denina, Hew. 


C'. pasithea, Hew. 

C’. eunomia, Hew. 

C. parima, Hew. 
Adelpha lara, Hew. 
Eresia castilla, Feld. 
Agrias amydon, Hew. 


Trinidad, Central 
America, Colombia. 


Guiana, Peru, Ecuador. 
Peru. 
Keuador. 


Guatemala to Ecuador. 
Peru. 

Amazon. 

Colombia, Ecuador. 
Colombia, Peru. 
Colombia, Ecuador. 
Colombia. 


PIERINE. 
Pereute charops, Boisd. ? . Central America, Colom- 
bia, Ecuador. 
Colombia. 


Ecuador, Peru. 


P. callinice, Feld. 
Catasticta teutanis, Hew. 2. 
PAPILIONINA. 
Papilio euterpinus, Godm. and Colombia, Ecuador, 
Salv. 
C. teutamis 2 and P. euterpinus were represented by coloured 
drawings. 


ButrerFuies FRoM SoutH Spary.—Mr. W. G. SHELDON 
brought for exhibition a case containing butterflies from 
Andalusia taken in the spring of this year. They included 
Anthocharis belemia and var. glauce; A. tagis, low-level and 
high-level forms, with A. tagis, var. bellezina, from Digne, for 
comparison ; Zegris eupheme, var, meridionalis ; Melitexa phabe, 
var. occitanica ; M. deione, a very large and well-marked form ; 
Melanargia ines, with one striking aberration showing a strong 
melanic tendency ; and large bright NVomiades melanops, with 
French specimens for comparison. 

ABERRATION OF Dryas pPApHIA.—Dr. HERBERT CHARLES 
showed a remarkable aberration of Dryas paphia taken by 
him in the New Forest in July last. With the exception of 
the borders, and the bases, the wing surfaces were suffused with 


(ae) 


deep velvety brown triangular patches, the maculations being 
entirely absorbed therein. 

Living Larva or Buarra.—Mr. Huen Matin showed living 
larvee of Blattw germanica to illustrate their colourless condition 
on first emergence. 

Rare British BEETLES AND DIPTEROUS PARASITES.—Mr. 
H. Sr. J. DonisrHorre exhibited examples of (a) Agrilus 
biguttatus, F., taken in numbers in bark of old oak in Sher- 
wood Forest, July 1908. It had not been taken in Britain for 
about thirty years, this being the first record for the Midlands. 
Formerly it occurred in Darenth Wood, but is not found there 
now ; (6) Pyropterus affinis, not uncommon in Sherwood Forest, 
July 1908; (c) a species of Phora, with pupe bred from 
larve which came out of the body of a Clerus formicarius taken 
alive in Sherwood Forest, July 1908, with the Agrilus, and 
probably parasitic on it; (d) Zrogolinus anglicanus, Shp., a 
specimen taken at Bembridge, August 3rd, 1908, with a speci- 
men from Plymouth, and only known before to occur in New 
Zealand and at Plymouth, where it was discovered by Mr. 
Keys. This capture seemed to dispose of the idea that it could 
have been introduced from New Zealand; (e) Phyto melano- 
cephala, Mg., bred from wood-lice taken at Bembridge, I. of W., 
August 1908, with pupz, and a wood-louse with dipterous 
pupa i situ. The life-history of fly was hitherto unknown, 
though the larve of Rhinophora atramentaria, Mg., a nearly 
related species, have beenrecorded as parasitic on Oniscus asellus. 

GYNANDROMORPHOUS PIERIS.—Mr. A. Harrison exhibited a 
gynandromorphous example of Pieris napi, bred from parents 
taken in North Cornwall this year. 

Rake British NEvroprera.—Mr. E. R. Speyer exhibited a 
ease of rare and interesting dragonflies taken in the British 
Isles in 1908, including (a) Sympetrum fonscolombit, Selys. A 
3 and 9, taken in Hertfordshire on June 24th and July 
27th respectively. The specimens were evidently part of a 
migration, the 9, being the first taken in England, since that 
announced by Mr. Boyd in Cornwall in the E. M. M. Vol. 39, 
p- 201 (1903). Mr. K. J. Morton is of opinion that the 
insect takes more than a year to arrive at maturity, and, 
therefore, those taken in England are probably in their second 


al 
( Im ) 


year ; (b) Somatochlora metallica, Lind.,a ¢ captured in Sussex 
on August 4th, being the first authentic record of this 
insect in England. Dr. Buchanan White discovered the 
insect in Scotland in 1869, and Mr. J. King of Glasgow took 
it again in 1899 in the same locality. Whether the specimens 
observed in Sussex were migratory or not, has still to 
be determined, but at the end of August several 2 2s were 
seen, one of which was evidently ovipositing; (ce) <Anax 
imperator, Leach, a ¢ caught in Hertfordshire on June 24th 
with Libellula depressa, 3, in its jaws; (d) Libellula depressa, 
Linn., two ? 9s taken late in the season, showing the appear- 
ance of blue powder on the abdomen; (e) Libellula quadri- 
maculata, Linn., four specimens ; two taken in Sussex, showing 
the remarkable difference in the amount ef suffusion on the 
wings in individuals from the same locality: the other two 
from widely different localities, one from North Wales showing 
great, and one from Ventnor, Isle of Wight, showing very 
little wing-suffusion, proving that the supposition that speci- 
mens from the north have much less wing-suffusion than those 
from the south, and vice versd, is unfounded. The greatly 
suffused specimen from Sussex had no black suffusion under 
the pterostigma, which is normal: the specimen from the Isle 
of Wight was caught by Sir W. Parker. 

The case also contained the following insects :— 

Orthetrum cancellatum, Linn., g and 9, from Herts; 
Cordulia xnea, Linn., 6, from Burnham Beeches, Bucks ; 
Brachytron pratense, Miill., dand ? , from Oxford ; Platyenemis 
pennipes, Pall., d and 9 ,var. lactea, from Oxford ; Hrythromma 
naias, Hansen; specimens from Herts, Bucks, Sussex; and 
Pyrrhosoma tenellum, Linn., ¢ and 9, from Sussex. 

NEw AND RARE British BeerLes.—Mr. Norman Joy exhibited 
examples of Coleoptera new to the British list, including 
Oxypoda perplexa, Muls., Cornwall; Sunius lyonessius, Joy, 
Scilly Isles ; Anisotoma flavicornis, Bris., Bradfield ; Melanoph- 
thalma truncatella, Mannh., Norfolk ; Cryptophagus hirtulus, 
Kr., Scilly Isles; Zitargus coloratus, Rosenh., Sherwood ; 
Corticaria linearis, Payk., Bradfield; C. longicollis, Zett., 
Epping ; and Longitarsus nigerrimus, Gyll., Cleethorpes. 

Rare British Nevroprera.—Mr. H. M. Eprtsten showed 


( lvii_ ) 


specimens of &schna isosceles and Libellula fulva from 
Norfolk Broads, taken in June last, and Orthetrum cxrulescens 
from Chagford, taken in July. 

Parasites oN Fires.—Mr. W. J. Lucasexhibitedaspike of the 
grass Molinia cxrulea with dead Syrphids, Melanostoma scalare, 
Fabr., attacked by the parasitic fungus Hmpusa musce, found 
on Esher Common, October 3rd, 1908. Most were attached 
by the point of the head only in a very peculiar manner, 
and apparently all were females. 

CRYPTAMORPHA DESJARDINSI IN Hampsuire.—Mr. O. E, 
Janson exhibited a specimen of Cryptamorpha desjardinsi, 
Guér., found by Mr. F. C. Selous running on a table-cloth in 
his house at Barton-on-Sea, Hants, on June 26th. This beetle 
is recorded as living in banana plants in Mauritius and 
Madeira, and may have been introduced here in the banana 
fruit. 

Mr. H. St. J. DonistHorre said that Mr. Bagnall had found 
this species in the cellar of his house at Winlaton-on-Tyne. 
Commander J. J. WALKER reported having taken it in the 
sheathing leaves of a banana in Kawau Island, New Zealand, 
and Mr. G. C. CHampion remarked that it was probably 
imported among the dry leaves of the banana, not in the 
fruit, as he had found various species of the allied genus 
Telephanus in the pendent leaves of Musaceous plants in 
Central America. 

Rare British CoLeopTeERA AND HemipTerA.—Mr. G. C. 
CHAMPION, on behalf of Mr. W. West, who was present as a 
visitor, exhibited specimens of the following insects : Aleochara 
crassiuscula, Sahlb., taken at Gt. Yarmouth in May 1908 ; 
varieties of Donacia dentipes and D. simplex, from Caistor 
Marshes ; Vabis boops, Schiddte, taken at Esher, in August 
1908 ; and Jdiocerus scurra, Germ., taken at Blackheath, 
Kent, in September 1908. 

Rare and Variant British Hererocera.—Mr. L. W. 
Newman brought for exhibition specimens of (a) Crymodes 
exulis from the Shetlands, including one female. The ? of 
this species is very rare, and until this season (when some 
six or seven were taken) only a very few were known. One 4 
exhibited was of the rich dark brown form while the rest were 


- 
( lviii ) 


the light brown form ; (6) Callimorpha dominula, two yellow 
aberrations bred from East Kent ova. In 1906 a yellow 2? was 
bred. This was paired with a typical red ¢ and the result in 
1907 was that the whole brood were typical /eds. These 
Reds were paired, and in 1908 the brood (a small one) 
produced 25 per cent. of the yellow form; (c) Camptogramma 
Jluviata, a varied series bred from ova laid by a 9 taken at 
Eastbourne, the most remarkable specimens being a 6 with 
the band broken in the centre, a ¢ with the band entirely 
wanting, and a ? devoid of the usual orbicular spot; (d) a 
yellow aberration of Voctwa rubi, from Yorkshire. 


Papers. 


Dr. G. B. Lonestarr, M.D., read a paper on “ Bionomies of 
Butterflies.” 

Mr. L. J. Hare, F.E.S., communicated a paper on ‘‘ Some 
additions to the Perlidx, Neuroptera-Planipennia and Tricho- 
ptera of New Zealand.” 

Mr. Rotanp Tren, F.R.S., communicated a paper “On 
the larvee of Hamanumida dedalus, Fab. , Hoplitis phyllocampa, 
n.sp., and Hulophonotus myrmeleon, Feld., with descriptions of 
the imagines of the two Heterocera.”’ 

Mr. A. M. Lea, F.E.S., Government Entomologist, Tas- 
mania, communicated “A revision of the Australian and 
Tasmanian JM/alacodermata.” 


Wednesday, October 2ist, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. WatrrHouss, President, in the Chair. 
Election of an Honorary Fellow. 
Monsieur CHARLES OsErRTHUR, of Rennes, France, was 
elected an Honorary Fellow of the Society. 
Election of Fellows. 


Mr. Caartes B. Anrram, of the Insectarium, Kanny Koory, 
Silchar, P.O., Cachar, Entomologist to the Indian Tea Associ- 
ation ; and Mr. Ricnarp Beck, Sanderhayes, Bitterne Road, 
Southampton, were elected Fellows of the Society. 


¢ lr) 
Obituary, 


The decease was announced of Lieut.-Colonel Cuaries T. 
Bineuam, F.Z.8., a Fellow of the Society, and the Secretary 
was asked to convey to Mrs. Bingham a message of sympathy 
from the Society. 


Exhibitions. 


Rare Beerte at Purtey.—Mr. E. C. Brepwett exhibited 
examples of the rare Lamellicorn beetle Gnorimus variabilis, 
L., found by him in thick frass under the bark of old oaks, 
near Purley Oaks, Surrey, in the larval state, in May last, and 
again as imagines in the same locality in the following month. 
He described the species as one becoming extinct in the United 
Kingdom, when the Presipent said it had been reported from 
Windsor Forest in 1892. 

ABNORMAL PytHo pEPREssUs.—Mr. G. C. Campton showed 
a specimen of Pytho depressus, L., with two tarsi to the right 
hind-leg. It was bred from a larva or pupa found under pine- 
bark at Binn, Switzerland, and the abnormal growth may 
have been due to the attacks of otker larve kept in the same 
box. 

Forms or Tuais.—Mr. W. G. SHexpon exhibited a case 
containing several forms of Thais rwmina, the var. medesicaste, 
and the ab. cantenert, Hey., from South Spain, and from 
France. . 

Wine surrusion or Lipertuta.—Mr., W. J. Lucas brought 
for exhibition a set of eight examples of Libellula quadri- 
maculata from Scotland, and the South of England, to illus- 
trate the range from the type form to the var. pranubila of 
Newman. The variation takes two lines, one the development 
of the blackish suffusion beneath the nodes and pterstigma ; 
secondly, a saffron suffusion parallel to the costa. 

Mr. H, M. Epetsten also showed a varied series of the same 
dragonflies from the Norfolk Broads, 

ApeRRANT Dryas pApHia.—Mr. L. W. Newman exhibited 
paintings of two forms of Dryas paphia bred by him this 
season from ova of parents taken at Brockenhurst, generally 
resembling the aberration of this butterfly shown by Dr. 
Herbert Charles at the last meeting. 


- 
( Ix ) 


Professor E. B. Poutton, F.R.S., enquired as to the means 
by which the young larve were brought through the winter. 

The method employed was somewhat complicated, and Mr. 
Newman subsequently prepared the following account which, 
it is believed, will be of service to Fellows of the Society and 
other naturalists who desire to test the application of Mendel’s 
Law to forms with hybernating larve, such as the valezina var. 
of the female D. paphia. 

Hints as To THE HaG-LayInG AND HyBernaTion oF LARV& 
or D. Parnta.—The female butterflies are confined in cheese- 
tubs: in each of these I place a spray of flowers which is 
kept sprinkled with honey and water made into a syrup. 
Round the inside of the tubs are pieces of rough bark, and 
over the top mosquito netting. In nature the females of 
paphia often lay their eggs on the bark of trees; for the 
young larve hybernate without feeding in the autumn and 
consequently at once require a safe and dry place in which to 
pass the winter. In captivity the females lay freely on the 
bark I place in the tubs and on the mosquito netting. The 
eggs change colour quickly, and the young larve hatch in 
about fourteen days. Just before the larve hatch, I take the 
bark out of the tubs and place it in large glass-topped metal 
boxes which I have specially made for the purpose. On the 
top of the bark I place a layer of fine “ wood wool,” such as 
is used for packing. Many of the young larve crawl into the 
crevices of the bark, while others affix themselves to the 
“wood wool.” The eggs laid on the mosquito netting are 
treated in the same manner, the netting being lightly rolled 
up and placed in the bottom of the glass-topped boxes and 
wood wool over it. The metal boxes are then stored away on 
the stone floor of a cold greenhouse till the spring. As a rule 
the larve are on the move about mid-February: I then remove 
the lids and stand the boxes on their sides in huge cages, 
14 to 20 ft. long and 4 to 8 ft. broad, planted with growing 
violets. When the larv require food they crawl out of their 
winter home, and at once find food close at hand. The metal 
boxes should be as large as possible. Those I am now using 
are 6 in. deep and 12 in. in circumference, and I wish they 
were four times as large. This year I am employing large 


( ar.) 


bottles for the purpose. The violet cages or frames are 
covered with glass when placed in a cool greenhouse, with 
perforated zine when out of doors. I have also used for the 
latter a removable top covered with mosquito netting. This 
can be stored during the winter to preserve it from rotting. 
The larvee seem to do better, and certainly feed up much 
faster in the greenhouse. 

I should mention all my out-of-doors cages are built on 
water to exclude vermin ; first I build a huge table with six 
to nine legs, these legs each stand in a bucket which is well 
tarred and filled with water, then on the top of this table I 
build up the cage. 

Thave had plenty of valezina sent me and have bred from them 
a fair percentage of this variety, but no intermediate forms. 

CoLouR DERIVATION OF LeucoTHyRIs zELIcCA.—Mr. W. J. 
Kaye showed a synaposematic series of specimens from Ecuador 
comprising Jthomiune and Pierine. Of the former there were 
Dircenna zavaletta 53 29, and Leucothyris zelica 14 3 
09. Of the latter there were Dismorphia othie 1535 69, 
Dismorphia leuconia, 73 12, and Dismorphia sp.1,49. The 
whole of these specimens had been purchased unset in a 
parcel of papered specimens, and information as to exact 
locality and whether any specimens of these species had been 
previously removed was unfortunately wanting. 

Mr. Kaye pointed out that the usual coloration of Leuco- 
thyris species (was black and transparent, but here was one, 
L. zelica, which was yellow, and the significant fact illustrated 
by the exhibit was that there were in the aggregate more 
Pierines than Ithomiines, and taking JZ. zelicw alone there 
were only 14 specimens to the 33 of the associated Dismorphias. 
It appeared therefore to be quite possible that the ZL. zelica 
obtained its yellow colouring by the association with the 
Pierines and played the part of mimic instead of model. 

Oviposition oF A Levcania.—Mr. H. M. EpELsten ex- 
hibited a tube containing ova of Leucania brevilinea, in situ, 
laid within the sheathing leaf of a dead reed-stem found in 
Norfolk in July 1908. 

Forms or APLECTA NEBULOSA.—Mr. A. Harrison showed 
numerous examples of Aplecta nebulosa, of the form robsont, 


- 
( xii ) 


bred from parents taken in Delamere Forest. He said that 
the proportion in breeding was as follows :—grey form, 25 * ; 
var. robsoni, 51 %/; and var. thompsoni, 24 %/. 

VOSGES, AND ABERRANT British ButrerFuires.—Mr. A. E, 
Gibss brought for exhibition a case containing (a) a series of 
Everes argiades, taken this year at various altitudes in the 
Vosges region, showing a fine large form ; (b) Lycena bellargus, 
a 2 from South Devon, with the wings on the left side, especi- 
ally the secondary, splashed and streaked with male colora- 
tions ; (c) Lycena icarus, ¢, also taken in South Devon, 
measuring only 19 mm. in expanse; and (d) an example 
of Chrysophanus phleas, approaching on the right side 
ab. schmidtii; the ground colour of the primary being 
silvery-white, with the exception of a broad streak of 
copper colour extending from the base of the wing, where 
it is widest to the transverse row of black spots: hind-wings 
slightly caudated ; taken at Harpenden, Herts, by a school- 
boy, August 11th, 1906. 

Forms or Erepia AND LycaNA From GerMANY.—Mr. E. M. 
Dapp exhibited specimens of Hvebia ligea from various German 
localities, amongst others from Neundorf in the Glazer Ge- 
berge, where a small series of /. ewryale was also obtained. 
This latter species is said to differ from 2. liyeaw in being 
smaller, in having no white pupils to the black spots, and 
further in showing scarcely any white on the under sides of 
the hind-wings. Although all specimens taken had four spots 
on the fore-wings, it is said to sometimes have three. Also a 
short series of the forms ocellaris, and eatrema collected by 
Mr. Esselbach at San Martino di Carozza among typical var, 
adyte. 

The forms ocedlaris and extrema are referred to in Staudinger’s 
catalogue, as also the new work by Seitz, to ewryale ; the form 
adyte to ligea. Both these forms have only three spots on the 
fore-wings, only one single female out of over one hundred 
specimens of adyte in the exhibitor’s collection having a faint 
indication of the fourth spot. With regard to the examples 
shown of adyte taken at Zermatt and Pontresina, among the 
Pontresina adyte was a single specimen which might be 
placed amongst the ocel/avis without the slightest hesitation ; 


( Ixiii ) 


although not quite so dark as any of them. The exhibit also 
included one specimen of the form ewryaloides which is 
accredited to ewryale in both the above-mentioned works, 
occurring with the adyte at Pontresina. 

Mr. Danpp said that as far as he knew the form of ewryale 
with four spots did not occur at Pontresina although adyte 
was in abundance everywhere. He suggested as a result of 
these observations that the facts point to one of two things: 
Hither all these forms were forms of one species; or if any 
division were to be made, it should be by drawing the four- 
spotted forms ligea and ewryale together and raising the three- 
spotted form adyte to the rank of a species with the forms 
ocellaris, and extrema and euryaloides as sub-forms. 

In the Glazer Geberge, where the two first-named occurred, 
£. ligea was found on the lower levels and Z. ewryale much 
higher up. 

Mr. Davp also exhibited forms of Lycxna corydon from 
various localities: (a) a typical series from England, and the 
Thiiringer Wald; (0) var. apennina from the Sabine mountains ; 
(c) the form resniceki from the South of France, and (d) a form 
from Berlin, for which he suggested the name borussia, as 
being distinct from all other forms, first in the ¢ by its 
greater size ; secondly in the extreme width of the black border 
of the fore-wings. This extends sometimes to such an extent 
that almost one-third of the wing is covered. On the under 
side both ¢ ds and 2? 9s are somewhat darker brown than 
usual. Otherwise the 9 does not differ from the typical form. 
The same form is reported by Herr Zobel from Osterode, East 
Prussia, but the series from Friederichroda (Thiiringer Wald) 
indicated that it did not extend as far south as that locality 
(described in current year of the Berl. Ent. Zeitschrift). 

Mr. Dapp then proceeded to exhibit a pair of Scodiona 
belgiaria, var. favillacearia, and a typical 3 for comparison, 
this being the only form of the species occurring on the 
heather around Berlin ; and four examples of butterflies which 
he suggested as hybrids, viz., Lycena corydon x bellargus, 
from Airolo, captured June 1907, bellargus being at the 
time a common species at the locality. Cenonympha satyrion 
x pamphilus, from Wengen in June 1904, both satyrion 


all 


¢ lmy.) 


and pamphilus being common there; Colias hyale x paleno 
from Oberstdorf July 1905, hyale being frequently seen in 
the neighbourhood, but the presence of paleno not established: 
a doubtful hybrid, but pronounced as such by several Berlin 
authorities; Pieris napi x rape from Berlin, apparently 
exactly intermediate between the two species. 

SPECIFIC IDENTITY OF TWO FORMS OF CHARAXES FROM SOUTH 
Arrica.—Professor KE. B. Poutron, F.R.S., exhibited a series 
of seven Charaxes neanthes and one C’. zoolina, all reared by 
Mr. G. F. Leigh, F.E.S., from the eggs laid by a single female 
neanthes, He said that, although the evidence as it stood was 
not entirely convincing, the independent experience of other 
naturalists rendered it in the highest degree probable that the 
conclusions suggested by the presence of the single zoolina in 
the family of neanthes were sound and permanent. Mr. Leigh’s 
account of his interesting discovery was as follows :— 


Charaxes neanthes, Hew. (1854), a form of C. zoolina, West- 
wood (1850). 


Having in January 1905 bred from the same larve, or 
what I took to be the same larve, both Charazes zoolina 
and (C. neanthes, although so different, I determined if 
possible to obtain ova and try to rear them. On 18th May, 
1908, I followed up a 2 C. neanthes, and obtained 18 ova, 
and should have obtained more, but the insect was then 
captured by a bird. All hatched on the 23rd and 24th May, 
and I put the larvee on their food-plant, an Acacia, Hntada 
natalensis, but was very unfortunate with them, no less 
than 9 dying during the lst and 2nd stages. The leaves 
fold up at night, but open again in the wild state, but when 
picked and put in water they do not open: this I believe 
was the cause of the mortality ; for I was obliged to keep 
taking the larve off the old food and putting them on to 
new. The 9 remaining larve throve and 8 became pupz. 
One larva I preserved, and have sent with the insects, as 
also the empty pupa-cases. The C. zoolina, a female, was 
the 5rd to emerge, and I give full particulars of the emergence 
from pupe. In January next I will breed again from C. 
cooling 9, as this form is then more plentiful than in 


( ilev ) 


August, and I also hope to obtain a larger number of ova. 
All the 8 specimens now sent are midgets, owing to the 
larvee being starved in July, because, in consequence of 
ill-health, I was unable to get them fresh food often 
enough. The times of pupation and of emergence were as 


follows :— 
1. C. neanthes 3 Pupated 4/8/08 Emerged 17/8/08. 
2. ” 3 3) 6/8/08 ss 18/8/08. 
3. C. zoolina 2 4, 5/8/08 is, 18/8/08. 
4, CO. neanthes Cripple __,, 6/8/08 rs 19/8/08. 
5. * 3 . USS” 5s 20/8/08. 
6. 9 ? f 8/8/08 ss, 23/8/08. 
i %9 ) : 10/8/08 5; 26/8/08. 
8, ano ep kL SUSY os 28/8/08. 


I may mention that Mr. E. L. Clark, F.E.S., of Congella, 
bred 2 zoolina and 4 neanthes in January this year from what 
he took to be the same larve. 

G. F. Leicu, F.ES., 
Durban, Natal. 


Professor Pounron said that he had submitted Mr. 
Leigh’s paper to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, who had replied as 
follows :— 

London, Oct. 8, 1908. 

“Leigh’s results with Charaxes neanthes are extremely 
interesting, but I am not at all surprised to hear of them. 
I have always been struck by the very close relationship 
of this form to zoolina, and at one time thought they might 
be seasonal forms one of the other; but such dates as I 
could obtain did not seem to quite agree with that idea.” 


Professor Pounron observed that the far more cryptic 
under surface of neanthes, together with its general colouring, 
suggested a dry-season form. He had asked Mr. Marshall 
for his experience of the duration and succession of the wet 
and dry seasons in Natal, and his friend had kindly supplied 
the following account :— 

The early rains begin about mid-August and the wet 
season proper in mid-September, continuing until mid-March. 


” 


{ lev ) 


Then follows a month of showers until mid-April, when the 
dry season proper begins. In Durban showers are liable to 
occur occasionally in the dry season. 

Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., gives in his “South African 
Butterflies,” December, January, April to August, and 
especially May, as the times of appearance of neanthes in 
Kaffraria Proper, and for zoolina in the same locality, autumn, 
and not after the beginning of April. 

The following dates of capture of these two forms in 
various localities have been copied from the labels accompany- 
ing the specimens in the Hope Department. 


NATAL. 
Captured by G. A, K. Marshall at and near Durban, Natal. 

Durban April 4, 1896 zoolina 3. 
Malvern, 800 ft. March 10, 1897 neanthes ¢. 

’? 9 March 27, ” ” 3 . 

%3 ,» April dy 5s %» é. 
Durban May 2, _ é. 

” May 2, :” ” dé. 

” May 9, 9 ” 2 . 


S.E. RHODESIA. 
Captured at Chirinda Forest, Melsetter, Gazaland (3800 ft.), 
by G. A. K. Marshall and C. F. M. Swynnerton. 


Sept. 27, 1905, neanthes 9 (G. A. K. M.) 
March 1-6, 1907, zoolina 9 (C. F. M. 8.) 
March 125, 5; is Ot 


April 10, ” ” . ( ” ) 


N.E. RHODESIA. 


Captured by S. A. Neave at Petauke, East Loangwa district, 
N.E, Rhodesia: 2400 feet. 


rf 1 neanthes ¢ 
March 13, 1905 1 zoolina ¢ 


March s0 1900 7 eee Baek 7 


() Levit. 3) 


BRITISH EAST AFRICA. 
a. Coast District. 


Captured by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers at Mangea, about 
75 miles N, of Mombasa: about 500 feet. 


July 18,1906... . . . J neanthes 6 


b. Taita. 


Captured by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers at Dabida Mountain, 
Taita, British East Africa : about 4800 feet. 
May 25,1904... . . . . 2 2z0olina ¢ - 
May 28, 1904 bs fe) 
May 31, 1904 neanthes 3 
June 11, 1904 zoolina 


— — 


ce. Taveta. 


Captured by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers, etc., at Taveta, 
British East Africa: about 2500 feet. 
April 19, 1905 = 1 z0olina 
May 1, 1905 | ees 
May 4, 1905 1 
May 6, 1905 1 
May 8, 1905 1 
May 10, 1905 1 
May 12,1905 4 
May ti, 1908. 5) 5, 


3 

3 

3 

ui tha G 
3 

3 

ye Seta? 
bg, 20-9 
May 22, 1905 (i a é 
? 1 neanthes 6 
lees by GC, A. 
Wiggins. Collected 


May 1-31, 1905 8 zoolina 4 6 4 9 
by native. 


3 neanthes2 ¢ 19 | 
duly 1, 1905 be od 3 
Jan. 19, 1906 1 zoolina 
d. Nairobi. 
Collected by A. H. Harrison: 5500 feet. 


March 10,1903 . . . 1 neanthes g 
May Ui, 19080 se sce) F ys Gu disde 9 
PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., lr, IV. 1908. E 


( Ixviii  ) 
e. WV.L. shore of Victoria Nyanza. 


Collected by C. A. Wiggins and A. Vincent near Kisumu: 
3770 feet. 

1 zoolina 6 (C. A. W. 
ee. By A 202 : { 1 neanthes ie A. ie 
Daors, LIO2", | eae ae 3 (C. A. W.) 
March 25, 1903 . are +5 9(C. A. W.) 
March 27, 1903. Deon: 36 (C. A. W.) 
Aug. 1-15, 1903 2" 9%, 3 (C. A. W.) 
Oct. 15, 1903 LT yee rok ak 

2 6 (A. V.) 


Nov. 1903 " ll zoolina g (A. V.) 


Collected by C. A. Wiggins, at Kalachonyo, 20 miles 8. of 
Kisumu : 3800 feet. 


Dec. 19-27, 1902 -. . +..'. « 1 neanthes g 


Collected by A. H. Harrison, at Kamagombo, S. Kavirondo. 
Jan. 24,1903 . ur pt te. oom. medina 2 


In addition to the above there are 16 zoolina (4 6 12 2) 
and 2 neanthes (1 3 1 2) collected in British East Africa by 
Mr. A, H. Harrison. These are without further data of time 
and place. 

The above series of specimens shows a reversal in the pro- 
portions of the two forms in the northern part of the range. 
Thus in British East Africa the more conspicuous zoolina ap- 
pears generally to preponderate over the more cryptic neanthes, 
while in Natal the converse relationship holds. We are 
reminded of Precis archesia in which also the more conspicuous 
form pelasgis is abundant in the north, while the far more 
cryptic form, achesia, is apparently rare. 

If the two forms of Charawzes zoolina are seasonal it is 
evident that they are by no means confined to their respective 
periods of the year. 

Dr. Karu Jorpan stated that he was not at all surprised at 
Mr. Leigh’s results ; for there were no structural differences 
between zoolina and neanthes. He also said that other forms 
in the same genus would doubtless require to be united in 


Cae )) 


the same manner. The following account was subsequently 
prepared by Dr. Jorpan :— 

The experience gained by Mr. Leigh throws new light on 
quite a number of forms of Charazes. There are two Charaxes 
of this group in Madagascar, betsimisaraka representing the 
African zoolina, and betanimena representing neanthes. These 
two Malagasic forms both differ in the same way from the 
corresponding African Charaxes, which is additional evidence 
for the correctness of the result of Mr. Leigh’s experiment in 
breeding. Further evidence is afforded by four West African 
Charaxes, two of which have the facies of zoolina, while the 
two others correspond in colour to neanthes. These four 
Charaxes belong doubtless to but two species instead of four, 
each species being dichromatic. One pair of forms is appar- 
ently the West African sub-species of Charawes zoolina, while 
the other pair are a species distinct from Ch, zoolina. As the 
roolina-form of the West African sub-species has no name I 
propose to call it 


form phanera. 


It differs from the greenish and black zoolina of South and 
East Africa mainly in the costal margin of the fore-wing 
being less extended black, in the hind-wing bearing a distinct 
pointed tail at the lower radial (as in ehmkei!), and in the 
under side of the same wing having distinct whitish admarginal 
spots between the costa and second radial. 

Type of name: Canhoca, Angola (5, xi1. 03, Dr. Ansorge). 

The following table shows the relationship of the various 
forms in question according to the result of Mr. Leigh’s 
experiment. J add that we cannot find any structural differ- 
ences between the forms here united under Charaves zoolina, 
and that apparently there is also no constant structural 
character by which Ch. ehmkez could with certainty be 
distinguished from Ch. zoolina. 


1. Charaxes zoolina, Westw. (1850). 
a. Ch. z. ehmket, Dew. (1882). 
al, form ehmkei, Dew., tawny and white; known 
form Northern Angola. 
a*, form phanera, nov., greenish and black; known 


_ 


( ize ) 


from Northern Angola, found by Dr. Ansorge 
at the same time (late in November and early 
in December) and the same place (Canhoca) 
as the preceding. 
b. Ch. x. zoolina, Westw. (1850). Both forms found 
from Natal northward to Uganda and Abyssinia. 
b!. form neanthes, Hew. (1854), tawny. 
b?. form zoolina, Westw. (1850), greenish and black. 
e. Ch. 2. betsimisaraka, Lucas (1872). Both forms from 
Madagascar. 
c!. form betanimena, Lucas (1872), tawny. 
ce. form betsimisaraka, Lucas (1872), greenish and 
black. 
2. Charaxes kahideni, Homeyer (1882). 
al. form homeyeri, Dew. (1882), tawny and white ; 
known from Pungo Andongo, Angola. 
a2, form kahldeni, Homeyer (1882), greenish and 
black ; known from Northern Angola, the 
Upper Congo, and Southern Cameroons, 


Herr A. von Homeyer obtained kahldeni, homeyert and 
ehmkei at Pungo Andongo in Northern Angola, Very few 
specimens of homeyeri seem to be contained in collections (we 
have only a pair from the Homeyer collection), while kahldeni 
has more frequently been obtained in several districts. 

Professor Poutron remarked that it was extremely interest- 
ing and inspiring to see so much new light thrown on this 
important genus as the result of Mr, G. F. Leigh’s experiment. 


Paper. 

Dr. F. A. Dixry, M.A., M.D., read a paper, illustrated by 
lantern slides, “On Miillerian Mimicry, and Diaposematism. 
A Reply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall.” A discussion followed 
on the whole subject, in which Mr. R. Suetrorp spoke in 
favour of Mr. Marshall’s views, and Professor E. B. Pounton, 
F.R.S., in favour of Dr. Drxny’s contentions. Later Mr. G. A. 
K. MarsHat communicated the following reply to Dr. Drxey: 
—‘ Having unfortunately been prevented by illness from 
attending the reading of Dr. Dixey’s long-expected paper in 


(sheet: .) 


reply to my criticisms of his hypothesis of Diaposematism, 
it is obviously impossible for me to make any adequate 
rejoinder at present. But there is one point to which I 
should like to reply immediately. When my paper was read 
in March last, Dr. Dixey in the course of the few remarks 
that he made afterwards stated that I had ‘given myself 
away rather badly’ on one or two points, though the nature 
of my supposed blunders was in no way indicated. I now 
learn that the principal point upon which I am supposed to 
have ‘given myself away’ is that I have assumed that it is 
an essential feature of the hypothesis of Reciprocal Mimicry 
that the two inedible forms should mimic each other simulta- 
neously, Now, I understand that this suggestion is repudiated 
by Dr. Dixey, who further claims that the hypothetical kind 
of mimicry which I have called Alternating Mimicry (Tr. Ent. 
Soc. 1908, p. 103) is merely part and parcel of his own 
hypothesis of Diaposematism. JI may here explain that the 
idea of Alternating Mimicry is based on the supposition that 
where two inedible species of practically similar distasteful- 
ness are mimetically associated then the mimetic approach 
will be in one direction only, and will be determined by the 
relative numbers of the two forms. If A be numerous 
and B much less so, then B will mimic A; and if sub- 
sequently through other causes the relative numbers of the 
two forms became reversed, then B would cease to mimic A, 
and provided always that the necessary variations arose, A 
would begin to mimic B. The resulting interchange of 
characters is what I should call Alternating Mimicry.* Let 
us now examine what Dr. Dixey has actually said with regard 
to the nature of the mimetic approach in the case of his 
Reciprocal Mimicry. In Tr. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 297, he defines 
Reciprocal Mimicry as being produced by ‘A and B con- 
verging to a point between them,’ and further on the same 
page describes the process as ‘mutual convergence’ (the italics 
are his). On p. 298, foot-note, he points out specially that he 
does not use ‘convergence’ in Professor Poulton’s sense, 
namely, as signifying the assimilation of one form to another, 


* Strictly speaking, Diaposematism is a term more applicable to this 
form of Mimicry than to Reciprocal Mimicry. 


- 
( lxxii ) 


but as meaning ‘the mutual approach by two forms to a 
mean between them.’ In Tr. Ent. Soc. 1896, p. 74, he refers 
to his conception as ‘a kind of give-and-take arrangement, in 
consequence of which two or more inedible forms may hasten 
the assimilative process by imitating each other ;’ and of 
course such hastening can only take place when the approach 
is simultaneous. In Tr. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 324, we are informed 
that ‘the benefit of Miillerian Association being mutual, there 
is a distinct reason .. . for the model to help on the process 
of assimilation by itself advancing to meet the mimic’ (the 
italics are mine). But in order that there may be no 
possibility of a misapprehension Dr. Dixey in the same paper 
(p. 328) gives a very precise definition as to what we are to 
understand when he uses his term Reciprocal Mimicry. This 
expression, he says, ‘is meant to convey, besides the general 
idea of convergence, the special information that in the cases 
to which the term is applied, the convergence is brought about 
not by the simple imitation of one form by another, but by the 
interchange of features between forms and their consequent 
simultaneous approach to an intermediate position’ (the 
italics are mine). Now unless we are to interpret words in a 
distorted sense, it seems to me that the above passages must 
assuredly convey the definite idea that Reciprocal Mimicry 
involves the conception of a mutual s?multaneous approach on 
the part of two species. Indeed, from the last-quoted 
definition, we may legitimately infer, that whatever he may 
think now, Dr. Dixey then considered that simultaneous 
approach was the natural consequence of that give-and-take 
interchange which his hypothesis postulates; and the whole 
internal evidence in his papers is in accord with that view. 
“Then as to the claim that Alternating Mimicry is 
practically the same thing as Reciprocal Mimicry. This is a 
statement which I am entirely unable to accept. Throughout 
Dr. Dixey’s writings I can find no trace whatever of the 
conception of Alternating Minicry as I have defined it above. 
It has been seen that this conception is based entirely on the 
view that the relative number of individuals is the most 
important factor in determining the direction of the mimetic 
approach between any two species of equal inedibility. Yet 


= el 


( “Gextit .;) 


this question of relative numbers has been entirely neglected 
by Dr. Dixey in dealing with his supposed cases of mimetic 
interchange. How can he explain this strange omission if 
Alternating Mimicry was really an essential portion of his 
hypothesis as he suggests? It is difficult also to understand 
how he could have made the following assertion: ‘It seems 
hitherto to have been taken for granted that a dominant form 
will attract or retain other species within its own sphere of 
influence, without being itself attracted in return; whereas 
the fact is, as we have seen, that each member of an inedible 
association has more or less influence upon all the rest’ (op. 
cit, 1897, p. 327). Now I do not at all accept the validity of 
this theoretical ‘fact,’ and it is quite at variance with the 
principle which underlies the suggestion of Alternating 
Mimicry. One final quotation will suffice. We have been 
told that ‘the most complete intermingling of characters 
given and taken on both sides may be expected when two 
species meet on equal terms, neither being strong enough to 
predominate over the other’ (/. c.). This then is considered 
to be the optimum condition for the production of Reciprocal 
Mimicry, and it is obvious that any possibility of Alternating 
Mimicry is entirely excluded ; indeed, from the standpoint of 
that hypothesis there would be no mimicry at all in sucha 
case, because the species would be in what I have called a 
state of mimetic equilibrium. It is also obvious that if 
mimetic approach be possible between two such species, then 
it must necessarily be simultaneous. I therefore feel entitled 
to claim that I was fully justified in asserting simultaneous 
approach to be an essential feature of the hypothesis of 
Reciprocal Mimicry, and that I was also justified in treating 
Alternating Mimicry as a conception differing radically from 
it.” 


( Ixxiv ) 


Wednesday, November 4th, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. Wateruoussr, President, in the Chair. 


Election of Fellows. 


Mr. Norman P. Fenwick, junior, of the Gables, Esher ; Mr. 
Joun Srepan Lewis, of Spedan Tower, Hampstead, and 278— 
988, Oxford Street, W.; Mr. W. K. Lister, of Street End 
House, Ash, near Dover ; Mr. Ivan E. Mipperon, of 14, High 
Street, Serampore, Bengal; Mr. F. E. West, of Peradeniya, 
Ceylon; and Mr. J. Swierstray, Ist Assistant of the Transvaal 
Museum, Pretoria, were elected Fellows of the Society. 


Exhibitions. 


Forms or Mexir2a aurtnia.—Mr. W. G. SHELDON exhibited 
examples of Melitxa aurinia, var. iberica, from Barcelona, 
taken last May, and forms from various British and Continental 
localities for comparison. The Spanish specimens showed 
remarkable intensity of wing coloration and marking, and 
in this connection it was noticeable that the larve from 
which they were bred were found feeding on a species of 
Lonicera, and not on the usual plantain which was also abund- 
ant. Taking into consideration their different appearance 
and habits, Mr. SnHripon suggested that eventually this 
particular form of awrinia might prove to be a distinct species, 
or at all events a sub-species. 

Rare Tacuinin#.—Mr. H. W. AnpreEws showed a short 
series of Gymnosoma rotundatum, L., and a specimen of 
Ocyptera brassicaria, F.—two uncommon species of Tachinidz 
—from Glengarriff, co. Cork. 

Erepias FRoM THE VoscEs.—Mr. P. J. BArraup exhibited 
a series of Lrebia stygne from the Vosges taken in June and 
July this year, at 4000 ft., showing a generally brighter facies 
and markings than Swiss forms, and a large brightly coloured 
series of Hrebia ligea from the same region at 2—2400 ft., in 


July, 


(olxxv ) 


NonagriA New To Brirarn.—Mr. H. M. Epetstren exhibited 
on behalf of Mr. EK. P. Suarp, and Mr. A. J. WicurmMan ‘who 
was present as a visitor, a series of Vonagria edelsteni, Tutt 

= neurica, Schmidt), from Sussex, taken in August this year, 
this being the first time that the species, which is quite distinct 
from NV. neurica, Hb. ( = dissoluta, Tr. = arundineta, Schmidt), 
had been observed in this country. He also showed for 
comparison long series of WV. neurica (arwndineta) and var. 
dissoluta, from various British localities, with WV. newrica 
from Germany. 

Mr. J. W. Turt stated that great credit was due to Messrs. 
Wightman and Sharp for their discovery of Vonagria edelsteni 
as a British insect. He pointed out that as far back as 1802 
Hiibner figured the well-known allied species, with the dark 
basal half of the reniform surrounded by a pale ring, under 
the name of newrica, whilst later, in 1818, he figured the 
dark aberration also as newrica, recognising them as the same 
species. Treitschke, in 1825, also maintained their specific 
unity, but called the dark form dissoluta. In 1858 Schmidt 
discovered two allied species: (1) with dark basal half to 
reniform with pale circumscription, evidently newrica, Hb., 
(2) a somewhat similar insect with white collar, three white 
spots edged with blackish placed longitudinally along the 
middle of the wing, the outer one corresponding with the 
dark spot of newrica, Hb. The first of these he unfortunately 
renamed arundineta, whilst the second he equally unfortun- 
ately referred to newrica, Hb. Herrich-Schiiffer maintained 
Hiibner’s and Treitschke’s conclusions; Staudinger, in his 
Catalogue, unfortunately followed Schmidt, and, in turn, was 
followed by the collectors who used the Catalogue. In pointing 
out this series of errors recently Mr. Turr had found it 
necessary to rename the species that Schmidt had erroneously 
referred to newrica, Hb., and in doing so called it edelstent 
(Ent. Rec., xx, pp. 164 e¢ seg.), in honour of Mr. H. M. 
Edelsten, who had done so much towards making known to us 
the differences of Schmidt’s two species. 

Pspupocynes oF Formica rura.—Mr. H. St. J. Donis- 
THORPE brought for exhibition Pseudogynes captured alive at 
Nethy Bridge in September last, where they occurred in some 


all 


( Im=va 


numbers in two nests of Yormica rufa, thus indicating that 
Atemeles pubicollis, Bris., a beetle not as yet taken in Britain, 
is to be found in Scotland. 

Rare British CoveopteraA.—Mr. DonistHorre also ex- 
hibited (a) twenty-two specimens of Jarpalus cupreus, 
Dej., not taken in any numbers for twenty years, from 
Sandown, I.W., October 1908; and one specimen with red 
legs discovered by Mr. J. Taylor at Atherstone, I.W., in 
August 1900; (b) Cafius cicatricosus, Er., found at Southsea 
in the same month ; and (c) Cryptocephalus bipunctatus, L., over 
twenty examples, taken in July by the exhibitor at Niton, 
L.W., in July; this form being new to Britain until taken by 
Mr. R. 8. Mitford at Niton last year. 

Stick Insect.—Mr. R. SHetrorp showed a “ Stick” insect 
—apparently a new species of the genus Menexenus—bred 
parthenogenetically by Mr. H. Mary. 

Hyprips oF OceLtLatus AND Poputit.—Mr. L. W. Newman 
exhibited a case containing a long series of smerinthus hybr. 
hybridus. Almost all the ds appeared tc be true ds, but 
there were traces of gynandromorphism in the intermediate 
characters of the antennz in two; and though the ?s super- 
ficially presented 9 characters, it had been discovered that 
three at least showed traces of the ¢ genitalia combined with 
those of the ¢. 

Lire Histories or CoLEOPHORIDS, AND HYBERNATING Por- 
tHEesta.—Mr. H. J. Turner exhibited the life history of 
Coleophora virgaurex, including (1) A long series of imagines 
bred from larve obtained at Woolwich on the flowers and 
seeds of Golden-rod (Solidago virgaurea); (2) Flowers of 
Golden-rod among the pappus hairs of which were ova 
(infertile) ; (3) Photomicrographs by Mr. F. Noad Clark of 
the ova in sitw, showing an ovum just before the emergence of 
the larva, the larva in the act of emergence through the 
micropylar cells, and the ovum shell just after the emerg- 
ence; (4) Photomicrographs of three varieties of the micro- 
pyle of the ovum, one having five cells, another six and a 
third seven; and (5) Larval cases in situ among the florets, 
some thin, white, flimsy, newly made cases, some of different 
shades of brown, stouter, older cases, others dark, blackish, 


(| Ixxvii -) 


wintering cases suited to the colour of the dead seed-heads and 
stems of the Golden-rod, all covered by the pappus hairs 
attached around the “neck” of the cases. The ova were 
pointed out as being ‘‘ upright,” and although they were not 
attached by their base yet they were thrust base downwards 
among the pappus hairs to which they adhered by their sides. 
The micropyle was upward. 

Mr. Turner also showed “nests” of the gregarious hyber- 
nating larvee of Porthesia chrysorrhea from Wakering marshes, 
Essex, and stated that on several parts of the coast this species 
had now become very abundant again, plenty of nests being 
everywhere apparent. One of last year’s nests was exhibited 
to show that not only were the larve gregarious during their 
feeding period, but that they spun up for pupation in com- 
pany. These nests were to be found on blackthorn and. 
hawthorn, and occasionally on wild rose. 

From the same marshes Mr. Turner exhibited the dead 
flower-stems of Statice limoniwm collected on Nov. Ist, con- 
taining the full-fed hybernating larvee of Coleophora limoniella. 
The position of each larva was indicated by the abandoned case 
of the feeding period attached at the “door” of the gallery. 
Later in the year these cases, which are loosely attached, fall 
off, and the only indication remaining is a very delicate silken 
diaphragm which the imago ruptures at emergence. Two, 
three, and four larve were often found in one stem and at 
from one to five or six inches from the ground surface. 
Imagines and larval cases im situ among the flowers were also 
exhibited. ' 

RarE EarwiG AND CELLS oF Wasp.—Mr. W. J. Lucas 
exhibited an example of Labidura riparia, Pall. (Shore Earwig), 
a large male taken near Bournemouth, Aug. 10, 1908, and 
kept alive since that date. It was fed chiefly on fish, but 
about Sept. 27 it ate a smaller companion that had been liv- 
ing with it for some time. This species dates as British from 
1808 ; but till a few years ago only some half-dozen captures 
were known. Then in 1900 Major Robertson found one ? 
near a lamp in Pokesdown. Next his daughters found out 
their mode of concealment during the day on the shore, and 
from that time there has been no difficulty in securing speci- 


- 
( Isxyin ) 


mens. It occurs on the shore in Hants and Dorset (? Kent) ; 
and has been taken casually in Liverpool. 

He also showed two cells of the solitary wasp Hwmenes 
coarctata found in New Forest on Oct. 31, 1908, having 
never found two together previously. 

Tur Douste or Comprnep AposemE.—Dr. F. A. Dixky ex- 
hibited specimens of Heliconius amphitrite, Riff., and H. chari- 
thonia, Linn.; also a coloured drawing of HH. hermathena, 
Hew. He remarked that each of the first two species showed 
a distinct and well-marked aposeme or warning character ; 
each of them, and especially the first, belonging to an exten- 
sive mimetic assemblage. In the third species these two 
distinct aposemes were combined, 

These specimens illustrated the fact that a conspicuous and 
distasteful form might acquire a new aposeme without relin- 
quishing its old one, such an intermediate form presumably 
sharing in the protection afforded by the aposematic forms on 
each side of it, while the separate aposemes which it exhibited 
were not mutually protective. This would give the inter- 
mediate form an advantage over the extremes, provided that 
all were found in the same district, or (which was not quite 
the same thing) were exposed to the attacks of the same 
enemies. In this "particular case the facts of geographical 
distribution made such a protective relation between the 
forms unlikely ; but the series afforded a good illustration of 
the actual existence of what he had before spoken of as the 
double” or ‘‘ combined ” aposeme. 

Forms oF PoLYoMMATUS BELLARGUS, AND Zyemna.—Dr. 
G. G. Honeson, who was present as a visitor, exhibited a 
series of Polyommatus bellargus from Surrey localities, includ- 
ing a partially gynandromorphus ?, two-thirds of the hind- 
wings with the typical ¢ coloration and markings: a series 
of var. ceronus taken in 1907, and specimens showing a variant 
underside recurrent in the same locality. He also exhibited 
a series of Zygena trifolii, and Z, hippocrepidis from one 
locality, including twelve melanic examples of the former, 
with other common forms and aberrations, probably of the 
latter, with the sixth spot wanting, or represented by a mere 
dot. 


( . Bede ) 

Professor E, B. Poutton, F.R.S., exhibited the male and 
female imago, the preserved larva and the cocoon of an inter- 
esting new Lasiocampid moth discovered near Durban by Mr. 
E. L. Clark, F.E.S., who had sent the following note :— 

“In December last year I found what I at once recognised 
as a rare caterpillar, while engaged on some work at Bellair, a 
suburb of this town. There was a considerable quantity of 
them, and I took over a score altogether. I distributed some 
of the larve to other collectors, and at the same time pre- 
served several. From the remainder I bred in the course of 
last March, 8 9 and 1 g. The male was in very poor con- 
dition, as it started to flutter its wings and wore the edges 
into shreds before I knew that it had emerged. In fact, it 
was the drumming of its wings that called my attention to it, 
the noise being likeacontinual hum. No one here recognised 
the moth, nor did Sir George F. Hampson to whom I sent 
larvee, pupee and imago. I then sent a specimen of each to 
Prof. Chris. Aurivillius, who kindly described it as Glocia 
clarki. Iam happy to say that my few remaining pupe are 
now emerging. Last week I bred 1 ¢d andl 9. This time 
by good luck I saw the ¢ before he started to exercise his 
wings, and he is perfect. The fact that two broods have 
emerged from a single batch of cocoons is interesting. The 
larvee taken last December were evidently the outcome of the 
late 1907 brood, as most of the Lasiocampide known to me 
are very slow feeders. The tree they feed on (Dichrostachys 
nutans, Bth.) seems very scarce round Durban, and I do not 
yet know of one nearer than Bellair.” 

Professor Poutron then read the following letter from Mr. 
S. A. Neave, F.E.S., describing the habits of a mimetic species 
of Luphedra :— 

Nr. Kasama, N.E. Rhodesia, May 13, 1908. 

“Tam now back again on the High Plateau, and find the 
Fauna very interesting, on the whole similar to that of the 
higher ground in Katanga. Jlimacrea marshalli and Pseud- 
acrea pogget both occur, but are rare. Perhaps I am a bit 
late. One thing here which affects the fauna is the scarcity 
of virgin forest. The natives here have been accustomed for 
generations to destroy huge areas for cultivating their gardens. 


al 
( te ) 


This is all stopped now by the Administration, but it will take 
the country a long time to recover, 

“T have not taken very much of Bionomic interest lately, 
except 5 or 6 specimens of a sp. of Huphedra, probably LE. eusem- 
oides, Grose-Smith and Kirby—the one with a yellowish bar 
across the fore-wing and a magenta black-bordered hind-wing, 
which mimics a gaily coloured diurnal Agaristid moth of the 
genus Husemia. 1 did not take the moth, which is common 
everywhere at the beginning and during the middle of the 
rains, because I think I was too late for it. J have noticed 
before that individuals of the genus Huphedra seem to be 
very long-lived and live on until their wings are mere shreds. 
When I was on the Lufupa River last October at the end of 
the dry season there were a number of much-worn individuals 
haunting the shady dry river beds, evidently survivors from 
the previous wet season. The interesting thing about the 
above species of Huphxdra is that it differs in its habits from 
its allies. It spends little or none of its time on the ground 
as they nearly all do, but is constantly flying around trees 
and large shrubs,—the very thing its model is fond of doing. 
One or two of my specimens were caught by sending small 
boys up trees after them. 

‘*T have taken at least two species of Hesperidx with well- 
marked Acrvine under surface.” 


Professor E. B. Poutron also exhibited a set of 23 butter- 
flies captured on a patch of Zinnia in the course of half-an- 
hour, Feb. 21, 1906, at Jinja (3775 ft.), on the N. of the 
Victoria Nyanza, by Mr. C. A. Wiggins, F.E.S8. Seventeen 
specimens were Danaida chrysippus, L., of the type and alcip- 
pus forms, together with intermediate examples. Not asingle 
specimen of dorippus (klugit) was present, although of three 
females of Hypolimnas misippus, L., two were of the cnaria, 
Cr., form, mimicking dorippus, Similarly of two <Acrea 
encedon, L., one was the form daira, Godm. and Salv., resem- 
bling the same model. The twenty-third specimen was a 
female of Acrwxa terpsichore rougeti, Guér., a very poor and per- 
haps incipient mimic of the type form‘of chrysippus. Professor 
Poutton pointed out that at Gondokoro to the N., Entebbe to 


( Ixxx) 


the S.W., and everywhere eastward from the N.E. shores of 
the Lake to the coast, the dorippus form was more abundant 
than the type form, and that in all his experience he had never 
received from any of these localities such a group as that now 
exhibited. 

A Mimetic Group or Inpran CenastRinips (CYANIRIS) AND 
Everips.—Dr. T. A. Caapman exhibited specimens of several 
species of Indian Lycenids, forming a group curiously alike, 
especially on the upper surface; so much so that, with regard 
to the first four of them, none of our great authorities on 
Indian Butterflies express any clear view of them. He said :— 

“Moore named C’. sikkima, but afterwards mixed specimens 
of it with his series of jynteana, while de Niceville and Bing- 
ham sunk it, as possibly a seasonal variety of jynteana, but 
actually indistinguishable from that species. C. sikkima 
is, however, a form of C. argiolus, and very distinct from 
C. jynteana.* B. chennellii was regarded by de Niceville as a 
Celastrina (Cyaniris), it is however not a Celastrinid, but an 
Everid. I feel sure that de Niceville would not have made 
such a mistake on the simple merits of B. chennellii, and there- 
fore believe that though his type specimen of B. chennellic 
belongs to the species known under that name, he really formed 
his first (and correct) opinion from WV. binghami, afterwards 
making his description from a B. chenmnellit. 

“Col. Bingham’s specimen (or at least the one he showed 
me as certainly correctly named) of B. chennellii proved to be 
a specimen of WV. binghami. I presume that if de Niceville’s 
series of chennellii is examined, it will be found to include 
examples of binghami. Since noting the latter species in Proc. 
Zool. Soc., 1908, p. 676, I have found a third specimen in 
Moore’s series of C’. jynteana, so that this series contained 
specimens of jynteana, sikkima and binghami. This specimen 
is the one here exhibited. I have to apologise for the condition 
of this and other examples shown, as I have only brought 
specimens belonging to myself, but I have worked out the 
questions involved in larger numbers of better specimens in 
the British Museum, and elsewhere. I exhibit also a specimen 


* See Tutt’s ‘Brit. Lep.,” vol. ix, p. 403; also pl. xxviii, p. 388, for 
figures of appendage of Celastrina argiolus, and C. argiolus, var. sikkima. 


- 


(Teen) 


of a fifth species, that is I think probably undescribed and 
probably from India.* Mr. Druce possesses a better specimen 
of the same species from Java. It closely resembles the 
previous four. Some forms of Zizera maha approach the group 
very nearly. 

“IT may take this opportunity to correct some ambiguities 
in my notes on Bothria chennellii and Notarthrinus binghami 
already referred to. I mention there that B. chennellii is 
ZArvzere-like and not a Cyaniris. 

‘‘Moore’s genus Zizera by description refers to an Kastern 
group of Celastrinids, of which we may take maha as type. 
But he specified Cupido alsus (minimus) as type. Alsus does 
not, however, agree with his definitions of the genus, and is in 
fact an Everid. Bothria chennellii agree with C. alsus, and 
is also an Everid. 

“The Everids have the costal and sub-costal veins actually 
coinciding for some distance. Zizera (with maha as type, and 
by Moore’s definition) has them nearly parallel and touching 
(first sub-costal ‘slightly touching the costal nervure near its 
end.’ Moore). 

“T had not worked this out when I wrote my notes on B. 
chennellit. This resulted in my uncertain note as to whether 
Zizera was Cyanirid or Everid. My picture of Zizera was of 
the neuration of C’. minimus and the appendages of the true 
Indian forms, actually a non-existent absurdity. 

“7 have added to the group two species of Hveres. They are 
of smaller size and possess tails, but these circumstances do 
not obscure their close resemblance to the main species, These 
two specimens are from Moore’s series of £. dipora, one is 
a form of Hveres argiades, the other is £. dipora. ‘This may 
be called var. diporides, Moore’s type specimen is dipora and 
not diporides. This mixture of species may to some extent 
explain why de Niceville, Elwes and others regarded Z. dipora 
as merely a form of £. argiades. 1 believe Mr. Bethune- 


* This species is possibly entitled to a new genus, but it may for the 
present be placed in Zizera (maha, not alsus, as type). I cannot identify 
it with any species of that genus and so venture to call it dryina (Spuvs = 
Druce). It is 30 mm. in expanse, of a rather purple blue (like chennellit 
or sikkima) with a very broad, dark border. I would, however, especially 
define it as possessing the ancillary appendages figured (PI. B). 


i 
iy 
ee 
my 
ail 


re 
4 : 
rav ? 
« ; 
. ey 
| a) 
a 
‘ ait ‘ : 
rib 
ae 4 ! 
oe t 
o 
oe 
: ; 
ee 
qi 
vd 


s 


2) 


ID 


10. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE A. 


Bothria chennellii. 
Celastrina argiolus, var. bothrioides, sent to me as 
chennellit. 


. Celastrina argiolus, var. sikkima (Moore). From aspecimen 


labelled jynteana by Moore. 


. Notarthrinus binghami. From some different quality in 


the colours, the photographs show a more marked differ- 
ence between this and Fig. 1 than appears in the speci- 
mens. Fig. 1 is from a well-marked dark specimen. 


. Celastrina argiolus, var. sikkima (Moore). 


- limbatus, var. jynteana (Moore). ; 


. Everes dipora. E. argiades, var. diporides, is indis- 


tinguishable on the upper side. 


. Celastrina argiolus, var. hugelii. This may be taken as the 


more normal form, of which Figs. 2, 3, 5, 10 and 12 are 
local races. 


. Celastrina limbatus, normal form of which jynteana 


' (Fig. 6) is a variety. 
Celastrina argiolus, var. alboceruleoides (Tutt’s “ Brit. 
Lep.,” vol. ix, p. 404). 


1. Celastrina puspa, from the same locality as Fig. 12. 


os argiolus, var. puspargiolus. Blue and whites 
being for the camera almost identical, the white patches 
on Figs. 10, 11 and 12 do not appear in the photographs. 


The specimens 11 and 12 were collected in Assam (or Simla) by 
Col. E. R. Johnson, and given to me (with others) in papers by 
Col. Bingham. 


Proe. Ent. Soe. Lond. 1908 PinvAs 


Photo. A. E. Tonge. 


IMAGINES OF EVERID AND CELASTRINID SPECIES, 


in 
had 


is mts 
i hi Th sty * i 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE B, 


Fra. 1. Male appendages of Celestrina limbatus = C. placida = C. 
jynteann. 
» 2. Male appendages of Zizera dryina, n. sp. 


Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 190 2. 


Photo. F. N. Clark. 


Mate AppenpaGEs or (1) CELASTRINA LIMBATUS (JYNTEANA); 
(2) ZizERA DRYINA, N. SP. 


4 Phe le 


ar vig 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE C. 


Fia. 1. Male appendages of Everes dipora. 
55 ee gy 3 » 95  argiades, var. diporides. 
a had Me . » Cupido minimus. 


This plate may be taken in connection with Plates XIX and XX 
and the paper they illustrate ; indeed Fig. 3 is added with that 
object to show how close C. minimus is to E. argiades and how 
comparatively different B. parrhasius is, and to show, minimus being 
so close, that the small (but constant) differences between EZ. argiades 
and H. coretas are of more weight than one is at first inclined to 
attach to them. 

The appendages of C. argiolus will be found figured in Tutt’s 
“Brit. Lep.,” vol. ix, Pl. xxvii; of Bothria chennellti and Notar- 
thrinus binghami, in Proc. Zool. Soc., 1908, Pl. xxxviii. 


PVOCe Eini SOC Onde, L908. Pla Gs 


Phote. F. N. Clark. 


Mate AppeNDAGES oF (1) Everes pipora; (2) EVERES ARGIADES VAR. DIPORIDES ; 
(3) Curipo MINIMUs. 


( lxxxili ) 


Baker proposes to deal with the question of ZH. dipora, so will 
not enlarge on this very interesting species. But there is one 
point to which I wish to call special attention, and that is that 
C. sikkima is a race of C. argiolus, C. jynteana a race of C. 
limbatus, and the Lveres diporides is a race of E. argiades. 
These three are blues with very little if any black margins to 
the wings. It is very possible that further research may show 
that the other species have forms without dark borders ; so 
far I have not met with such forms. All these species, 
C. sikkima, C. jynteana, B. chennellii, N. binghami, E. dipora, 
and £. diporides, occur, presumably more or less together, 
in the Khasya district, and probably in other areas, though 
I have not records of all the species from any other one 
district. 

“J differentiate the species, doubtfully by their wing char- 
acters, but I might almost say infallibly by the genitalia, 
which happen in these forms to be in every case remarkably 
different from those of any other of the group. 

“As to which is the model and what may be the object of 
this mimetic group, I will hardly venture to say anything. 
But it is clear that the blue argiolus joins the group as 
sikkima, the blue limbatus (which seems to be identical with 
placida specifically) as jynteana, and the blue argiades as 
diporides. E. dipora is closely allied to argiades and was 
therefore originally blue. . This would leave chennellit or bing- 
hami as probable models. 

“C. argiolus, whatever it may be elsewhere, is in India 
clearly a species looking for protection in many directions. 
It is curious that though something like a dozen forms 
of argiolus, differing in no great degree from the ordinary 
form, have received specific names as distinct species, 
only two forms of very different facies have been recognised 
by being named as distinct species, viz. sikkima, already dealt 
with, and the still more remarkable form victoria, Sw. In 
addition to these are two forms of which I exhibit specimens, 
one of which resembles puspa and the other alboceruleus (or 
marginata), This latter form was found at South Kensington 
placed with albocxruleus. 

“C’, victoria, Sw.,is a form of which I know little, and have 

PROC. ENT. SOC, LOND., III, Iv. 1908. F 


- 


( lxxxiv ) 


no idea of what the attraction was to give it an appearance so 
remarkably different from that of the type. 

“The plates show the appendages of Z. diyinus (n. sp.) and of 
Celastrina jynteana (limbatus), of Everes dipora and argiades, 
var. diporides, and figures of the several species photographed 
in black and white. 

«“ Figures of the appendages of the other species will be found 
in Proc. Zool. Soc. J.c. and Tutt’s ‘ British Lepidoptera,’ J. c. 
from my specimens.” 

More pESTRUGTION IN Saxony.—Col. J. Yersury drew the 
attention of Fellows to the following extract from the “ Times” 
of current date, relating to the method of destruction applied 
successfully at Zittau, Saxony, to the imagines of what appeared 
to be Thaumetopea (Cnethocampa, Stph.) pityocampa. 

‘‘Satisfactory results have been recently obtained at Zittau, 
Saxony, by an ingenious method of insect destruction. The 
caterpillars of a certain kind of moth have been working great 
damage during the last few years in the fir woods of Germany 
where many thousands of acres have become a prey to the 
voracious insects. 

‘‘In the method employed for destroying them powerful 
searchlights were erected, which throw their light on the 
parts most frequently visited by insects from the neighbouring 
forests. The insects were destroyed by a fan exhauster placed 
close to the searchlights. A piece of wire gauze of about 1 cm. 
mesh was stretched out in front of the discharging opening of 
the exhauster, against which the moths are thrown. The 
apparatus used in connection with the definite tests comprises 
two searchlights ; resistances for controlling the current ; and 
flame are lamps for further lighting the suction opening of the 
fan. Three walls of the collector box consist of iron wire 
gauze of 75mm.mesh. After being filled until preventing 
the passage of an adequate air current, the collector is removed 
from the fan and emptied of its contents. 

‘‘ A point of special importance was to ascertain suitable 
elevated points for installing the electrical apparatus whence 
the most infested forests could be lighted as well as_ possible. 
Those selected comprised the roof of the city electricity works, 
the tower of the city hall, the roof of a municipal school, and 


( Ixxxv ) 


that of a factory. Excellent results were obtained, for at a 
single point as much as 30, 40, and even 64 kg.—that is, up to 
400,000 moths—were destroyed.” 


Paper. 
Mr. J. C. KersHaw communicated a paper on “The Life 
History of Lrianthus versicolor, Brunner, an Orthopteron 
of the family Mastacide.” 


Wednesday, November 18th, 1908. 
Mr. H. Rowianp-Brown, M.A., Vice-President, in the Chair. 


Nomination of President, Officers, and Council for 1909-10. 


The Vicn-PRESIDENT announced that the Council had nomin- 
ated Dr. F. A. Dixey, M.A.,M.D., Fellow of Wadham College, 
Oxford, as President ; Mr. A. H. Jones as Treasurer; Mr. H. 
Rowianp-Brown, M.A.,and Commander J. J. Wauker, M.A., 
R.N., F.L.S., as Secretaries; Mr. G. C. Coampion as Librarian ; 
and Dr. T. A. CHapmay, M.D., F.Z.S8., Mr. A. Harrison, 
F.LS., F.C.S., Mr. Setwyn Imacr, M.A., Dr. K. Jorpan, 
Pu.D., Dr. G. B. Lonestarr, M.D,., Mr. H. Matn, B.Se., Mr. 
G. A. K. Marswatt, Professor E. B. Poutton, D.Sc., M.A., 
F.R.S., Mr. R. SHetrorp, M.A., Mr. Rotanp E. Turner, Mr. 
J. W. Tur, and Mr. C. O. WarrerHouss, to be other Members 
of the Council for the Session 1909-10. 


Election of Fellows. 


Dr. Mituais Currin, M.B. (Lond.), F.R.C.S., of the Palace 
Hotel, Shanghai ; Mr. Eustace Mauiasone Eustace, of Challa- 
combe Rectory, Parracombe, R.S.O., North Devon; Captain 
Freperick HAatuam Harpy, R.A.M.C., Medical Officer of the 
British Central African Protectorate; Mr. Jens Martus 
ALFRED Kyipsen, of Noerre Nebel, Denmark; Captain 
Lronarp Paut Irpy, of Brook House, Eastry S.O., Kent ; and 
Mr. B. C. S. Warren, of The Avenue, Amersham, Bieks, 
were elected Fellows of the Society. 


( Ilxxxvi ) 


Appointment of Auditors. 


Mr. R. Apxrin, Dr. T. A. Coapman, Mr. H. St. J, Donts- 
THORPE, Mr, W. J. Kayr, and Mr. R, Wy ie Luoyp, were 
appointed Auditors for the current financial year, 


Exhibitions. 

Rare Weevit.—Mr, E, C, Bepweti exhibited an example 
of the rare weevil Procas armillatus, F,, taken by sweeping 
at Edwinstowe, near Sherwood Forest, in June 1908; and 
specimens of Phyllobius argentatus, L., and P. maculicornis, 
Laich., with deciduous mandibles attached. 

New AND RARE CoLreopTeRA.—Mr. W. E, SHarp, on behalf 
of Mr. P. pe ta Garpe, showed specimens of the following 
new and rare Coleoptera :—Laccobius purpurascens, Newbery, 
recently described as new to science; Ceuthorrhynchus par- 
vulus ; and Phyllotreta diademata, recent additions to the 
British list; Avena octavii, Sibinia sodalis, Neuraphes longi- 
collis, Cardiophorus equiseti, rare and local species; and a 
species of Choleva, having the right-hand maxillary palpus in 
triplicate. 

New British AnrHrocera.—Mr. W, 8. SHetpon exhibited 
a specimen of Anthrocera achillex, from near Oban, Argyllsbire, 
one of those taken by Mr. Renton and recently recorded as 
British, and forms of the species found in the South of 
France; with A. jfilipendulx, and A. exulans from Scotland for 
comparison, 

ABERRANT Swiss Burrerriies.—Mr. R. M. PripEAux ex- 
hibited (a) a gynandromorphous specimen of Lycxena zephyrus, 
var. lycidas, from the Simplon, taken in July last, with normal 
male and female for comparison: (6) an example of Chryso- 
phanus alciphron, var. gordius ab. 9 midas, Lowe, from 
below Salvan in the Rhone Valley, with normal ? ?s for 
comparison ; and (c) a striking aberration of Melitxa didyma 
with the spots of the lower wings coalescent in thiék splashes, 
captured below Berisal in July 1905. 

IpENTITY oF CHarAxes.—Dr, Kart Jorpan exhibited ex- 
amples of Charaxzes zoolina, and its nearest allies, C. betsimi- 
saraka and betanimena from Madagascar, zoolina and neanthes 


( lexxvir ) 


from East Africa, phanara and ekinket from West Africa, 
kahldeni and homeyert from West Africa. This exhibit con- 
firmed the result of Mr. G. F. Leigh’s breeding experiment 
mentioned by Professor E. B. Poulton at the last meeting. 

MELIT#AS OF THE ATHA’ \ GRouP.—The Rev. G. WHEELER 
exhibited a pairo Melitxaa ‘ynna, var. dictynnoides, Horm., 
received from Herr Hormuzaki the previous day, and exactly 
corresponding with his description in “ Iris,” xi, p. 2 (1898). 
These are therefore absolutely authentic. They are the con- 
verse of I. britomartis, having the upper side of JM. dictynna 
but the under much nearer to J. parthenie. The form is 
usually described as a var. of JM. auwrelia, Nick., but this 
seems unlikely, as almost typical auwrelia—a specimen of 
which was exhibited—are found at the same place, Mt. 
Cecina, near Czernowitz, Bukowina. It may probably be a 
good species. A pair of I. athalia from the same locality 
was also shown, somewhat small and light in ground colour, 
but rather heavily marked. 

EXPERIMENTS IN CROSSING British Pieris NAPI WITH Swiss 
Pieris NAPI, VAR. BRYONIZ.—Mr. A. Harrison and Mr, H. 
Marn exhibited a number of examples to illustrate the result 
of breeding experiments with British Pieris napi and Swiss 
P. napi, var. bryonix, Ova were obtained from bryonizx taken 
in July 1906, on the Kleine Scheidegg Pass, and from these 
a series of imagines was bred in the spring of 1907. All the 
females were the var. bryonix. Although of course the form 
known as bryonix is confined to the female, it will be con- 
venient to refer to the males also as bryonix. Some of these 
males were paired with English napi from Cornwall, and 195 
insects were bred as a result of these pairings, emerging as 
follows :— 

Males. Females. 


In summer of 1907. . ; oe 20 
In spring of 1908 . ‘ é 65 63 
In summer of 1908 . : ) _— 15 

Total 97 98 


Most of these insects were quite typical napi, only one 


- 


( lxxxviii ) 


specimen which emerged in 1907, and the 15 which emerged 
in the summer of 1908, showing any approach towards the form’ 
bryonix, and these are much nearer to napi than to bryoniz. 
Some of the insects which emerged in the summer of 1907 
were paired inter se, the progeny of which all emerged in the 
spring of 1908, being all api, 9 males and 19 females. 

Some of the first generation which emerged in the spring of 
1908 were also paired inter se, but so far only 5 specimens 
have been bred and they are all typical napi, 2 males and 3 
females; some pup of this generation are lying over the 
winter, presumably to emerge in the spring. 

An attempt to obtain the reciprocal pairing, viz. English 
napi male with bryonix female, was a failure in 1907 ; but in 
the spring of 1908 we succeeded in pairing a British napi 
male (Scotch) with dryoniz bred from parent taken on the 
Simplon Pass, in 1907, by Mr. Rowland-Brown. From this 
pairing we obtained 18 males and 17 females and a few pupz 
which are lying over the winter. The females are rather 
remarkable, they are more like bryonix than napi, but the 
black markings are a deeper black and are more extended 
than in bryonix, and the contrast between these markings and 
the ground colour is greater. 

Our experiments were undertaken to see if Mendelian 
proportions would be obtained, but from this point of view 
the results are quite negative. So far it would appear that 
the bryonix characters are not transmitted by the male, but 
are transmitted in an exaggerated degree by the female. We 
hope to have an opportunity of repeating our experiments, as 
the practical disappearance of bryonix characters when cross- 
ing a male with British mapi is so unexpected that it needs 
confirmation, 

Lire History or PoLyGonia C-ALBUM, ImaGo.—Mr. L. W. 
Newman read the following note on the life history of the 
imago of Polygonia c-album, and exhibited many examples to 
illustrate his remarks. 

“During the past season I have had ample opportunity 
of studying the life history of this butterfly, having bred over 
2,000 from the ova ; we all know the habits of the species, it 
hybernates as an imago, pairs in the spring, and then lays its 


( ( lxexix) ) 


eggs. The larvee feed up and produce imagines in July: these 
imagines again pair and lay, and produce the brood which 
emerges in September and October and go into hybernation ; 
the imagines which emerge in July being as a rule the var, 
hutchinsoni ; this I believe is the general idea, and is largely 
correct, without doubt ; but not entirely so. I shall now make 
two assertions as the result of my experiments for which I 
offer ample proof : firstly, that the first 12 to 20 ova laid by 
a hybernated @ in the spring are the only ova that produce 
the var. hutchinsoni; secondly, the var. hutchinsoni is the 
only form which pairs and produces the second brood. The 
first fact is beyond dispute. I have known it to be the case 
for many years; so has Mr. E. Goodwin of Wateringbury, 
and I think several others who have bred the species. The 
second assertion is open to question, and to establish the 
correctness of it I will go back first to 1902, the original 
year when I bred this species in quantity. 

‘‘ Karly in the spring I had one 9 sent to me alive; from 
her I obtained a nice batch of ova; all the larve fed up well, 
and the first twelve imagines bred I placed in a cage with 
growing nettles, all being the var. /utchinsont. They paired 
at once and laid a large quantity of ova ; the rest of the brood 
were killed. 

“T next go to 1905, when again I had the species alive—a 
good many @? 92s, but all captured late in the spring; some 
as late as June, when most of them had laid freely before I 
received them. Now comes an important point; when the 
imagines emerged in July I placed the first 40 (about equal 
sexes) in my cage to pair; the same day one pair was 7 cop., 
both of the var. hutchinsoni, but this was the only pairing 
obtained: the remaining 38 specimens fed well for a few 
weeks and then retired into the corners of the cage and went 
to sleep though the weather during August and September 
was very hot and sunny on most days. Occasionally they 
came out of their corner to fly and feed, but very seldom. In 
November most of them were still alive, but, through neglect 
or some unknown cause, all died during the winter or early 
spring, and two only lived till March 1906. 

‘‘On the few sunny days of April this year (1908) hyber- 


hall 
( xe ) 


nated females were on the wing in the Wye Valley, and in 
one sheltered spot 40 or 50 could be seen during the day. 
My collector sent me 10 9 9s and about a dozen ¢ ¢s alive, 
two of the former proving to be virgins. 

“All these ? 2s laid freely, and by June 20th the first 
brood was emerging. I might mention here that on July Ist 
I had 2 292s that were captured in April still alive and 
laying, and their offspring out and doing the same thing; so 
that the two broods (the hybernated 9 9s and the summer 
brood) were on the wing simultaneously, and I can also say 
that not a day has passed between June 20th and November 
Ist without one or more specimens emerging in my cages; 
and to-day I have two living pup remaining, thus suggesting 
the possibility of taking C-albwm in ‘the wild’ on any day 
from March to November, providing the weather be warm 
and sunny. 

“To resume—the first 65 specimens to emerge in June last 
were al var. hutchinsoni. The 66th showed a dark under 
side and every other specimen (some 800 or so) were also like 
it ; this clearly proving, as I think, that it is only the jist 
Jew eggs laid by the hybernated ? in the spring which produce 
the var. hutchinsoni. Of these I placed in my cage 12 9 9s 
and 12 ¢ ds, and by 5 p.m. there were 12 pairs in cop. 
Two or three days later when those with the dark under- 
sides started to emerge freely, as a further trial I placed 
3 29 Qsand3 ¢ ¢sin the same cage. But they would not 
even ‘court,’ nor would they have anything to do with the 
3 3 hutchinsoni (still alive in the cage), although the latter 
appeared quite willing to pair with them. They behaved 
exactly like the 1905 specimens ; and to-day I have 3 of them 
still alive hybernating, the other 3 having died off for some 
reason unknown. ‘The last specimen to emerge from pup 
of the summer brood was on August 24th and the first from 
the autumn brood wason August 18th, so that they overlapped 
well, and I have had C-albwm in all stages at the same time 
during the greater part of the summer. 

“The results of the three separate years’ experience thus 
support the view that my deductions as to the life history of 
this species are well founded on fact.” 


( xer, ) 


' MIMETIC RELATION BETWEEN COLAENIS TELESIPHE, Hew., 
HELICONIUS TELESIPHE, Doubl., and PEREUTE ANTODYcA, 
Boisd.—Dr, F. A, Dixey exhibited specimens of the genera 
Colaenis, Heliconius and Perveute, remarkin, upon them as 
follows :— 

“In his recently-published ‘Essays on Evolution,’ Prof. 
Poulton has drawn attention to the close resemblance between 
the Nymphaline Colaenis telesiphe, Hew., and the Heliconine 
H. telesiphe, Doubl. He notes (J. c., p. 334) that the Colaenis 
has departed widely from the usual aspect of its genus, while 
the Heliconius is not far removed in appearance from many 
of its nearest allies. On these grounds, which are well illus- 
trated by the specimens of both genera here exhibited, we 
must, as he says, consider C’. telesiphe the mimic and H. 
telesiphe the model. But, as Prof. Poulton further remarks, 
there is evidence that the Colaenis is the commoner insect of 
the two; and this circumstance, reinforced by F. Miiller’s 
observation of stink-glands in Colaenis, favours the Millerian 
interpretation of the relation between these insects. 

* Accepting Prof. Poulton’s view of the case, which indeed 
it would be very difficult with our present knowledge to 
controvert, I wish to draw attention to another fact, which 
also can easily be verified by reference to the present specimens, 
This is that whereas the upper and under surfaces of the 
Heliconius are much alike and both aposematic, the under side 
of the Colaenis differs from its upper surface in being strongly 
cryptic, especially in the normal position of rest. If then the 
relation between these two forms is really Miillerian, we 
have here an instance of a distasteful butterfly cryptically 
coloured beneath; an instance in some respects comparable 
with the well-known cases of Protogonius, Elymnias and 
Eronia leda. These forms are nearly all mimetic above and 
cryptic beneath ; and while there exists more or less reason 
for considering them to be at any rate relatively distasteful 
(see Poulton, 7. c., pp. 350-354), the evidence of unpalatability 
in the present instance is perhaps stronger still. 

“A further point of interest is the resemblance between 
the under side of ZH. telesiphe and that of the Pierine Pereute 
antodyca, Boisd. ¢. There can be little doubt that the under 


- 

( xeli ) 
side of the latter butterfly, so unlike that of the ordinary 
Pierine, is mimetic in character. But if we attempt to assign 
it a place in the ¢elesiphe combination, we are met by the fact 
that whereas C. and H. telesiphe inhabit Ecuador, Peru and 
Bolivia, P. antodyca is only known from Southern Brazil. 
It may of course be the case that the range of one or more of 
these species is wider than we are at present aware of ; it is 
also conceivable that they may be linked together geographi- 
cally by forms as yet unknown to science. But in the absence 
of any definite information on these points, we must be content 
to leave it as a puzzle that while the Pereuwte bears only a rough 
resemblance to Heliconine forms such as HZ. besekei, Ménétr., 
and H. erato phyllis, Fabr., which inhabit the same part of 
the South American continent with itself, it is strikingly 
similar in aspect to a Heliconius which is separated from it in 
geographical position. 

“A final matter of interest is the appearance on the 
under side of the hind-wing of H. telesiphe of dark nervular 
and internervular streaks radiating from the base of the wing 
towards its periphery. This is an aposeme of very wide- 
spread occurrence among Neotropical butterflies, being found 
in Nymphalines, Heliconines, Acrzines and Erycinids, besides 
other groups. In Pereute antodyca it is present, though not 
to a very marked extent ; in many other Pierines it is present 
and strongly mimetic. It is well seen in Heliconius hortense, 
Guér., here exhibited, but is absent from the cryptic under 
surface of Colaenis telesiphe.” 


Paper. 
Mr. EpwarpD Meyrick, B.A., F.R.S., communicated a paper 
entitled “ Descriptions of Micro-Lepidoptera from Bolivia 
and Peru.” 


( xem ) 


Wednesday, December 2nd, 1908. 
Mr. C. O. Warernouse, President, in the Chair. 
Nomination of President, Officers, and Council. 


The SzcrETARY again read out the list of nominations. 


Donation to the Library. 


A cordial vote of thanks was given unanimously to Mr. E. 
A. Extiort, a Fellow of the Society, for his gift of the parts 
to date of Wytsman’s “ Genera Insectorum,” and the promise 
of further parts still to be published. 


Election of Fellows. 


Mr. Sypney Dovugnuas Crompton of Carlton House, Kew 
Gardens, 8.W., and Mr. W. Parkinson Curtis of Aysgarth, 
Poole, Dorset, were elected Fellows of the Society. 


Exhibitions. 

Prepacrous Diprera.—Mr. H. W. Anprews exhibited some 
examples of predaceous Diptera and their victims taken 
during the year, and a specimen of Bassus letatorius, Fab., 2, 
bred from a pupa of the dipteron Syrphus balteatus, De}. 

NEW AND RARE CoLEopTerA.—Professor T. Hupson Brare 
and Mr. H. Sr. J. DonisrHorPe brought for exhibition speci- 
mens of Olophrum assimile, Payk., a beetle new to the British 
fauna, taken by them in September 1908, in some numbers 
out of flood refuse at Nethy Bridge. Mr. DonisTHoRPE also 
showed examples of Zrechus longicornis, Stm., from flood refuse 
at Kelton, near Dumfries, on September 10th; and of an 
Anaspis, either a new species, or, A. septentrionalis, Champion, 
g, taken in woody fungus on Scots firs at Nethy Bridge on 
September 16th, this being the third specimen, probably, ever 
taken. ; 

Mr. G. C. Cuampron expressed his opinion that the Anaspis 
in question did not belong to the species described by himself 
or by Schilsky, and suggested that it was A. melanostoma. Mr 


al 


C mew ) 


DonistHORPE, however, said that he could not accept this 
identification on account of the male characters. 

Varieties oF ABRAXAS GROssuLARIATA.—Mr. G. T. Porritt 
exhibited forms of Abraxas grossulariata bred from wild 
Huddersfield larve during the past year, including (a) a 
pale female in which the usual yellow was entirely replaced by 
olive-green ; (b) a very pretty 2? with broad orange band ; and 
(c) two males of the var. varleyata, showing how wide a range 
of variation there is even in the variety ; one of the specimens 
having an inner row of white rays, in addition to the usual 
outer row, a very rare form. 

Mr. L. W. Newman also exhibited an extreme form of A. var. 
varleyata, the whole of the fore-wings being coal-black, and 
only a very narrow white band on hind-wings. The specimen 
was bred as part of a second brood, November 24th, from 
typical parents, the former generation being varleyata Q x 
type d. 

PARALLEL VARIATION OF He ticonius ForMs.—Mr. W. J. 
Kaye exhibited a fine series of eliconius species from Mapiri 
River, N. Bolivia, to show the close parallel variation between 
the very variable forms of melpomene with the equaily variable 
forms of phyllis. These two species belonged respectively to 
the two great primary divisions of the Heliconius as deter- 
mined by Riffarth. The forms exhibited were melpomene 
amandus, Gr.-Sm., melpomene var. et ab. aphrodite, Stgr., and 
melpomene penelope ab. penelamanda, Stgr., the phyllis form 
being Phyllis phyllis, Fab., phyllis var. et ab. phyllis, Gr.-Sm., 
phyllis var. et ab. amatus, Stgr., and phyllis anacreon, 
Gr.-Sm. Notwithstanding the splendid recent work on the 
Heliconius by Weymer, Riffarth and Stichel, it was manifestly 
impossible to decide without breeding what were good species 
and what were only aberrations. 

The use of the term subspecies as employed by Riffarth 
and Stichel was very ambiguous and did not convey a 
geographical meaning as employed by Rothschild and Jordan 
in their more recent work. It was contended that two or 
more subspecies could not inhabit the same locality, and that 
either the forms were distinct species or aberrations. As 
regarding the two species exhibited, Mr. Kaye was of opinion 


( ‘xzew ) 


that the various named forms of each would eventually be 
proved to be aberrations only. 

VARIANT AND RARE CoLEopTrerA.—Mr. R. Beck brought 
for exhibition (a) seventy-seven variant forms of Adalia bipune- 
tata, L., found in 1894 and 1897 on hop-vines at Alton and 
Farnham, of which the larva and imago prey on the hop 
aphis; (b) examples of Liaus paraplecticus, in appearance 
resembling small pieces of driftwood, taken 1891, 1893 and 
1899, between noon and 3 p.m. on Stiwm angustifoliwm; and (c) 
a specimen of Lepiura sanguinolenta taken at Burnside, 
Southampton, on June 20th, 1891, by sweeping Umbellifere. 

TEMPERATURE EXPERIMENTS WITH NympHaLinx.—Mr. W. 
ScHMASSMAN showed a case containing specimens of Pyrameis 
atalanta, which had been subjected in the pupal stage to 
various degrees of temperature, It was noticeable that a 
low degree produced the “ice-form,” some approaching the 
var. merrifieldi, while a high degree tended to convert the 
scarlet bands of the hind-wing to a creamy-orange, 

Mr. F. MERRIFIELD also exhibited a remarkable aberration 
of A. urtice, bred in October 1906 by Mr. Reuss of Liburg 
Hall, Ware, from wild autumn larve, the pupa having been 
subjected to strong sunshine, the rays of which, there appeared 
te be some reason for thinking, produced other effects than 
merely those ascribable to increase of temperature. There were 
white spots shaded into violet on the apex of the fore-wings so 
arranged as to suggest an incipient ocellus as in V. io (a 
specimen of which with the ocellus disintegrated by exposure 
of the pupa to abnormal temperature was shown for com- 
parison). This arrangement of the white spots was somewhat 
masked by the brownish colouring of the wing, and was 
shown more strongly in a photograph which took no account 
of that colouring. The upper surface of the hind-wings was 
very different from the normal colouring in V. wrtice and had 
instead the velvety, warm brown-red of V, 70. The under side, 
also, was very different from the normal, being much darkened, 
somewhat like in V, io—the hind-wings being entirely black, 
with a broad, darker band.* 


* The following is from an explanatory note on the subject which has 
since been sent by Mr. Reuss, He believes this ‘‘ io-coloured ” and ‘‘ io- 


all 


( xewi ) 


Hasits oF Limenitis.—Professor E. B: Pourron, F.R.S., 
read a note on the drinking habits of Limenitis sybilla, com- 
municated by Mr. Keynes of Pembroke College, Cambridge, 
A discussion followed in which Mr. H. RowLanp-Brown, the 
Rev. G. WHEELER and other Fellows joined, suggesting from 
observations made in the forest of EKclépens, Switzerland, 
and elsewhere, that there is nothing unusual in the settling 
habit of this species in warm moist woodland places to drink. 

Mimicry BY COLAENIS TELESIPHE AND JBELENOIS THYSA, 
PROBABLY Miiiertan.—Dr. F. A. Dixry exhibited specimens 
of Colaenis, Heliconius, Pereute, Mylothivis and Belenois, and 
remarked on them as follows :— 

“Tt will probably be some time before a complete agree- 
ment is reached as to the delimitation of frontier between 
Batesian and Miillerian mimicry. One character that has 
been suggested as a criterion is the possession of cryptic 
colouring on the under surface. It has been argued, as by 
Mr. Shelford, that no insect is likely to be both aposematically 
and cryptically coloured at the same time; and that therefore 
any mimic, such as Protoyonius, whose under side is adapted 
for concealment, must be of the Batesian and not of the 
Miillerian description. I have myself always been doubtful 
as to the value of this criterion, and I have reason to know 
that my doubts are shared by Prof. Poulton. 

“Tt will be remembered that at the last meeting I showed 
that Colaenis telesiphe, Hew., though undoubtedly a mimic of 
Heliconius telesiphe, Doubl., was cryptically coloured beneath. 
But the available facts as to the relative frequency of the 
two species, as stated by Prof. Poulton, make it difficult to 
apply Batesian principles to the interpretation of the present 
case. Since that meeting, Mr. W. F. H. Rosenberg has 
kindly furnished me with some additional details as to the 


form” variety of A. wrticw—A. urtice ab. ioformis—to be the result of a 
potentially inherent iv-form tendency yet found latent in some individuals 
of autumn broods, and brought to active life by the direct sunrays which, 
— if not met by the said creative tendency, would on/y either blotch, dull or 
brighten the image, leaving it otherwise normal. During hot autumn 
seasuns—for instance September 1907 and the October of this year—this 
io-form variety might have occurred in the natural state and possibly 
examples of it may have been captured. Artificially it might also be bred 
by other means than sunrays—the said creative tendency being the first 
and chief factor. 


( xevin- } 


occurrence of the two species, which tend to strengthen 
the conclusion that the Colaenis, so far from being relatively 
rare, as we should expect of a Batesian mimic, is probably 
commoner than the Heliconius, Collections received by Mr. 
Rosenberg from three different localities contained altogether 
76 of the Colaenis and 73 of the Heliconius. The numbers 
were distributed as follows :— 


El Huanca- 
Porvenir. Pozuzo. bamba. 
Colaenis ; } : : 12 32 32 
Heliconius . ; : s 56 ats Ui 


There was no reason, so far as Mr. Rosenberg is aware, for 
the collectors to have given more attention to one species than 
to the other. 

“There appears to be no doubt that the Colaenis is the 
commoner insect in dealers’ stocks. Mr. Rosenberg has also 
sent me some figures which show that one dealer charges 
nearly three times as much for the Heliconius as for the 
Colaenis ; another charges twice as much; and a third has a 
stock of the Colaenis, but does not list the Heliconius at all. 

“It is hardly to be expected that a Batesian mimic should 
be as common as, and even less to be expected that it 
should be commoner than, its model; still more improbable 
does it seem that the Batesian mimic should occur in places 
from which its model is absent. This is one reason why I 
am inclined to think that the mimicry of Mylothris agathina, 
Cram., by the dry-season form of Belenois thysa, Hopff., is 
Miillerian rather than Batesian. In a morning’s collection 
at Congella, near Durban, Natal, in 1905, Dr. Longstaff and 
I found B. thysa not uncommon; but IM. agathina was not to 
be seen, though we were on the look-out for it for purposes of 
scent-extraction. This observation is confirmed by a record 
in the Entomologist, vol. xli, 1908, p. 31, where Mr. H. W. 
Simmonds says that at Stella Bush, Berea, Durban, on 
March 5, 1907, ‘one of the commonest butterflies was Pieris 
[Belenois| thysa, but, strange to say, its model, IMylothris 
agathina, was quite scarce.’ Mylothris agathina is no doubt 
generally the commoner form, but there are evidently times and 
places when it has to yield in point of frequency to its mimic 
Belenois thysa.” 


( \ xekx=-s ) 


ANNUAL MERTING. 
Wednesday, January 20th, 1909. 


Mr. C. O. WarerHousE, President, in the Chair. 

Mr. R. Wyiie Luoyp, one of the Auditors, read the 
Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance of £10 19s in 
the Society’s favour. 

Mr. H. Rowtanp-Brown, one of the Secretaries, then read 
the following 


Report of the Council 


During the Session 1908-1909 seven Fellows have died, 
seven Fellows have resigned, forty new Fellows have been 
elected, one Fellow has been made an Honorary Fellow, the 
names of seven Fellows have been removed from the list, and 
that of one Fellow restored. 

While last year we were able to record a number of elections 
in excess of any previous year of the Society, we have the 
pleasure to announce that this figure has again been surpassed 
during the present Session. It is also a gratifying fact that 
the attendance at the Ordinary Meetings of the Society con- 
tinues to improve, and that a comparatively large number of 
Fellows take an active interest in this part of our work. We 
have also again added to our roll a number of entomologists 
resident in the British Colonies, men distinguished as well in 
the theoretical as in the practical side of our science. 

At present the Society consists of twelve Honorary Fellows, 
and five hundred and nineteen Life and Subscribing Fellows, 
making a total of five hundred and thirty-one in all, and 
showing an increase of over a hundred in the past ten years. 

The Council has devoted much time and attention to the 
finances of the Society, but the proposal to increase the amount 
of the Life Composition from £15 15s, to £21, when put 
before the Society, was lost by a narrow margin. Meanwhile, 
the policy of economy, outlined in our report last January, 
has been pursued steadily, and with this object further in 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1908. G 


all 
A” a8 4) 


view, the Council have appointed a special Publications Com- 
mittee, consisting of the executive officers of the Society for 
the time being, with the assistance of Dr. 'T. A. Chapman, 
M.D., F.Z.8., Mr. J. E. Collin, Mr. E. Saunders, F.R.S., 
Mr. R. Shelford, M.A., F.L.S., and Mr. J. W. Tutt, who will 
act as referees of papers submitted by authors, and advise 
the Council on all matters connected with the Society’s 
publications. 

The Transactions for the year form a volume of six 
hundred and seventy-three pages, containing twenty-five 
Memoirs by the following authors: Mr. Gilbert J. Arrow, 
F.E.S8., Dr. T. A. Chapman, F.Z.S., M.D. (three), Dr. F. A. 
Dixey, M.A., M.D., Mr. Hamilton H. Druce, F.LS., F.Z.S., 
Mr. C. J. Gahan, M.A., Dr. J. L. Hancock, M.D., Mr. 
Dukinfield Jones, F.Z.8., Dr. G. B. Longstaff, M.D. (three), 
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, F.Z.8., Mr. J. C. Moulton, F.E.S., 
Professor E. B. Poulton, D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S. (two), the Rev. 
K. St. Aubyn Rogers, M.A., Mr. Edward Saunders, F.R.S., 
Mr. Hugh Scott, B.A., Col. C. Swinhoe, M.A., F.L.S., Mr. 
Rowland E. Turner, F.E.S., and Mr. W. Wesché, F.R.M.S. 
(two). 

Of these papers, eleven refer to Lepidoptera, and two to the 
special subject of Miillerian mimicry and Diaposematism in 
connection therewith, two to Diptera, one to Rhynchota, one 
to Orthoptera, three to Hymenoptera, and two to Coleoptera, 
the rest being papers of general entomological interest. 

The Memoirs referred to are illustrated by thirty-four plates, 
and three more are included in the Proceedings, making thirty- 
seven in all, of which six are coloured. Plates I, I, III, 
XXI have been paid for by the Society. The cost of Plate 
XIV was given by Dr. T. A. Chapman, of Plate XXIV by 
Professor E. B. Poulton, F.R.S. The blocks for Plates VIII- 
XITI, XV-XVII, XIX, XX, and Plates A, B, and C, in the 
Proceedings, were also given by Dr. Chapman (fourteen in all), 
and the blocks for Plates XXIII and XXV-XXXIV (eleven 
in all) by Professor Poulton. 

The quality and length of the Proceedings is well maintained, 
and they include a number of short papers on all branches of 
entomological science. 


( ei) 

Much to our regret the amount offered in grant to the 
Travel Fund was not applied for, but Mr. Merrifield, the 
generous donor, has intimated that he is willing to renew his 
donation, and it is to be hoped, therefore, that Fellows anxious 
to pursue their studies abroad will avail themselves of the 
opportunity. 

The Society was invited to send a delegate to the Darwin- 
Wallace Celebration of the Linnzan Society, and was repre- 
sented by our President, Mr. C. O. Waterhouse ; also to the 
Celebration of the Fiftieth Anniversary of the Oxford Uni- 
versity Museum, when one of the Secretaries, Commander 
J.J. Walker, R.N., attended on our behalf. The Society has 
also been asked to send a representative to the Charles 
Darwin Commemoration at Cambridge this year, and we have 
requested our President-elect, Dr. F. A. Dixey, to attend in 
our behalf. 

For the first time in our history, we are able to report a 
Conversazione organised by the Society, and held in the rooms 
of the Civil Service Commission at Burlington House, kindly 
placed at our disposal by the First Commissioner of Works. 
About three hundred Fellows and their guests attended, the 
expenses being defrayed by the contributions of Fellows who 
subscribed their names to the Guarantee Fund, and by the sale 
of tickets. Owing, however, to the death of several sub- 
seribers a small sum remains chargeable to the general funds 
of the Society. Lord Avebury also most kindly made a 
donation, It is to be hoped that similar meetings may be 
held in the future; if not every year, at all events at short 
intervals. 

The Treasurer reports that the subscriptions for the year, as 
shown by the Balance Sheet of the Society, are about £30 in 
excess of those for 1907. The admission fees, amounting to 
£46 4s., again show an advance on previous years. There is 
also a satisfactory increase in the sale returns for the Society’s 
publications, the cash balance in favour of the Society being 
£10 19s, 6d. in all. 

The Librarian reports that the Library has been particularly 
well patronised for the purposes of reference and study, and 
that 278 volumes have been issued for home reading. 


G2 


(en) 
Twenty-six volumes, including eleven of Wytsman’s ‘Genera 


Insectorum,” and ninety-eight pamphlets have been added 
to the shelves, as well as the usual periodicals. 


EntromonocicaL Socrety or Lonpon, 
11, CHanpos Street, CAVENDISH SQuaRE, W. 
January 20th, 1909. 


The Secretaries not having received any notice proposing to 
substitute other names for those contained in the list prepared 
by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the Council 
for 1909-10:—George C. Champion, F.Z.8., Dr. T. A. 
Chapman, M.D., F.Z.8., Dr. Frederick Augustus Dixey, 
M.A., M.D., Albert Harrison, F.L.S., F.C.S., Selwyn Image, 
M.A., Albert Hugh Jones, Dr. Karl Jordan, Ph.D., 
Dr. George Blundell Longstaff, M.D., Hugh Main, B.Sc., 
Guy A. K. Marshall, Professor E. B. Poulton, D.Sec., M.A., 
F.R.S., Henry Rowland-Brown, M.A., Robert Shelford, 
M.A., F.LS., C.M.Z.S., Rowland EK. Turner, James W. 
Tutt, Commander James J. Walker, M.A., RN. F.LS., 
Charles Owen Waterhouse. 

Tke following were also elected as officers :—President, 
Dr, F. A. Dixey, M.A., M.D.; Treasurer, Albert Hugh Jones ; 
Secretaries, H. Rowland-Brown, M.A., and Commander J. J. 
Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S. ; Librarian, G. C. Champion, F.Z.S. 

The Balance Sheet and Report having been adopted, Mr. 
C. O. Waterhouse, the President, delivered an Address. A 
vote of thanks to the President for his Address, and for his 
services as President during the past year, was proposed by 
Dr. F. A. Dixey, seconded by Mr. G. H. Verrall, and carried 
unanimously. The Rey. F. D. Morice then proposed a vote of 
thanks to the other officers of the Society. This was seconded 
by Mr. R. Wylie Lloyd, and carried unanimously. The 
President, Mr. A. H. Jones, Mr. H. Rowland-Brown, and 
Commander J. J. Walker replied. 


( 


ciii_) 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON, 


Balance Sheet for the Year 1908. 


RECEIPTS. 
Ss. 
Balance on hand, 1st Jan., 

1908, and at Bankers ... 6 71 
Subscriptions for 1908 ... 4380 10 
Arrears Sn te e., 2 
Admission Fees 46 4 
Donations... ... we do! 
Sales of Transactions br ha) 4 
Interest on Investments :— 

Consols ... ... £21 19 5 
Westwood Bequest :— 

Birmingham, 3 

per cent. 616 6 
—— 28 15 1l 
Subscriptions in Advance 17 17 0 
Life Compositions ... 1515 0 
£667 10 1 
ASSETS. 

Se somids 

Subscriptions in arrear 

considered good, say ... 50 0 0 
Cost of £929 16s. 5d. 

Consols. Present value 

at the price of 83% on 

2nd Jan. 1909, £iT9 . 

17s. 9d. 902 8 0 
Cost of £239, "125. 4d. 

Birmingham 3 per eanta: 

Present value at the 

price of 91 on 2nd Jan. 

1908, £218 Os. 11d. AVS) TO) 
Balance in hand 10 19 O 
Additional Assets ;— 

Contents of Library and 

unsold stock. 
£1,213 7 O 


d. | 


1 
0 
0 
O } 
6 
9 


PAYMENTS. 
$) de 
Printing Transactions, etc. 290 4 1 
Plates, ‘ete. Saet cecd) cae DAO ye Ss 
Rent and Office Ex- 
penses ... ees Log) 16 1G 
Books and Binding ... 4212 2 
Subscriptions in Advance, 
per contra carried to 
1909 ee ae LLG “GO 
Balance in hand and at 
Bankers 019 O 
£667 10 1 
LIABILITIES. 
Cost of printing, etc., of parts 3, 


4, and 5 of the Transactions. 
(In the press. ) 


Audited, compared with vouchers and 
found correct. 


R. W. Lioyp. 

Horace Sr. J. DONISTHORPE. 
R. ADKIN. 

T. A. CHAPMAN. 


CONVERSAZIONE FUND. 


a8 Gy 

Sale of tickets... 30 5 
Proceeds of Guarantee 

1B tits At ee Cy 

Carried to 1909 and 


charged to Expenses 


a 
4 1 


d. 
0 


9 
3 


A. Hucu Jones, Treasurer, 
10th January, 1909, 


£73 11 0 | 


| 


£ s. d. 


Various Expenses ... ioylieO 


“£73 11 


0 


THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 


ws 


Lapies AND GENTLEMEN, 

Ir seems but a short time since I had the privilege of 
addressing you, but another year of our Society’s work is 
completed. Our Meetings have been well attended, and I 
think no one has ever gone away from them feeling disap- 
pointed, as they have always been interesting and helpful. 

In July last there was at the Linnean Society a celebration 
of the fiftieth anniversary of the reading at that Society of 
the joint paper on the origin of species by Darwin and 
Wallace. I had the honour of representing this Society on 
that occasion, and I shall not soon forget it, for it was a 
striking demonstration of the veneration in which these 
Scientists are held. 

Our volume of Transactions is again large, and one cannot 
help wondering whether some of the most important papers 
in it would ever have been written if it had not been for the 
groundwork laid by those two men in the paper alluded to. 


I have to put on record the deaths of seven Fellows during 
the past year, viz.—Frederic C. Lemann, Francis F. Freeman, 
Thomas F. Furnival, Herbert Goss, Colonel C. T. Bingham, 
T. Maddison, and John A. Clark. 

Herpert Goss joined our Society in 1874. He died on 
February 16th, 1908. For 35 years he was in the Solicitor’s 
Office of the General Post Office. He took great interest in 
Natural History generally, but was more especially devoted 
to British Lepidoptera, of which he formed a most valuable 
collection. He also hada very complete herbarium of British 
plants. He contributed a series of papers on Fossil Insects 
to the “‘ Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine,” which have been 
since reprinted with the title ‘‘The Geological Antiquity of 
Insects,” which is a most useful réswmé of this branch of 


- 
( evi ) 


science. He edited the Entomological sections of several 
volumes of the “ Victoria History of the Counties of England,” 
and he himself contributed valuable accounts of the Lepido- 
ptera of several counties. He held the office of Secretary to 
our Society for eleven years from 1886, and again from 1901 
to 1905; he was Vice-President of the Society in 1906. His 
long tenure of office was marked by great tact, good nature, 
and ability. He ought to be always gratefully remembered 
for the active and useful part he took in the protection of the 
New Forest, when in 1892 it was threatened with spoliation. 
Mr. Goss was certainly a landmark in the history of the 
Entomological Society. 

Freperic C, Lemann joined this Society in 1883. He died in 
March 1908. As he did not reside in London he was known 
only to a few of the Fellows of this Society, but his friendship 
and companionship were greatly valued by those who knew 
him. Although he made no collection himself, he was a keen 
collector of butterflies, which he gave to his friends, He was 
well acquainted with Switzerland and other parts of the Con- 
tinent, and may be said to have introduced Corsica to British 
entomologists. THe wrote various papers on his continental 
excursions, but will perhaps be best remembered for his trans- 
lation of Dr. H. Frey’s “ Die Lepidopteren der Schweiz.” 

Francis Forp Freeman died on the 6th of April, 1908. He 
was born December 16th, 1847. He joined the Entomological 
Society in 1883. He made a very good collection of British 
butterflies, most of which he caught himself. He had also a 
separate collection of Kuropean butterflies, in the formation 
of which he was assisted by Mr. F. C. Lemann and Mr. W. 
Nicholson. On one occasion, in 1885, he caught a perfectly 
fresh specimen of Anosia plexippus. As he resided at Tavi- 
stock he was unfortunately known only to a few London 
entomologists. 

Lireur.-Cotonen C. T. Bryeuam died on October 18th, 1908. 
He was born April 16th, 1848, and joined this Society in 1895. 
He was attached to the Bengal Staff Corps, and was Conser- 
vator of Forests in Burma. While in India and Burma he 
devoted much attention to Natural History, and collected 
large numbers of specimens which he distributed liberally to 


( cvii ») 


Museums and private individuals. His early papers refer to 
birds, and were published in “ Stray Feathers”’ from 1876 to 
1881. For some years past he devoted himself more especially 
to insects, particularly Hymenoptera and Lepidoptera. He 
wrote numerous papers on the former, and in 1897 and 1903 
he contributed two volumes on this Order to the ‘‘ Fauna of 
British India,” which were followed in 1905 and 1907 by two 
volumes relating to the Butterflies. On the death of Dr. 
Blanford he succeeded him as editor of the ‘ Fauna.” 
During the last few years he had been engaged in arranging 
the general collection of Aculeate Hymenoptera in the British 
Museum, and had completed the Mormicide, Mutillide, Scoliide 
and Pompilidey. He combined with a strong determination, a 
gentleness, kindness and thoughtfulness for others that made 
him more than respected. He was often appealed to at our 
meetings on account of his wide experience as a field 
entomologist. 

Joun ApoLpHus CrarKk died on December 16th last at the 
age of 66. He joined this Society in 1886. He was at one 
time President of the old Haggerston Entomological Society, 
and was afterwards for some years President of the City of 
London Entomological Society. He contributed many in- 
teresting notes to the ‘‘ Entomological Record,” some of them 
being accompanied by useful illustrations. He devoted 
considerable trouble to the study of Peronea cristana and its 
numerous varieties. His paper on this species is accompanied 
by a plate in which many interesting forms are figured. 


In turning over in my mind what subject I might take for 
my Address this evening, it occurred to me that I might say 
something about the claws of insects, this being a matter that 
would be of general interest. I do not propose to write a 
treatise on the structure of these claws, but rather to suggest 
a subject for inquiry and research. I must, however, to a 
certain extent, include the whole tarsus, as the claws are only 
part of a somewhat complex instrument. J need not say very 
much about the tarsi, The most primitive tarsus probably 
consists of five joints, but the number is often reduced to four, 
three, two, or even one. The undersides of the tarsal joints 


- 
( eviii_ ) 


are sometimes furnished with fleshy pads, as in the Locustide ; 
with a membranous terminal lobe as in the Buprestide and 
other Coleoptera. Sometimes there is a line of stiff hairs or 
bristles on each side, or the surface is beset with bristles all 
over, or is hairy or velvety. At the apex of the terminal 
joint there are two claws varying greatly in shape and strue- 
ture. Occasionally these are absent. Between the claws 
there is a more or less fleshy lobe or pad which assumes 
various shapes, and is sometimes divided into two, and has 
received various names. For my present purpose I will refer 
to it as the pulvillus. 

Primarily the claws are only bristles, but they have been 
modified to perform certain functions. They are often im- 
movable, so that they are described as connate, divergent, or 
(when they are at right angles to the axis of the tarsus) divari- 
cate. Perhaps quite as often they are to a certain extent 
movable, but they are not controlled directly by muscles, but 
by another method. A noteworthy example is the large claw 
of some of the Rutelid Coleoptera, which is capable of being 
bent back on the tarsal joint, as the blade of a penknife is 
closed in its handle, so as to make a perfect grasping instru- 
ment. In the Melolonthid genus Ancistrosoma, both claws 
turn back equally. In the curious Neuropterous genus Bittacus, 
which has but a single large claw, this acts in the same way. 

The claws in a large number of insects are quite simple, 
more or less curved, of various thicknesses at the base, gener- 
ally pointed at the apex. Sometimes on the underside of the 
claw there is a tooth which may be in any position ; occasion- 
ally there are two teeth, but this is not common, When later 
on I refer to toothed claws, I mean those with a single tooth. 
In some instances there is beneath the basal part of the claw 
a vertical, compressed, blade-like plate or enlargement. Some- 
times this is confined to the base, at others it extends nearly 
to the apex, leaving only a narrow incision between it and the 
tip of the claw. This is referred to as an appendiculate claw. 
Another form of claw is what is described as bifid, that is, as 
if a cut had been made at the tip with a sharp knife, thus 
making two points. The two points may be one below the 
other, but very often the incision is slightly lateral, so that 


( ex ) 


one point is inside the other. The incision is sometimes very 
slight, in other cases it reaches nearly to the base of the claw. 

There are numerous cases in which the claws are pectinate, 
that is to say, toothed like a comb. 

The claws of Cantharide require special mention. These 
insects appear to have four claws. This is due to the fact 
that each claw roughly resembles the blades of two knives 
placed side by side and fastened together by their bases, the 
outer blade being more slender than the inner one, and often 
very flexible. In some genera these two blades seem to be 
inseparable, but in others, such as Cerocoma, they have a 
slight separate movement. It is not my purpose now to 
discuss what this outer blade is, but it is, I think, generally 
admitted that it is not part of the claw. It may, however, 
in conjunction with the real claw serve the purpose (if there 
be any) of a deeply bifid claw. In some genera the inner, or 
real claw is simple, in others it is pectinate. 


Insects with toothed claws. 

As examples of toothed claws I would mention among the 
Coleoptera, Melolontha and numerous others in the same 
family and Corynodes among the Humolpide. 

In the Hymenoptera certain species of Pompilus, Salius, 
and Megachile. 

In the Neuroptera, Cordulegasterand many other Dragon-flies. 

Sometimes the tooth instead of being acute is truncate at 
the apex and has its sides somewhat parallel. This occurs in 
the Melolonthid genus Sebaris and among the Hymenoptera 
in the genera Pompilus and Nomada. 


Insects with appendiculate claws. 

Appendiculate claws are not very uncommon in the 
Coleoptera.’ Good examples are Bytwrus among the Clavi- 
corns, and Oocamenta and its allies among the Melolonthide. 
In a more elongate form it is seen in Lobonyx and Henicopus 
among the Malacoderms. Among the butterflies Zycxena has 
it in almost identically the same form as in Byturus. 


Insects with bifid claws. 


Claws which are bifid at the apex are perhaps more common 


al 
( cx ) 


than those with a tooth only. A large number of Coleoptera 
of the families JMelolonthide and Rutelide have this form. 
The Rutelide differ from the Melolonthide in having the two 
claws of unequal size, the outer one being the larger. Some- 
times both these claws are simple, but in many cases the 
larger claw of the anterior tarsi is bifid. In some species the 
larger claw of all the tarsi, and in some both claws of all 
the tarsi are bifid. The bifid claw occurs in the J/elolonthide 
in such genera as Diphucephala, Macrodactylus, Chaunanthus, 
Chasmatopterus, and many others, but both claws are of the 
same size, 

Many other Coleoptera have bifid claws. Dragon-flies of 
the genus Macromia and its allies and, I believe, all the 
Agrionide have this form of claw, although it is often very 
slight. It is very slight in Mantispa.. All the Pieridx have 
the claws bifid, and so have the Venthredinide. Among the 
wasps the genera Rhynchiwm, Odynerus, Humenes and Synagris 
may be mentioned. In all these the two points are one below 
the other, or nearly so. In some species of wasps of the 
genus Salius, S. basalis for example, the lower point is inside 
the upper one, and this is so in most of the bees that have 
bifid claws, such as Bombus, Apathus, Anthophora and 
Anthidium. In the Longicorn genus Amphionycha nearly 
the same form occurs, but here the claws are more. 
curved. 

Having briefly mentioned the different forms of claw, let 
us now inquire whether any particular form is associated 
with any special habit of the insect. Is this difference in 
the claws merely the result of heredity without any special 
object, or is there any evidence to show that a special form of 
claw is adapted to some particular mode of life; that is to 
say, has it been developed to meet some particular need ! 

In the Coleopterous genus Uroplata the elytra are furnished 
at the apex with spines and teeth of various shapes, and in 
no two species are they exactly alike. Broadly speaking, 
these spines may be of service to the insect, but it is hardly 
probable that each particular modification is specially advan- 
tageous to the species which has it. I suggest as a subject 
for inquiry, ARE THE CLAWS OF INSECTS IN THE SAME CATEGORY ? 


(> ez, ') 


It is difficult to imagine that the often remarkable form 
of the claws has no special utility, but when trying to find 
to what purpose a particular form is adapted, one is met 
with what seems to be contradictory evidence on every side. 
Of course a claw might be suitable for a particular mode 
of life, and it does not necessarily follow that all insects 
that have similar habits would have the same form of claw. 
It is remarkable how Nature having shown you in one insect 
an organ beautifully adapted to perform some special function, 
proceeds to show you in another that she can do perfectly 
well without it. For example, Dytiscus and Motonecta and 
other water insects have the hind tarsi formed most per- 
fectly for swimming, but Litodactylus, a weevil, which from 
its appearance and the very ordinary form of its legs one 
would never suspect of going near water, nevertheless lives 
in it and swims rapidly. 

Let us briefly examine this question in the light of the 
examples I have just given. Take, for instance, insects con- 
stantly frequenting flowers. Mr. Champion in our “ Trans- 
actions”’ (1907, p. 164), in an account of his captures in Spain, 
gives a list of Coleoptera found ‘‘on flowers in open spaces.” 
They are ‘“Clytids, Lepturids, Malachiids, Mordellids, dideme- 
rids, Cryptocephalus, Omophlus, Cerocoma, Coryna, Lobony=, 
Trichius, Anisoplia, Chasmatopterus.” Of these the Clytids, 
Lepturids, Gidemerids, Cryptocephalus and T'richius have 
simple claws ; Anzsoplia and Chasmatopterus have bifid claws ; 
Mordellids may be either simple, toothed or pectinate ; 
Omophlus has them pectinate, and Lobonyx appendiculate ; 
Cerocoma and Coryna are Cantharide with quasi-bifid claws. 
Thus we have in this one little list every form of claw, quite 
half the insects having them simple. Add to these those 
that we know by experience would be associated with them, 
numerous Diptera, Jchnewmonide, Tenthredinide, Wasps and 
Bees. Nearly all the Diptera, the Zehnewmonidx, and some of 
the wasps have simple claws. The Zenthredinide have them 
bifid, as have also many of the bees, although some of these, 
such as Osmia, have them simple, and Megachile has them 
toothed. There is nothing here to point to any particular 
form of claw being specially adapted to insects frequenting 


all 
(i exit ) 


flowers. But it may be said that flowers attract all sorts of 
insects. 

Let us look at it from a rather different point of view. 
The bees of the genera Bombus, Apathus, Anthophora, and 
Anthidium have bifid claws, and all are frequenters of flowers 
and are more or less dependent upon them for their existence. 
But exactly the same form of claw is seen in some wasps of 
the genus Salius (e. g. S. basalis), which are among the most 
predaceous insects, storing their nests with spiders, the larger 
species attacking and killing even the large Mygalide. Again, 
although Bombus and Apathus are both frequenters of flowers 
they are somewhat different in their habits in other respects, 
Bombus forming its nest on or under ground and storing it 
with pollen, while Apathus lives as an inquiline in the nest 
of the Bombus. Bombus and Salius, however, have at least 
this in common, that they both build nests. The building 
of nests and formation of cells is, however, done chiefly with 
their mandibles, so that the form of the claw is not likely to 
be due to this cause. The species of Crabro and Cerceris, both 
of which store their cells with other insects, have simple claws. 
Pompilus, which stores its cells with spiders, has toothed claws. 
The species of Odynerus which form cells in bramble stems 
and any convenient hole and store them with larve, have bifid 
claws, and so has Zumenes, which forms mud cells in which they 
store caterpillars. 

Quite apart from the question of the habits of bees and 
wasps, there is the fact the toothed and bifid claws are found 
in other Orders. The toothed claws of Pompilus, Pepsis, 
Megachile and others can be very well matched in Coleoptera 
of the family Melolonthidx, and, as I have already mentioned, 
in certain Dragon-flies, insects with totally different habits. 
Again, the bifid claw occurs in many Coleoptera, the Longicorn 
genus Amphionycha, for example. These are fond of resting 
on flowers. I do not know where they deposit their eggs, but 
it must be in dead or dying wood or in the stems of plants. 
But the species of Glenea which so much resemble them, 
and which so far as I can ascertain are also frequenters of 
flowers, and whose larvz no doubt live in similar places, have 
at least in the females simple claws, as indeed the vast majority 


(  exiti,;) 


of Longicorns have. So far as one can see, therefore, there is 
nothing in the habits of Glenea and Amphionycha to account 
for the difference in their claws. 

It has been suggested to me that one of the reasons why so 
many Lamellicorn Coleoptera have toothed or bifid claws is 
that they are arboreal in their habits, the ground beetles, 
Geodephaga, having them simple. It is certainly true that the 
Geodephaga, generally speaking, have simple claws, although 
there are exceptions that I shall have to allude to later on; 
but all the Cetoniide and Dynastidx, which comprise about 
half of the Lamellicorns, have simple claws, and it cannot be 
said that they are in any way ground beetles. ‘The Cetontidx 
and Z'richiide are commonly found on flowers and shrubs, 
and so are some of the Dynastidx. There may be, however, 
some difference in their habits in other ways. The larve of 
Melolonthide are, so far as I know, root-feeders, whilst. the 
larve of Cetonide and Trichiide live more in decaying wood. 
I do not know much of the habits of exotic Dynastidx, but 
some species, at least, are root-feeders, like the Melolonthide. 
The evidence in favour of the toothed or bifid claws of the 
Melolonthidex being accounted for by their arboreal habits is 
not, therefore, very strong. 


We may now look at raptorial insects. First of all we 
may take the Dragon-flies, Odonata. I have already had to 
refer to these. A large number have bifid claws, the others 
have them toothed. Both forms of claw can be very fairly 
matched in the Rutelide or Melolonthidex, I have already 
referred to the raptorial wasps of the genera Pompilus, Salius 
and Pepsis which have toothed or bifid claws, but other 
genera which prey on insects such as Cerceris and Crabro 
have them simple. The Diptera of the families Asilide and 
Empidx which are predaceous have simple claws, as have also 
the Neuroptera of the families Myrmeleonide, Ascalaphide 
and Nymphide. 


I will now say a few words about pectinate claws. To an 
entomologist these are often beautiful objects under the 
microscope. The claws are sometimes rather straight, some- 
times strongly curved, and, of course, the number of teeth 


(ie > 


varies very much. In this case, at least, one would expect 
there must be some object in this comb; but so far, I have 
been unable to find any evidence that it has any special 
advantage over the simple claw—closely allied species with 
apparently the same habits having them simple and _pec- 
tinate. One curious thing connected with this form of claw 
is that it appears suddenly, as it were, in the midst of species 
which have simple claws, and the species with simple and 
pectinate claws closely resemble each other in appearance. 
Ophion, for example, has pectinate claws, but Paniscus, which 
so closely resembles it, and all the allied Ichneumonide have 
them simple. 

Again, in the Chrysidide, Homalus auratus has pectinate 
claws, but Holopyga, which is allied to it, has only a slight 
tooth. In the Carabide, Dendrocellus, a graceful green insect, 
with narrow thorax and more or less yellow legs, has pectinate 
claws, but the next genus Drypta, which might be mistaken 
for it, has them simple. In another group of Carabide, 
Orthogonius, a flat, broad, oblong, brown insect has pectinate 
claws, but Apsectya, which closely resembles it, has them simple. 

In the Elateridee Adrastus pallens has pectinate claws, and 
Agriotes pallidulus, which might be mistaken for it, and 
indeed was mistaken for it by old authors, has them simple. 
All these stand out more or less isolated. The only case 
known to me where there is anything like a passage from the 
simple to the pectinate form occurs in the Carabide allied 
to Dromius. Some species have them simple, Lionychus 
quadrillum for example. Some have them slightly pectinate, 
that is to say, with very short teeth, not much more than 
serration, others have them strongly pectinate. Demetrias 
atricapillus has them pectinate, Aclophorus has them simple. 
Again, many species of Lebia and its allies have pectinate 
claws, whilst others have them simple. In the Lamellicorns, 
Listronyx has them pectinate. 

In the Dascillide, Odontonyx and Paralichas have the claws 
beautifully pectinate, and they are so in the Elateridz of the 
extensive genus Melanotus and in Aptopus. All the Hetero- 
mera of the family Cistelidx have the claws pectinate. This 
is the only case known to me where all the members of a 


GP exv)) 


family have this form of claw, but I have my suspicions that 
it is not a natural family. The genera Atracius, Cistela and 
Prostenus are certainly strikingly dissimilar. Some genera 
of Cuntharide have pectinate claws, others have them simple. 

In the Cassididx, Aspidomorpha and Ctenochira have them 
pectinate. Lastly, I have to mention the Neuropterous genus 
Panorpa. We have, therefore, to inquire if these insects have 
anything in common. Firstly, there are the parasitic Hymeno- 
ptera Ophion and Homalus, belonging to totally distinct families. 
Then we have carnivorous Carabide and examples among the 
Dascillidx, Elateride, Cistelidx, Cantharidx, Cassidide and the 
predaceous Panorpa. Itisacuriousassemblage. It is difficult 
even to suggest a reason why Ophion should require pectinate 
claws whilst Paniscus has them simple, especially as they are 
both parasitic on the same insects; or why Homalus should 
have them pectinate whilst its nearest allies have them nearly 
simple. It has been suggested that the Carabidx which have 
this form of claw frequent shrubs. This is true of some of 
them certainly, but so far as Entomologists are concerned, 
Dromius is generally found under bark, on the ground, or at 
the roots of grass. Some of the Lebias have been found on 
shrubs, but they are generally in moss or at the roots of grass. 
Other Carabidx, however, with simple claws may be found on 
trees. Most Lepidopterists know that species of Carabus and 
Anchomenus may be found at their sugar, and it is not for the 
sugar only that they are there. Calosoma is constantly found 
in broad daylight in oaks and birch, where they go in search of 
caterpillars. Any one who has seen this beautiful insect run 
down the trunk of an oak will not soon forget it. How this 
insect manages to hold on to the smooth birch twigs is rather 
a mystery. Silpha quadripunctata is another insect with 
simple claws constantly found on oak-trees. In the Llateridx 
the percentage of those that have pectinate claws is small. If 
you go into any wood and beat the trees, the species you would 
probably find are Lacon murinus, Athous, Agriotes pallidulus 
and acuminatus, Dolopius marginatus and Corymbites holoseri- 
ceus. All these have simple claws. Sweep the grass and you 
will get other species of Agriotes, but with them perhaps 
Adrastus with its pectinate claws. The pectinate-clawed 

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., V. 1908. H 


(> gevi. \) 


Melanotus you may dig out of rotten stumps or sweep from 
herbage or beat off trees. And this is the way you would 
also find Athous or Hlater with their simple claws. The 
Cistelidx are all, I think, found on trees and shrubs, the larvee 
of many of them living under bark. The Cantharide are 
many of them at least parasitic. One would have to know 
more of the habits of these than I do before venturing to 
suggest any reason for the great difference in their claws. All 
the Cassididx, the majority with simple claws and the minority 
with them pectinate, live on plants, both in the larva and 
perfect state, there being apparently no difference in their 
habits. Our Scorpion-fly Panorpa is predaceous, and is 
common on trees or is seen flying from one plant to another. 
Its larva lives in rotten wood. The allied genus Dittacus has 
simple claws, but I have already alluded to them on account 
of their curious prehensile character. L/arpobittacus australis, 
Mr. Froggatt states, is found hanging about bushes, the hind 
legs hanging loosely down ready to strike out the moment a 
fly comes within range. The long flexible tarsi fold round the 
captive with the stout spines transfixing it, the legs are drawn 
forwards under the head so that it can press its rostrum into 
its victim. In the Museum there is a specimen of this insect 
with a small caterpiliar in its hind tarsus. 

There is a little group of insects which | must not omit to 
mention, the //ippoboscidex. The claws in these flies vary 
very much; they are somewhat complex, combining the 
toothed and appendiculate claw in one. ‘The insects live 
among the feathers of birds and in the fur of mammals. If 
any claw has been developed to suit the habits of an insect, it 
is surely here. One notes, however, that fleas which have the 
same habits have simple claws. 

I think I have said enough to shew that the question as to 
whether these complex claws have been developed to suit the 
habits of the species is still an open one, I have shown that 
very closely allied species have totally different forms of claw; 
that insects with quite different habits have the same form of 
claw ; that species with different forms of claw have appar- 
ently identical habits. If the pectinate claw, for example, has 
no special connection with the habit of the insect, but is only 


(a ¥ine”) 


an inherited structure like the spines at the apex of the elytra 
in Uroplata already alluded to, then we should expect to find 
indications of it in closely allied forms, but this is not the 
case. If it 7s associated with some habit of the insect and is 
useful, then it must be useful in more than one way, as insects 
of totally different habits have it. And if, generally speaking, 
it is a useful form of claw, then it is remarkable that so few 
insects have developed it. i 

Another point which suggests itself to one’s mind is that 
perhaps the reason why so few insects have developed complex 
claws is that they are rendered unnecessary by the sticky 
hairs or adhesive pads on the undersides of the tarsi. We 
find, however, that many insects which have these sticky hairs 
have also bifid or pectinate claws, such as Amphionycha, 
Corynodes, Ctenochira, Pieris, Lycena and many others which 
can walk on glass perfectly well. Among those which I have 
tried on clean vertical glass I may as well just mention here 
that all the Ichnewmonidx, Trichoptera, Tineina, and all the 
Diptera (except perhaps Z%pula) could run freely on it, but the 
Syrphide were uncertain. Halictws and some other small bees 
were fairly at home, but Bombus and Apathus were quite 
helpless, as were also Colias and Vanessa. Adrastus, the little 
Elaterid that I have mentioned among those with pectinate 
claws, was very uncertain. 

Some insects when resting only touch the object they are 
standing on with the extreme tip of the tarsus. I noticed 
that when Pieris was resting on the glass it was holding on 
only by the apex of the pulvillus which projected just beyond 
the tip of the claws; it needed a magnifying glass to see this. 
Plusia gamma, which seemed to be holding, was found, when 
looked at with a magnifying glass, to be slipping very slowly 
all the time, but it kept its position by darting forward its 
right foot, and when this had slid down some distance the left 
one was shot forward, and soon. I have already alluded to 
the necessity of taking into account the adhesive hairs. The 
spines on the tarsi of fossorial Hymenoptera and other insects 
must also not be forgotten. I should imagine that these 
spines would act somewhat in the way of a thumb. When 
settling on any object the claw would probably be the first 

H 2 


- 


Ce exeil “) 


thing to come in contact, then as the tarsus was lowered the 
sharp spines all directed forwards would touch and pull in an 
opposite direction to the tip of the claws and thus clinch it. 
But this is just where careful observation is needed, and it is 
this I ask for. 

I think it a happy thing that some of the Fellows of this 
Society have been foremost of late in looking into the habits 
of insects. But there are so many ways of observing, so many 
kinds of insects to notice, whilst it is also necessary that the 
observations should be made with some definite object in view. 

I am a firm believer in making a particular subject your 
study. The excellent work done by Professor Poulton and 
Dr. Dixey in connection with mimicry ; the valuable contri- 
bution to science resulting from Mr. Merrifield’s experiments 
on the effect of temperature on coloration ; the interesting 
discoveries made by Mr. Donisthorpe in his study of insects 
inhabiting ants’ nests, all go to show the value of taking up 
some special branch of study. 

In the past it has been necessary to devote much time to 
the classification and naming of our insects, for without names 
we cannot record facts about them. An immense amount of 
work remains to be done in describing new species ; I think, 
however, the time has come when more attention should be 
paid to field work, especially abroad. I could mention several 
monographs of families, and works dealing with the fauna of 
various countries in which there is scarcely a reference to the 
habits of a single species. This is difficult to avoid because 
the entomologists who write the systematic works are not 
themselves the collectors of the specimens. I feel sure, how- 
ever, that one reason why so few observations on the habits 
of the species are appended to the description is, that their 
importance has not been appreciated. 

The subject which I have brought before you is full of 
interest, and much careful field observation will be needed to 
clear up the points which I have raised. Here, then, are 
openings for many young enthusiasts, and if what I have said 
should induce any of you, or our friends abroad, to make 
some particular branch of this subject your special study I 
shall not have delivered this Address in vain, 


( exix” 4) 


GENERAL INDEX. 


The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the * Transactions’; the Roman 
numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’ 


The President’s Address is not separately indexed. 


GENERAL SUBJECTS. 


Aberration, in Coleoptera, exhibited, xx ; in Lepidoptera, exhibited, xxviii ; 
of Epinephele jurtina, exhibited, xxix; of Peronea cristana and P. 
hastiana, exhibited, xlvi; of Dryas paphia, exhibited, liv, lix; in British 
butterflies, exhibited, Ixii;in Swiss butterflies, exhibited, Ixxxvi; of 
Aglais urtice, exhibited, xcv; in Scolzidx, 63. 

Abraxas grossulariata, varieties of, exhibited, xciv. 

Acidalia virgularia, experiments in Mendelian heredity with, exhibited, :xlvi. 

Africa, mimicry in butterflies from, exhibited, xlvi; specific identity of two 
forms of Charaxes from South, exhibited, lxiv; on the species of 
Hesperidxz from the Indo-Malayan and African regions, with descriptions 
of some new species, 1; bionomic notes on butterflies from British Hast 
489. 

Aglais urticx, aberration of, exhibited, xev. 

Albinism in Epinephele jurtina, exhibited, xxix. 

Amber, Blattidex in, exhibited, xxviii; insects preserved in, exhibited, xlv. 

America, Thynnide from South, exhibited, iii; mimicry in Papilios from, 
exhibited, xlv ; rare Heterocera from South, exhibited, xlv ; mimicry in 
butterflies from tropical, xlix,585; mimicry in butterflies from South, 
exhibited, li; new species of Hesperzida from Central and South, 1,375; 
mimicry in species of the genus Zimenitis from North, and their models, 
447. 

Anthocharis, the genus, exhibited, xlvi. 

Anthophila. Hymenoptera-Aculeata collected in Algeria, Part III, xxi, 177. 

Anthrocera, new British, exhibited, ]xxxvi. 

Ants, from Kew Gardens, exhibited, ii; insects and other forms associated 
with British, exhibited, xlvi; the British, exhibited, xlvii; pseudogynes 
of, exhibition of, xlvii. 

Aplecta nebulosa, forms of, exhibited, xlvii, lxi. 

Aposeme, double or combined, exhibited, lxxviii. 

Asilidx with prey, species of, exhibited, xlvii. 

Assam, with occupant attacking spider, nest of wasp from, exhibited, xlv. 

Association of Pierine and Nymphaline butterflies, exhibited, xxii. 

Auditors for 1909-10, appointed, Ixxxvi. 

Australian and Tasmanian Ma/acodermata, revision of the, lviii, 


’ 


(ee } 


Beetles, melanism in, exhibited, xxv; rare British, exhibited, xliv, lv, lvi; 
Goliath, exhibited, xlvi ; rare and blind, exhibited, xlix ; at Purley, rare, 
exhibited, lix. 

Belenois thysa, mimicry by Colanis telesiphe and, exhibited, xevi. 

Bingham, Lieut.-Col. Charles T., notice of the death of, lix. 

Bionomic notes, on buttertiies, lviii, 607 ; on British East African butterflies, 
489, 

Blatta, living, exhibited, xxix ; living larvee of, exhibited, lv. 

Blattidx in amber, exhibited, xxviii. 

Bolivia and Peru, descriptions of Micro-Lepidoptera from, xcii. 

Bourbon, mimicry in butterflies from, exhibited, iii, xlii; mimicry in the 
butterflies of Mauritius and, exhibited, iv. 

Brazil, descriptions of new species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South- 
east, xxi, 143. 

Britain, Potato Gnat in, exhibited, ii. 

British Beetles, rare, exhibited, xliv, lvi; Lepidoptera, exhibited, xlvi; 
larvee and pup, living, exhibited, xlvi; species, local variation in a 
common, exhibited, xlvi; Lepidoptera, drawings of varieties!of, exhibited, 
xlvi; Ants, insects and other forms associated with, exhibited, xlvi; 
Ants, exhibited, xlvii; Aculeate Hymenoptera, exhibited, xlvii; Neu- 
roptera, rare, exhibited, lv, lvi; Coleoptera and Hemiptera, rare, 
exhibited, lvii; Heterocera, rare and variant, exhibited, lvii; butterflies, 
aberrant, exhibited, lxii; Monagria, new, exhibited, Ixxv; Coleoptera, 
rare, exhibited, Ixxvi; Anthrocera, new, exhibited, lxxxvi; Pieris napi, 
with Swiss P?. nap?, var. bryoniv, experiments in crossing, exhibited, 
Ixxxvii. 

British East Africa, bionomic notes on butterflies from, 489. 

British Guiana, Heliconine butterflies from, exhibited, xlv. 

Bulbul feeding its young on specially protected insects, xxxi. 

Butterflies, from the Pyrenees, exhibited, i; from Bourbon, mimicry in, 
exhibited, iii, xlii; association of Pierine and Nymphaline, exhibited, 
xxii; rest attitudes of, exhibited, xlv ; scents in, exhibited, xlv; varia- 
tion and dimorphism in Indo-Chinese and Indo-Malayan, exhibited, xlv ; 
from British Guiana, Heliconine, exhibited, xlv ; mimicry in African, 
exhibited, xlvi; of the Mediterranean region, spring, exhibited, xlvi; 
rare and variable species of Swiss, exhibited, xlvi, lxxxvi; homeochro- 
matism in French, exhibited, xlvi; and their models, mimetic Nymphaline, 
exhibited, xlvi; mimicry in tropical American, xlix, 585; mimicry in 
South American, exhibited, li; from South Spain, exhibited, liv; bio- 
nomic notes on, lviii, 607 ; Vosges and aberrant British, exhibited, lxii; 
taken in Jamaica, notes on some, 37; of Tobago, on some of the, 53; 
bionomic notes on British East African, 489. 

Butterfly subjects, drawings of, exhibited, xlvi. 

Bye-law, alteration of a, xvii, xviii. 

Callidryas eubule, plants of Bryophyllum calycinum, a favourite resting-place 
of, exhibited, xlv. 

Calligenia miniata, exhibited, xxix. 

Canaries, Rhopalocera from the, exhibited, xlix. 

Celastrinids and Everids, mimetic group of Indian, exhibited, Ixxxi. 

Ceylon, Lampyridx from, exhibited, xlviii. 


¢ - ues) 


Charazxes, from South Africa, specific identity of two forms of, exhibited, 
lxiv; identity of, exhibited, )xxxvi. 

Charing Cross, Lepidoptera observed within six miles of, exhibited, xlvi. 

China, on the metamorphoses of two Hemiptera-Heteroptera from Southern, 
59. 

Colsenis telesiphe, Heliconius telesiphe and Pereute antodyca, mimetic relation 
between, exhibited, xci ; and Belenots thysa, mimicry by, exhibited, xcvi. 

Coleophora, drawings of species of, exhibited, xlvi; life histories of the genus, 
exhibited, xlvii; living larve of, exhibited, xvii. 

Coleophorids, life history of, exhibited, Ixxvi. 

Coleoptera, aberrant, exhibited, xx ; contribution to the classification of the 

“ Coleopterous family Dynastida, xxi, 321; rare British, exhibited, lvii, 
lxxvi; new and rare, exhibited, Ixxxvi, xciii; variant and rare, exhibited, 
xev. 

Coniopteryx, larvee of, exhibited, xxii. 

Conversazione, description of, xlv ; statement relative to, 1. 

Council, for 1908-9, nomination of, i; for 1909-10, nomination of, Ixxxv, 
xciii. 

Cryptamorpha desjardinst in Hampshire, exhibited, lvii. 

Danaine genus /tuna, secondary mimetic resemblance of Zthomtinxw to the, 
exhibited, vii. 

Dascillus, larvee of Trictenotoma and, exhibited, xxii, 275, 

Destruction of moths in Saxony, Ixxxiv. 

Diaposematism, with reference to some limitations of the Miillerian 
hypothesis of mimicry, on, xiii, 93; on Miillerian mimicry and, Ixx, 559. 

Dimorphism, in Hemiptera, and recent additions to the British list, exhibited, 
xlv; in Indo-Chinese and Indo-Malayan butterflies, variation and, 
exhibited, xlv. 

Diplopterous Hymenoptera from Queensland, two new, xiii, 89. 

Diptera, the systematic affinities of the Phorida and of several Brachycerous 
families in the, xxvii, 283; rare British Beetles and dipterous parasites, 
exhibited, lv ; predaceous, exhibited, xciil. 

Dragonflies of the ‘‘ Dale Collection,” the British, xliv. 

Dryas paphia, aberration of, exhibited, liv, lix; hints as to egg-laying and 
hybernation of larvz of, Ix. 

Dynastidx, a contribution to the classification of the Coleopterous family of, 
xxi, 321. 

Earwig, rare, exhibited, Ixxvii. 

Epinephele jurtina, albinism in, exhibited, xxix. 

Erebia, from Germany, forms of, exhibited, Lxii ; from the Vosges, exhibited, 
Ixxiv. 

ks lefebvret and Lycwna pyrenaica, xxi, 307. 

Erianthus versicolor, life history of, Ixxxv. 

Everes, forms of, exhibited, xxiv ; determined by their genitalia, the distinct- 
ness of several species of, xliv, 371. 

Everids, mimetic group of Indian Celastrinids and, exhibited, Ixxxi. 

Eulophonotus myrmeleon, with descriptions of the imagines of the two 
Heterocera, on the larvee of Hamanumida dedalus, H oplitis phyllocampa 
and, lviii. 

Euphxdra, habits of mimetic species of, Ixxix. 


( esx }) 


Fellows, election of, i, xx, xxii, xxiv, xxviii, li, lviii, lxxiv, 1xxxv, xciii. 

Flies, mimicking wasps, exhibited, xlv; illustrations of Tsetse and other 
biting, exhibited, xlv; the life history of house, 1; parasites on, 
exhibited, lvii. 

Formica rufa, and F. sanguinea, observation nests of, exhibited, xlvii; 
pseudogynes of, exhibited, Ixxv. 

Formosa, on certain Wycteribiide, with descriptions of two new species from, 
xlix, 359. 

France, homceochromatism in butterflies from, exhibited, xlvi. 

Freeman, Francis Ford, notice of death of, xxviii. 

Fungoid growths on Lepidoptera, xxv. 

Furnival, T. P., notice of death of, xxv. 

Germany, forms of Erehia and Lycwna from, exhibited, lxii. 

Glocia clarki, exhibited, 1xxix. 

Glow-worm, food of, xliv. 

Goliath Beetles, exhibited, xlvi. 

Goss, Herbert, notice of death of, xx. 

Grasshoppers, Water-, exhibited, xlv. 

Hamanumida dexedalus, Hoplitis phyllocampa and Eulophonotus myrmeleon, 
with descriptions of the imagines of the two Heterocera, on the larve 
of, lviii, 

Hampshire, Cryptamorpha desjardinsi in, exhibited, lvii. 

Heliconine butterflies from British Guiana, exhibited, xlv. 

Helicontus, parallel variation of forms of, exhibited, xciv. 

Ay telesiphe and Pereute antodyca, mimetic relation between Colanis 
telesiphe, exhibited, xci. 

Hemiptera, and recent additions to the British list, dimorphism in, exhibited, 
xlv; rare British, exhibited, lvii; -Heteroptera from Southern China, on 
the metamorphoses of two, 59. 

Heredity, experiments with Actdalia virgularia in Mendelian, exhibited, 
xlvi; in Papilio dardanus from Natal, xlix, 427. 

Hespertdxe from the Indo-Malayan and African regions, with descriptions of 
some new species, on the species of, 1. 

Hespervide from Central and South America, new species of, 375. 

Heterocera, from South America, rare, exhibited, xlv; rare and variant 
British, exhibited, lvii; on the larvee of Hamanumida dwedalus, Hoplitis 
phyllocampa and Eulophonotus myrmeleon, with descriptions of the 
imagines of the two, lviii. 

Homeeochromatism in French butterflies, exhibited, xlvi. 

Hoplitis phyllocampa, Hamanumida dewdalus, and Eulophonotus myrmeleon, 
on the larvee of, lviii. 

Hymenoptera, from Queensland, two new Diplopterous, xiii, 89 ; -Aculeata 
collected in Algeria. Part III, Anthophila, xxi, 177; British Aculeate, 
exhibited, xlvii, 

Indian Celastrinids and Everids, mimetic group of, exhibited, lxxxi. 

Indo-Chinese and Indo-Malayan butterflies, variation and dimorphism in, 
exhibited, xlv. 

Indo-Malayan, butterflies, variation and dimorphism in Indo-Chinese and, 
exhibited, xlv; and African regions, with descriptions of some new 
species, on the species of Hespertdx from the, 1. 


( Gxziit; } 


Ithomiinew to the Danaine genus /tuna, secondary mimetic resemblance of, 
exhibited, vii. 

Jamaica, notes on some butterflies taken in, 37. 

Jubilee of Oxford University Museum, li. 

Kew Gardens, ants from, exhibited, ii. 

Lampyridx from Ceylon, exhibited, xlviii. 

Laphria gilva, exhibited, xxxiii. 

Leaf Insects from Seychelles, exhibited, xlvii. 

Lemann, F. C,, notice of death of, xxv. 

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil, descriptions of new species 
of, xxi, 143; fungoid growths on, exhibited, xxv; aberrant and living, 
exhibited, xxviii; parasites on, exhibited, xlvi; melanism in West York- 
shire, exhibited, xlvi; British, exhibited, xlvi; of South London, 
exhibited, xlvi; observed within six miles of Charing Cross, exhibited, 
xlvi; drawings of varieties of British, exhibited, xlvi; photographs of, 
exhibited, xlvii. 

Leucania, oviposition of a, exhibited, 1xi. 

Leucothyris zelica, colour derivation of, exhibited, lxi. 

Libellula, wing suffusion of, exhibited, lix. 

Library, donation to, xciii. 

Limenitis, habits of, xcvi; and their models, mimetic North American 
species of the genus, 447. 

London, Lepidoptera of South, exhibited, xlvi; Lepidoptera observed within 
six miles of Charing Cross, exhibited, xlvi. 

Lycena, from Germany, forms of, exhibited, lxii; LZ. pyrenatca, Erebia 
lefebvrer and, xxi, 307. 

Madagascar, on species of WVept7s in islands to E. and N.-W. of, xxxi. 

Maddison, T., notice of death of, li. 

Malacodermata, revision of the Australian and Tasmanian, lviii. 

Malacosoma neustriaand M. castrensis, and their hybrid forms, exhibited, xlvi. 

Malay Archipelago, Papilios from the, exhibited, xi. 

Mauritius and Bourbon, mimicry in the butterflies of, exhibited, iv. 

Mediterranean region, spring butterflies of the, exhibited, xlvi. 

Melanism, in a Beetle, exhibited, xxv; in West Yorkshire Lepidoptera, 
exhibited, xlvi. 

Melanitis leda taken at different seasons, series of, exhibited, xlv. 

Melitea aurinia, and Notodonta chaonia, variation in, exhibited, xii; forms 
of, exhibited, Ixxiv. 

Melitzeas, from South Switzerland, exhibited, xxi; of the Athalia group, 
exhibited, Ixxxvii. 

Melttomma tnsulare, on the larvee of Trictenotoma childreniz and, xxiv, 275. 

Mendelian heredity with Acidalia virgularia, experiments in, exhibited, xlvi. 

Micro-Lepidoptera from Bolivia and Peru, descriptions of, xcii. 

Microscopic, preparations to illustrate the Entomological aspects of the 
Sleeping Sickness, exhibited, xlv ; demonstrations, exhibition of, xlvii. 

Mimicry, in Bourbon butterflies, exhibited, iii, xlii; in the butterflies of 
Mauritius and Bourbon, exhibited, iv ; secondary mimetic resemblance of 
Ithomtine to the Danaine genus J/tuna, exhibited, vii; mimetic relation 
of Wychitona and Pseudopontia, exhibited, xiii; on diaposematism, with 
reference to some limitations of the Millerian hypothesis of, xiii, 93; in 


- 


{ ‘exxiv:,’ ) 


American Papilios, exhibited, xlv; of wasps by flies, exhibited, xlv; in 
African butterflies, exhibited, xlvi ; mimetic Nymphaline butterflies and 
their models, exhibited, xlvi; in tropical American butterflies, xlix, 585; 
in South American butterflies, exhibited, li; and diaposematism, on 
Miillerian, Ixx, 559; in species of Luphedra, xxix; in group of Indian 
Celastrinids and Everids, exhibited, lxxxi; between Co/wnis telesiphe, 
Heliconius telesiphe and Pereute antodyca, exhibited, xci; by Colenis 
telesiphe and Belenots thysa, probably Miillerian, exhibited, xevi; in 
North American species of the genus Limenztis and their models, 447. 

Morphos, exhibited, xlvi. 

Natal, heredity in Papilio dardanus from, xlix, 427. 

Neptis in islands to E. and N.-W, of Madagascar, on species of, xxxiil, 

Neuroptera, rare British, exhibited, lv, lvi; -Plantpennia and Trichoptera of 
New Zealand, some additions to the Perlidex, lvii. 

New Zealand, some additions to the Perlidye, Neuroptera-Plantpennia and 
Trichoptera of, lviii, 

Nonagyria new to Britain, exhibited, lxxv. 

Notodonta chaonia, variation in Jelitwa aurinia and, exhibited, xii. 

Nudaria senex, exhibited, xxix. 

Nycteribiide, with descriptions of two new species from Formosa, on certain, 
xlix, 359. 

Nychitona and Pseudopontia, mimetic relation of, exhibited, xiii. 

Nymphaline butterflies, association of Pierine and, exhibited, xxii ; mimetic, 
and their models, exhibited, xlvi; temperature experiments with, 
exhibited, xev. 

Obituary. Herbert Goss, xx; F. C. Lemann; T. P. Furnival, xxv ; Francis 
Ford Freeman, xxviii; T. Maddison, li ; Liewt.-Col. Chas. T. Bingham, lix. 

Obligation Book of the Entomological Society of London,with the signatures 
of the Duchess of Kent and the Princess Victoria, afterwards Queen 
Victoria, the, exhibited, xlvi. 

Ocellatus and Populi, Smerinthus, hybrids of, exhibited, Ixxvi. | 

Ochromyia, tongue of an, exhibited, xxvi. 

CEstrid flies (Spathicera) mimetic of species of Salius (Pompilidx), Rhinoceros 
bicornts followed by, xxix. 

Officers for 1909-10, nomination of, 1xxxv, xciii. 

Orthoptera, further studies of the Yetriginw in the Oxford University 
Museum, xiix, 387. 

Oxford, Pyralis lientyialis at, exhibited, iii ; further studies of the Tetrigine 
(Orthoptera) in the University Museum of, xlix, 387; University 
Museum Jubilee, li. 

Oxygastra, types of, xliv. 

Papilio dardanus from Natal, heredity in, xlix, 427. 

»  homerus, early stages of, exhibited, xxii. 

Papilios, from the Malay Archipelago, exhibited, xi; mimicry in American, 
exhibited, xlv. 

Parasites, on Lepidoptera, exhibited, xlvi; on flies, exhibited, lvii. 

Pereute antodyca, mimetic relation between Colants telesiphe, Helicontus 
telestphe and, exhibited, xci. 

Perlide, Newroptera-Planipennia and Trichoptera of New Zealand, some 
additions to the, viii. 


| 


Chtaay ) 


Peronea cristana, varieties of, exhibited, xlvi; and P. hastiana, aberrations 
of, exhibited, xlvi. 

Peru, descriptions of Micro-Lepidoptera from Bolivia and, xcii. 

Phoridz and of several Brachycerous families in the Diptera, the systematic 
affinities of the, xxvii, 283. 

Phylogeny, notes on the value of the genitalia of insects as guides in, xlix, 
297. 

Pieris ie forms of, exhibited, xlvii; gynandromorphous example of, 
exhibited, lv; with Swiss P. nap2, var. bryonix, experiments in crossing, 
exhibited, Ixxxvii. 

Polyyonia c-album, life history of, lxxxviii. 

Polyommatus bellargus, forms of, exhibited, Ixxviii. 

Populi, hybrids of Ocellatus and, exhibited, lxxvi. 

Porthesia, hybernating, exhibited, 1xxvi. 

Potato Guat in Britain, exhibited, ii. 

President for 1909-10, nomination of, Ixxxv, xcili. 

Protected insects, the Bulbul feeding its yonng on specially, xxxi. 

Pseudogynes, of an ant, exhibited, xlvii; of Formica rufa, exhibited, Ixxv. 

Pseudopontia, mimetic relation of Mychitona and, exhibited, xiii. 

Purley, rare beetle from, exhibited, lix. 

Pyralis lientgialis at Oxford, exhibited, iii. 

Pyrenees, butterflies from the, exhibited, i. 

Pytho depressus, abnormal, exhibited, lix. 

Queensland, two new Diplopterous Hymenoptera from, xiii, 89. 

Rhinoceros bicornis followed by extraordinary Cstrid flies (Spathicera), 
mimetic of a large species of Salivs (Pompilida), xxix. 

Rhopalocera from the Canaries, exhibited, xlix. 

Salius (Pompilidx), Rhinoceros bicornis followed by Cistrid flies (Spathicera), 
mimetic of species of, xxix. 

Saxony, moth destruction in, Ixxxiv, 

Scoliidx, notes on the Thynnidx, with remarks on some aberrant genera of 
the, 63. 

Seychelles, leaf insects from, exhibited, xlvii. 

Sitaris muralis, larvee of, exhibited, iii. 

Sleeping Sickness, microscopic preparations to illustrate the Entomological 
aspects of the, exhibited, xlv. 

Smerinthus populi, variation in, exhibited, xxiii ; hybrids of S. ocel/atus and, 
exhibited, lxxvi. 

Spain, butterflies from South, exhibited, liv. 

Spider, nest of wasp from Assam, with occupant attacking, exhibited, 
xlv. 

Stenoptilia grandis, on, xxvii, 317. 

Stereoscopic photographs from nature, exhibited, xlvii. 

Stick insect, exhibited, Ixxvi. 

Switzerland, Melitzas from South, exhibited, xxi; rare and variable species of 
butterflies from, xlvi; aberration in butterflies from, exhibited, lxxxvi ; 
experiments in crossing British Pier’s napi with P. napi, var. bryonie 
from, exhibited, Ixxxvil. 

Tachinidex, rare, exhibited, xxiv. 

Tasmanian Malacodermata, revision of the Australian and, lviii. 


- 
(oxexi } 


Tetriyine (Orthoptera) in the Oxford University Museum, further studies of 
the, xlix, 387. 

Thats, forms of, exhibited, lix. 

Thynnide, from South America, exhibited, iii; with remarks on some 
aberrant genera of the Scoliida, notes on the, 63. 

Tobago, on some of the butterflies of, 53. 

Tongue of an Ochromyia, exhibited, xxvi. 

Trachyphleus scabriculus, with mandibles, exhibited, iii. 

Trichoptera of New Zealand, some additions to the Perlidw, Neuroptera- 
Planipennia and, viii. 

Trictenotoma and Dascillus, larvee of, exhibited, xxii. 

55 childrent and Melittomma insulare, on the larve of, xxiv, 275. 

Tsetse and other biting flies, illustrations of, exhibited, xlv. 

Variation, in Melitwa aurinia and Notodonta chaonia, exhibited, xii; in 
Smerinthus populi, exhibited, xxiii; and dimorphism in Indo-Chinese 
and Indo-Malayan butterflies, exhibited, xlv; in a common British 
species, local, exhibited, xlvi; in Swiss butterflies, exhibited, xlvi; in 
Peronea cristana, exhibited, xlvi; in Pterts napi and Aplecta nebulosa, 
exhibited, xlvi; in British Heterocera, exhibited, lvii; in Abraxas gros- 
sulartiata, exhibited, xciv; in forms of Heliconius, exhibited, xciv; in 
Coleoptera, exhibited, xev. 

Vice-Presidents, for 1908-9, nomination of, i. 

Vosges, butterflies from the, exhibited, lxii; Erebias from the, exhibited, 
xxiv. 

Wasps, flies mimicking, exhibited, xlv ; from Assam, with occupant attacking 
spider, nest of, exhibited, xlv ; cells of, exhibited, lxxvii. 

Water-Grasshoppers, exhibited, xlv. 

Weevils, showing false mandibles, exhibited, xx ; rare, exhibited, ]xxxvi. 

Yorkshire Lepidoptera, melanism in West, exhibited, xlvi. 

Zygena, forms of, exhibited, lxxviii. 


Eee 


( exxvi ) 


SPECIAL INDEX. 


The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘ Transactions’ ; the Roman numerals 
to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings? 


Abantis, 10, 526, 540 

Abaratha, 10 

Abraxas, xciv, 622 

abstersa (Andrena), 214 

acacetes (Kueides), 599 

Acantholobus, 400 

acara (Acreea), 525, 527, 528, 548, 
553 

achea (Napeogenes), 599, 601 

acheronta (Coa), 46 

achilleee (Anthrocera), Ixxxvi 

achine (Teracolus), 141 

Acidalia, xlvi 

Acidia, 302 

acipha (Acreea), 599 

Acolastes, 50 

Acrea, xxxi, Ixxx, 43, 122, 128, 
133, 137, 496, 508, 509, 510, 
514, 515, 516, 517, 521, 523, 
525, 526, 527, 528, 529, 530, 
532, 533, 534, 541, 547, 548, 
552, 553, 599, 602, 625, 633 

Acreine, liii, 132, 139, 496, 507, 
509, 524, 535, 547, 599, 610, 
626, 657 

Acreoid (Helicondid), 594 

acrita (Acrvea), 526, 527 

Acronyctine, 157 

acropera (Clemensia), 146 

Actinote, liii, 40, 452, 625 

acuticollis (Trichogomphus, 348, 558 

acuticornis (Dolichopus), 286 

3 (Osmia), 253 

acutus (Colletes), 178 
»,  (Lamellitettix) 404 

Adalia, xev 

adamsi (Sphzenogona), 48 

Adelaide (Semanopterus), 343, 357 

Adelpha, xxii, xxiii, li, lii, liv, 448, 
475, 476, 477, 478, 485, 486, 487, 488 


552, 


129, 
512, 
524, 
531, 
549, 


508, 
622, 


Adoryphorus, 342, 357 
adunca (Osmia), 251, 252 
Aigeria, 634 
wegeria (Pararge), 646, 662 
egistus (Sematura), 662 
fluroides, 87 
AKlurus, 63, 64, 79, 80, 87 
/®milia, 149 
enea (Cordulia), lvi 
eneas (Papilio), 113 
weneides gargarus (Papilio), 622 
enigmaticus (Pterombrus), 82 
Aeria, 571 
/Kromachus, 12 
#schna, lvii 
estria (Aides), 382 
ethiops (Hrebia), 311, 318 
»,  (Thynnus), 80 
ethras (Myscelus), 376 
affine (Anthidium), 256 
», var. monile (Anthidium), 256 
affinis (Hedotettix), 422 
,, (Huphina), 120 
5, (Pyropterus), lv 
», (Satarupa), 3 
», var. cognata (Satarupa), 3 
afra (Coelioxys), 241 
africanus (Prototettix), 417, 418 
afrum (Anthidium), 254 
afzeliella (Andrena), 220 
agamemnon (Papilio), 625, 626, 629, 
630, 639, 640 
aganice (Planema), 116, 496, 512, 518, 
523, 524, 551 
», f montana (Planema), 
523, 524 
Aganisthos, 45, 627, 659 
agaricon (Pyrrhopygopsis), 386 
agarithe (Phoebis), 56, 620 
agatha (Neptis), 122, 500, 505, 582 


“4; 


508, 


- 


( exxvili ) 


agathina (Mylothris), xevii, 535, 536, 
537, 5388, 633, 637 
agenoria (Pyrrhopyge), 378 
Aglais, xev, xevi 
aglaonice (Acraa), 549 
aglea (Parantica), 612, 626, 630, 633, 
637, 638 
» ceylanica (Parantica), 611 
aglyphus (Halictus), 191 
agna (Aeria), 571 
», (Chapra), 23 
», (Hesperia), 23 
agrestis (Nomada), 228 
Agrias, liv 
Agrilus, lv 
Agrotine, 151 
ahrendti (Hesperia), 18 
Aides, 381, 382 
Ajax (Stypotrupes), 330 
akar (Pamphila), 17 
Alena, 506, 507, 535, 656 
Alaocyba, xlix 
albarius (Halictus), 185 
albicilia (Sarangesa), 7 
albicinctus (Halictus), 185 
albicornis (Perichares), 32 
albigena (Anthophora), 267 
albimacula (Opharus), 147 
albimaculata (Amauris), vi, 118, 121, 
123, 124, 430, 431, 432, 502, 505, 
509, 510, 511, 512, 513, 514, 516, 
_ 517, 519 
albipes (Halictus), 187, 188 
», (Technomyrmex), li 
albipuncta (Heterochroma), 157 
albocinerea (Andrena), 197 
(Anthophora, 268 
albofasciatus (Halictus), 634 
(Thynnus), 79 
albohirta (Andrena), 198 
albomaculata (Anthobosca), 83 
4 (Hypolimnesthes), 477 
(Myzine), 83 
albopilosus (Panurginus), 225 
albo-radiata (Acreea), 548 
albosignata (Anthophora), 272 
albula (Terias), 55, 618 
Alcidosoma, 353, 358 
alciphron, var. gordius, ab. midas 
(Chrysophanus), lxxvi 
Aleochara, lvii 
aleta (Hesperia), 16 
Aletis, xv, 518, 519, 522 
alexandre (Troides), xi 
alfurus (Apaustus), 17 
algericus (Panurgus), 225 
algira (Eucera), 261 
algirus (Rophites), 225, 226 


alice (Hesperia), 22 
alicia (Acrwa), 529, 530, 531, 532, 583, 
534 
,, f. eabiroides (Acrea), 529, 530, 
531, 532, 533 
,, f. tenelloides (Acrea), 530, 531, 
532, 533 
aliena (Hesperia), 16 
», (Plesioneura), 29 
,, (TLaractrocera), 16 
aliphera (Eueides), 524, 589, 616 
Alissonotum, 322, 3238, 324, 3655, 
356 
alluaudi (Plagiolepis), ii 
alpha (Andrena), 211, 216 
alsus (Cupido), 1xxxii 
», (4izera), [xxxii 
alternans (Eucera), 258 
Pa (Macrocera), 258 
alticristatus (Lophotettix), 389, 390 
altinotus (Holoareus), 392 
aluensis (Notocrypta), 27 
alysos (Notocrypta), 26 
,, (Plesioneura), 26 
amalthea (Anartia), 54, 644 
amaryllis euryades (Heliconius), liii 
Amauris, vi, vii, xxxix, 115, 118, 121, 
122, 193, 124, 126, 127, 187,. 4380; 
431, 432, 4389, 452, 492, 495, 496, 
497, 498, 499, 500, 501, 502, 503, 
504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 


Bll, 512, 513, 514, 516, 517, 518, 


519, 523, 525 
amazoula (Alzena), 535, 656 
ambigua (Anthophora), 270 
Amblysoma, 64 
amenaida (Pentila), 534, 535 
americana (Tetrix), 414 

si dimorpha (Tetrix), 415 
Ammobates, 235, 236, 237 
amphitrite (Heliconius), liv, xxviii 
amulia (Crenis), xvi 
amydon (Agrias), liv 
amygdalis (Ploetzia), 31 

5; (Systole), 31 
amymone, f. kinbergi (Crastia), 625 
amyntas (Acolastes), 50 
amyntula (Everes), 372, 373, 374 
amystis (Myscelus), 376 
anacardii (Salamis), 638 
Anartia, 38, 40, 44,54,627, 644, 666, 668 
Anaspis, xciil 
anastasia (Ceratinia), 598 
Anastrus, 50, 661 
Anax, lvi 
Ancyla, 264 
andalusica (Nomada), 228 
anderida-albicilla (Heliconius), 115 


——— 


C sexta) 


Andrena, 193, 194, 195, 196, 197, 198, 
199, 200, 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 
206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 211, 212, 
213, 214, 215, 216, 217, 218, 219, 
220, Errata, xxxix 

andreniformis (Sesia), xxviii 

andrenoides (Osmia), 248 

anemosa (Acriea), 525, 527, 528, 548 

anglicanus (Trogolinus), lv 

angulatus (Criotettix), 399, 400 

angulosa (Pericopis), 587, 590 

angustatus (Hedotettix), 422 

angustus (Dromius), xlix 

anina (Pyrrhopyge), 375, 379 

Anisotoma, lvi 

anitta (Hesperia), 30 

annulatus (Heteronychus), 322, 327, 

Anodon, 337, 357 

Anodontyra, 64, 79 

Anomalomorpha, 344, 345, 346, 357 

Anopheles, 298 

Anosia, 41, 54, 449, 450, 451, 452, 453, 
455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460, 461, 
474, 487, 610, 625 

Antarctia, 150 

anteas (Actinote), 452, 625 

antennata (Anthobosca), 83, 84, 85, 87 

antenor (Pharmacophagus), 462 

Anthidium, 254, 255, 256, 257 

Anthobosca, 63, 838, 84, 85, 86, 87 

Anthocharis, xlvi, liv 

Anthophila, xxi 

Anthophora, iii, 267, 268, 269, 270, 
271, 272, 635 

anthracina (Anomalomorpha), 345, 346, 

358 
Se (Anthobosca), 87 

anthracinus (Thynnus), 80 

Anthrocera, Ixxxvi 

Antigonus, 6, 7, 14 

antilope (Precis), 134, 135, 187, 544, 
545 


antimachus (Papilio), 133, 134, 525 
antinorii (Papilio), 122, 124 
antiochus (Coptorrhinus), 340, 357 
Pe -antiochus (Heliconius), 115 
5 (Temnorrhynchus), 340, 357 
antodyca (Euterpe), 577 
“p (Pereute), xci, xcil 
anura (Hasora), 33 
Apatelodes, 171, 172, 173 
Apatura, 475 
Apaustus, 12, 13, 17, 21 
Apenesia, 87 
Aphiocheta, 295, 304 
Aphneeus, 47, 656, 657 
Aphodius, xxv 


Aphonus, 341 
Aphrosylus, 295, 300 
apicalis (Anthobosea), 83 
»,  (Cosila), 83 
»,  (Megachile), 244 
»,  (Microryctes), 325, 356 
»,  (Nyctemera), 508 
Aplecta, xlvii, xi, 1xii 
apollo (Parnassius), 625 
Apotettix, 424 
Appias, 48, 120 
approximans (Eriopyga), 155 
approximata (Euterpe), 577 
Araschnia, 136 
araucarie (Dirphia), 175 
archesia (Precis), Ixviii, 137, 494, 542, 
546 


»,  f. pelasgis (Precis), Ixviii, 134, 
135, 545, 546 
archias (Pamphila), 15 
>,  (Taractrocera), 15, 16 
archippus (Anosia), 41, 54, 449, 450, 
610, 62 
Ps (Basilarchia), 451 
Ap (Limenitis), 451, 452, 453, 
454, 455, 456, 457, 458, 
459, 460, 461, 473, 478, 


479, 487 
eA f. eros (Limenitis), 451, 461 
nS f. floridensis (Limenitis), 


451, 460, 461, 487 
%5 f. hulsti (Limenitis), 459, 
460 
OB var. pseudodorippus (Limen- 
itis), 459 
Archonias, 109, 110, 111, 112 
Arctiade, 145 
Arctiane, 146 
arcticus (Nomotettix), 416 
»,  obtusus (Nomotettix), 415 
arcuata (Elaphroptera), 76 
», (Gymnophora), 286, 287, 291 
»,  (Loxura), 629, 630, 657, 658 
»,  (Parvapenna), 165 
»  (Tettiella), 419 
arcuatus (Humenes), 634 
a (Piezotettix), 392 
arcuella (Heliconius), 598 
area (Plesioneura), 8 
areca (Acrzea), 525, 527, 528, 548 
Arena, lxxxvi 
ares (Prenes), 40, 50 
argante (Pheebis), 577 
argentata (Andrena), 207 
“a (Megachile), 244 
argentatus (Phyllobius), lxxxvi 
argentinus (Tachypterus), 64 
argia (Leuceronia), 536 


all 


(} oe} 


argiades (Everes), xxiv, xliv, xii, 
Ixxxii, Ixxxiil, 371, 372, 
373, 374, 657 

var. coretas (Everes), xxiv, 
xliv 

var. diporides (Everes),]xxxii, 
lxxxiv 

Argiolaus, 47, 656 

argiolus (Celastrina), 1xxxi, [xxx 
»» var. sikkima (Celastrina),]xxxi 

Argynnis, xlix, lx, lxi, 462, 463, 465, 

467, 475, 488, 578, 632 

aria (Matapa), 15 

ariadne (Ergolis), 645 

Aricoris, liit 

aripa (Leptophobia), 619 

aristiona aristiona (Heliconius), 

600 
Aristolochia, 109, 110, 462 
aristolochie (Papilio), 621, 625, 626, 
630, 631, 640 
armillatus (Procas), lxxxvi 
Arnetta, 13 
Artemisia, xlvii 
arthemis (Basilarchia), 451, 478 
»  (Limenitis), 451, 453, 
456, 457, 458, 459, 
462, 471, 472, 473, 
482, 487, 488 

,,  f. lamina (Limenitis), 473 

articularis (Halictus), 188 

aruana (Hesperia), 19 
;,  (Telicota), 19 

arundineta (Nonagria), xxv 

asboloplintha (Acrea), 548, 549 

subsp.rubescens (Acrea), 

547, 548, 549 
asela (Euplcea), 612 
,, (Crastia), 612, 623, 626, 628, 630, 
631, 634, 637 
;, (Cynthia), 614, 624, 628 

asellus (Oniscus), lv 

Asemantus, 342, 343, 357 

Asilid, xxxiii, xlvii 

Asilus, 292, 300 

asopo (Pteronymia), 56, 57 

asperrima (Andrena), 193 

Aspistes, 283, 285 

assamensis (Caltoris), 22 
- (Parnara), 22 
3 (Trionychus), 332, 356 

assimile (Olophrum), xciii 

assimilis (Gymnopternus), 286, 295 

asterius (Papilio), 463, 466, 467, 468, 

469, 470, 472, 488 

Astictopterus, 11, 14, 28 

astrigera (Acreea), 526 

astyanax (Basilarchia), 471, 475 


? 


? 


astyanax (Limenitis), 449, 453, 459, 
462, 465, 467, 471, 472, 
473, 474, 475, 479, 488 
astyome (Dismorphia), 591, 592, 595 
atalanta (Pyrameis), xev 
»» var. merrifieldi(Pyrameis),xev 
a (Vanessa), xlix 
Atella, 43, 629, 630, 631, 657 
Atemeles, lxxvi 
atergatis (Lycorea), 587, 588, 589, 590 
Aterica, 500, 502, 505, 511, 512 
aterrima (Eucera), 264 
»,  (Stelis), 257 
»  (Trineura), 285, 286, 287, 289, 
290, 303 
athalia (Melita), lxxxvii 
Athesis, 610 
athos (Tagiades), 4 
atkinsoni (Arnetta), 13 
ss (Eupatorus), 350, 351, 358 
Atlas (Chaleosoma), 353, 358 
», var. Phidias (Chalcosoma), 353, 
358 


atra (Conicera), 286, 290 
atramentaria (Rhinophora), lv 
atrata (Nacaduba), 616, 657 
atratus (Celeenorrhinus), 9 
Atrephes, 165 
atriceps (Anthophora), 272 
atriclava (Lycophotia), 151 
atricornis (Eucera), 263 
atrisignata (Eriopyga), 155 
atroalba (Anthophora), 272 
atrohirtus (Sphecodes), 183 
atthis (Heliconius), 571 
atticus (Tagiades), 4, 6 
attina (Hesperia), 30 

», (Unkana), 30 
atymnus (Loxura), 658 
augias (Telicota), 19 
augustina (Salamis), v, vii, xliii 
aurantiaca (Loxophlebia), 143 
auraria, (Croniades), 375, 379 
aurata (Halisidota), 148 
aurelia (Melitea), lxxxvii 

5, var. britomartis (Meliteea), xxi 
aureovestitus (Epeolus), 237, 238 
aurimargo (Sarangesa), 6 
aurinia (Meliteea), xii 

»» var, iberica (Melitiea), lxxiv 

;,  (Serdis), 50 
auro-punctata (Wasmannia), ii 
aurora (Pyrrhopyge), 375 
aurulenta (Osmia), 252 
australicus (Eupatorus), 354, 358 
australis (Hebomoia), 621, 624 

55 (Scapanes), 344, 357 
Austrotiphia, 87 


( Gxxxi. ) 


autoleon (Pamphila), 19 
Automeris, 174 
Automolis, 146 
avida (Elaphroptera), 73, 75 
Axiocerces, 656 
baccarum (Dolycoris), xxxiii 
bachus (Papilio), 599 
bada (Hesperia), 24 
,» (Parnara), 24, 25 
Badamia, 661 
badra (Hasora), 33, 34 
», var. celebica (Ismene), 33 
beticus (Polyommatus), 617, 629, 657 
balarama (Hesperia), 24 
baliensis (Ixias), 118, 119, 120, 121, 


581 
balteatus (Colletes), 178 
»,  (Syrphus), xciii 
baltica (Eetobia), xxix 
bambuse (Telicota), 661 
Baoris, 21, 22, 24, 32 
barbarossa (Oryctes), 343, 357 
5 (Scarabeeus), 343 
Bardaxima, 168 
Barynotus, xx 
Basilarchia, 448, 449, 451, 474, 477 
Bassus, xcili 
batara (Ismene), 30 
», (Unkana), 30 
Batrachidea, 424 
Batrachidee, 424 
Beccarii (Chaleosoma), 353, 358 
(Cladonotella), 395, 396 
(Cladonotus), 396 
»,  (Kupatorus), 353, 358 
begga (Gorgythion), 661 
belemia (Anthocharis), liv 
» var. glauce (Anthocharis), liv 
»,  (Euchloé), 636 
Belenois, xcvi, xecvii, 134, 141, 492, 
535, 586, 539, 540, 541, 633, 637, 
638 
belgiaria, var. favillacearia (Scodiona), 
lxili 
belia (Euchloé), 629 
bella (Blera), 170 
», (Utetheisa), 40 
bellargus (Lycena), 1xii, lxiii 
»,  (Polyommatus), Ixxviii 
var. ceronus (Polyommatus), 
xxviii 
bellicosum (Anthidium), 254 
bellidis (Andrena), 202 
beon (Thecla), 55 
beraka (Baoris), 21 
», (Hesperia), 21 
berenice (Danaida), 450, 451, 460, 461, 
487 


PROC, ENT. SOC, LOND., Vv. 1908. 


” 
9 


29 


berenice, f. strigosa (Danaida), 450, 460 
Berethis, vi 

besckei (Heliconius), xcii 

beta (Andrena), 212 


betanimena (Charaxes), Ixix, Ixx 
lxxxvi 
betsimisaraka (Charaxes), lxix, Ixx 
lxxxvi 


bevani (Caltoris), 23 
», (Hesperia), 23 

Biareolina, 220 
biastoides (Ammobates), 237 
Bibasis, 661 
Bibio, 288, 289 
biblis (Didonis), 627 
biciliata (Anthophora), 272 
bidentata (Osmia), 248, 253 
bidentulus (Heteronychus), 322 

»,  (Pentodon), 322, 355 
biguttatus (Agrilus), lv 
bimaculata (Andrena), 194 

at (Anthophora), 268 
bimaculatus (Halictus), 186, 188 
binghami (Arnetta), 13 
(Notarthrinus), lxxxi, lxxxii, 
lxxxiii 
binodulum (Alissonotum), 356 
binodulus (Phileurus), 324, 356 
bipartita (Andrena), 195 
bipunctata (Adalia), xev 

5 (Anthobosea), 83 

» _ (Tiphia), 83 
bipunctatus (Cryptocephalus), 1xxvi 
bipunctidactylus (Stenoptilia), 318 
birmanicus (Eupatorus), 352, 353, 358 
biskrensis (Andrena), 219 
bispinosus (Acantholobus), 400 

95 (Criotettix), 400 
bisulca (Osmia), 250 
bituberculata (Telephoromyia), 70 
Blabephorus, 346, 347, 358 
blasii (Nycteribia), 366 
Blatta, xxix, lv 
Blepharipoda, 519 
Blera, 170 
Boarmiine, 522 
bochus (Jamides), 630, 657 
bogotana (Pyrrhopyge), 375 
bohemanni (Omias), xxi 
boisduvalli (Pseudacreea), xv, 526, 528, 

552, 553 

bolina (Hypolimnas), 626, 628, 630 
Bombus, 237, 273, 635 
Bombylius, 634 
bonariensis (Ligyrus), 341, 357 

P (Podalgus), 341, 357 
bonasia (Acrza), 531 
boops (Nabis), lvii 


”? 


hall 


(\ cxexsxit ) 


borellii (Paratettix), 418, 419 
borneensis (Pseudohomonyx), 327, 356 
Bothria, lxxxi, lxxxii, ]xxxiii 
bouvieri (Pterygospidea), 7 
»,  (Sarangesa), 7 
bracatus (Colletes), 178 
brachycera (Eucera), 259 
oa (Macrocera), 259 
Brachytron, lvi 
breesia (Acriea), 526, 527 
brassice (Ganoris), 629 
»» var, cheiranthi (Pieris), xlix 
brassicaria (Ocyptera), 1xxiv 
Bredowii (Heterochroa), 483 
»,  (Limenitis), 476, 477, 478, 480, 
482, 488, 484, 485, 487 
brevicauda (Goniurus), 381 
a (Thymele), 381 
breviceps (Halictus), 189 
brevicornis (Prosopis), 182 
brevicristatus (Lophotettix), 388, 390 
brevilinea (Leucania), ]xi 
brevis (Ccelioxys), 242 
», (Nomada), 230 
»» (Scaria), 426 
brigidella (Antigonus), 6 
HW (Tagiades), 6 
brigitta (Terias), 539 
britomartis (Melitea), Ixxxvil 
bromius (Tabanus), 301 
brunneostriga (Cyclopides), 17 
(Kedestes), 17 
brunneri (Tetrix), 415 
bubastus (Callicista), 55 
bucephala (Andrena), 199, 200 
Burara, 33 
Burmeisteri (Lycomedes), 355 
a (Phileurus), 335, 357 
Burri (Gignotettix), 398 
», (Telmatettix), 410 
cabira (Acraa), 529, 530, 531, 532, 533, 
625 


cadmus (Ccea), 46 
excili (Prenolepsis), ii 
Oznocoris, 59 
cerulescens (Orthetrum), lvii 
> (Osmia), 247 
cesina (Hesperia), 31 
s (Sabera), 30, 31 
Cafius, Ixxvi 
calathus (Eudamus), 29 
s (Lotongus), 29 
c-album (Grapta), 653 
»,  (Polygonia), lxxxviii, xe 
», var. hutchinsoni (Polygonia), 
Ixxxix, xc 
calcarata (Anthophora), 269 
calceatus (Panurgus), 225 


| calecitrans (Stomoxys), xxvii 


caldarena (Acrea), 549 
californica (Adelpha), 476 
pm (Limenitis), 476, 477, 478, 
479, 480, 481, 482, 483, 
484, 485, 486, 488 
Caligo, 56 
Calisto, 42, 614, 648, 658, 659, 663 
callianira (Pereute), xxii 
Callicista, 55 
Callicore, 476 
Callidea, 59 
Callidryas, xlv, 40, 47, 55, 620, 636, 
641, 643, 663, 667, 668 
Calligenia, xxix 
Callimormus, 56 
Callimorpha, lviii 
callinice (Pereute), xxii, liv, 109 
Calliphora, 299, 303 
Callipsyche, 47 
callixenus (Casyapa), 3 
callizonius (Halictus), 185 
callosa (Ceratina), 239, 240 
Caltoris, 22, 23 
Calycopis, 47, 656 
calydonia (Pieris), 618 
cambes (Tmolus), 617 
camerta (Euptychia), 54 
camilla (Limenitis), 475 
caminus (Pyrrhopygopsis), 385 
campina (Mycalesis), 654 
camposa (Hesperia), 376 
,,  (Pyrrhopygopsis), 376, 385 
Camptogramma, lvili 
Camptopceeum, 225 
cana (Cystineura), 45, 55 
cancellatum (Orthetrum), lvi 
Candezei (Ceratoryctoderus), 331, 356 
$5 (Stypotrupes), 331, 356 
candrena (Callicore), 476 
capitalis (Halictus), 188 
Caprona, 661, 662 
carbo (Cobalus), 6 
carbonaria (Anthobosca), 83 
As (Elaphroptera), 80 
$9 (Myzine), 83 
Cardiophorus, lxxxvi 
cardui (Pyrameis), xlix, 628 
Caricea, xxvii 
carinatus (Ammobates), 235 
5 (Nomotettix), 416 
carmentis (Acrea), 508, 524 
carnifex (Nomada), 233 
Cartaletis, 633 
Carthara, 171 
Carystus, 382, 661 
caspica (Eucera), 261 
cassiopea (Stelis), 257 


( exxxii ) 
A 


cassius (Leptotes), 55 
», var. floridensis (Plebeius), 46 
»,  (Syntarucus), 47 
3. (Lartucus)y 55 
castalis (Teracolus), 540 
Castalius, 646 
castanea (Apatelodes), 172 
castaneus (Protogonius), 597 
castilla (Eresia), liv 
Castnia, 599, 601 
Castniide, vii 
castra (Olceclostera), 171 
castrensis (Horama), 144 
. (Malacosoma), xlvi 
Casyapa, 2, 3 
Catacroptera, 657 
Catagramma, liii, liv 
Catasticta, liv, 110 
Catia, 51, 661 
catillus (Eudamus), 50, 56 
Catochrysops, 47, 55, 617, 630, 656 
Catophaga, 618, 638 
Catopsilia, 620, 624, 626, 628, 630, 
636, 641, 643, 663 
caudatus (Micronotus), 423 
Be (Paratettix), 423 
Ss (Tettix), 423 
cebrene (Precis), 137, 654 
cecrops (Protogonius), 587, 589 
Celeznorrhinus, 8, 9, 661, 662 
celeenus (Hasora), 35 
»» (Papilio), 35 
Celastrina = Ixxxi, 
lxxxiv 
celeno (Lampides), 617, 628, 657 
celimene (Teracolus), 540 
cephala (Scobura), 13 
cepheus (Acrea), 548 
Ceratina, 239, 240 
Ceratinia, 587, 588, 589, 590, 591, 593, 
595, 597, 598, 599 
Ceratoryctoderus, 331, 356 
cerbera (Meganostoma), 621 
Ceria, 634 
certhia (Hasora), 33 
»,  (Ismene), 33 
Cerura, 169 
cervicornis (Prosopis), 179 
cervinus (Dascillus), xxii, 275, 280, 
282 
Cethosia, 624, 628, 638 
ceto (Thyridia), xi 
Ceuthorrhynchus, lxxxvi 
ceylanica (Nepheronia), 620, 633, 638 
$5 (Parantica), 633 
,,  (Yphthima), 614, 628, 631, 
645 
chabrona (Hasora), 34 


Ixxxii, 1xxxiii, 


chabrona (Ismene), 34 
Chabuata, 152, 153, 154 
Cheetocneme, 2 
chalciformis (Melittia), 634 
Chalcosia, 623, 626 
Chaleosoma, 350, 353, 358 
Chalepus, 342, 357 
Chalicodoma, 242, 243 
Chalurus, 299, 303 
chaonia (Notodonta), xiii 
Chapra, 23, 24, 25 
Charaxes, lxiv, Ixv, Ixvi, Ixvii, xviii, 
lxix, xx, lxxxvi, Ixxxvii, 507, 657 
charithonia (Heliconius), Ixxviii, 42, 
571, 616, 625, 627 
os f. peruviana (Heliconius), 
571 
Charmion, 9, 27 
charon (Phocides), 377 
charops (Pereute), liv, 108 
chaya (Baoris), 24 
», (Hesperia), 24 
chennellii (Bothria), 
lxxxiii 
childreni (Trictenotoma), xxiv, 275 
chilensis (Anthobosea), 83 
5 (Cosila), 83 
sf (Pseudelaphroptera), 73 
< (Scolia), 83 
chilo (Acreea), 526, 527 
Chilosia, 635 
chimera (Notocrypta), 26 
S (Plesioneura), 26 
chinensis (Celenorrhinus), 8 
+ (Eophileurus), 338, 356 
*3 (Phileurus), 331, 332, 356 
Chiomara, 661 
chiriquensis (Narga), 8 
Chironomus, 289 
Chittira, 611, 625, 626, 637 
Chlenogramma, 166 
Chlorippe, 475, 476 
chlorozona (Monodes), 161 
choaspes (Tirumala), 126 
Choleva, Ixxxvi 
chriemhilda (Kuryphene), 520, 521 
chromus (Parata), 33 
chrysippus (Danaida), xv, xxx, 122, 
129, 130, 430, 431, 432, 
435, 450, 501, 519, 520, 
521, 522, 524, 611, 625, 
626, 632, 633 
2 f. aleippus (Daniada), lxxx 
95 f. dorippus (Danaida), lxxx, 
Ixxxi, 516, 519, 521,522, 
556 
f. Klugii (Danaida), Ixxx, 
510, 520 


Ix, xxx: 


D2 


- 


( exxxiv ) 


chrysippus (Limnas), xv, 430, 450, 501, 
520, 521, 632, 633 
Chrysocoris, 59, 60 
Chrysophanus, xlix, xii, 1xxxvi 
chrysorrhcea (Porthesia), lxxvii 
chrysozona (Corone), 20 
a (Hesperia), 20 
af (Padraona), 20 
chrysurus (Lithurgus), 245 
Chytonix, 158 
cicatricosus (Cafius), lxxvi 
Cilissa, 221 
cillene (Colwnis), 42, 43, 615, 627 
cincta (Dioxys), 240 
cinctella (Eucera), 258 
a (Macrocera), 258 
cincticornis (Halictus), 187 
cinerea (Leptophobia), 578 
», (Pieris), 578 
cinereus (Systolederus), 401 
cingala (Parnara), 23 
cingalensis (Kophileurus), 333, 356 
> (Ixias), 621 
cingulatum (Anthidium), 256 
cinnamomea (Lycorea), 597 
cinyras (Libythea), vi, vii, xli 
circinata (Andrena), 202 
Cirrhochroa, 628, 630 
cirtana (Nomada), 227 
Cladonotie, 391 
Cladonotella, 395, 396, 397 
Cladonotus, 394, 396, 397 
clarki (Glocia), Ixxix 
clavipes (Halictus), 185 
cleanthus (Pyrrhopygopsis), 386 
clearista (Athesis), 610 
clelia (Precis), 614 
Clemensia, 146 
cleobule (Gonopteryx), xlix 
Clerus, lv 
climena (Eupleea), xliii 
clypearis (Prosopis), 181 
clypeata (Eucera), 261 
clypeatus (Anthobosea), 86 
a (Temnorrhynchus), 340, 357 
Clyster, 330, 356 
Cnethocampa, xxxiv 
coanza (Hesperia), 19 
coarctata (Humenes), Ixxviii 
Cobalus, 6 
cocciniceps (Odozana), 145 
Coea, 46 
Ceelioxys, 240, 241, 242 
coenia (Precis), 44, 54 
Cenonympha, Ixiii, 648, 649, 650 
cognata (Cirrhochroa), 628, 630 
colaca (Caltoris), 23 
5, (Hesperia), 23 


Coladenia, 7 
Colwnis, xvi, xcli, xevi, xevii, 40, 42, 
43, 524, 525, 615, 627 
Coleophora, xlvii, Ixxvi, ]xxvii 
Colias, xlix, lxiv, 307, 539, 577, 636, 
643 
Colletes, 177, 178 
Colobosila, 87 
coloratus (Litargus), lvi 
colotes (Hesperia), 10 
,, (Pyrgus), 10 
colvillei (Pseudacriea), 553 
combinata (Thymelicus), 51 
commixta (Eucera), 260 
- (Macrocera), 260 
comorana (Amauris), 127 
comorarum (Neptis), Xxxiv, Xxxv, 
XXXVi, XXXVii, XXXVill, Xxxix, xl) 
xli 
complana (Hypsa), xxxi 
comyntas (Everes), 372 
concinna (Phora), 286, 289, 290, 295, 
296 
concordia (Crenidomimas), xvi, xvii 
confusa (Methona), vii, viii, x, xi 
confusus (Myzine), 83 
»,  (Pterombrus), 83 
Conicera, 286, 290 
Coniopteryx, xxii 
conjuncta (Caltoris), 22 
conjungens (Gyrostigma), xxx 
o (Spathicera), xxx 
connectens (Nomada), 233 
conofrons (Tettiella), 419, 420 
Conops, 298, 634 
consimilis (Neptis), xxxiv 
consinga (Metardaris), 376 
consobrina (Ismene), 32 
consonaria, ab, nigra (Tephrosia), xxviii 
conspicua (Leptis), 301 
contractus (Crimisus), 403 
- (Paratettix), 412 
af (Tetrix), 412 
convexus (Eophileurus), 332, 356 
a (Phileurus), 332, 356 
Cophothynnus, 79, 80 
coprodactylus (Stenoptilia), 317, 318, 
319, 320 
Coptorrhinus, 340, 347 
Coptotettix, 401, 421 
corades (Callimormus), 56 
cordoviensis (Tachypterus), 64 
Cordulia, lvi 
core (Crastia), 611, 626, 628 
coretas (Everes), xxiv, 871, 372, 373 
374 
coriandri (Colletes), 177 
corissa (Hesperia), 28, 29 


( teexky ) 


corissa (Plastingia), 28 
cornuta (Prosopis), 179 
Corone, 20 

cortica (Megistias), 56 
Corticaria, lvi 


corva (Huphina), 118, 119, 120, 121, 


580, 581 
corvus (Casyapa), 2 
corydon (Lycena), Lxiii 
», Var, apennina (Lycena), lxiii 
»  f. borussia (Lyceena), 1xiii 
»,  f. resniceki (Lycena), lxiii 
»,  (Perichares), 50 
»,  (Polyommatus), 655 
coryna (Carystus), 661 
Corythzolos, 11 
Cosila, 83, 84, 86, 87 
cosima (‘l'agiades), 3 
cosinga (Metardaris), 376 
Cosmia, 164 
Cosmodesmus, 462 
cosyra (Pyrrhopyge), 376 
», (Yanguna), 376 
coturnix (Ccelioxys), 241 
Couloni (Adoryphorus), 342, 357 
»,  (Dasygnathus), 342 
crabroniformis (Algeria), 634 
crassicornis (Crocisa), 266, 267 
crassiuscula (Aleochara), lvii 
crassum (Alissonotum), 323, 356 


Crastia, 611, 612, 613, 623, 625, 626, 


628, 630, 631, 634, 637 
Crator, 341, 357 
crawshayi (Amauris), 123 
creberrima (Andrena), 199 
Crenidomimas, xvi, xvii 
Crenis, xv, xvi, Xvii, 657 
crenulata (Osmia), 250 
creona (Pyrrhopyge), 375 
cribratellum (Alissonotum), 322, 356 


cribratellus (Heteronychus), 322, 323, 


355, 356 
Crimisus, 403 
crinipes (Anthophora), 270 
crino (Papilio), 625, 626, 639 
Criotettix, 399, 400 
cristana (Peronea), xlvi 
cristatus (Nomotettix), 415 
cristinotis (Halmatettix), 425 
critias (Euterpe), 111, 577 
Crocisa, 265, 266, 267 
Croniades, 375, 879, 380 
Cropia, 157 
cruor (Pyrrhopyge), 378, 379 
erurifolium (Pulchriphyllum), xlviii 
Orymodes, lvii 
Cryptamorpha, lvii 
Cryptocephalus, Ixxvi 


Cryptophagus, xlix, lvi 
Cryptotettix, 407 
Cucullia, 155 
Cuculliane, 155 
cucurbitana (Ceratina), 239 
Culex, 287, 291, 298, 300, 301 
cultratus (Piezotettix), 391 
cunicularia (Eucera), 258 
oF (Macrocera), 258 
cuniculus (Podalgus), 340, 341, 357 
3 (Vertumnus), 341 
cuparina (Tithorea), 598 
Cupido, Ixxxii 
cupreus (Harpalus), Ixxvi 
curitiba (Neogene), 167 
curriei (Dasyleurotettix), 398 
curtipenne (Alissonotum), 324, 356 
curtipennis (Phileurus), 324, 356 
curtisii (Oxygastra), xliv 
curtivalvis (Andrena), 201 
curtulus (Heteronychus), 322, 327, 356 
curvifascia (Notocrypta), 26 
ee (Plesioneura), 26 
curvinervis (Phora), 291, 304 
cuspidata (Tetrix), 413 
cyanescens (Xylocopa), 238 
eyaneus (Parthenos), 637 
Cyaniris, lxxxi, lxxxii, 616 
cyaniris (Myscelia), 627 
Cycloglypha, 661 
Cyclopides, 16, 17 
Cyclopodia, 368, 369, 370 
cydippe (Melinza), 599 
cydno (Heliconius), 114, 579 
»,  galanthus (Heliconius), 107, 113, 
114, 578, 579 
cylindricus (Halictus), 187 
cyllene (Colienis), 42 
Cymenes, 51, 56, 661 
cynorta (Papilio), 117 
5,  f. peculiaris (Papilio), 117 
Cynthia, 614, 624, 628 
cyphognatha (Nomada), 234, 235 
cypreofila (Papilio), 115, 117 
cyrbia (Heliconius), liii, liv, 114 
Cyrestis, 659 
Cystineura, 44, 45, 55, 627, 644, 645 
dedalus (Hamanumida), 654 
deeta (Ceratinia), 591, 695 
Dalcera, 176 
Dalceride, 176 
dallatorreana (Ceratina), 240 
dallipa (Halisidota), 149 
dan (Coladenia), 7 
», (Papilio), 7 
Danaida, xv, Ixxx, Ixxxi, 95, 122, 129, 
130, 430, 431, 432, 435, 450, 451, 
460, 461, 487, 501, 516, 519, 520, 


- 


( oxxey.:}) 


521, 522, 524, 556, 610, 611, 625, 
626, 632, 633 
Danaine, vii, xxxix, 41, 432, 448, 452, 
496, 511, 525, 528, 587, 591, 594, 
595, 597, 603, 604, 610, 622, 623, 
624, 626, 657 
Danaini, 608, 604 
Danais, vi 
Danaoid Heliconidee, 594 
dandeli (Hesperia), 25 
5, (Parnara), 25 
daplidice (Pieris), xlix 
Daptonoura, 619 
dara (Hesperia), 18, 19 
(Padraona), 19 
», (Telicota), 18 
dardanus (Papilio), xlix, 121, 122, 128, 
124, 427, 481, 482, 433, 510, 554, 
557, 643 
f. cenea (Papilio), 121, 123, 
124, 428, 429, 480, 431, 433, 
434, 435, 436, 437, 438, 439, 
440, 442, 443, 444 
f. hippocoon (Papilio), 428, 429, 
430, 431, 434, 435, 436, 437, 
438, 439, 441, 442, 443, 444 
30 f. hippocoonoides (Papilio), 
123, 124 
f. trophonius (Papilio), 123, 
428, 429, 430, 431, 432, 434, 
435, 438, 444 
subsp. polytrophus (Papilio), 
554, 557 
subsp. tibullus (Papilio), 431, 
438, 510, 554 
f. cenea (Papilio), 510, 
517, 518 
f. dorippoides( Papilio), 
522 ,554, 556. 557 
f. hippocoon (Papilio), 
496, 497, 499, 510, 
517, 522, 557 


9? 


9 


> 


> +P] 


», f. trimeni (Papilio), 
554, 557 

- ,» f. trophonius (Papilio), 
521, 554, 555, 556, 
557 


darsius (Ornithoptera), 621, 629, 639, 
640 


daschaka (Hesperia), 15 
daschalia (Padraona), 15 
Dascillus, xxii, 275, 280, 282 
Dasygnathus, 342 
Dasyleurotettix, 398 
Dasylophia, 168 

Dasypoda, 221 

davidsoni (Dascillus), 282 
decemsignata (Osmia), 246 


deceptor (Euralia), 496, 500, 501, 508, 
505 


(Hypolimnas), 496, 500, 501 
(Nomioides), 223 
ns (Paragia), 89, 90 
deceptus (Mechanitis), 599, 600 
decipiens (Ccelioxys), 242 
deione (Melitza), liv 
delia (Terias), 48, 49, 618, 628, 669, 
670 
f. lydia (Terias), 49, 670 
,, f. persistens (Terias), 670 
Delias, 107, 120, 574, 576, 619, 626, 
628, 630, 636, 637 
delila (Coleenis), 42 
Delphyre, 145 
delta (Andrena), 213 
demodocus (Papilio), 122, 127, 621, 640 
demoleus (Papilio), 625, 626, 659, 640 
a erithonius (Papilio), 621 
demophile (Pieris), 571 
denina (Catagramma), liv 
dentata (Eucera), 259 
(Macrocera), 259 
,,  (Thoradonta), 407, 408 
dentipes (Donacia), lvii 
ss (Eucera), 264 
depressa (Libellula), lvi 
depressus (Pytho), lix 
Bs (Semanopterus), 342, 357 
Deragena, 603 
derivata (Andrena), 196 
deserti (Heteronychus), 322 
;, (Pentodon), 322, 355 
desjardinsi (Cryptamorpha), lvii 
3 (Eupleea), xxxvii, xliv 
detractus (Phileurus), 323, 356 
Diadema, 556 
diadema (Anthidium), 256 
diademata (Phyllotreta), Ixxxvi 
diagramma (Episilia), 152 
Diamma, 64, 73 
diana (Argynnis), 462, 465, 467, 474, 
475, 488, 578 
(Semnopsyche), 462, 465, 474 
(Temnorrhynchus), 340, 358 
,, var. sansibaricus (Temnorrhyn- 
chus), 340 
dianasa (Eueides), 591 
dianiphea (Gonodes), 162 
Dichodontus, 330, 356 
dichroa (Ephyriades), 8 
dichroaria (Petovia), 534 
dictynna (Melitea), xxi, 1xxxvii 
var. dictynnoides (Melita), 
Ixxxyvii 
Didonis, 627 


%”? 
” 


”? 


” 
” 


” 


| didyma (Melitea), Ixxxvi 


( exmxvai ) 


difficilis (Eucera), 260 

digamma (Andrena), Errata, xxxix 

dilatata (Prosopis), 179 

Dimorphoptera, 87 

dina (Terias), 48 

dinarcha, var. bartteloti (Euralia), 511 

Dindymus, 59 

Dion, 382, 383 

dionza (Ceratinia), 587, 589, 590 

Dione, 38, 40, 48, 589, 615, 616 

Diptoma, xlviil 

Dioxys, 240 

dipora (Everes), 1xxxii, ]xxxiii, Ixxxiv, 
373 


diporides (Everes), Ixxxii, ]xxxiil 
Dircenna, lxi 
Dirphia, 175 
discincta (Dasypoda), 221 
discrepans (Nomada), 234 
discreta (AXromachus), 12 
»,  (Apaustus), 12 
Dismorphia, lxi, 528, 577, 587, 589, 
590, 591, 592, 595, 596, 597, 598 
dispar (Anthophora), 271 
disparilis (Papilio), iv 
dissimilis (Osmia), 252 
», (Papilio), 640 
dissoluta (Nonagria), xxv 
distans (Tagiades), 4, 661 
»,  (Xantholinus), xliv 
disticta (Doryodes), 164 
distincta (Andrena), 202 
distinguenda (Nomada), 234, 235 
ditrigona (Monodes), 162 
diversa (Osmia), 253 
diversiflora (Tithonia), 643 
dives (Halictus), 192 
», (Osmia), 245 
dobboé (Corone), 20 
,, (Hesperia), 20 
Dolichopus, 286, 288, 290, 292, 294, 
295, 300, 301 
dolorosa (Carthara), 171 
Dolycoris, xxxiii 
domestica (Musca), 304 
dominicanus (Amauris), 123 
dominula (Cailimorpha), lviii 
Donacia, lvii 
donaldsoni (Anthobosca), 84 
»,  (Cosila), 84 
dorcas (Cystineura), 44, 45, 627,644,645 
doris-doris (Heliconius), 115 
dorrea (Mazarredia), 405 
Doryodes, 164, 165 
doryssus (Mechanitis), 587, 589, 590 
doubledayi (Acrwa), 516, 526, 527 
doursiana (Andrena), 201 
drancus (Plastingia), 29 


Drilide, xlviii 
Drilus, xlviii 
Dromius, xlix 
drurii (Catia), 51, 661 
», (Protogonius), 591, 592, 593, 
595, 596 
drusilla (Glutophrissa), 47, 627, 636 
dryalus (Heliconius), 591 
Dryas, liv, lix 
dryina (Zizera), ]xxxii 
Dryimia, 300 
dschilus (Apaustus), 21 
dubia (Cyclopodia), 370 
dubiosus (Tettix), 419 
dubitata (Prosopis), 182 
dubius (Euralia), 504, 505 
», (Micronotus), 423 
Dufourea, 225, 226 
dumenilii (Polyniphe), 617 
dumetorum (Neptis), xxxiii, xxxiv, 
XXXV, XXXV1, XXXVli, XXXViil, Xxxix, 
xli 
durga (Apaustus), 13 
», (Isoteinon), 13 
», (Zographetus), 13 
Dynamine, 55, 660 
Dynastide, xxi 
dyonysa (Adelpha), 478 
Dyscinetus, 336, 341 
dysoni (Aides), 382 
eatoni (Andrena), Errata, xxxix 
»,  (Colletes), 177 
»,  (Dufourea), 225 
eburus (Hesperia), 31 
echeria (Amauris), vi, 115, 118, 121, 
123, 124, 430, 431, 432, 439, 
502, 505, 509, 510, 511, 512, 
513, 514, 519, 525 
», jacksoni (Amauris), 127 
»,  Streckeri (Amauris), 127 
echerioides (Papilio), 116, 117, 124, 
432, 509, 510, 517, 518 
= subsp. oscari (Papilio), 518 
echinatus (Cladonotus), 394 
Ectobia, xxviii, xxix 
edelsteni (Nonagria), 1xxv 
edipus (Pardaleodes), 28 
editus (Celenorrhinus), 9 
», (Tagiades), 9 
edusa (Colias), xlix, 307, 636, 643 
», var. helice (Colias), 307 
Ketion, 31 
egaéna (Dismorphia), 597, 598 
egaénsis (Mechanitis), 597 
egialea (Amauris), 511 
egina (Acrea), 528, 548, 553 
eginopsis (Acriea), 548 
ehmckei (Charaxes), lxix, lxx, ]xxxvii 


- 


(| exxxviii ) 


Eirone, 80, 81 


| Eriades, 254 


Elaphroptera, 63, 64, 73, 74, 75, 76, | Erianthus, lxxxv 


77, 78, 80 
elathea (Terias), 49, 642, 670, 671 
electra (Colias), 539, 577 
elegans (Pachymenes), 90 
», (Thynnus), 75 
eleus (Eupheedra), 522 
eleutho (Nipara), 603 
elgiva (Precis), 546 
elia (Eetion), 31 
», (Hesperia), 31 
,, (Unkana), 31 
eligius (Celenorrhinus), 8 
ella (Hesperia), 24 
elpis (Lampides), 616, 657 
Elymnias, xci, 614, 632, 638 
Elymniine, 614 
Empida, 293 
Empis, 299 
Enantia, 617 
encedon (Acrea), Ixxx, 129, 517, 521, 


541, 633 
>,  d- Gaira (Acrea), Ixxx; 516, 
521 


endoxantha (Odozana), 145 
Endymion (Stypotrupes), 331, 356 
Engycystis, 82, 83 
eniopeus (Thymele), 381 
Eophileurus, 332, 333, 334, 356 
epeoliformis (Osmia), 252 
Epeolus, 237, 238 
Epeus, 56 
ephippium (Andrena), 193 
Ephyriades, 7, 8, 50, 661 
epiberus (Megistias), 56 
Epidapus, ii 
epimachia (Myscelus), 376 
epinechia (Myscelus), 376 
Epinephele, xxix, xlix, 646, 647, 650 
epiphorbas (Papilio), iv 
Episilia, 152 
epcea (Planema), 551 
epsilon (Andrena), 214 
equiseti (Cardiophorus), Ixxxvi 
erato-erato, f. udalrica (Heliconius), 115 
es magnificus (Heliconius), liv 
i. phyllis (Heliconius), xcii 
Erebia, i, xxi, lxii, lxiii, lxxiv, 307, 
308, 309, 310, 311, 312, 313, 314, 
315, 318, 653 
erebus (Erycides), 377 
;, (Tarsoctenus), 377 
Eresia, liv, 587, 589, 590, 591, 599, 
600, 601 
eresimus (Danaida), 611, 625 
4S (Tasitia), 41 
Ergolis, 630, 631, 637, 645 


ericetorum (Megachile), 243 
Eriopyga, 154, 155 
eris (Teracolus), 636 
Eronia, xci 
erosa (Systacea), 56, 661 
errans (Anthobosca), 84, 87 
Erycides, 1, 377, 386 
Erycina, lili, 133 
Eryeinide, liii, 133 
erythrocephala (Calliphora), 303 
Erythromma, lvi 
erythropyga (Anthobosca), 83 
55 (Myzine), 83 
erythrura (Elaphroptera), 76 
erythrurus (Thynnus), 76 
esebria (Acrzea), 496, 508, 523, 524 
;,  (Planema), 40 
esora (Eresia), 591 
eta (Andrena), 215 
ethelinda (Aletis), 522 
etheocles (Charaxes), 507 
ethra (Melinza), 591, 592, 593, 595, 
596 
eubule (Callidryas), xlv, 40, 620, 641, 
643, 667, 668 
», f. senne (Callidryas), 47, 55 
Eucera, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 
264 
Euchalcomenes, 90 
eucharis (Delias), 619, 626, 628, 630, 
637 
Euchloé, 629, 636 
eucnemidea (Eucera), 261 
Eudamus, 8, 24, 29, 49, 50, 56, 660 
Eueides, 524, 525, 587, 588, 589, 590, 
591, 599, 600, 616 
eugrapha (Trachea), 158 
Eulophonotus, lviii 
Eumenes, Ixxviil, 90, 634 
Eumenide, 90 
eumenoides (Ceria), 634 
eunice (Eresia), 590, 591 
eunomia (Catagramma), liv 
Kuparatettix, 409, 410, 413 
Eupatorus, 350, 351, 352, 353, 354, 358 
Eupheedra, lxxix, lxxx, 522 
eupheme, var. meridionalis (Zegris), liv 
euphon (Eupleea), xliii, xliv 
euphone (Euplcea), iv, v, vi, xxxvii, 
xliv 
Euplea, iv, v, vi, vii, xxxiv, xxxvi, 
XxXvil, xliii, xliv, 612 
Eupleine, 585, 603 
Eupleeini, 132, 604 
Euptoieta, 40, 43 
Euptychia, 54, 627, 663 664 


yi Cemmxix) ) 


Euralia, 496, 497, 498, 499, 500, 501, | ferruginea (Eucera), 263 


503, 504, 505, 511, 657 
Euraliew, 503, 505 
euria (Hesperia), 18 
5, (Padraona), 18 
euryades (Heliconius), 615, 616 
euryale (Erebia), 1xii, lxiii, 309, 311 
»,  f. euryaloides (Erebia), Lxiii 
,,  £. extrema (Erebia), lxii, Ixiii 
,  f. ocellaris (Erebia), lxii, lxiii 
euryanassa (Ceratinia), 595 
as (Napeogenes), 591 
eurydice (Meganostoma), 577 
eurymedes (Papilio), 622 
Euryphene, 520, 521 
eurytus (Pseudacrea), 549, 550, 551 
Eurytela, 507, 637 
Eurytelids, 506 
Euschema, 623, 626 
Eusemia, lxxx 
eusemoides (Euphzedra), Ixxx 
Eustema, 169 
Euterpe, 111, 576, 577, 578 
euterpe (Terias), 48, 617, 618, 642, 
668,669 
euterpinus (Papilio), xxiii, lii, liv 
Eutresis, viii, ix, x, xi 
Euxanthe, 495, 496, 497, 498, 499, 
500, 501, 502, 505 
euxesta (Penicillidia), 360 
evarete (Precis), 44, 664 
Everes, xxiv, Ixii, Ilxxxii, Ixxxiii, 
Ixxxiv, 371, 372, 373, 374, 657 
excellens (Nomioides), 223 
excisa (Macapta), 159 
», (Telephoromyia), 69 
exclamationis (Badamia), 661 
exenterata (Osmia), 254 
exulans (Anthrocera), lxxxvi 
exulis (Crymodes), lvii 
fabriolata (Thymelicus), 17 
fallax (Epeolus), 237 
», (Hyposeada), 599, 600 
», (Nomioides), 222, 223 
farinosa (Andrena), 198 
fasciata (Phrodita), 166 
fasciatus (Iswara), 82 
fasciculata (Colobosila), 87 
3 (Cosila), 87 
Faunus (Temnorrhynchus), 340, 357 
feisthamelii (Notocrypta), 26 
35 (Thymele), 26 
femoralis (Halictus), 185 
fenestella (Ceratinia), 587 
feronia (Peridromia), 659 
ferruginata (Nomada), 233 
ferruginea, var. alboferruginea (An- 
thophora), 269 


BY (Iearia), 634 
a (Osmia), 248 
9 (Scaria), 425 
ferrugineicrus (Andrena), 201 
ferrugineum (Anthidium), 254 
fertoni (Prosopis), 181 
fertonii (Osmia), 251 
fessonia (Adelpha), 478 
fiara (Hesperia), 32 
», (Pletzia), 32 
5, (Proteides), 32 
ficulnea (Charmion), 9, 27 
filipendule (Anthrocera), Ixxxvi 
firdusi (Ismene), 32 
flabellipes (Megachile), 244 
flavata (Horama), 144 
flavescens (Drilus), xlviii 
oa (Plastingia), 28 
flavicauda (Lonchoptera), 286, 288 
flavicornis (Anisotoma), lvi 
nF (Myzine), 83 
flavinigra (Loxophlebia), 144 
flavipes (Andrena), 199 
5, (Anomalomorpha), 346, 358 
»,  (Megachile), 245 
»,  (Prenolepis), ii 
flavoguttata (Hesperia), 21 
35 (Nomada), 234 
5 (Ocybadistes), 21 
flavomaculata (Pseudelaphroptera), 73 
flessee (Andrena), 193 
flesus (Pterygospidea), 662 
», (Tagiades), 662 
florea (Andrena), 194 
florentina (Andrena), 198 
floridus (Heliconius), 598 
fluonia (Ceratinia), 597 
fluviata (Camptogramma), lviii 
focula (Koruthaialos), 11 
folipes (Morphopus), 401 
fonscolombii (Sympetrum), lv 
forcipata (Andrena), 204 
forensis (Antigonus), 14 
Formica, xlvii, lxxvi 
formicarius (Clerus), lv 
formosa (Melinda), 125, 126, 127, 494 
»,  neumanni (Melinda), 126, 127 
»,  (Tirumala), 452, 494 
formosus (Halictus), 184 
fortunei (Hesperia), 24 
fossoria (Osmia), 253 
fossulatus (Prototettix), 418 
33 (Rytinatettix), 418, 419 
foveipennis (Heteronychus), 337, 357 
fraterna (Elymnias), 632 ; 
5,  undularis (Elymnias), 614 
freygessneri (Osmia), 253 


(st pak). 


frisia (Phyciodes), 43 
frobenia (Neptis), vi, XXxXlll, Xxxlv, 
XXXV, XXXVi, XXXVli, XXXVIll, XXX1X, 


xli 
fucata (Nomada), 229 
fulgurata, subsp. platyptera (Nepti- 
dopsis), 506 
fulva (Libellula), lvii 
fulvicornis (Nomada), 227 
fulvitarsis (Anthophora), 270 
fulviventris (Osmia), 247 
fulvodimidiatus (Anthophora), 268 
fumata (Chittira), 611, 625, 626, 637 
funebris (Andrena), 194 
furcata (Anthophora), 635 
furva (Nomada), 235 
fusca (Celwnorrhinus), 8 
,, (Plesioneura), 8 
fuscipennis (Sphecodes), 182 
fuscoprasiua (Andrena), 201 
fuscosa (Halisidota), 149 / 
»,  (Tarema), 173 \ 
galene (Aterica) 500, 502, 505, 511, 
512 
gallarum (Osmia), 248 
gallienus (Papilio), 115, 117 
gamma (Andrena), 212 
»,  (Plusia), 270 
gana (Tagiades), 5 
Ganoris, 629 
garrula (Anthophora), 267 
gayi (Ailurus), 79 
,, (Cophothynnus), 78 
gazagnieri (Prosopis), 180 
gea (Planema), 117, 551 
Gegenes, 622 
Gehlota, 8 
gemmatus (Carystus), 382 
es (Dion), 382 
gemeus (Halictus), 192 
gemmifer (Kerana), 11 
geneana (Chalicodoma), 243 
genoveva (Junonia), 44 
,, (Precis), 44, 54, 664, 665 
genutia (Danaida), 450, 451, 610, 632 
»  (Salatura), 450, 451 
geotrupina (Anomalomorpha), 345, 358 
germanica (Blatta), lv 
gesta (Chiomara), 661 
gibbosa (Cladonotella), 395 
gibbus (Sphecodes), 182 
gigantea (Antarctia), 150 
Gignotettix, 394, 397, 398 
gilberti (Euchaleomenes), 90 
gilippus (Danaida), 450 
gilva (Laphria), xxxili 
giraudi (Andrena), 201 
glacialis (Erebia), 308, 310 


Gladiotettix, 388, 390 
glaucescens (Chytonix), 158 
glaucus (Papilio), 466, 467, 469, 488 
,, canadensis (Papilio), 464 
»,  glaucus (Papilio), 464 
,, f. turnus (Papilio), 462, 463, 
467, 468, 469, 470, 471, 472 
Glocia, Ixxix 
Glossina, 298, 299, 300, 304 
Glutophrissa, 47, 48, 508, 627, 636 
gneus (Hasora), 33 
»,  (Ismene), 33 
Gnorimus, lix 
gola (Padraona), 17 
goloides (Padraona), 17 
Goniloba, 3, 14 
Goniurus, 381 
Gonodes, 162 
Gonopteryx, xlix, 636 
gopala (Satarupa), 3 
Gorgythion, 661 
goudoti (Euplcea), iv, v, vi, Xxxvii, 
xliii, xliv 
gracilicornis (Eupatorus), 351, 353, 358 
graciliformis (Osmia), 252 
gracilis (Hedotettix), 422 
;, abortus (Hedotettix), 422 
graja (Eucera), 260 
», (Macrocera), 260 
grammivora (Automeris), 174 
grandis (Stenoptilia), xxvii, 317, 318, 
319, 320 
granulata (Tetrix), 414, 415 
graphodactylus (Stenoptilia), 317, 318, 
320 


Grapta, 653 
grapte (Prenes), 381 
gravipes (Porphyrops), 287 
gremius (Suastus), 12 
grenadensis (Thymele), 50 
gribodoi (Prosopis), 181 
grisea (Kucera), 263, 264 
griseipennis (Dolichopus), 295 
grossepunctatus (Scapanes), 344, 357 
Pe var. dilaticornis (Sca- 
panes), 344, 357 
grossulariata (Abraxas), xciv, 622 
ns var. varleyata (Abraxas), 
Xciv 

guarica (Heliconius), xxiii, 54 
guttata (Parnara), 25 
guttatus (Eudamus), 24, 25 

»,  (Parnara), 24 
gwynana (Andrena), 196 
Gymnophora, 286, 287, 291 
Gymnopternus, 286, 295 
Gymnosoma, ]xxiv 
Gynoplistia, 298, 301 


( ‘exl) 


Gyrostigma, xxx 587, 588, 589, 590, 591, 592, 593, 
habroa (Hasora), 35 595, 596, 597, 598, 599, 600, 601, 
Hadenine, 152 615, 616, 625, 627 
Hades, 565 hemileuca (Monodes), 160 
hadria (Hasora), 34 hephestos (Jemadia), 376 
Hematobia, 300 5,  (Pyrrhopyge), 376 
hzmatosticta (Pheia), 143 Hepialus, xxv 
hemorrhoa (Ccelioxys), 241 herbstii (Elaphroptera), 75, 77 
haga (Hesperia), 25 hermathena (Heliconius), Ixx viii 
halensis (Sermyla), xx hermes (Euptychia), 54 
halia (Lycorea), 591, 592, 595, 596 5, camerta (Euptychia), 663, 664 
Halictus, 184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, | Herminiane, 166 
190, 191, 192, 193, 634 herrichii (Erycides), 377 

halimede (Teracolus), 540 ,,  (Tarsoctenus), 377 
haliphron (Troides), xt hesione (Euptychia), 54, 627 
Halisidota, 147, 148, 149 Hesperia, 6, 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 
Halmatettix, 424, 425 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 28, 29, 30, 31, 
Hamanumida, lviii, 654 32, 50, 56, 376, 385, 661 
hancocki (Micronotus), 423 Hesperide, Ixxx, 1, 2, 139 
handlirschii (Ammobates), 236 Hesperiide, 49, 622 

=f (Camptopceum), 225 Hesperiine, 1, 2, 380, 384 
hanno (Catochrysops), 47, 55, 617, 656 | Heterocera, 623, 626 
Hantana, 661 Heterochroa, 483 
haplopa (Sarangesa), 7 Heterochroma, 157 
Haploscapanes, 343, 357 Heteronychus, 321, 322, 328, 324, 326, 


Hardwickei (Eupatorus), 350, 351, 353, 327, 328, 329, 331, 332, 336, 337, 
358 347, 355, 356, 357 
As var. Cantori (Eupatorus), | hiarbas (Eurytela), 507 | 


350, 353, 358 Hippobosca, 292 : 
hardwickii (Parnassius), 625 hippocrepidis (Zygena), 1xxviii 
Harpalus, Ixxvi hippodamia (Thyridia), xi 
hartlieri (Osmia), 253 hipponensis (Nomada), 234 
Hasora, 33, 34, 35 hirce (Pseudacreea), 508, 523, 549 
hastiana (Peronea), xlvi hirticornis (Andrena), 196 
hattorfiana (Andrena), 204 hirtulus (Cryptophagus), lvi 
Hebomoia, 621, 624, 636 hispana (Eucera), 263 
hecabe (Terias), 618 hispanica (Anthophora), 271 
hecale (Heliconius), 114 hollandi (Halictus), 191 
hecate (Amauris), 127 Holoarcus, 392 

», stictica (Amauris), 127 Holocompsa, xxix 
hector (Koruthaialos), 11 holomelas (Elaphroptera), 76 
», (Papilio), 621, 625, 626, 639, i (Thynnus), 76 
640 Holophea, 144 
Hedotettix, 411, 422 homerus (Papilio), xxii 
hegesia (Kuptoieta), 40, 43 homeyeri (Charaxes), Ixx, 1xxxvii 
heisleri (Automeris), 174 Hoplitis, lviii 
helcita (Aletis), 519 Horama, 144 
helenus (Papilio), 640 hortense (Heliconius), xcii 
Heliconide, 594, 601, 606 hortorum (Bombus), 273 
Heliconii, li, liii, 106, 107, 573, 574, | hortulanus (Bibio), 289 
575, 576, 616 hospita (Jemadia), 376, 379 


Heliconine, liii, 42, 587, 591, 594, | humbertianus (Cladonotus), 394 
595, 597, 599, 600, 602, 610, 615 | humilis (Andrena), 200. 
Heliconisa, 176 humuli (Hepialus), xxv 
Heliconius, xxiii, li, lii, liii, liv, Ixxviii, | Huphina, 118, 119, 120, 121, 580, 581, 
xel, Xcli, xciv, xcvi, xcvii, 42, 54, 618 
95, 106, 107, 108, 109, 113, 114, | hurga (Telegonus), 50 
115, 571, 573, 574, 578, 579, 580, ! hyale (Colias), lxiv, 307 


a 


( cxli ) 
hyalites (Amauris), 123 indica, var. vulcania (Vanessa), xlix 
hybridus (Smerinthus), Ixxvi indrasana (Isoteinon), 29 
hydara (Heliconius), xxiii, 54 ines (Melanargia), liv 
hydarus (Heliconius), lii, liv, 615, 616, | infantilis (Pyrrhopyge), 377 
625 infantulus (Crator), 341 

»»  guaricus (Heliconius), liii infernus (Hantana), 661 
hydra (Pericopis), 599, 601 insolata (Pamphila), 50 
hygiwa (Pyrrhopyge), 375 insolita (Listropodia), 364 
hygieia (Pyrrhopyge), 375 »,  (Nycteribia), 359, 360, 864, 
Hylephila, 50 366 
Hymenoptera, 634 insterstincta (Megachile), 244 
Hypanartia, 657 insulare (Melittomma), xxiv, 278 
hyperanthus (Epinephele), 647 insularis (Anthobosea), 84 
Hypnotype, 156 »,  (Cosila), 84 
Hypoderma, 299 5»  (Myzine), 84 


Hypolimnas, xv, Ixxx, 496, 497, 49S, | insulata (Notocrypta), 27 
500, 501, 520, 556, 626, 628, 630, 55 (Plesioneura), 27 


632 intaminata (Elaphroptera), 76 
Hypolimnesthes, 477 intaminatus (Thynnus), 76 
Hypolyecena, 656 intermedia (Hesperia), 24, 25 
hypopolia (Andrena), 219 interruptum (Anthidium), 254 
Hyposcada, 599, 600 interruptus (Cladonotus), 396 
Hypsa, xxxi 55 (Halictus), 186 
Hypside, vii, xxxii, 587, 599 a (Heteronychus), 322, 323, 
hyspa (Eutresis), ix, x, Xi 356 
Iambrix, 11, 12 a3 (Tettilobus), 395 
iapis (Isoteinon), 14 io (Vanessa), xcv 

5, (Lophoides), 13 Iolaus, 656 
ibara (Hesperia), 25 ionis (Ismene), 32 
Tearia, 634 iota (Andrena), 216 
icarus (Lyeena), lxii, 655 iphinous (Mimoniades), 380 
ichneumonea (Elaphroptera), 74, 75 iphita (Precis), 614, 645 
ichneumoneus (‘Thynnus), 74 iridipennis (Cophothynuus), 80 
Idiocerus, lvii uf (Myzine), 80 
igniculus (Pyrrhopygopsis), 385 iris (Apatura), 475 
ignirena (Lycophotia), 151 Isamia, 623, 625 
iheringi (Cosila), 83, 84 Ischnoptera, xxviii, xxix 
ilaire (Glutophrissa), 48 isis (Adelpha), xxiii, lii 
ilione (Ituma), vili, ix, x, xi Isma, 13, 14 
illustrata (Chilosia), 635 Ismene, 30, 32, 338, 34, 35 
imbreus (Phocides), 377 ismenoides (Corone), 20 
imitata (Melinzea), 587, 588, 589, 590 | isosceles (A%schna), lvii 
imitator (Jemadia), 376 Isoteinon, 13, 14, 28, 29 

»,  (Pseudacreea), 551 Iswara, 63, 81, 82 
imitatrix (Kutresis), viii, ix, x, xi Ithomia, 56 
imminuta (Andrena), 201 Ithomiine, vii, lxi, 132, 452, 587, 591, 
imperator (Anax), lvi 593, 594, 595, 597, 599, 600, 602, 
impressicolle (Alissonotum), 323, 356 603, 604, 610 
impressus (Prototettix), 418 ithomiola (Eresia), 599, 600, 601 
impunctata (Andrena), 211 Ituna, vii, vili, ix, x, xi, 528 
inca (Elaphroptera), 77 Itys (Clyster), 330, 365 

», (Erycina), liti 5, (Scarabeeus), 329 
incantator (Aides), 381 ,, (Stypotrupes), 330, 356 
incerta (Pamphila), 28 Ixias, 118, 119, 120, 121, 580, 581, 

», (Pardaleodes), 28 621, 636, 638, 643, 663 
incongrua (Neptis), 507, 514 jacksoni (Acriea), 523 


inerassata (Phora), 283, 286, 287, 289, | 5> 2 (Papilio); 124; 510,7511, 517 
290, 304 | jama (Astictopterus), 28 


( cxliii- ) 


jamaicensis (Danaida), 610, 625 kirmana (Satarupa), 3 
wd (Tasitia), 40 »,  (Tagiades), 3 
Jamides, 630, 657 Klugianus, 64 
janira (Epinephele), 646, 650 kobros (Corore), 20 
Janus (Xenodorus), 336, 357 5, (Plastingia), 20 
japetus (Tagiades), 4 kohlii (Osmia), 245 
jason (Papilio), 626, 640 kolantus (Hesperia), 24 
jatrophe (Anartia), 38, 40, 54, 627, | Komarovia, 82 
644, 666, 668 Komarowia, 81, 82 
»» var. jamaicensis (Anartia), | konovii (Anthidium), 256 
44, 666 kophene (Koruthaialos), 11 
javanus (Heteronychus), 322, 326, 327, | Koruthaialos, 11, 28 
356 kowaia (Tagiades), 5 
jejuna (Ochromyia), xxvi, xxvii Kricogonia, 47 
Jemadia, 1, 376, 379 kumara (Caltoris), 22 
jenynsi (Nycteribia), 360 labialis (Andrena), 204 
»»  (Penicillidia), 359, 360, 362, | Labidura, lxxvii 
363 Laccobius, 1xxxvi 
joannisii (Thracides), 384 Lachnoptera, 657 


johnstoni (Acreea), 510, 512, 514, 517 j lactea (Sapcea), 10 
3 f. fallax (Acrea), 509, 510, | lacteata (Lampides), 616 


514, 515, 516 lelius (Ephyriades), 7 
oS f. flavescens (Acrea), 510; », (Pterygospidea), 7 
514, 515, 516 », (Sarangesa), 7 


f. fulvescens (Acrea), 514, | lesus (Bombus), 273 

515, 516, 517, 521,533 letatorius (Bassus), xciii 
a f. kilimandjara (Acrea), 514 | letitia (Lychnuchus), 11 
55 f. proteina (Acrzea), 514, 515, | levifrons (Osmia), 250 


516 lagardei (Anthobosca), 86 
e f. semifulvescens (Acrvea), | lagopoda (Megachile), 243 
510, 514, 515, 516 lambda (Andrena), 216 
ee (Synchloé), 539 Lamellitettix, 404 
jolanda (Caltoris), 22 lamirus (Ituna), vili, ix 
», (Hesperia), 22 Lampides, xlix, 616, 617, 628, 631, 65 
josepha (Pyrrhopyge), 376 Lamprigera, xlvili 
jucunda, (Hypnotype), 156 Lampyride, xlviii 
julia (Colenis), 524 lankeswara (Papilio), 626 
jullianii (Nomada), 233 PP f. clytia (Papilio), 633 
jumba (Neptis), 614, 645 35 f. dissimilis (Papilio), 633 
juno (Dione), 615 Lansbergi (Heteronychus), 322, 326 
Junonia, 44, 137, 662 Laphria, xxxiii 
jurtina (Epinephele), xxix laphria (Ceratinia), 591 
» var. hispulla (Epinephele), | lapponica (Ectobia), xxix 
xlix lara (Adelpha), xxii, xxiii, li, liv 
jynteana (Celastrina), Ixxxi, Ixxxiii,| ,, (Ismene), 33 
Ixxxiv laraca (Caltoris), 22 
kahldeni (Charaxes), lxx, Ixxxvii Lasiocampide, Ixxix 
kallima (Casyapa), 3 lateralis (Thynnus), 74, 75 
kanarensis (Microryctes), 324, 356 lathonia (Argynnis), xlix 
kappa (Andrena), 216 laticeps (Anthidium), 254 
Kedestes, 16, 17 latipes (Nomia), 220 
Kerana, 11 »,  (Tettix), 419, 420 
kethra (Antigonus), 14 latiramus (Cladonotus), 394 
kikideli (Neptis), xxxix lativentris (Osmia), 252 
kirbyi (Austrotiphia), 87 latreillei (Anthidium), 255 
», (Euralia), 496, 500, 501, 503, a (Hesperia), 30 
504, 505 »,  (Nycteribia), 366 


» (Hypolimnas), 496 »»  (Osmia), 247 


( exliv: ) 


latreillei (Tagiades), 5 
lavinia (Precis), 38, 40, 43, 44, 644, 
664, 665 
»,  f. ecenia (Precis), 664, 665 
,,  #. zonalis (Precis), 44, 54, 644, 
665 
lazulina (Rapala), 617, 658 
leaiana (Osmia), 247 
leda (Eronia), xci 
,, (Melanitis), xlv, 628, 639 
lefebvrei (Chalicodoma), 243 
,,  (Erebia), i, xxi, 307, 308, 309, 
310, 311, 312, 313, 315 
lentus (Lonchotus), 337, 338, 357 
leonidas (Papilio), 122, 638 
lepeletierii (Osmia), 251 
lepenula (Kedestes), 16 
leprosus (Phymateus), 623 
Leptalides, 601 
Lepteirone, 79 
Leptis, 288, 289, 291, 292, 301 
Leptophobia, 578, 619 
Leptotes, 46, 55 
leptothrinax (Penicillidia), 362 
Leptotyphlus, xlix 
Leptura, xev 
lerna (Adelpha), 478 
lesbia (Colias), 577 
Leucania, lxi 
Leuceronia, 536, 569 
Leucochitonea, 10 
Jeucodrosime (Pereute) xxii, xxiii, li, 
lii, 108, 109 
leucographa (Notocrypta), 27 
a (Plesioneura), 27 
leucolippa (Andrena), 202 
leuconia (Dismorphia), lxi 
leucopheea (Andrena), 195 
Leucophasia, 637 
leucorhabda (Doryodes), 165 
Leucothyris, lxi, 610 
levana (Araschnia), 136 
levubu (Abantis), 10, 540 
,, (Leucochitonea), 10 
Libellula, lvi, ]vii, lix 
libyssa (Aletis), 519, 522 
,,  (Cartaletis), 633 
Libythea, vi, vii, xli 
libythea (Terias), 618 
lichenosa (Huphina), 118, 119, 120, 
581 
lienigialis (Pyralis), iii 
ligatus (Colletes), 178 
ligea (Erebia), ]xii, ]xiii, xxiv 
», f. adyte (Erebia), lxii ]xiii 
Ligyrus, 341, 342, 357 
lilacina (Apatelodes), 172 
liliana (Pinacopteryx)), 492 


limbatus (Celastrina), ]Ixxxiii, Ixxxiv 
Limenitis, xevi, 448, 449, 451, 452, 
458, 454, 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 
460, 461, 462, 463, 465, 467, 471, 
472, 473, 474, 475, 476, 477, 478, 
479, 480, 481, 482, 483, 484, 485, 
486, 487, 488 
Limnas, xv, 430, 450, 501, 520, 
612, 632, 633 
limniace (Tirumala), 125, 126, 633 
Limochares, 50 
limoniella (Coleophora), lxxvii 
linearis (Corticaria), lvi 
»,  (Riptortus), 59, 61 
linus (Thecla), 656 
Listropodia, 364, 366, 367 
Litargus, lvi 
Lithosiane, 145 
Lithurgus, 245 
lituratum (Anthidium), 256 
livens (Andrena), 201 
livida (Empida), 293 
Lixus, xev 
lizetta (Hasora), 35 
,, (Ismene), 35 
lobata (Osmia), 248 
lobatus (Crimisus), 403 
lobengula (Amauris), 123, 431, 432, 
519 
lobulata (Tetrix), 419 
lobulatus (Paratettix), 419 
_ (Prototettix), 418 
,»,  (Rytinatettix), 418, 419 
locus (Apaustus), 17 
locusta (Pieris), 107, 113, 114, 578, 579 
», _#. noctipennis (Pieris), 580 
Lomechusa, xlvii 
Lonchoptera, 286, 288, 289, 291 
Lonchotus, 337, 338, 357 
longicollis (Corticaria), lvi 


521, 


. (Neuraphes), lxxxvi 
longicornis (Eucera), 260, 261, 264 

a4 (Prenolepis), ii 

> (Trechus), xciii 


longinotus (Acantholobus), 400 
longipennis (Tetrix), 412, 413 
zs mutabilis (Tetrix), 413 

Longitarsus, lvi 

Lophoides, 14 

Lophotettigie, 387 

Lophotettix, 388, 389, 390 

lorquini (Limenitis), 476, 477, 478, 
479, 480, 481, 482, 483, 
484, 485, 486, 487, 488 

A, (Najas), 477 

Lotongus, 29 

louisa (Tagiades), 6 

Ipvendali (Cryptophagus), xlix 


( acale’” ) 


Loxilobus, 401 
Loxophlebia, 143, 144 
Loxura, 629, 630, 657, 658 
lucens (Andrena), 207, 208 
lucorum (Bombus), 273 
lucretia (Pseudacreea), 503, 511 
,,  f. expansa (Pseudacreea), 496, 
500, 508, 504, 508 
;,  lucretia (Pseudacreea), 504 
,,  f. tarquinia (Pseudacrea), 504, 
511 
luctuosa (Goniurus), 381 
»,  (Melecta), 265 
», (Prenes), 381 
lugens (Holophea), 144 
lugubris (Pyrrhopygopsis), 384, 385 
lupulinus (Hepialus), xxv 
lusea (Ismene), 33 
lutea (Phora), 291 
luteipalpus (Apaustus), 12 
luteus (Iswara), 82 
luzonicus (Thynnus), 65 
Lycena, ii, xxi, ]xii, ]xiii, Ixxxvi, 47, 
314, 315, 316, 372, 373, 655 
Lycenide, 46, 535, 610, 616, 656, 658 
lychnidis (Acidia), 302 
Lychnucha, 11 
Lychnuchus, 11 
Lycide, xlviii 
lycidice (Mechanitis), 587, 588, 596 
lycimnia (Daptonoura), 619 
lycoa (Acreea), 515 
ycomedes, 354, 355, 358 
Lycophotia, 151 
Lycoreini, 452, 594 
Lycorea, 587, 588, 589, 590, 591, 592, 
594, 595, 596, 597, 598, 600 
Lymexylide, 275, 278 
Lymexylon, 279, 280 
lyncea (Eucera), 260 
», (Macrocera), 260 
lyonessius (Sunius), lvi 
Lyperosa, 300 
lysander (Papilio), 113 
lyside (Kricogonia), 47 
lysimnia (Mechanitis), 591, 593, 595 
Macapta, 159 
machaon (Papilio), 462 
»,  (Pyrrhopyge), 380 
macilenta (Andrena), 200 
macilentus (Thynnus), 79 
macomo (Cyclopides), 16 
»,  (Kedestes), 16 
Macrocera, 258, 259, 260 
Macroglossa, 270 
maculatus (Lotongus), 29 
Ke: (Pasites), 235 
maculicornis (Phyllobius), xx, ]xxxvi 


maculipennis (Elaphroptera), 75 
Madyza, 300 
mesa (Padraona), 17 
meevius (Taractrocera), 15 
magdalena (Paragia), 89 
magnilabris (Anthophora), 268 
maha (Zizera), lxxxii 
major (Crocisa), 265 
malachurus (Halictus), 187, 188 
Malacodermide, lviii 
Malacosoma, xlvi 
maienka (Mylothris), 587 
», (Perrhybris), 587, 596 
malve (Hesperia), 10, 661 
mangala (Pamphila), 24 
manicatum (Anthidium), 255 
manlius (Papilio), iv, v 
manni (Nomada), 229 
manto (Erebia), 310 
maravilha (Pyrrhopyge), 376, 385 
3 (Pyrrhopygopsis), 376, 385 
mardania (Cystineura), 44 
margarita (Mylothris), 48 
marginata (Celastrina), 1xxxiii 
marginatus (Czenocoris), 59 
maritimella (Coleophora), xlvii 
marnas (Ocybadistes), 21 
», (Pamphila), 21 
»,  (Telicota), 21 
marpessa (Neptis), 505, 506 
marshalli (Mimacrea), xv, lxxix 
3 (Paratettix), 411 
Martabani (Trichogomphus), 347, 348 
358 
martini (Scobura), 13 
martinus (Tagiades), 5 
Masaridx, 89 
massilia (Adelpha), 478 
Matapa, 15 
mathias (Chapra), 23, 24, 25 
Matopo, 163 
mathias (Parnara), 661 
maura (Cilissa), 221 
mayeti (Andrena), 208 
maykora (Hesperia), 10 
A: (Telesto), 10 
mayottensis (Neptis), XxxXiv, XXXv, 
XXXVi, XXXVii, XXXVili, xxxix, xl, xli 
Mazarredia, 405, 407 
meala (Hasora), 35 
Mechanitis, 574, 587, 588, 589, 590, 
591, 592, 593, 595, 596, 597, 599 
600, 601 
Medeterus, 295, 
mediterraneus (Halictus), 189 
medusa (Nychitona), xiii 
meectana (Tagiades), 4 
megacephala (Andrena), 199 


- 


( exlvi ) 


Megachile, 243, 244, 245 
megvera (Pararge), 646 
Megalura, 659 
Meganostoma, 577, 621 
megara (Tithorea), 610 
Megistias, 56 
Melanargia, liv 
melania (Astictopterus), 28 
,,  (Isoteinon), 28 
Melanitis, xlv, 628, 639, 653 
melanocephala (Phyto), lv 
Melanophthalma, lvi 
melanops (Nomiades), liv 
Melanostoma, lvii 
melanostoma (Anaspis), xciii 
melanota (Megachile), 243 
- (Osmia), 247 
melas (Erebia), i, 807, 308, 309, 310, 
311, 312, 313 
s» var. nicholli(Erebia), 310 
Melecta, 265 
melectoides (Ammobates), 235 
95 (Phileremus), 237 
melicerta (Neptis), 505, 506 
Melina, 102, 574, 587, 588, 589, 590, 
591, 592, 593, 595, 596, 597, 598, 
599, 600, 601, 604, 605, 606 
Melinzea-Mechanitis, 107 
Melinda, 125, 126, 127, 128, 452, 494 
melissa (Tirumala), 126 
Melitea, xii, xxi, liv, lxxiv, lxxxvi, 
Ixxxvii 
melite (Enantia), 617 
Melitomma, xxiv, 275, 278 
Melittia, 634 
Meliturga, 265 
Melolontha, xxii 
Melophagus, 362 
melpomene (Heliconius), xxiii, li, li, 
lili, xciv, 106, 108, 118, 
573, 578 
9 amandus (Heliconius), xciv 
ip var. et ab, aphrodite (Heli- 
conius), Xciv 
a penelope ab, penelamanda 
(Heliconius), xciy 
menaka (Tagiades), 6 
»,  (Pterygospidea), 6 
Menaleas (Scapanes), 344, 357 
menanto (Tagiades), 4 
Menexinus, Ixxvi 
mephisto (Nomada), 229 
mercedonia (Melinda), 125 
Pr (Tirumala) 452 
Meria, 81, 82 
», sect. Komaroyia, 81 
merimna (Andrena), 205 
meriones (Papilio), 122, 124 


merope (Papilio), 435, 496 
mesentina (Belenois), 134, 141, 539 
540, 638 
messalina (Terias), 48, 618, 628 
metallica (Somatochlora), lvi 
Metardaris, 376 
metella (Neptis), xxxvi, xl 
», f. gratilla (Neptis), xl 
Methoca, 87 
Methona, vii, viii, x, xi, 528 
methone (Mechanitis), 599 
michvelisi (Precis), 44 
microclea (Heliconius), xxiii 
Micronotus, 423 
Microryctes, 324, 325, 326, 356 
microthorax (Andrena), 203 
midamus (Isamia), 623, 625 
miliarius (Acantholobus), 400 
mima (Euralia), 504, 511 
Mimacrea, xv, lxxix, 656 
mimosa (Hasora), 34 
mineus, f. polydecta (Mycalesis), 614 
miniata (Calligenia), xxix 
minimus (Cupido), Ixxxii 
it (Lyczena), 372, 373 
minor (Cyclopodia), 370 
minuta (Suastus), 12 
», (Tagiades), 12 
minutula (Andrena), 209, 211, 213, 215 
“2 var. parvula (Andrena), 210 
miochroa (Monodes), 160 
misippus (Diadema), 556 
7 (Hypolimnas), xv, Ixxx, 501, 
520, 556, 632 
,,  f. inaria (Hypolimnas), lxxx, 
520 
»,  (Limenitis), 451 
mitra (Euploea), xxxvii 
mneme (Melina), 202 
moesaryi (Ceratina), 239 
molesta (Andrena), 201 
Mollenkampi (Chaleosoma), 353, 358 
mongol (Trichogomphus), 347, 348, 
349, 358 
monilis (Tanypus), 305 
Monodes, 160, 161, 162 
monodon (Heteronychus), 322, 324, 
356 


ae (Microryctes), 326, 356 
monops (Catochrysops), 47, 55 
monosticta (Doryodes), 164 
montana (Narmada), 613, 626, 628, 637 

,,  (Planema), 523, 551, 552 
monteironis (Aletis), 518, 519 
monuste (Pieris), 49, 55 
mooreanus (Papilio), 625, 626, 640 
morator (Heteronychus), 322, 326, 327, 

356 


( exlvii ) 


morator (Pseudohomonyx), 327, 356 
morawitzi (Osmia), 251 
morgeni (Tirumala), 452 
moricei (Osmia), 249 
»» (Paradioxys), 240, 250 
morio (Andrena), 194 
», var. collaris (Andrena), 194 
», (Eophileurus), 332, 356 
», (Halictus), 192 
», (Phileurus), 332, 356 
Morpho, 111 
Morphopus, 401 
Morys, 40, 51 
mothone (Melinza), 599, 600 
mu (Andrena), 217 
mucoreus (Halictus), 193 
mucronata (Andrena), 201 
multispinosa (Nomada), 231 
muralis (Sitaris), iii 
muraria (Chalicodoma), 242 
murcia (Hesperia), 28 
murena (Eresia), 599, 600 
Musca, 304 
muscosa (Chlenogramma), 166 
musica (Pycnoschema), 338, 357 
mutabilis (EKirone), 80 
muticum (Anodon), 337, 357 
muticus (Lonchotus), 337, 357 
Mycalesis, 614, 638, 654, 663 
Mycetophila, 285 
Mycetophilide, ii 
myconius (Thymelicus), 15 
Mylothris, xcvi, xcvii, 48, 122, 525, 
535, 536, 537, 588, 539, 587, 594, 
595, 633, 637 
myrmeleon (Eulophonotus), lviii 
Myscelia, 627 
Myscelus, 376 
mystacinus (Thynnus), 75 
mytheca (Zea), 31 
mythecoides (Zea), 31 
Myzine, 63, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85 
Nabis, lvii 
Nacaduba, 616, 680, 657 
nadina (Huphina), 120 
,, f. andamana (Huphina), 120 
», f. fawcetti (Huphina), 120 
naias (Erythromma), lvi ‘ 
Najas, 476, 477 
nala (Hesperia), 19 
nana (Andrena), 214 
nanus (Colletes), 177 
Napeogenes, 591, 593, 599, 601 
napi (Pieris), xlvii, lv, lxiv, lxxxvii, 
lxxxvili 
» var. bryonie (Pieris), 1xxxvii, 
lxxxviii 
narea (Heliconius), 591, 593, 595, 596 


PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., Vv. 1908. 


Narga, 8 
Narmada, 613, 626, 628, 637 
nasidens (Chalicodoma), 243 
Nasuma, 126 
nasuta (Osmia), 253 
»  (Stelis), 257 
nasutus (Ailurus), 79 
», (Chalepus), 341, 357 
», (Cophothynnus), 79 
», (Dyseinetus), 341 
»,  (Oxyligyrus), 341, 357 
natalensis (Crenis), xvi 
natalica (Acrea), 137, 525, 526, 527, 
528, 548 
- (Anthobosea), 85 
», (Hesperia), 32 
a (Precis), 546 
navale (Lymexylon), 279 
neanthes (Charaxes), lxiv, lxv, Ixvi, 
Ixvii, lxviii, lxix, xx, lxxxvi 
nebulosa (Aplecta), xlvii 
+3 var. robsoni (Aplecta), 1xi, lxii 
is var. thompsoni (Aplecta), Lxii 
neglecta (Biareolina), 220 
neira (Tagiades), 4 


.| nemetes (Neptis), xxxvi 


neobule (Acrza), 526, 527 

Neogene, 167 

neoridas (Erebia), 309 

Neoryctes, 342, 357 

neotropicalis (Matopo), 163 

nephalion (Papilio), 112, 577 

Nephele, 388, 390 

Nepheronia, 620, 633, 638 

Neptidopsis, 506 

Neptis, vi, xxxiii, xxxiv, Xxxxv, XxXvi, 
XXXVli, XxXViii, xxxix, xl, xli, xlii, 
122, 500, 505, 506, 507, 509, 511, 
512, 513, 514, 582, 614, 628, 629, 
630, 631, 637, 645, 646 

nerine (Erebia), 307, 309, 310, 312, 
313, 314 

nerissa (Huphina), 118, 119, 120, 581, 

618 


», corva (Huphina), 118, 119, 120 
», var. phryne (Huphina), 119, 120 

neritosia (Automolis), 146 

nesvea (Mechanitis), 591, 592 

nestor (Ismene), 32 

Neuraphes, Ixxxvi 

neurica (Nonagria), lxxv 

Neuroptera-Planipennia, lviii 

neustria (Malacosoma), xlvi 

niavius subsp. dominicanus (Amauris), 
430, 431, 432, 495, 496, 497, 498, 
499, 500, 501, 503, 508, 512, 523, 
525 

nictitans (Chabuata), 153 


a 


( exlviii_ ) 


nietneri (Cethosia), 624, 628, 638 
nigerrimus (Longitarsus), lvi 
nigra (Andrena), 195 
nigricornis (Anthophora), 268 
nigridorsia (Eriopyga), 154 
nigrifacies (Kucera), 261 
nigrifrons (Andrena), 200 
nigrilabris (Eucera), 263 
nigrina (Pteropectria), 302 
nigriventris (Andrena), 208 
nigrownea (Andrena), 196 
Sy (Ceratina), 239 
nigrocineta (Anthophora), 271 
nigrocyanea (Andrena), 203 
nigrofasciatus (Thynnus), 79 
nigrofulva (Eueides), 591 
nigrolimbata (Telicota), 15 
nigrolimbatus (Thymelicus), 15 
nigro-olivacea (Andrena), 200 
nigrovenosa (Nyctemera), 626 
nilgirensis (Eophileurus), 334, 356 
Nipara, xliii, 603 
niphates (Tagiades), 3 
niphe (Argynnis), 578, 632 
nireus (Papilio), iii, iv, vi, xlii 
nirwana (Caltoris), 22 
53 (Hesperia), 22 
nise (Terias), 55, 618 
Nisoniades, 11 
Nissanga, 630, 631, 645 
nitida (Antarctia), 150 
nivea (Panchlora), xxix 
niveicornis (Paoris), 32 
. (Hesperia), 32 
e (Ploetzia), 32 
niveostriga (Kedestes), 17 
niveozonata (Andrena), 206 
nobilis (Andrena), 205 
s, (Nomada), 226 
noctipennis (Pieris), 107 
Noctua, lviii 
Noctuide, 151 
noctula (Hades), 565 
nocturna (Meria), 82 
Nomada, 226, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 
232, 238, 234, 235 
Nomia, 220 
Nomiades, liv 
Nomioides, 221, 222, 223 
Nomotettix, 414, 415, 416 
Nonagria, lxxv 
nondoa (Hesperia), 24 
nora (Hesperia), 10 
», (Pyrgus), 10 
noreia (Nacaduba), 657 
nossima (Amauris), xxxix 
notata (Eucera), 262 
», (Osmia), 246 


Notarthrinus, lxxxi, Ixxxii, Ixxxiii 
Notocrypta, 9, 26, 27 
Notodonta, xiii 
Notodontidx, 168 
nove-guinee (Eugavialidium), 399 
nu (Andrena), 218 
nubes (Thecla), 55, 56 
Nudaria, xxix 
numida (Eucera), 264 
nyassve (Alena), 656 
Nychitona, xiii, 569 
nyctelius (Prenes), 40, 50 
Nyctemera, 508, 626 
Nycteribia, 359, 360, 364, 366, 368 
Nycteribiide, xlix 
nycthemera (Andrena), 198 
nyctichroa (Oligia), 159 
Nymphalide, 547, 610, 663 
Nymphaline, liv, 42, 141, 463, 496, 
500, 505, 507, 549, 587, 591, 595, 
597, 599, 602, 610, 614, 626, 657 
Nyrina, 656 
nyseus (Talicada), 657 
Obeidia, 623 
obesus (Aphonus), 341 
,,  (Podalgus), 341 
obliquifrons (Orthotettix), 406 
obscura (Isma), 14 
,,  (Lophoides), 14 
obscurus (Barynotus), xx 
5 (Tagiades), 4, 661 
occidentalium (Crenis), xvi 
occulta (Gegenes), 622 
oceia (Baoris), 21 
», (Hesperia), 21 
ochlea (Amauris), 431, 495, 496, 497, 
499, 500, 501, 503, 504, 506, 511 
ochleides (Amauris), 123 
ochrias (Chabuata), 154 
Ochromyia, xxvi, xxvii 
octavia (Precis), 667 
octavii (Arena), Ixxxvi 
Ocybadistes, 21 
Ocyptera, lxxiv 
odius (Aganisthos), 45 
Odontothynnus, 87 
Odozana, 145 
(idemeride, 278 
cedesia (Thyridia), xi 
cedipodea (Ismene), 32 
(stride, xxx 
Ohausi (Lycomedes), 354, 358 
Olceclostera, 171 
Olfersia, 283, 285 
Oligia, 159 
Olophrum, xciii 
Omias, xxi 
omicron (Andrena), 218 


( exliz } 


Oniscus, lv palpalis (Pycnoschema), 339, 357 
Opharus, 147 Pamphila, 15, 17, 18, 19, 21, 24, 28, 
ophione (Neptidopsis), 506 31, 50, 56 
oraniensis (Ammobates), 235, 237 Pamphiline, 1, 10, 381, 384 
“ps (Ancyla), 264 pamphilus (Ccenonympha), Ixiii, lxiv, 
A (Schmiedeknechtia), 237 648, 649, 650 
orasus (Pyrrhopygopsis), 385 pan (Calycopis), 47, 656 
orbitulus (Lyczna), ii, 314, 315 Panara, iii 
an var. oberthiiri (Lycena), ii, | Panchlora, xxix 
315, 316 pandora (Argynnis), xlix 
orbius (Myscelus), 376 panimeron (Thracides), 383 
orestes (Melinzea), 598 Pantila, 656 
orientalis (Myzine), 82 panurgina (Nomada), 232, 233 
- (Periplaneta), 304 panurginoides (Nomada), 232 
orion (Aganisthos), 45, 627, 659 Panurginus, 225 
ornata (Tetrix), 413 Panurgus, 224, 225 
ornatus (Thynnus), 75 paola (Cyclopides), 16 
Ornepetes, 64 ,, (Kedestes), 16 
Ornithoptera, 621, 626, 629, 639, 640 | papaveris (Osmia), 250 
orphitus (Pamphila), 18 paphia (Argynnis), lx, 475 
fF (Telicota), 18 », var. valezina (Argynnis), lx, 1xi, 
Ortalide, 303 475 
Orthetrum, lvi, lvii y, (Dryas), liv, lix 
Orthochile, 295 Papilio, iii, iv, v, vi, vii, xxii, xxiii, 
Orthoptera, 387 xlii, xliii, xlix, lii, liv, 7, 35, 40, 49, 
Orthotettix, 405, 406 106, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 115, 
Oryctes, 342, 343, 347, 350, 357 116, 117, 118, 121, 122, 123, 124, 
Oryctoderus, 331 125, 127, 128, 138, 134, 427, 428, 
Oryctomorphus, 355 429, 430, 431, 4382, 433, 434, 435, 
Osmia, 240, 245, 246, 247, 248, 249,! 436, 437, 438, 439, 440, 441, 442, 
250, 251, 252, 253, 254 443, 444, 452, 462, 463, 464, 465, 
othe (Dismorphia), ]xi 467, 468, 469, 470, 471, 475, 487, 
Otiorrhynchus, xx, xxi 488, 494, 496, 497, 499, 508, 509, 
otis, f. indica (Zizera), 657 510, 511, 517, 518, 521, 522, 525, 
otreus (Ephyriades), 50, 661 Hoss 0045 DDD" DDG. D015 OOseo nO, 
ovinus (Melophagus), 363. 577, 578, 580, 599, 600, 601, 602, 
Oxygastra, xliv 621, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630, 631, 
Oxyligyrus, 341, 357 633, 637, 638, 639, 640, 643 
Oxyphyllum, 393 Papilionide, 554, 617 
Oxypoda, lvi Papilionine, liv, 49, 448, 462, 463, 
Pachylus, 355, 358 496, 508, 554, 599, 610, 621, 626 
Pachymenes, 90 papillosa (Tessaratoma), 59 
Pachyoryctes, 349, 358 Paradioxys, 240, 250 
Pachyrrhina, 299 paradoxa (Pseudopontia), xiii 
Pademma, 613, 623, 626 paradoxus (Heteronychus), 336 
Padraona, 15, 17, 18, 19, 20 of (Venedus), 336, 357 
paleeno (Colias), lxiv paragea (Planema), 117 
palamedes leontis (Papilio), 465 Paragia, 89 
He palamedes (Papilio), 465, | Parantica, 611, 612, 626, 630, 633, 637, 
468, 470 638 
palegon (Tmolus), 617 paraplecticus (Lixus), xev 
palemon (Phocides), 377 Paraptychodes, 522 
pallida (Myzine), 82 Pararge, xlix, 646, 654, 662 
5,  (Thyridia), xi Parata, 33 
pallidum (Thymele), 380 Paratettix, 410, 411, 412, 413, 419, 
Palloptera, 302 422, 423 
palmarum (Telicota), 20 Pardaleodes, 28 
palpalis (Glossina), 300, 304 pardalinus (Heliconius), 597 


K2 


( el ) 


pardalis (Melina), 597, 598, 604, 605, 
606 


subsp. madeira (Melina), 597, 
604, 605, 606 
Pardopsis, 534, 535 
parima (Catagramma), liv 
(Pyrrhopyge), 376 
»  (Yanguna), 376 
parinda (Papilio), 626, 637, 639, 640 
paris (Papilio), 629 
Parnara, 13, 22, 23, 24, 25, 661 
Parnassius, 625 
parrhasius (Everes), 373, 657 
parthenie (Melitea), xxxvii 
parthenope (Hesperia), 29 
Re (Lotongus), 29 
Parthenos, 637 
Parvapenna, 165 
parvula (Ceratina), 239 
»,  (Osmia), 253 
parvulus (Ceuthorrhynchus), ]xxxvi 
55 (Coptotettix), 421 
Pasites, 235 
pasithea (Catagramma), liv 
patagonicus (Neoryctes), 342, 357 
sts (Oryctes), 342 
patnia (Nissanga), 630, 631, 645 
paulina (Catophaga), 618, 638 
paulista (Apatelodes), 173 
pauper (Alissonotum), 323, 356 
(Heteronychus), 322, 323, 356 
»,  (Prenes), 381 
pavonii (Tithorea), 571 
pavor (Padraona), 18 
pechueli (Crenis), xvi 
pectinalis (Antarctia), 150 
pectoralis (Nomada), 228 
Pedaliodes, 599 
pedicularia (Nycteribia), 366 
pellonia (Castnia), 599, 601 
pellucida (Ithomia), 56 
Peltonotus, 355, 358 
Penicillidia, 359, 360, 362, 363 
pennatum (Oxyphyllum), 393 
pennipes (Platycnemis), lvi 
* var. lactea (Platyenemis), lvi 
Pentila, 534, 535 
Pentodon, 322, 355 
perenna (Acrea), 128 
Pereute, xxii, xxiii, li, lii, liii, liv, xci, 
xcii, xevi, 106, 107, 108, 109, 573, 
575, 576 
perforatus 
356 
Perichares, 32, 50 
Pericopide, vii 
Pericopis, 587, 590, 599, 601 
Peridromia, 659 


” 


”? 


99 


(Eophileurus), 332, 333, 


Periplaneta, xxix, 289, 290, 301, 304 
Perlide, lviii 
perlucida (Oucullia), 155 
Peronea, xlvi 
perplexa (Oxypoda), lvi 
Perrhybris, 587, 589, 590,594, 595, 596 
perronii (Telesto), 10 
personatus (Euparatettix), 409, 410 
pertyi (Sarbia), 377 
peruviana (Pereute), 108 
= (Telephoromyia), 66 

petiverana (Tirumala), 125, 126, 127, 

638 


Petovia, 534 
phedone (Amauris), vi 
5 (Berethis), vi 
is (Danais), vi 
phenicola (Pseudosarbia), 377 
pheoplaga (Monodes), 162 
pheozona (Chabuata), 153 
pheax (Pyrrhopyge), 376 
phalanta (Atella), 48, 629, 630, 631 
phanera (Charaxes), ]xxix, ]xxxvii 
phanias (Phocides), 377 
pharella (Euptychia), 627 
pharis (Leuceronia), 569 
Pharmacophagus, 462, 463, 472, 487 
pharsalus (Acrzea), 128, 525, 526, 527 
phasiana (Melinea), 598 
Pheia, 143 
phemonoé (Leucothyris), 610 
phenarete (Ituna), vili, ix, x, xi 
Phengodini, xlviii 
phereclus (Panara), liii 
phiale (Terias), 618 
Phiarus, 237 
phidias (Pyrrhopyge), 378 
phiditia (Hesperia), 13 
;,  (Scobura), 13 
»,  (Suastus), 13 
philenor (Laertias), 473 
aA (Papilio), 462, 463, 466, 467, 
468, 469, 470, 473, 475, 
487 
55 orsua (Papilio), 463 
2 (Pharmacophagus), 462, 463, 
487 


Phileremus, 237 

phileta (Pieris), 49, 55, 636, 671 

philetas (Ismene), 34 

Phileurus, 323, 324, 327, 331, 332, 
334, 335, 356, 357 

philonée (Papilio), 508 

philotimus (Antigonus), 7 

philyra (Eresia), 587, 589, 590 

phleas (Chrysophanus), xlix, lxii 
», ab. sechmidtii (Chrysophanus), 

Ixii 


( cli ) 


phocea (Atrephes), 163 
Phocides, 377, 386 
pheebe (Melitza), liv 
»,  (Phrissura), 537, 538 
Pheebis, 56, 577, 620 
pheoptera (Stelis), 257 
Phora, lv, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287, 
289, 290, 291, 292, 295, 296, 298, 
304 
phorbanta (Papilio), iii, iv, v, vi, xliii 
Phoride, xxvii 
Phorocera, 302 
Phrissura, 537, 538 
Phrodita, 166 
Phronia, 304 
phryne (Huphina), 581 
Phyciodes, 43 
phyleus (Hylephila), 50 
phyllis (Heliconius), xciv 
», var. et ab. amatus (Heliconius), 
xclv 
»,  anacreon (Heliconius), xciv 
», phyllis (Heliconius), xciv 
», var. et ab. phyllis (Heliconius), 
xciv 
Phyllobius, xx, Ixxxvi 
phyllocampa (Hoplitis), viii 
phyllocerus (Morphopus), 400 
Phyllodromia, xxviii, xxix 
Phyllognathus, 340, 347, 357 
Phyllotreta, Ixxxvi 
Phymateus, 623 
Physocephala, 634 
Phyto, lv 
picata (Aleena), 506, 507 
piceum (Alissonotum), 324 
piceus (Alissonotum), 323, 356 
»,  (Heteronychus), 322, 323, 356 
picicornis (Megachile), 243 
picinus (Thynnus), 79 
picistigma (Colletes), 178 
picta (Prosopis), 180 
pictipes (Meliturga), 265 
», (Prosopis), 182 
pieria (Croniades), 379, 380 
», (Pyrrhopyge), 380 
Pierine, vii, liv, lxi, 47, 141, 491, 492, 
508, 528, 539, 541, 576, 587, 591, 
595, 597, 610, 612, 617, 626 
Pieris, xlvii, xlix, lv, lxiv, lxxxvii, 
lxxxviii, xevii, 49, 55, 107, 118, 114, 
115, 571, 578, 579, 580, 618, 619, 
636, 671 
Piezotettix, 391, 392 
pigea (Pinacopteryx), 538, 539 
pilifrons (Sphecodes), 183 
pilipes (Andrena), 194 
», (Anthophora), iii, 272 


pilosula (Prosopis), 181 
pilosus (Euparatettix), 409 
Pinacopteryx, 492, 537, 538, 5389 
pinguis (Blabephorus), 547, 358 
»  (Osmia), 253 
pione (Adelpha), 478 
Pipunculus, 302 
pityocampa (Cnethocampa), Ixxxiv 
5% (Thaumetopcea), lxxxiv 
placida (Celastrina), 1xxxiii 
plagiatus (Thynnus), 75 
Plagiolepis, ii 
planatus (Eophileurus), 334, 356 
5 (Phileurus), 332, 356 
Planema, 40, 115, 116, 117, 118, 129, 
496, 508, 512, 518, 523, 524, 525, 
BI, 552 
Planeme, 552 
planiscuta (Nomada), 229 
planus (Coptotettix), 421 
Plastingia, 9, 20, 28, 29 
platycestus (Halictus), 185 
Platycnemis, lvi 
platymerus (Panurgus), 224 
platypterus (Eophileurus), 333, 356 
$5 (Phileurus), 332, 356 
Platytettix, 402 
Plebeius, 44 
Plesia, 83 
Plesioneura, 8, 9, 26, 27, 29, 661, 662 
plesioneure (Plastingia), 9 
plexippus (Anosia), 449, 450, 455, 458, 
487 


e (Danaida), 610, 626 

Ploetzia, 31, 32 
plotzi (Celenorrhinus), 9 
plumipes (Dasypoda), 221 
pluricarinatus (Lamellitettix), 404 
plurinotata (Melecta), 265 
Plusia, 270 
pneumonanthes (Stenoptilia), 317 
Podalgus, 340, 341, 357 
podalirius (Cosmodesmus), 462 
poeyi (Appias), 48 
poggei (Pseudacreea), xiv, xv, lxxix 
poliomera (Cropia), 157 
poliosigma (Chabuata), 152 
Polistes, 634 
politus (Lonchotus), 337, 357 

», (Scapanes), 344, 357 

», (Thecla), 55 
pollinosa (Eucera), 260 

53 (Macrocera), 260 
polyacantha (Nomada), 231, 232 
polychrous (Heliconius), 591, 592, 593, 

595 


polydamas (Papilio), 110, 622 
= f. polycrates (Papilio), 49 


( cli) 


Polydrusus, xxi 

Polygonia, Ixxxviii, 1xxxix, xe 

polymetus (Papilio), 111 

Polyniphe, 617 

Polyommatus, Ixxviii, 617, 629, 655, 
657 

polysticta (Monodes), 161 

polytes (Papilio), 625, 626, 631, 640 

Polytremis, 22 

polytrophus (Papilio), 518 

polyxenes americus (Papilio), 464 

f. melasina (Papilio), 
464 

asterius (Papilio), 464, 470 

f. ampliata (Papilio), 
464 

pomona (Catopsilia), 620, 624, 626, 
628, 630, 643 

Pompilide, xxix 

Ponera, ii 

poppa (Mylothris), 537 

populi (Najas), 477 
,, (Smerinthus), xxiii 

Porina, xxvi 

poropygus (Heteronychus), 322, 
356 


” ” 


”? 


” oe 


327, 


Porphyrops, 287 
Porthesia, Ixxvii 
Poteli (Trionychus), 332, 356 
poutieri (Hesperia), 25 
»,  (Parnara), 25 
prestans (Nomada), 230 
pratense (Brachytron), lvi 
praxince (Dismorphia), 587, 589, 
592 
praxithea (Pedaliodes), 599 
Precis, Ixviii, 38, 40, 48, 44, 54, 
135, 136, 137, 140, 494, 542, 543, 
544, 545, 546, 614, 644, 645, 
657, 662, 663, 664, 665, 667 
Prenes, 40, 50, 381 
Prenolepis, ti 
Prioneris, 120, 574, 637 
priscus (Tetrix), 413 
Procas, lxxxvi 
procles (Padraona), 20 
producta (Scelimena), 399 
pronoe (Erebia), 309, 310 
pronubana (Tortrix), xii 
propinqua (Andrena), 220 
Prorachthas, 634 
Prosena, 298, 300 
proserpina (Deragena), 603 
uA (Limenitis), 473 
Prosopis, 179, 180, 181, 182 
Proteides, 29, 32 
protensa (Kedestes), 16 
proteus (Eudamus), 49, 660 


protoclea (Goniloba), 14 

cyu (heme) 

Protogonius, xci, xevi, 587, 589, 591, 
592, 598, 595, 596, 597, 598, 599, 
600 

Prototettix, 417, 418, 419 

proximus (Apotettix), 424 

: appositus (Apotettix), 424 

psamathe (Methona), x 

Pseudacreea, xiv, xv, ]xxix, 496, 500, 
508, 504, 505, 508, 511, 512, 523; 
525, 526, 527, 528, 549) 650, bol 
552, 553, 554 

Pseudathyma, 523 

pseudegina (Acraea), 548 

Pseudelaphroptera, 64, 72, 73 

Pseudohomonyx, 326, 327, 356 

pseudolycia (Acria), 548 

Pseudomeria, 82 

pseudomesa (Padraona), 17 

Pseudopontia, xili 

Pseudoryctes, 342, 357 

Pseudosarbia, 377 

pseudotartara (Myzine), 82 

psidii (Thyridia), vii, viii, x, xi 

Psilopus, 295 

Psoas, 634 

psyttalea (Amauris), 123 

»terodactylus (Stenoptilia), 318 
terombrus, 82, 83 

Pteronymia, 56, 57 

Pteropectria, 302 

Pterygospidea, 6, 7, 661, 662 

Ptychoptera, 298, 300 

pubescens (Anthophora), 269 

pubicollis (Atemeles), 1xxvi 

puellaris (Teracolus), 638 

pulchellus (Nomioides), 221, 223 

Pulchriphyllium, xlviii 

pulla (Hesperia), 15 
», (Matapa), 15 

pulligo (Sancus), 14 
,, (Tagiades), 14 

pulvina (Hesperia), 6 
»,  (Semalea), 6 

pumilus (Colletes), 177 

punctatissima (Pardopsis), 534 

subsp. boerorum (Ponera), 

ii 

punctatissimus (Halictus), 190 

(Lonchotus), 337, 338, 
357 

punctatus (Hedotettix), 422 

puncticeps (Sphecodes), 183 

punctilinea (Parvapenna), 165 

punctolineatus (Heteronychus), 322, 
327, 328, 356 

punica (Osmia), 248 


99 


9 


(elit 4) 


purpurascens (Laccobius), lxxxvi 
purpurissata (Prosopis), 180 
var. stigmorrhina 
sopis), 181 
pusilla (Andrena), 211 
puspa (Celastrina), 1xxxiii 
Pycnoschema, 338, 339, 340, 357 
Pyenothynnus, 64 
pygmea (Astictopterus), 28 
Pyralis, ili 
Pyrameis, xlix, xcv, 628 
pyranthe (Catopsilia), 620 
pyrenaica (Lycena), xxi, 314, 315 
pyrene (Ixias), 636, 648, 663 
»,  f. cingalensis (Ixias), 643 
Pyrgus, 10 
Pyrochroa, 275, 276 
Pyrochroide, xxii, 278 
Pyropterus, lv 
pyrrha (Mylothris), 594, 595 
»,  (Perrhybris), 594, 595 
Pyrrhopyge, 56, 375, 376, 377, 378, 
379, 385 
Pyrrhopygine, 1, 375, 377 
Pyrrhopygine, | 
Pyrrhopygopsis, 376, 377, 384, 385, 
386 


(Pro- 


Pyrrhosoma, lvi 
Pythide, xxii, 278 
Pytho, lix, 275, 276 
quadrata (Apatelodes), 171 
quadricolor (Anthophora), 269 
quadridentata (Crocisa), 266 
quadrifasciata (Anthophora), 267 
quadrimaculata (Libellnla), lvi, lix 
var. prenubila (Libel- 

lula), lix 
quartinz (Prosopis), 180 
quatuor-cinctus (Halictus), 184 
queda (Charmion), 9 

,, (Notocrypta), 9 

;,  (Plesioneura), 9 
quercetorum (Surendra), 657 
quispica (Hesperia), 376, 385 

»,  (Pyrrhopygopsis), 376, 385 
radialis (Meria), 82 
radiosa (Burara), 33 
»» (Ismene), 33 
Rahinda, 637, 645 
raiellus (Bombus), 273 
ramosa (Crocisa), 265 
ransonettii (Abaratha), 10 
(Caprona), 661, 662 
i (Pterygospidea), 661, 662 

rape (Pieris), xlix, lxiv 
Rapala, 617, 658 
rapana (Eustema), 169 
raptor (Aphrosylus), 300 


”? 


? 


reedii (Pyrrhopygopsis), 384 
regina (Teracolus), 577 
regularis (Terias), 539 
reinwardtii (Ixias), 118, 119, 120 
* baliensis (Ixias), 119 
relicta (Elaphroptera), 76 
Renkeni (Dichodontus), 330, 356 
reptans (Simulium), 291 
reticulatum (Anthidium), 257 
reticulatus (Platytettix), 402 
e (Sphecodes), 183 
retusa (Anthophora), 272 
retusus (Clyster), 330, 356 
reversa (Antarctia), 150 
rex (Papilio), 125, 127, 128, 452, 494 
,, f. mimeticus (Papilio), 125, 128, 


452 
rhenana (Nomada), 230 
rhinocerontis bicornis (Gyrostigma), 
XXX 
Ac Be (Spathicera), 
XXX 


Rhinophora, lv 
Rhizoplatys, 332 
Rhopalocera, 2 
rhyssonota (Andrena), 204 
pecan (Papilio), 553 
ridleyi (Systolederus), 401 
riparia (Labidura), lxxvii 
Riptortus, 59, 61 
robusta (Anthophora), 271 
», (Dasylophia), 168 
robustus (Ammobates), 237 
rogeri (Strumigenys), ii 
rogersi (Pseudacreea), 508, 528, 549, 
551 
rollei (Pseudelaphroptera), 72 
romandii (Anthophora), 272 
romula (Pyrrhopygopsis), 384 
ronda (Halisidota), 148 
Rophites, 225, 226 
rosa (Crenis), xvi 
rose Yr. trimmerana (Andrena), 195, 
196, 199, 200 
rosimon (Castalius), 646 
rostratus (Chalepus), 342, 357 
A: (Dyscinetus), 341 
ss (Oxyligyrus), 341, 357 
rotundata (Dioxys), 240 
Fr (Megachile), 244 
rotundatum (Gymnosoma), Ixxiv 
roylei (Cyclopodia), 368 
», (Nycteribia), 368 
rubecula (Lychnucha), 11 
re (Koruthaialos), 11 
rubi (Noctua), lviii 
», (Thecla), 653 
rubicolus (Eriades), 254 


F 9 


( 


rubricosta (Mylothris), 537, 539 
rubricostata (Mylothris), 538 
rubricrus (Osmia), 240, 250 
rubrinota (Dion), 383 

rubrobasalis (Pinacopteryx), 537, 539 
rubrosignata (Andrena), 207 

rudis (Pyenoschema), 340 

rufa (Formica), xlvii, lxxvi 

(Vespa), xxxiil 

ruficollis (Eucera), 258 


> 


(Macrocera), 258 


ruficornis (Celenorrhinus), 8 


” 
9 
9 
? 


9 


(Eucera), 260 
(Macrocera), 260 
(Nomia), 220 

(Phora), 286, 291, 298 
(Sphecodes), 183 


rufigastra (Osmia), 248 
rufinucha (Pyrrhopyge), 375 
rufipes (Ammobates), 236 


9 


on) 


9 


39 


(Coptotettix), 421 
(Phora), 287, 290, 295 
(Physocephala), 634 
(Telephoromyia), 73 


rufiscopa (Osmia), 253 
rufithorax (Sphecodes), 183 
rufiventris (Andrena), 202 


” 
” 


” 


(Engycystis), 83 
(Myzine), 83 
(Pterombrus), 83 


rufocaudata (Ccelioxys), 241 
rugosus (Loxilobus), 401 
rumina (Thais), lix 


ab. canteneri (Thais), lix 
var. medesicaste (Thais), lix 


riippellii (Mylothris), 537, 538, 539 
Rutelide, 355, 356, 358 
Ruteloryctes, 335, 336, 857 
Rytinatettix, 418, 419 

saba (Glutophrissa), 508 

Sabera, 30, 31 

sacchari (Heteronychus), 329, 356 


saclava (Neptis), xxxiv, XxXXV, XxXVi, 
XXXVil, XxXXvili, xxxix, xl, 


” 


” 


xli 
marpessa (Neptis), xxxv 
saclava (Neptis), xxxv 


sakara (Baoris), 22 


” 


(Hesperia), 22 


Salamis, v, vi, vii, xliii, 638, 657 
salanga (Ismene), 35 

Salatura, 450 

Salius, xxx 

salona (Callicista), 55 

salsala (Iambrix), 11, 12 


” 


(Nisoniades), 11 


sambara (Goniloba), 3 


” 


(Satarupa), 3 


cliv ) 


Sancus, 14 
sangira (Taractrocera), 16 
,,  (Telesto), 16 
sanguifusa (Doryodes), 165 
sanguinea (Formica), xlvii 
sanguineus (Dindymus), 59 
sanguinolenta (Leptura), xcv 
sanies (Pyrrhopyge), 378 
sansibaricus (Temnorrhynechus), 340, 
357 
sapho (Heltcona 114, 115 
,», f. leuce (Heliconius), 107, 580 
Sapeea, 10 
Sarangesa, 6, 7 
Sarbia, 377 
Sarcophaga, 304 
sarpedon (Papilio), 640 
saruna (Hesperia), 23 
satanas (Heliconisa), 176 
Satarupa, 3 
satis (Acreea), 496, 508, 548 
sativa (Zographetus), 13 
Saturniade, 174 
saturnus (Charaxes), 507 
Satyrine, 42, 599, 602, 610, 614, 647 
satyrion (Coenonympha), lxiii 
Satyrus, 649, 650, 653 
saundersii (Eucera), 261 
a (Osmia), 250 
sauteri (Listropodia), 366 
», (Nycteribia), 359, 360, 366, 
368 
scaber (Paratettix), 410, 411 
scabiei (Epidapus), ii 
scabiose (Halictus), 184 
seabriculus (Trachyphleeus), iii 
scalare (Melanostoma), lvii 
Scapanes, 342, 343, 344, 357 
Scarabeeus, 329, 343 
Scaria, 425, 426 
Scatophaga, 303, 304 
Scatopse, 299, 300 
Scelimena, 399 
Scelimene, 399 
schefferi (Opharus), 147 
schausia (Schizura), 170 
schenkella (Andrena), 210 
Schizura, 170 
schmiedeknechti (Andrena), 200 
Schmiedeknechtia, 237 
schnablii (Megachile), 245 
Sciara, ii 
scipio (Erebia), 309 
Scobura, 13 
Scodiona, xiii 
Scoliide, 81 
scolopacea (Leptis), 288 
scomber (Jemadia), 379 


( clv_) 


Scotena, 63, 64, 69, 71 
scriptus (Phiarus), 237 
sculpta (Mazarredia), 405 
scurra (Idiocerus), lvii 
scutellata (EKirone), 81 
sy (Nomada), 228 
scybalarius (Aphodius), xxv 
Semalea, 6 
Semanopterus, 343, 357 
Sematura, 662 
semele (Satyrus), 649, 650, 653 
semifulva (Ceratinia), 599 
semifulvus (Protogonius), 599, 600 
Semnopsyche, 462, 465, 474 
sena (Bibasis), 661 
senecionis (Andrena), 201 
senegalensis (Huryphene), 520, 521 
ie (Terias), 539 
senex (Nudaria), xxix 
Seoptera, 302 
separandus (Halictus), 185 
septentrionalis (Anaspis), xciii 
septentrionis (Tirumala), 125, 611, 626, 
633 
Serdis, 50 
serena (Acrzea), 529, 530 
sericans (Megachile), 243 
sericeus (Polydrusus), xxi 
Sermyla, xx 
serriventris (Phorocera), 302 
sesamus (Precis), 134, 135, 136, 137, 
140, 494, 542, 543, 544, 667 
severina (Belenois), 134, 492, 539, 540, 
541 
sexfasciata (Nomada), 226 
sexnotatulus (Halictus), 186 
sextilla (Neptis), xl 
sezendis (Antigonus), 7 
shakra (Pararge), 654 
shelfordi (Paratettix), 411 
siamense (Alcidosoma), 353, 358 
siamensis (Eupatorus), 353, 358 
siamica (Abaratha), 10 
Sibinia, lxxxvi 
sibylla (Limenitis), xevi, 475 
siccus (Thynnus), 66 
sicula (Chalicodoma), 242 
siculum (Anthidium), 255 
siculus (Panurgus), 224 
sifa (Hesperia), 24 
signata (Charmion), 27 
»,  (Stelis), 258 
sikkima (Celastrina), 
lxxxiii 
silius (Cymenes), 51, 56, 661 
similis (Dufourea), 226 
simillimum (Tetramorium), ii 
simplex (Donacia), lvii 


Ixxxiy* bexyii, 


simplex (Heteronychus), 322, 323, 356 
simplicior (Anastrus), 50, 661 
simplicissima (Hasora), 34 

PF (Ismene), 34 
simulans (Halictus), 192 
Simulium, 291 
sinapis (Leucophasia), 637 
singalensis (Cyaniris), 616 
singularis (Methona), xi 
sinhala (Pademma), 613, 623, 626 
sinhalus (Apaustus), 12 
sinuata (Rahinda), 645 
Siphona, 300 
sita (Prioneris), 637 
Sitaris, iii 
sivoa (Tagiades), 4 
sjostedti (Alurus), 87 
Smerinthus, xxiii, lxxvi 
socrates (Pyrrhopygopsis), 386 
sodalis (Sibinia), Ixxxvi 
solidus (Pachyoryctes), 349, 358 

», (Scapanes), 342, 357 
Somatochlora, lvi 
soroensis (Bombus), 273 
soror (Halictus), 191 
Spathicera, xxix, xxx 
speciosa (Utetheisa), 40 
spectabilis (Colletes), 177 
Sphenogona, 48 
Sphecodes, 182, 183 
sphecodimorphus (Halictus), 191 
Sphingide, 166 
spilota (Prosopis), 179 
Spilothynnus, 64 
spilothyrus (Celenorrhinus), 8, 661, 
662 


3 (Eudamus), 8 

* (Plesioneura), 661, 662 
spinata (Thoradonta), 408 
Spindasis, 656, 657 
spinifrons (Tettilobus), 395, 396 
spinilobus (Cryptotettix), 407 
spinole (Osmia), 251 
splendens (Cerura), 169 

Vs (Pamphila), 18 
spurius (Chalurus), 299, 303 
»,  (Thecla), 656 

squamiger (Nomioides), 222, 223 
stelenes (Victorina), 45, 614, 644, 645 
Stelis, 257, 258 
stellatarum (Macroglossa), 270 
steneles (Victorina), 45 
stenobcea (Acrza), 549 
Stenoptilia, xxvii, 317, 318, 319, 320 
stercoraria (Scatophaga), 303 
sticticum (Anthidium), 255 
stigma (Polistes), 634 
stigmata (Aromachus), 12 


a 


(> elyits) 


stigmata (Thanaos), 12 
stigmaticorne (Anthidium), 257 
stockerus (Callidea), 59 
stollii (Chrysocoris), 59, 60 
Stomoxys, xxvii, 299, 300 
stratonice (Actinote), lili 
striata (Halisidota), 147 
striatidens (Triglyphothrix), ii 
stricta (Andrena), 199 
stricticeps (Phyllognathus), 340, 357 
Be (Pyenoschema), 340, 357 
strictifrons (Halictus), 191 
strigata (Eucera), 260 
;, (Macrocera), 260 
strigatum (Anthidium), 255 
Strumigenys, il 
strumosa (Lomechusa), xlvii 
Stugeta, 656 
stygne (Erebia), Ixxiv, 310, 311 
stylata (Xistra), 409 
stylidiopsis (Nycteribia), 368 
Stypotrupes, 329, 330, 331, 356 
styx (Croniades), 375 
,, (Pyrrhopyge), 379 
Suastus, 12, 13 
subequalis (Asemantus), 342 
~ (Semanopterus), 342, 357 
subapicalis (Delphyre), 145 
subfasciatus (Sancus), 14 
sublevis (Heteronychus), 328, 356 
»,  (Phileurus), 327, 356 
submicans (Osmia), 248 
subrufescens (Epeolus), 238 
subvirescens (Pyrrhopygopsis), 376 
5 Thymele), 376 
succincta (Nomada), 227, 229 
succinctus (Colletes), 178 
sutfusa (Aimilia), 149 
suleatus (Otiorrhynchus), xxi 
»,  (Piezotettix), 392 
sulphuripes (Prosopis), 181 
sumatrana (Huphina), 119 
sumatrensis (Heteronychus), 322, 326, 
356 


(Pseudohomonyx), 
356 
sumitra (Gehlota), 8 
sunias (Padraona), 18 
», (Pamphila), 18 
Sunius, lvi 
superba (Isamia), 623 
Surendra, 657 
surus (Proteides), 29 
swainsonii (Euterpe), 577 
sylvanus (Pamphila), 56 
sylvarum (Bombus), 635 
Sympetrum, lv 
Synchloé, 539 


326, 


? 


synestalmenus (Antigonus), 7 
Syntarucus, 47 
Syntomide, 143 
syriacus (Pentodon), 322, 355 
syrichthus (Hesperia), 50, 56, 661 
Syrphidie, 270 
Syrphus, xciil 
Systacea, 56, 661 
Systole, 31 
Systolederus, 401, 409 
Tabanus, 287, 301 
Tachinide, Ixxiv, 519 
Tachydromia, 293 
Tachypterus, 64 
tages (Hesperia), 661 
», (Thanaos), 661 
Tagiades, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 12, 14, 661, 662 
tagis (Anthocharis), liv 
»» var. bellezina (Anthocharis), liv 
talanthus (Thymelicus), 15 
talaris (Anthophora), 268 
tamerlanella (Iswara) 32 
5 (Pseudomeria), 82 
tanus (Apaustus), 21 
», (Ocybadistes), 21 
Tanypus, 298, 305 
taprobana (Chittira), 611 
(Ergolis), 645 
4 (Pamphila), 31 
taprobanus (Hesperia), 31 
» (Zea), 31 
Taractrocera, 15, 16 
Tarema, 173 
tarfensis (Osmia), 246 
Tarsoctenus, 377 
tartara (Iswara), 82 
(Meria), 82 
»»  (Pseudomeria), 82 
Tarucus, 45, 55, 657 
Tasitia, 41, 450 
Technomyrmex, ii 
Telchinia, 622, 625, 626, 629, 630 
telchinia (Heliconius), 587, 588, 589, 
590 
Telegonus, 50 
Telephanus, lvii 
Telephoromyia, 63, 64, 66, 68, 69, 70, 
73 


”? 


” 


telephus (Papilio), 640 

telesiphe (Colenis), xci, xcii, xevi, xevii 

(Heliconius), xci, xcii, xcvi, 
xevli 

Telesto, 10, 11, 16 

Telicada, 657 

telicanus (Tarucus), 657 

Telicota, 15, 18, 19, 20, 21, 661 

tellus (Planema), 552 

Telmatettix, 410 


29 


(i clyit!., ) 


telmela (Pyrrhopygopsis), 386 
telthusa (Pereute), 108, 575 
Temnopteryx, xxix 
Temnorrhynchus, 340, 357 
tenebricosa (Erycides), 386 
He (Hesperia), 6 
x (Pyrrhopygopsis), 384, 386 
tenebricosis (Otiorrhynchus), xx 
Tenebrionide, 277, 278 
tenellum (Pyrrhosoma), lvi 
tenuis (Paraptychodes), 522 
tephreus (Theclopsis), 617 
Tephrosia, xxviii 
Teracoli, 636 
Teracolus, 111, 141, 540, 541, 577, 636, 
638, 663 
tereas (Archonias), 109, 111, 112 
», (Euterpe), 111, 557 
teredon (Papilio), 625, 626, 640 
teresa (Dismorphia), 577 
Terias, 48, 49, 55, 57, 539, 617, 618, 
628, 636, 642, 663, 668, 669, 670, 
671 
terminalba (Bardaxima),168 . 
ternatensis (Telicota), 20 
terpsichore (Acrea), 529, 530 
7 rougeti (Acrea), xxx 
terra (Pseudacrea), 552 
terrestris (Bombus), 273 
Tessaratoma, 59 
testaceipes (Andrena), 196 
Tetramorium, ii 
Tetrigine, xlix, 387 
Tetrix, 412, 413, 414, 415, 419 
tettensis (Abantis), 526 
Tettiella, 419, 420 
Tettigie, 409 
Tettilobus, 395, 396 
Tettix, 419, 420, 423 
teutamis (Catasticta), liv 
Thais, lix 
thalia (Actinote), 452 
Thanaos, 12, 661 
thaumas (Pamphila), 56 
Thaumatopeea, Ixxxiv 
theano, (Archonias), 109 
Thecla, 55, 56 
Theclopsis, 617 
themisto (Methona), xi 
theonus (Leptotes), 46 
»»  (Lycena), 47 
»,  (Tarucus), 46 
theseus (Dynamine), 55, 660 
theta (Andrena), 215 
thius (Callipsyche), 47 
thoracica (Andrena), 195 
Thoradonta, 407, 408 
Thracides, 383, 384 


thrasybulus (Cycloglypha), 661 
Thyca, 636 
Thymele, 26, 50, 376, 380, 381 
Thymelicus, 15, 16, 17, 51 
Thynnide, iii 
Thynnus, 65, 66, 74, 75, 76, 79, 80 
Thyone, 146 
thyone (Parnara), 23 
Thyridia, vii, viii, x, xi, 528 
thysa (Belenois), xevii, 535, 536, 539, 
540, 633, 637 
5, (Pieris), xevii 
tiberius (Euxanthe), 496, 499, 500, 501, 
502, 505 
tigrata (Obeidia), 623 
tigrina (Caricea), xxvii 
timurella (Meria), 81 
x (Myzine), 81 
tindalii (Tagiades), 5 
tingitana (Andrena), 220 R 
Tiphia, 83 
Tipula, 298, 299, 300 
Tirumala, 125, 126, 127, 452, 494, 611, 
613, 626, 633, 638 
Tithonia, 643 
tithonus (Epinephele), 646 
Tithorea, 571, 587, 591, 597, 598, 610 
tithoreides (Pieris), 114, 579 
55 (Tithorea), 571 
titus (Tagiades), 5 
Tmolus, 617 
toba (Tagiades), 5 
togarna (Thecla), 627 
tola (Charmion), 9 
», (Plesioneura), 9 
toltecus (Paratettix), 418, 419 
tonkineus (Trichogomphus), 347, 358 
Tortrix, xii 
Trachea, 158 
Trachyphleeus, iii 
transcaspica (Osmia), 249 
transversa (Euschema), 623, 626 
traviata (Hesperia), 29 
Trechus, xciii 
triaria (Pedaliodes), 599 
tricarinatus (Criotettix), 399, 400 
Trichogomphus, 347, 348, 349, 350, 
358 
Trichoptera, lviii 
tricincta (Kucera), 258, 259 
a (Macrocera), 258, 259 
tricolor (Anodontyra), 79 
5,  (Osmia), 249 
Trictenotoma, xxii, xxiv, 275, 277, 
278 
Trictenotomide, 277, 278 
trifolii (Zygeena), lxxviii 
Triglyphothrix, ii 


- 
( 


trimaculata (Thyone), 146 
trimenii (Pseudacrea), 525, 526, 527, 
528, 552, 553, 554 
trinacria (Actinote), hii 
Trineura, 285, 286, 287, 289, 290, 291, 
303 
Trionychus, 332, 356 
Tripetalocere, 387 
tripunctata (Myzine), 81 
- (Nomada), 227 
tristis (Ruteloryetes), 336, 357 
trivittata (Eucera), 262, 263 
trizona (Andrena), 210 
Trochilium, 634 
Trogolinus, lv 
Troides, xi 
troilus (Papilio), 463, 466, 467, 468, 
469, 470, 471, 472, 488 
texanus (Papilio), 465 
,,  troilus (Papilio), 465 
tropica (Hesperia), 18 
,, (Padraona), 18 
tropicalis (Pantila), 656 
truncatella (Melanophthalma), lvi 
truncatus (Piezotettix), 391 
truncorum (Eriades), 254 
tuberculatus (Coptotettix), 421 
tuberculifera (Andrena), 197 
tucusa (Kedestes), 16 
tulsi (Parnara), 22 
tunensis (Osmia), 252 
turbulenta (Seotena), 71 
turgida (Nephele), 890 
turgidus (Gladiotettix), 390 
turica (Thymelicus), 15 
ugandensis (Paratettix), 410 
ulixes (Jemadia), 376 
,, _ (Pyrrhopyge), 376 
ulunda (Astictopterus), 14 
undularis (Elymnias), 632 
Unkana, 30, 31 
unicrista (Nephele), 390 
unicristatus (Lophotettix), 390 
uniformis (Telesto), 11 
urejus (Hesperia), 23 
ursula (Limenitis), 462 
urtice (Aglais), xcv, xcvi 
ab. ioformis eee xevi 
(Phyllobius), x 
», (Vanessa), xcev 
usambara (Euralia), 496, 497, 499 
Bs (Hypolimnas), 496, 497 
utanus (Tagiades), 4 
Utetheisa, 40 
uvui (Acrea), 516, 533, 534 
vachali (Panurgus), 224 
5»  (Stelis), 257 
Vadebra, xliii 


%) 


” 
” 


elviii 


) 


vaika (Hesperia), 23 


| valerius (Morys), 40, 51 


validus (Nomotettix), 415, 416 
Vanessa, xlix, xev 
vanillw (Dione), 38, 40, 43, 615 
variabilis (Andrena), 204 

3 (Gnorimus), lix 
varians (Notocrypta), 26 

5,  (Plesioneura), 26 
varicornis (Andrena), 210 
variegata (Dalcera), 176 
(Prosopis), 179 

- var. absoluta (Prosopis), 180 
variegatus (Nomioides), 221, 223 
(Panurginus), 225 
(Paratettix), 413 

ss (Tetrix), 413 
varmona (Neptis), 614, 628, 629, 630, 

631, 645, 646 

vasutana (Burara), 33 
vaulogeri (Halictus), 184 

5 (Osmia), 251 
vautieri (Colias), 577 
veleda (Epeus), 56 
Venedus, 336, 357 
venezuele (Pyrrhopyge), 56 
venezuelana (Pereute), 108 
venosa (Chalcosia), 623, 626 
ventilabris (Anthophora), 271 
ventralis (Halictus), 189 
vergilianus (Halictus), 186 
versicolor (Erianthus), lxxxv 

., (Osmia), 248 
Vertumnus, 341, 357 


”? 


”? 


” 


‘vervex (Phileurus), 335, 357 


Vespa, Xxxiii 
vesta (Teracolus), 541 
vestitus, var. pallidus eae 192 
vesuria (Catia), 51 
viardi (Pieris), 571 
vibex (Thymelicus), 51 
vibrans (Seoptera), 302 
victoria (Celastrina), 1xxxiii 
victorie (Troides), xi 
,»  £. rubianus (Troides), xi 
Victorina, 614, 644, 645 
victorina (Leucothyris), 610 
victoriosa (Komarowia), 82 
vidua (Osmia), 245, 246 
villosulus (Halictus), 189 
vinidia (Acrea), 529, 530, 581, 625 
f. abbotti (Acrea), 531 
f. tenella (Acrewa), 529, 5380, 
581, 532, 538, 534 
violacea (Xylocopa), 238 
viole (Acrea), xxxi 
:, (Telchinia), 622, 625, 626, 629, 
630 


” 
”? 


( clix ) 


virgaurex (Coleophora), lxxvi 

virgularia (Acidalia), xlvi 

viridis (Pachymenes), 90 

vitta (Hasora), 35 

vividula (Prenolepsis), ii 

vulcanus (Aphneus), 657 

cythera (Heliconius), iii 
x (Spindasis), 657 

vulgaris (Dufourea), 226 

vulturna (‘l'agiades), 6 

wahlbergi (Huralia), 496, 497, 498, 

501 


497, 


> 


Hf (Hypolimnas), 496, 
501 


waigensis (Notocrypta), 26, 27 
»,  (Plesioneura), 26 
wakefieldi (Euxanthe), 495, 496, 497, 
498, 499, 500, 501, 502 
walkeri (Ocybadistes), 21 
wallacei-colon, f. clytia (Heliconius), 
15 


»,  -Wallacei, f. elsa (Heliconius), 
115 
wama (Hesperia), 19 
wamba (Hesperia), 19 
,, (Padraona), 19 
wambo (Chapra), 25 
», (Hesperia), 25 
a (uanmanra)> 20 
Wasmannia, ii 
watsoni (Padraona), 19 
webbianus (Lampides), xlix 
wegeneri (Anthophora), 267 
weidemeyeri (Limenitis), 478, 479, 480, 
482, 484, 488 
westwoodii (Terias), 48, 57, 618 
wiedemannii (Psilopus), 295 
wokana (Notocrypta), 27 
»,  (Plesioneura), 27 
woodfordi (Euplcea), xliii 
woodwardi (Neptis), 509, 511, 512, 
513, 514 
wortha (Hasora), 34 
xanites (Astictopterus), 11 
yar. palawites (Astictopterus), 
ala 
xanthea (Cosmia), 164 
Xantholinus, xliv 
xanthone (Napeogenes), 591 
xanthopyga (Megachile), 244 
xanthothrix (Phocides), 386 
xenoclea (Heliconius), xxiii 
-notabilis (Heliconius), 115 


9? 


2 


Xenodorus, 336, 357 

Xerophyllum, 393 

xiphia (Nychitona), 637 
5» var. xiphioides (Pararge), xlix 

Xistra, 409 

xylocopa, 238 

yakourensis (Halictus), 190 

Yanguna, 376 

Yphthima, 614, 628, 631, 645 

yulei (Mylothris), 537 

zacynthus (Papilio), 109, 110, 111, 112, 
575 


zalates (Proteides), 29 
zalmoxis (Papilio), 133 
Zampa, 23 
zangis (Calisto), 42, 614, 648, 658, 
659, 663 
zanites (Koruthaialos), 28 
zapateri (Erebia), 309 
zatilla (Hesperia), 17 
zavaletta (Dircenna), lxi 
zawi (Plesioneura), 9 
Zea, 31 
zebra (Pamphila), 17 
zelica (Leucothyris), Lxi 
zeno (Padraona), 18 
,, (Pamphila), 18 
zenobia (Papilio), 115, 118 
zenon (Zampa), 23 
zephyrus, var. lycidas 
Ixxxvi 
zeta (Andrena), 214 
zetes (Acreea), 528, 548, 549, 553 
ziclea (Taractrocera), 16 
», (Thymelicus), 16 
Zizera, lxxxii, Ixxxiv, 657 
Zographetus, 13 
zoilus (Chalepus), 341, 357 
(Dyscinetus), 341 
», (Oxyligyrus), 341, 357 
zoolina (Charaxes), Ixiv, Ixy, Ixvi, 
xvii, Ixvili, lxix, lxxxvi 
f. betanimena (Charaxes), Ixx 
f. betsimisaraka (Charaxes), 
xix 
f. ehmekei (Charaxes), xix 
f. neanthes (Charaxes), Ixx 
»,  f. phanera (Charaxes), Ixix 
zophodactylus (Stenoptilia), 317, 319 
zorcaon (Kueides), 587, 588, 590 
zunilda (Chlorippe), 476 
Zygena, lxxviil 
zygophylli (Andrena), Errata, xxxix 


(Lyczena), 


9? 


te) 


¥) oe “ 
a i 


“hee ie 
Bei (sy 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF THE 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY 


OF 


LONDON 
For THE YEAR 1908. 


L. On the species of Hesperide from the Indo-Malayan and 
African Regions, described by HERR PLOTZ, with 
descriptions of some new species by COLONEL C. 
SwinuHoE, M.A., F.LS., ete. 


[Read October 2nd, 1907.] 


Puates I—III. 


TuRouGH the great kindness of Dr. Seitz, of Frankfort, 
and Director Robert Erhardt, of Munich, I have been so 
fortunate as to obtain the loan of the six volumes containing 
the unpublished coloured figures of the Hesperidx de- 
scribed by Plétz. The identification of such obscurely- 
marked Lepidoptera from descriptions, however carefully 
worked out, is of itself a more or less hopeless task. 
Plétz’s descriptions are for the most part crude and 
insufficient, and it has been impossible heretofore to 
identify most of his published species. Plotz was an 
indefatigable worker, his twenty-seven volumes of coloured 
figures of Rhopalocera must have, taken him a lifetime. 
The Hesperide are the last six, and for the most part his 
figures are excellent, and a comparison with examples in 
the collection in the British Museum, the very extensive 
collection in my own museum, and the published figures of 
the many authors who have worked at the Family belonging 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 1 


all 


2 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


to the Indo-Malayan region, has resulted in the publication 
of this paper, which clears up many doubtful points, and 
will be, I trust, of assistance to future workers. 

I have had copies made by the well-known artist, Mr. 
Horace Knight, of all Plotz’s Indo-Malayan species; copies 
have been made for the British Museum of the Africans, 
and by Mr. F. Du Cane Godman of the Americans. I have 
not said anything in this memoir about the Australian 
examples, because Mr. Oswald Lower, of Broken Hill, New 
South Wales, is working out the Australian Hesperide, 
and I have sent to him copies of all Plotz’s figures. 

In this paper I have followed the British Museum 
classification, which is based on Watson’s, and I do not 
know what I should have done without Mr. Heron’s kindly 
assistance, and I have to tender to him my grateful thanks 
for the free use of all his numerous manuscript notes on 
the Family. 

T have taken notice of only one or two African Hesperide, 
Dr. Holland having worked out Plotz’s species from that 
region in certainly the best Hesperid memoir that has 
ever been published, in the opening pages of P. Z. 8., 1896. 

The memoir by Elwes and Edwards in Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4) (1897), has been of much assistance to me. 

I have given generic names, for the sake of convenience, 
to all the generic sections into which they are divided in 
the National Collection; whether they are good genera or 
only sections of genera is to me a matter of small import- 
ance. Classification must always be more or less arbitrary ; 
its chief object is facility to workers, and it is much easier 
in a large museum collection to find an insect for examin- 
ation when the species are arranged in named sectional 
groups, than it is to search drawer after drawer in a large 
genus of many species. 


RHOPALOCERA. 


Family HESPERID/#. 
Sub-family HESPERIIN AL. 


CASYAPA, Kirby, Cat. Lep., p. 576 (1871), type corvus, 
Felder. 

CHAETOCNEME, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Math. Nat. Cl., 
vol. xl, p. 460 (1860) (preeocc.). 


Hesperidex from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 3 


CASYAPA KALLIMA. PI. J, fig. 1. 


Casyapa kallima, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7, xx, p. 
430, 1907. 


Milne Bay, N. Guinea, types in B.M. Allied to @. 
callixenus, Hew., from Dorey. 


SATARUPA, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 750, type gopala, 
Moore. 


SATARUPA SAMBARA. 


Goniloba sambara, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C.,i, p. 246 (1857). 

Satarupa sambara, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 134 (1897). 

Tagiades cosima, Plotz, J. B. Nass. Ver., xxxvii, p. 54 (1884), 
pl. 1584. 


N. India (Plotz) (Weymer 493 in plate). 


SATARUPA AFFINIS. 


Satarupa afinis, Druce, P. Z.8., 1873, p. 360, pl. xxxiii, 
B'S 

Tagiades niphates, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, pl. i, 
f. 5 (1886). 

Tagiades niphates, Weymer, l.c., xlviii, p. 15 (1887). 


Type, Borneo in mus. Godman. Weymer’s type came 
from Padang, Sumatra; I have it also from the same 
locality. 


SATARUPA KIRMANA. 


Tagiades kirmana, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 231 
(1885), pl. 1585. 

Satarupa affinis, var. cognata, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 385, 
pl. xxxv, f. 17 (1886). 


Malacca (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Distant’s type came from the Malay Peninsula, and he 
also records it from Perak and Malacca; he says, “this 
may probably prove to be a distinct species,” and I believe 
it is; it is certainly not affinis the type of which came 
from Borneo. I have it from Sumatra, from which it has 
also been recorded by de Nicéville, and Pelpers records it 
from Java. 


4 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 
TAGIADES, Hiibner, Verz., p. 108 (1816), type japetus, 


Cram. 


TAGIADES DISTANS. 

Tagiades distans, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 175, pl. xviii, 
f. 1, la (1880). 

Tagiades athos, Plotz, J. B. Nass. Ver., xxxvii, p. 48 (1884), 
pl. 1578. 

Calcutta (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Distans was sunk to obsewrus by de Nicéville. I agree 
with Elwes that the identification of obscwrus is doubtful ; 
no one seems to have seen the type which is supposed to 
have come from Java. I have never seen an example of 
distans from any of the Islands; obscwrus is probably, as 
Elwes says, a form of japetus, Cram., which I have from 
Amboina, Batchian, and Alu Island, and it has been 
recorded from Java, Sambawa, Bali, Lombok and the 
Philippines. 


TAGIADES UTANUS. PI. I, fig. 2. 

Tagiades utanus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 230 (1885), 
pl. 1574. 

Malacca (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

I have an example from Brunei, N. Borneo, which seems 
to be identical with Plétz’s figure; it is nearest meectana, 
Moore, but differs from every species of the genus known 
to me. 


TAGIADES NEIRA. PI. I, figs. 10, 11, 12. 
Tagiades neira, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 230 (1885), 
pl. 1575. 


Aru Islands (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

I have both sexes from Aru; it is closely allied to 
T. sivoa, Swinhoe, Ann. and Mag. N. H. (7), xiv, p. 419 
(1904), from Humboldt Bay. Plotz has figured two very 
distinct forms in his plate; these remarks apply to the 
smaller form with narrow white band on the hind-wings; 
the other represents a form new to me, allied to atticus, 


Fabr. 


TAGIADES MENANTO, 
Tagiades menanto, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 231 
(1885), pl. 1577. 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 5 


Tagiades toba, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H.Soc., x, p. 19, 
pl. T, f. 47, ¢ (1895). 
Tagiades toba, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., xiv 
(4), p. 144 (1897). 
Malacca (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt, Ribbe, 93-94. 
This appears to be the Island form of gana, Moore, from 
India, with a narrower white space on the hind-wings and 
uniformly smaller spots; I have it also from Java and 
Borneo; de Nicéville’s type came from Sumatra. 


TAGIADES TITUS. PI. 1, fig. 3. 


Tagiades titus, Plotz, J. B. Nass. Ver., xxxvii, p. 46 (1884), 
pl. 1086. 

Tagiades titus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp., p. 310 (1892). 

Tagiades titus, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., xiv 
(4), p. 142, pl. xx, f. 15, ¢ (1897). 

Philippines (Pldtz). 

The underside of the hind-wing in the figure is darker 
and has more blue in it than in any of the examples I 
have examined, which are in every other respect identical 
with Plotz’s figure; but this colour undoubtedly varies, 
and I have a female with the underside of the hind-wings 
pure white. Elwes’ figure of ¢itws represents a species un- 
known to me; it represents Jatreillei, Staud., I presume; it 
has no resemblance to Plotz’s figure, therefore I reproduce 
the latter. 


TaGIaDEs KowalA. PI. I, fig. 4. 
Tagiades kowaia, Piotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 231 (1885), 
pl. 1576. 
Tagiades tindalii, Ribbe, Iris, 1899, p. 254. 


N. Guinea (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt, Ribbe, 95. 

I have this from Humboldt Bay, N. Guinea, received 
from Ribbe; there are examples in the British Museum 
from Kapaur. 


TAGIADES MARTINUS. 


Tagiades martinus, Plotz, J. B. Nass. Ver., xxxvii, p. 4.7 
(1884), pl. 1090. 

Tagiades martinus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp., p. 309, pl. 
xlix, f. 3, ¢ (1892). 


Philippines (Pldtz). 


6 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


The underside of the hind-wing is very distinctive; the 
upperside is well figured by Semper. 


TAGIADES MENAKA. 
Pterygospidea menaka, Moore, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 778 (nec 
Plotz). 
Tagiades vuliurna, Plotz, J. B. Nass. Ver., xxxvii, p. 47 
(1884), pl. 1093. 
Calcutta (Plotz). 
These are undoubtedly identical. Plotz misidentified 
menaka; he figures atticus as menaka. 


TAGIADES LOUISA. PI. I, fig. 5. 
Tagiades lowisa, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 432 
(1907). 
Rossel Island, types in B, M. 


TAGIADES BRIGIDELLA. 


Antigonus brigidella, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 111 
(1886), pl. 1563. 

Sarangesa aurimargo, Holland, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 10, pl. iv, 
£°8. 


Njam (Pldtz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Dr. Holland seems to have overlooked this species of 
Plotz, it is not referred to by him; his types came from 
Gaboon and Sierra Leone ; Professor Erhardt has pencilled 
in the plate “auwrimargo, Holland,’ and I think there can 
be no doubt about it. 


SEMALEA, Holland, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 64, type pulvina, 
Plotz. 
SEMALEA PULVINA. 
Hesperia pulvina, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xl, p. 353 (1879). 
Semalea pulvina, Holland, P.Z.S., 1896, p. 65, pl uy, 


ae 
Cobalus carbo, Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6), ix, p. clxix 
(1889). 
Hesperia tenebricosa, Plotz, MS., pl. 264. 
Aburi ( Plétz). 


Plétz evidently changed the name of his species after 
figuring it; there is no figure of pulvina, and on the plate 
representing tenebricosa is pencilled “= pulvina.” 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 7 
SARANGESA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 176 (1881), type 


purendra, Moore. 
SARANGESA BOUVIERI. PI. I, fig. 13. 


Pterygospidea bowviert, Mab., Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1877, 
p. 239. 
Sarangesa bowviert, Holland, P.Z.S., 1896, p. 8. 
Antigonus philotimus, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit, xl, p. 361 
(1879), pl. 1028. 
Aburi (Plétz). 
Plotz’s figure shows more spots on the underside of the 
hind-wings, but this is an uncertain character. 


SARANGESA LALIUS. 


Pterygospidea lelius, Mab., Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr., 1877, 
p- 240. 
Ephyriades lxlius, Plotz, J. B. Nass. Ver., xxxvii, p. 6 
(1884), pl. 1554. 
Sarangesa (2) lelius, Holland, P. Z.S., 1896, p. 11. 
Antigonus synestalmenus, Karsch, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxxvili, 
p. 263, pl. vi, f. 8 (1898). 
Gaboon (P/étz), type in coll. Erhardt. 
Karsch’s type came from Togoland. 


SARANGESA ALBICILIA. 


Sarangesa albicilia, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 176, pl. lxviii, 
f. 5, 5a (1881). 

Antigonus sezendis, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 280 
(1885), pl. 1564. 


Ceylon (P/étz), type in coll. Erhardt. 


SARANGESA HAPLOPA. PI. I, fig. 14. 
Sarangesa haplopa, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 
431 (1907). 
KE. Ruwenzori, 7000 ft. (G. Legge), type in B. M. 


COLADENIA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 180 (1881). 
COLADENIA DAN. 


Papilio dan, Fab., Mant. Ins., ii, p. 88 (1787). 
Coladenia dan, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 398, pl. xxxv, f. 27 
(1886). 


8 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


Ephyriades dichroa, Herr.-Schiff., MS. 
Ephyriades dichroa, Plotz, J. B. Nass. Ver. xxxvil, p. 5 
(1884), pl. 921. 


Java (Plétz). 


CELA NORHINUS, Hiibner, Verz., p. 106 (1816), type 


eligius, Cram. 


GerHLOTA, Doherty, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., 1889, p. 131, 
type swmitra, Moore. 


NarGa, Mab., C. R. Soc. Ent. Belg., p. 1xx (1861), type 
chiriquensis, Mab. 


CELENORHINUS SPILOTHYRUS. 


Eudamus spilothyrus, Felder, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., 
1868, p. 283, 2. 

Celenorhinus spilothyrus, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. 
Soc., xiv (4), p. 117 (1897). 

Plesionewra area, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 231 (1885), 
pl. 1582. 

Plesionewra fusca, Hmpsn., Journ. As. Soc. Beng., lvii (2), 
p. 367 (1888). 

Celenorhinus fusca, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., 
iv, p. 186 (1889). 


Bengal, Calcutta (Pldtz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Plotz has figured two examples, presumably male and 
female. In one the cilia of the hind-wings are alternately 
black and white, in the other this is not shown; otherwise 
both figures correspond to examples of spilothyrus from 
Ceylon in my collection. I have examples of fusca 
from the Nilgiri Hills, Lanauli, Mahableshwar, and Tra- 
vancore; I cannot see how they can be separated from 
spilothyrus. My Javan examples, which stand as rw/icornis, 
Mab., seem to be distinct, the three subapical spots between 
the costa being in almost a straight line, and not curved as 
in spilothyrus. 


CELZNORHINUS CHINENSIS. PI. I, fig. 6. 


Celenorhinus chinensis, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, 
p. 431 (1907). 
Omei-Shan, China (Crowley bequest), two examples; type 
in B. M. 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 9 


CELZNORHINUS PLOTZI. 


Celxnorhinus plotzi, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 
432 (1907). 


Bipindi, Cameroons, one example. 
Allied to C. atratus, Mab., but quite distinct. 


CELENORHINUS EDITus. PI. I, fig. 7. 


Tagiades editus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 231 (1885), 
pl: 1581. 

Celxnorhinus editus, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., 
iv, p. 184 (1889). 


Aru (Plétz). 


CHARMION, de Nicév., Journ. As. Soc. Beng., xlii, p. 48 
(1894), type ficulnea, Hew. 


CHARMION TOLA. 


Plesioneura tola, Hew., Ann. and Mag. N. H. (5), i, p. 340 
(1878). 

Charmion tola, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., xiv 
(4), p. 111 (1897). 

Plesioneura zawi, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 225 (1885), 
pl. 1345. 

Plastingia (?) plesioneurz, Staud., Ex. Schmett., p. 299, 
pL CU, ¥ (1888). 


Celebes (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 
Hewitson’s type from Tondano is in the B. M. I have 
it from Celebes. 


CHARMION QUEDA. PI. I, fig. 8. 


Plesioneura queda, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 225 (1885), 
pl. 1344. 

Notocrypta queda, de Nicé., Journ. Bo, N. H. Soe., iv, p. 192 
(1889). 


Malacca (Plétz). 

There are two examples in the B. M. from Brunei, 
N. Borneo; the band in these two examples is much 
broader than it is in Plotz’s figure, but I think there can 
be no doubt they represent the same species. 


- 


10 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


LEUCOCHITONEA, Wallern., K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl., 
1857, Lep. Rhop. Caffr., p. 52, type levwbu, Wallgrn. 
LEUCOCHITONEA LEVUBU. 


Leucochitonea levubu, Wallgrn., 1. ¢. 
Abantis levubu, Trimen, South Afr. Butt., iii, p. 345, 
pl. xii, f. 5 (1889). 
Abantis levubu, Holland, P. Z. 8., 1896, p. 22. 
Sapea lactea, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvi, p. 36 (1885), 
pl. 857. 
Africa (Plotz). 


ABARATHA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 181 (1881), type 
ransonettit, Felder. 
ABARATHA SIAMICA. PI. I, fig. 9. 
Abaratha siamica, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 
432 (1907). 
Shan States, Siam, type in B. M. 


HESPERIA, Fabr., Ent. Syst., ui (i), p. 258 (1793), type 


malvex, Linn, 


HESPERIA COLOTES. PI. I, fig. 15. 
Pyrgus colotes, Druce, P. Z. 8., 1875, p. 416. 
Hesperia colotes, Holland, P. Z. 8., 1896, p. 25. 
Pyrgus nora, Plotz, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpomm. u. 
Riig., 1884, p. 7 (pl. 1541). 
Hesperia nora, Holland, |. ¢. 
Loango, Angola (P/0tz). 
Druce’s type also came from Angola. 


Sub-family PAMPHILIN 2. 


TELESTO, Boisd., Voy. l’Astrolabe, p. 164 (1832), type 
perronii, Latr. 


TELESTO MAYKOoRA. PI, I, fig. 16. 
Hesperia maykora, Plitz, Berl. ent. Zeit., 1885, p. 225, 
pl. 1356. 


Hesperia maykora, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvi, p. 89 
(1886). 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 11 


Telesto uniformis, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xvi, p. 614 
(1905). 
Aru (Pldtz), type in coll. Erhardt. _ 
Uniformis came from Ké Island. 


KORUTHAIALOS, Watson, P. Z. S., 1893, p. 76, type 
hector, Watson. 


CoryTH£0LO0S, Mab., Wytsman’s Gen., xvii, p. 105 (1904). 


KORUTHAIALOS FOCULA. 
Lychnuchus focula, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxvi, p. 263 (1882), 
pl. 243, g, 2. 
Koruthaialos kophene, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe., 
x, p. 21, pl. T, f. 49, 2, 50, 2 (1895). 


Java (Plétz). 
De Nicéville’s types came from N.E. Sumatra and Java. 


KORUTHAIALOS RUBECULA. 


Lychnucha rubecula, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxvi, p. 264 
(1882), pl. 1348. 

Lychnuchus lxtitia, Plotz, |. ¢., pl. 1349. 

Astictopterus xanites, Distant (nec Butler), Rhop. Mal., 
p. 402, pl. xxxiv, f. 28 (1886). 

Astictopterus xanites, var. palawites, Staud., Iris, ii, p. 148 
(1889). 

Kerana gemmifer, Semper, Schmett. Philipp., p. 318 (1892). 

Koruthaialos hector, Watson, P. Z. 8., 1893, p. 77. 

Koruthaialos hector, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. S007 
xiv (4), p. 175 (1897). 

Borneo (Plotz). 

I have it from Borneo, Celebes, Perak and Rangoon; it 
seems to be common in all the Islands, having been recorded 
also from the Philippines, Pulo Laut, Java, and the Natuna 
Islands; the orange band on the fore-wings is very 
variable in shape and extent, there are hardly two 
specimens alike. 


TAMBRIX, Watson, P. Z. S., 1893, p. 76, type salsala, 
Moore. 


JAMBRIX SALSALA. 
Nisoniades salsala, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 786. 


- 


12 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


Iambria salsala, de Nicév., Journ. As. Soc. Beng., Ixvii, 
p. 2383 (1900), 9. 

Apaustus luteipalpis, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 106 
(1886), pl. 1489. 


Ceylon (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Plotz’s figure represents the female; this is common in 
Ceylon and all over India and Burma; I have it from 
Kandy, Rangoon, Calcutta, Karwar, Nilgiri Hills, Bombay, 
Poona, Khasia Hills, Sikhim, and Ranikhet. 


SUASTUS, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 168 (1881), type 


gremius, Fabr. 


SUASTUS MINUTA. 


Tagiades minuta, Moore, Ann. and Mag. N. H. (4), xx, 
p. 343 (1877). 
Tagiades minuta, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 176, pl. lxviii, 
f. 4, 4a (1581). 
Apaustus sinhalus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 228 (1885), 
pl. 1468. 
Ceylon (Plétz). 
I have this also from Ceylon, from whence Moore’s type 
came. 


AEROMACHUS, de Nicéville, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., 
v, p. 214 (1890), type stagmata, Moore. 


ARROMACHUS STIGMATA. PI. J, fig. 17. 


Thanaos stigmata, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 694. 

Hromachus stigmata, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 189, pl. xix, £ 3, ¢ (1897). 

Apaustus discreta, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 232 (1885), 
pl. 1477. 

AHromachus discreta, Elwes and Edwards, 1. c., f. 6, 2. 


India (P/étz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Plotz’s figure undoubtedly represents stagmata, the most 
common species of the genus in India. Elwes does not 
say where he got his examples of discreta from ; his figure 
certainly has very little resemblance to Plotz’s. All 
Elwes’ figures of species of this genus are double their 
natural size, made purposely, so I imagine, to show more 
distinctly their markings, which are usually more or less 
distinct, but he does not say so. 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 13 


ARNETTA, Watson, P. Z.S., 1893, p. 81, type atkinsoni, 
Moore. 


ARNETTA BINGHAMI. PI. I, fig. 18. 


Arnetta binghami, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 
433 (1907). 


Tavoy Valley, Burma (Bingham), type in B. M. 
Superficially looks like a Parnara, but has the venation 
and antennee of Arnetta. 


ZOGRAPHETUS, Watson, P. Z. S., 1893, p. 84, type 


sativa, de Nicé. 


ZOGRAPHETUS DURGA. PI. I, fig. 19. 


Apaustus durga, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, p. 153 (1884), 
pl. 748. 

Isoteinon durga, Semper, Schmett. Philipp., p. 306, pl. xlix, 
f. 10, ¢ (1892). 

Zographetus durga, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 201 (1897). 


Philippines (Pldtz), Mus. Berlin, 19836. 
I have not seen this species. 


SCOBURA, Elwes, Trans. Zool. Soc., xiv (4), p. 204 (1897), 
type cephala, Hew. 


Isma, Watson (nec Distant), P. Z.S., 1893, p. 83. 


ScoBURA PHIDITIA. 


Hesperia phiditia, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. (3), 1, p. 501 
(1866). 

Suastus phiditia, de Nicév. and Martin, Journ. As. Soc. 
Beng., 1895, p. 535. 

Suastus phiditia, Elwes and Edwards, |. ¢., p. 180. 

Scobura martini, Elwes, l.c., p. 205, pl. xvin, f. 22, 2. 


Sumatra, type in B. M. 

It is unfortunate that Elwes did not see Hewitson’s 
type: Elwes’ figure of martini is so good, there can be no 
mistake about the identification ; his type also came from 
Sumatra. 


al 


14 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


ISMA, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 386 (1886), type obscura, 
Distant. 


LopHorpEs, Watson, P. Z.8., 1893, p. 84, type dapis, de 
Nicév. 


ISMA OBSCURA. 


Isma obscura, Distant, 1. c., pl. xxxv, f. 19. 
Lophoides obscura, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 196 (1897). 
Singapore (Distant). 
Watson’s type was iapis, de Nicéville; as obscwra and 
iapis belong to the same genus, as Elwes says, then the 
genus Lophoides must fall. 


ISMA PROTOCLEA. 


Goniloba protoclea, Herr.-Schiiff., Prodromus, 1869, p. 195, 
No, 44. 
Goniloba protoclea, Plotz, pl. 554. 
Isoteinon iapis, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe., v, p. 
- 213, pl. E, £.9, ¢ (1890). 
Lophoides iapis, Watson, P. Z.8., 1893, p. 84. 


Herrich-Schiiffer described protoclea without giving any 
habitat; Plotz’s figure is merely a very carefully-executed 
coloured drawing of Herrich-Schiiffer’s type; there can be 
no doubt that it represents iapis of de Nicéville from 
Burma and the Malay Peninsula. 


SANCUS, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., vi, p. 395 
(1891), type swbfasciatus, Moore. 


SANCUS PULLIGO. 


Tagiades pulligo, Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1876, p. xxvi. 

Sancus pulligo, Semper, Schmett. Philipp., p. 319, pl. xlix, 
f.1, ¢ (1892). 

Antigonus kethra, Plotz, J. B. Nass. Ver., xxxvu, p. 24 
(1884), pl. 1525. 

Antigonus forensis, Plotz, 1. ¢., pl. 1523. 

Astictopterus ulunda, Staud., Iris, ii, p. 146 (1889). 


Borneo, Philippines (//6¢2). 

Plotz’s Philippine example is larger than his Bornean 
example, and is evidently a female; I have a female ex- 
ample of the allied form sw)/asciatus, Moore, from Karwar, 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions, 15 


S. India, quite as large, the males being similar in size to 
those of typical pulligo. The Island forms are not identical 
with subfasciatus, Moore, from India; they have all got an 
obscure discal row of pale spots on the hind-wings below, 
and none of them that I have examined have the dark 
fascia of subfasciatus. Mabille’s type came from Java. 


MATAPA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 163 (1881), type aria, 
Moore. 


MATAPA PULLA. 
Hesperia pulla, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xl, p. 3815 (1882), 
pl. 256. 
Java (Pldtz). 
I have this from Sourabaya, Java; itis very much paler 
both above and below and more orange-red than aria, 
Moore, otherwise it is very like it. 


TARACTROCERA, Butler, Cat. Lep. Fabr., p. 279 (1869), 


type mevius, Fabr. 
TARACTROCERA ARCHIAS. 


Pamphila archias, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Math. Nat. Cl., 
xl, p. 462 (1860). 

Taractrocera archias, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 185 (1897). 

Thymelicus nigrolimbatus, Snellen, Tijd. v. Ent. xix, p. 
165, pl. vu, f. 5 (1876). 

Telicota ngrolimbata, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 384, pl. xxxv, 
f. 16 (1886). 

Thymelicus myconius, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv, p. 289 
(1884), pl. 1507. 

Hesperia daschaka, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 227 
(1885), pl. 1458, 

Padraona daschalia (sic), Mab., Wytsman’s Gen., xvii, 
p. 141 (1904). 

Thymelicus talantus, Plotz, 1.¢., p. 230, pl. 1506. 

Thymelicus turica, Plotz, MS., pl. 785. 

Batavia, Java, Celebes (Plétz); types of daschaka and 
talantus in coll. Erhardt. 

Recorded also from Malacca, Sarubawa, Bali, and Nias. 
Elwes says he has compared nigrolimbatus with Felder’s 
type of archias ; Snellen’s and Plotz’s figures are identical. 
I have not been able to find any reference for twrica. 


a 
16 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


TARACTROCERA ZICLEA. PI. II, fig. 22. 
Thymelicus ziclea, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, p. 289 (1884), 
l. 786. 
Mant Phas ziclea, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 184 (1897). 
Taractrocera ziclea, Watson, Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., x, p. 677, 
pean, 1.98; o (1897). 

Philippines (P/6tz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

I have this from the Philippines, and from Thayetmyo, 
Burma. Watson records it from several parts of Burma. 
Plotz’s figure represents the insect exactly, except that it 
is rather large, Watson’s does not; therefore I refigure it. 


TARACTROCERA ALIENA. PI. I, fig. 20. 
Hesperia aliena, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 228 (1883), 
pl. 700. 
Java (Plotz). 
Apparently closely allied to 7. archias. 
TARACTROCERA SANGIRA. PI. I, fig. 21. 
Telesto sangira, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 230 (1885), 
pl. 1509. 
Celebes (Pldtz), type in coll. Erhardt, Ribb, 84. 


KEDESTES, Watson, P.Z.S., 1893, p. 96, type lepenula, 
Wallgrn. 


KEDESTES MACOMO. 
Cyclopides macomo, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. (3), i, p. 405 
(1862). 
Kedestes macomo, Holland, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 55. 
Hesperia aleta, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 231 (1883), 
pl. 703. 
Without locality (Plétz). 
A common South African insect. 
KEDESTES PAOLA. PL I, fig. 23. 
Cyclopides paola, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, pp. 391-2 
(1884), pl. 1528. | 
Cyclopides (2) paola, Holland, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 50. 
Angola (Pldtz). 
From the figure it might be KX. tucusa, Trimen, or 
protensa, Butler; it looks very near to either. 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 17 


KEDESTES BRUNNEOSTRIGA. PI. I, fig. 24. 


Cyclopides brunneostriga, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, pp. 
392-3 (1884), pl. 1529. 
Cyclopides (?) brunneostriga, Holland, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 51. 


Pundo Ndongo (Plétz). 
This is placed by Plotz next K. niveostriga, Trimen, and 
certainly belongs to the same genus. 


PADRAONA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 170 (1881), type 


mesa, Moore. 


PADRAONA GOLA. 


Padraona gola, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 594, pl. lvin, f.9, g. 

Padraona goloides, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, 1, p. 171, pl. lxxi, 
f. 3, 3a (1880). 

Pamphila akar, Mab., C. R. Soc, Ent. Belg., iii, p. Ixxi 
(1883). 

Thymelicus fabriolata, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, p. 289 
(1884), pl. 784. 

Apaustus alfurus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 229 
(1885), f, pl. 1496. 

Apaustus locus, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 107 (1886), 
9, pl. 1497.* 


Celebes, Java (Plétz). 

I think there can be little doubt that these are all one 
species ; I have it from Burma, Perak, Ceylon, Andamans, 
and the Nilgiri Hills, and it has been recorded by Elwes 
from Java, Bali, Sumbawa, Pulo Laut, Nias, and the 
Philippines. Pl6tz’s locus has no locality, but it is un- 
doubtedly a female of this species; the sub-basal spots on 
the hind-wings are unusual, but I have a female from 
Burma and another from the Andamans similarly marked. 


PADRAONA PSEUDOMESA. 
Padraona pseudomesa, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 170 
(1881). 
Hesperia zatilla, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii, p. 103 
(1886), pl. 1462. 
Without locality (Pldtz). 
Probably from India or Ceylon. 


* socus in plate. 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 2 


18 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


PADRAONA TROPICA. PI. II, fig. 7. 


Hesperia tropica, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 2380 
(1883), pl. 698. 


Mexico (/ldtz), on the plate Java. 

There can be no doubt Mexico was inserted in error; 
there is an example in the B. M. from Java identical with 
Plotz’s figure; it is very near dara, Kollar, from India, 


PADRAONA EURIA. 


Hesperia ewria, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 229 
(1883), pl. 1486. 

Pamphila orphitus, Mab., Compt. Rend. Ent. Belg., xxvii, 
p- xxiv (1883). 

Telicota orphitus, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xlv (4), p. 256 (1897). 

Padraona pavor, de Nicé., Journ, As. Soc. Beng., Ixiii, 
p. 53, pl. iv, f. 8 (1894). 


Sumatra (Plétz). 
I have this from Sumatra. De Nicéville’s type also 
came from Sumatra. 


PADRAONA suNIAS. PI. I, fig. 22. 


Pamphila sunias, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Math. Nat. Cl., 
xl, p. 462, sep. p. 15 (1860). 

Telicota dara, Elwes and Edwards (pars), Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 254 (1897). 

Hesperia ahrendti, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 230 
(1883), pl. 695. 


Amboina (P/étz). 

Felder’s type came from Amboina; this figure agrees 
with Felder’s description ; according to Elwes, who took 
some trouble in trying to find the type, it has got mis- 
placed in the Felderian collection at Tring. I do not think 
there can be any doubt about this identification. 


PADRAONA ZENO. 


Pamplhila zeno, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soe. (3), u, p. 179 
(1864). 

Padraona zeno, Holland, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 59. 

Pamphila splendens, Mab., Pet, Nouv. Ent., u, p. 114 
(1877). 


Hesperide from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 19 . 


Hesperia coanza, Plétz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 232 (1883), 
pl. 1466. 
Padraona watsoni, Butler, P.Z.8., 1898, p. 671. 


Angola (Plétz). 
A common African Hesperid, also recorded from South 
and Central Africa. 


PADRAONA WAMBA. PI, II, fig. 8. 


Hesperia wamba, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 103 (1886), 
pl. 1463. 


Aru (Pl6tz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

There is an example from Aru and another from Ké in 
the B. M.; this species is called wama in Plotz’s plate and 
in his index. 


PADRAONA DARA. 


Hesperia dara, Kollar, Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv, p. 455 
(1848). 

Padraona dara, Elwes and Edwards (pars), Trans. Zool. 
Soc., xiv (4), p. 254 (1897). 

Pamphila zebra, Mab., Pet. Nouv. Ent., p. 167 (1877). 

Hesperia nala, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 231 (1883), 
pl. 1464. 


India (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

On the plate Erhardt has written “ = zebra, Mab.” 
Mabille himself sank his zebra to dara with a query in 
Wytsman’s Gen. Ins. Hesp., p. 141 (1904). 


TELICOTA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 169 (1881), type 


augias, Linn. 
TELICOTA ARUANA. PI. II, fig. 9. 


Hesperia aruana, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 1038 
(1886), pl. 1460. 

Pamphila autoleon, Miskin, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, 
1889, p. 147. 


Aru (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 
The figure corresponds with verified examples of autoleon 
in coll, Hewitson. 


20 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


TELICOTA TERNATENSIS. PI. II, fig. 10. 


Telicota ternatensis, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 
433 (1907). 
Ternate (Wallace), type in B. M. 
Morotai (Bernstein). 
This species is not unlike palmarum, Moore, but that 
insect belongs to Mabille’s genus Corone, the species of 
which, though resembling 7'’elicota, have no sex mark, 


CORONE, Mab., Pet. Nouv. Ent., p. 205 (1878), type 


ismenotdes, Mab. 


CoroNE cHRysozona. PI. II, fig. 11. 


Hesperia chrysozona, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 237 
(1883), pl. 709. 
Padraona chrysozona, Semper, Schm. Philipp., p. 301, pl. 
xlix, f. 13, 2, 14, (1892). 
Telicota palmarum, (part) Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. 
Soc., xiv (4), p. 262 (1897). 
Philippines (Pl6¢z). 
This certainly is not palmarum, Moore, which I have 
from Sikbim and the Khasia Hills; Plotz’s figure is 
excellent, Semper’s is very bad, I therefore refigure it. 


CoRONE DOBBOE. PI. II, fig. 12. 


Hesperia dobboé, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 227 (1885), 
pl. 1459. 


Aru (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 
There is an example from Aru Island and two from Ké 
in the B. M. 


COoRONE KOBROS. 
Plastingia kobros, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 228 (1885), 
pl. 1467. 
Padraona procles, de Nicé., Journ. Bo, N. H. Soc., vii (3), 
p, 350, pl. J, £.7, ¢, 8,9 Gsaa) 


Aru (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Plotz’s figure only faintly indicates the orange band of 
the hind-wings running up the interior nervules towards 
the base; but I also have examples of procles from Aru 
Island exactly corresponding with de Nicéville’s figure ; 
his types came from the adjacent Island of Ké, from whence 
there is a nice series in the B. M. 


Hesperidxe from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions, 21 


OCYBADISTES, Heron, Ann. and Mag. N. H. (6), xiv, 
p- 105 (1894), type walkeri, Heron. 


OCYBADISTES MARNAS. PI, II, fig. 13. 


Pamphila marnas, Felder, Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Math. Nat. Cl., 
xl, p. 462 (1860). 

Telicota marnas, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., xiv 
(4), p. 256 (1897). 

Apaustus dschilus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit, xxix, p. 229 
(1885), pl. 1494. 

N. Guinea (P/d¢z), type in coll. Erhardt. 

The band on the hind-wing in Plotz’s figure is rather 
narrower than usual, otherwise it is similar to examples in 
my own collection from N. Guinea, which correspond with 
Elwes’ description given from an example in the Felder 
collection labelled in contemporary handwriting “ Am- 
boina Doleschall.” There are examples of marnas in the 
B. M. from Amboina, Morty, N. Guinea, and Queensland. 


OCYBADISTES FLAVoGUTTATA. PI. II, fig. 14. 


Hesperia flavoguttata, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 231 
(1883), pl. 696. 


Manilla (Plétz). 

I think this locality must be wrong; there are several 
examples from Australia in the B.M. and in my own 
collection which correspond very well with Plotz’s figure ; 
it is not noticed by either Semper or Elwes. 


OcYBADISTEsS TANUS. PI. II, fig. 15. 


Apaustus tanus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 228 (1885), 
pl. 1493. 


N. Guinea (Pl6tz), type in coll. Erhardt. 
There are examples in the B. M. from N. Guinea. 


BAORIS, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 165 (1881). 
Type, B. (Hesperia) oceia, Hewits. 
Baoris BERAKA. PI. III, fig. 1. 


Hesperia beraka, Plétz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 227 (1885), 
pl. 1427. 


Celebes (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 
This looks like a very large female of Baoris oceia, Hew. 


al 


22 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


?Baoris sAKARA. PI. II, fig. 16. 
Hesperia sakara, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 90 (1886), 
pl. 1358. 
N. Guinea (P/étz), type in coll. Erhardt. 
Unknown to me. 


CALTORIS, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1893, p. 393, type 


kumara, Moore. 
Potytremis, Mab., Wytsman’s Genera, xvii, p. 136 (1904). 


CALTORIS NIRWANA. PI. II, fig. 20. 

Hesperia nirwana, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlii, p. 436 
(1882), pl. 387. 

Java (Pl6otz). 

If the lowest white spot on the fore-wings was placed 
more inwards, in a line with the discal row, this figure 
would exactly resemble Caltoris conjuncta, Herr.-Schatf., a 
common Javan insect; I have Javan examples quite as 
large and otherwise identical. 


CALTORIS ASSAMENSIS. 
Parnara assamensis, Wood—Mason, and de Nicév., Journ. 
As. Soc. Beng., 1882, p. 65. 
Hesperia alice, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 45 (1883), 
pl. 543. 
Mergui, Philippines (P/6#z). 
Recorded from Sikhim and Assam; I have examples 
from Cherra Punji, in Assam, exactly like Plotz’s figure ; it 
seems as if Plotz thought Mergui was in the Philippines. 


CaLToRIs LARACA, PI. II, fig. 21. 


Caltoris laraca, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 434, 
(1907). 


Woodlark Island (Meek), type in B. M. 


CALTORIS JOLANDA. PI. III, fig. 3. 


Hesperia jolanda, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvu, p. 95 (1886), 
pl. 1404. 
Parnara tulsi, Elwes and Edwards (pars), Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 284 (1897). 
Java (Pldtz). 
Elwes and Edwards sink this species to tuwlsi, fide 


Hesperide from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 23 


Mabille, but Mabille must have been mistaken in his 
identification of tulsi; I have two pairs of that species 
identified by de Nicéville. Plotz’s figures do not at all 
represent them; his male is uncommonly like de Nicéville’s 
figure of Zampa zenon, Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., ix (4), p. 
391, pl. Q, f. 58 (1895); but his female (and they are 
evidently a pair) resembles nothing with which I am 
acquainted; without examining the type specimen it is 
impossible to say to what genus it belongs. 


CALTORIS COLACA. 

Hesperia colaca, Moore, P. Z.8., 1877, p. 594, pl. lviii, 
ie: 

Parnara cingala, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 167, pl. lxx, 
f. 3a, 3b (1881). 

Hesperia wrejus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 226 (1885), 
pl. 1415. 

Hesperia saruna, Plotz, l.c., xlvii, p. 90 (1886), pl. 1429. 

Aru, Java, India (P/étz), both types in coll. Erhardt. 

All over India and Ceylon; recorded also from Bali and 
from Nias. The spots on the fore-wings above and below 
are smaller than usual, but I have one from Bombay with 
these spots quite as small. At the end of the cell there 
are generally two spots, sometimes only one, and some- 
times both are obsolescent; in the figures in Plate 1415 
there is only one, in 1429 both are absent; I have Indian 
examples like both. 


CALTORIS BEVANI. 
Hesperia bevani, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 688. 
Hesperia vaika, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvu, p. 96 (1886), 
pl. 1414, 2. 
Parnara thyone, Leech, Butt. China, &c., p. 610, pl. xii, 
f. 4, ¢ (1894). 
India (Pldtz). 
Common all over the East; I have it from many 
Indian localities from the north to the south, from the 
Philippines, N. Guinea, and Borneo. 


CHAPRA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 169 (1881), type 
mathias, Fabr. 


CHAPRA AGNA. 
Hesperia agna, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 791. 


- 


24 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


Hesperia chaya, Moore, |. c. 

Baoris chaya, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 384, pl. xxxiv, f. 9 
(1886). 

Hesperia ella, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 45 (18883), 
pl. 549. 

Hesperia balarama, Plotz, l.¢., p. 46, pl. 552. 


Java, Philippines (P/6étz), type ella in coll. Erhardt. 

The type of balarama is from the Philippines. 

The latter is much the larger, but the species varies 
much in size, and is common in all the Islands as well as 
all over India and China; I have it in my own collection 
from the Philippines, Borneo, Japan, and many parts of 
India; it is merely a form of the still more common 
Chapra mathias, Fabr., with one extra subapical white 
dot. 


PARNARA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 166 (1881), type 


guttatus, Brem. 


PARNARA GUTTATUS. 


Endamus guttatus, Bremer and Grey, Schm. N. China’s, 
p. 10, pl. iii, f. 2 (1853). 

Hesperia fortuwnei, Felder, Verh. Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., xii, 
p. 489 (1862). 

Pamphila mangala, Moore, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 792. 

Hesperia sifa, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 96 (1886), 
pl. 1418. 

Hesperia kolantus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 227 
(1885), pl. 1421. 

Hesperia nondoa, P\o6tz, 1. ¢., p. 97, pl. 1422. 

Java, India, Manilla (Pl6éz). 

The spots in this species vary very much in size; at the 
end of cell of fore-wings there are generally two spots, 
sometimes only the lower one. Watson in his monograph 
of the Family in P. Z.8., 1898, keeps guttatus and bada as 
distinct forms. 


PARNARA BADA. 
Hesperia bada, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 688. 
Parnara bada, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 167, pl. Ixx, 
f. 2, 2a (1881). 
Hesperia intermedia, Herr-Schiff., MS., Plotz, Stett. ent. 
Zeit. xliv, p. 44 (1882). 


Hlesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions, 25 


Hesperia haga, Plotz, |. c., xlvii, p. 96 (1886), pl. 1416. 


Java and Manilla (Plétz). 

The white spots on intermedia from Java are more 
pronounced than those on the Manilla insect, but the 
size of the spots on the fore-wings and the number of 
spots of the hind-wings are very variable; I have an 
example from the Philippines with the spots quite as 
prominent and complete as those in the Javan example 
figured by Plotz; bada is only a small form of Parnara 
guttata, Brem., from China and Japan, of which I have 
many examples, but it seems to be a constant form 
without any spots at the end of the cell of fore-wings, 
and is common in India and the Islands. 


PARNARA WAMBO. PI. II, fig. 17. 


Hesperia wambo, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 97 
(1886), pl. 1420. 
Chapra wambo, Holland, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 62. 


Africa (Plétz). 

This certainly is a Parnara and not a Chapra; neither 
the figure nor the description show any stigma; it very 
closely resembles guttatus, Brem. 


PARNARA DANDELL PI. II, fig. 18. 


Hesperia déndeli, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 226 
(1885), pl. 1417. 


Batavia (Plétz). 
This insect is unknown to me. 


PARNARA POUTIERI. PI. II, fig. 19. 


Hesperia poutiert, Boisd., Faun. ent. Madag., p. 66 (1833). 

Parnara poutiert, Holland, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 63. 

Hesperia ibara, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 38 (1883), 
pl. 1398. 

Chapra mathias, Holland (part), 1. ¢., p. 61. 


Madagascar (Pl6¢z). 

Plotz’s figure looks like poutieri, it comes from the 
same locality and has no stigma, and therefore I think 
Dr. Holland was wrong to sink it to mathias; he does not 
say that he saw Plotz’s type. 


a 


26 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


NOTOCRYPTA, de Nicé., Journ. Bo. N. H. Soc., iv, 
p. 188 (1889), type curvifascia, Felder. 


PLESIONEURA, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon., vi, p. 29 (1862) 
(preeoce.), type curvifascia, Felder. 


NOTOCRYPTA FEISTHAMELI. 


Thymele feisthamelii, Boisd., Voy. l Astrolabe, Ent., p. 159, 
Lep., pl. ii, f. 6 (1832). 

Notocrypta feisthamelti, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. 
Soe., xiv (4), p. 239 (1897). 

Plesioneura varians, Maassen, pict. 1, pl. xxxix, f. 11. 

Plesionewra varians, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxvi, p. 262 
(1882), pl. 237. 

Notocrypta varians, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe., iv, 
p. 192 (1889). 

S. Asia (Plétz). 

This is nothing but /eisthamelii, and most certainly came 
from India; I have many examples identically the same 
from various parts which exactly correspond with Island 
examples. 


NOTOCRYPTA ALYSOS. 


Plesioneura alysos, Moore, P. Z.8., 1865, p. 789. 
Plesionewra chimera, Keferstein, MS., i pld 1882). 
Plesioneura chimsera, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., Xxvl, p. 262 
(1882), pl. 238. 
Notocrypta chimera, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soce., 
iv, p. 192 (1889). 
India (Pldtz). 
A beautiful figure of typical alysos, which is very closely 
allied to, if not identical with, feisthamelit. 


Norocrypra WAIGENSIS. PI. III, fig. 10. 


Plesioneura waigensis, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxvi, p. 263 
(1882), pl. 240. 
Plesionewra waigensis, Ribbe, Iris, i, p. 86 (1886). 
Notocrypta waigensis, de Nicéy., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe., 
iv, p. 192 (1889). 
Waigiou (Plé/z). 
One of the many forms of /eisthamelii, Boisd. I agree 
with Elwes and Edwards (p. 239) that it is not possible to 


Hesperidz from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 27 


distinguish between these forms, which have many names. 
I have examples corresponding with waigensis from N. 
Guinea, Java, Ké Island, Cairns in Australia, and many parts 


of India. 


NoTocRypTa INSULATA. PI. ITI, fig. 9. 


Plesioneura insulata, Butler, Ann. and Mag. N. H. (5), x, 
p. 154 (1882). 

Plesioneura insulata, Butler, |. ¢., xi, p. 424 (1883). 

Notocrypta insulata, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., 
iv, p. 190 (1889). 

Plesioneura wokana, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 225 
(1885), pl. 346. 


Aru (Pl6tz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Butler records it from N. Britain and Aru, and I have 
two from Ké Island; also one from the Duke of York 
Island; the markings above and below are similar. 


Novrocrypta ALUENSIS. PI. III, fig. 11. 


Notocrypta aluensis, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 
434 (1907). 


Alu Island, types in B. M. 
Somewhat resembling NV. wokana, Plotz, from Aru and 


Ké Islands. 


? NoTrocRYPTA LEUCOGRAPHA. PI. II, fig. 1. 


Plesionewra leucographa, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxvi, p. 262 
(1882), pl. 235. 

Notocrypta leucographa, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., 
iv, p. 192 (1889). 

Charmion ficulnea, (part) Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. 
Soc., xiv (4), p. 111 (1897). 


India. 

I do not know this species. The figure certainly does not 
represent Charmion jficulnea, Hew. = signata, Druce; the 
white band is at a different angle and ends in a point 
hindwards, the antennz are those of a WNotocrypta; in 
jiculnea the band terminates squarely on vein 2 in every 
example I have examined, and the antenne are very 
different. 


28 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


ASTICTOPTERUS, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon., iv, p. 401 
(1860), type gama, Felder. 


ASTICTOPTERUS JAMA. PI. II, fig. 2. 


Astictopterus gama, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon., iv, p. 401 
(1860). 

Astictopterus jama, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 172 (1897) (note). 

Isoteinon melania, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 230 (1885), 
pl, 1522. 

Astictopterus melania, Ploétz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 110 
(1886). 

Malacca (Plétz). 

Elwes points out that the insect which stands in the 
Felder collection as jama is not that insect, and does not 
correspond with Felder’s description; it is Koruthaialos 
zanites, Watson. Felder’s description compares his jama 
with pygmea, Fabr., which certainly is allied to melania; 
there are examples from Malacca, Sclangor, and Sumatra 
in the B. M., and I have it from Perak and Karwar in 
Southern India; there are no markings above or below, 
the shade of colour being somewhat paler than it is above, 
and with a slight ochreous-pinkish tinge. 


PARDALEODES, Butler, Ent. Mo, Mag., vii, p. 96 (1870), 
type edipus, Cram. 


PARDALEODES INCERTA. 


Pamphila incerta, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. 1872, p. 29, 
pl. 10, f. 10, 11, 12. 

Pardaleodes incerta, Holland (part), P. Z. 8., 1896, p. 75. 

Hesperia murcia, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliv, p. 229 (1883), 
pl. 749. 


W. Africa (Plétz). 


PLASTINGIA, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag., vii, p. 95 (1870), 
type flavescens, Felder. 


PLASTINGIA CORISSA. 
Hesperia corissa, Hew., Ann. and Mag. N. H. (4), xviii, 
p-. 455 (1876). 
Plastingia corissa, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 229 (1897). 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 29 


Plastingia drancus, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit, xlv, p. 149 
(1884), pl. 726. 

Tsoteinon indrasana, Elwes and de Nicév., Journ. As. Soc. 
Beng., 1886, p. 441, pl. xx, f. 5, 2 (1886). 


No locality (Plétz). 

Plotz’s figure is identical with Hewitson’s type, with 
which I have compared it; in the plate is written in pencil 
“— corissa, Hew.” 


LOTONGUS, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 371 (1886), type 


calathus, Hew. 


LOTONGUS CALATHUS. 


Endamus calathus, Hew., Ann. and Mag. N. H. (4), xviu, 
p. 353 (1876). 

Lotongus calathus, Klwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 231 (1897). 

Hesperia parthenope, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlvii, p. 91 
(1886), pl. 1365, f. 

Hesperia parthenope, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlviii, p. 17, 
poy f. 3, 2 (1887). 

Lotongus parthenope, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., 
xiv (4), p. 354, pl. J, f. 4, g, 5, 2 (1892). 

Hesperia traviata, Plotz, 1. c., p. 91, pl. 1366, 9. 

Lotongus maculatus, Distant, |. c., p. 372, pl. xxxv, f. 1 (1886). 

Plesioneura aliena, Staud., Iris, ii, p. 155 (1889). 

Proteides zalates, Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxvili, p. 52 
(1898). 

Proteides swrus, Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1895, p. lix. 


Nias, Sumatra (P/6¢z). 

Hewitson’s type came from Sumatra. I agree with Elwes 
that this is a variable species; it has also been recorded 
from the Philippines, Kina Balu, Malacca, Borneo, and 
Java. Pl6tz’s figure of the male has only the spot at the end 
of the cell and two outside it, and on the underside, in 
addition to the discal band of spots, there is only one spot 
at the end of the cell, none above it; in the female there 
is a bifid larger spot at the end of the cell, and two beyond 
it, and on the underside a similar spot above, and one elon- 
gated spot below on the hinder margin; in neither sex is 
there any white at the apices of the hind-wings below. I 
have the species from Nias, but in my examples there is 
a white, narrow, apical space on the hind-wings below. 


all 


30 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


UNKANA, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 369 (1886), type batara, 
Distant. 


UNKANA ATTINA. 


Hesperia attina, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. (3), 1, p. 489 
(1866), 9. 

Unkana attina, Distant, 1. c¢., f. 30. 

Unkana attina, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., xiv 
(4), p. 234 (1897). 

Hesperia latreillei, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., iii, p. 511, 
pl. Ixxi, f. 8 (1866), 9. 

Hesperia anitta, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xliii, p. 837 (1882), 
t, pl. 1374. 

Ismene batara, Moore, MS., Cat. Lep. E. I. C., 1, p. 249 
(1857); 2: 

Unkana batara, Distant, Rhop. Mal., p. 370, pl. xxxiv, f. 11, 
f (1886). 


Habitat unknown (//0¢z). 

Recorded from the Philippines, Java, Malacca, Perak, 
and Moulmein, and in my own collection from Kuching, 
Borneo. 

The ground colour of the hind-wings below in Plotz2’s 
figure is not white enough, but it unmistakably represents 
this species. 


SABERA, nov. 


Palpi upturned thickly hairy, antenne two-thirds the length 
of the costa, club rather long and even, not thick, apiculus short and 
curved, fore-wing narrow, costa very slightly curved, apex bluntly 
acute with outer margin oblique, hind margin straight and less than 
two-thirds length of costa, hind-wing with the outer margin evenly 
rounded, legs slender, hind-legs with long hair on the inner side, 
mid tibia with one pair spurs, hind tibiae with two pairs ; fore- 
wings with vein 2 from about the middle of the cell, 3 from 
before the lower end, 4 from the end, 5 below the middle of 
discocellular, 6 and 7 from upper end, 8 from close to upper 
end, 12 ending on costa well beyond upper end of cell, hind-wings 
with vein 4 from end of cell, 2 and 3 from close before end at 
equal distances apart, 5 from the middle of discocellular, 6 and 7 
from upper end, 8 coincident with 7 for a short distance from the 
base, then well separated, 


Type cxsina, Hew, 


Hesperidx from the Indo- Malayan and African Regions. 31 


SABERA CZHESINA. 


Hesperia cxsina, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc., i (2), p. 491 
(1866). 

Hesperia cesina, Hew., Ex. Butt. V. Hesp., pl. 6, f. 57 
(1873). 

Waigiou (Hewitson). 

I have this from Brunei, N. Borneo, Gennan, New 
Guinea, Humboldt Bay, and Cairns, Queensland; the 
females appear to have the white discal macular band of 
the fore-wings narrower and less complete than the males. 


EETION, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., lx (4), p. 
395 (1895), type elia, Hew. 
EETION ELIA. 
Hesperia elia, Hew., Trans. Ent. Soc. (3), 1, p. 489 (1866). 
Unkana celia, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 370, pl. xxxiv, f. 25 
(1886). 
Hesperia eburus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 226 (1885), 
pl. 1373. 
Malacca (Plotz), type in coll. Erhardt. 


ZEA, Distant, Rhop. Mal., pp. 369 and 377 (1886), type 
mytheca, Hew. 

ZEA TAPROBANUS. 

Hesperia taprobanus, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 226 
(1885), pl. 1371. 

Hesperia taprobanus, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlvii, p. 92 
(1886). 

Zea mythecoides, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soce., xii 
(1), p. 157, pl. AA, f. 33, J, 34, 2 (1898). 

Ceylon (Plétz), type im coll. Erhardt. 

Plotz’s figure is very similar to de Nicéville’s f figure; 
de Nicéville’s examples came from South Celebes; he states, 
“Described from three males and one female received from 
the capturer Herr C. Ribbe, who calls it Pamphila 
taprobana, a species unknown to me.” I have two males 
from the same locality. 


PLOETZIA, Saalm., Lep. Madag., i, p. 115 (1884), type 
amygdalis, Mab. 


SYSTOLE, Mab., Lep, Madag., i, p. 330 (1885), type 
amygdalis, Mab. 


- 
32 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


PLOETZIA FIARA. 


Proteides fiara, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1870, p. 503. 

Hesperia fiara, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlin, p. 814 (1882), 
pl. 255. 

Ploetzia fiara, Holland, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 94. 

S. Africa (Plotz). 

On the plate is “natalica, Plotz,” but he published the 
species as fiara, Butler, having found out his mistake 
before going to press; on the plate is written in pencil 
“= fara. 

PLOETZIA NIVEICORNIS. 

Hesperia niveicornis, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xliv, p. 3 
(1883), pl. 1390. 


Baoris niveicornis, Holland, P. Z. S., 1896, p. 71. 
Perichares albicornis, Butler, P. Z.8., 1896, p. 132, pl. vi, f. 8. 


Angola (Plotz). 

Butler’s type came from Lower Nyika; it is much like 
Plotz’s figure, and if not identical, it is certainly a race of 
the same species. 


ISMENE, Swainson, Zool. Ill., i, pl. 16 (1820), type 


aedipodea, Swainson. 


ISMENE NESTOR. 


TIsmene nestor, Mosch., Verh. Zool.-bot. Gess. Wien., xlviii, 
p. 208 (1878). 

Ismene firdusi, Plotz, MS., pl. 1153. 

Ismene ionis, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe., ix (4), p. 
403, pl. Q, f. 61, ¢ (1895). 

Ismene ionis, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., xiv (4), 
p. 295 (1897). 

“ Ostindien ” (Pl0tz). 

Moscbler also records it from Java, de Nicéville from 
Sambawa and West Java; Plotz figured it under the name 
jirdusi, but did not describe it, having discovered it was 
Méschler’s species. ‘“ Ostindien ” in continental language 
is Java. 


ISMENE GEDIPODEA. 


Ismene edipodea, Swainson, Zool. Ill., i, p. 116, pl. xvi (1820). 
Ismene consobrina, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, p. 55 (1884), 
pl. 1187. 


Hesperide from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 33 


Java (Plotz). 

The female has a rather bright patch of blue-green in 
the middle of both wings towards the base; the thorax 
and basal portions of the abdomen are covered with hairs 
of the same colour; both types were females. There are 
several examples of both sexes from Java in the B. M. and 
in my museum. 


IsMENE LuscA. PI. III, fig. 4. 
Ismene lusca, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 434 
(1907). 
Maros, 8. Celebes, type in B. M. 


BURARA, Swinhoe, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1893, p. 329, type 


vasutana, Moore. 


BuRARA RADIOSA. PI. III, figs. 5, 6. 


Ismene radiosa, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 232 (1885), 
pl. 1588. 
Celebes (Plotz), type in coll. Erhardt. 
Nearer J. lara, Leech, from China, than any other 
species known to me. 


HASORA, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, i, p. 159 (1881), type 


badra, Moore. 
ParatTA, Moore, l.c., p. 160, type chromus, Cram. 


Hasora CERTHIA. PI. III, figs. 7, 8. 


Ismene certhia, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, p. 59 (1884), 
PLe(z gy: 
Philippines (Pl6tz). 
There is a female from Mindoro in the B.M.; it differs 
from badra, Moore, from India in very much the same 
manner as anura, de Nicéville; its anal lobe is more pro- 


nounced than in anura, but is very much less than it is in 
badra. 


HASORA GNZUS. 


Ismene gneus, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. xlv, p. 58 (1884), 
pl. 1171. 
Hasora gnxus, Semper, Schmett. Philipp., p. 290 (1892). 
Hasora gnxus, Elwes and Edwards, Trans. Zool. Soc., xiv 
(4), p. 298 (1897). 
Ismene badra, var. celebica, Staud., Iris, ii, p. 138 (1889). 
TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 3 


al 


34 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Descriptions of New Species of 


Philippines (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Very closely allied to H. badra, Moore, only differing in 
the two white spots on the hind-wings below being much 
larger; I have examples from Brunei, N. Borneo, with 
the white spots on the hind-wings below quite as large as 
those figured in Plétz’s plate, received with a number of 
ordinary badva from the same locality. 


HASORA SIMPLICISSIMA. 


Ismene simplicissima, Mab., Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (5), vi, 
p- xxv (1876). 

Hasora simplicissima, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., 
ix (4), p. 405, pl. Q, f. 62, f, 63, 2 (1895). 

Ismene philetas, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, p. 55 (1884), 
pl. 1159. 

Hasora badra, Distant (nec Moore), Rhop. Mal., p. 374, 
pl. xxxv, f. 3 (1886). 

Hasora hadria, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soe., iv, p. 
172 (1889). 

Philippines (//6¢z). 

Pliétz must have made his drawing from a damaged 
specimen, a male, there being no anal lobe, but the under- 
side corresponds with de Nicéville’s figure. There can be 
no doubt that these are all one species, it is fairly common 
in many of the Islands; it has also been recorded from Bali, 
Sumatra, Malacca, and Burma; I have it also from Java. 


Hasora mimosa. PI. III, fig. 2. 


Hasora mimosa, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), p. 435, 
(1907). 


Borneo, two examples (Crowley bequest), type in B. M. 


HAsoRA CHABRONA. PI. II, fig. 3. 


Ismene chabrona, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, p. 5 (1884), 
pl. 1590. 

Hasora chabrona, de Nicév., Journ. Bomb. N. H. Soc., ix 
(4), p. 406 (1895). 

Malacca (P/6tz). 

The figure well represents the common Eastern Hasora, 
and de Nicéville’s remarks on the subject appear to me to 
be absolutely correct; I have it from the Philippines, 
Sumatra, N. Borneo, Ceylon, Perak, Tonkin, Bombay, 
Lanaoli, Poona, and Cherra Punji. It is quite distinct 


Hesperidx from the Indo-Malayan and African Regions. 35 


from vitta, Butler, as stated by de Nicéville; of this form 
I have examples from Labuan, Kina Balu, and Brunei, 
Borneo; it is uniformly a good deal larger,and has no 
spots on the fore-wings above or below. 


HasoraA worRTHA. PI. II, fig. 5. 


Hasora wortha, Swinhoe, Ann, Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 435, 
(1907). 


Java (Crowley bequest), type in B. M. 


HasoraA HABROA. PI. II, fig. 4. 


Hasora habroa, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N. H. (7), xx, p. 436 
(1907). 


Celebes, type in B. M. 


Hasora MEALA. PI, I], fig. 6. 


Hasora meala, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. N.H. (7), xx, p. 437 
(1907). 


Celebes ( Wallace), type in B, M. 


HASORA CELZENUS. 


Papilio celenus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 393, f. A, B 
(1782). 

Ismene salanga, Plotz, Berl. ent. Zeit., xxix, p. 232 (1885), 
pl. 1592. 


Malacca, Aru (Plétz), type in coll. Erhardt. 

Plotz’s figures (two) represent this species very well; I 
have it from Amboina, where Cramer’s type came from ; 
de Nicéville records it from Sumatra. 


Hasora LizeTtTa. PI. III, fig. 12. 


Ismene lizetta, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit., xlv, p. 59 (1884), 
pl. 1157. 


Java (Plétz). 

Figured and described by Plotz from a specimen in 
Mus. Berlin, No. 5177; without examining the type 
specimen it is impossible to say what it is, but it looks 
suspiciously like an example of H. celenus, Cram., which 
de Nicéville recorded from Sumatra in Journ. As. Soc. 


36 Colonel C. Swinhoe’s Description of Hesperide. 


Beng., 1895, p. 554, with the inner portion of the purplish 
colour on the wings below rubbed out; however, there are 
no brands shown in the male and no shadings on the wings 
below. 


EXPLANATION OF PLaTEs I—III. 
[See Explanation facing the PuaTEs.] 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES JI—III. 


CORRECTION. 


Owing to an unfortunate oversight, the numbers of these Plates 
have been transposed. 


Plate I should be renumbered II. 
acl): fe 3 Teh 
» LIL - if. 


On Plate I (as amended), Figs, 25 and 26 should be renumbered 
15 and 20. 


OIA Rw 


we) 


EXPLANATION OF PEATE I. 


. Casyapa kallima, Swinhoe, N. Guinea, p. 3. 
. Tagiades utanus, Plétz, Malacca, p. 4. 


s titus, Plétz, Philippines, p. 5. 
. kowaia, Plotz, N. Guinea, p. 5. 
a louisa, Swinhoe, Rossel Isl., p. 6. 


. Celenorhinus chinensis, Swinhoe, Omei-Shan, p. 8. 


x ( Tagiades) editus, Plotz, Aru Isl., p. 9. 


. Charmion (Plesionewra) queda, Plotz, Malacca, p. 9. 
. Abaratha siamica, Swinhoe, Shan States, p. 10. 
. Tagiades neira, Plotz, Aru Isl., p. 4. 


3 » (lower figure), upperside. 


5 underside. 


” 
. Antigonus philotimus, Plotz, Aburi, p. 7. 


= Sarangesa bowvieri, Mab. 


. Sarangesa haplopa, Swinhoe, E, Ruwenzori, p. 7. 
. Pyrgus nora, Plétz, Angola, p. 10. 


= Hesperia colotes, Druce. 


. Telesto maykora, Plotz, Aru Isl., p. 10. 
. Apaustus discreta, Plétz, India, p. 12. 


= Mromachus stigmata, Moore. 


. Arnetta binghami, Swinhoe, Burma, p. 13. 
. Zographetus (Apaustus) durga, Plotz, Philippines, p. 13. 
. Taractrocera (Hesperia) aliena, Plotz, Java, p. 16. 


(Telesto) sangira, Plotz, Celebes, p. 16. 


” 


. Hesperia ahrendti, Plétz, Amboina, p. 18. 


= Padraona sunias, Felder. 


. Kedestes (Cyclopides) paola, Plotz, Angola, p. 16. 
‘5 s, brunneostriga, Plétz, Pundo Ndongo, p. 17. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Plate 111. 


INDO-MALAYAN AND AFRICAN HESPERID#. 


EXPLANATION OF PuaTE II. 


. | Notocrypta (Plesionewra) leucographa, Plétz, India, p. 27. 


Isoteinon melania, Plétz, Malacca, p. 28. 
= Astictopterus jama, Felder. 


. Hasora (Ismene) chabrona, Plétz, Malacca, p. 34. 


» habroa, Swinhoe, Celebes, p. 35. 
5,  wortha, Swinhoe, Java, p. 35. 
»  meala, Swinhoe, Celebes, p. 35. 


. Padraona (Hesperia) tropica, Plotz, Java, p. 18. 


wamba, Plotz, Aru Isl., p. 19. 


: Telicota (Hesperia) arwana, Plotz, Aru Isl., p. 19. 


n ternatensis, Swinhoe, Ternate, p. 20. 


. Corone (Hesperia) chrysozona, Plotz, Philippines, p. 20. 


"fs dobboé, Plotz, Aga Isl., p. 20. 


5 pains dschilus, Plotz, N. Guinea, p. 21, 


= Ocybadistes marnas, Felder. 


. Ocybadistes (Hesperia) flavoguttata, Plétz, Manilla, p. 21. 
* (Apaustus) tanus, Plotz, N. Guinea, p. 21. 
. ? Baoris (Hesperia) sakara, Plotz, N. Guinea, p. 22. 

. Parnara (Hesperia) wambo, Plétz, Africa, p. 25. 


% so diindeli, Plotz, Batavia, p. 25 


. Hesperia ibara, Plétz, Madagascar, p. 25. 


= Parnara poutieri, Boisd. 


. Caltoris (Hesperia) nirwana, Plétz, Java, p. 22. 


a laraca, Swinhoe, Woodlark Isl., p. 22. 


. Laractrocera (Thymelicus) ziclea, Plotz, p. 16. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Plate TI. 


Horace Knight, del. Andre & Sleigh, Ltd. 


INDO-MALAYAN AND AFRICAN HESPERIDE. 


( OTIS oP wd 


10. 


12. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. 


. Baoris (Hesperia) beraka, Plotz, Celebes, p. 21. 

. Hasora mimosa, Swinhoe, Borneo, p. 34. 

. Caltoris (Hesperia) jolanda, Plotz, Java, p. 22. 

. Ismene lusca, Swinhoe, Maros, 8. Celebes, p. 33. 

. Burara (Ismene) radiosa, ¢, Plotz, Celebes, p. 33. 


2 ” oF ” 


” oP) 
. Hasora (Ismene) certhia, ¢, Plotz, Philippines, p. 33. 


oP] ” ” na ” 9 


. Plesionewra wokana, Plotz, Aru Isl., p. 27. 


= Notocrypta insulata, Butler. 
Notocrypta (Plesioneura) waigensis, Plotz, Waigiou, p. 26. 
in aluensis, Swinhoe, Alu Isl., p. 27. 
Hasora (Ismene) lizetta, Plotz, Java, p. 35. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Plate 11 


Horace Knight, del. Andre & Sleigh, Ltd 


INDO-MALAYAN AND AFRICAN HESPERIDE. 


C801) 


II. Notes on some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. By G. 
B. Lonestarr, M.D., F.R.C.P., FES. 


[Read November 6, 1907. ] 


Tur island of Jamaica is 144 miles long by 49 miles wide, 
and comprises an area of 4207 square miles, so that it is 
about equal to the counties of Devon and Somerset taken 
together. It lies well within the tropics, being between 
the latitudes 17° 45’ and 18° 35’ N. 

Rather more than half the total area of the island is 
below the 1000 feet contour line, but some 60 square miles 
have an altitude of 4000 feet and upwards, the highest 
point reached by the Blue Mountains being 7360 feet. 

My most remote points were separated by 120 miles of 
longitude, and 40 miles of latitude, but though I spent 
three weeks at an elevation of 2000 feet and upwards my 
highest point was but 2900 feet. 

‘As regards geological formations, I collected upon almost 
all those of which the island is made up, with one im- 
portant exception—I did not explore the Blue Mountains, 
indeed there seemed to be little to induce one to do so at 
that time of the year. 

My remarks naturally enough apply to the places that i 
have visited, and to the times of my visits,, limitations 
which should not be forgotten. My collecting was con- 
fined to ten weeks (Dec. 31—March 8) of the dry season, 
the tropical winter. However, the general aspect of the 
country towards the end of the dry season does not sug- 
gest to the English visitor either winter or early spring, 
but rather a fine, hot, late autumn, with burnt-up, 
gone-to-seed herbage and falling leaves. The quiet and 
solitude of the woods was surprising, so that the falling 
of a big leaf, such as are common in the tropics, would 
make clatter enough upon the path to give one a start. 
Often where trees and varied undergrowth little disturbed 
by cultivation suggested a profusion of insects, almost none 
were found. Not only were butterflies scarce, but beetles, 
bees, wasps, and especially flies. There is a note in my 
diary for Febr. 16th: “Christiana. Caught a wasp, the 
first I had seen since Constant Spring” (Jan. 14). During 


TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 


- 
38 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Notes on 


that month I took but about half-a-dozen flies. Mr. H. P. 
Gosse, in his altogether admirable “ Naturalist’s Sojourn in 
Jamaica,” expresses his surprise at the scarcity of insects, 
in words that seem to merit quotation. “I had left 
England with high expectations of the richness of the 
West Indian entomology: large and gaily-coloured beetles, 
I supposed, would be crawling on almost every shrub, 
gorgeous butterflies be filling the air, moths be swarming 
about the forest-edges at night, and caterpillars be beaten 
from every bush. These expectations were far from 
being realised: . . . in general butterflies are to be ob- 
tained only casually. Moths are still more rare... 
in general beetles and the other orders are extremely 
scarce, and especially Diptera ; I have often been astonished 
at the paucity of these, as compared with their abundance 
in Canada and the Southern United States... . One 
may often walk a mile,—I do not mean in the depth of 
the forest, but in situations comparatively open, beneath 
an unclouded sun,—and not see more than a dozen 
specimens of all orders” (pp. 94, 95). 

I was told that something between sixty and seventy 
species of butterflies occur in Jamaica, and it is a surpris- 
ing fact that such a large tropical island should not pro- 
duce more species than Great Britain. During my ten 
weeks’ collecting I obtained forty-seven species, as com- 
pared with thirty-six species that are to be found in the 
one Devonshire parish of Mortehoe. Indeed for the most 
part I found Jamaica poorer in butterflies than Mortehoe 
in the summer. There were but two occasions on which 
the numbers were comparable, both near Port Antonio. 

On the afternoon of February 25th I was ferried over to 
Navy Island. The Trade-wind was blowing rather strongly, 
and the only sheltered spot was some swampy ground to 
the leeward of a bluff; here Anartia jatrophe, Linn., was 
in the greatest profusion, many being busy about the 
flowers of the Logwood-trees(Hxematoxylon campeachianum, 
Linn.), with them were a few Dione vanillz, Linn., and one 
Precis lavinia, Cram. 

The other time was on March 38rd, near the top of 
“Shotover,” to the west of Port Antonio. Here, about 
1000. feet above sea-level, on a spur of a somewhat 
higher hill, commanding a glorious view of sea and coast, 
was a steep slope with an aspect a little south of east. 
An acre or two of this slope, partly sheltered by trees, 


Tet = a wi 


39 


some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. 


SVYWOHI iS sdoas3um 


Sutudé: queqsuoy, 


“.UMO] UOp4so |\Wapuew 


“Dw 
GNV1LY0d 


955.2 Mabon is: Fate ; ? ZS %. HLBAWZIVGGS : 


ONVIHOWLSAM 
~2PrRyrreW 


: yaiqdiey™. 
ANMYW138L sawyer fs hie 


x4 o1 S 9 
S8|1IN) Jo 2122S 


VOIVNVE 


~ 


ees 


- 
40 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Notes on 


displayed a greater wealth of flowers than I saw anywhere 
else in Jamaica, the dominant and most attractive being a 
species of Vervain (probably Stachytarpha jamaicensis, U.). 
It was a very hot day, with less wind than usual, and I 
was there from 11.15 a.m. to 12.30 noon. Dione vanille 
was fairly swarming, while HLuptoieta hegesia, Cram., was 
scarcely less abundant, and among them were numerous 
Precis lavinia, Cram., and a few Skippers, Prenes nyctelius, 
Latr., P. ares, Feld., and Morys valerius, Mosch. Callidryas 
ewbule, Linn., was coursing about in all directions, often 
stopping to take a sip from the Vervain; but not a single 
White was seen; Colxnis was conspicuous by its absence, 
while Anartia jatrophe, Linn., if present did not obtrude 
itself on my notice. A hasty glimpse of a Papilio was 
obtained, also of a butterfly that suggested my South 
African acquaintance, Planema esebria, Hew. (? Actinote 
sp.). Among the butterflies were a few of the beautiful 
Arctiid, Utetheisa bella, Linn. (speciosa, Walk.) Altogether 
it was such a sight as seldom gladdens the eye, but which 
happily lingers long in the memory. 

A few words on the localities visited —— 

Constant Spring (Dec. 31—Jan. 14); the hotel stands 
near the northern edge of the Liguanean plain, about 500 
feet above the sea. There is good collecting in the woods 
at the foot of the mountains up to Stoney Hill, say 1000 
feet. 

Gordon Town (Jan. 9); the bed of the Hope River below 
the town, which I visited once, is about 800 feet. 

Chancery Hall (Jan 8, also March 7), on the plain, is 
beside the dry bed of a stream, to the west of Constant 
Spring. 

Temple Hall (Jan. 11, 12), c. 850, is on the road to 
Castleton, Jamaica. 

All these places are in St. Andrew Parish. Parishes in 
Jamaica take somewhat the place of counties in England, 
and as the names are in constant use it seems well to give 
them. 

Castleton, St. Mary Parish (Jan. 11, 12), is just beyond 
the height of land; the Botanic Garden is 500 feet above 
the sea. It proved a disappointing locality. 

Mandeville, Manchester Parish (Jan. 16-22), ranges 
from 2000 feet to about 2200 feet. It proved very poor. 

Mackfield and Ramble, close together, the former in 
Westmoreland, the latter in Hanover (Jan. 24—Feb. 2). 


— LL CO SC 


a) Spe ay es 


some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. 41 


A delightful rolling country of pasture intermixed with 
woods, About 800-1000 feet. Unfortunately the very 
head-quarters of the collector's greatest foe in J amaica— 


-the tick. 


Montego Bay, St. James (Feb. 2-5); the collecting 
ground ranges from the sandy shore to the top of a wooded 
hill of about 300 feet, and was fairly productive. 

Walderston, Manchester (Feb. 6-20); the collecting 
ground ranged from about 2500 feet to 2900 feet (Mile 
Gully Mountain). An almost waterless district, but the 
tops of the hills covered with woods. One day (Feb. 16) was 
spent at Christiana in a gorge cut through Trappean Con- 
glomerate, about seven miles to north of Walderston. 
Height about 2000 feet in a well-watered country. 

Spanish Town, St. Catherine (Feb. 20-23); near the 
edge of an extensive plain, its elevation above the sea 
must be inconsiderable. 

Port Antonio, Portland (Feb. 24—March 5); from the 
coast my collecting ground extended to the summits of 
“ Shotover” on the west and Park Mount on the east, both 
about 1000 feet. 

Speaking generally, insects were commonest near the 
sea and on the slopes of the hills up to 1000 feet. Flies, 
bees and wasps were especially scarce at 2000 feet and over. 


DANAINA, 


Anosia archippus, Fabr., 42. Only seen at Port Antonio. 
Found about Aselepias also at Rose and other flowers ; it 
is hard to kill. 

The Jamaican specimens of this butterfly differ from 
those from South America in the fellowing particulars. 
They are brighter; they have less black along the veins ; 
there is more fulvous at the tip of the fore-wing; the 
white spots beyond the cell are outlined (and sometimes 
suffused) with fulvous. 

Tasitia jamaicensis, Bates. 29 near the stream which 
the Kingston-Castleton road crosses close by Temple Hall; 
a fnear Ramble Post Office, another f near Walderston. 
Like the preceding, this is hard to kill. 

The form met with on the mainland, 7’. eresimus, Cram., 
which appears to be distinct, has much more black about 
it, e.g. along the costa and the veins. 

Mr. P. W. Jarvis said to me: “Neither of the Milk- 
weed Butterflies is very common in Jamaica.” 


- 
42 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Notes on 


SATYRINZA. 


Calisto zangis, Fabr. 26 specimens. Very generally 
distributed in woods, but seldom abundant. Constant 
Spring, Castleton, Mandeville, Mackfield (common), Wal- 
derston (common), Port Antonio (abundant). The sexes 
about equally divided. It flies amongst herbage so close 
to the ground as to be difficult to catch, yet seldom moving 
many yards. It is distinctly a shade-lover. On 27th 
February, 1907, near Port Antonio, I saw it flying freely 
on a rainy day. 


HELICONIN2. 


Heliconius charithonia, Linn. 21 specimens. Generally 
distributed throughout the island and not uncommon. 
Constant Spring, Castleton (common), Mackfield, Walder- 
ston, Christiana, Montego Bay, Port Antonio (common). 

This butterfly has usually a slow flapping flight often in 
half-shade. It is distinctly local, in the sense that it is 
confined to a very small area in each locality ; sometimes 
it may be seen flying up and down a very short beat. It 
settles on flowers and leaves with wings fully expanded. 

Mr. P. W. Jarvis, of the Colonial Bank, told me that 
the butterfly was very common later in the year, and that 
it “‘clustered” on going to rest for the night; a number 
of specimens sitting close together, but not actually cling- 
ing to one another. On 5th March, 1905, at “Shotover,” 
near Port Antonio, close upon 1000 feet above the sea, at 
about noon ona dull day, eight or ten were seen flying 
about under the shelter of a hedge. As many as seven 
of these settled on dead sticks, etc. within a space of 
2 feet by 1 foot. This butterfly is somewhat hard to kill. 

As compared with Venezuelan specimens, those from 
Jamaica have all the yellow marks a little larger; and the 
red spot near the base of the cell of the hind-wing is 
smaller, or even absent. 


NYMPHALIN2. 


Colenis cillene, Cram. (should not the name be cyllene 2), 
12 4, 4 9. Generally distributed and not uncommon. 
Constant Spring (common), Castleton (common), Mack- 
field, Montego Bay, Walderston, Port Antonio. 

A grand insect on the wing, sailing about like a piece 
of rich gold. The imperfect condition of many of the 
specimens is not apparent during its strong flight. It is 


. 


some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. 43 


most easily taken at flowers such as Lantana camara, Linn., 
and Hupatoriwm odoratum, Linn. One specimen appears to 
have been bitten by a lizard. 

The male is distinguished from that of the South 
American C. delila, Fabr., by its more orange tint and the 
comparative absence of black; but ci//ene should perhaps 
be looked upon as a local race of de/ila. 

Dione vanillz, Linn. 16 3,72 Generally distributed 
and in some places very abundant. Constant Spring 
(common), shore of Port Royal harbour, Mandeville 
(abundant), Ramble (abundant), Montego Bay, Walderston, 
Spanish Town, Port Antonio (swarming on “Shotover”). 

A brilliant insect appearing very red upon the wing 
and reminding me of an Acrewa. Although it could fly 
about wildly enough, several males were seen one afternoon 
fluttering among dead leaves close to the ground. 

I do not detect any difference between Jamaican and 
South American specimens, save that the former are 
usually smaller and often brighter. 

Euptoieta hegesia, Cram. 12 specimens. Widely dis- 
tributed but in most places scarce. Constant Spring, 
Temple Hall, Montego Bay (common near the hotel, also 
found on the sandy shore), Walderston, Port Antonio 
(common in a swampy meadow near the shore to the east, 
but in swarms on the top of ‘“ Shotover ”). 

This insect reminded me of Atella phalanta, Drury. 

Jamaican specimens have the orbicular and reniform 
stigmata less clearly outlined than those from the 
Spanish main; moreover the ground-colour is a brighter 
tawny. 

Phyciodes frisia, Poey. 5 specimens. This little 
butterfly was confined to the Liguanean plain and the 
hills bounding it on the north, and was not common. 

Constant Spring, Stoney Hill, near Gordon Town, 
Spanish Town. 

Precis lavinia, Cram. 8 specimens, all males. Constant 
Spring, Chancery Hall, Mandeville, Port Antonio. It 
usually settles on or near the ground, frequenting hot, dry, 
exposed places. Is wary and not easy to catch. 

The nomenclature of this very variable and wide-rang- 
ing species (from the Southern United States to the 
Argentine) has long been in great confusion, but has been 
cleared up by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, who has recently 
re-arranged the genus in the National Collection. Cramer 


a 
44 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Notes on 


named three forms of this genus, all from Surinam, lavinia, 
evarete and genoveva. It appears to me that Mr. Marshall 
is quite correct in uniting these under the first name, 
together with the Northern form cwnia, Hiibn. (the name 
adopted by Messrs. Godman and Salvin in the “ Biologia 
Cent. Am.”). 

Jamaican specimens, usually known by local collectors as 
Junonia genoveva, Cram., are, as a rule, brighter than 
South American, with the transverse white band near the 
tip of the fore-wing fairly conspicuous, being of the form 
zonalis, Feld.* They are somewhat intermediate in 
character, between the South American and North 
American forms, to which latter specimens in the Hope 
Collection from the Bahamas approach more nearly. 

Anartia jatrophe, Linn., var. jamaicensis, Moschler. 8 9, 
7 9. Widely distributed and abundant. Constant Spring, 
Castleton, Mandeville, Mackfield, Montego Bay, Walderston 
(scarce), Christiana, Port Antonio. 

It is par excellence the common road-side Butterfly of 
Jamaica. A somewhat ghostly looking insect on the 
wing; when settled among whitish dead grass, with wings 
closed, it is very cryptic. It usually settles on the ground 
or close to it and does not frequent flowers much. 

Jamaican specimens are all very readily distinguished 
from those from South America by the broad bright fulvous, 
or orange brown, margin to the wings. There is a mere 
trace of this colour in specimens from the mainland, 
which moreover appear to be less densely scaled. 

Cystincura doreas, Fabr. (mardania, Cram.). 22 speci- 
mens. Local; Constant Spring, Gordon Town, Mackfield 
(abundant), Williamsfield Cave, Montego Bay, Port Antonio 
(common). 

This delicate and very distinct butterfly, which some- 
what resembles a Satyrid, frequents moist, shady places 
with long grass. There is sometimes much fluttering in 
its very slow flight, but at other times it glides. Though 
not such a flower-lover as many Nymphalines, it often 
visits the Spanish Needle, Bidens leucanthus, W. It 
usually settles with its wings wide open, and if it close 
them up re-opens them quickly. On Ist February, 1907, 


* H. Fruhstorfer (Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1907, p. 224) comes to the 
same conclusion as Marshall as to Cramer’s three forms, but makes 
the Cuban form (zonalis according to Marshall) a new sub-species 
michexlisi. 


. 


some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. 45 


near Chichester Rectory, Ramble, two were beaten out 
after sundown; both settled almost at once, one on the 
top of a grass stem with its wings up, the other towards 
the top of a long green fern. The second very deliberately 
set up its wings, then after an interval it retracted its fore- 
wings so as to conceal the large white patch. I failed to 
find any naturally at rest. 

It may be noted that C. cana, Erichs., the representative 
of C. dorcas on the mainland, lacks the conspicuous orange 
brown of the latter species. 

Victorina stelenes, Linn. (So spelled by Linné; Mr. 
Kirby has it steneles; probably Linné meant to call it 
after either Sthenelus or Sthenele, the other names are 
meaningless.) 11 specimens. Widely distributed, but 
not common. Constant Spring, Mackfield, Walderston, 
Christiana, Spanish Town, Port Antonio. On the banks 
of the Rio Grande, on 2nd March, I saw four or five 
flying together about a bush of what I took to be the 
Rose Apple (Jambosa vulgaris, D.C. = Eugenia jambos, 
Linn.). 

Cabinet specimens give little idea of the beauty of this 
butterfly during life, since its lovely green fades rapidly. 
Bold, like many of its family, it will return again and 
again to the same perch, often a dark-green leaf at or 
above the level of the eye. Sitting there with its wings 
three-quarters open it is a truly beautiful object, yet not 
nearly so conspicuous as might be thought, and this is 
true whether its wings be open or closed, whether at 
rest or in its rather slow flight. One courageous specimen 
settled first at my feet and then upon my net! 

In Jamaican specimens the fulvous spot at the anal 
angle of the hind-wing is larger and brighter than in 
South American; there is also somewhat more fulvous 
on the underside, the bands being broader. 

Aganisthos orion, Fabr. (odius, Fabr.). 5 specimens. 
This very fine and robust Butterfly was only met with 
to the west of Port Antonio near the sea-level.* 

It is quite probable that sundry large brown butterflies 


* Messrs. Godman and Salvin (“Butterflies of St. Vincent, Gren- 
ada, etc.,” Proc. Zool. Soc, Lond. (1896), p. 515) say: “Grenada. Two 
specimens of this common species, which is also foundin Hispaniola, 
but in no other West Indian island that we know of.” It is, how- 
ever, one of the few butterflies named by Gosse (‘‘ A Naturalist’s 
Sojourn in Jamaica” (1851), p. 99). 


a 
46 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Notes on 


seen at Ramble and Walderston may have belonged to 
this species or the next. 

A strong flier frequenting the tops of trees, especially 
the Star Apple, Chrysophyllum cainito, Linn., on the leaves 
and fruit of which it occasionally settles. More frequently 
it is seen to rest on tree-trunks (in particular the Log- 
wood, Hxematoxylon campeachianum, Linn.), on posts or 
buildings within a few feet of the ground, always with its 
head downwards and wings closed over its back. When 
thus settled it may be detected, when seen in profile, at 
a considerable distance in spite of its cryptic coloration. 
It is not easy to catch even when settled, and I spent 
much time over it. One of my specimens seems_ to 
show a bird-bite at the usual corner of the hind-wings. 

In the Jamaican specimens the fulvous band across the 
fore-wing is much broader than in those from the main- 
land; there is also a tendency for the fulvous on the 
hind-wing to be more extended. 

Cau acheronta, Fabr. (cadmus, Cram.). A broken fore- 
wing of this species was picked up off the ground in a 
wood above Constant Spring, January 5th, 1907. 

The Haiti specimens in the Hope Collection are more 
fulvous than those from the mainland, and this fragment 
appears to be of Haitian type. 


LYCANIDA. 


Leptotes (Tarucus) theonus, Lefebre, 1856 (Plebeius cassius, 
var. a, floridensis, Morrison, 1874), 8 2,199. Met with in 
every locality that I visited: common at Mackfield; 
abundant at Constant Spring, Gordon Town and Port 
Antonio. The excess of females taken may be attributed 
to its superior size and attractiveness, but possibly it is 
easier to capture. It is most often seen flying over shrubs 
or near woods; it has a quick jerky flight and appears 
larger than it is, especially the female. After rain it is 
about the first butterfly to come out. 

All my specimens taken in Jamaica are distinguishable 
at a glance from those taken in South America, Trinidad 
or Tobago. They are smaller and darker; the hind-wing 
of the male is violet-blue instead of white; the fore-wing 
of the female is shot with blue over at least two-thirds of the 
fore-wing, and there is much less white in the hind-wing. 
On the underside the metallic-centred ocellus is larger, and 
there are differences in the dark markings of the fore-wing, 


some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. 47 


In my opinion it is specifically distinct from S. cassius, 
Cram., but if not distinct it is a very well-marked local 
race. The earliest description of the form that I can find 
is that by Lefebre in Ramon de la Sagra’s “ Histor. Cuba,” 
VII, p. 611, and it should, I think, bear his name. It 
appears in W. Holland’s “ Butterfly Book” as Lycwna 
theonus, Lucas. 

Catochrysops hanno, Stoll (? monops, Zeller). 11 speci- 
mens. Abundant at Constant Spring, also met with at 
Mackfield, Walderston and Port Antonio. Its small size 
and insignificant appearance probably often cause it to be 
passed over. It frequents small Composites by the road- 
side, especially Distreptus spicatus, Cass. 

Callipsyche thius, Hiibn. <A single very fine male near 
the Jam Factory, at the foot of the hills, Constant Spring. 
On the wing I took it for a Skipper. This and the 
specimens from Jamaica in the National Collection lack 
the white mark at the tip of the fore-wing of the male met 
with in Venezuelan examples. 

Calycopis pan, Drury. Three specimens, taken in the 
garden at Walderston by my Portuguese servant. The 
lobes of the hind-wings are everted as in the Indian 
Aphnzxus and the South African Argiolaus. 


PIERINZ. 


Callidryas cubule, Linn. (f. senne, Linn.). 17 %, 14 9. 
Constant Spring (common), Gordon Town (abundant), 
Castleton, Temple Hall (abundant), Mandeville, Mackfield 
(common), Montego Bay (common), Walderston, Christiana, 
Spanish Town (abundant), Port Antonio (abundant). 

If not actually the most abundant, at all events the 
most conspicuous butterfly on the island. Brilliant in 
colour, bold in flight, and numerous in individuals, it was 
always much in evidence. 

The “dry” form prevailed, more especially as the season 
advanced. 

Kricogonia lyside, Godt. 6 f, 2¢. Ramble, Montego 
Bay, Spanish Town, Port Antonio (not uncommon along 
the coast to the eastward), 

Glutophrissa ?drusilla, Cram. Common at Constant 
Spring, also taken at Montego Bay. This species usually 
flies high, frequenting flowering trees and so out of reach. 
My specimens are small, especially the females, which 
are quite devoid of black markings. Somewhat similar 


e 
48 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Notes on 


specimens from Jamaica and other islands were named by 
Mr. Butler daire, Godt., but the type of Godart’s insect 
came from Brazil. In the museum at Kingston this bears 
the name Appias poeyi, Butl. It is perhaps the Mylothris 
margarita of Hiibner. It would be interesting to see 
Jamaican specimens taken in the wet season, for the 
presumption is that mine are of the dry form. 

Sphenogona adamsi, Lathy. Of this butterfly, so rare 
in collections, I was fortunate enough to secure a male and 
three females. One of the latter was taken near Constant 
Spring, the other three specimens on the Manchester 
Mountains, viz. one at Contrivance, about 2700 feet, the 
other two on Mile Gully Mountain at nearly the same 
elevation. 

The solitary specimen in the National Collection is 
from “ Kingston, Jamaica.” 

Terias euterpe, Ménét, 39%, 219. The commonest 
species of the genus in Jamaica, Constant Spring 
(abundant), Gordon Town (not common), Castleton, Man- 
deville, Ramble (abundant), Montego Bay, Walderston 
(not common), Port Antonio (common). 

As this little butterfly flits along close to the ground it 
appears to be easy to catch; however, it goes faster than 
one would think; its flight is jerky, and when struck at it 
almost always goes down into the herbage and so escapes 
the net again and again. This remark must be held to 
apply to several species of Z'erias, which were not always 
distinguished in the field. 

A male was taken at Mackfield with a small sym- 
metrical injury to each hind-wing. 

Terias westwoodit, Boisd. (The Jamaican form, ? dina, 
Poey.) Three males, two females. Only met with at 
Montego Bay. It flies more freely and more strongly 
than the last. 

The Jamaican specimens are small and pale: the black 
on the hind-margin (especially in the female) is limited to 
the tip of the fore-wing. 

Terias messalina, Fabr., 10 Z, 10 2. Constant Spring, 
Hotel Grounds and wood to N.E., Mackfield (common), 
Montego Bay, Spanish Town, Port Antonio. 

Terias delia, Cram., 16 7,149. Widely distributed, but 
not so common as euterpe. Constant Spring (common), 
Castleton, Mandeville, Mackfield, Montego Bay, Walder- 
ston, Port Antonio. 


some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. 49 


A male taken above Constant Spring at about 1000 
feet elevation on January Ist; another male taken near 
Chancery Hall, 500 feet, on January 8th, approached the 
form lydia, Feld., in having the longitudinal black streak 
broader than usual. On the other hand, another male 
taken somewhat below the first named and on the same 
day has no black streak at all, merely the streak of orange. 

Terias elathea, Cram., 3 3, 1 2. Scarce. Constant 
Spring, Montego Bay, Port Antonio (Shotover Hill). 

This butterfly appears to be specifically distinct from 
delia, Cram., but is certainly very closely allied to it. The 
females are difficult to distinguish, and some specimens of 
the male sex not easy. In two males from Venezuela one 
has the black streak obsolescent, in the other entirely 
absent with indeed very little orange. 

Preris phileta, Fabr. (monuste, Hiibn. et auct. nec Linn.), 
43,12. Only met with at Montego Bay, and at Con- 
trivance, Walderston. 

The flight of this buttery is sometimes extremely 
swift, and it exercised my active Portuguese servant and 
myself very severely to secure three specimens near the 
shore of Montego Bay. Sometimes it may be taken at the 
flowers of Hupatoriwm odoratum, Linn. During life the 
clubs of the antennz are of a beautiful turquoise blue. 


PAPILIONIN. 

Papilio polydamas, Linn. (f. polycrates, Hopff.). 7 speci- 
mens. Constant Spring (common), below Gordon Town, 
Spanish Town. Not seen on the high land. 

Fond of flowers, especially Bougainvillea, fluttering as 
it feeds, as many of the family do. A specimen observed 
flying in deep shade about 5 p.m. settled on a dead leaf 
and closed its wings; the underside was distinctly cryptic. 

All my specimens are of the insular form in which the 
marginal spots of the fore-wing are paler, those of the 
hind-wing greener, than in South American examples: 
the marginal pattern on the underside of the hind-wing is 
coarser, with more brick-red and more white in it. 


HESPERIID”. 


Hudamus proteus, Linn. 9 specimens. Constant Spring, 
below Gordon Town, Port Antonio (common). Has 
a quiet flapping flight; at rest all its wings are nearly 
upright, but the fore-wings much sloped back, the tails at 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PARTI. (MAY) 4 


50 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Notes on 


right angles to the plane of the hind-wings. Frequents 
Bougainvillxa flowers. : 

EHudamas catillus, Cram. Two specimens, taken late 
in the afternoon in a wood at Montego Bay; flight not 
very swift. 

Thymele grenadensis, Schaus. A very worn specimen, on 
the bank of the Rio Cobre, Spanish Town. It settled 
repeatedly on the same spot. 

Telegonus hurga, Schaus. A worn specimen, in the 
Mahogany Wood, Rockalva, Ramble. It was very bold, 
returning again and again to rest on the same fallen tree. 

Perichares corydon, Fabr. Two. Mackfield, Montego 
Bay. 

Prenes nyctelius, Latr. Three. Mandeville, Port 
Antonio (“Shotover,” East Harbour), 

Prenes ares, Feld. One. “Shotover,” Port Antonio. 

Anastrus simplicior, Moschl. One. Cold Harbour, 
Port Antonio. Rests with the wings fully expanded. 

Acolastes amyntas, Linn. One, taken by Mrs. Longstaff 
in the Botanic Garden, Castleton. 

Serdis aurinia, Plotz. Ove of each sex, taken at the 
foot of Park Mount, Port Antonio, about 2.30 p.m. A 
very distinct insect identified by Mr. H. H. Druce with 
Plotz excellent figure of the male from a Jamaican 
specimen. The insect does not seem to be known in 
British collections. Mr. Godman (“ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,” 
Aug. 1907) says of the figure that it probably belongs to 
Limochares or Serdis. Mabille places it in his genus 
Serdis under the heading “Species non vise” (Genera 
Insectorum, Hesperidee, p. 144).* 

Ephyriades otreus, Cram. One specimen, near Chancery 
Hall, Constant Spring; settled on a projecting grass stem 
with wings fully expanded. 

Hesperia syrichthus, Fabr. Twelve. Generally dis- 
tributed over the Island, especially common at Mande- 
ville and Port Antonio. A somewhat variable species 
within limits. It rests with the wings fully expanded. 

Hylephila phyleus, Drury. Five. This brillant little 


* On April 5, 1908, Mr. H. H. Druce wrote saying that among 
some oddments in the British Museum he had come across the type 
of Butler’s Pamphila insolata. (See Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1878, 
p. 483). The specimen is from Jamaica (labelled insolita), and 
appears to be identical with my insects, Butler’s name has priority 
since Plétz published his description in 1883. 


some Butterflies taken in Jamaica. 51 


golden Skipper was common near the shore, Port 
Antonio. ; 

Catia drurii, Latr. Two. Below Gordon Town, ec. 800 
feet, and on the Park Mount Road, Port Antonio, c. 600 
feet. Very hard to see. It rests with all the wings up, 
the fore-wings much sloped back. 

Catia vesuria, Plotz. One, taken by my Portuguese 
servant in the garden at Walderston. 

Morys valerius, Moschl. Four. Two above Constant 
Spring, c. 700 feet ; two on “Shotover,” Port Antonio. 

Thymelicus vibex, Hiibn. (The yeilowest form is com- 
binata, Plotz., H. H. Druce.) A female came to light at 
Montego Bay. 

Cymznes silius, Latr. One, in the wood above the Jam 
Factory, Constant Spring. 


I call attention to the number of species in which 
Jamaican examples differ from Venezuelan in the replace- 
ment of black or grey by fulvous, or orange brown. It is 
true that the soil of Jamaica, even where the formation is 
white coralline limestone, is often of an orange brown 
colour, but it scarcely seems possible to connect the two 
as cause and effect. 


( 53) 


III. On some of the Butterflies of Tobago. By G. B. 
LonestTaAFF, M.D., F.R.C.P., F.E.S. 


[Read November 6, 1907.] 


A GLANCE at the map shows that this island stands 
outside the crescent of the Lesser Antilles, or Windward 
Islands, about 20 miles to the north-east of Trinidad in 
latitude 11° 15’ N. The southernmost of the Windward 
Islands proper, Grenada, is about 70 miles W.N.W. of 
Tobago. It is therefore pretty obvious that, geographically 
speaking, Tobago belongs to South America rather than to 
the West Indies. The mountains of the north-east coast of 
Venezuela, consisting for the most part of clay-slates and 
schists believed to be of Silurian age, run by way of the 
pevinsula of Paria and the islets of the Bocas, along the 
northern coast of Trinidad, and would appent to be 
prolonged to the eastern half of Tobago. 

In area Tobago is about equal to the “county of inden, 
comprising but ‘114 square miles, and therefore only about 
three-fourths of the size of the Isle of Wight, and only 
one-fifteenth of that of its neighbour. (Trinidad area, 1754 
square miles = Lancashire.) The south-western portion 
of the island, which is low and more or less flat, is formed 
of coralline limestone, and is completely cultivated. The 
central and north-eastern portions are hilly, rising to 
2000 feet, and in large part covered with forest, some of it 
virgin, but much of it of second growth, or “rastrajo.” 
The destruction of the forest is proceeding apace. 

My stay was limited to eight days, April 3-10, 1907, 
of which, thanks to the hospitality of the Hon. H. L. 
Thornton and Mr. G. H. Sworder, three were spent at 
their estate, “Cocoa Wattie,’ the remainder near the 
coast. 

We found the neighbourhood of Scarborough, the 
capital, for some miles on either side of the town very 
dry and parched, though we were told that there had been 
“some nice showers at night” during March. The Trade- 
wind blows very strongly along the coast, a dry, hot wind 
which greatly increases the difficulties of the collector. 

Cocoa Wattie is a plantation near the middle of the 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 


all 


54 Dr. G. B. Longstaff on some 


island towards the confines of cultivation, lying about 
550 feet above sea-level. The wooded banks of a small 
river and some swampy hollows clothed with coarse grass 
and thin scrub afforded the best collecting grounds, and 
yielded, as might have been expected, a somewhat different 
fauna from that of the coast. It rained heavily on 
April 8th. 

Anosia archippus, Faby. 33,19. Rather common in 
the outskirts of Scarborough; one specimen at Cocoa 
Wattie. Those taken resemble the specimens from the 
mainland, though one individual, a 2, approached Jamaican 
specimens in colouring. 

ELuptychia hermes, Faby. (camerta, Cram.). 5. Abundant 
at Cocoa Wattie. 

Euptychia hesione, Sulz. 6. Common at Cocoa Wattie. 

I have taken this species and the following flying during 
rain. 

Heliconius hydara, Hew. 3 $,2 9. Rather common 
on the river bank at Cocoa Wattie. All the specimens 
are small, three extremely small; four of them have the 
bluish gloss (as in the form guarica, Reak., though that is 
a larger insect) which Mr, W. J. Kaye associates with wet 
conditions. 

Precis lavinia, Cram. (f. zonalis, Feld.). 22. An example 
taken near the coast of the dry form, but with the anterior 
ocellus on the hind-wing very small. (Mr. W. J. Kaye 
has two very dark specimens from Mexico in which this 
ocellus is altogether wanting; in the National Collection 
there is a specimen from Colombia in which there are no 
ocelli on the upper surface, and only faint indications of 
them beneath.) The Cocoa Wattie example is “‘inter- 
mediate,” approaching the “wet” form. Both the 
specimens would probably be called by Mr. Godman 
cena, Hiibn, and by West Indian entomologists 
genoveva, Cram.; I follow Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall’s 
recent rearrangement of the splendid series at South 
Kensington. 

Anartia jatrophe, Linn. 38. On the coast, not common. 
Those taken are pale in colour and semi-transparent, of 
the mainland form. 

Anartia amalthea, Linn. One at Cocoa Wattie. Messrs. 
Godman and Salvin* say of this species: “ Barbados, a 


* Godman and Salvin, ‘ Butterflies of St. Vincent, Grenada, 
etc.,” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, p. 515. 


| 
i 


~ Chad 


of the Butterflies of Tobago. 55 


single specimen . . . not previously noted from any West 
Indian island.” 

Dynamine theseus, Feld. This pretty little butterfly was 
common both on the coast and inland. It has a rapid 
gliding flight, but otherwise has some of the habits of a 
Lycenid, thus it often settles with its head downwards, and 
more than once I saw it move its hind-wings rapidly 
immediately after settling; the insect was, however, too 
shy to enable me to make out the exact nature of this 
movement. 

Cystineura cana, Erichs. Two specimens on the coast, 
and two at Cocoa Wattie. It has a gliding flight. 

Leptotes (Tarucus) cassius, Cram. 2 g, 2 9. Of the 
mainland form, in which white prevails over blue. Rather 
common along the coast; three specimens were small, but 
one female was larger than usual. 

Catochrysops hanno, Stoll. (? monops, Zell.). One 
specimen to the east of Scarborough. 

Thecla beon, Cram. 4. One specimen on the shore to 
the south-west of the town at the flowers of the Sea- 
side Grape (Coccoloba wvifera, Jacq.); rather common 
at Cocoa Wattie, frequenting the flowers of a purple 
papilionaceous shrub. 

Theela politus, H. H. Druce. A 2 at Cocoa Wattie. 

Thecla nubes, H. H. Druce, n. sp. One specimen at the 
Sea-side Grape, near Hillsborough ; four at Cocoa Wattie 
at the pink flowers of a creeper.* 

Callicista bubastus, Cram. (salona, Hiibn.). One taken 
in Fort George, another at the flowers of the Sea-side 
Grape, near Hillsborough on the coast. 

Terias nise, Cram., 3 3, 3 @, all of the “ wet-season”’ form. 
Common near the coast. 

Terias albula, Cram. 3. Near the coast, less common 
than the last; one taken two miles inland on the road to 
Cocoa Wattie. 

Pieris phileta, Fabr. (monuste, Auct. nec Linn.). Two 
males under the coco-nut palms to the west of the town. 

Callidryas eubule, Linn. (f. senne, Linn.). Abundant in 
Scarborough and along the coast towards the east, tearing 
about in all directions, but not at all common at Cocoa 
Wattie. Six f and four 2 taken, of these three were of 
the “ wet-season ” form, seven “intermediate,” but all were 


* H. H. Druce, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1907, p. 625. 


al 


56 Dr. G. B. Longstaff on some 


very small. I noted that the males were attracted in 
numbers by the flowers of the Pineapple (Ananassa sativa, 
Lindl.) in the Government Botanic Station. 

Phebis agarithe, Boisd. 33,19. Common to the east of 
Scarborough ; very showy on the wing, though very difficult 
to catch, being not merely a strong flier, but also wary and 
seldom remaining on a flower for more than a few seconds, 
moreover it seems to like exposed places in the full blast 
of the Trade-wind. Those taken were all small, one 
male remarkably so; they are moreover much paler than 
specimens in the Hope Collection from Barbados and 
Venezuela. 

Eudamus catillus, Cram. One small specimen on the 
shore to the west of the town. 

Pyrrhopyge venezuele, Scudder. One at Cocoa Wattie. 

Hesperia syrichthus, Fabr. Common on the coast; one 
example at Cocoa Wattie. 

Callimormus corades, Feld. Three at Cocoa Wattie. 

Systacea erosa, Hiibn. One at Cocoa Wattie. In this 
species the fore-wings are remarkably convex. 

Epeus veleda, Godm. and 8. One at Cocoa Wattie. 

Megistias cortica, Plotz. (epiberus, Mabille.). One at 
Cocoa Wattie. 

Cymexnes silius, Latr. One at Cocoa Wattie. This 
species rests with the wings in the same position as our 
Pamplhila thawmas and P. sylvanus. 

Of the 28 species in this list, 24* are known to Mr. 
Kaye as occurring in Trinidad; those not met with 
in both islands being Phabis agarithe, Thecla nubes, Epeus 
veleda and Callimormus corades. None of these is recorded 
by Messrs. Godman and Salvin from the Lesser Antilles. 

As regards the general abundance of Butterflies, Tobago 
occupies a position between Jamaica and _ Trinidad. 
Whereas eight days’ collecting in Tobago yielded 28 species, 
seven days’ in Trinidad yielded 61; but it took ten weeks 
to get together 47 species in Jamaica. On the other 
hand, Venezuela proved much richer than any of these 
islands, for 135 species were collected in fifteen days. 

In addition to the above I saw on the wing, about a 
mile from Cocoa Wattie, Caligo sp.; also Mr. Sworder gave 
me specimens of Jthomia pellucida, Hoptt., and Pteronymia 
asopo, Feld., which he had taken at Cocoa Wattie, and he 
showed me specimens of other butterflies which I did not 


* Of these 24 at least 19 also occur in Venezuela. 


of the Butterflies of Tobago. 57 


happen upon alive, including Morpho sp. The Hope Col- 
lection has Zerias westwoodii, Boisd., from Tobago. Neither 
this last named nor P. asopo have as yet been recorded 
from ‘Trinidad. 

My cordial thanks are due to Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., 
and the assistants of the Hope Department, Oxford; to 
Mr. F. A. Heron and Mr. W. J. Kaye; and more especially 
to Dr. F. A. Dixey for naming the Pierines, and Mr. H. H. 
Druce for naming the Lycznids and Hesperids, and for 
describing a new species. 


( 59 ) 


IV. On the Metamorphoses of two Hemiptera-Heteroptera 
from Southern China. By J. C. W. KERsHaw, 
F.E.S., and G. W. KrrKacpy, F.E.S. 


(Read February 5th, 1908. ] 
PLATES IV, V. 


In the Transactions of this Society for 1907 (Part II) the 
metamorphoses of Tessaratoma papillosa were described 
by Kershaw and Muir. A similar paper by Kershaw 
and Kirkaldy on those of Dindymus sanguineus and 
Cenocoris marginatus will appear in the Journal of the 
Bombay Natural History Society, and the same authors 
now offer notes on the metamorphoses of Chrysocoris stolli 
and Riptortus linearis. 


Chrysocoris stollia (Wolff). 


This species has, so far as we are aware, been figured 
previously in the adult state only by Wolff (with his 
original description) and by Westwood (as Callidea stoc- 
kerus, in his edition of Donovan’s “ Insects of China,” PI. 
21, fig. 1 [1842] ). Itis distributed rather widely, from India 
to South China via Burma. It is also recorded from the 
Nicobars, Formosa and North China. 

The female lays a batch of about a dozen eggs on leaves 
of many plants, among which the following seem to be 
the chief— 


Glochidion obscurum, Bl. 

G. eriocarpum, Champion + N. O. Huphorbiacee. 
G. macrophyllum, Benth. | 

Psychotria elliptica, Ker., N. O. Rubiacee. 


The nymphs and adults feed on the fruit of these 
plants; the newly-hatched nymphs would also accept 
Lantana berries and banana, though these are probably 
not their natural food. 

Some females in captivity laid batches of eggs at in- 
tervals, but without the red markings (presently to be 
described), and none of these eggs hatched ; there was no 
male with these females. Similar eggs, however (which 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 


al 
60 Mr. J. C. W. Kershaw and Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy on 


never hatched), were laid by a female after copulation. 
This failure was certainly not due to mites or mould, as 
the eggs remained firm and of fresh colour for several 
weeks. It is probable that the females copulate after 
each batch of eggs is laid. 

The eggs are laid touching one another, and are pale 
hyaline-green, almost globular. A darkish-red marking 
like a small nail (thus T), and below this a curved red 
marking (thus @ ), the two resembling an anchor, There 
is no peculiar cap to the egg, the hinge being merely 
indicated by a ring of minute protuberances like a string 
of pearls (PL IV, figs, 1 and 1a). 

On the morning of August 28th, 1907, eleven ova were 
laid, and on the morning of the 30th a black mark showed on 
the centre of the curved red marking, the latter becoming 
slightly altered. The next morning the general colouring 
was yellowish, or pale pinkish-yellow, the red markings as 
before. The nymphs hatched the same afternoon, less 
than four days, remaining for several hours in a cluster on 
one side of the empty shells, eating nothing till after the 
first moult. 

This first instar is shining black, with yellowish-white 
markings (PI. IV, fig. 2). 

The first moult took place on the afternoon of September 
3rd, the metallic colouring then first appearing (fig. 3).* 
The nymphs then separated to feed, re-forming in a 
semicircular cluster at night. These young nymphs stand 
up very high on their legs. 

The second moult took place on the 12th (fig. 4), and the 
third on the 21st September, and soon after the few 
remaining ones died. Fig. 5 represents the penultimate (?) 
nymphal instar of a closely allied species, while fig. 6 
shows the final nymph of C. sto//ii, the adult being shown 
at figs. 7 and 8.+ 

The adults have a strong, disagreeable smell. They 
fly well, but rather heavily, and are common in wooded 
places and jungle during the wet season, though they are 
to be found throughout the year. During the dry season 
on very cold days they hide away under leaves, etc., often 
creeping between leaves which a spider has fastened 
together. 


* They are pale red for a few minutes after the moult. 
{+ The pronotum is a little foreshortened in fig. 7, the lateral 
margins of the pronotum being straighter. 


Metamorphoses of Hemiptera-Heteroptera from S. China. 61 


Riptortus linearis (Linné). 

This species is widely distributed from India to China 
via Burma, and from Ceylon through the Indo-Malayan 
Archipelago. It has been figured only in Herrich- 
Schiiffer’s “ Wanzenartigen Insekten ” (vol. viii, fig. 867), 
a rare work. 

Riptortus linearis is apparently entirely vegetarian, feed- 
ing on the seed-pods of various Leguminose, etc., princi- 
pally Cassia occidentalis, Linné, Desmodium spulchellwm, 
Benth., and Pueraria phaseoloides, Benth. 

The ova are deposited irregularly on the stems and 
leaves, and are cauldron-shaped, dark bronzy-brown, 
sometimes slightly dusted with a whitish waxy substance 
(like that on most Hesperid pup). There is no special 
cap. On September 30th, 1907, eleven ova were laid 
(Pl. V, fig. 1), which hatched on October 6th. The newly- 
hatched nymphs are shiny reddish-yellow-brown ; legs 
and antenne semi-transparent, pale yellow-brown, and are 
very like small red ants (fig. 6). The first moult occurred 
on October 8th, with very little change, but the nymphs 
are now larger and darker. 

The second moult took place on the 13th, and the 
nymphs are now very dark, but with little change except 
in size and colour (figs. 2 and 3). 

The third moult was on the 18th, the general hue being 
dark grey-brown, the tegminal pads quite large, but not 
noticeable unless examined closely (fig. 4). The adults 
hatched out on October 23rd (fig. 5). 

For some minutes after each moult the entire bug is 
pinkish or pale red. In each instar the first segment of 
the tarsi and the antennal articulations are pale. The 
dorsal odoriferous flaps are very conspicuous in the 
nymphs. 

The last moult is soon accomplished, the adult (as it 
rids itself of the nymphal skin) being pale yellowish-pink, 
the wing veins darker pink. The apices of the tegmina 
are at first slightly crumpled and rather shorter than the 
apex of the abdomen, but are smooth and flush within 
fifteen minutes. Within an hour of the ecdysis the 
natural colouring is complete, chiefly bronzy-brown. The 
bug apparently sometimes has an extra nymphal instar. 

Throughout the nymphal instars the bug is exceedingly 
like an ant, the later ones closely resembling one of the 


- 
62 Mr. J. C. W. Kershaw and Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy. 


commonest Chinese ants, a large black-and-grey species. 
It is not believed, however, that there is any “ protective 
resemblance” in this association. The nymphs are very 
active, and stand high on their legs, while the adults 
spread out the hind-legs very flat, so that the body is near 
the surface on which the bug rests. 

The adults give off astrong smell when irritated. They 
fly well, and are very common on low herbage and rank 
vegetation, while from the amount of liquid excrement 
they pass, they must injure very much the plants on 
which they feed. They are common throughout the wet 
season, especially August and September. 


EXPLANATION OF Puates IV, V. 


[See Explanation facing the PLATES. ] 


vy A 
ee) fe ae 
ns poe 


4 


Fig, 1. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. 


Chrysocoris stollii (Wolff). 


Ovum on the first day, natural size and enlarged, viewed 
from on top and at the side. 


la. The same, looking on top, the third day. 


2. 
3. 
4. 


5. 
6. 


Nymph just hatched. 

Second instar. 

Third instar ; after this the bug remains much the same 
in colour and pattern. 

Penultimate (?) instar of an allied species. 

Penultimate instar. 


7 and 8, Adult. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Plate IV. 


be j 3) 


Mm  & 
Qo w" 


pep Garis, (del = Andre & Sleigh, Ltd. 


CHRYSOCORIS STOLLIT, Wolff. 


wae ede ayt! 


Fia. 


6. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. 


Riptortus linearis (Linné). 


1. Ova, natural size and enlarged. 

2. Third nymphal instar, enlarged. 
3. 
4 
5 


The same, natural size. 


. Ultimate nymphal instar, twice natural size. 
. Adult, natural size. 


First nymphal instar, much enlarged. 


Food-plant : Cassia occidentalis, Linné, N. O. Leqguminose. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. Plate V. 


eG: K., del, Andre & Sleigh, Ltd. 
RIPTORTUS LINEARIS, Linné. 


( 63 ) 


V Notes on the Thynnide, with remarks on some aberrant 
genera of the Scoliide. By RowLanp E. TURNER. 


I HAVE recently dealt with the Thynnidz of Australia, 
and now offer some remarks on those of South America, 
together with descriptions of a few new species and some 
notes on the Scoliid genera /swara and Anthobosca, which 
are in my opinion most nearly related to Myzine. I can- 
not at present undertake a full revision of the Thynnide 
of South America owing to the want of sufficient material, 
and also to the impossibility of identifying the majority of 
Klug’s species without a full examination of the types. 
The females, except in the genus Alwrus, Klug, have 
the palpi fully developed as to the number of joints, that 
is, maxillary palpi six- and labial palpi four-jointed, differ- 
ing markedly in this particular from the bulk of the 
Australian Thynnide. The clypeus in the male is usually 
emarginate, sometimes very broadly as in typical Hlaphro- 
ptera, sometimes narrowly and deeply as in typical Scotena. 
The name Llaphroptera given by Guérin (1839) has usually 
been used for the bulk of the South American species, 
though the name Scotzna given by Klug (1810) has priority, 
and should have been retained if the species were regarde 
as forming one genus only. Ashmead has recently (“ Cana- 
dian Entomologist,’ 1903) attempted a detailed classifica- 
tion, but being based on the differences in the hypopygium 
it must be considered as almost valueless; such differences, 
though of importance as specific distinctions, being of little 
or no value for broader classification, and not usually 
running on parallel lines with the characters of the females. 
In all the males which I have been able to examine the 
labrum, though varying much in shape, is produced from 
below near the apex so as to form a more or less trans- 
verse trough at the apex; a peculiarity which does not, 
as far as I know, occur in any Australian species. The 
mandibles of the males vary much in form, and will pro- 
bably prove to be one of the most useful characters for 
classification. They are usually bidentate, sometimes 
simply curved; but in many cases, as in typical Elaphro- 
ptera, strongly elbowed. In the genus Telephoromyia the 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 


64 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 
mandibles are tridentate, or, in one or two Peruvian species 


which I have placed provisionally in that genus, very 
irregular and broad, with three or more teeth. In the 


present state of our knowledge any attempt at classifica-. 


tion must be of a very provisional nature, and I do not 
think it advisable to form new genera at present. I apply 
the name Scotwna, Klug, to the species in which the males 
have the mandibles bidentate, not elbowed, the clypeus 
narrowly and more or less deeply emarginate, and the 
hypopygium usually blunt. Ovnepetes, Guér., and Spilo- 
thynnus, Ashm., do not seem to differ very much, and I do 
not see that Spilothynnus can be retained as a distinct 
genus ; Ornepetes seems to be very near Scotwna, but may 
be retained as a sub-genus at least. The typical species of 
Scotena have the abdominal segments constricted at the 
base, which is not the case in Ornepetes. Telephoromyia, 
Guér., may be distinguished by the mandibles, which have 
three or more teeth, the clypeus usually with a small 
depression at the apex, giving an appearance of emargina- 
tion, the hypopygium is always unarmed. The females 
which I class with this genus have the pronotum much 
longer than broad and not excavated, the prosternum pro- 
duced anteriorly and forming a neck, the first abdominal 
segment narrow at the base, the second transversely cari- 
nated, and the pygidium truncate. With this genus I would 
include the two species described by Weyenbergh (Berlin 
Ent. Zeit., xxvii, 281, 1883) as Tachypterus argentinus and 
cordoviensis. The males seem to differ from Zelephoromyia 
only in the point of junction of the second recurrent 
nervure; the female is not available to me, and the descrip- 
tion is too poor to be of much use, but shows that it can- 
not belong to Diamma. Pseudelaphroptera, Ashm., and 
Anodontyra, Westw., seem to me to be rather closely related 
to each other, but should certainly be kept as distinct 
genera until more material is available. In some of the 
females of the former genus the anterior ocellus is present, 
though very small. I follow André in considering that 
Pycnothynnus, Ashm., should be sunk in Elaphroptera, 
though that genus may have to be subdivided. Klugianus, 
Ashm., will probably stand as a good genus, but the female 
isstill unknown. The genus Amblysoma, Westw., appears 
to be quite distinct, but I have not seen specimens. 
Aijlurus, Klug, forms another group with very distinct 
females. 


a 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliide. 65 


Thynnus luzonicus, 0. sp. 


¢. Antenne shorter than the thorax. Clypeus very prominent 
and almost pointed at the base, deflexed to the apex and very broadly 
truncate. Mandibles blunt at the apex, the tooth on the inner 
margin very slightly developed. Head closely and rather finely 
punctured, the interantennal prominence touching the base of the 
clypeus ; the front with a median longitudinal sulca not quite reach- 
ing-the anterior ocellus, Thorax closely punctured, most finely on 
the pronotum and on the sides of the mesonotum. Scutellum broadly 
rounded posteriorly, with a slight subtuberculate prominence on the 
middle of the apical margin ; the postscutellum covering the median 
segment, which is vertically truncate. Abdomen shining, sparsely 
but rather deeply punctured ; elongate conical, the first segment as 
broad as the second and vertically truncate anteriorly ; the sixth 
ventral segment with a spine on each side at the apical angles. The 
dorsal plate of the epipygium is produced from the base, rounded at 
the apex and longitudinally striated. Hypopygium with a stout 
spine on each side near the basal angles, thence rather broadly pro- 
duced and truncate at the apex with a broad apical spine ; obliquely 
striated above, 

Black ; the clypeus, the mandibles except at the apex, the inner 
orbits of the eyes, not reaching the summit, a narrow line behind 
but not touching the eyes, two large spots between the antenna, a 
small spot on each side on the vertex, the margins of the pronotum 
narrowly, a spot on the mesopleure below the anterior wings, 
another above the base of the intermediate coxee, the tegule, a short 
oblique line behind them, a longitudinal line on each side on the 
posterior half of the disc of the mesonotum, a broad transverse band 
on the middle of the scutellum and a spot at each of its basal angles, 
the postscutellum, the truncation of the median segment and a large 
spot on the sides, a broadly interrupted transverse band near the 
middle of the four basal abdominal segments, a spot on each side on 
the fifth and sixth segments, a spot at the apex of the first ventral 
segment and one on each side on segments 2-5, the anterior cox 
beneath, the apex of the intermediate and posterior coxw and the 
femora beneath yellow. Tibia and tarsi ferruginous, Wings 
hyaline tinged with yellow, nervures black. 

Length 21 mm. 


Hab. Atpay, S.E. Luzon (Whitehead expedition). 

Type in B. M. 

This is a true Thynnus of the typical group, and is 
interesting as extending the range of the genus far beyond 
the limits hitherto recorded. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.— PARTI. (MAY) 5 


- 
66 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


Thynnus siccus, 0. sp. 


¢d. Clypeus much produced, broadly truncate at the apex and 
irregularly longitudinally striated. Labrum narrowed to the apex, 
projecting much beyond the clypeus. Antenne as long as the head 
and thorax combined. Head rather small, narrower than the thorax, 
closely and finely punctured, the interantennal prominence broadly 
V-shaped and a short longitudinal carina between the antenne. 
Thorax finely and closely punctured ; the pronotum very broadly, 
but slightly, emarginate anteriorly ; the scutellum rounded at the 
apex, the postscutellum covering the median segment which is 
vertically truncate. Abdomen closely punctured ; the three basal 
segments of about equal breadth, the first vertically truncate an- 
teriorly. A very short spine on each side at the apical angles of the 
sixth ventral segment. Dorsal plate of the epipygium produced 
from the base and longitudinally striated. Hypopygium longitudin- 
ally striated above, with a spine on each side near the base, thence 
narrowly produced, subtruncate at the apex, with an acute apical 
spine. 

Light yellow ; the antennz, a broad band on the vertex between 
the eyes, advanced in the middle and surrounding the ocelli, con- 
nected on each side with a longitudinal line reaching the base of the 
antennz, a spot on each side of the clypeus below the base of the 
antenne, the short frontal carina, a small oblique spot on each side 
of the pronotum, the sides of the mesonotum and a large semi- 
circular mark on the anterior margin, the mesosternum, the basal 
and apical inargins of the six basal abdominal segments and the 
whole of the seventh segment black. Wings hyaline, nervures » 
fuscous. 

Length 17 mm. 


Hab, KiILLALPANIMA, east of Lake Eyre, S.A. (Hi. J. 
Hillier). 
Type in B, M. 


Telephoromyia peruviana, n. sp. 


¢. Mandibles very broad, slightly but very broadly emarginate 
on the basal half of the outer margin, curved inwards near the apex 
and terminating in an acute tooth ; a tooth on the inner margin at 
the base of the apical tooth and another above it near the middle of 
the inner margin, the margin between the two teeth forming a sharp 
cutting edge ; another prominent tooth above, the mandible from 
the outer margin to the tooth nearly half as broad as the total length, 
the inner margin sharply angulated at the last tooth, the apical 


Se Ss ay eae 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliide. 67 


portion bent downwards. The portion of the margin on which the 
teeth are situated might perhaps be more correctly described as a 
very broad apical margin. Clypeus shining, depressed and trans- 
verse, deeply depressed on the middle of the apical margin giving 
the appearance of a narrow emargination with a low tubercle on each 
side at the base of the emargination. The maxille are slender, the 
galea small with the usual dividing membranous line rather indis- 
tinctly marked ; the first joint of the maxillary palpi is very short, 
the three apical joints rather longer and more slender than the 
second and third ; the labial palpi are four-jointed, the basal joint 
much the longest; the labrum is short and transverse, broadly 
truncated and ciliated at the apex, expanding from beneath and from 
the angles into a depressed, subconcave and rounded process, pro- 
jecting far beyond the true apical margin. Antenne about as long 
as the head and thorax without the median segment, nearly as far 
from each other at the base as from the eyes, the six apical joints 
arcuate. Head, thorax and sides of the abdomen with thin grey 
pubescence, cinereous on the front. Head finely and very closely 
punctured, with an obscure, longitudinal, frontal carina not reaching 
the base of the clypeus. Pronotum narrower than the head, short and 
narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin slightly raised. Mesonotum 
and median segment closely and finely punctured ; scutellum shining 
and sparsely punctured, slightly raised above the mesonotum. 
Median segment rounded, with a faintly-depressed line from the 
base not reaching the apex ; a short, deeply-impressed, longitudinal 
sulca on each side at the apex. Abdomen elongate, nearly half as 
long again as the head and thorax combined, shining and very 
sparsely punctured ; the first segment with a deep sulca from the 
base to the middle; the segments are not constricted at the base. 
Hypopygium narrow and rather long, rounded at the apex, the sides 
almost parallel. 

Black ; the mandibles, except the margins very narrowly and the 
apex, the clypeus, a large triangular spot between the eye and the 
base of the antenna, an oblique spot above the base of each antenna, 
a small spot on the inner orbit near the summit of the eye, the 
cheeks with a narrow continuing line broadly interrupted in the 
middle on the posterior margin of the head, the margins of the 
pronotum narrowly interrupted in the middle, the anterior margin 
broadly interrupted on the sides, a spot on the disc of the mesonotum, 
a curved line above the tegule, an irregularly-curved band on the 
mesopleure, a spot before the base of the intermediate coxa, a large 
spot on the scutellum and a small spot at the anterior angles, a line 
on the postscutellum narrowly interrupted on the sides, a broad 
longitudinal and slightly oblique band on each side of the median 


sl 
68 Mr. R. E, Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, — 


segment, a small spot at the apex of the median segment, a large 
round spot on each side of the six basal abdominal segments, usually 
very narrowly emarginate at the base, a spot on each side of ventral 
segments 2-5, and the coxie and femora beneath bright yellow ; the 
spines of the tibize testaceous. Wings hyaline, nervures black, the 
stigma ferruginous. The third cubital cell is very much longer 
than the second, and receives the second recurrent nervure at about 
one-third of the distance from the base. 

Length 13 mm, 

?. Mandibles simple, without teeth. Clypeus broadly emarginate 
at the apex. Antenne inserted close to each other, with a small 
deeply-hollowed space on each side above the base nearly reaching 
the eyes. Head in front more than half as broad again as long, 
strongly rounded posteriorly, very closely and finely punctured, 
with a short, median, frontal sulea. Maxillary palpi six, labial 
palpi four-jointed, shorter and more slender than in the male. 
Thorax finely and sparsely punctured ; the prothorax subcylindrical, 
longer than broad, slightly narrowed posteriorly, the anterior margin 
straight ; the prosternum produced anteriorly and forming a neck 
for the attachment of the head which is widely separated from the 
pronotum. Median segment obliquely sloped from the mesonotum, 
the surface flat and almost smooth, with a delicate carina from the 
base to the apex and the lateral margins slightly raised, broadened 
from the mesonotum. Abdomen strongly convex, much broader 
than the thorax, shining and very sparsely punctured; the basal 
segment narrowed and rather short, the apical margin depressed, 
most broadly at the sides; second segment with two transverse 
carine, the apical margin also raised, the carina nearest the base 
curved at the sides; the following segments narrowly depressed on 
the apical margin. Pygidium truncate posteriorly, the surface of 
the truncation small and subtriangular, with a tuft of hairs on each 
side ; the hypopygium expanding and rounded at the apex. 

Black ; the mandibles, antenne, legs, pygidium and the carinz 
on the second abdominal segment ferruginous brown ; a large semi- 
circular spot on each side above the base of the antennw and the 
anterior and intermediate femora beneath pale yellow ; the apex of 
the second abdominal segment and the sides of all the segments 
testaceous. 

Length 8 mm. 


Hab. URUBAMBA, Peru, 9000-—10,000 feet. 

It may be necessary to form a new genus for this species 
and the next, but it is certainly not advisable to do so 
while the female of typical Zelephoromyia is unknown. 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliidx. 69 


In some respects the males approach those of Scot#na, of 
which the females are still unknown, but the mandibles 
and clypeus are very different. 


Telephoromyia excisa, a. sp. 


¢. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the exterior tooth long and 
acute and bent inwards, the interior tooth short and rather blunt, 
from the base of the teeth the mandibles are much broadened towards 
the base and produced on the interior margin into a broadly tri- 
angular tooth, which when the mandibles are closed fits into the 
emargination of the clypeus. Clypeus broadly but very shallowly 
emarginate, smooth and shining, with an obscure tubercle at the 
base. Head rather small, scarcely broader than the mesonotum, 
finely and very closely punctured, with a short longitudinal carina 
above and between the base of the antenne, with a very delicate 
impressed line on each side of it touching the base of the antenne. 
The antenn as long as the head, thorax and median segment com- 
bined, the six apical joints strongly arched, the second joint of the 
flagellum shorter than the third. The whole head thinly clothed 
with long pubescence, black above, grey beneath. Thorax rather 
more coarsely and sparsely punctured than the head, the pronotum 
depressed anteriorly, the scutellum long. Median segment very 
shallowly transversely rugulose, as long as the mesonotum, with a 
short longitudinal depression on each side at the apex. Abdomen 
slender and elongate, about one-third longer than the rest of the 
insect, shining and very sparsely punctured, the first segment long 
narrowed at the base, with a slight tubercle on each side at one-third 
from the base, and with a median sulca from the base not reaching 
the middle. Epipygium strongly punctured at the apex, deflexed 
and produced, covering the hypopygium and deeply emarginate at 
the apex. Hypopygium narrow, obtuse at the apex. 

Black ; the mandibles except at the apex, the clypeus except the 
anterior margin, a small spot at the summit of the eyes, the margins 
of the eyes below the base of the antennex, a triangular spot on the 
scutellum, a transverse spot on the postscutellum, a large irregular 
spot occupying the sides of abdominal segments 1-6, enclosing a 
small black spot on segments 2-5, a spot on each side of ventral 
segments 2—5, a line beneath the intermediate and posterior femora, 
and the anterior tibiz except at the apex yellow; the intermediate 
and posterior tibize and tarsi fusco-ferruginous, the anterior tarsi 
fusco-ferruginous at the base, the three apical joints fuscous. Wings 
hyaline, faintly iridescent, nervures black, the stigma ferruginous. 


- 


70 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


The branch nervure dividing the first cubital cell is only indicated 
by a scar. 

The three apical joints of the maxillary palpi are longer and 
slenderer than the others. 

Length 17 mm., exp. of wings 31 mm. 


Hab. PERU. 

Type in Oxford University Museum. 

Allied to the last species, but differs in the form of the 
mandibles and clypeus, as well as in colour and size. 


Telephoromyia bituberculata, n. sp. 


?. Mandibles simple, rather short ; labrum prominent ; maxillary 
palpi short, six-jointed ; labial palpi short, four-jointed. Clypeus 
truncate at the apex. Head about half as broad again as long, 
rounded at the posterior angles, twice as broad as the pronotum, 
finely and closely punctured, with a short, median, longitudinal 
sulea on the front. Pronotum narrow, longer than broad, the sides 
almost parallel, strongly convex ; the prosternum narrowly produced 
anteriorly, forming a neck; the anterior angles of the pronotum 
slightly produced, Mesonotum very small and narrowed posteriorly ; 
the median segment depressed, subtriangular, narrowly truncate at 
the base, the dorsal surface flat. Thorax and abdomen shining and 
sparsely punctured, most strongly on the abdomen. First abdominal 
segment compressed at the sides and strongly elevated to the middle 
which is subcarinate longitudinally, strongly produced anteriorly on 
the dorsal surface and overlapping the median segment for nearly 
half its length, pointed at the extremity and produced into a short 
bifurcate process. Second segment much broader than the first, 
with two strong transverse caring, curving forward at the sides, the 
space between the second carina and the apex almost smooth, the 
apical margin slightly raised. All the segments, except the second, 
narrowly depressed on the apical margin. Pygidium small, the 
epipygium ovate, finely rugose, surrounded by a dense fringe of 
rather short fulvous pubescence, almost vertically truncate, hypo- 
pygium produced, abruptly widened close to the apex and truncate. 
The ventral segments more strongly punctured, segments 2—4 with 
a large broadly triangular depressed surface in the middle of the 
apical margin. Intermediate cox widely separated, the intermediate 
and posterior tibia hollowed externally near the apex and strongly 
pubescent. Tarsal ungues bifid. 

Black ; a large spot on each side on the front round the base of 
the antenn, produced at the sides into a narrow line extending to 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliide. 71 


the vertex, the sides of the head and the anterior margin of the 
clypeus pale lutaceous yellow ; the mandibles, antenna, the carinee 
on the second abdominal segment, the pygidium, the tibize obscurely 
and the tarsi dull ferruginous brown; the apical margins of the 
abdominal segments above and beneath testaceous, 

Length 8mm. ¢ unknown. 


Hab. Menpoza, Argentina. (Purchased from H. Rolle.) 
Distinguished from all other species known at present 
by the form of the first abdominal segment. 


Scotena turbulenta, n. sp. 


¢. Mandibles not elbowed, bidentate, the outer tooth rather long 
and broad, the inner tooth very short and blunt. Clypeus deeply 
and rather broadly triangularly emarginate, the apical angles pro- 
duced. Antenne a little longer than the head, thorax and median 
segment combined, the seven apical joints arcuate, inserted about as 
far from each other as from the eyes. Head strongly punctured, no 
broader than the mesonotum. Thorax rather sparsely punctured ; 
the pronotum short with the anterior margin raised ; the scutellum 
broadly rounded at the apex, with a depressed transverse row of 
large punctures at the base. Median segment shining, very shallowly 
punctured, a little longer than the mesonotum. Abdomen elongate 
and slender, shining and sparsely punctured ; segments 2-5 con- 
stricted at the base and very narrowly depressed on the apical 
margin ; the basal segment very slender at the base with a minute 
tubercle on each side near the middle and a deep median sulca from 
the base reaching beyond the middle. Epipygium very deeply 
punctured and narrowly rounded at the apex ; hypopygium narrow 
and short, not projecting beyond the epipygium and truncate at the 
apex. The claspers are rather long and pointed. 

Black ; the mandibles except at the apex, the clypeus, aspot above 
the base of each antenna, the margins of the eyes as high as the 
base of the antennz, and a narrow line on the inner margin of the 
eyes near the summit, a transverse line on each side on the posterior 
margin of the head, the posterior margin of the pronotum, a spot on 
each side of the prothorax, a small round spot on the mesonotum, a 
curved line above; the tegulz, a curved spot below the base of the 
anterivr wings and two smaller spots below it, a spot on the scutel- 
lum and one on each side at its basal angles, the postscutellum, a 
spot on the sides of the median segment at the base, two longitudinal 
marks on the median segment sharply curving outwards towards the 
apex, a narrow transverse band near the apex of the first abdominal 


al 


72 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


segment, a transverse spot on each side of segments 2-4 above and 
below and a small spot on each side of the fifth segment, the cox 
beneath and a line beneath the femora yellow. Wings hyaline, very 
slightly tinted with yellow, iridescent, with a faint fuscous cloud in 
the radial cell, nervures black, stigma and costa ferruginous. 

Length 17 mm., exp. 29 mm. 


Hab. Caracas, Venezuela. Type in Oxford Uni- 
versity Museum. 


Pscudelaphroptera vollei, n. sp. 


¢.Clypeus moderately produced, narrowed to the apex, where it 
is very feebly emarginate and produced into a minute tooth at each 
of the apical angles ; a depressed longitudinal sulea from the base 
almost reaching the apex. Antenne inserted far apart, nearly half 
as far again from each other as from the eyes, as long as the head and 
thorax, not including the median segment, the second joint of the 
flagellum a little shorter than the third. Head closely punctured, 
with thin grey pubescence on the clypeus and the front, a very deli- 
cate longitudinal carina between the antennze continued very faintly 
to the anterior ocellus. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, not 
elbowed, the outer tooth longer than the inner. Pronotum almost as 
broad as the head, slightly and broadly emarginate anteriorly, the 
anterior margin feebly raised. Thorax punctured, closely on the 
sides of the mesonotum and between the two longitudinal lateral 
sulew, elsewhere sparsely. Median segment broad, a little shorter 
than the mesothorax, finely and rather irregularly transversely 
striated. Abdomen as long as the head, thorax and median segment 
combined, nearly as broad as the thorax and tapering very slightly 
at the extremities, deeply and rather sparsely punctured. Hypo- 
pygium rather broad, produced slightly beyond the epipygium, 
subtruncate at the apex with a strong, acute apical spine. 

Black ; the base of the mandibles, the elypeus, the pronotum 
except a black triangular mark on each side, a large spot on the 
mesonotum, the tegule, a large irregular spot on the mesopleure, 
a large spot on the seutellum and a spot on each side at its basal 
angles, a transverse line on the postscutellum with a spot on each 
side, two oblique bands on the median segment diverging from the 
base, a broad band on each of the dorsal segments of the abdomen 
interrupted in the middle, except the seventh segment, which is 
wholly black, a small spot on each side of the first ventral segment 
and an interrupted band on segments 2-5, the anterior and posterior 
cox# beneath and a line on the anterior and intermediate femor ; 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliidx, 73 


beneath pale yellow; legs ferruginous. Wings hyaline, nervures 
ferruginous. The second recurrent nervure is interstitial with 
the second transverse cubital nervure. 

Length 15 mm. 


Hab. Mrnpoza, Argentina. (Purchased from 4. 
Rolle.) 

In colour and size this species resembles Telephoromyva 
rufipes, Guér., which occurs in the same locality. It is not 
very near typical Pseudelaphropterqg, and I place it in the 
genus with doubt. 


Pseudelaphroptera flavomaculata, André. 


Zeitsch. Hym. Dipt., vi, p. 311, 1904. 

A male of this species in the Oxford University Museum 
has the third transverse cubital nervure very short and 
connected with the summit of an arched nervure which 
originates on the cubital nervure at the junction of the 
second recurrent nervure, and rejoins the cubital nervure 
far beyond the usual termination of the third cubital cell. 
The extra cell thus formed is slightly longer on the cubital 
nervure on the left wing than on the right. There is 
another normal specimen in the same collection; both 
specimens being from Concepcion. 

The females of some species of this genus have the 
anterior ocellus present, though small and situated at the 
bottom of a deep puncture ; this is the case in P. chilensis, 
Sauss. In Diamma, Westw., the female has all three ocelli 
developed, but in other Thynnidz they are always absent. 


Hlaphroptera avida, n. sp. 


¢. Mandibles bidentate, broadened towards the apex, the inner 
tooth short, the outer one long and bent inwards. Maxillary palpi 
six-jointed, the first joint very short, joints 3-5 broadened to the 
apex and obliquely truncate. Labial palpi stout, four-jointed, the 
first joint a little longer than the others, the apical joint elongate 
ovate. Labrum short and broad, with a high transverse carina 
broadly and deeply emarginate and strongly ciliated at the sides, the 
area in front of the carina to the apex depressed, membranous and 
broadly emarginate at the apex. Clypeus punctured, with a large, 
smooth, semicircular depression in the middle, broadly emarginate at 
the apex with the angles pointed. Antenne as long as the thorax 


—_ 
74 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnida, 


and median segment combined, inserted rather far apart, as far from 
each other as from the eyes, the five apical joints slightly arcuate ; 
the interantennal prominence transverse at the.apex, with a very 
slight tubercle in the middle ; an obscure carina from the anterior 
ocellus reaching almost to the base of the clypeus. Head closely 
and rather finely punctured, the eyes diverging towards the clypeus ; 
vertex broad, the posterior ocelli twice as far from the eyes as from 
each other. Thorax and median segment closely punctured ; pro- 
notum short, narrower than the head, the anterior margin slightly 
raised ; the mesonotum about one-third broader than long, with the 
usual two longitudinal sulcz on each side ; the scutellum moderately 
elevated ; the median segment rounded, as long as the breadth at 
the base, with a longitudinal sulea on each side at the apex. Abdo- 
men slender, half as long again as the head, thorax and median 
segment combined, closely and shallowly punctured, some of the 
punctures confluent ; the first segment slender at the base, with a 
short longitudinal sulca not quite reaching the centre, segments 2-5 
with a feebly depressed transverse line close to the base ; the epipy- 
gium narrowed towards the apex and subtruncate. Hypopygium 
narrow, with almost parallel sides, projecting a little beyond the 
epipygium and rounded at the apex. 

Black ; the mandibles except at the apex, the clypeus, the cheeks, 
the inner orbit of the eyes not reaching the summit, a small spot 
above the base of each antenna, the anterior margin of the pro- 
notum and an arched line behind it touching the anterior mar- 
gin in the middle, a large spot in the middle of the scutellum 
and a small one at each at its basal angles, the postscutellum, a 
round spot on each side near the apex of the median segment, a 
spot on each side of each abdominal segment, occupying almost 
the whole length of the segment but hardly extending onto the 
dorsal surface and a narrow line on the femora beneath yellow ; 
the seventh segment ferruginous at the apex. Wings flavo-hyaline, 
nervures ferruginous. 

Length 20 mm. 


Hab. Tucuman, N.W. Argentina (H. Schulz). 

Nearly allied to Thynnus lateralis, Klug, but the shape 
of the median segment is very different and the whole 
insect is of slenderer build. 


Elaphroptera ichneumonea, Klug. 


Thynnus ichnewmoneus, Klug, Physik. Abh. Akad, Wiss. 
Berlin, p. 25, n. 22, 1840 (1842), f. 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliide. T5 


Thynnus elegans, Sm., Cat. Hym. B. M., vii, p. 51,n. 176, 
1859, f. 


Hlaphroptera maculipennis, Guér. 


Elaphroptera maculipennis, Guér., Voy. Coq. Zool., ii, 2, 
p. 248, 1830 (1839), & 

Thynnus mystacinus, Klug, Physik. Abh, Akad. Wiss. 
Berlin, p. 27, n. 28, 1840 (1842), ¢. 

Thynnus ornatus, Klug, |. ¢., p. 29, n. 31, 2. 

Thynnus plagiatus, Sm., Cat. Hym., B. M., vii, p. 52, n. 178, 
1859, g. 


There are two pairs from Parana in the British Museum 
collection. The female agrees well with Klug’s description 
of ornatus, the males are without the yellow spot on the 
mesonotum which is present in the type of Smith’s species. 

The three species last named are allied to /ateralis, 
Klug, £. ichnewmonea and £. avida most closely so. They 
will probably form a new genus when more material is 
available, in view of the short, broadly emarginate clypeus 
of the male, produced into a spine at the angles; and the 
straight, short and narrow hypopygium. The females of 
the group seem to be distinguished by a more or less 
excavated pronotum and a rather narrow pygidium. 


Hlaphroptera herbsti, André. 


Elaphroptera herbstwi, André, Zeitsch. Hym. Dipt., 6, p. 
308, n. 5, 1904, &. 


Q. Head very little more than half as long as broad, the posterior 
angles slightly rounded ; eyes small and oval, divided by a little less 
than their own length from the base of the mandibles. Head, thorax 
and median segment sparsely punctured ; pronotum half as broad 
again as long, the sides parallel, the anterior margin straight, deeply 
and broadly depressed in the middle. Median segment sparsely 
punctured at the base, where it is only half as wide as the pronotum, 
short, obliquely truncate posteriorly and broadened to two-thirds of 
the width of the pronotum, the surface of the truncation almost 
smooth and slightly concave, with a strong median carina on the 
apical half. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax, convex 
above, flattened beneath, finely and shallowly punctured, broadest 
at the third segment, which is nearly twice as wide as the pronotum ; 
the apical margin of the basal segment feebly depressed ; the second 
segment transversely rugose, the apical margin raised, smooth at the 


- 


76 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


base with a low transverse carina before the rugose area ; third and 
fourth segments with an impressed transverse line near the base, the 
extreme base smooth. Pygidium twice as long as broad, obliquely 
depressed, longitudinally rugose and a little widened to the apex. 
The posterior femora flattened above and curved at the apex. 

Opaque black, the head shining ; two large quadrate spots narrowly 
separated from each other on the front round the base of the 
antenne ochreous; the flagellum and the pygidium at the apex 
fuscous. 

Length 10 mm. 


In the British Museum. 


Elaphroptera intaminata, Sm. 


Thynnus intaminatus, Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hym., p. 178, 
n. 41, 1879, f. 

Thynnus (Elaphroptera) holomelas, André, Voy. Belgica. 
Zool. Hym., p. 61, pl. ii, fig. 8, 2g. 


Elaphroptera erythrura, Spin. 
Thynnus erythrurus, Spin., Gay Hist. Fis. Chile Zool., vi, 
p. 295, 1851, 4. 
Elaphroptera relicta, Sauss., Reise d. Nov. Zool., u, 1, Hym., 
p. 126, 1867, 9. 


There is a pair of this species in the British Museum, 
showing that Saussure was right in his suggestion that 
they are the sexes of one species. 


Hlaphroptera arcuata, va. sp. 


4. Clypeus closely and rather coarsely punctured, strongly convex 
at the base, with a prominent median carina, very strongly and 
broadly emarginate at the apex. Antenne as long as the thorax and 
median segment combined, as far from each other at the base as from 
the eyes, the seven apical joints are arcuate. Head finely and 
closely punctured, with a delicate carina from a little below the 
anterior ocellus reaching almost to the base of the clypeus; the 
posterior ocelli half as far again from the eyes as from each other ; 
the front and cheeks clothed with long, sparse, cinereous pubescence, 
Mandibles sharply bent just before the middle, with a slight tubercle 
at the bend, bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth very short. 
Pronotum short, rounded at the sides, the anterior margin straight 
and raised. Thorax and median segment closely and rather finely 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliide. 77 


punctured, very shallowly on the median segment; the usual two 
longitudinal sulcz on each side of the mesonotum; the scutellum 
subtriangular, rather narrowly truncate at the apex. Median seg- 
ment rather slender, depressed and narrowed to the apex. The sides 
of the thorax and median segment with long, sparse, cinereous 
pubescence. Abdomen shining, almost entirely smooth, slender, a 
little longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined ; 
the first segment very narrow at the base, about half as wide at the 
apex as long, the apical margin rather widely depressed. Epipygium 
long, sparsely punctured, rounded at the apex ; hypopygium not 
projecting beyond the epipygium, trilobed, the central lobe the 
longest. The second recurrent nervure is received a little before the 
middle of the third cubital cell. 

Entirely black. Wings hyaline, faintly iridescent, nervures fuscous. 

Length 11 mm., exp. 19 mm. 


Hab. LAGo Xanco, Chubut. 

Type in B. M. 

Nearly allied to #. herbstiz, André, from Chili, but is 
without a tubercle at the base of the clypeus, and the 
median segment and first abdominal segment are much 
slenderer in the present species. 


Hlaphroptera inea, a. sp. 

¢. Mandibles long, bent inwards near the apex, bidentate, the 
outer tooth very long, the inner one short. Maxillary palpi six- 
jointed, the first joint very short, the third broad and rather short, 
the second, fifth and sixth of almost equal length, about half as long 
again as the third, the fourth joint the longest. Labial palpi four- 
jointed, the second and third joints short and stout, together about 
as long as the first. Labrum very long and slender, petiolate, 
expanding abruptly at the apex in a semicircle, truncate at the 
extreme apex and fringed with long hairs, produced from beneath 
near the apex, the lower portion truncate and extending as far as the 
true apex, forming with it a narrow transverse trough. Clypeus 
sparsely punctured, rather narrow, very much produced and sub- 
truncate at the apex, with a shallow depression on each side below 
the centre, and a smooth, shallow, semicircular depression just above 
the centre. Antenne as long as the head, thorax and median seg- 
ment combined, the six or seven apical joints feebly arcuate. Head 
rather small, a little narrowed behind the eyes, finely and closely 
punctured ; the interantennal prominence transverse at the apex, 
divided by a deep sulca; a little sparse and rather long black 


78 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


pubescence on the front, he posterior ocelli twice as far from the 
eyes as from each other. Thorax closely and finely punctured, more 
sparsely on the disc of the mesonotum and on the scutellum ; 
pronotum much narrowed in front, the anterior margin slightly 
raised ; mesonotum with the usual two longitudinal sulez on each 
side, as long as broad ; scutellum rounded at the apex, raised in the 
centre ; median segment as long as the mesonotum, very shallowly 
punctured, with a deep longitudinal depression on each side near 
the apex. Abdomen slender, about one-third longer than the head, 
thorax and median segment combined, very sparsely punctured ; 
the first segment slender at the base, with a deep longitudinal sulea 
not quite reaching the apex ; the segments very slightly depressed 
on the apical margin, with a fringe of very short sparse pubescence ; 
segments 3 and 4 with a tuft of long fulvous pubescence at 
the apical ventral angles; segments 2-5 with an impressed trans- 
verse line close to the base ; the epipygium broadly truncate at the 
apex. Hypopygium narrow, projecting beyond the epipygium, 
slightly broadened and strongly rounded at the apex. The first 
joint of the tarsi is only about one-quarter shorter than the tibie. 
Shining black ; the mandibles except the extreme apex, the clypeus, 
the orbits of the eyes narrowed continued almost to the posterior 
margin of the head, a square spot above the base of each antenna, 
the pronotum very narrowly interrupted in the middle and with a 
very large black mark on each side, a short longitudinal line on each 
side near the anterior margin of the mesonotum along the inner 
sulca, a narrow line above the tegule, the tegule, a large irregular 
mark covering the greater part of the mesopleure, a small spot near 
the posterior margin of the mesonotum, a spot on the centre of the 
scutellum and one on each side at the basal angles, the postscutellum 
except a large black spot on each side, a longitudinal band on each 
side not far from the middle of the median segment, curving down- 
wards at the apex and uniting with another longitudinal band on 
the side of the segment, the sides of the first abdominal segment, 
almost uniting near the apex, a very large spot on each side of 
segments 2-5, more or less broadly separated on the middle of the 
segment, the sixth segment, the epipygium except a spot at the apex, 
the middle of the first ventral segment, the apical half of segments 
2-5, the sixth segment with a black spot on the middle, the pro- 
sternum and the legs golden yellow ; the hypopygium ferruginous, 
fuscous at the apex. Wings flavo-hyaline, nervures fusco-ferruginous. 
Length 23 mm., exp. 40 mm. 


Hab. YUNGAS DE La Paz, Bolivia, 3000 ft. 
This species is only placed in Elaphroptera provisionally. 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scolvidxe. 79 


Anodontyra tricolor, Westw. 


Anodontyra tricolor, Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 111, 
p. 71, 1835, f. 
. Pe André, Zeitsch. Hym. Dipt., vi, 
qr. vl ts VI04. "SY: 
Thynnus albofasciatus, Sm., Descr. nu. sp. Hym., p. 173, 
1879, 2. 

Albofasciatus, Sm., is certainly a synonym of tricolor, 
Westw. If the species noticed by André under the name 
of albofasciatus proves to be distinct it will have to receive 
anew name. The position of the ocelli in the female of 
A, tricolor is marked by shallow punctures. 


Cophothynnus, n. gen. 
Ailurus, Klug, Physik. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 42, 
1840 (1842). 


The name lurus being preoccupied in Mammalia I 
suggest the above name in its place. 


C. nasutus, Klug. 


Ailurus nasutus, Klug, Physik. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 
p. 43, 1840 (1842), g, @. 

Thynnus picinus, Westw., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 133, 
1881, §. 


A female specimen in the British Museum from Petro- 
polis, Brazil. 


C. gayt, Spin. 

Gilurus gayi, Spin., Gay, Hist. Chile Zool., vi, p. 305, 

pd, dg. 

Thynnus macilentus, Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hym., p. 172, n. 40, 

tase. f: 

Var. Thynnus nigrofasciatus, Sm., 1. c., n. 38, 2. 
Nigrofasciatus, Sm., seems to be merely a colour variety. 
This species approaches the Australian sub-genus Lep- 

tevrone, but has the hypopygium narrow and slightly pro- 


duced and the second cubital cell less strongly narrowed 
on the radial nervure. 


- 


80 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


Cophothynnus iridipennis, Sm. 


Myzine wridipennis, Sm., Descer. n. sp. Aa p. 181, n.11, 
ESTO; a 


d+ Clypeus scarcely produced, slightly emarginate at the apex. 
Mandibles bidentate, the outer tooth long and acute. Antenne a 
little shorter than the head and thorax, the third joint of the flagel- 
lum nearly half as long again as the second. Head narrowed behind 
the eyes, finely and shallowly punctured, a laminate prominence 
above the base of each antenna, the front and cheeks with sparse 
white pubescence. Eyes very slightly convergent towards the vertex, 
the inner margin almost straight ; the posterior ocelli about twice as 
far from the eyes as from each other, nearer to the eyes than to the 
posterior margin of the head. Thorax rather sparsely punctured ; 
the scutellum triangular. Median segment rounded, longer than 
broad, longer than the mesonotum, closely and shallowly punctured. 
Abdomen as long as the rest of the insect, fusiform, very closely 
punctured ; with a raised curved mark on each side of segments 2-4, 
just before the narrowly-depressed apical margin. Hypopygium 
rounded at the apex and ciliate, projecting a little beyond the epipy- 
gium. ‘The first cubital cell is divided, much shorter than the second 
on the cubital nervure, the third is rhomboidal, also shorter than the 
second. 

The abdomen is less elongate than in most species of the genus 
and the whole insect is more stoutly built. The three apical joints 
of the maxillary palpi are very long and slender, combined half as 
long again as the head. Otherwise as in Smith’s description. 


Hab. EGA (Lates). 

Fox (Proc. Acad. Philad., 50, p. 72, 1898) places Hlaphro- 
ptera carbonaria, Sm., and Thynnus xthiops, Klug, in the 
genus @lurus. He may prove to be correct, the three 
apical joints of the maxillary palpi being very long and 
slender, especially in carbonaria, but they are not very near 
any known species of 4/urus, and the female is unknown. 
Thynnus anthracinus, Klug, is closely allied to xthiops. 


Kirone mutabilis, n. sp. 


¢d. Clypeus slightly advanced, with a vertical triangular trunca- 
tion at the apex. Head shining, shallowly punctured, the front 
almost vertical and broad ; the antennz slender, about half as long 
again as the head, with a short and obscure V-shaped carina between 
them ; the vertex long and broad, the posterior ocelli nearly twice as 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliide. 81 


far from the margin of the head as from each other. Pronotum 
narrower than the head, more than half as long as the mesonotum, 
the anterior margin straight and very strongly raised. Thorax 
punctured ; the scutellum subtriangular, narrowly truncate at the 
apex. Median segment scarcely more than half the length of the 
mesonotum, nearly twice as broad as long, obliquely truncate pos- 
teriorly, punctured, with a small depression at the base. Abdomen 
shining, almost smooth, subcylindrical ; the second and third seg- 
ments transversely depressed at the base ; the apical segment large, 
the hypopygium rounded and ciliate at the apex, not projecting be- 
yond the epipygium ; the first ventral segment subtuberculate near 
the base, shallowly divided from the second segment. 

Black ; the antennz fusco-ferruginous ; the mandibles, clypeus, 
the anterior margin of the pronotum broadly, a large round spot on 
the scutellum, the femora, tibiz and tarsi light yellow. 

Length 8-9 mm. 


Hab, ADELAIDE River, Northern Territory, S. Australia. 

Type in B. M. 

Allied to £. scutellata, Turn., but differs in the shape of 
the head, clypeus, median segment and abdomen. 


Family SCOLIIDA. 
Genus Jswara, Westw. 


Iswara, Westw., Trans. Ent. Soc. London (2), i, 7, p. 282, 
1851. 

Komarowia, Radosz., Horse Soc. Ent. Ross., xx, p. 41, 1886. 

Meria, section Komarovia, Sauss., Grandid. Hist. Madag., 
xx, p. 249, 1892. 


The males of this genus are closely allied to those of 
Myzine proper, from which the genus is almost undoubtedly 
derived by adaptation to nocturnal habits and desert con- 
ditions. Saussure does not consider that the genus can be 
separated from Myzine (Meria), but the male of Myzine 
tripunctata, Ross, has the palpi normal, whereas in Jswara 
the maxillary palpi have only three joints in place of six, 
and the labial palpi three joints instead of four. The 
antenne are also very much longer and more slender, and 
the neuration does not extend to the margin of the wing. 
The latter point, however, is not of very much importance, 
as Myzine (Meria) timurella, Sauss., also shows this peculi- 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PARTI. (MAY) 6 


_ 


82 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


arity, as well as much-enlarged ocelli, though these are not 
quite as much developed as in typical Jswara. It is quite 
possible, however, that when both sexes are known in this 
genus and in the allied Meria in a larger number of species 
than is at present the case, Saussure’s opinion may prove 
to be correct, as in this group differences between the 
females do not invariably correspond closely to those 
between the males. As I have not been able to obtain 
specimens for dissection of the mouth parts I cannot give 
any accurate list of the males that should be assigned to 
the genus. Saussure places two females in Komarovia. 


1. J. tartara, Sauss., Fedtsch. Turkestan, ii, Scol., p. 38, 
1880, 2, Meria t. 
Komarowia victoriosa, Radosz., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., xx, 
p. 44, 1886, 2; lc. xxi, p. 309, 1889, f, ¢. 
2. I. tamerlanella, Sauss., Fedtsch. Turkestan, ii, Scol., p. 
41, 1880, 2, Pseudomeria t. (Pseud. tartara on plate.) 
Myzine pscudotartara, D, T., Cat. Hym., viii, p. 126, 
1897. 


I. luteus, Westw., is very nearly allied to J. tartara, but 
has the third cubital cell larger than the second, whereas 
in J. tartara the second is larger than the third. J. 
Jasciatus, Sm., Myzine orientalis, Sm., Meria vradialis, 
Sauss., Myzine pallida, Sm.,and perhaps Meria nocturna, 
Mor., will probably prove to belong to the genus. 

Though all authors seem to have followed Westwood in 
placing Jswara amongst the Thynnide, I fail to see any 
cause for removing it from close connection with Jyzine, 
and it is quite evident that Saussure would at once have 
perceived the connection had he been acquainted with 
Westwood’s species. 


Genus Pterombrus, Sm. 


Pterombrus, Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 302, Pl. 6, 
1869. 

Engycystis, Fox, Proc. Californ, Acad. Se. (2), v, p. 262, 
1895. 


To this genus belong— 


1. P. xnigmaticus, Sm., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 303, 
Pl. 6, fig. 1, 1869, 2, Brazil. 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoltidxe. 83 


2. P. confusus, Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hym., p. 182, n. 12, 1879, 
f (Myzine c.), Ega, Brazil. 
3. P. rufiventris, Cress., Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., iv, p. 201, 
1872, f (Myzne 7.). 
- " Fox, Proc. Californ. Acad. Se. (2), v, p. 
263, 1895, f, 2 (Engycystis 7.), Mexico 
and Texas. 


Fox gives a good description of the genus, but has not 
connected it with Pterombrus. He remarks on the many 
points in which it differs from Myzine. The first two 
species may prove to be the sexes of one species. The 
posterior coxze of the female are contiguous. 

Though very distinct I look on the genus as more nearly 
allied to Plesia than to any other Scolide. 


Genus Anthobosca, Guér. 


The following species belong to this genus in addition 
to the Australian species which I have enumerated in a 


former paper (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxxui, 3, 1907). 


SPECIES FROM S. AMERICA. 


i 


. A. albomaculata, Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hym., p. 181, n. 10, 
1879; 2, 2 (Myz ine a), Kga. 
a bipunctata, Perty, Delect. Anim. Artic. Brasil., 
p. 139, 1830, 2 (Ziphia b.), Minas Geraes. 
. A. antennata, Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hym., p, 174, n. 2, 1879, 
gt (Anthobosca a.), Rio Grande do Sul. 
Cosila theringi, Sauss., Grandid. Hist. Madag., xx, p. 
234, 1892, 9. 
4, A. carbonaria, Burm., Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxxvii, p. 168, 
1876, 2 (Myzine c.), Neu Freiburg. 
. A. erythropyga, Burm., Stett. Ent. Zeit., xxxvil, p. 169, 
1876, g, 2 (Myzine e.), Cordova. 
6. A. apicalis, Sich., Sauss. et Sich. sp. gen. Scol., p. 262, 
1864, 9, S. America (2?) (Cosila a.). 
7. A. chilensis, Guér., Voy. de la Coq. Zool., 11, 2, p. 249, 
1830 (1839), 2 (Scolia (Cosila) c c.), Chili. 
Spin., Gay, Hist. Fis. Chile Zool., vi, p. 312, 
1851, 4,9 
Myzine flavicornis, Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hym., p. 183, 
my 16) 1879! 9: 


oo bo 


Or 


» » 


_ 


84 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


SPECIES FROM AFRICA AND MADAGASCAR. 


8. A. insularis, Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hym., p. 178, n. 4, 1879, 

2 (Myzine %.), Madagascar. 
Cosila insularis, Sauss., Grandid. Hist. Madag., xx, 

p. 231, 1892, 9. 

9. A. donaldsoni, Fox, Proc. Acad. Philad., p. 549, 1896, 
2 (Cosila d.), Somaliland. 

10. A. errans,Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hymen., p. 174, n. 1, 1879, 
af (Anthobosca e.), Zululand. 


Anthobosca antennata, Sm. 


: A. antennata, Sm., Descr. n. sp. Hym., p. 174, n. 2, 1879, f. 
Cosila iheringi, Sauss., Grandid. Hist. Madag., xx, Pt. 2, 
p. 234, 1892, 9. 


Q. Clypeus small, triangular and almost smooth, Head shining, 
sparsely punctured, the antenn gradually thickened from the base 
of the flagellum, the joints except the second much broader than 
long; eyes very feebly emarginate on the inner margin, the ocelli 
placed well forward, the anterior ocellus nearly as far from the 
posterior margin of the head as from the base of the clypeus. 
Pronotum as broad as the head, as long as the mesonotum, the 
anterior margin depressed and broadly emarginate, finely and 
closely punctured with a row of larger punctures on the anterior 
and posterior margins. Mesonotum short, sparsely punctured; 
scutellum rather large, broadly rounded at the apex; median seg- 
ment short and broad, truncate posteriorly and slightly broadened 
from the base, very closely and minutely punctured. Abdomen 
much longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined, 
broader than the thorax ; finely punctured, more closely at the base 
of the segments than at the apex, shining; the pygidium rounded at 
the apex, the epipygium thickly clothed with coarse fulvous 
pubescence. As in other species of the genus, the intermediate 
coxee are widely, the posterior rather less widely, but very dis- 
tinctly, separated. The radial cell is rounded at the extreme apex. 
Tarsal ungues bifid. 

Black; the mandibles and antenne fusco-ferruginous; an inter- 
rupted transverse band close to the posterior margin of the pronotum, 
a transverse spot on the posterior margin of the mesonotum, a small 
spot at the base of the median segment, a spot on the sides of the 
prothorax close to the anterior angles, a spot on the mesopleurz at 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoliide. 85 


the base of the anterior wings, an interrupted band on the first dorsal 

segment of the abdomen and a transverse band on each side of the 

second, third and fourth segments, most widely divided on the second, 

yellow; femora, tibiz and tarsi ferruginous; tegule testaceous. 

Wings hyaline, faintly tinged with yellow, nervures ferruginous. 
Length 14-15 mm. 


Hab. Rio GRANDE DO SUL. 

As in other species of the genus the division between 
the first and second ventral segment is very much less 
deeply marked than in Myzine, and the posterior coxze 
separated. 

The male sent with this species differs from the type of 
antennata by the slightly longer pronotum, the rather 
stronger punctures on the head and the very slightly longer 
antenne. I do not think these differences sufficient to 
merit specific rank, 


Anthobosca natalica, n. sp. 


Q. Clypeus flat and subtriangular, the apical margin depressed. 
Head shining, sparsely punctured, very finely on the vertex, more 
coarsely on the front. Antenne inserted as far from each other as 
from the eyes, the front depressed round their base. Eyes rather 
small, almost touching the base of the mandibles, but not reaching 
quite as high as the posterior ocelli. Thorax sparsely punctured, 
shining ; the pronotum as broad as the head, slightly but broadly 
emarginate anteriorly, very large, nearly twice as long as the meso- 
notum, extending backwards to the tegule, the posterior margin 
almost straight ; the scutellum broadly rounded posteriorly. Median 
segment rather short, minutely punctured. Abdomen broader than 
the thorax and longer than the head, thorax and median segment 
combined, very finely punctured, with a row of large setigerous 
punctures just before the depressed apical margin of each segment, 
the pygidium clothed with coarse fulvous pubescence. The tarsal 
ungues are bidentate, but not so strongly as in most extra-Australian 
species of the genus, and the anterior tarsi are pectinate. The radial 
cell is rounded at the apex ; the first recurrent nervure is received 
just beyond the middle of the second cubital cell, the second just 
before the middle of the third cubital cell. 

Black ; the pubescence grey, except on the pygidium ; the tarsi 
and spines of the anterior tibiw fusco-ferruginous, the spines of the 
intermediate and posterior tibiae whitish ; the tegule and the sides 
and apical margins of the abdominal segments testaceous brown. 


- 


86 Mr. R. E. Turner’s Notes on the Thynnide, 


Wings pale fusco-hyaline, nervures fusco-ferruginous, the stigma 
black. Antenne missing. 
Length 12 mm, 


Hab, MALVERN, Natal (J. P. Cregoe). 

Type in B. M. 

It may be necessary in the future to separate the 
Australian species of Anthobosca from the others in con- 
sideration of the difference in the tarsal ungues and the 
anterior tarsi of the female. In this case the name Antio- 
bosca must be retained for the Australian species, and 
Cosila used for the others. But as there are differences 
of degree in these points, and only one or two species of 
the genus have been paired so far, it is better to keep them 
together for the present. In A. clypeatus, Sm., the tarsal 
ungues are bifid. 


Anthobosca lagardei, n. sp. 


¢. Antenne as long as the thorax without the median segment, 
stout, the joints as broad as long. Eyes very broadly and slightly 
emarginate on the inner margin, Head minutely and very closely 
punctured, rounded ; the posterior ocelli half as far again from the 
eyes as from each other. Thorax and median segment very finely 
and closely punctured, the pronotum narrowed and slightly depressed 
anteriorly, the mesonotum with two longitudinal sulcz on each side, 
the outer one narrow and shallow, the inner one deep; the scutellum 
subtriangular, truncate at the apex ; the median segment of about 
the same length as the mesonotum. Abdomen as long as the head, 
thorax and median segment combined, of nearly equal breadth 
throughout, the first segment narrowed to the base, opaque ; the 
hypopygium rounded at the apex and unarmed. 

Black; the posterior margin of the pronotum, a small transverse 
spot on the posterior margin of the mesonotum, the tegul, a spot on 
the postscutellum, a spot at the apex of the median segment, a large 
spot on each side of the epipygium, the extreme apex of the anterior 
and intermediate femora, the anterior tibis, the base of the inter- 
mediate and posterior tibie, the first joint of all the tarsi ; the second 
joint of the anterior and intermediate tarsi, and the three apical 
joints of the maxillary palpi dull testaceous yellow. 

Length 8 mm. 


Hab. SYDNEY, N.S.W. (De la Garde), January. 
Type in B. M. 


with remarks on some aberrant genera of the Scoluidx. 87 


In my recent revision of the Australian species of 
Anthobosca (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1907) I gave Cosila 
(Colobosila) fasciculata, Sich.,asasynonym of A. anthracina, 
Sm. This is almost certainly a mistake, as the radial cell 
of anthracina, although obtuse at the apex, cannot be said 
to be truncate. 

Cockerell (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, 1906) has 
described a new genus Austrotiphia for A. kirbyr. I have 
not seen his paper, but the type of his species is in the 
British Museum, and is certainly identical with Anthobosca 
anthracina, Sm. This species does not seem to differ 
appreciably in structure from the typical species of Di- 
morphoptera, Sm., except in the radial cell, which is obtuse 
at the apex. 

The genus Odontothynnus, Cam. (Rec. Albany Mus., i, 
3, p. 161, 1904), containing two species from Grahamstown, 
Cape Colony, is very closely allied to Anthoboscu as far as I 
can judge from the description, and should be placed in 
the Scoliidz rather than in the Thynnidz. His assump- 
tion that the females are apterous will probably prove to 
be erroneous. 

In the same publication (i, 5, p. 306, 1905) he refers 
again to his genus, and suggests that Anthobosca antennata, 
Sm., may belong to it. This is evidently a slip of the pen 
for A. errans, Sm., but in that species the apex of the 
clypeus is not bidentate, nor are the posterior tarsal ungues 
simple. These distinctions, unless accompanied by differ- 
ences in the female, are hardly in my opinion of generic 
value, and it is hardly advisable in this family to found 
genera on one sex alone if it can possibly be avoided. The 
maxillary palpi in Anthobosca are six-jointed, not as 
Cameron, following Ashmead, states, five-jointed. 

The genus 4lwroides described as a Thynnid by Tull- 
gren (Arkiv. Zool., i, 1904) for A. sjdstedti is erroneously 
placed, and is synonymous with Apenesia, Westw., belonging 
to the Proctotrupide. It appears, therefore, that unless 
we place Methoca in the Thynnide, the family does not 
occur in Africa, Methocaw in my opinion has had an origin 
independent of the Thynnide. 


G2:89 ) 


VI. Zwo New Diplopterous Hymenoptera from Queensland. 
By RowLanp E. TURNER. 


[Read February 5th, 1908.] 
Family MASARIDA. 


Paragia magdalena, n. sp. 


@. Mandibles very broad, tridentate at the apex, the teeth blunt, 
the outer tooth much the longest. Clypeus convex, much broader 
than in P. deceptor, Sm., broadly truncate at the apex, closely and 
rather coarsely punctured. Head rugose; the front between the 
antennz slightly raised ; the inner margin of the eyes shallowly, 
but widely, emarginate near the vertex ; the ocelli in a broad triangle, 
the two posterior ocelli much further from each other than from the 
anterior one, about half as far again from the eyes as from each other. 
Thorax coarsely rugose ; the pronotum narrower than the head and 
rounded anteriorly, very strongly arched posteriorly. Mesonotum 
much longer than broad, with a faint median sulca anteriorly, 
and a deep curved sulca on each side diverging towards the anterior 
margin. Scutellum not very large, raised a little above the meso- 
notum. Postscutellum and median segment depressed below the 
scutellum, the median segment short, truncate and narrowed to the 
apex, the angles rounded and without spines, closely punctured and 
pubescent. Abdomen closely punctured, with short pubescence; the 
first segment truncate anteriorly, much narrower than the second. 

Black ; the mandibles fusco-ferruginous, the legs light ferru- 
ginous shading to yellow; the basal two-thirds of the clypeus, 
a large spot between the antenne, the inner orbits of the eyes, 
most broadly near the summit and interrupted in the middle, 
a spot on the outer orbit near the summit, a large subtri- 
angular spot on each side of the pronotum, a spot on the meso- 
pleurze below the anterior wing, the tegule and a short line above 
them, a large spot on the middle of the scutellum, a small spot on 
each side of the median segment, a transverse band broad on the 
sides but almost interrupted in the middle at the apex of the first 
abdominal segment, the third segment, except at the base, the apical 
half of the fourth segment and the whole of the two apical segments 
orange-yellow ; the second, fourth and fifth ventral segments very 
narrowly and the third more broadly margined with yellow at the 
apex ; the apical segment ferruginous brown. Wings flavo-hyaline, 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 


90 Mr. R. E. Turner’s two new 


the anterior wings stained with fuscous along the costa, nervures 
black. 


Length 16 mm., exp. 22 mm. 


Hab, MACKAY, Queensland (Turner). 
Nearest to deceptor, Sm. 


Family EUMENID. 


Euchaleomenes, n. gen. 


2. Mandibles long and broad, forming a rostrum, obtuse at the 
apex, with three short, strong, blunt teeth along the inner margin, 
deeply furrowed above. Maxillary palpi four-jointed, the first joint 
very long, as long as the other joints combined, the second longer 
than the third, the fourth very short, slender and pointed. Labial 
palpi four-jointed, short and slender. Clypeus pyriform ; the labrum 
projecting beyond the apex, very narrowly linguiform, Head of the 
same breadth as the thorax ; the eyes very deeply emarginate ; the 
antenne thickened gradually to the apex, the flagellum twice as long 
as the scape. Pronotum truncate anteriorly ; the median segment 
short, very steeply sloped posteriorly and deeply longitudinally 
divided. First abdominal segment slender at the extreme base, then 
widened and bell-shaped, nearly half as wide at the apex as the 
second segment, which is longer than the first. The spine at the 
apex of the intermediate tibia is very short ; the tarsal ungues are 
bidentate. The first recurrent nervure is received just before the 
middle of the second cubital cell, the second is interstitial with the 
second transverse cubital nervure. The radial cell is broad, shortly 
appendiculate ; the first cubital cell is considerably longer on the 
cubital nervure than the second and third united ; the second is very 
narrow on the radial nervure, almost triangular ; the third rhomboidal, 
hardly broader on the cubital than on the radial nervure. 


Type £. gilberti, n. sp. 

Pachymenes viridis, Sm., from Aru and P. elegans, Sm., 
from Batchian also belong to the genus, which is quite 
distinct from the American Pachymenes, in which the 
maxillary palpi are six-jointed as in Humenes. 


EHuchalcomenes gilberti, n. sp. 
Q. Clypeus very narrowly truncate at the apex. A short longitu- 
dinal carina between the antennz, which are twice as far from each 
other at the base as from the eyes. The whole insect deeply and 


Diplopterous Hymenoptera from Queensland. 91 


closely punctured, most coarsely on the head. Scutellum subrect- 
angular, nearly twice as broad as long ; postscutellum depressed in 
the middle. 

Bronze-green ; the flagellum above fuscous; the mandibles, 
antenne, tibiee, tarsi, the apex of the femora, the apex of abdominal 
segments 2-5 narrowly and the apical segment except the extreme 
base ferruginous brown. Wings pale flavo-hyaline, tinged with 
ferruginous on the costa, nervures ferruginous, 

Length 17 mm., exp. 26 mm. 


Hab. KuRANDA, near Cairns, Q. (Zurner), February, 

Both of the species described above are from the collec- 
tion of the late Gilbert Turner. The types will be placed 
in the British Museum. 


sa 2) 


VII. On Diaposematism, with reference to some limitations 
of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimiery. By Guy 
A. K. MarsHat., F.Z.S. 


[Read February 5th, 1908. ] 


OnE of the most striking features in connection with the 
philosophical study of the phenomena of Mimicry among 
butterflies in recent years has been the marked tendency 
to lay an ever increasing emphasis upon the importance 
of the selective factors suggested by Fritz Miiller and to 
minimise the influence of what is known as Batesian 
Mimicry. It has even been suggested that every known 
case of mimicry among butterflies can be more satis- 
factorily interpreted as being due to the operation of 
Miiller’s principle. The essential difference between 
these two theories of mimicry lies in the fact that one 
explains how an edible (or less unpalatable) species will 
derive advantage through assuming a superficial likeness 
to another which possesses nauseous (or more unpalatable) 
qualities (Batesian mimicry); whereas the other shows 
how one nauseous species will benefit by mimicking 
another having the same qualities (Miillerian mimicry). 
Now although there can be little doubt that a good many 
cases of mimicry originally adduced in support of Bates’ 
theory must now be explained on Miillerian lines; yet 
the universal application of this latter principle to butter- 
flies, involving, as it does, the assumption of unpalatability 
in every mimic, seems open to some serious objections 
which may be considered later. 

Perhaps the principal stimulus to the recent extension 
of Miiller’s interpretation of mimetic resemblances has 
been furnished by an hypothesis which has been developed 
by Dr. F. A. Dixey. It was in his important and able 
memoir on the Phylogeny of the Pierinz (Trans. Ent. Soc., 
1894, pp. 249-334) that Dr. Dixey first outlined his 
conception of Diaposematism, or Reciprocal Mimicry, as it 
was then called. This conception consists practically of 
a widening or complication of the principle put forward 
by Miiller to explain the inter-resemblances between 
distasteful butterflies belonging to different genera. For 

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 


al 


94 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


although Miiller evidently conceived, and briefly men- 
tioned, the possibility of a mutual approach between two 
such species (Proc. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. xxviii), yet his 
theory was generally interpreted as involving only a one- 
sided approach from one species to another. On the 
other hand the hypothesis of Diaposematism specially 
emphasises the probability of a mutual simultaneous 
approach. To use the author's own words: “ There seems 
to be no reason why, especially if there is no conspicuous 
inequality of numbers, there should not be a kind of 
‘give and take’ arrangement between mimicker and 
mimicked, the latter advancing some way to meet the 
former for their mutual benefit. In other words, when 
two species, A and B, form an association of this kind, it 
need not be supposed that the form of A remains fixed, 
while B assimilates itself to it, or vice versa; but the 
association may really be formed by both A and B con- 
verging to a point between them, or, in short, mimicking 
each other. The acceleration of the process, which in 
many cases would result, must of itself be an advantage.” 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 297.) And again: “In the 
latter case (Miillerian Mimicry) the mimetic attraction is 
unlimited and mutual, acting reciprocally in both direc- 
tions, and influencing each member of the group.” (Trans. 
Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 325.) This line of argument was also 
advocated in the Transactions for 1896 (p. 72), and since 
that time various specific cases have been published by 
Dr. Dixey, Professor Poulton and Mr. 8. A. Neave, which 
are considered to furnish convincing proof of the validity 
of the hypothesis of reciprocal mimicry. Indeed, it has 
been held that these proofs are so cogent that Diapose- 
matism should no longer be regarded asa mere hypothesis, 
but that it is now entitled to rank as an established law 
(Proc. Ent. Soc. 1906, p. 1xxi). 

But before looking into the details of these cases it may 
be well to examine the whole conception from a more 
general standpoint. It has already been remarked that 
reciprocal mimicry is merely a complication of Miiller’s 
theory, and it is therefore important to have a very clear 
idea of the essential nature of that theory, of the factors 
which make for a Miillerian Association, and of the 
conditions which are most favourable to its development. 
The real starting-point for the Miillerian hypothesis lies 
in the proposition (sufficiently well established by now) 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 95 


that young insectivorous animals are not born with an 
instinctive knowledge of what insects are good to eat and 
what are not. The slow flaunting flight and conspicuous 
coloration of a Danaida or a Heliconius can have no 
special significance for a young bird when it first starts 
out in life to forage for itself. The knowledge that these 
butterflies possess a pronouncedly unpleasant flavour can 
only be acquired as the result of direct experiment, and 
probably several butterflies would be destroyed by such a 
bird before it succeeded in permanently associating the 
conception of unpleasantness with any particular colour- 
pattern. Thus each species with an independent type of 
warning coloration would have to lose a certain per- 
centage of its individuals before its true significance could 
become a matter of common knowledge among all the 
young and inexperienced insect-eaters in any particular 
neighbourhood. From this Miiller argued that if two 
such species, having different colour-patterns and in- 
habiting the same area, were to develop the necessary 
variations leading up to a mimetic association, such a 
combination would be of considerable utility in relation to 
the experimental tasting of young birds; for then both 
species together would only have to contribute the same 
number of victims which each of them would have to 
furnish if their colours were different. 

Given the initial variation, such a mimetic resemblance 
can only be built up through the operation of some 
eliminative or selective factors which shall result in an 
advantage to the variation as compared with the typical 
form from which it is derived; thus leading up to the 
gradual replacement of the latter by the former. And it 
may be noted that, with the exception of resemblances in 
which mere affinity has obviously played a great part, the 
closer the mimicry, the greater must have been the 
persecution of the mimic (whether Batesian or Miillerian) 
and the higher the percentage of its elimination. In the 
case of Miillerian mimicry, as we have seen, the selective 
agent is provided by the destruction due to the experi- 
mental tasting of unpalatable insects by inexperienced 
insectivorous animals. This may be briefly denoted as 
the ‘“ Miillerian factor.” 

There are certain points in connection with the operation 
of this factor which it is well to bear in mind. In the 
first place, the differences in the relative intelligence of 


- 


96 Mr.G.A.K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


the butterflies’ enemies will affect the results due to their 
attacks, Those which exhibit a high degree of intelligence 
will obviously profit more quickly by their experience; in 
other words, they will acquire the necessary mental 
association between colour and inedibility by the destruc- 
tion of comparatively few butterflies. They will therefore 
operate much less efficiently as producers of Miillerian 
mimicry than will those enemies which have a compara- 
tively low degree of intelligence and which therefore 
require to make many experiments before arriving at the 
same result. But if there be enemies still lower in the 
scale and incapable of forming such a mental association 
at all, then the destruction of butterflies which they 
would cause would have no effect whatever from a purely 
mimetic standpoint; no more than if the insects had been 
killed by a torrential thunderstorm. Similarly if we 
suppose that a certain species of bird has specially adapted 
itself to feed on a genus of insects usually avoided by 
other insectivorous animals, the attacks of that bird will 
have no effect in the direction of Miillerian mimicry on 
that particular genus. In other words, the mental 
attitude of the enemy towards its prey has an important 
bearing upon the results which its attacks will produce. 
Finally, the accumulation of experience does not render an 
animal more effective as a Miillerian factor, but precisely 
the reverse; for as it becomes more skilled in recognising 
nauseous species, so will it gradually cease its experimental 
destruction, upon which this kind of mimicry so essentially 
depends. 

If we turn for a moment to consider whether these 
arguments are equally applicable in the case of Batesian 
mimicry, we find, on the contrary, a totally different state 
of affairs. So far from experience and intelligence being 
adverse qualities, it is evident that the greater the 
accumulation of experience and the higher the degree of 
intelligence possessed by the insectivorous animal, the 
greater will be its efficiency as a producer of Batesian 
mimicry. For it will thus be the better enabled to 
discriminate between the edible mimic and its inedible 
model, with the result that there will be a more effective 
selection and a keener elimination of those variations of 
the mimic which do not come up to a high standard of 
resemblance. A consideration of this difference in the 
operation of these two mimetic forces would appear to 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 97 


justify the expectation that the elimination due to the 
Batesian factor would be competent to produce a higher 
degree of inter-resemblance than would the factor adduced 
by Fritz Miiller. 

Another point worth noting is the difference in the 
periods of incidence of these two processes of selection. 
The Miillerian factor is, as we have seen, supplied entirely 
by young and inexperienced birds, etc.; it will therefore 
have its greatest effect during the summer months when 
such young animals would be most numerous. As the 
season advances, however, these animals would be increasing 
in wisdom and experience, and consequently by the 
autumn or early winter we may reasonably suppose that 
their efficiency as producers of Miillerian associations will 
have very notably diminished. Now from this time 
onwards until the early months of the next summer there 
will be no further appearance of young broods of insecti- 
vorous animals; and it seems clear that for a considerable 
portion of the year the forces which make for Miillerianism 
will be at a very low ebb, if not altogether absent. On 
the other hand, there seem to be no grounds for assuming 
the existence of any such period of marked diminution in 
the factors which make for Batesian mimicry; for in most 
tropical countries butterflies (which are here alone being 
considered) are fairly plentiful throughout even the winter 
months, while there is a much greater reduction in the 
insects of most other orders (cf. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, 
p. 432). Thus, although a large number of insectivorous 
migrants will have departed at that season, the scarcity 
of other insects, in conjunction with the comparative 
conspicuousness of butterflies, will doubtless lead to a 
maintenance, or even an increase, of the percentage of 
destruction by the remaining resident birds. The inci- 
dence of Batesian elimination, therefore, will be com- 
paratively continuous and persistent. 

Having thus briefly examined some aspects of Miiller’s 
selective factor, we may now endeavour to ascertain the 
conditions which will render it most effective in fostering 
mimetic associations. ‘The position of affairs will be best 
appreciated by taking some hypothetical case. Let us 
assume therefore that within any given area there exist 
two species of butterflies, A and B, possessing nauseous 
qualities in about the same degree, but having different 
warning colour-patterns; and further that within the 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908. PARTI. (MAY) 7 


- 
98 Mr.G, A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


same area the education of young birds, lizards, ete., 
necessitates the destruction of approximately 1000 indi- 
viduals in each group of distinctive patterns. Again, let 
us suppose that A is a common species and is represented 
by 100,000 individuals in that locality, while B is more 
scarce and has only 5000. Now, ex hypothesi, the 
Miillerian factor will exact an equal toll from the two 
species, and its selective importance must therefore 
depend upon their relative numbers. In the present 
instance the plentiful A will lose only 1 per cent. of its 
individuals from this cause, while the scarcer B will lose 
no less than 20 per cent. It is therefore reasonable to 
suppose that if certain individuals of B chanced to 
develop a variation in the direction of A, that variation 
would have, in relation to the Miillerian factor, a definite 
advantage over its own typical form, because it would 
tend to share, at least to a small extent, in the relative 
advantage enjoyed by A; and the continuance of the 
elimination would gradually tend to enhance the variety 
and to diminish, and finally exterminate, the type. This 
would be a case of simple Miillerian approach from B to 
A. But if the mimicry is to be reciprocal it must be 
shown that A is capable of approaching B by a precisely 
similar process. In order to simplify the argument let us 
make the supposition that 10,000 specimens of A simul- 
taneously present a sudden marked variation in the 
direction of B, to such an extent that young birds would 
be liable to rank them with B rather than with A; what 
will be the effect of the Miillerian factor on this remark- 
able variety? The point again to be considered is the 
relative incidence of the destruction. There will now be 
90,000 examples of the A pattern, and 15,000 of the 
B pattern. If 1000 individuals of each are again destroyed 
by experimental tasting, a simple calculation shows that 
the percentage of loss due to this factor will be six times 
greater in the variety of A than in the typical form of A. 
In fact the result is exactly the opposite of what took 
place in the case of the variety from B towards A. 
Whereas there we found that the variety had an appreci- 
abie advantage over its own type form, here it is seen to 
be at a distinct disadvantage. It is obviously impossible 
for the Miillerian factor to build up a mimetic resemblance 
on such a foundation; if it have effect at all, that effect 
must be to gradually eliminate the variety and to establish 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 99 


the type form. In these particular circumstances it is clear 
that the simultaneous and mutual mimicry, postulated by 
the hypothesis of Diaposematism, is entirely out of the 
question. The Miillerian factor is capable of converting B 
into a mimic of A, but it cannot cause A to mimic B. 

This simple example illustrates several interesting 
points. In the first place, it shows that the whole idea of 
Miillerian mimicry practically resolves itself into a numer- 
ical computation of the relative percentages of loss. The 
only kind of variation which can have any significance 
will be one that shall be trending from a form having a 
higher percentage of loss towards one having a lower 
percentage; so that a difference in these percentages is 
an essential condition for the production of Miillerian 
mimicry. But Miiller’s hypothesis postulates that the 
absolute destruction is practically constant for each group 
of different colours, and therefore the necessary conditions 
can arise only where there is a noticeable difference in the 
initial numbers of the two species involved. Further, the 
greater the discrepany between these two numbers, the 
greater will be the advantage derived by any variation 
from the rarer species in the direction of the more 
numerous, and consequently the more powerful and rapid 
will be the operation of the Miillerian factor in producing 
a mimetic approach. This therefore constitutes the most 
highly favourable condition for the evolution of Miillerian 
mimicry. Conversely, as the numbers approach one 
another, so will the value and importance of the initial 
variation from the numerically smaller species towards 
the larger become less and less; so too will steadily 
diminish the effectiveness of the Miillerian factor as a 
producer of mimicry. Finally, when we arrive at a case 
where the two species are equal in numbers, there will 
then be a condition of equilibrium, and the Miillerian 
principle will practically cease to operate altogether, 

So far as concerns the variations which may arise from 
the numerically larger species towards the smaller, these 
will be the more rapidly exterminated, the greater the 
discrepancy in the numbers of the two species. As this 
difference diminishes, the disadvantage of such a variety, 
as compared with its typical form, will also diminish; but 
in no case can its development be fostered and increased 
through the medium of the Miillerian factor, because it 
still remains a variation in a disadvantageous direction. 


hall 
100 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


Further, as the numbers approach each other, any 
variation from the larger towards the smaller tends to 
produce equality, a condition which effectively prevents 
the Miillerian selection from producing any mimetic 
results. We see then that a Miillerian approach will 
only take place in one direction, namely, from a rarer 
species towards a more abundant one, and no species 
can in this way approach another which has fewer 
individuals (and therefore a higher percentage of loss) than 
itself. 

If this conception of the conditions which make for 
Miillerian mimicry be accepted as sound, it would appear 
that the hypothesis of Diaposematism is placed on the 
horns of a veritable dilemma. For this hypothesis differs 
in no real essential from Miiller’s principle, of which it 
appears to be merely an extension; and yet we find that 
the very conditions which are most highly favourable for a 
simple Miillerian approach are at the same time absolutely 
fatal to anything in the way of reciprocal mimicry. On 
the other hand, this latter conception only begins to 
appear feasible at the other end of the series, namely, 
where the numbers of the two species approximate equality. 
But we have seen that this is a condition which renders 
any occurrence of Miillerian mimicry in the highest degree 
improbable; and there can be no Diaposematism where 
there is no Miillerian mimicry. In my opinion, the above 
considerations render it difficult to accept the essential 
idea of reciprocal mimicry even as a mere working 
hypothesis. 


Now it may be urged that the statement as to the 
practical impossibility of Miillerian mimicry when the 
numbers of the two species are equal cannot be maintained, 
and that its unsoundness can be demonstrated by some 
such illustration as the following. Supposing that A and 
B are each represented by 20,000 individuals and that 
they lose 1000 apiece from experimental tasting when 
their colours are different; then if they enter into a 
mimetic association they will only lose 1000 out of 40,000 ; 
in other words, their losses from this cause will be reduced 
by one-half. Here is a clear and decided advantage, and 
therefore it may be claimed that the Miillerian factor 
must have scope to produce such a mimetic approach. 

But before hastening to accept this conclusion it is well 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 101 


to point out that unless due care be exercised in the use 
of this kind of argument from advantage, it is liable to 
lead to erroneous conceptions. In order to show this 
more clearly let us apply the same line of argument to a 
slightly different case. If we suppose that there are 
20,000 examples of A and only 10,000 of B, each losing 
1000; then when A stands alone it will lose 5 per cent. of 
its numbers. But if A develops a mimetic tendency in 
the direction of B, and finally becomes a mimic of that 
species, then its loss from experiments will be reduced to 
only 34 per cent. Here again there is a clear advantage 
as compared with its previous condition, therefore it will 
be claimed that the Miillerian factor must be capable of 
converting A into a mimic of B. 

Now we have already seen that where the numbers of 
A are considerably in excess of those of B, as in this case, 
any initial variation (in the Darwinian sense) from A 
towards B will be going from a lower percentage of loss in 
the direction of a higher percentage, and that therefore 
that variation will be at a disadvantage as compared with 
its own type form, in relation to the factor which is 
causing the loss. In such circumstances therefore the 
Miillerian factor cannot convert A into a mimic of B. 

Here then these two lines of argument, based on the 
same data, have led to diametrically opposite results. The 
reason for this divergence is not far to seek. It will be 
observed that the contention in favour of a Miillerian 
approach from A to B is based entirely on a consideration 
of the advantage which would accrue when the mimicry 
had become an accomplished fact, while the intermediate 
stages are in no way taken into account. But the whole 
Darwinian idea of the evolution of such a case of mimicry 
involves the assumption that it has been built up by a 
gradual process of selection from comparatively small 
individual variations. Therefore the essential point to be 
considered must be the question of relative advantage as 
between the initial variation and its typical form; and 
the assumed ultimate advantage has no real significance 
unless it can be shown that the initial variation has some 
definite advantage over the type in relation to the 
selective factor which is considered to cause the mimetic 
approach. Where this point is overlooked, an argument 
based merely on a supposed eventual gain may, in some 
cases, be entirely misleading. 


- 


102 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


On reverting to the case where the two species have 
equal numbers and applying the above test, we find that 
the contention in favour of a Miillerian approach cannot 
reasonably be maintained. If A and B are equal, then 
their position in regard to the Miillerian factor is abso- 
lutely identical, so that neither has an iota of advantage 
over the other and the essential condition for the origin of 
Miillerian mimicry is lacking. In these circumstances it 
is evident that any small variation from one towards the 
other will not practically affect the numerical relationship 
of the two species and will therefore have no mimetic 
value. 


The comparative numbers of individuals in Millerian 
Associations. 


Unfortunately we have very little knowledge as to the 
approximate individual numbers of the species forming 
any Miillerian association; but in November 1903, Pro- 
fessor Poulton exhibited to this Society (Proc. Ent. Soe. 
1903, p. liv) a series of 323 butterflies captured on a single 
day by Mr. C. B. Roberts in British Guiana, with a view 
to giving an idea of the relative numbers of the species 
in that spot. Out of the total no less than 295 specimens, 
comprising 9 species, fell into the mimetic association 
which centres round the common J/elinwa mneme, all of 
them belonging to undoubtedly distasteful genera, JZ. 
mneme itself vastly outnumbered the other species, being 
represented by 253 individuals, while the remaining 8 
species were represented by the following numbers: 8, 9, 
10, 9, 1, 3,1, 1. There seem good grounds for supposing 
that these figures do give a fair rough idea as to the 
relative occurrence of these species in that locality, and 
the very striking discrepancy in the numbers of the 
mimics as compared with their dominant model is 
precisely what we should expect to find on the conception 
of Miillerian mimicry here advocated. Such conditions 
would be specially favourable to the production of a large 
mimetic association, and it seems highly probable that in 
actual practice Miillerian mimicry will only have arisen 
where the discrepancy in numbers has been fairly con- 
siderable ; although the possibility of its occurrence where 
the difference is comparatively small can, of course, be 
theoretically upheld. 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 108 


Alternating Resemblance. 


Although there appear to be serious difficulties in the 
way of accepting any idea of mutual simultaneous mimicry 
between two unpalatable species, yet it is not impossible 
that a certain interchange of characters might still take 
place between them. For example, at first A might be 
more numerous than B and a simple Miillerian approach 
might take place from B towards A. While this was in 
progress conditions might arise which would cause a 
reversal in the relative numbers of the two species, so 
that B would become the dominant partner. Then any 
further mimetic approach that might take place would be 
from A towards B, so that the final result might show a 
fusion of the original colours of the two species. This kind 
of approach is quite different from that contemplated in 
the hypothesis of Reciprocal Resemblance, although pro- 
ducing similar results ; it may therefore be distinguished 
under the name of Alternating Resemblance. It is not 
probable that this phenomenon will be of common occur- 
rence in nature, and it is only here referred to in order to 
show that even if the actual existence of reciprocity can 
be demonstrated, that will not of itself afford proof of 
Diaposematism; for the facts can be consistently inter- 
preted on the lines of a one-sided Miillerian approach. 


Since the foregoing remarks were written Professor 
Poulton has kindly suggested to me a criticism which 
appears, at first sight, to lend some support to the idea of 
Diaposematism. As a very similar suggestion has been 
made to me independently by another friend, it seems 
advisable to show how it may be met. 

It has been contended that among the enemies of the 
two distasteful butterflies, A and B, there will be some 
(which we may call X) whose first experience will be 
entirely of A. Having thoroughly learnt that this insect 
is unpalatable they will then come across B. If among 
the individuals of B there occurs a variation (B’) which 
presents a roughly A-like appearance, then B’ will have 
an advantage over B in relation to the attacks of X. 
Similarly other enemies (Z) will first have experience of 
B only, so that when they afterwards attack A, the variety 
A’, which has varied in the direction of B, will be at an 
advantage as compared with A, because it will recall to 


all 


104 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


the mind of the enemy unpleasant experiences in con- 
nection with B. On these grounds it is argued that both 
varieties, A’ and B’, are advantageous, and that therefore 
the two species can mimetically approach one another at 
the same time. But a little consideration will soon show 
that the above argument does not deal with all the factors 
in the case. In the first place, the enemies are divided 
into only two categories (X and Z); but there must 
obviously be a third (Y) which will derive its knowledge 
through a mixed experience of A and B together, and the 
effect of this has been quite left out of consideration, 
Now it is evident that reciprocal mimicry could only take 
place where A and B are approximately equal. When 
this is the case, the law of probabilities shows that the 
numbers of Y will be very large, those of X and Z very 
small; therefore the net result of the Miillerian factor will 
depend upon the effect produced by Y, and this is entirely 
covered by the general argument set forth above, which 
thus remains unaffected. 

There is yet another more important objection to this 
criticism. It is contended that X will discriminate 
between B and B’, and Z between A and A’, to the 
advantage of B’ and A’ respectively; but the relation of 
X to A and A’, and Z to B and B’ is not taken into 
account at all. But if A’ is sufficiently different from A 
that Z will discriminate between them, it must be admitted 
that X will do so likewise. Such discrimination means that 
A’ will be subjected to special tasting experiments by X, 
as apart from A. But ex hypothesi the numbers of A’ will 
be very much smaller than those of A, and therefore these 
experiments will involve a much higher percentage of loss 
for A’ than for A, so that the former will be at a decided 
disadvantage in relation to the attacks of X. The same 
applies to B’ with regard to the attacks of Z. Thus A’ 
will have an advantage over A during the attacks of Z, 
and a disadvantage during those of X, and the net result 
will depend upon the relative numbers of X and Z. But 
the relative numbers of X and Z are directly dependent 
on the relative numbers’of A and B respectively ; for where 
A is abundant the members of X will be large and vice 
versa. Therefore when A and B are equal, X and Z will 
be equal, and the advantage which A’ derives from Z will 
be balanced by the disadvantage due to X; and similarly 
for B’. In these circumstances there will be a condition of 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 105 


equilibrium so far as concerns the Miillerian factor, and no 
mimetic approach will take place. Again, where A is 
largely in excess of B, X will be large and Z small; 
therefore the disadvantage accruing to ‘A’ will be large, 
the advantage small, the net result being a considerable 
disadvantage; so that the effect of the ‘Miillerian factor 
will be to stamp out A’ and to establish A, in other words, 
to prevent its mimicking B. It is thus evident that so 
far from upsetting my general argument this criticism 
merely serves to confirm it when all the factors are taken 
into account. 

We may now turn to an examination of the various 
cases which have been cited as furnishing conclusive 
evidence as to the actual occurrence of diaposematic 
resemblances. In looking at these as a whole an interest- 
ing fact emerges, namely, that no example has yet been 
brought forward as occurring between any two of the 
most dominant distasteful groups of the world, viz.: 
Danaini, Euplceini, Lycorzeini, Ithomiinz, Heliconinz and 
Acreine ; although it is among some of these groups that 
Miillerian mimicry finds its “highest development, and 
cases of reciprocity should be evident and numerous, if 
Diaposematism be a vera causa. Perhaps it is a mere 
coincidence that in the great majority of instances cited 
(5 out of 7) one of the mimetic forms belongs to a species 
not generally considered to be unpalatable. But it has 
been claimed that the establishment of a case of diapose- 
matic resemblance is of itself good evidence of the 
unpalatability of both species involved. This claim is 
obviously justifiable only where it can be shown that it is 
impossible to interpret the facts on any hypothesis other 
than Diaposematism ; and such a case has not yet come 
under my notice. It was in connection with this aspect of 
the question that I first found myself in conflict with this 
theory ; for its application has led to the assumption that 
the coloration of certain South African butterflies has a 
warning significance, indicating the existence of distasteful 
qualities, whereas my own observation of the insects in 
the fieid (supported by a few experiments) has led me to 
an entirely opposite conclusion. These divergent results 
have induced me to undertake a closer examination of the 
foundations upon which the hypothesis of Diaposematism 
has been built. 


al 


106 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


I. The Association of Pereute and Heliconius. 


This case is of special interest because, with the next 
one, it furnished the original basis for the theory we are 
considering. It was dealt with by Dr. Dixey in Trans. 
Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 296, and further discussed in the Trans. 
for 1896 (p. 72). The facts are briefly these: Certain 
forms of the Pierine genus Pereuvte in Tropical America 
exhibit an undoubted mimetic approach towards the 
common Heliconius melpomene and its allies, whose upper- 
side colouring is plain brown, with a broad red band across 
the fore-wings. Now many species of Pereute have on the 
under-side some distinct red spots at the base of the hind- 
wing. Somewhat similar markings also occur in the 
Heliconii, but Dr. Dixey, quite justifiably, refuses the 
explanation that these spots have been acquired by the 
Pereute as part of their mimetic resemblance to Heliconius. 
For he shows that not only can we find similar markings 
in other American Pierines which have no mimetic 
relationship with Heliconius or any of the red-spotted 
Papilios, but further they are shown to occur independently 
in Pierine genera in other parts of the world ; notably in 
some species of the distasteful Eastern genus Delias, to 
which he considers Peveuwte to be nearly allied. On these 
grounds the spots are claimed as being Pierine in character. 
How then are we to explain their presence in Heliconius ? 
Any argument for parallel development is rejected by Dr. 
Dixey, for he says: “If we assert them to be purely 
‘accidental,’ we are met by the fact that although they 
are found in some species of both Papilio and Heliconius 
that are apparently not the subject of mimicry, yet they 
are most distinct and most prevalent in those species 
which are copied by Pierine imitators ” (/.¢. 1894, p. 296). 
Hence it is contended that the only satisfactory explana- 
tion is that, in this particular respect, the Heliconii have 
been influenced by, and approached, the Pereute, and that 
therefore the red spots constitute a reciprocal or diapose- 
matic character. 

Now, in order that any case of this kind may really 
carry conviction as a proof of diaposematism it is necessary 
to show that the reciprocal character which the model 
is claimed to have acquired from the mimic must be one 
that is abnormal in the genus of the model and its allies. 
For if the character occurs frequently and independently 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Minvicry. 107 


in other members of the same genus its appearance in any 
one species might well be due to simple affinity with them 
and not to mimicry at all. The fact that the model and 
the mimic possessed ab initio certain superficial characters 
in common would of itself render a mimetic approach the 
more probable; yet the occurrence of these similar mark- 
ings would, in no sense, be due to mimicry, and no 
argument for diaposematism could be founded upon them, 
The first point therefore to be investigated is the 
occurrence of this red spotting in Heliconius. With the 
accession of the splendid Godman and Salvin collection 
the British Museum now possesses a very fine series of this 
genus. A careful examination of this material, based on 
Riffarth and Stichel’s monograph of Heliconius in the 
“Theirreich,” shows that out of the 71 species recognised 
by these authors no less than 35 * possess basal red spots 
on the under-side of the hind-wings. Of the remaining 
36 species about three-fourths have been drawn away in 
mimicry of the great Melinxa-Mechanitis association, and 
the absence of red spots may perhaps be actually due to 
this mimicry; for I have been unable to find that any 
genus of Ithomiinz or Danainz possesses this kind of 
marking. The Heliconii in which the red spots are 
present belong to various different types of coloration, 
several of which do not appear to be mimicked by 
Pierines, and in some of these the red spots are very 
highly developed, more so than in any non-mimetic 
American Pierines. Nor does there appear to be any 
constant connection between general mimicry and the 
development of the spots. For example, Pieris locusta 2 
roughly mimics H. cydno-galanthus, and the nearly allied 
P. noctipennis 2 mimics H. sapho-leuce (Dixey, “ Nature,” 
Oct. 1907, p. 677); the under-side red spots of the two 
Pieris are almost identical, yet those of the Heliconius 
differ very much from them and from each other. 
Turning now to Pereute we find that the colour of the 
under-side of the hind-wing may be generally described 
as dark brown with a variable yellow costal streak, and 
with, or without, two or three basal red spots. With 
regard to the upper-side colourmg the genus may be 


* It may be noted that the great majority of these species also 
have a red streak along the base of the costa of the fore-wing on the 
under-side, a character which I have failed to find in any American 
Pierines, 


- 


108 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


divided into three sections. In the first, comprising only 
the more primitive ¢e/thusa, the sexes are alike, being 
blackish, with white markings and an irroration of grey 
scaling; the under-side having three red spots. In the 
second the sexes are again alike, both being black, with a 
red bar across the fore-wing and with a very striking 
broad blue-grey suffusion over the bases of both wings; 
inferior red spots (two) present or absent. Finally, in the 
third section, the sexes are different, the males being 
blackish-brown with general grey irroration; while the 
females are brown, with a pink or red bar in the fore- 
wing, having a basal grey sutfusion in the former case, and 
none in the latter; inferior red spots (two) present or 
absent. There is obviously no mimicry of H. melpomene 
in the first section; neither can its occurrence, so far 
as concerns the upper-side, be reasonably claimed in 
the second. For although the red bar in the fore-wing 
may be urged as a mimetic character, this is rendered 
highly improbable by the presence of the striking basal 
pale marking, which, with the black ground-colour, gives 
the insects a totally different appearance. It is only 
in the third section that we find any real mimicry, 
namely, in the females of charops, venezwelana and peru- 
viand, the last two being probably only local races of the 
first. These forms being brown and having lost all traces 
of the pale suffusion, do very convincingly suggest the 
existence of a close mimetic association with H. melpomene. 
Here, if anywhere, there should be evidence of reciprocal 
mimicry; but unfortunately for the hypothesis charops 
happens to be one of the species of Perewte which does not 
possess any red spots at all on the under-side, and this 
fact alone renders it highly improbable that the spots of 
melpomene are diaposematic. It appears even open to 
doubt whether they have any real mimetic value at all. 
In Pereute they occur most markedly in the more 
primitive, and apparently non-mimetic, ¢e/ihusa, and yet 
they have actually been lost in P. charops, although it 
closely mimics a Heliconivs in which they are present. 
How then can we consider that these spots are so 
important tbat they have been modified in melpomene 
by the influence of the very different P. leucodrosime 
(belonging to section 2), especially when it is noted that 
they differ considerably both in number and position in 
the two species? Further, if their mimetic value is so 


7 
; 
7 
} 
7 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 109 


great, how can we explain their absence in P. callinice 
which in other respects so closely resembles P. lewcodro- 
sime? A general contemplation of all the facts must, I 
think, inevitably lead to the conclusion that these red 
spots have been quite independently developed in Hel- 
conius and without any Pierine influence whatever. 


II. The wnder-side red spots in the Pierine, Archonias 
tereas, and Papilio zacynthus. 


This case was originally put forward in conjunction 
with the preceding one, and will be found under the same 
references. For various reasons it is advisable to treat it 
separately. The line of argument in favour of Diapose- 
matism is quite similar, it being contended that though 
the Pierine has evidently mimicked the Papilio in all its 
principal characters, yet in the case of the red spotting of 
the under-side the influence has been in an opposite 
direction, 

We may first consider the red markings in Archonias. 
The genus falls into four sections, so far as mere pattern is 
concerned. The first section comprises a single species, 
theano, which evidently represents the more primitive 
colouring of the genus. Its upper-side is dark brown, 
with vague whitish markings, while the under-side 
presents a very characteristically Pierine appearance, 
being yellowish or whitish with a broad white-spotted 
dark border and the nervules broadly darkened; a colour 
scheme which continually reasserts itself in various genera 
of Pierinz in all parts of the world; finally the basal red 
spots are conspicuous by their absence. The second 
section contains species which mimic various Ithomiine, 
and in all of them the red spots are wanting. The species 
of the third section mimic certain Avistolochia Papilios 
and these gradually merge into the fourth section which 
has developed Heliconius-like colours. In these last two 
sections the species all exhibit two red basal spots below, 
though these differ in position from those of Pereute. In 
the latter the spots are situated obviously on the wing, 
while in Avchonias they are placed on the extreme edge of 
the base and on that portion which is bent against the 
thorax, so that they appear, unless closely examined, to be 


o 
110 Mr.G, A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


actually on the thorax itself, When we turn to P. 
zacynthus and its allies we find that they have no red 
spots on the wing, but only on the thorax; a condition 
which is highly characteristic of Papilio, but which never 
occurs, so far as | am aware,in any Pierine. At first sight 
it might appear as if this furnished good evidence as to 
Archonias having mimicked the Papilio in this respect, 
especially as the most primitive species has no red spots 
at all. But this view is rendered less probable by the 
occurrence of similarly placed markings in various non- 
mimetic species of Catasticta and other closely allied 
Pierine genera, On the other hand, Dr. Dixey advocates 
the opposite view, namely, that the Pierine has influenced 
the Papilio, But a consideration of the prevalence of 
these red spots in the latter genus shows that this 
suggestion is even less probable than the other. 

In Rothschild and Jordan’s revision of the American 
Papilios (Nov. Zool., 1906, p. 485) these insects are 
divided into three sections. The first of these, the 
Aristolochia Papilios, again fall into four groups. Now 
the first three groups contain no less than 45 species every 
one of which has thoracic spots like those of P. zacynthus 
(which belongs to the third group), although many of the 
species have no mimetic relations with any Pierines. In 
the fourth group the red spots are replaced by yellow or 
white, except in the case of polydamas and its numerous 
races, in which the spots are red and there is in addition 
a red spot at the base of the hind-wing. Again, basal 
red-spots on the hind-wing are to be found in a consider- 
able number of American Papilios belonging to Section III, 
in which there can be no question of Pierine influence. 
If we turn to the East we find a precisely similar state of 
affairs, namely, numerous species of quite differently 
coloured Papilios, including most of the splendid Ornitho- 
pteras, which have developed either red spots on the 
thorax, or on the base of the hind-wing (sometimes to a 
very remarkable extent), or on both. He who will be at 
the pains to investigate these facts for himself must, I 
think, unhesitatingly reject any argument for Diapose- 
matism in this particular instance. The evidence in 
favour of an entirely independent development by the 
Papilios of these distinctive markings appears to be over- 
whelming. 


es 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 111 


III. Why do both sexes of Archonias tereas mimic only 
the female of Papilio zacynthus ? 


A second argument for Diaposematism has been based 
on these same two species, considered from a somewhat 
different standpoint. The case was stated as follows: 
“So far as I am aware no explanation has yet been offered 
of the fact that it is the females and not the males of 
Papilio polymetus, P. zacynthus, etc., that are resembled by 
Euterpe tereas and EH. critias; whereas the males, which 
display brighter colours, afford at least as good, if not 
better, models for imitation. I would suggest that this 
is really due to ‘reciprocal mimicry.’ The protection 
gained by the resemblance between the Pierines and the 
Papilios is not all on the side of the Pierines, but mutual ; 
and the female Papilios have, as is usual, felt the need of 
it more urgently than the males. For this reason the 
female Papilios have been led to meet the Pierines by 
discarding, or at any rate by not adopting, the bright 
metallic-blues and greens that ornament the other sex.” 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 298, note.) 

The colour of the ¢ P. zacynthus differs principally from 
that of the ? in that the posterior two-thirds of the 
fore-wing patch is covered with metallic-green or blue 
scales, only the anterior portion being white; whereas in 
the 2 the whole patch is white. The contention for 
reciprocal mimicry here centres entirely on the supposition 
that it is difficult otherwise to explain why the Archonias 
have not acquired the metallic patches of the male 
Papilios. In considering this difficulty the first point 
which suggests itself is to examine the occurrence of metallic 
colours in other American Pierines. This inquiry reveals 
the interesting fact that not a single one of these has 
developed any metallic colours. The same limitation 
holds good in Asia, as Wallace long ago pointed out, in 
his classical paper on the Eastern Pierines: “The metallic 
blue of Morpho and of the Lyczenide, and the rich green 
of various shades which occurs in most other groups of 
butterflies are entirely absent ” (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1867, p. 
301). In fact, so far as I have been able to ascertain, it is 
only in Africa that any Pierines have developed such 
metallic scaling, and there it is confined to the males of 
only two or three species of Zeracolus. But I cannot find 
that any Pierine mimic has ever produced this type of 


al 


112 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


colouring. In these circumstances the supposed difficulty 
in regard to Archonias evidently vanishes. It is no longer 
remarkable that it has not developed the metallic effects 
of the ¢ Papilio; indeed it would be much more remark- 
able if it had actually done so. The mimicry has simply 
followed the line of least resistance, and is in every way 
consistent with the interpretation of a simple Miillerian 
approach. It is possible that a fuller knowledge of the 
habits of the insects would throw more light on the 
matter; for I note that Wallace mentions that in several 
species of this group of Papilio the sexes do not inhabit 
the same stations (Trans. Ent. Soc. II, 1854, p. 255). 
Another point raised by Dr. Dixey, in support of his 
interpretation that the Papilio has been influenced by the 
Pierine, is Miiller’s statement (Proc. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 
xxiv) that in the Santa Catharina district of Brazil Pap. 
nephalion, which there represents the model, was com- 
paratively scarce while Arch. tereas was common. But in 
the same paper (p. xxv) Miiller has expressly uttered a 
warning against any such deduction from his statement : 
‘Thus the black Archonias ter eas, with the white spots on 
the margin of the fore-wings and the rose-red of the hind- 
wings, presents a strange appearance among its congeners, 
whilst Papilio nephalion belongs to a long series of similarly 
coloured species, so that where this Papilio is rare and 
the Archonias common, we cannot for this reason regard 
the latter as the model of the former.” Unfortunately 
Miiller does not mention whether he had observed any 
other species of the numerous zacynthus-like Papilios in 
Santa Catharina, for this would be of great importance in 
interpreting the facts. It remains however that all local 
observers are agreed that the type of colouring exhibited 
by zacynthus is the most characteristic, abundant and 
dominant Papilio pattern in Brazil, and perhaps in Tropical 
America; nor do any species which I have seen show the 
least sign of having been influenced by Archonias. It may 
be noted that the mimetic forms of these Pierines per- 
sistently retain a characteristic Archonias marking, namely, 
a pale costal streak on the under-side of the hind-wing. 
Now, if they had really exercised a strong influence on 
the colouring of the Papilios as suggested, it seems only 
reasonable to suppose that we should find some effect pro- 
duced by this characteristic stripe. But no trace of it can 
be seen either in P. nephalion or any other species of the 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 113 


eneas and lysander groups that I have examined. Finally, 
there does not seem any reason to suppose that in these 
Papilios the females represent a modification of the male 
colouring. On the contrary, it appears far more probable 
that the female pattern is the older, and that the metallic 
patches of the males are a later development; indeed 
there are several allied species in which they are non- 
existent. 


IV. The suggested reciprocal resemblance between Pieris 
locusta and Heliconius cydno galanthus. 


In Trans. Ent. Soc. 1896, p. 72 (note), Dr. Dixey sug- 
gested tentatively that P. locusta f was a mimic of Helico- 
nius melpomene, so far as the under-side of the hind-wing 
was concerned. In Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 325, this 
idea was abandoned, and the very different H. cydno 
galanthus was then definitely proposed as the model. The 
resemblance however is certainly not of a kind to carry 
general conviction. The most characteristic feature of the 
under-side of the Heliconius consists of two curved chestnut 
stripes right across the hind-wing, having their origin at 
the middle of the inner margin. There is no trace of this 
marking in P. locusta, nor, so far as I am aware, does it 
occur independently in any American Pierines, although 
its appearance is simulated in several mimetic species by 
a prolongation of the lowest basal red spot. But the main 
point at issue is the contention that “there is more reason 
to suppose that the Heliconius has adopted certain features 
from the Pieris (for example, the whiteness of the ground- 
colour, and the disposition, if not the existence, of the 
basal red marks) than that the converse alone has taken 
place” (/. ¢. p. 327). The reasons in support of this belief 
are not mentioned, but we have seen above that the con- 
tention that the red basal spots have been produced, or 
even materially affected, in Heliconius by Pierine influence 
cannot be reasonably sustained. It remains only to deal 
with the proposition that the white area on the under-side 
of the fore-wing in the Heliconivs must be explained by 
its having directly mimicked the Pierine. Now the very 
position of this white patch is of itself a serious difficulty 
in the way of such an interpretation. The marking can 
have no significance during flight, for on its upper-side 
P. locusta § has not the slightest resemblance to the 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 8 


a 
114 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


Heliconius, being an ordinary plain white insect with a 
moderate black border. On the other hand, in a position 
of rest this marking would be concealed, and it is there- 
fore difficult to understand what mimetic value it could 
have. But it is only fair to point out that when the above 
proposal was made the true 9 of P. locusta was not known, 
the @ figured by Dr. Dixey (/.c. Pl. VII, fig. 7) belonging 
really to P. tithoreides, Butl. Now the real 2 of locusta, 
which is evidently a rare insect, does present a fair general 
resemblance on the upper-side to H.c. galanthus. For the 
whole of the hind-wing and the basal part of the fore-wing 
have been very much darkened and thus present a like- 
ness to the similar dark blue areas in the Heliconius. We 
need not therefore labour the point as to the mimicry of 
locusta $, but may merely consider whether it is reasonable 
to suppose that the white patch on the upper-side of the 
fore-wing of H. cydno and its numerous varieties has been 
produced by their directly mimicking locusta 9. 

The first point is the question of unpalatability. In 
the cases previously discussed there do appear to have 
been reasonable grounds for suggesting that the Pierines 
involved were distasteful. Here there appears to be none. 
Thus @ priori it seems extremely doubtful that a scarce 2 
Pierine, of questionable unpalatability, should have been 
able to profoundly modify the colouring of both sexes of 
an undoubtedly nauseous and abundant species such as 
H, cydno. The crux of the whole argument lies in the 
assumption that white colouring is abnormal in /eliconius 
and must therefore be due to Pierine influence. Now 
Riffarth and Stichel recognise 9 sub-species and 5 sub- 
sidiary forms of cydno. Of these 7 have a conspicuous broad 
white border in the hind-wing; 3 have this border of a 
yellow colour, and 4 (including galanthus) have no distinct 
border at all. It seems probable that the borderless 
galanthus-like forms represent the older type, of which the 
much commoner pale-margined forms are a more recent 
development. The hind-wings of these latter insects are 
quite different from anything to be found among American 
Pierines, and it can scarcely be contested that these broad 
white margins have been developed by Heliconius cydno 
and sapho quite apart from Pierine mimicry; and they 
have again been independently produced in the very 
different A. cyrbia. Further we may note that in Guiana 
H. hecale presents a large white area in the fore-wing; 


Ea — rr 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 115 


while other species of this inordinately variable genus 
exhibit forms having white patches or bands in the fore- 
wing. Of these may be mentioned various forms of sapho, 
xenoclea-notabilis, anderida-albicilla, antiochus-antiochus, 
wallacei-wallacer f. elsa, wallacei-colon f. clytia, etc., while 
in such forms as doris-doris and erato-erato f. udalrica the 
conversion of the yellow discal patch into white crops 
out as an occasional variation, thus showing an inherent 
tendency in that direction. 

There seem therefore no real grounds for believing 
that Heliconius cannot develop white markings, except 
under pressure of external mimetic influence, and the 
most satisfactory interpretation of the present case is that 
the 2 Pieris is a simple Batesian mimic of the Heliconius. 


V. The suggested reciprocal resemblance between the African 
Papilios of the zenobia growp and the Acrewine genus 
Planema. 


The normal upper-side colouring of the Papilios of the 
zenobia group may be briefly described as black, with a 
continuous whitish or yellowish oblique stripe across both 
wings, which varies in width, and often becomes macular 
in the fore-wing. There are 12 species recognised by 
Aurivillius, of which 5 present this type of colouring in 
both sexes, while in the remaining 7 the female is mimetic 
of either a Planema or an Amauris of the echeria pattern. 
In both sexes of all the species there is on the under-side 
of the hind-wing a large basal triangle of a golden-brown 
or chocolate-brown colour. In the largest species, such as 
cypreofila and gallicnus, in which the females are non- 
mimetic, this triangle attains its greatest size, and is 
traversed by continuous black inter-nervular streaks. In 
the mimetic species, as well as the non-mimetic zenobia, 
the streak nearest the costa is broadly divided so as to 
form two spots. In the females of the mimetic section 
the brown area is more reduced, causing a considerable 
shortening of the black streaks nearer the inner margin, 
and thus producing a more spot-like appearance. In this 
condition the marking presents an obvious superficial 
resemblance to the brown, black-spotted area which is 
found on the hind-wings of so many Planemas. This 
resemblance has been generally explained as being due 
to the Papilios being Batesian mimics of the Planemas, 


116 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


whose unpalatability is well established; a view which is 
still strongly held by Mr. Trimen. But this idea has been 
traversed by Prof. Poulton (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 488), 
who claims that the brown triangle is more characteristic 
of, and more highly developed in, the Papilios than the 
Planemas. He therefore assumes the Papilios to be 
unpalatable, and suggests that it is their mimetic influ- 
ence which has produced the brown triangle in Planema; 
and then subsequently the process has been reversed and 
the Papilios have begun to mimic the Planemas by a 
partial conversion of their stripes into spots, this being 
described as “a late diaposematic response ” (/.¢. p. 489). 

Although this suggestion is supposed to indicate a case 
of diaposematism, it is clear that the interpretation is not 
really diaposematic, in the sense of suggesting a mutual 
simultaneous approach. On the contrary, it evidently 
comes under the heading of what I have termed (p. 103) 
Alternating Resemblance, and involves the assumption of 
a corresponding alternation in the individual numbers of 
the respective species. 

The main point at issue is whether these Papilios are 
really unpalatable, and of this there is no practical evi- 
dence. It can only be settled by direct experiment, and 
by careful observation of the insects in relation to their 
environment. Personally, | have had experience of only a 
single species of the group, namely, the extremely local 
P. echerioides. The general behaviour of this insect ap- 
pears to me to be entirely at variance with the supposition 
that it is endowed with nauseous qualities, but its habits 
suggest a possible interpretation of the facts under dis- 
cussion. In South Africa P. echerioides is essentially a 
forest insect ; it is not to be found in open woodlands, but 
only among dense and heavy timber, coursing irregularly 
over the undergrowth beneath the trees. In such an 
environment, lit up by splashes of broken sunlight, the 
under-surface of the butterfly, as it settles on some low 
shrub or among dead leaves on the ground, exhibits none 
of the conspicuous warning characters which have been 
attributed to it; on the contrary, its colours harmonise 
most effectively with the surroundings in which it spends 
most of its time and in which it habitually goes to rest. 

The habits of our only Planema, P. aganice, are very 
different. For although it is also a lover of forests, it does 
not fly beneath the trees, but is to be found sailing about 


—_ 


pPrrele Ses 


et lta 


2 OP SS 


‘ 
: 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Minviery. 117 


the clearings round the edges of the forest patches; and 
when it settles there is no attempt at concealment, but it 
hangs limply from the end of a leaf or bare twig in the 
full sunlight. In such circumstances the same colour 
scheme, which in the Papilio makes for concealment, 
becomes conspicuous and obtrusive. But it may be asked, 
if their habits are so different, how can it benefit the 
Papilio to mimic the Planema? The question of food- 
supply furnishes the answer. In the forest itself flowers 
are few and far between; they are lovers of sunlight and 
are to be found principally in the clearings and round the 
edges of the forest. To such places the Papilio resorts 
to feed; it is here that it comes into contact with the 
Planema; it is here that the forces which make for mimicry 
find scope to operate. 

There seems reason to believe that the Central and 
West African Papilios of this group have habits similar to 
those of echerioides. The group has probably originated 
in West Africa and spread thence East and South. The 
larger species, cyprevofila and gallienus, with non-mimetic 
females, appear to be the least modified members of it, 
judging by their outline and colouring. The large brown 
triangle of these species, with its unaltered Papilio 
streaks, may then represent a scheme of cryptic coloration 
independently evolved by the group. The roughly 
Planema-like appearance of this pattern would of itself 
determine a mimicry of Planema wherever any species of 
the group came into special contact with that genus. The 
resemblance would be enhanced by the breaking of the 
stripes into spots, and by the reduction in size of the 
brown triangle, so that it would become, as we see it, 
smaller in the mimetic female than in its non-mimetic 
male. That this progressive diminution has actually 
taken place seems to be confirmed by a very interesting 
form of Papilio cynorta from Uganda, recently described 
by Mr. Neave under the name peculiaris (Nov. Zool. XI, 
p. 342, Pl. I, f. 7). According to Dr. Jordan (Trans. Ent. 
Suc. 1906, p. 219, note) the males are hardly distinguish- 
able from the typical Western cynorta. But whereas the 
female of that form mimics Planema gea, and has a con- 
spicuous brown triangle, peculiaris mimics P/. paragea, in 
which the basal triangle is almost obsolete. As a result 
we find that in the Papilio the triangle has been reduced 
to very small dimensions, all the stripes have disappeared 


118 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


from it and only the round spot above the cell is left. 
Here, at least, it is clear that, so far as concerns the brown 
patch, it is not the Papilio which has influenced the 
Planema, but vice versa. 

A final point may be noticed. On the West Coast the 
genus Planema attains its greatest development and 
the echeria type of Amauris is absent; the mimetic 
zenobia Papilios therefore all mimic Planema. In East 
and South Africa where A. echeria and albimaculata occur 
with Planema, the Papilios have abandoned the latter and 
mimic the Amauris; the reason being, no doubt, that the 
Amauris are much less particular as to the stations which 
they frequent and are to be found commonly flying right 
in the shady forests where the Papilios live. The facts 
appear to fully support Mr. Trimen’s view that with these 
Papilios the earlier tendency was to mimic Planema and 
that they have later been diverted towards Amauris (ef. 
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 488). 


VI. The suggested diaposematic resemblance between the two 
Lastern Pierines Huphina corva and Ixias baliensis, 9. 


This suggestion was made by Dr. Dixey in a short paper 
in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1906 (p. 521, Pl. XX XI). He there 
calls attention to the fact that HZ. nerissa corva differs from 
the typical nerissa of Continental India in the greater 
width of the black border on the hind-wings. This it is 
suggested is a mimetic approach towards the 2 of Jzias 
baliensis, which is only a slight local modification of 
I. veinwardtii. But so far as concerns the fore-wings, 
I. baliensis has departed from the normal colouring of 
? Iaias by the development of a row of four whitish sub- 
marginal spots in the apical black area. In this case it 
is claimed that the Jzias has mimicked the Huphina, so 
that there has been a reciprocal mimetic interchange. 

This interpretation involves the assumption of unpalat- 
ability in both the species. My friends, Colonel C. T. 
Bingham, Colonel N. Manders and Mr. R. Shelford, who 
are all acquainted with both genera in the field, inform 
me that while the Huphinas certainly exhibit a slow flight 
and a general demeanour which would suggest the posses- 
sion of unpleasant qualities, such is by no means the case 
with the species of /zias, which are active and wary insects. 
This fact, taken in conjunction with the obviously procryptic 


a pee HITS Ss ae 


afta | on? 


EIR Ae er 


a 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 119 


under-side colouring which prevails in that section of the 
genus to which J. baliensis belongs, renders it very im- 
probable that the Jvias has in any way influenced the 
Huphina. Furthermore, so far as the 2 sex is concerned, 
the increase of the black border in the hind-wing of 
ff, nerissa corva is not particularly striking, and there are 
two females in the British Museum which in this respect 
are scarcely to be distinguished from a 2 nerissa from 
Sikkim. It is in the f that the increase is specially 
noticeable, and this sex can certainly not be reasonably 
regarded as a mimic of J. baliensis 2, for the entire absence 
of the heavy black bar across the cell of the fore-wing 
gives it a very different appearance. 

Another serious difficulty, to which Dr. Dixey has him- 
self referred, is the discrepancy in the geographical range 
of the two species. To meet this it is suggested that 
either H. corva has extended its range, or J. baliensis has 
contracted its range, subsequently to the production of the 
mimicry. The facts do not appear to justify either of 
these assumptions. Dealing first with the Huphina, we 
fiad that the continental form neissa (with its var. phryne) 
is represented in the Andamans by a slightly darker form, 
lichenosa, leading up to the broad-bordered race corva 
(including the scarcely separable swmatrana) which is 
found throughout Sumatra, Java and up to the islands 
of Bali and Lombok. On the other hand, so far as we 
know at present, the range of Jxias reinwardtiw lies 
entirely to the east of this, namely, in the islands of 
Timor, Flores, Sumba, Sumbawa, Lombok, up to Bali, 
which constitutes its westernmost limit. 

If we assume H. corva to be a mimetic modification of 
nerissa which was evolved in the island of Bali and has 
since extended thence, we must suppose that originally 
typical nerissa occurred throughout Sumatra, Java and 
Bali. If this were so, why should corva have so totally 
replaced nerissa in Java and Sumatra, where Jzxzas 
baliensis does not occur, and how are we to explain 
the existence of an intermediate form in the Andamans ? 
On the other hand, there is even more difficulty in accept- 
ing the supposition that LZ. reinwardtii baliensis, which is 
confined to a little island some 80 by 50 miles in extent, 
should have originally ranged throughout Java and 
Sumatra (with a combined length of some 1,700 miles), 
from which it has now completely disappeared. For the 


- 


120 Mr.G, A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


slight characteristics which distinguish baliensis from the 
typical race reinwardiii are essentially such as we should 
expect to find in a group of individuals which have been 
comparatively recently isolated from the main body of the 
species ; in other words, baliensis differs from reinwardtit 
simply because it has been confined to the island of Bali. 

If we examine such a series of forms as Huphina phryne, 
nerissa, lichenosa and corva, it seems clear that we are 
dealing with those progressive modifications which are 
generally comprised under the name of geographical races ; 
that is to say, the differences exhibited are accepted as due 
to the influence of either climatic causes, or isolation, or a 
combination of both. It is the more probable that such 
is here the case when we find that the allied Indian 
H. nadina § presents similar modifications; being repre- 
sented by an intermediate form, andamana, in the 
Andamans, and a more heavily-bordered form, /awcettt, 
in Sumatra. Such progressive widening of the black 
borders may also be observed in other Pierme genera, 
such as Delias, Prioneris, Appias, etc.; while from Africa, 
and doubtless from many other parts of the world, 
numerous parallel cases could be cited in which no 
mimetic interpretation could cover the facts. 

Further, it may be mentioned that heavy black borders 
are a very common feature in the genus Huphina and 
exist in a majority of the species occurring in the Malay 
Archipelago. They attain their highest development in 
afinis (Celebes), in which they occupy nearly half the 
wing and are far broader than anything to be found 
throughout the whole genus vias. A considerable 
number of species from these islands could be mentioned 
in which the borders are markedly better developed than 
in H, corva. 

I find myself unable therefore to accept the suggestion 
that the broader black margin of H. corva is due to the 
direct mimetic influence of J. baliensis 2. It is possible 
that the vias may have mimicked the Huphina, but in 
dealing with such black and white Pierines a_ hasty 
assumption of mimicry is specially to be deprecated; and 
it is well to bear in mind the judicious warning in this 
connection uttered by Wallace forty years ago: “By far 
the most general type of colouring in the Pieridz, and 
which recurs in hundreds of species, is a white ground 
with a black outer border, always most developed at the 


Pee FT ae 


ae 


See ee ee es | 


i. foe 


~ 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry, 121 


apex of the upper-wings, and very frequently less marked 
on the hind-wings. It is not therefore surprising that 
among the many slight modifications of this commonest 
and most simple type of coloration, two species belonging 
to different genera should closely resemble each other 
externally”’ (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1867, p. 311). 

Finally, it may be mentioned that very little is known 
about the 2 of J. baliensis. This sex was not known to 
Friihstorffer when he described the subspecies in 1897. 
There is a single specimen at Oxford, namely, that captured 
by Mr. Shelford and figured by Dr. Dixey (/.¢.), and only 
one in the British Museum. ‘The latter differs consider- 
ably in appearance from the Oxford 9, in that it has a 
pronounced suffusion of yellow in the fore-wing and a 
reduction of the black markings; it can in no sense be 
regarded as a mimic of H. corva, There is no evidence 
available as to the relative occurrence of these two forms. 


VII. The suggested reciprocal mimicry between Papilio 
dardanus ¢ form cenea and the Danaines Amauris 
echeria and albimaculata. 


The remarkable suggestion that these two dominant 
species of Amauris have been modified in mimicry of 
P. dardanus was propounded by Professor Poulton in 
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1906, p. 292, and the following comments 
will be better understood if reference be made to the 
numerous plates with which his paper is illustrated. 

On examining some of the more primitive females of 
P. dardanus (such as triment, l.c. Pl. XVIII, fig. 1), 
Professor Poulton was struck by the outward production 
of the basal pale patch of the hind-wing between veins 
5 and 6, a character which is readily recognisable in the 
non-mimetic ~. Now,in Amauris echeria and albimaculata 
the discal pale patch also shows a very marked external 
angulation at about the same position ; but it is contended 
that this form of marking cannot have been acquired from 
the Amauris by the Papilio, because it is ancestral in the 
latter species. The conclusion is therefore reached that 
the Amauris must have acquired it by mimicking the 
Papilio, and subsequently exaggerated the character. The 
possibility of independent origin is not considered. 

This suggestion invites criticism along three lines: the 
question of the edibility of the Papilio; the relative 


_ 


122 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


numbers of model and mimic; and an examination of the 
occurrence of the angular markings in the species allied 
to the Amauris and Papilio respectively. 

With regard to the inedibility of dardanus, unfortunately 
no experiments have been made with this species,* although 
Mr. Mansel Weale has observed the ¢ to be captured 
and eaten by a flycatcher (Zerpsiphone perspicillata) in 
Cape Colony (Proc. Ent. Soc, 1874, p. 132). But my own 
observations of the general habits of the species in its 
natural haunts cannot permit me to regard it as an un- 
palatable insect, as I should apply that term to an Acrea, 
Mylothris or Neptis; and that very accurate observer, 
Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., informs me that he is strongly 
of the same opinion. He was particularly impressed by 
the fact that the 2 shows a persistent habit of concealing 
itself beneath the herbage when not actually searching 
for food ; a habit also noted by the late Colonel Bowker 
and Mr. Mansel Weale. This behaviour is in striking 
contrast to that of all S. African species having undoubted 
nauseous qualities. Again, no one who has seen the ¢ 
dardanus at rest can doubt the cryptic value of its under- 
side colouring, and Mr. Trimen has quoted an observation 
of the late Mrs. Barber showing the care exercised in select- 
ing a suitable resting-place (8. Afr. Butt.; iii, p. 254),+ 
another habit which is quite at variance with the assump- 
tion of inedibility. Finally, when we examine the more 
primitive and non-mimetic females of the Abyssinian 
P. antinori and the Madagascan P. meriones, from which 
dardanus is derived, we find that their under-sides are also 
thoroughly cryptic in character. Thus the balance of 
evidence certainly appears to be against the supposition 


* Drs. Dixey and Longstaff record that the ¢ had a similar smell 
to that found in P. demodocus and described as “ like fusty packing- 
straw,” but in dardanus it was “less musty.” The 2 was not 
investigated, so that it is not certain that this odour may not be 
merely sexual in character, like the musky odour of male hawk- 
moths mentioned by Darwin (“Descent of Man,” p. 308). It may 
be noted however that a ¢ Pap. leonidas examined by Dr, Dixey was 
considered to have the unpleasant smell of D. chrysippus ; whereas 
several males smelt by Dr. Longstaff were found to give a “strong, 
sweet, ‘white flower’ scent, followed by something more spicy.” A 
similar discrepancy occurs in their records as to Neptis agatha (Proce. 
Ent. Soc. 1906, p. v). The exact significance of the observations 
therefore remains doubtful. 

+ A similar observation has been made by Surgeon-Major Clements 
at Sierra Leone (cf. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1906, p. xxix). 


* | ee oe 


eae ma 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 128 


that dardanus possesses nauseous qualities; and if this 
be so, the argument for Diaposematism falls to the 
ground. 

It is not always easy to form a definite conclusion as to 
the relative numbers of a model and its mimic, but there 
can be little chance of error in the present instance. We 
may first note that if the 2 dardanus exhibits this angular 
marking in such of its forms as hippocoonoides or trophonius, 
this can have no mimetic influence upon A. echeria, because 
those forms do not at all resemble this species, but mimic 
two other Danaines. For this reason we must only con- 
sider the occurrence of this angulation in the cenea form 
which mimics echeria. We shall find however that that 
character occurs more rarely in cenea than in the above 
forms, and then nearly always in the examples which are 
least like echeria. Therefore in estimating numbers, we 
have on one side a comparatively rare variation of a single 
form of only one sex of the Papilio, and on the other side 
both sexes of two very common species of Amauris. From 
what I know of the prevalence of these two insects in 
nature it would be a conservative estimate to reckon that 
the latter would exceed the former in the ratio of 100 
to 1. It has already been shown how impossible it is to 
believe that in such circumstances the mere operation of 
the Miillerian factor could have compelled the Amauwris to 
mimic this variation of the Papilio. Here again the facts 
appear to entirely forbid a diaposematic interpretation. 

When we investigate the occurrence of this angular 
marking in other species of Amauwris and Papilio, still 
further difficulties present themselves, With one or two 
exceptions all the species of Amauris have a large basal 
or sub-basal pale patch on the hind-wings. Out of 20 
of such species I find that no less than 13 possess the 
angulation in question. In psyttalea and dominicanus it 
is variable in its occurrence ; in such forms as lobengula 
and crawshayi it is very similar to what we find in 
Pap. dardanus; in ochleides, hyalites, etc. it 1s more 
marked ; whilst in echeria and albimaculata it is far more 
developed than in any Papilio. On the other band, this 
character is a very unusual one in the genus Papilio; 
indeed I have failed to find anything which is really 
comparable with the Amawris pattern except among those 
Papilios which tend to mimic Danaines in which it already 
exists. These facts, again, are quite at variance with what 


_ 


124 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


we should expect to find if the argument for reciprocal 
influence were sound. 

It is by no means evident that this angular marking has 
any real mimetic significance at all. In the more primitive 
and non-mimetic 2 9 of Pap. meriones and antinori the 
hind-wing is usually pale yellow, with three large, discon- 
nected, submarginal black patches. The first step in the 
mimetic approach towards the Danaines appears to have 
consisted in the linking up of these patches to form the 
continuous dark border so characteristic of the models. 
An examination of the various forms of the f dardanus 
shows that the costal and median black patches usually 
unite in a very characteristic manner, so as to give rise 
to the angulation in question; and we may reasonably 
assume that a somewhat similar process took place in the 
females. Now, it will be found that the development of 
the angle is fairly constantly correlated with a com- 
paratively narrow black border, and therefore it occurs 
most frequently in the more primitive and less specialised 
mimics, such as the forms évimeni and hippocoonoides, in 
which the border is not broad. On the other hand, as the 
inner edge of the border tends to approach the apex of 
the discoidal cell, so does the angle become more or less 
completely obliterated. In Amauris echeria and albimacu- 
lata the black border is very broad, and it will be found 
that the specimens of P. dardanus f. cenea which present 
the closest resemblance to them are those in which the 
border is very broad and the angle consequently obliterated 
(cf. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1906, Pl. XVII, figs. 8-10, as against 
fig. 11, which is a comparatively poor mimic). 

So far therefore from being able to accept the suggestion 
that the angular marking has been produced in the 
Amauris by the influence of the Papilio, it appears to 
me that this merely transitional character in the Papilio 
has had so little mimetic value that it is actually in 
process of being eliminated by the influence of the 
Amauris.* 


* Tt is interesting to note in this connection that neither Papilio 
echerioides nor P. jacksoni has developed this angulation, although 
they are excellent mimics of the same two species of Amauris. 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 125 


VIII. The mimetic relationship between the Danaine Melinda 
formosa and Papilio rex. 


This point has been discussed by Mr. 8. A. Neave in 
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1906, p. 216 (cf Pl. XI and XII), where 
he advances the proposition that Pap. vex and its local 
race, mimeticus, are not Batesian mimics of Melinda formosa 
and mercedonia respectively, but that they are themselves 
unpalatable insects, which have in some respects mimicked 
the Danaines, in others served as models for them. 

There is no tangible evidence as to the existence of 
nauseous qualities in these Papilios; it is merely deduced 
from the supposed reciprocal nature of the mimicry. 
According to our present knowledge these are very much 
rarer than the Melindas; indeed, in the case of mimeticus, 
I am not aware of the existence of any specimens beyond 
the unique type from Uganda, although its suggested 
mimic is stated by Mr. Neave to be common in that 
district, and is also recorded from a good many localities 
in German East Africa. 

The foundation of Mr. Neave’s argument consists in the 
assumption that the three species of the African group, 
or sub-genus, Melinda, have been directly derived from 
Tirumala petiverana, which is the African representative 
of the two common Asiatic species 7. limniace and 
septentrionis. 

Now, the Melindas differ from petiverana in having the 
fore-wings considerably more elongated, and also in having 
the pale markings at the base of the hind-wing more con- 
solidated, so as to form a continuous pale area, interrupted 
only by the darkened nervures. These are therefore 
stated to be “new developments and _ non-ancestral 
characters” which have been acquired by the Danaines 
from Papilio rex. 

But the validity of this suggested genealogy seems open 
to serious doubt. The fact that 7’ petiverana represents 
merely a recent modification of some Eastern Zirwmala is 
so clear that it is generally treated as only a local race of 
T. limniace. On the other hand, the Melindas differ from 
the true Tirumalas not only in the structure of the J brand 
(upon which Moore founded his genus), but also in several 
characters in the ¢ genitalia, as well as their general facies. 
There is no species of Melinda in Asia, and these differences 
appear to indicate that the African forms have been isolated 


126 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


for a very considerable time from the Eastern Tirumalas. 
We have therefore no reason for assuming that the ob- 
viously recent intruder, 7’. petiverana, must have been the 
direct progenitor of the Melindas. 

The more recent intrusion of petiverana must also be 
inferred if we apply Professor Poulton’s test, namely, a 
comparison of the mimetic effect produced by the respective 
forms. In spite of its abundance and widespread occur- 
rence in Tropical Africa peliverana has not yet succeeded 
in producing a really close mimic, though there are two or 
three species which present a generalised resemblance to 
it ; whereas all three Melindas have entered into a very 
close mimetic association with some particular species, 
thus indicating that they have been resident in the country 
for a longer period. 

There seems to be no justification for assuming that 
Melinda has been directly derived from any particular 
species of Asiatic Tivwmala as we now know it. But 
with regard to the pale patch in the hind-wing referred 
to by Mr. Neave, we may note that it occurs in several 
Eastern Tirumalas, such as various forms of /immniace and 
melissa, choaspes, ete.; its appearance being very similar to 
what we find in JZ. formosa. Wherefore the statement 
that this character must be a “new and non-ancestral 
development” in the last species cannot be reasonably 
maintained. Moreover, this type of marking is very 
common among Asiatic Danaines and is_ particularly 
characteristic of the African forms. 

As to the pointed fore-wing of MV. formosa, it is true 
that no 7irwmala exhibits a similar shape; but this again 
is far from being an unusual character among Eastern 
Danaines, and in the genus Naswma it has attained an 
even greater development than in Melinda. An elongated 
fore-wing is also a very common feature among the African 
species and is to be found in a considerable number of 
Amauris. It is by no means clear why these slow-flying 
butterflies should have so largely adopted this pointed 
form of wing; but it seems not improbable that the cause 
which has produced this effect in Amauris has also operated 
on the Melindas during their prolonged isolation from their 
Eastern progenitors. ‘This view is indirectly supported by 
the following facts. 

Mr. Neave has pointed out that in the Abyssinian sub- 
species M. formosa neumanni the fore-wings are slightly 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 127 


shorter than in the typical form. This is exactly paralleled 
in the Abyssinian Amauris hecate stictica, which has the 
fore-wing very distinctly shorter than in the Western 
hecate; and again examples of A. echeria streckeri from 
the same locality have these wings appreciably less pointed 
than in A. echeria jacksoni from British East Africa. 
Neither can there be any question as to mimetic influence 
between these three very different species. We are there- 
fore justified in assuming provisionally that the shape of 
the wing is affected by some general local factor.* 

It has been suggested by Mr. Neave that JZ. formosa 
neumannt represents an intermediate stage between JZ. 
formosa and 7’. petiverana ; but he then had only a single 
example of newmanni at his disposal. Dr. Jordan has very 
kindly brought up to London for my examination three 
typical specimens of this Abyssinian form, and he entirely 
agrees with me that there are no adequate reasons for 
accepting this suggestion, the improbability of which has 
already been shown on other grounds. 

The attempt to interpret the mimicry in this case as 
being reciprocal does not appear convincing, while the facts 
are entirely consonant with the conception that the Papilio 
is a simple Batesian mimic of the Melinda. P. rex is a 
very isolated species and has evidently been profoundly 
modified by mimetic influences. But its structural charac- 
ters, in conjunction with the characteristic arrangement of 
the submarginal row of yellow spots, indicate that its 
nearest ally is P. demodocus, which has the fore-wings 
much less produced. It is probable therefore that rez 
represents a mimetic modification of some demodocus-like 
ancestor. 

My friend Mr. Trimen has kindly permitted me to quote 
the following comments which he has sent me in connec- 
tion with this case: “The latter feature [elongation of 
fore-wing] strikes me as affording extremely weak support 
to that theory [reciprocal mimicry], seeing that, next to 
the showy and strongly-contrasted colours on both upper 
and under surfaces of the wings, there is no feature so 


* Wallace has recorded (“Malay Archip.” p. 215) that there is a 
similar tendency in the Island of Celebes for butterflies of different 
genera and subfamilies to develop a markedly pointed or elongated 
wing. It may be noted that Amauris comorana, in the Comoro 
Islands, has a sharper fore-wing than any continental species, being 
in this respect very similar to M. formosa. 


- 
128 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


universally and saliently denoting the unpalatable groups 
of butterflies. It is impossible to doubt that in all these 
groups the advantage of the prolongation of the fore-wings 
is primarily to increase conspicuousness by that special 
form of wing, and secondly to increase the area available 
for warning colours. The character being so general and 
so fixed in tendency, one cannot be surprised to find some 
species developing it more than others; and there seems 
no need, in such a case as that of the Melinda Danaines, 
to have recourse to the far-fetched idea of these abundant 
and distasteful butterflies having to borrow so natural a 
feature from the rare Papilio vez and extremely rare 
P. mimeticus. In the genus Acrxa no one deems it 
necessary to account for such great prolongation of the 
fore-wing as is found in J. perenna or A. pharsalus by 
assigning it to mimicry of any butterfly of a remote 
family.” 

These then are the cases which have so far been 
adduced to demonstrate the actual occurrence in nature 
of Reciprocal Mimicry. To my mind, the facts when 
critically examined do not lend any valid support to such 
a hypothesis; nor even do they appear to justify in any 
instance the assumption of that mimetic inter-action which 
I have termed Alternating Mimicry or Resemblance. 


The Scope of Batesian Mimiery. 


Up to the present time it has generally been considered 
that mimicry between two species which both possess dis- 
tasteful qualities cannot possibly be explained on the lines 
of Bates’ theory, but that the association must be Miillerian 
in character; in other words, that it can only have been 
produced by the selective action of experimental tasting 
by inexperienced animals. Now when I began experi- 
menting on these subjects in South Africa, some twelve 
years ago, one of the first things that impressed me was 
the fact that there was clearly a considerable difference in 
the degrees of distastefulness, not only between different 
genera of butterflies, but even within the limits of a single 
genus, such as Acrva. Further, the question was compli- 
cated by the divergence in the likes and dislikes of various 
insectivorous animals. No doubt all this has long been 
recognised ; yet in practice, the application of the Miillerian 
interpretation involves the assumption of a uniform standard 


4 RI Re OSES 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 129 


of inedibility, and the complications which would be intro- 
duced by inequality in this respect have not been taken 
into account. 

When we recognise however that there actually are 
varying grades of unpalatability in butterflies, and that 
certain enemies may adapt themselves to prey on the 
less protected forms while avoiding those that are most 
nauseous, it becomes clear that any mimicry which may 
arise as a result of such selection could not possibly be 
classed as Miillerian, but would be due to the simple 
operation of the pr inciple enunciated by Bates, in spite of 
the fact that the mimic possesses qualities rendering it 
distasteful to other animals, That there is no inherent 
improbability in such a supposition is shown by some 
experiments I made upon a tame ground hornbill (Bucorax 
caffer) in Natal (Trans, Ent. Soc. 1904, p. 347). To this 
bird, which roamed unconfined, I gave at different times 
five species of Acrxva and one of “Planema, all of which 
were readily eaten and with evident appreciation ; but 
when a Danaida chrysippus was offered to it, it merely 
crushed the thorax and dropped it at once, a second 
specimen being treated in a precisely similar manner. 
Again, through the kindness of Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton 
I have obtained proof that wild Bee-eaters will prey upon 
Acrzas; there is also some evidence that they avoid 
Danaines. When fuller information is obtained on this 
point it may be necessary to reconsider the current 
supposition that the mimicry of <Acrea encedon for 
Danaida chrysippus is purely Miillerian. 

But there is another way in which Batesian mimicry 
may have arisen among unpalatable butterflies. Professor 
Poulton long ago pointed out that insectivorous animals 
which, under normal conditions, would refuse insects 
having an unpleasant taste, would yet eat them when 
driven thereto by hunger. If we suppose that in such 
circumstances a wild bird were compelled to feed upon 
distasteful insects, upon making experiments it would 
doubtless find that while some of these were extremely 
unpleasant, others would be passable. It seems an en- 
tirely fair and reasonable supposition to infer that this 
bird would select the species which were less unpalatable 
to the exclusion of the others, and if the necessary 
variations arose, this selection would tend to cause the 
former to become Batesian mimics of the latter. Such 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 9 


sl 


130 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


conditions would be likely to occur very frequently during 
the dry winter months in South Africa. Here again I 
find some confirmatory evidence among my experiments 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, p. 344). A tame kestrel (7innun- 
culus neumannt), Which had shown pronounced dislike of 
both Aereas and Danaida chrysippus, was starved for 
twenty-four hours. After eating seven palatable butter- 
flies 1t was given two Acrzas, which were swallowed 
whole; then a D. chrysippus was offered to it, which was 
tasted but emphatically rejected, and immediately after- 
wards three more Acrzeas were swallowed whole. Thus 
under the stress of hunger the bitter juices of the Acrzas 
were disregarded, but the more highly unpleasant flavour 
of the Danaine still remained a deterrent. 

From these remarks we see that the interpretation of 
Batesian mimicry is not to be restricted only to those 
cases where an edible species mimics an inedible model ; 
but while in Miillerian mimicry the essential condition is 
a difference in the individual numbers of two inedible 
species, in Batesian mimicry the essential condition is 
a difference in the palatability. Both species may be 
distasteful, but wherever there is scope for preference, 
there it is possible for Bates’ principle to operate. Thus, 
so far from being able to accept the suggestion that 
practically all mimicry among butterflies is Miillerian in 
character, 1t seems to me that we have not yet begun to 
appreciate how wide a significance Bates’ principle may 
have. The question is extremely complex, and resolves 
itself ultimately into a consideration of the mental atti- 
tude of insectivorous animals towards their prey. It is 
even possible for a single species to be at the same time 
both a Miillerian and a Batesian mimic of one and the 
same species in relation to the attacks of different enemies. 
The final decision on these points must rest with the 
field-observer and experimenter. 


On the greater predominance of the factors which make for 
Batesian mimicry. 


There are some general considerations which also appear 
to negative the supposition that the occurrence of Miillerian 
mimicry is far in excess of Batesian. It has already been 
argued (p. 113) that the operation of the Miillerian factor 
is practically restricted to the breeding season of birds, 


Ee een pee OF 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimiery. 131 


etc., while Bates’ factor is in force at all times. But if 
we further consider the life of an individual bird it is 
apparent that its experimental period is only of short 
duration, while for the rest of its life its selective action 
will be simply in a Batesian sense ; its increasing experience 
giving it added efficacy in this direction. As against this 
view Professor Poulton has urged (Proc. Ent. Soc. 1903, 
p- 1x) that Miillerian selection is probably more keen than 
it appears; that we must not estimate it by a comparison . 
of the relative numbers of mature and immature enemies 
at any given time, but that we must remember that there 
is a considerable elimination of the young of these enemies, 
so that a large percentage never reaches maturity, and it 
is apparently assumed that these individuals only operate 
as Miillerian factors. 

Taking the case of birds, which are, almost certainly, the 
principal agents in the production of mimicry among 
butterflies, let us examine this matter of the destruction 
of the young. We have no exact knowledge on the sub- 
ject at all, but it is reasonable to suppose that the most 
critical and dangerous period of a young bird’s life is 
during the time when it is a helpless nestling and _also 
for a few days after it has left the nest, while it is still 
unable to fly properly, to recognise its enemies or to 
provide itself with food. It is probable, therefore, that 
by far the greatest destruction of life among young birds 
will take place between the time when they leave the egg 
and the time when they are able to fly properly and forage 
for themselves. But throughout this period young birds 
do not operate as Miillerian factors ; such selective influence 
as they may have upon the insects in their neighbourhood 
will be exercised entirely through the medium of their 
parents, and as these latter will be mature and, pre- 
sumably, experienced birds, their effect will be solely in 
a Batesian direction. This aspect of the question there- 
fore does not, as it seems to me, add weight to the 
Miillerian argument, but rather the reverse. 


Tenacity of life in unpalatable species. 


Many observers have called attention to the fact that 
various butterflies exhibit a very remarkable tenacity of 
life, accompanied by a toughness of the integuments. In 
all these cases the insects belong to genera in which the 


ca 
132 Mr.G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


existence of nauseous qualities has been well established, 
and this tenacity does not appear to occur apart from those 
qualities. The great utility of such a faculty to insects 
which are liable to be experimentally seized and rejected 
by enemies is so obvious that its very existence may be 
taken as good circumstantial evidence that Miiller’s factor is 
an objective reality, and not a mere figment of the imagina- 
tion. Butit must not be forgotten that the very efficacy of 
this characteristic in saving the lives of the insects and 
enabling them to propagate their kind after experimental 
attacks (an essential condition for its development) causes 
it to become a serious check on the production of Miillerian 
mimicry; for such mimicry can be brought about only by 
a progressive destruction, or sexual disablement, by experi- 
mental tasting, of those individuals of the mimic which 
do not conform to the mimetic pattern. Wherefore any 
quality evolved by the species which diminishes this 
destruction must, so far as it is successful, prevent a 
mimetic approach. This limitation of Miiller’s conception 
does not appear to have been sufficiently taken into 
account. 


Colour as a guide to unpalatability. 


Although the existence of displeasing qualities in butter- 
flies is very generally indicated by bright colours on both 
surfaces of the wings, such is by no means always the 
case. Among the Acrvine, I[thomiine, and especially 
the Hupleini, there are many instances of colouring so 
sombre that were it associated with the requisite pro- 
cryptic habits it would serve most effectually as a means 
of concealment. In such instances it is only the slow 
heavy flight and generally gregarious habits of the insects 
which cause them to become conspicuous objects ; and 
these peculiarities of manuer are to be found in every 
species whose distastefulness has been satisfactorily de- 
monstrated. On the other land, there is at present no 
experimental evidence which clearly proves the existence 
of inedible qualities in butterflies which exhibit a strong 
active flight and general wariness of manner, together 
with obviously procryptic habits. We may of course 
assume the existence of such qualities, but the value and 
desirability of such an assumption must remain merely 
a matter of opinion. 

As a result of a good many years’ experience of 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 138 


butterfly life in South Africa I am convinced that we shall 
obtain a truer insight into the mimetic relationships of 
these insects if we take their natural behaviour as our 
guide, than if we rely too exclusively upon theoretical 
deductions based on colour patterns alone. 

To take an example. We know nothing whatever 
about the edibility, or otherwise, of the numerous species 
of South American Frycinidy. There appear to be a 
good many cases of mimicry among them, and a certain 
number of the species are very brightly coloured. It has 
therefore been supposed that the family is probably un- 
palatable as a whole. On the other hand, Wallace tells 
us (Trans. Ent. Soe. (2), II, 1863, p. 262) that the brightly- 
coloured species of Hrycina have a very quick, jerky, 
“skipper ”-like flight; whereas of the other genera “the 
great mass of the species” have the curious habit of 
always settling on the under-sides of leaves with wings 
outspread.* Now habits such as these are not known 
to occur among any distasteful butterflies in any part of 
the world; for, as we have seen, leisurely movements and 
a contempt for concealment are the most essential charac- 
teristics of these insects, for which the display of their 
warning colours is of the very first importance. In the light 
of our present knowledge therefore it seems difficult to 
justify such a far-reaching assumption of distastefulness ; 
and we can scarce hope for stability in the theoretical 
edifices which may be raised on so dubious a foundation. 

Again, it has been suggested that the roughly Acrea- 
like facies of the giant Papilio antimachus of West Africa 
has probably a Miillerian significance, apparently without 
any regard to its habits. My friend, Professor Yngve 
Sjostedt, of Stockholm, who collected for some time in 
the Cameroons, has given me a graphic account of the 
great wariness and tremendous speed of this strange insect, 
whose flight, he said, could only be compared to that of a 
swallow. On the other hand, he told me that the lovely blue 
Papilio zalmozxis, which is often associated with antimachus 
by systematists, was far more common, having a slow 
heavy flight and being easily captured. In this case the 
habits serve to confirm the idea of distastefulness suggested 
by the appearance of the insect. But are we then to 


* Bates also gives some interesting notes on the remarkable 
differences of habits which are to be found in this family (op. ci. 
(2), V, 1858, pp. 4, 5. 


- 


Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


put antimachus in the same category, and utterly ignore 
that remarkable divergence in behaviour which of itself 
bears eloquent testimony to a profound difference between 
these two species in relation to their insectivorous foes ? 

The Pierine genus Selenois has also been credited with 
unpleasant qualities, and these are supposed to be so 
marked that, as recently suggested, B. severina has been 
mimicked by several species of other genera. There is 
nothing in the flight of this species to lend colour to such 
a view, and it has apparently been overlooked that in my 
experiments (Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, passim) this insect 
and the closely allied B. mesentina were eaten by baboons 
with evident relish. They were also eaten without any 
signs of distaste by a mongoose, a kestrel and mantises ; 
while Colonel Yerbury observed B. mesentina to be eaten 
in large numbers by spiders, and its larvae were eagerly 
devoured by my baboon. The assumption of a pronounced 
degree of distastefulness in this case does not seem to be 
warranted, unless supported by experiments which shall 
refute the results obtained by myself. 

The suggestion of inedibility in the genus Precis is still 
more instructive, and may therefore be treated more in 
detail. 


The suggested distastefulness of the Nymphaline genus 
Precis. 


In Trans. Ent. Soe. 1902 (pp. 424-430) Professor 
Poulton very strongly urged the probable unpalatability 
of the genus Precis, basing his views upon the apparent 
conspicuousness of the under-side colouring in the wet 
phases of three species. For he says: “It has here been 
shown that there are important [warning] elements in the 
under-side coloration of the wet phases of Precis sesamus 
and P. antilope which cannot be explained as mimicry, 
Batesian or Miillerian, while the entire appearance of 
the under surface of P. archesia f. pelasgis can only be 
interpreted as a warning character” (/.c. p. 438). This 
conception is further supplemented by the “inevitable 
conclusion” that the conspicuousness of the wet phase 
has been modified out of the older cryptic appearance of 
the dry (/.c. pp. 430, 431); and the tentative suggestion 
that the former phase may be more unpalatable than the 
latter (p. 441). 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 135 


With regard to the black, white-spotted area at the 
base of the under-side of the hind-wing in the wet phase 
of sesamus and antilope, Professor Poulton has himself 
recognised that this marking is not so isolated as he at 
first thought (p. 427). Indeed, it actually occurs in those 
very Acrzas to which these insects present a rough 
mimetic resemblance, and therefore its appearance in 
Precis can quite consistently be explained on Batesian 
lines. Thus an important plank in his argument 
collapses. 

Next as to the case of pelasgis, Professor Poulton says 
that “the conspicuous appearance of the under-sides of 
these forms is doubtless chiefly adapted to render them 
conspicuous during the attitude of rest” (p. 438). Now 
unlike Danaines and Acrzeas, I have found it no easy 
matter to discover a wet-phase Precis in an attitude of 
prolonged rest, and in every such case that I can recollect 
the butterfly had concealed itself on the under-surface of 
a leaf; a position which can hardly be considered to lend 
itself to a display of warning colours. 

During my last summer in Rhodesia I kept a special 
look-out for pelasgis, and on three occasions I observed a 
specimen going to roost under the broad leaves of its food- 
plant. I trust some other entomologist will check my 
observations, for I must confess that I utterly failed to 
detect in the appearance of these insects anything which 
could be described, even by the widest stretch of imagin- 
ation, as “startlingly conspicuous” (p. 429). On the 
contrary, the general effect of the colouring harmonised 
with the surroundings in a way one would not expect 
when merely examining the insect in the cabinet; for the 
pale transverse stripe (the so-called “ warning” band) did 
not throw the insect into relief, but served only to break 
up its contour, which thus became less obvious in the 
lights and shadows among the leaves. I do not wish to 
maintain, however, that the colour of pelasgis is ideally 
procryptic; far from it. But of this I feel assured, that 
it would afford adequate protection to an edible species at 
a time when the struggle for existence is not too keen, 
and when the shrubs and bushes still retain sufficient 
leaves beneath which it may safely shelter. Nor can I 
think that its colourmg would prove a danger to so alert 
and active an insect during its waking hours. 

The next point to be considered is the supposition that 


all 
136 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


the brighter under-side colours of the wet phases of these 
species has been more recently evolved from the older 
cryptic pattern of the dry phase. On general grounds 
such a conclusion seems very difficult to accept. There 
can be no question that for butterflies which are on the 
wing throughout the year in South Africa the dry season 
is the time of greatest stress and danger. And from this 
it can only be concluded that that phase which alone is 
able to subsist under such conditions must present a 
higher degree of protective efficiency, either in colour or 
habits, than does the wet phase. If then it be supposed 
that this cryptic coloration, or some modification of it, 
was originally common to both seasons, it is difficult to 
understand why it should subsequently have been elimin- 
ated for the purpose of establishing a scheme of colouring 
having a lower protective value. For if this eryptic under- 
side afforded an efficient protection from the greater risks 
of the dry season, it must have been amply sufficient to 
meet the requirements of the species during the less 
dangerous summer months. A comparison of various 
details of the patterns also seems to me to point strongly 
to the opposite conclusion, namely, that the dry phase is 
a more recent development of the wet in response to a 
greater need for protection; while in the case of sesamus, 
there is important experimental evidence in the same 
sense. In these experiments, which are as yet unpub- 
lished, I found that by the application of moisture I could 
convert the dry phase into the wet; but I could not con- 
vert the wet into the dry, either by dryness or cold. If 
we accept Weissman’s arguments in respect to Araschnia 
levana, this evidence must be taken as indicating that the 
wet form is phylogenetically older than the dry. Thus 
the suggestion that the wet phase represents an unpalat- 
able and warningly-coloured form, which has been evolved 
from the cryptic dry phase, finds no support. On the 
contrary, the evidence points to the conclusion that the 
cryptic dry phase is a later development in response to a 
greater need for protection, and also shows that there is 
no adequate reason why we should postulate distastefulness 
in the wet phase of this genus. 

Finally, we may turn to the evidence yielded by the 
various experiments which are detailed in the earlier 
pages of the same paper. In the course of these experi- 
ments examples of five species of Precis (including 


——S Se 
—- 
.* 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 137 


Junonia) were offered to mantises, a spider, a kestrel, 
a ground-hornbill, a mongoose, a monkey (Cercopithecus 
pygerythrus) and baboons ; and subsequently (unpublished) 
to another species of monkey, Cere. albigularis. In no 
case did the behaviour of these animals give any grounds 
for the supposition that the butterflies possessed any 
unpleasant flavour whatsoever; and the value of the evi- 
dence is obviously enhanced by the fact that the Precis 
were readily eaten by a number of very different animals. 
But leaving out of consideration those animals which 
exhibited rather indiscriminate tastes, we may briefly 
summarise the remaining cases :— 


Precis antilope (dry phase): 2 examples eaten readily by 
Cere. pygerythrus. 

P. archesia (wet): 4 eaten with relish by kestrel; also 
eaten by wild rock lizards. 

P. archesia (dry): 1 eaten by baboon. 

P. sesamus (wet): 4 eaten with relish by kestrel; 1 eaten 
readily by Cere. pygerythrus; 5 eaten by baboons; 
also eaten by wild rock lizards. 

P. sesamus (dry): 2 eaten readily by baboons; 12 eaten 
on five different occasions by Cerc. albigularis, which 
received the first with some caution, while every sub- 
sequent insect was taken with evident appreciation, 
the monkey cramming them into its mouth wings 
and all. The same animal refused Acrea natalica 
and two species of Amauris with evident signs of 
disgust. 

P. cebrene : 5 eaten with relish by kestrel; 1 eaten readily 
by Cerc. pygerythrus; 1 eaten by wild kingfisher. 


The first P. sesamus (wet) which was given to a baboon 
was merely pulled to pieces without bemg tasted, but the 
remains were promptly eaten by its companion, and imme- 
diately afterwards each baboon ate another specimen. In 
the light of a subsequent experiment (/.c. p. 382), there 
can be little doubt that this first rejection was due to the 
misapprehension that the insect was an Acrea, to which 
it presents a general resemblance. 

In view of all the foregoing considerations I find it 
impossible to entertain the idea that the genus Precis 
possesses any appreciable distasteful qualities. 


- 


138 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


The value of experiment as evidence of palatability. 


The divergence of opinion which exists on the subject of 
palatability between the more extreme and more moderate 
supporters of Miiller’s theory practically resolves itself 
into a question of the relative value and reliability of the 
various lines of evidence available. The following are the 
principal sources from which information may be derived, 
given in the order of their importance, 


(1) Exact observation as to the insects actually eaten and 
avoided by wild insectivorous animals. 

(2) Careful experiments upon wild or captive animals. 

(3) Field observations on the flight and general habits of 
insects in relation to their environment. 

(4) The comparative study of colour patterns and 
structure. 


The first class of evidence, which is obviously most 
essential, is unfortunately the most difficult to procure, 
more especially in the case of butterflies; for very many 
birds cut off the wings of these insects before eating them, 
and they cannot therefore be identified by an examination 
of the stomach contents, as in the case of insects having 
easily recognisable chitinous structures. Thus we must 
rely to a very great extent upon the three remaining 
sources of information. 

Now in almost all those cases where the existence of 
unpalatability is in dispute it will be found that the 
arguments in its favour are based exclusively upon the 
fourth line of evidence. But I believe that most ento- 
mologists will agree that deductions of this kind are 
peculiarly liable to error unless they be supported by 
evidence from some other line of investigation. For my 
part, where I find that conclusions derived from (2) and 
(3) point in one direction, and those derived from (4) in 
another, I have little hesitation in accepting the former 
and rejecting the latter. 

As against this, it will be contended that habits cannot 
be taken as an absolute proof of edibility or otherwise. 
For although all the butterflies that have nauseous 
qualities announce their presence by a characteristic de- 
meanour, yet we must not suppose that these qualities 
have suddenly appeared as we now see them; on the 


wong - Meita~ ve 


as mand 


“e 


‘ 
} 
: 
f 
| 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 139 


contrary, they will have been gradually evolved. We may 
therefore expect to find at the present day species in a 
transitional state, which, while possessing a certain degree 
of distastefulness, still find it necessary to retain the 
habits, or even the colouring, of edible forms. With this 
proposition I entirely agree; for it seems very probable 
that such cases will occasionally be found. But I fail to 
see that such an admission will justify a wholesale assump- 
tion of moderate distastefulness throughout all the Pierine, 
for example; and this is especially unwarranted in those 
particular cases where experimental evidence points in an 
opposite direction, 

Here another objection is likely to be raised against 
me, for it will be argued that experimental evidence may 
at times be very misleading. Again I am quite ready 
to admit that there is much truth in this as a general 
observation. Professor Poulton insisted very strongly 
upon this view when commenting upon my experiments 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902). With reference to the eating of 
Acrexine by a ground hornbill, he says: “It has already 
been pointed out that the acceptance of insects by insect- 
ivorous animals in captivity is no proof of their normal 
likes or dislikes in a wild state. Such acceptance only 
proves what their action would be when they had been, 
from some exceptional cause, kept without their normal 
food in its usual quantity and variety” (/.c. p. 348). 
Unfortunately the general criticism does not happen to 
apply to the particular case. The bird was entirely 
unconfined, and wandered at will searching for his food 
just like his wild relatives on the next hill-side, with only 
this exception: if insects, etc., were scarce, the wild birds 
would have to go hungry or eat what they did not like, 
while Colonel Bowker’s bird always got additional food at 
the house. The conditions of the experiment therefore 
render it highly improbable that the hornbill was eating 
insects which it would normally reject, and its whole 
demeanour was quite at variance with such a supposition. 

Again, in reference to my experiments with baboons 
the following criticism was made: “Considering what 
has been already argued about insect-eating animals in 
confinement, the acceptances (excluding the Hesperidx) 
probably do not justify the conclusion that the Lepidoptera 
were palatable, or that they would be sought for in the 
wild state except under the stress of hunger” (/.c. p. 389). 


- 
140 Mr. G, A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism, with reference 


I very much regret that here likewise I am quite unable 
to agree to this sweeping rejection of the whole of the 
evidence that tells in favour of palatability, merely on an 
d priori assumption. In the carrying out of these experi- 
ments the importance of maintaining a natural diet was 
fully recognised, and although there will be no doubt a 
certain percentage of error, yet I am well satisfied that the 
results may be taken as giving a very fair idea as to the 
general likes and dislikes of these animals in regard to 
both butterflies and Coleoptera. Surely it must be some- 
thing more than a mere coincidence that in every case 
where the flight or habits of a butterfly indicated the 
probable existence of an unpleasant taste, the baboons 
arrived at a similar conclusion from actual experiment. 
Moreover it is not quite clear why acceptance should be 
admitted as evidence of edibility in Coleoptera, but not in 
Lepidoptera. 

Later on in the same paper the question of experimental 
evidence is summarised in the followimg terms: “It has 
already been pointed out that the refusal or evident dislike 
of insect food by captive animals is trustworthy evidence 
of unpalatability, while acceptance is not proof of palata- 
bility” (/.¢. p. 436). This statement seems open to serious 
objection on two grounds. In the first place, there is too 
emphatic an insistence upon the possibility of error where 
an insect is accepted ; for it practically casts suspicion upon 
every such case. On the other hand, the possibility of 
error in the other direction is not indicated. I agree that 
where an insect is tasted and rejected with signs of dislike, 
such is good evidence of distastefulness. But where an 
insect is merely disregarded or refused without tasting, 
this is not of itself reliable evidence; it may, or may not, 
indicate the existence of nauseous qualities. Everything 
depends upon the conditions of the experiment. To take 
a few examples. ‘The refusal by one of my baboons of 
the first specimen of Precis sesamus (wet) cannot be inter- 
preted as a sign of unpalatability, for this is negatived 
by their subsequent behaviour towards this species; the 
refusal was almost certainly due to either a mimetic 
misapprehension, or that general distrust of brightly 
coloured insects usually exhibited by these animals. Care 
also had to be exercised that too many distasteful things 
were not presented at once, otherwise they became very 
suspicious of everything offered to them. 


ee ge ee ee, a 


to limitations of the Miillerian Hypothesis of Mimicry. 141 


The rejection of the first specimen of the scarlet-tipped 
Teracolus achine has likewise no significance, for on several 
occasions subsequently they ate fourteen similarly coloured 
specimens of this genus “with undoubted appreciation.” 
Again on offering a larva of Belenois mesentina to the 
female baboon she was clearly afraid of it and tasted it 
most cautiously, yet on finding it all right she “ eagerly 
devoured over twenty of them ” (/.¢. p. 385). Yet the 
male, which was far more timid and suspicious in tempera- 
ment, ‘“‘was much too frightened to eat them in spite of 
the example of the female.’ Had these larvae been 
offered to the male only, it is probable that an entirely 
erroneous conclusion as to their extreme unpalatability 
would have been deduced from his behaviour. Cases of 
this kind might be easily multiplied, as, for instance, 
where unsuitable insects are offered, or where suitable 
insects are given to over-fed animals, and so forth. 

The fact remains that even when reasonable care is 
exercised there must be many opportunities for error in 
estimating degrees of palatability or the reverse. Yet 
it seems a fair contention that, in the absence of obvious 
mistakes or inaccuracies, the true value of such ex- 
perimental evidence can best be assessed by the man 
who actually carries out the experiments. He will be 
fully cognisant of all the conditions under which the ex- 
periments were made; he will presumably be acquainted 
with the special idiosyncrasies (often a very important 
point) of those animals upon which he experiments; 
finally, he alone is able to see and compare those subtle 
differences of manner, facial expression, etc., which con- 
stitute our only guide in estimating the psychological 
effect produced upon the animal. If similar experiments 
are repeated by a number of other observers the chances 
of error will be much diminished, and we shall thus obtain 
a solid foundation of fact upon which to build up those 
broad generalisations after which we are seeking. 

A final point may be noticed. It has been suggested 
to me that perhaps we may be unable to demonstrate by 
experiment these incipient degrees of distastefulness which 
have been postulated for many genera of Vymphaline and 
Pierine. But if these unpleasant flavours are so slight 
that insectivorous animals in captivity are unable to 
appreciate them, it seems scarcely probable that they 
will have any real selection value, or that they will be 


all 
142 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall on Diaposematism. 


capable of producing the profound colour modifications 
which have been attributed to them. When an insect 
having such qualities mimics a really unpalatable species, 
it seems highly probable that the mimicry will have been 
due to the operation of Bates’ factor and not that of 
Miller. For we must remember that birds have probably 
been the principal agents in producing these effects, and 
Professor Poulton has himself arrived at the conclusion 
that the discriminative tastes of birds are not as highly 
developed as those of mammals (Rep. Brit. Ass. 1887, 
p. 764). As he there says, this is what we should rather 
expect owing to the relative difference in their intelligence ; 
and it is not therefore likely that a slightly unpleasant 
taste in a butterfly will have a mimetic importance in 
relation to birds, when it apparently remains undetected 
by so intelligent an animal as a baboon. 

In conclusion, I must express the sincere regret I feel 
at having to insist so much upon the points in which I 
differ from my old friends Professor Poulton and Dr. Dixey, 
to whom I am so deeply indebted, not only for their con- 
tinued personal kindness and encouragement, but also for 
the stimulating influence of their many valuable publi- 
cations, with the general tenor of which I am entirely in 
accord. For although I have thought it necessary to 
point out what I consider to be definite limitations to 
Fritz Miiller’s principle, I have yet a firm belief in its 
reality as an objective factor which has profoundly in- 
fluenced a large number of insects in the tropics. But I 
am likewise impressed with the equal importance of Bates’ 
principle. I have at least the consolation of finding that 
my friend Mr. Roland Trimen is in close agreement with 
the views here advocated, and I have to offer him my 
grateful thanks for kindly checking the greater part of my 
manuscript, and for the valuable comments he has made 
thereon. 

I can only hope that this discussion may serve to stimu- 
late other naturalists in the tropics to undertake those 
experiments and observations which are so much needed 
for the furtherance of this fascinating line of research. 


@ 148.15 


VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera 
from South-east Brazil. By KE. DUKINFIELD JONES, 
FES. 


[Read March 4th, 1908.] 


Note.—tThe species described in the following paper 
were for the most part taken by myself, and the types 
remain in my own private collection. 


E. DUKINFIELD JONES. 
Castro, Reigate, 1908. 


Family SYNTOMIDA. 


Pheia hematosticta, nv. sp. 


2. Palpi fuscous black, a few white scales on 1st and 2nd joints ; 
head and body fuscous black, antennze white on under-side near 
extremity, extremity black ; two large white spots on pectus ; fore 
cox black with large white spot and a few white scales at extremity ; 
middle and hind coxze white ; legs black ; abdomen ventrally white 
on first 3 segments; a pair of crimson spots on tegule and on 
shoulders. Fore-wings hyaline rather heavily bordered with black 
especially on termen, the black running about half way up vein 2, 
very broad at apex; veins black and rather broad ; a broad disco- 
cellular bar; a crimson spot at base between median and sub- 
median : hind-wings narrowly bordered with black on inner margin, 
broadening on termen to apex; costa grey. 

Expanse 31 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Loxophlebia aurantiaca, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi head and antennz black ; coxe white; tegule thorax 
and abdomen bright orange ; a black dorsal line on thorax and first 
two segments of abdomen ; last three segments black ; valve creamy- 
white. Fore-wings hyaline narrowly bordered with fuscous black 
on costa termen and inner margin, broadly at apex ; base orange ; a 
rather slight discocellular bar; a black fascia on cellular fold at 
terminal area. Hind-wings narrowly bordered with black rather 
broader at apex and on inner margin ; base orange. 

Expanse 23 mm, 


Hab. 8. E. BRazi1. 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 


- 


144 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


Loxophlebia flavinigra, n. sp. 

¢. Palpi inwardly dull yellow, outwardly black, 3rd joint black ; 
head thorax and abdomen dull yellow; legs yellow and black ; 
pectus yellow ; vertex centrally black, a minute black dot behind 
the antenne ; tegula posteriorly black; a broad black stripe on 
patagia ; a broad black dorsal line on thorax and abdomen; anal 
tuft black with subdorsal yellow streaks; terminal 3 segments 
ventrally black, the black extending sublaterally to segment 4. 
Fore-wings hyaline, narrowly bordered with black broadening 
slightly at vein 2 and moderately broad at apex ; a broad black 
discocellular bar; base yellow followed by fringe of black, subcostal 
irrorated with yellow to beyond middle of cell: hind-wings hyaline 
narrowly bordered with black, broader on inner margin and very 
narrow on costa, moderately broad at apex; base yellow. 

Expanse ¢ 22 mm., 9 21 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Paranda. 


Holophxa lugens, n. sp. 


d. Fuscous black ; fore coxee inwardly white; hind tarsi with 
the end of the 1st joint and the whole of the other joints white on 
upper-side. 

?. Differs from ¢ in having no white on coxe. 

Expanse ¢ 28 mm., ? 32 mm. 


Hab. SAO Pauo, S.E. Brazil. 


Horama castrensis, a. sp. 


gd. Black slightly suffused with metallic-green. Tegule with 
two white spots on each ; abdomen two white spots on Ist segment, 
large white lateral spots on 2nd and 3rd segments ; ventral white 
spot on third segment; three lateral white spots on under-side of 
thorax. Fore-wings dull black; a white point at base of costa. 
Expanse 30 mm. 


Hab. CAstRo, Parana. 


Horama flavata, n. sp. 


gd. Palpi orange, a black spot on 2nd joint; antennz black; head 
black and orange, a yellow spot between the antenne; tegule 
greenish-black with white edges laterally and centrally; patagia 
black with reddish-brown stripe, yellow in front; mesothorax 
black with four buff spots; abdomen greenish-black, the segments 
indistinetively brown posteriorly ; lst segment with two white 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SL. Brazil. 145 


dorsal and large orange lateral spots; large white lateral spots on 
segments 2 and 3 and orange on the rest. Under-side of thorax 
orange and black with three large white lateral spots ; legs black 
and orange; hind tibie black with orange patch, tarsi orange. 
Fore-wings greenish-black suffused with orange; one white and 
two orange dots at base. Hind-wings orange broadly suffused with 
black at apex and termen. Under-side: fore-wings suffused with 
orange; hind-wings rather more suffused with black than upper-side. 
Expanse 30 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Delphyre subapicalis, n. sp. 

9. Smoky-black ; palpi 1st joint orange, 2nd black and orange, 
3rd black ; head and pectus orange ; antenne black ; tegulee smoky- 
black tinged with orange ; patagia bordered by light brown with 
smoky fringe; under-side of abdomen creamy-white. Fore-wings 
smoky-black, the veins a lighter shade; a large white spot near 
apex extending from near costa to below vein 4. Hind-wings black, 
centrally semihyaline. 

Expanse 39 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Family ARCTIAD A. 
Sub-family LITHOSIAN A. 


Odozana cocciniceps, n. sp. 


Q. Head bright rose-pink ; a dark spot on vertex; antenne 
black ; tegule rose-pink in front, black behind; thorax abdomen 
and legs smoky-black. Fore-wings smoky-black ; hind-wings 
bright rose-pink heavily bordered with black. 

Expanse 20 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Odozana endoxantha, n. sp. 


6. Palpi black with yellow hairs at base; head thorax and 
abdomen dull yellow; frons black ; front legs black; mid cox 
yellow, femora tibiz and tarsi black ; hind-legs yellow, tarsi suffused 
with black. Fore-wings smoky-brown, a broad yellow fascia on 


inner margin from base to near tornus ; a large yellow spot on costa 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 10 


- 


146 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


at end of cell. Hind-wings yellow narrowly bordered with black 
on termen, broadly at apex. Under-side: fore-wings, the yellow 
spot on costa coalesces with the fascia or inner margin ; hind-wings 
the same as upper-side. 

Expanse 22 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Thyone trimaculata, n. sp. 


¢. White. Fore and mid femora white ; tibice and tarsi thickly 
scaled with smoky-black ; hind legs entirely white. Fore-wings, a 
black spot on vein 1 one-third from base, a second spot near tornus ; 
a third black spot beyond cell on vein 5 ; a few black scales making 
a minute dot on subcostal at base of vein 11 ; a minute black dot on 
vein 10 sometimes present. 

Expanse 25 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Clemensia acropera, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi light brown; head and antenne ochreous-brown ; 
thorax brown; abdomen ochreous. Fore-wings ochreous heavily 
suffused with brown at base costa and apex, where the suffusion is 
very wide, diminishing to a point at tornus ; four interrupted wavy 
brown transverse lines. Hind-wings ochreous-white ; cilia tinged 
with brown. 

Expanse 19 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Sub-family ARCTIAN A. 


Automolis neritosia, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi rose-pink, 3rd joint ochreous ; head and antennz light 
brown. Legs ochreous, the front pair rosy on upper-side ; thorax 
light brown, tinged with rose-pink, creamy-white beneath ; abdomen 
bright rose-pink above, creamy-white beneath. Fore-wings light 
brown from base to an irregular line from tornus to middle of 
subcostal, a darker shade on inner-side of line ; the rest of the wing 
ochreous with the exception of a triangular brown space at apex ; 
base tinged with rose on inner margin. Hind-wings ochreous 
suffused with rose-pink,. 

Expanse 29 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


—_—- 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SE. Brazil. 147 


Opharus albimacula, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi fuscous, an orange spot on Ist and 2nd joints ; head and 
thorax fuscous with orange spots ; a large white spot in the centre 
of each tegula, and end of each patagium ; cox and extremities of 
spurs orange ; abdomen orange, dorsally fuscous from base to 5th 
segment, ventrally fuscous with sub-lateral series of orange spots. 
Fore-wings white, the veins black ; the series of orange spots placed 
on clearly defined black bands; a large black spot on medial area 
from costa to median vein containing orange spot in upper half of 
cell (sometimes in lower half also) and a smaller spot on sub-median 
fold ; a black streak along sub-median fold, a basal orange spot and 
two sub-basal above and below cell ; an antemedial series of spots 
incurved from vein 1 to below cell where it is angled, then oblique 
to costa ; a postmedial series incurved from inner-margin to vein 3, 
then excurved to costa; a sub-terminal series bent outwards at vein 
7; a terminal series on the veins. Hind-wings whitish heavily 
suffused with fuscous, veins fuscous ; minute orange spots at ends 
of veins, the amount of suffusion very variable, often almost 
obliterating all white. 

Expanse ¢ 44mm., ? 49 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Very near O. schexfferi H-S, but differs from it in the 
black bands on the fore-wings being darker and clearly 
defined and in the four large white spots on the tegule 
and patagia. It is also a much smaller insect. 


Halisidota striata, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi 1st joint ochreous, 2nd black above, ochreous beneath, 
8rd black ; head buff with large black spot between antennz ; 
antenne pale buff ; collar black with three large buff spots ; thorax 
buff with black dorsal line ; patagia black with three buff spots ; 
abdomen orange, laterally and dorsally spotted with black ; pale 
buff beneath with ventral and lateral rows of darker patches 
irregularly bordered with black. Fore-wings pale buff, a black spot 
at base; a dark brown basal line from costa to vein 1 strongly 
angled outwards on median vein ; a fine longitudinal dark line in 
cell at base and a similar one between median and vein 1. Medial 
area crossed by numerous strize from costa to inner margin broken 
on median vein ; discocellulars black. Veins dark brown, darkest 
in terminal area. A dark longitudinal streak between veins 5 and 6 ; 
a sub-terminal row of spots surrounded by black, large above vein 1, 


- 


148 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


small above 2, 3 and 4, large above 5, 6 and 7 the last being crossed 
by a black bar. Termen finely black. Cilia buff, tipped with 
black at apex. Hind-wings ochreous-white, semi-transparent, long 
buff hairs on inner-margin, veins darker ; a dark discocellular spot ; 
an outer line angled acutely outwards between veins 5 and 6 and a 
terminal line bent inwards at the same place, meeting the other line 
and forming two enclosed spaces. -Under-side: fore-wings marked 
as on upper-side but less distinct ; hind-wings the same as wpper- 
side but more distinct. 
Expanse 46 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 
Halisidota ronda, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi, 2nd joint orange crossed by black band ; head creamy- 
grey, darker between antenn ; base of antenne orange ; antennze 
reddish-brown ; an orange patch on fore tibize ; collar pale buff with 
four black patches ; thorax pale buff with dark dorsal line ; patagia 
with sickle-shaped creamy-white mark bordered with black ; 
abdomen orange with dorsal row of black spots ; lateral row of pale 
buff spots ringed with black; anal tuft pale buff; under-side of 
abdomen creamy-white with ventral and lateral darker spots. 
Fore-wings pale buff irrorated with dark brown and crossed by 5 
rows of creamy-white spots ringed with brown ; a small orange spot 
at base of median vein ; a dark shade at base of wing between rows 
1, 2 and 3, 4, also between 4, 5 from vein 5 to costa; two creamy- 
white spots beyond cell above veins 5 and 6. Hind-wings creamy- 
white, pale buff towards inner margin ; well-defined postmedial and 
subterminal lines, the space between being rather darker than the 
rest of the wing. 

Expanse 46 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Halisidota awrata, n. sp. 


Q. Palpiand upper-side of fore femora orange-brown ; head thorax 
and antennze bright fawn colour, thorax cream coloured posteriorly ; 
abdomen fawn, cream coloured at base and last segment ; under-side 
of thorax and abdomen cream. Fore-wings bright chrome-yellow ; 
costa narrowly cream-coloured followed by orange to subcostal; an 
orange spot at base of median followed by slate-coloured stripe 
reaching nearly to termen close to apex: cilia creamy-white. 
Hind-wings creamy-white. 

Expanse 42 mm. 

Hab. Castro, Parana. 


li ie aia al 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SE. Brazil. 149 


Halisidota dallipa, n. sp. 


gd. Pale ochreous. Upper-side of palpi, head antenne and 
tegulex light brown. Patagia with black point in front. Abdomen 
dorsally light brown. Primaries ochreous irrorated with brown 
scales distributed in ill-defined oblique transverse lines ; costa and 
margins slightly tinged with yellow ; a black point on base of 
veins 4 and 5; a sub-terminal row of minute specks; fringe 
creamy-white. Secondaries semihyaline creamy-white shaded by 
indistinct row of spots on outer-margin ; spots well defined above 
veins 5 and 6, 

Expanse 41 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Halisidota ? fuscosa, n. sp. 


¢. Brown. Palpi ochreous, 3rd joint brown; head antenne and 
thorax brown; abdomen dorsally fuscous ventrally ochreous ; 
patagia with a black point in front. Fore-wings brown very 
sparsely speckled with black, the veins rather darker; a black point 
on base of veins 4 and 5; a faint dark spot beyond cell and at apex ; 
two yellowish-brown spots in cell and one beyond cell; a very 
oblique row of yellowish spots from before middle of inner-margin 
meeting sub-terminal row just below costa; cilia ochreous. Hind- 
wings dark fuscous ; costa ochreous. Under-side: fore-wings as on 
upper-side, but the yellow much more decided and base yellow, the 
spot beyond the cell very distinct ; a sub-terminal series of yellowish 
spots followed by black points: hind-wings fuscous; costal area 
yellow ; dark shades on termen near tornus and at apex. 

Expanse 40 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Aimilia. suffusa, n. sp. 


&. Palpi head and tegule fuscous; antenne stalk ochreous, 
pectinations fuscous-brown ; thorax ochreous suffused with fuscous, 
a fuscous stripe on patagia ; abdomen ochreous, a sub-lateral row of 
coalescent fuscous spots, ventral surface suffused with fuscous. Fore- 
wings ochreous suffused and irrorated with fuscous ; a small fuscous 
fascia from base to termen below vein 6 where it coalesces with 
apical patch ; a small fuscous patch on inner margin near base, on 
sub-median fold near tornus and above vein 6; an indefinite sub- 
terminal row of elongate spots, and terminal streaks between the 


al 


150 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


veins. Hind-wings ochreous-white, slightly suffused with fuscous 
at apex. 
Expanse 38 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Antarctia nitida, n. sp. 


¢. Head and thorax dark brown: antennz ochreous-grey ; abdo- 
men brown with lateral yellow stripes. Fore-wings brown. Hind- 
wings creamy-white ; veins, costa and termen brown, Under-side : 
fore-wings brown with yellow tuft at base ; whitish below median 
vein to inner margin ; hind-wings creamy-white, costal area heavily 
suffused with brown ; a brown lunular discocellular spot. 

Expanse 35 mm, 


Hab, CASTRO, Parana. 


Antarctia reversa, 0. Sp. 


¢. Head and thorax dark rufous-brown ; antennze light brown ; 
abdomen golden-yellow above and dark brown beneath. Fore-wings 
creamy-white suffused with brown at termen, veins rnfous-brown a 
very dark fascia on costal area terminating in a point above vein 8 
at apex ; inner margin to sub-median suffused with brown. Hind- 
wings white ; costa brown. Under-side ; fore-wings white the veins 
brown on outer half ; costa dark brown. Hind-wings white ; costa 
golden-brown ; termen finely brown on outer half. 

Expanse 34 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Antarctia pectinalis, n. sp. 


d. Palpi, head pectus and legs dark brown; femora orange ; 
antennze brown, the pectinations very long ; thorax brown ; abdomen 
dorsally orange, ventrally brown, a brown dorsal terminal patch. 
Fore-wings brown, centrally lighter and somewhat translucent ; some 
yellowish hairs on inner margin at base. Hind-wings white suffused 
with yellowish-brown ; costa and termen brown. 

9. There is no dark patch on the abdomen, last segment white. 

Expanse ¢ 38mm.; ? 45 mm, 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Antarctia gigantea, n. sp. 


d@. Head and thorax dark brown, collar edged with dull golden- 
yellow ; antenne dark brown ; abdomen yellow with brown bands, 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SL. Brazil. 151 


blackish-brown beneath ; tibiee yellow on upper-side. Fore-wings 
brown, dark at base and costa, paler and yellowish on outer half of 
wing; inner margin dark. Hind-wings yellow, costa narrowly 
brown ; a wavy suffused sub-terminal band, interrupted between 
veins 3 and 4; termen finely golden-yellow; cilia golden-yellow. 
Under-side : fore-wings yellowish-grey ; cell and costal area suffused 
with brown ; veins brown, Hind-wings yellow suffused with brown 
on costal and terminal areas. 

Q. Head and thorax dark brown; base of antenne orange ; 
upper-side of femora orange ; abdomen yellow with brown bands, 
last segment brown ; under-side almost black. Fore-wings brown ; 
costal area and basal area suffused with very dark brown ; veins 
dark ; very obscure postmedial and sub-terminal dark diffused lines, 
Hind-wings basal area yellow; medial and outer areas brown; a 
broad suffused dark sub-terminal band interrupted between vein 3 
and 4; cilia yellow suffused with brown, darker at ends of veins. 
Under-side : both wings brown, yellow at base. 

Expanse ¢ 53 mm.; ? 72 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Family NOCTUID. 
Sub-family AGROTINA. 


Lycophotia ignirena, n. sp. 

¢. Head and thorax brownish-grey ; abdomen ochreous. Fore- 
wings brownish-grey irrorated with dark brown ; sub-basal line dark 
brown most distinct on costa and median vein; antemedial line 
faint light brown, dark on costa; postmedial well defined, terminat- 
ing in dark spot on costa ; sub-terminal less distinct, approaching post- 
medial at inner margin; claviform round, dark rufous ; orbicular 
and reniform ochreous bordered by light rufous-brown. Hind-wings 
white. 

@. Darker than ¢. Fore-wings suffused with brown ; lines 
obscure. Hind-wings white. 

Expanse 30 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Lycophotia atriclava, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi and head grey irrorated with fuscous-brown ; tegule 
grey ; thorax grey, the patagia being heavily sprinkled with fuscous ; 


a 
152 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Deseriptions of 


abdomen ochreous-grey. Fore-wings grey suffused with brown and 
irrorated with fuscous ; a black sub-basal line visible only on costa 
and between median and submedian veins ; a black antemedial line 
angled inwards on submedian, coalescing with pronounced black 
claviform ; a somewhat diffused exeurved postmedial line slightly bent 
inwards on sub-median fold and beyond cell, followed by light line ; 
obscure medial and sub-terminal dark shades; orbicular and reniform 
light grey with dark centre and outer ring, a dark shade in cell 
between them; a terminal row of dark lunules; cilia brownish- 
grey with light grey band. Hind-wings ochreous-white slightly 
suffused with brown, heaviest at apex. 
Expanse 34 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Episilia diagramma, vn. sp. 


Q. Ochraceous-brown. Fore-wings irrorated with dark brown ; 
a dark fascia on median vein from base to postmedial line, darkest 
at base ; postmedial very oblique, consisting of separate dots from 
inner margin to vein 5, merging into diffused dark area at apex ; a 
row of black dots on termen and a dark shade on outer half of inner 
margin ; orbicular and reniform reduced to minute black dots. 
Hind-wings semihyaline suffused with ochreous on costa and termen ; 
a dark interrupted terminal line. 

Expanse 38 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Sub-family HADENIN A. 


Chabuata poliosigma, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi dark brown, 8rd joint rufous; antenne and abdomen 
rufous-brown ; thorax olive-brown. Fore-wings olive-brown suffused 
with rufous-brown, basal and antemedial lines obscure ; postmedial 
bent inwards on median fold, outwards on vein 4 and inwards on 
vein 6; a light brown sub-terminal line bent inwards between veins 
5 and 6 and followed by dark shade ; minute geminate black dots 
on veins 1 to 6 between postmedial and sub-terminal lines ; a dark 
triangular mark on costa near apex reaching to vein 7; reniform 
light grey bordered by narrow black line outwardly and surrounded 
by dark shade; orbicular represented by two minute grey dots. 
Hind-wings brown, cilia rufous. 

Expanse 42 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SE. Brazil. 153 


Chabuata phxozona, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi rufous-brown, 3rd joint ochreous ; head and thorax 
tufous ; abdomen light brown. Fore-wings light brown with two 
broad dark violaceous brown bands, the first between sub-basal and 
antemedial lines and the second between postmedial and sub-terminal ; 
median vein and veins 1 to 4 dark violaceous-brown to sub-terminal 
line ; a suffused dark medial shade ; orbicular paler than wing with 
dark brown dot at upper inner corner ; reniform pale with dark 
bicuspid spot at lower end, touching median vein ; a dark spot at 
base of cell; a terminal row of minute black dots between the veins. 
Hind-wings brown, darkest at apex ; basal half of costal area ochreous, 
iridescent, Under-side: fore-wings brown suffused with rufous at 
costa and termen ; hind-wings irrorated with brown and suffused 
with brown on costal area ; an indistinct brown postmedial line and 
well defined almost black discocellular spot. 

Expanse 43 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Chabuata nictitans, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi dark brown outwards, light brown inwardly ; head, 
thoracic crest and abdomen brown,; patagia rufous-brown ; tegule 
rufous-brown fringed posteriorly with ochreous ; abdominal crest 
brown with whitish points ; anal tuft yellowish-brown. Fore-wings 
glossy violaceous-brown ; sub-basal line geminate, dark, excurved, 
followed by minute black dot in base of cell ; antemedial line 
geminate, enclosing lighter shade, scalloped outwardly from inner 
margin to submedian and on median fold, displaced inwardly on 
median and violently bent outwards on subcostal; a dark medial 
fascia curved outwards to end of cell ; postmedial line geminate, 
indistinct, dentate, incurved from inner margin to vein 4, straight 
from 4 to 7 where it bends violently inwards to costa; the inner of 
the two lines the more distinct ; followed by row of black dots on 
veins ; a sub-terminal line inwardly ochreous, outwardly black, 
excurved from vein 2 to 5, bent violently inwards on vein 7; a 
terminal row of black spots between the veins ; termen crenulate ; cilia 
ochreous inwardly, brown outwardly ; medial area and outer portion 
of basal area below subcostal suffused with dark brown, extend- 
ing to medial fascia and just beyond reniform; orbicular and reni- 
form ochreous-white suffused with brown, lower end of latter dark 
brown ; a fine ochreous white line on submedian arched at orbicular 
joins the two spots ; a dark brown spot between veins 5 and 6 at 
sub-terminal line. Hind-wings dark brown; cilia light brown. 


_ 


154 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


Under-side : fore-wings brown suffused with light violaceous on 
costa and terminal area ; a well-defined dark postmedial line. Hind- 
wings ochreous suffused with violaceous and irrorated with dark 
brown on the veins; a well-defined dark postmedial line and 
discocellular spot. 

Expanse 42 mm. 


Hab. Sio PAvLo. 


Chabuata ochrias, n. sp. 


2. Light ochreous-brown, Palpi dark olive-brown, 3rd joint 
ochreous. Fore-wings pale ochreous ; antemedial line wavy gemi- 
nate indistinct, enclosing light shade, angled inwards on submedian, 
outwardly on median and inwardly on subcostal ; a y-shaped dark 
medial fascia including reniform ; postmedial inwardly black 
indistinct lunules, outwardly light followed by black dots on the 
veins; subterminal wavy, excurved from vein 2 to 5 and between 6 
and 7, preceded by dark band shading off to light at postmedial ; 
terminal line scalloped, brown ; cilia ochreous edged with brown. 
Hind-wings brown. Under-side: fore-wings ochreous, suffused 
with brown to postmedial line, iridescent on inner margin ; hind- 
wings ochreous irrorated with brown ; an indistinct postmedial line 
and well-defined discocellular spot. 

Expanse 41 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Kriopyga nigridorsia, 0. sp. 

Q. Palpi outwardly brown, inwardly ochreous, 3rd joint ochreous ; 
head ochreous ; thorax ochreous mixed with light brown ; femora 
and tibize heavily clothed with reddish-brown hairs ; tarsi ochreous ; 
abdomen dorsally smoky-black, ventrally fawn-colour ; anal tuft 
light fawn. Fore-wings light brown, basal and terminal areas darker 
than medial, antemedial line excurved from inner margin to median 
vein ; a dark medial fascia angled outwards on median vein and 
outwardly diffused in cell, including reniform ; orbicular small, 
enclosed in pale ring ; reniform large, enclosed in pale ring. Hind- 
wings ochreous suffused with brown, the veins dark. Under-side: 
fore-wings ochreous centrally suffused with brown, an almost straight 
postmedial line, most distinct at costa ; terminal area suffused with 
light rufous-brown ; hind-wings ochreous irrorated with brown, 
especially at costa, a very faint postmedial line and a distinct dark 
discocellular spot. 

Expanse 40 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SB. Brazil. 155 


Lriopyga approximans, i. sp. 


Q. Light rufous-brown ; abdomen suffused with light brown and 
thinly irrorated with nearly black scales, Fore-wings medial area 
darker than the rest of the wing ; antemedial and postmedial lines 
geminate, nearly straight and converging towards inner margin ; an 
indistinct dark medial fascia and dark shade in cell ; costal area 
irrorated with black ; a pale wavy sub-terminal line ; orbicular 
and reniform dark, surrounded by pale line ; cilia ochreous with 
geminate pale brown bands, Hind-wings white suffused with brown 
on costa and at apex, termen brown. Under-side: fore-wings, 
centrally brown; costal and terminal areas rufous; hind-wings 
white suffused with rufous on costa and apex; a very minute 
discocellular spot. 

Expanse 36 mm, 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Eriopyga atrisignata, n. sp. 


¢. Ochreous-brown ; abdomen dorsally brown, lateral tufts fawn- 
colour, anal tuft yellowish, underneath fawn ; legs pinkish-fawn. 
Fore-wings lines very obscure except the postmedial which consists 
of minute black dots on veins ; a minute black spot at base of celi ; 
a smaller dot on submedian at antemedial line ; orbicular and 
reniform black. Hind-wings ochreous suffused with brown, veins 
darker, iridescent at base. Under-side: fore-wings centrally brown, 
costal area pinkish-fawn irrorated with dark brown ; a well-defined 
postmedial line ; hind-wings, ochreous suffused with fawn at, base, 
irrorated with dark brown at costa and apex ; indistinct postmedial 
line and discocellular spot. 

Expanse 34 mm, 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Sub-family CUCULLIAN, 


Cucullia perlucida, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi fuscous and white in front, fuscous behind, 3rd joint 
dark fuscous ; frons fuscous ; vertex fuscous and grey, white tufts 
at base of antenne; antenne rufous; tegule fuscous and grey with 
a fine posterior dark line ; prothoraciec tuft grey white and brown ; 
thorax light brown and white, a few scattered black scales, a broad 
fuscous dorsal stripe ; abdomen ochreous, dorsally suffused with 


- 
156 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


brown, a fuscous dorsal stripe. Fore-wings: costa convex from 
middle to apex ; apex rounded ; ochreous-white suffused with light 
brown, veins darker; dark on costa and inner margin ; antemedial 
line narrow black and very angular, violently angled inwards on 
vein 1, outwards on submedian fold which it follows inwardly nearly 
to base, then bends outwards to an acute angle in the cell; post- 
medial wavy to vein 2 which it follows inwardly to near origin of 
same, then outwards below cell to vein 4 where it bends inwards to 
near upper angle of cell ; a narrow black fascia between veins 4 and 
5; costa strigulated with fuscous; inner margin and termen 
narrowly diffused black ; a dark fascia on terminal area below vein 
2; a dark diffused fascia from near middle of inner margin to 
middle of vein 2 ; some diffused dark marks between veins 5 and 7; 
submedian area translucent-white ; cilia much longer above vein 3 
than below it, ochreous-white with two bands, the inner being the 
darker of the two. Hind-wings white, veins pale brown ; termen 
narrow pale brown ; cilia white. 
Expanse 45 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Hypmotype gucunda, n. sp. 


Q. Palpi black, 2nd joint with white point, 3rd joint with black 
spot: frons white in front, black behind; vertex greenish-white 
with black central spot; tegule and antenne brown; thorax 
greenish-white spotted with black ; front of patagia black, crest very 
pale stone-green ; abdomen brown segments posteriorly ochreous ; 
anal tuft ochreous and white, underneath black ; ciliw of fore 
femora black ; tibie and tarsi black and white; ciliew of mid and 
hind femora white, tibiae and tarsi black and white. Fore-wings 
pale whitish-green suffused with dark brown from base to post- 
medial line on inner margin and nearly to apex on costa: base black 
enclosing geminate green spot; sub-basal line silvery-white, very 
broad at base of cell ; antemedial white excurved below submedian, 
incurved on submedian, excurved on subcostal, obscured on costal 
area by green patch which joins the orbicular ; a circular green 
patch below median joining the orbicular, both being narrowly 
bordered with black; a green patch on inner margin between the 
sub-basal and antemedial lines; reniform green fading to white out- 
wardly and surrounded by black strigule on costa and at medial 
portion of inner margin; a large triangular black spot on the end of 
vein 2 and a smaller one on vein 5; a terminal line of black lunules 
preceded by white: cilia inwardly green, outwardly white on veins 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SE. Brazil, 157 


and black between. Hind-wings smoky-brown, terminal area darkest, 
veins dark; an indistinct suffused postmedial line; cilia ochreous 
with broken brown band. Under-side : fore-wings ochreous heavily 
suffused with smoky-brown, terminal area darkest ; four green dots 
on costa at apex; hind-wings ochreous-white irrorated and suffused 
with smoky-black, terminal area darkest; a well-defined disco- 
cellular spot. 
Expanse 38 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Sub-family ACRONYCTINA. 


Heterochroma albipuncta, un. sp. 


¢. Palpi, head, antenne and legs rufous-brown; tarsi smoky 
terminating with ochreous on each joint; thorax dark violaceous- 
brown; abdomen brown, first three segments laterally ochreous, crest 
on Ist segment dark grey, on 2nd and 3rd dark fawn-colour. Fore- 
wings dark violaceous-brown; antemedial line lighter, a dark shade 
inwardly; a broad dark medial fascia; postmedial line strongly 
excurved beyond cell; a terminal row of short black lines with white 
spot between the veins: a dark space between subcostal and ante- 
medial lines from inner margin to submedian, containing minute 
white spot; a white spot on reniform ; a large lunular dark spot 
near apex with four minute whitish dots on costa. Hind-wings 
ereamy-white heavily suffused with smoky-brown on terminal area 
and less heavily on costal area. Under-side : fore-wings ochreous 
heavily suffused with brown; a broad dark suffused medial band; 
suffused postmedial and sub-terminal lines; a terminal row of ochreous 
spots at the ends of veins; four ochreous spots on costa near apex ; 
hind-wings ochreous suffused with violaceous-brown and irrorated 
with smoky-brown on costa and apex; a broad dark antemedial line 
best defined at costa; a dentate wavy postmedial and diffused sub- 
terminal lines. 

Expanse 37 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Cropia poliomera, n. sp. 

?. Palpi head and antennze brown; cilia of legs violaceous- 
brown; tarsi brown, each joint terminating with ochreous; tegule 
ochreous; thorax ochreous thickly mottled with brown; abdomen 
brown. Fore-wings glossy brown; medial area darkest of the three ; 
a dark excurved medial fascia; sub-basal line black; antemedial 


- 
158 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


line light brown edged outwardly with black; postmedial lighter 
than antemedial, nearly white on subcostal, dentate, bordered in- 
wardly with black from inner margin to vein 3; sub-terminal line 
similarly coloured, crenulate, shaded inwardly with black between 
veins 1 and 4. A terminal row of dark lunular spots between the 
veins; a dark patch between postmedial and sub-terminal lines at 
costa with two minute ochreous spots on costa; cilia ochreous with 
brown band and brown points; orbicular and reniform light 
brown, the latter containing white lunular spot outwardly. Hind- 
wings brown, terminal area darkest; an indistinct pale postmedial 
line. Under-side : fore-wings brown irrorated with ochreous on 
costal and terminal areas; diffused antemedial, postmedial and sub- 
terminal lines, most conspicuous on costa; a dark discocellular spot. 
Uind-wings ochreous irrorated with brown; a diffused dark ante- 
medial line; a well-defined postmedial crenulate line, nearly meeting 
antemedial on costa; a suffused sub-terminal line; cilia ochreous 
with brown band, dark brown at tornus. 
Expanse 35 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Trachea eugrapha, v. sp. 


¢. Palpi dark brown; head thorax and fore-wings violaceous- 
brown; abdomen, basal half light brown, terminal half purple- 
brown; anal tuft fawn above, white beneath; mid tibie thickly 
clothed on upper side with violaceous-brown scales. Fore-wings 
violaceous-brown; inner margin curved outwards near base, then 
excavated; antemedial line black, strongly angled inwards on vein 1, 
followed by greenish broad band containing orbicular; a black 
excurved medial fascia, broadest on costal area ; an indistinct geminate 
postmedial line ; sub-terminal line wavy, green, crossed between veins 
4 and 6 by two black streaks ; excavated portion of inner margin 
green; cilia ochreous with broad brown band interrupted at the 
veins; reniform light brown with black line in centre. Hind-wings 
brown, darkest on terminal area, veins dark; cilia ochreous with 
geminate dark spots at veins 2, 3 and 4. 

Expanse 29 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Chytonix glaucescens, 0. sp. 


¢. Thorax greenish-ochreous; abdomen pale brownish-ochreous. 
Fore-wings glistening greenish-ochreous; basal line black, only 
visible on costa and a dot below median vein; antemedial line 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SEL. Brazil. 159 


visible on costa, in cell and a dot below median; postmedial 
geminate, strongly excurved beyond cell, the inner member broad 
and diffused, followed by whitish spot on costa and inner margin, 
the outer broken into dots and followed by whitish line; an in- 
distinct whitish sub-terminal line and a large whitish space at apex ; 
termen suffused with black and edged with black between the 
veins. Hind-wings glistening ochreous suffused with brown out- 
wardly; a dentate postmedial line with dark points on the veins; a 
dark discocellular spot. 
Expanse 27 mm, 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Oligia nyctichroa, 1. sp. 


¢. Head and thorax violaceous-brown, a few scattered grey scales 
on tegulze; abdomen ochreous thickly scaled with brown dorsally, 
anal tuft brown above and fawn-coloured beneath. Fore-wings: 
basal area very dark; first half of medial area light, second half 
dark, a black medial fascia; antemedial line geminate, black, en- 
closing light violaceous, excurved below submedian, on median fold 
and on costal area; postmedial geminate, wavy, straight from inner 
margin to vein 2, bent outwards to above vein 4, incurved tu 7 and 
8, where there is a white spot outwardly dentate, then violently bent 
inwards to costa; a sub-terminal row of diffused dark spots; termen 
black, interrupted at veins, whitish dots on the veins; orbicular and 
reniform purplish-grey, outwardly defined by black; a whitish spot 
on costa above reniform followed by three white points and a larger 
spot at apex. Hind-wings brown; termen dark; cilia light in- 
wardly, dark outwardly. 

Expanse 23 mm, 


Hab. RivER PARANAPANEMA, Parana. 


Macapta excisa, 0. sp. 


¢. Thorax pinkish-brown. Fore-wings light brown suffused 
with roseate, excavated between vein 4 and apex, a minute ochreous 
spot at base of cell; a dark brown simple slightly diffused antemedial 
line, excurved at costa and inner margin, almost straight between ; 
a dark brown similar postmedial line strongly excurved beyond cell 
and angled outwards on veins 5, 6 and 7, followed by dark brown 
dots on veins; an indistinct suffused brown sub-terminal line bent 
inwards between veins 2 and 3; reniform creamy-white centrally 
rufous and defined by brown. Hind-wings brown, basal half of 


al 
160 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


costal area white; discocellular spot defined by dark ring. Under- 
side : fore-wings ochreous suffused with brown in and below cell as 
far as postmedial line, rufous on costal and terminal areas; a well- 
defined sub-terminal line ; reniform ochreous. Hind-wings ochreous 
suffused and irrorated with brown; veins mottled brown and 
ochreous; a well-defined sub-terminal line. 

Expanse 22 mm. 


Hab. Sio Pavuto, S.E. Brazil. 


Monodes miochroa, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi and head light brown; tegule ochreous with broad 
suffused band posteriorly; thorax dark brown; akdomen light 
brown. Fore-wings light brown thickly irrorated and suffused with 
dark brown and black; base, and apex from end of cell to vein 3 
light; medial area suffused, with black; a diffused sub-basal line 
white inwardly and black outwardly; antemedial line geminate, 
black enclosing ochreous, strongly angled inwards on submedian, 
white points inwardly on submedian, median and subcostal ; post- 
medial incurved from inner margin to vein 4, strongly excurved 
beyond cell, two large white lunules on margin and median fold ; 
whitish along the line from this point to vein 6; a diffused brown 
sub-terminal line strongly excurved on veins 1, 4 and 7; veins dark 
to termen; termen dark brown, white points on veins 2, 3 and 4; 
cilia light brown, dark at the ends of veins. Hind-wings ochreous- 
white slightly irrorated with brown on basal half, heavily at apex ; 
postmedial and sub-terminal diffused brown wavy lines; termen 
finely dark brown; cilia ochreous with broad brown band; dark 
brown discocellular spot. 

Expanse 21 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Monodes hemileuca, n. sp. 


@. Palpi and antennz light brown; thorax creamy-white; abdo- 
men light brown. Fore-wings creamy-white irrorated with fawn- 
colour and light brown; basal half light to antemedial on costa and 
postmedial on inner margin; a faint antemedial fawn-coloured wavy 
line slightly excurved at cell; a broad diffused oblique medial fascia ; 
postmedial dark brown, outwardly whitish, excurved from inner 
margin to vein 4, then bent outwards to above vein 5 where it bends 
violently inwards to subcostal, touching reniform and enclosing a dark 
space; a diffused wavy sub-terminal line beyond which veins suffused 
with brown; a large creamy-white spot at apex outwardly defined 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SE. Brazil. 161 


by dark brown; reniform oblique, creamy-white shaded inwardly 
with a few dark scales. Hind-wings ochreous suffused with brown; 
an indistinct diffused sub-terminal line; a brown lunular disco- 
cellular spot. 

Expanse 26 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Monodes polysticta, n. sp. 


?. Palpi head antenne, thorax and abdomen violaceous-brown. 
Fore-wings light reddish-brown; base black; antemedial line gemi- 
nate, black, broken into minute dots, bent inwards on submedian and 
median and outwards on subcostal a narrow brown medial fascia ; 
postmedial broadly geminate, ineurved from inner margin to vein 4, 
straight to vein 8, then violently bent inwards to costa, followed by 
double rows of black dots on veins; a wavy diffused sub-terminal 
line followed by dark shade to termen, the veins being darker and 
marked with white points on termen; an apical white spot and three 
white points on costa; orbicular creamy-white defined and centrally 
suffused with brown; reniform with dark diffused spot at lower 
end; a minute white dot followed by black on median fold at 
origin of vein 2, Hind-wings brown. Under-side: fore-wings 
ochreous suffused with dark brown centrally and light reddish- 
brown at costa and terminal area; postmedial and subterminal 
diffused dark brown lines some white marks on costa from post- 
medial to apex ; hind-wings ochreous suffused with reddish-brown 
on costal and apical areas; a wavy sub-terminal line excurved at 
veins 3 and 4; a dark discocellular spot. 

Expanse 23 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Paran4; SAo Pauto, S.E. Brazil. 


Monodes chlorozona, n. sp. 


?. Palpi and antenne brown; vertex grey; tegule olive-brown 
in front, grey behind ; thorax grey mixed with olive-brown ; abdo- 
men yellowish-brown. Fore-wings: base lilacine-grey ; sub-basal 
line black, inwardly oblique from median vein to inner margin, space 
from basal to sub-basal olive-green ; a wavy interrupted antemedial 
line inwardly white outwardly black ; space between sub-basal and 
antemedial lilacine-grey suffused with brown on lower half; a 
crenulated postmedial line strongly angled outwards at cell, in- 
wardly black, outwardly white; medial area olive-green with light 
ochreous space on inner margin, a diffused black fascia from costa to 
median fold ; terminal area lilacine-grey outwardly olive-green 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (MAY) 11 


all 
162 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


from apex to vein 3, a white triangular spot at tornus and white 
mark at apex; termen black interrupted at veins, Hind-wings 
ochreous suffused with brown; termen darker brown; cilia ochreous 
inwardly, brown outwardly. 

Expanse 14 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Monodes pheoplaga, n. sp. 


6. Palpi, head and thorax olivaceous; abdomen brown. Fore- 
wings ochreous; base olivaceous ; basal and sub-basal lines black; a 
wavy dark antemedial line diffused from costa to cell; medial area 
from costa to vein 2, dark olivaceous; postmedial line strongly 
excurved beyond cell, angled inwards on vein 2 and outwards on 
vein 1, followed by broad ochreous band, broadest at vein 3 where 
there are two brown spots, narrower on vein 5, thence bent outwards 
to apex; terminal area olivaceous, a dark spot above vein 6; termen 
dark brown; cilia olivaceous; reniform rufous, Hind-wings 
ochreous, suffused with brown from postmedial to termen; termen 
brown; a diffused dark lunular spot on discocellulars. 

9. Darker than ¢; medial area almost black, the dark shade 
terminating on median fold with a well-defined black streak joining 
the ante- and post-medial lines; the spots at vein 3 united and 
coalescing with medial dark area, 

Expanse ¢ 16mm, ¢ 17 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Monodes ditrigona, n. sp. 


6. Palpi, head and tegul rufous; thorax lilacine-grey; abdomen 
ochreous. Fore-wings white suffused with lilacine-grey lightest at 
costa; two large black triangular marks on costa, the first extending 
from the base to one-third of the wing, the apex being in the cell at 
orbicular where it coalesces with the apex of a small triangular mark 
based on median vein; the second follows immediately beyond the 
first and extends to postmedial line, the apex being at the end of 
the cell. Hind-wings white, semihyaline, irrorated with brown on 
costal area. 

Expanse 26 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Gonodes dianiphea, n. sp. 


¢@. Palpi ochreous, scaled outwardly with black; head and 
thorax light reddish-brown mixed with grey ; tegula with a brown 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SE. Brazil. 163 


posterior band fringed with grey; abdomen light brown above, 
ochreous beneath ;a dark diffused dorsal spot on 1st sezment. Fore- 
wings light reddish-brown excavated from tornus to veins 3, 4 and 
thence to apex ; a black spot at base of costa; a black basal line 
interrupted at cell, well defined on costa, faint below cell; a diffused 
brown antemedial line excurved on subcostal incurved on submedian; 
a dark diffused wavy medial fascia; a wavy dentate postmedial 
line incurved at inner margin and on median fold ; straight from 
vein 3 to 7 then bent violently inwards to costa, followed by black 
dot on all the veins; a suffused brown sub-terminal line incurved 
from tornus to vein 2, excurved on 3, 4 and incurved thence to apex ; 
termen dark reddish-brown lunules between the veins; a black 
streak on base of median vein; a dark streak across medial area 
below median vein, wide on ante- and pointed on post-medial line ; 
a creamy-Wwhite club-shaped spot in lower angle of cell, including 
red brown discocellulars ; a creamy-white streak from lower angle of 
cell above vein 3 to termen, a black streak above this forms the base 
of a dark brown triangle terminating at apex. Hind-wings ochreous- 
white suffused with brown on terminal area; a diffused dark brown 
discocellular spot. 
Expanse 27 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Matopo neotropicalis, n. sp. 


¢. Head and thorax dark violaceous-brown ; abdomen ochreous. 
Fore-wings ochreous heavily suffused with dark brown on costal 
area, basal and antemedial lines obscure, a few scattered black scales 
on basal half of wing ; a dark brown medial fascia angled outwards 
at lower angle of cell; an indistinct light brown postmedial line 
followed by pale ochreous ; terminal area veins dark, dark geminate 
lines between the veins. Hind-wings white. 

Expanse 32 mm, 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Atrephes phocea, n. sp. 


¢d. Palpi, head and thorax brown; abdomen ochreous with 
yellowish-brown crests. Fore-wings brown, basal and antemedial 
lines black, obscure ; postmedial dark brown followed by narrow 
pale line, excurved from costa to vein 5, thence straight to inner 
margin near tornus ; sub-terminal line obscure, represented by dark 
diffused spots between the veins; terminal lunules between the 
veins ; medial area darker than rest of wing; cilia brown, ochreous 


all 
164 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


at points of veins. Hind-wings glossy ochreous-white sparsely 
irrorated with dark brown, veins on termen darker ; cilia ochreous 
with brown band. 

Expanse 30 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Cosmia wanthea, n. sp. 


¢@. Palpi frons and antenna brown; vertex and thorax light 
fawn-colour ; abdomen ochreous-brown. Fore-wings fawn, inner 
margin and terminal area suffused with brown ; a dark brown basal 
line angled inwardly at base of cell; an oblique nearly straight 
antemedial line from one-third on costa to middle of inner margin, 
inwardly white, outwardly black ; a diffused brown interrupted 
medial fascia ; a wavy postmedial line inwardly black, outwardly 
white, excurved on median fold thence incurved to vein 4, excurved 
beyond cell; an indistinct wavy sub-terminal line ; orbicular and 
reniform pale, bordered by diffused brown. Hind-wings pale 
ochreous suffused with brown on the veins and at termen; disco- 
cellular spot {ndistinct. 

Expanse 32 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Doryodes monosticta, n. sp. 


¢@. Light brown. Fore-wings light brown suffused with rufous, 
the veins darker; very indistinct diffused brown postmedial and 
sub-terminal lines; a minute black spot on discocellulars. Hind- 
wings ochreous suffused with brown. 

Expanse 22 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Doryodis disticta, n. sp. 

¢d. Palpi head and thorax light brown; abdomen ochreous, 
Fore-wings light brown slightly irrorated with black ; a black spot 
in middle of cell and another at discocellulars, the latter followed by 
a short black fascia below vein 6 ; a suffused dark shade above vein 
6 to apex ; apex slightly tinged with pink ; a diffused dark spot on 
median fold near tornus; a terminal row of black points between 
the veins ; cilia ochreous. Hind-wings ochreous outwardly suffused 
with brown. 

Expanse 25 mm 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SE. Brazil. 165 


Doryodes sanguifusa, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi head antenne and thorax light brown ; frons and vertex 
grey and ochreous. Fore-wings yellowish-brown; a deep pink 
fascia from base through the cell to apex ; the lower half of wing 
suffused with pink, especially on median fold and at inner margin ; 
an indistinct wavy pink, sub-terminal line; short pink fascie 
between the veins on terminal area; costal area slightly irrorated 
with pink ; a dark point on discocellulars. Hind-wings ochreous, 
slightly suffused outwardly with brown. 

Expanse 22 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Doryodes lewcorhabda, n. sp. 


2. Palpi and antenne dark brown ; head thorax and abdomen 
light yellowish-brown. Fore-wings light yellowish-brown ; black 
wavy ante- and post-medial lines, very obscure above subcostal, 
the former angled outwardly and the latter inwardly on median 
fold; a black spot in middle of basal area below median vein ; a 
white fascia in lower half of cell and continued to apex broadly 
shaded on both sides with brown, a black line above the fascia in 
medial area joining the ante- and post-medial lines ; a terminal row 
of black lunules between the veins. Hind-wings ochreous ; a double 
diffused sub-terminal line, termen brown, heaviest at tornus; a 
diffused brown discocellular spot. 

Expanse 19 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Parvapenna punctilinea, a. sp. 


¢. Light brown. Fore-wings, sub-basal line black, only visible 
on costa; ante- and post-medial lines represented by minute black 
dots on veins; a minute black spot on discocellulars ; a terminal 
line of black lunules between the veins; cilia very long, inwardly 
ochreous with line of suffused brown, outwardly brown. Hind- 
wings ochreous suffused with brown ; cilia the same as fore-wings 
but lighter in colour ; dark suffused lunular discocellular spot. 

Expanse 20 mm. 


Hab. Sio PAuto. 


Parvapenna arcuaia, n. sp. 


9. Palpi outwardly brown, inwardly ochreous ; head and thorax 
lilacine-brown ; abdomen brown, dorsally banded with ochreous ; 


a 
166 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones's Descriptions of 


anal tuft yellowish. Fore-wings lilacine-brown, the veins thickly 
irrorated with black and a few ochreous scales, especially on costal 
and terminal areas ; antemedial line geminate, black, distinct below 
median vein and obscure to costa, outer line darker of the two; 
postmedial geminate, black, distinct from inner margin to vein 5, 
obscure to costa, inner line the darker; a terminal line of dark 
lunules between the veins ; cilia long, ochreous with broad brown 
band and brown tips ; a white fascia on median vein from base to 
beyond cell and continuing thence to apex, suffused with brown 
between veins 5 and 7 ; a suffused black spot in middle of cell and 
a second on discocellulars. Hind-wings ochreous suffused witb 
brown outwardly, heaviest at apex. 
Expanse 24 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Sub-family, HERMINIAN 2. 


Phrodita fasciata, n. sp. 


4. Palpi fawn-colour ; antennze, stem creamy-white, pectinations 
fawn-colour ; head thorax and abdomen creamy-white; a broad 
black dorsal line on thorax. Fore-wings creamy-white, costa 
narrowly fawn-colour ; a black fascia below median and vein 2 
reaching or nearly reaching termen, preceded by black dot at hase ; 
a black fascia from middle of cell to termen preceded by minute 
black dot (sometimes absent) and crossed by white bar at disco- 
cellulars; black fascize between the veins on terminal area, that 
above vein 7 obscure or wanting. Hind-wings white. 

Expanse ¢ 28-32 mm.; 9 32-40 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Very close to P. bilinea, Schaus., but differs from it in 
the fasciz# on terminal area and the black line on the 
thorax. 


Family SPHINGIDA. 


Chixnoqgramma muscosa, Ni. sp. 


4. Palpi, 1st joint and base of 2nd white in front black behind, 
tip olivaceous; head thorax and abdomen olivaceous, a few 
white hairs at base of antenne; patagia fringed with white, 
a lateral row of triangular dark spots on abdomen ; under-side 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SL. Brazil. 167 


of thorax and abdomen creamy-white. Fore-wings creamy- 
white heavily irrorated with olivaceous and black, some white 
hairs at base ; a geminate black antemedial line strongly angled 
inwards on submedian; four wavy dentate black postmedial 
and sub-terminal lines, the first followed by green, the second by 
cream, the third by green, all thickly irrorated with black ; a black 
zig-zag line from sub-terminal between veins 6 and 7 to apex ; 
a white discocellular spot circled by black, the surrounding space 
being darker than the rest of the wing ; cilia creamy-white alternating 
with black at the ends of the veins. Hind-wings ochreous-white 
heavily suffused with black on basal and terminal areas; a broad 
diffused postmedial band strongly excurved at tornus ; cilia same as 
fore-wings. Under-side: fore-wings fuscous irrorated on costal and 
terminal areas with ochreous ; three diffused dark bands and a pale 
discocellular spot ; hind-wings ochreous shading to creamy-white at 
termen, irrorated with fuscous ; three dark dentate postmedial bands, 
the first and second coalescing on median fold. 
Expanse 115 mm. 


Hab, CuriTtBa, Parana. 


Neogene curitiba, n. sp. 


3. Palpi head and thorax dark fuscous, scattered grey hairs on 
patagia ; abdomen dorsally dark fuscous irrorated with ochreous, later- 
ally ochreous with row of large black spots ; terminal segments and 
anal tuft are dark. Fore-wings ochreous-brown heavily suffused with 
fuscous, especially on basal and terminal areas ; a white discal spot ; 
cilia with white spots between the veins. Hind-wings creamy-white 
suffused with black on costa, broadly black at termen ; cilia white 
interrupted at the ends of the veins. Under-side : fore-wings dark 
fuscous thickly irrorated with ochreous on basal and medial areas, 
more scattered on terminal area ; base almost white. Hind-wings 
creamy-white suffused with black irrorated with ochreous on costa; 
a broad terminal black band as on upper side ; veins black. 

This species is closely allied to N. reevsi, Druce, but differs from it 
in the thorax being entirely dark, the fore-wings being entirely 
suffused with black and in the white discal spot and white spots on 
cilia. 

Expanse ¢ 66 m.; 9 75 mm. 

Hab, Curit1pa, Parana. 


- 


168 Mr. KE, Dukinfield Jones’s Deseriptions of 


Family NOTODONTIDA. 


Lardaxima terminalba, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi and frons reddish-brown ; vertex and tegule rufous- 
fawn-colour ; legs grey ; thorax rufous and grey ; patagia whitish 
in front, grey behind; abdomen ochreous dorsally suffused with 
brown, a violaceous-brown tuft on Ist segment, ochreous beneath, 
anal tuft ochreous. Fore-wings ochreous suffused and irrorated 
with light fuscous; base white; a geminate black sub-basal line 
angled outwards below cell and inwards on base of cell ; a diffused 
geminate reddish-brown antemedial line angled outwards in the 
cell ; medial, post-medial and sub-terminal paler than antemedial ; 
a sub-terminal series of black points between the veins ; two short 
black streaks on discocellulars ; terminal area below vein 7 greyish- 
white. Hind-wings ochreous suffused with brown. 

Expanse 44 mm. 


Hab. Sado Pauto, S.E. Brazil. 


Dasylophia robusta, n. sp. 


6. Palpi light brown irrorated with dark brown ; frons, pectus, 
fore and mid coxe, femora and tibie reddish-brown ; vertex and 
tuft light brown; tegule darker; patagia light brown with dark 
brown fringe, two whitish streaks in front ; thorax reddish-brown ; 
abdomen fuscous-brown. Fore-wings light brown suffused with 
dark brown and fuscous; an obscure antemedial geminate line 
angled inwards on vein 1 and outwards on submedian fold, then 
excurved through cell to costa; a narrow dark brown postmedial 
line angled inwards on submedian fold, outwards on vein 3, then 
excurved to costa, preceded and followed by a light shade; a 
diffused dark medial shade ; a diffused brown fascia in lower half 
of cell, followed by a black dot on discocellulars ; a finer and darker 
streak in upper half of cell; a dark narrow fascia below median 
vein and a short streak at base below it; inner margin dark from 
near base to postmedial; some dark bars on costa; terminal area 
darker than the rest of the wing; a sub-terminal series of light 
lunules preceded by black between veins 2 and 4. Hind-wings 
ochreous suffused with brown, darkest on terminal area; veins 
brown. 

Expanse 48 min. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SL. Brazil. 169 


Eustema rapana, n. sp. 


. Palpi and frons dark violaceous-brown; vertex, tegule and 
thorax brownish-grey ; metathorax and base of abdomen violaceous- 
brown, remainder of abdomen brown. Fore-wings light brown 
suffused and irrorated with dark brown and with grey on costa and 
lower outer half of wing; a wavy diffused dark medial shade ; a 
wavy brown postmedial line excurved beyond cell; an obscure 
sub-terminal brown line; a white fascia from inner margin near 
base to the upper side of the cell which it follows outwards, curving 
downwards at end of cell and terminating in a discoidal lunule ; a 
triangular dark space beyond this fascia reaching nearly to tornus ; 
a white spot on inner margin a little before middle. 

Expanse 58 mm. 


Hab. CuritiBa, Parana. 


Cerura splendens, un. sp. 


@. Head and thorax white ; antennze black, the stalk white at, 
tip ; a minute black spot on back of head ; tegul with a few black 
hairs centrally and followed by strong black line bent upwards 
dorsally where it is followed by black tuft; two posterior black 
spots; abdomen silvery-grey suffused and banded with fuscous- 
black. Fore-wings brilliant silvery-white, a black spot on costa at 
base ; a black basal line from costa to submedian, heavily marked 
below subcostal, interrupted on costal area and marked by short 
bar on costa ; a geminate black antemedial line interrupted between 
submedian and cell, showing on inner margin as a black ring con- 
taining round lemon-white spot and on costa a y-shaped mark 
containing two lemon-white spots-—-nearly reaching median vein, 
followed by three short black bars on costa and two on inner 
margin; a wavy black postmedial line bent outwards on veins 1 to 
4, very broad on vein 1 and coalescing with subapical spot on costa, 
followed by lemon-white line very broad below vein 2 and between 
4 and 6, and showing as a spot on the black at costa; cilia white 
with black spots between the veins, double between 1 and 2 and 
single from 2 to 7. Hind-wings white suffused with brown to post- 
medial and darker fuscous to termen. Under-side, fore-wings 
white suffused with fuscous, costa black, interrupted by white patch 
just before postmedial ; a large white apical patch ; hind-win$s white 
suffused with fuscous, terminal area darkest. 

Expanse 48 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


- 
170 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


Schizura schausia, n. sp. 


é. Palpi reddish-brown mixed with white in front, 3rd joint 
tipped with white; legs brown, tarsi ringed brown and white; 
frons brown and white; a white tuft at base of antenne in front, 
vertex black and white; tegule brown in front, then black, 
terminating with white ; thorax black and white, centrally brown 
behind tegulee ; abdomen ochreous-brown, a black and white dorsal 
tuft on Ist segment. Fore-wings lilacine-brown suffused with 
fuscous; geminate ante- and post-medial lines enclosing lighter 
shade which becomes white on inner margin and costa; a dark 
medial shade ; outer half of costa black with a broad hooked white 
stripe and white spots, sometimes confluent with the stripe ; inner 
margin with white marks on medial area; termen black from 
tornus to vein 4 preceded by white and followed by black and 
white cilia; from vein 4 to apex brown and cilia brown. Hind- 
wings creamy-white, termen reddish-brown, tornus black and white. 
Underside : fore-wings creamy-white suffused with reddish-brown 
on base of costa, in cell and above vein 2; outer half of costa black 
with fine white spots ; cilia white interrupted at the ends of the 
veins with black : hind-wings creamy-white ; some brown diffused 
marks on costa ; cilia white with some black points near tornus. 

?. Hind-wings suffused with brown. 

Expanse ¢ 40mm. 2? 43 mm. 


Hab, Curiripa, Parana. 


Blera bella, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi brownish fawn-colour, lighter in front ; frons brownish- 
fawn ; vertex and centre of collar olive-green; patagia whitish 
mixed with pinkish-fawn ; thorax brownish-fawn and olive-green ; 
abdomen fawn above, ochreous beneath; pectus and coxe ochreous- 
fawn ; tibize olive-green. Fore-wings white suffused with brownish 
fawn-colour ; base white suffused with fawn, followed by olive- 
green band widening out greatly on costa and inner margin, then a 
narrow white line enclosing the rest of the wing with the exception 
of a triangular olive-green patch on costa ; the space thus enclosed 
is brownish-fawn bordered by fawn; a dark suffusion at the end 
of the cell; a sub-terminal lilacine-grey suffusion reaching to cell 
betweerf veins 2 and three ; cilia fawn-colour and white, olive-green 
lunules at ends of veins 2, 3 and 4. 

Expanse 38 mm, 


Hab. Curitipa, Parana. 


; 
; 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SE. Brazil. 171 


Family EUPTEROTID. 


Carthara dolorosa, ua. sp. 


. Ochreous-grey. Fore-wings: geminate antemedial lines en- 
closing darker shade, the inner the broader of the two; similar 
postmedial lines strongly angled outwards on vein 4, above which 
the outer line is nearly as broad as the inner, the enclosed space 
darker above than below vein 4; a dark subapical shade ; a dark 
lunule on discocellulars. Hind-wings darker than fore-wings. 
Under-side : fore-wings the outer line visible but indistinct ; hind- 
wings more ochreous than upper-side, outer lines very distinct. 

Expanse 35 mm. 


Hab. CASTRO, Parana. 


Olceclostera castra, 0. sp. 


Q. Body ochreous-grey. Fore-wings ochreous irrorated with 
fuscous, especially on costal and terminal areas; a very wavy 
slightly diffused dark fuscous antemedial line ; a less distinct similar 
postmedial line; a dentate submarginal line; termen ochreous ; 
cilia fuscous; a large round fuscous spot at the end of the cell; a 
small hyaline spot between veins 5 and 6. Hind-wings glistening 
ochreous; two postmedial lines, the inner reddish-brown, the outer 
which is the more distinct of the two fuscous; termen finely brown. 
Under-side : fore-wings ochreous, a brown shade in the cell, dark on 
discocellulars; a wavy brown postmedial line, incurved from inner 
margin to vein 4, then outcurved to costa; hind-wings ochreous 
irrorated with brown and fuscous; double postmedial lines the 
inner one brown and the outer fuscous; a fuscous discal spot. 

Expanse 35 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Apatelodes quadrata, n. sp. 


¢. Palpi dark brown; head and antenne grey; thorax grey 
sprinkled with light brown and crossed by two fine light brown lines : 
a broad dark violaceous-brown band at end of thorax; abdomen 
ochreous-grey, lateral and terminal anal tufts violaceous-brown. 
Fore-wings grey finely irrorated with light brown; a double ante- 
medial line only visible at inner margin and costa preceded by 
a white line and large dark violaceous-brown spot on inner margin ; 
a brown postmedial line excurved beyond the cell; a brown fascia 
from antemedial on costa to postmedial a little below vein 2; a 


- 


172 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Deseriptions of 


dark violaceous-brown subapical spot crossed by veins 7 and 8 and 
followed by minute semihyaline spots, a larger semihyaline spot 
between veins 5 and 6, Hind-wings: basal half red-brown in the 
form of a square with the outer corner close to vein 6 from which 
point it extends in a nearly straight line to inner margin, and 
slightly excavated to costa followed by whitish line, broad at costa ; 
terminal area fuscous-grey. Underside: fore-wing grey; double 
postmedial lines, the inner one being the broader; the apical hyaline 
spots followed by dark violaceous-brown which extends to apex. 
Hind-wings: the basal portions rich dark red-brown extending 
further towards termen than on upper-side, the outer corner pro- 
duced with a blunt “tail” between veins 4 and 6; suffused with 
grey and irrorated with brown on costa and inner margin, the 
whole margined with white except at “tail”; terminal area grey 
irrorated with brown. 
Expanse 41 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Apatelodes lilacina, u. sp. 


2. Palpi brown; head and thorax grey ; abdomen ochreous- 
brown. Fore-wings ochreous suffused with lilacine and irrorated 
with brown; lines obscure, the postmedial is double indicated by a bar 
on costa, the outer one by a few dark scales on veins 1 to 4 ; a large 
triangular dark brown spot on inner margin near base and a smaller 
one on costa near apex, below which is a vitreous spot above 
vein 6 scaled with white ; terminal area suffused with dark brown 
between veins 3 and 6; a minute brown spot at upper angle of 
cell. Hind-wings ochreous suffused with lilacine ; obscure post- 
medial lines, dark brown near tornus ; a white streak from inner 
margin near tornus to vein 2. Under-side; fore-wings ochreous 
suffused and irrorated with rufous ; costa light brown with creamy- 
white marks above vitreous spot ; terminal area from vein 4 to apex 
rufous, below vein 4 brown ; hind-wings yellowish, heavily irrorated 
with rufous, submedial region suffused with white crossed by dark 
band near middle of inner margin ; a strongly excurved white line 
from § on costa to inner margin near tornus. 

Expanse 40 mm. 


Hab. Casrro, Parana. 


Apatelodes castanea, n. sp. 


4. Body rich chestnut-brown ; thorax tinged with purplish- 
brown ; basal segments of abdomen dorsally banded with dark 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SB. Brazil. 178 


purplish-brown. Fore-wings chestnut-brown with conspicuous dark 
slightly excurved ante- and post-medial lines ; a minute white spot 
near apex above vein 6; a minute dark point on discocellulars. 
Hind-wings chestnut-brown, ochreous at base. Under-side : fore- 
wings chestnut-brown, basal half, except costa, suffused with grey ; 
white apical spot somewhat larger than on upper side ; hind-wings 
chestnut-brown. 
Expanse 40 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Apatelodes paulista, n. sp. 


¢@. Palpirufous-brown ; head and thorax grey ; antenne ochreous ; 
abdomen yellowish-brown. Fore-wings grey irrorated with yellowish- 
brown ; alight brown wavy antemedial band ; postmedial broader 
than antemedial, the outer edge being scalloped and darker than the 
rest ; termen suffused with brown ; cilia brown; a whitish discal 
spot. Hind-wings yellowish-brown ; indistinct medial and _post- 
medial lines; cilia grey. Under-side: fore-wings yellow-brown ; 
medial and postmedial diffused brown lines, the latter followed by 
brown shade: hind-wings yellow-brown; similar lines to fore- 
wing, the postmedial angled outwards on vein 5; terminal area 
suffused with grey ; a white discal spot. 

?. Very similar to ¢ but darker ; the dark shade following post- 
medial line on under-side of wings being much more conspicuous 
than in ¢ and followed by greyish-white band. 

Expanse ¢ 47 mm., ¢ 57 mm. 


Hab. Sio Pauto, 8.E. Brazil. 


Tarema fuscosa. 


¢. Head antennz and collar greyish olivaceous-brown, the latter 
paler posteriorly; thorax and abdomen olivaceous-brown.  Fore- 
wings pale greyish-brown suffused on basal and medial areas with 
fuscous, and on terminal area with reddish-brown ; antemedial line 
dark ; postmedial light, from beyond middle of inner margin to 
? on costa followed by whitish line from tornus to near apex, en- 
closing between them a dark space, reddish-brown below vein 4 
and olivaceous above 4; from the last line to termen a dark shade, 
erossed by light line on vein 7, below which it is suffused with 
reddish-brown ; a club-shaped whitish streak at the end of cell 
enclosing fuscous streak ; a suffused reddish tinge at base and on 
inner margin, Hind-wings, basal half and inner margin to near 


hall 


174 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones’s Descriptions of 


tornus greyish-brown; outer half fuscous suffused with reddish- 
brown; a diffused fuscous discal spot. Under-side: fore-wings 
greyish-brown heavily suffused and irrorated with fuscous to sub- 
terminal white line ; terminally reddish-brown ; discocellular mark 
more conspicuous than on upper-side. Hind-wings basally greyish- 
brown, not extending to near tornus as on upper-side ; terminal half 
fuscous with slight reddish suffusion centrally ; discocellular spot 
more conspicuous than on upper-side. 
Expanse 32 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Family SATURNIAD. 


Automeris heisleri. 


¢. Palpi and antenne orange-brown ; head, thorax and abdomen 
greenish-grey, a slight rufous tinge on frons; abdomen dorsally 
fuscous. Fore-wings greenish-grey ; costa narrowly orange-brown ; 
a fine orange-brown wavy antemedial line strongly angled out- 
wardly in cell between origins of veins 2 and 3; a large darker grey 
spot at end of cell bordered by fine orange-brown line, outwardly 
light, inwardly dark ; postmedial and sub-terminal lines very obscure ; 
a nearly straight orange-brown line from 4 on inner margin to apex 
outwardly shaded with dark grey ; terminal area light ; cilia reddish- 
brown. Hind-wings lemon-yellow, finely irrorated with dark grey 
and heavily suffused with fuscous on inner margin ; sub-terminal 
line narrow, black, followed by reddish-brown band; termen 
greenish-grey, cilia reddish-brown; ocellus very large, black, thickly 
scaled with reddish-brown except at edges, a larger spot beyond cell 
and two small lateral spots, the large spot surrounded with fawn- 
colour except at outward end ; a few scattered white scales in cell 
and at outward end of all the spots; a white discocellular streak. 

Expanse 91 mm. 


Hab. CurtirrBa, Parana. 


Automeris grammivora, 
¢. Palpi head and thorax reddish-brown ; abdomen dorsally dull 
pink, ventrally dull yellow. Fore-wings light chestnut-brown, base 
white, an antemedial yellow line from subcostal, angled outwards on 


median, meeting by a short curve a very oblique postmedial yellow 
line outwardly shaded with brown that passes close below lower 


a a 


; 


New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from SL. Brazil. 175 


angle of cell in nearly straight line to apex ; a very indistinct sub- 
terminal ‘shade ; terminal area paler; a minute white speck on 
discocellulars surrounded by obscure rufous spot, the enclosing line 
of which is merely indicated by four dots on median and veins 
4,5 and 6. Hind-wings dull pink ; a scalloped black sub-terminal 
line thickly irrorated with steel-blue scales, followed by a reddish- 
brown scalloped band ; terminal band pinkish-fawn ; termen finely 
brown ; cilia pinkish-fawn ; ocellus black surrounded by a lemon- 
yellow ring; a clear white discocellular lunule surrounded by a 
patch of mixed fuscous and yellow scales defined by narrow yellow 
line. Under-side dull yellow irrorated with brown; fore-wings 
a erenulate oblique fuscous postmedial line; a large black spot 
with white central dot on discocellulars: hind-wings, a crenulate 
brown postmedial line ; an indistinct diffused brown sub-terminal 
line ; a minute white discocellular lunule. 

?. Body fuscous-brown, thorax posteriorly tinged with pink. 
Fore-wings fuscous-brown, lines as in ¢ but the antemedial very 
obscure and rufous, the postmedial inwardly whitish, outwardly rufous 
followed by dark shade. Hind-wings pink suffused with brown on 
costa ; terminal markings and ocellus as in ¢ but duller. 

Expanse ¢ 72 mm., 9 88 mm, 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Dirphia araucarie. 


_g. Head and thorax dark brown; antenne light ochreous-brown ; 
abdomen dark rufous, dorsally banded with black. Fore-wings 
brown ; a very irregular fuscous sub-terminal shade, sharply defined 
outwardly, shading inwardly to lighter, boldly scalloped above veins 
2 and 3, sharply receding inwardly on vein 4; a white line out- 
wardly shaded wtih fuscous from base of costa, passing through 
middle of cell where it bends violently downwards to a point well 
below the cell on vein 2, from there to vein 5 just beyond cell and 
thence to near apex, the space enclosed by this line dark brown; a 
similar white s-shaped line from base to inner margin near tornus, 
nearly reaching median fold opposite angle of the upper line, enclosing 
dark space ; a diffused fuscons discal spot. Hind-wings light fuscous- 
brown, veins and terminal area darker, some reddish-brown hairs at 
base and on inner margin; a geminate dark sub-terminal line; a 
diffused fuscous discal spot. Under-side : light brown suffused with 
fuscous ; diffused fuscous postmedial and sub-terminal bands on both 
wings, the postmedial on fore-wing strongly incurved. 

9. Darker than ¢, a whitish space between the sub-terminal 


—_ 
176 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on Lepidoptera-Heterocera. 


lines on hind-wings ; on under-side the postmedial bands on both 
wings are followed by diffused white. 
Expanse ¢ 84mm., 9 112 mm. 


Hab, Castro, Parana. 


Heliconisa satanas. 


¢. Head antenne thorax and abdomen dark fusecous; a few 
scattered reddish-brown hairs on legs and ventral surface of abdomen. 
Fore-wings dark fuscous suffused with reddish-brown especially on 
the costal region and in the cell; an indistinct black antemedial 
line, incurved and diffused in the cell ; very wavy postmedial and 
sub-terminal lines enclosing broad fawn-coloured band suffused with 
fuscous strongly angled inwards below vein 2, scalloped above 2 and 
3; very broad and paler, without suffusion, between 4 and 6 nearly 
reaching cell, then very narrow to apex; a large black spot surrounds 
discocellulars which are, with base of vein 5, fawn-colour; terminal 
area very dark suffused with olive-brown between the veins. Hind- 
wings fuscous ; a broad medial brown shade very obscure except on 
costa where it forms a distinct patch ; terminal area black. Under- 
side: fuscous, the yellow bands broader and more orange than on 
upper-side, on hind-wings much more distinct than upper-side. 

Expanse 105 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


Family DALCERID. 


Daleera variegata. 


¢. Palpi ochreous ; head and antenne grey ; legs ochreous ; tarsi 
white, claws black; thorax golden-yellow ; tegule and patagia 
brown ; abdomen golden-yellow above, pale ochreous beneath. Fore- 
wings yellow, outer half suffused with brown, very dark at termen ; 
a curved wavy antemedial line ; a brown spot in the cell ; an orange 
line bordered by black on discocellulars followed by yellow space ; 
a large ancdasmall yellow space atapex. Hind-wings orange-yellow ; 
terminal area and outer margin broadly black. Under-side : fore- 
wings yellow; outer half black with two yellow spots at apex. 
Hind-wings yellow, broadly black on terminal area. 

Expanse 23 mm. 


Hab. Castro, Parana. 


JUNE 5, 1908. 


nats.) 


IX. Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria by the 
Rev. A. E. Eaton, M.A., F.ES., and the Rev. 
Francis Davip Morice, M.A., F.E.S. (Part I. 
Heterogyna, Fossores (pars) Trans. Ent. Soc., 1901, 
pt. iv, pp. 515-563. Part II. Diploptera, Fossores, 
1905, part iv, pp. 399-417.) Part III. Anthophila. 
By EDWARD SAUNDERS, F.R.S. etc. 


[Read March 4th, 1908.] 


COLLETES SPECTABILIS, Moraw. 
? 1. Constantine, visiting Zhapsia garganica, 15, v, 95. 
(A. #. E.) 
2 1. Philippeville, 21, vi, 98. (#. D. .) 


COLLETES CORIANDRI, Perez. 
f 1. Biskra, Route des Ziban, 25, u, 94. (A. #. £.) 
$2. ,, near the river by the brick-kiln beyond the 
Fort St. Germain, 4, 1, 95. (A. #. #.) 
oi. , horthern slope of the rocky ridge backing on 
the north of the Montagne de Sable, visiting 
Retama retam, Webb, 15, 11, 95. (A. #. £.) 
Ss it, » near Old Biskra, on Periderea fuscata, 9, i, 
94, (A, #. #) 
Dr. Longstaff took this species in some numbers at El 
Outaia, near Biskra, on Spergula flowers, March 1905, and 
one specimen at Biskra on Huphorbia guyoniana. 


COLLETES NANUS, Friese. 
$1, 21. Biskra, near railway, Kilom. 199, visiting 
Zizyphus lotus, 29, iv and 3, v, 95. 
(A. £. E.) 
i. » a little above the barrage on or amongst 
Tamarin, 1, v, 97. (A. £. £.) 


COLLETES PUMILUS, Morice. 
} 4,91. Biskra, 7-10, v, 98. (FD. M) 


COLLETES EATONI, Morice. 

1. Biskra, cornlands bordering the Route des 
Ziban leading to the Dunes, on Ammi 
visnaga, 25, v, 93. (A. £#. £.) 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 12 


. 
178 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ee Biskra, fields between the Negro village and 
Chateau Landon on Ammi visnaga, 
9-10.30 am., 3, vi, 93. (A. #, #) 

ey & A on ‘Lamariz, 28, iv to’ 1, v, 97, 
(A, #. #.) 


COLLETES LIGATUS, Er. 


2 1. Biskra, near railway, Kilom. 199, on Zizyphus lotus, 
3, Vv, 95. (A. # £.) 
9 2. Médéa, slopes of the Nador up to 3,300 feet, 8 to 
10.30 a.m., 14, vu, 93. (A. #. £.) 
21, 23. La Calle, near the cemetery, 4 and 8, vii, 96. 
(A. H. E.) 


COLLETES BALTEATUS, Nyl. 
2 3. Médéa, on Daucus setifolius, 380, vii and 2, vii, 93. 
(A. £. £.) 
? 1. Biskra, near the Col de Sfa, on flowers of Deverra 
scoparia, 26, x1, 94. (A. #. £.) 
fg 1,¢1. Bone, 10 and 30, vii, 97. (4. #. £.) 
2. Philippeville, 21, vi, 98. (@ D. I.) 


COLLETES PICISTIGMA, Thoms. 
fg 1. Azazga, 30, viii, 938. (4. #. £.) 


COLLETES SUCCINCTUS, L. 


ft 2,21. Constantine, on Jnula viscosa, 9,x and 4, xi, 
93. (A. #. £.) 
2 2. Bone, on Erica multiflora, 28, xi, 93. (A. E. LE.) 
? 1. Constantine, Djebel Ouach, near the reservoirs, alt. 
3,000 feet, visiting low composite, 11, x, 94 
(A. #. #.) 
¢ 1. Constantine, 2, vi, 95. (A. #. #) 


COLLETES ACUTUS, Per. 


f 1. Constantine, on /nula viscosa, 15, x, 95. (A. £. #.) 
f 4. Bone, on Senecio leucanthemifolius, 4 and 6, iii, 
96. (A. #. #.) 
21,22. Algiers, 23, iv, 98. (# D, I) 
Dr. Longstaff took this species at flowers of Spergula, 
1, 11, 05, and with it two specimens of C. bracatus, Per., 
not included otherwise in this list. 


| 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 179 


PROSOPIS CORNUTA, Smith, 


f 4,22. Le Tarf, on Feniculum vulgare and Ammi 
visnaga, 25-27, vii, 96. (A. #. L.) 


PROSOPIS DILATATA, Kirb., var. ? 

f 1. Hippine, on Ammé visnaga, 15, vii, 96. (A, #. £.) 

This specimen apparently differs only from dzlatata in 
having the yellow colour more developed, it has the 
mandibles labrum and hind tibize entirely flavous, and has 
a small black spot on the intermediate tibize. The form of 
the scape of the antennz, however, and the sculpture 
throughout appear to me to be identical with those of 
dilatata. In colour it more resembles cervicornis, Costa. 


PROSOPIS SPILOTA, Forst. 


gf 2 (one stylopized), 2 2, Hippdne, on Ammt visnaga, 
15, vil, 96. (A. # #.) 
fi. Le Tarf, on Feniculum vulgare, 25, vii, 96. 


(A. #. £.) 

agg |p ‘, on Feniculum vulgare, 27, vii, 96. 
(A. E. E.) 

a ¢ on Ammi visnaga, 26, vii, 96. (A. E. £.) 


These specimens again are slightly different from what 
we know here as spi/ota, and I have had very great doubts 
as to whether I should describe them as a new species or 
not, but I have decided against doing so. Of the three 
males one is stylopized so that its characters may have 
been altered by the effect of the parasite. The others 
differ from the typical form in having the mandibles and 
labrum pale. The female differs from the typical form in 
having the first segment of the abdomen more finely 
punctured, but the characters are not decided enough to 
satisfy me that the two forms are distinct. 


PROSOPIS VARIEGATA, F. 


Both sexes common, Constantine, Le Tarf, La Calle, 
Bone, Hippéne, Médéa, Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 
Eryngium triquetrum, tricuspidatum, Thapsia gar- 
ganica, May to September. (A. #. #. and F. D. M.) 


All the males in both collections are of the ordinary red- 
bodied type and nearly all the females have the clypeus 
with a white central line, but three females of the var. 


180 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


absoluta were found by Mr. Eaton, at Médéa on Lryngium 
triquetrum and two at Constantine on Lryngiwm triquet- 
yum and Thapsia garganica; also among his specimens 
are four females with broad red mesonotal stripes and two 
males with the propodeum posteriorly red ; of these the 
two males and two of the females were taken at Hippdne, 
the other two females at Biskra. In these highly-coloured 
females the central polished line of the posterior face of 
the propodeum is more or less red, but the colour does not 
spread over the rest of the surface as in the males. 


PROSOPIS QUARTIN#, Grib. 


f 5,91. Biskra, near railway, Kilom. 199, at Zizyphus 
lotus, 80, iv to 8, v, 95. (A. #. #.) 


ay. » on Deverra chlorantha, 10, 11 and 13, 
V0.  KAy#. 2) 
o1 » on Ammi, 21, v, 97. (A. # £.) 


22.98 5 20, vto3,vi,98 (FD. M) 


PROSOPIS PICTA, Smith. 
g 4,923. Bone, on Rubus discolor, 11-13, vui, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


PROSOPIS GAZAGNIERI, Vach. 

9. Biskra, ridge of hills and its spurs north-east of 
Hamman es Salahin, visiting Lerula ves- 
certtensis, 5, iv, 95. (A. #.£.) 

2 y visiting Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 21, 111, 
97. (A. E. £.) 

a ¢. Algiers, 11 and 28, iv, 98. (#. D. JL) 

var. nigra, f 10, f 9, 31, i to 27, iv, 98. 
(F. D. M.) 


” 


PROSOPIS PURPURISSATA, Vacbh. 
a. Azazga, 1,900 feet, on Hryngium triquetrum, 12, ix, 
93. (A. #. #.) 
a »  Forét de Yakouren, on Lrynguwm triquetrum, 
19, ix, 98. (4. #. £.) 
g. Bone, 28, iv, 96. 
9 , on Mentha rotundifolia, 6, vii, 96. 
(A. #. FE.) 
ft 2,22. Bone, on Rubus discolor, 11 and 12, viii, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


iv 
© 
”. 

. 
: 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 181 


PROSOPIS PURPURISSATA, black var.=stigmorrhina, Per. 


21. Algiers, 28, iv, 98. (f/ D. I) 
2 1. Constantine, 16, v, 98. (/ D. IL) 


PROSOPIS GRIBODOI, Vach. 
f 12, 25. Biskra, on Tamarix, 28, ii to 19, iv, 97. 
(A. E. EL.) 
Lip » on Lamariz brachystylis, 4, iv, 95. 
(A, #. £.) 


PROSOPIS FERTONI, Vach. 
g. Algiers, 8, iv, 98. (#. D. IL) 
9. Algiers, base of Bou-zaréa, near the Faubourg Bab- 
el-Oued, on a yellow Linum, 28, iv, 93. (A. £. £.) 


PROSOPIS PILOSULA, Per. 


?. Biskra, ridge of hills and its spurs north-east of 
Hamman es Salahin, visits Ferula vesceritensis, 


5, iv, 95. (A. BB) 


PROSOPIS SULPHURIPES, Grib. 


@. Algiers, on the ramparts, on Reseda, 9, iii, 93. 
(A. E. £.) 

g. Hussein Dey, on the banks of the main road, 4, iv, 93. 
(A. #. E.) 

?. Biskra, near the Col de Sfa, on flowers of Deverra 
scoparia, 26, xi, 94, (A. L. #.) 

9. Le Tarf, on Ammi visnaga, 26, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 

g. Algiers, 8 and 14, iv, 98. (#/ D. I) 


PROSOPIS CLYPEARIS, Schk. 
¢ 2,91. Azazga and Yakouren, on Eryngiwm tricuspi- 
datum, alt. 1,900 feet, and 19, ix, 99. 
(A. HE. E.) 
¢ 2. Bone, on Ammi majus and Daucus, 8, viii, 96. 
(A. #. £.) 
$1.  , on Daucus gracilis, 13, viii, 97. (A. HE. £.) 
9. Near Algiers, on Magydaris tomentosa, 5, v, 93. 
(A. #. E.) 
29. Le Tarf, on Feniculum vulgare, 25 to 27, vii, 96. 
(A. HE. E.) 
2 6. Hippdne, on Ammi visnaga, 10 and 15, viii, 96. 
(A. #. £.) 


- 


182 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


21. Bone, on Sedum cwrulewm, 14, v, 96. (A. #. #.) 
2 1. Constantine, 11, x, 94. (A. #. #.) 


PROSOPIS DUBITATA, Alfk. 
a1. Le Tarf, on Faniculum vulgare, 24, vii, 96. 
(A. #. £.) 
2 1. Hippone, on Ammi visnaga, 15, viii, 96. (A. £. E.) 


PROSOPIS PICTIPES, Ny]. 
21. Bone, on Eryngium tricuspidatum, 6, viii, 96. 


(A. EB. EB) 


PROSOPIS BREVICORNIS, Nyl. 
2 1. Hippdne, on Ammi visnaga, 12, viii, 96 and 1, viii, 
97. (A. #. #.) 
¢ 1. Algiers, on Magydaris tomentosa, 5,v, 98. (A. £. £.) 
f 1. Le Tarf, on Ammi visnaga, 26, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
gf 1. Bone, on Daucus gummifer, 17, viii, 96. (A. L. £.) 
Z1.  ,, visiting Rubus discolor, 11, viii, 97. (A. #. £.) 
91. Le Tarf, on Umbelliferz, 27, vi, 96. (A. £. £.) 


SPHECODES FUSCIPENNIS, Germ. 


fg 2. Médéa, Ravines near Md. Ben Omar, alt. 3,130- 
2730 ft., on Lryngium triquetrwm, 11, vii, 93. 
(A. #. E£.) 
1. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 24, v. 97. (A. #. £.) 
1. Bone, on Lryngiwm tricuspidatum, 6, vi, 96. 
(A. #. £.) 
1. Médéa near Damiette, on Lryngium triquetrum, 5, 
vil, 93. (A. #. #.) 
1 » on Mentha rotundifolia, 19,vi,98. (A. £. £.) 
1. near Médéa, on Daucus setifolius, 30, vi, 93. 
(A. £. £.) 
9. Algiers, 17, iii, and 22, iv, 98. (#. D. AL) 
Constantine, 30, x, 94. (A. #. #.) 
All the specimens contained in the collections are of 
the variety with red tibie. 


SPHECODES GibBus, L. 
a 4,21. Biskra, on Amami visnaga, 18 and 24, v, 93 and 
23, 7,97. (4. ££) 
a. Médeéa, on Lryngiwm triquetrum, 28, vi, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 


. 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 183 


SPHECODES RETICULATUS, Thoms. 
gf 2. Hippéne on Ammi visnaga, 12 and 15, vin, 96. 
(A. #. £.) 
@ 2. Bone l, v, 96. (A. #. #.) 
2 4, Biskra, 1, iv and 10, v,97. (A. #. &) 
All the specimens of the above two species have red 
tibize and entirely red abdomen. 


t 
SPHECODES RUFICORNIS, Sich. 


2 2. Biskra, on the north side of the ridge beyond Beni 
Mora, on Ammi visnaga, 30, v, 97. (A. #. #) 


SPHECODES RUFICORNIS, Sich. var. 
g. Biskra cornlands, bordering the route des Ziban, on 
Ammi visnaga, 18, v, 98. (A. #. Ff.) 
¢ 7,21. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 15 to 30, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 
These specimens are rather smaller than the above, the 
thorax is entirely black, and the antennz and femora 
nearly so. They all, however, have the pale tegule which 


separates them from the other species with the exception 
of rufithorax, Mor. 


SPHECODES RUFITHORAX, Mor. 
gf 2. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 8, vii, 97. (A. #. £.) 
Ober 3 9, v, 98. (4. D, MD) 


SPHECODES ATROHIRTUS, Per. 


gf 2. Hippone, 10, ii, 96. (4. #. #.) 
9 2. Biskra, 24, iii, 94 and 3, 11, 97. (A. #. £.) 
$ 2,23. Algiers, 18, iii to 29, iv, 98. (FD. I) 


SPHECODES PUNCTICEPS, Thoms. 


S 8,21. Le Tarf, on Feniculum vulgare, 24 to 27, vii, 96. 
(A. EH. #) 


SPHECODES PILIFRONS, Thoms. 
2 2. Bone, 7 and 23, 11,96, (A. #. £.) 


SPHECODES, sp. ? 
2 1. Biskra, 4,iv,97. (4. # #) 


184 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


Haticrus ForMosuS, Dours. 


f 1. Biskra, cornlands bordering the Route des Ziban, 
on Ami visnaga, Lam., 18,v,93. (A. #. #.) 


Oe near old Turkish Fort, near the Barrage 
Oued Biskra, on Ammz2 visnaga, 30, v, 93. 
(A, #. £.) 


ee between Beni Mora and the road _ to 
Fontaine Chaude, on Ammi visnaga, 28, v, 
94. (4. #. #.) 

ee Si. on Amberboa lippii, 8 and 11, iv, 97. 


(A. #. £.) 
ae as on Echinops spinosus, 8, v, 97. (A. E#. £.) 
a ae on Ammi visnaga, 28 and 31, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


HALICTUS, 4—CINCTUS, Fab. 


f 4, Between Médéa and Lodi, on Centaurea calcitrapa, 
5 to 14, vu, 98. (4. # £#.) 
f 1,2 2. Médéa, on Mentha rotundifolia, 4 to 19, vii, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 
gf 2,21. Le Tarf, on Cynara cardunculus, 23 and 24, 
vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
? 1. Constantine, on Carduwus macrocephalus, 18, v, 95. 
(A, E. £.) 
9 1. Aine Draham, on Centaurea sp., 21, vu, 96. 
(A, #. £.) 


HALICTUS SCABIOS, Rossi. 


2 2. from numerous localities and very variable in size, 
visiting Ammé visnaga, Calamintha, Inula viscosa, 
Centaurea nicxensis, and calcitrapa, Scabiosa mari- 
tima, Onopordon macracanthum, Cynara cardun- 
culus, Scolymus hispanicus, Tamarix, Mentha rotun- 


difolia, (A. #. #. and Ff. D. MI.) 
HALICTUS, sp. ? 
f 1. Bone, on Lryngiuwm 3-cuspidatum, 6, vin, 96. 
(A. #. £.) 
HALICTUS VAULOGERI, Per. 


? 1. Médéa, Route d’Alger, on Centaurea nicwensis and 
Scabiosa maritima, 26, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 

2? 1. Between Médéa and Lodi, on Centaurea caleitrapa 
12, vii, 93. (A. #. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 185 


HALICTUS ALBARIUS, Per. 


? 1. Biskra, between railway, Kilom. 199 and the River, 
on Amberboa lippit D.C., 8, iv, 94. (A. #. #.) 


HALICcTUS ALBICINCTUS, Luc. 
2 1, Bouzaréa, Algiers, 28, iv, 93. (A. #. Ef.) 
2 1. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 28, v, 94. (A. #. #.) 
ae 4 20s Va 8, IV, 9. , C4, H. £.) 


HALICTUS CLAVIPES, Drs. 


g.  Biskra, 14, v, 98. (# D. I) 
df 3. Algiers, iii andiv, 98. (# D. JZ) 
@ 1. Constantine on M’cid, 22, v, 95. (4. #. £.) 


HALICTUS SEPARANDUS, Frey, G. 


gf 1. Tizi Ouzou, on Calamintha, 15, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 
g 2. Le Tarf, on Cynara cardunculus, 24, vii, 96. 
(A. #. £.) 


HALICTUS PLATYCESTUS, Dours. ? 
¢ 1. Bone, 12, vin, 97. (4. #. £.) 


HALICTUS CALLIZONIUS, Per. 


f 2,22. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 17 and 24, v, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 


f° 2, 2 on Tamaria, 29, iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 
te. is on .Carduus, 7, v and 18, v, 97. 
(A, #. £.) 

S$ 1. Béne, 19, vii, 97. (4. # #.) 

fg 1. Médéa, on Centaurea calcitrapa, 11, vii, 93. 
(A. #. E.) 

gf 2. La Calle, 9, vu, 96. (A. #. #.) 

9 1. Biskra, on a sandy footpath, 16, iv, 94. (4. #. #.) 

2 2. Bone, one on Crepis taraxascifolia, 20, iv and 1, v, 


96. (A. BE. B.) 


HALICTUS FEMORALIS, n. sp. 


Q. Niger, facie elongata, capite thoraceque dense punctatis, 
propodeo truncato, area basali vermiculato, postice sub-rotundato. 
Abdomine nitido, sat dense punctato, segmentis 2, 3, 4, basi albido 
fasciatis, tibiis tarsisque intermediis et posticis etiam que femoribus 
posticis lete testaceis. 


186 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


Deep black, face elongate, densely punctured, sparsely clothed 
with pale brownish hairs, considerably narrowed towards the apex, 
clypeus shining with very large scattered punctures, projecting for 
its entire length beyond the eyes, mesonotum punctured and clothed 
like the vertex, tegule brown, wings slightly dusky, post scutellum 
densely clothed with short ochreous pubescence, propodeal area 
vermiculately rugose bounded by a slightly raised line, abdomen 
elongate elliptic, shining, rather strongly punctured, depressions 
wide, but punctured like the rest of the segments, margins scarcely 
discoloured, the 2nd, 3rd and 4th segments having a well defined 
entire band of ochreous-white pubescence at the base, 5th segment 
with golden red pubescence at the apex and along the margins of 
the rima ; intermediate tibiz and tarsi and posterior legs with the 
exception of the coxze and trochanters entirely clear testaceous. 

Long. 10 mm. 


2 2. Mechta-el-arbi, on Cichoriwm “intybus, 16, v, 93. 
(A. £. FE.) 


This very distinct species is apparently allied to those of 
the sexnotatulus group. 


HALIcTUS, sp. ? 
® 1. Bone, 25, v, 96. (A. #. £.) 


HALICTUS INTERRUPTUS, Pz. 


ft 3,2 4. Médéa, on Centaurea calcitrapa, 12, vii, 93. 
(A. #. E.) 

2 12. Biskra, visiting Ammi visnaga, Peganum harmala, 
Traganum nudatum, Amberboa lippii, Zizyphus 
lotus, Ferula vesceritensis, Thapsia garganica, 
Antirrhinum ramosissimum. (A. #. £.) 


HALICTUS, sp. ? 


Coloration of albipes ¢, but face much shorter, wings 
slightly dusky, ¢ of bimaculatus ? 

fg 1. Bone, 10, vi, 96. (A. & £.) 

fS 1. La Calle, 1, vii, 96. (4. #. £.) 


HALICTUS VERGILIANUS, Per. 


¢ 2. Biskra, in the Jardin by Fort St. Germain on a 
tree with blue flowers, 26, v, 93. (A. #. £.) 


| 
; 
, 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 187 


HALICTUS CINCTICORNIS, n. sp. 


¢. Valde elongatus, griseo pubescens, antennarum articulis 4-13 
basi apiceque griseo cingulatis. Capite?thoraceque punctatissimis. 
Abdomine cylindrico, minutissime ruguloso et punctato, segmentis 
ventralibus 2 et 3 disco albido hirsutis. @Q. Malachwro simillima 
propodeo breviori, apice latiori, abdomine gre punctato, maculis 
segmenti secundi majoribus, distinguenda. 

«» @. Very elongate, black, labrum, apex of the clypeus and 
mandibles except at the extreme base, tibia and tarsi except a 
spot on the anterior and posterior sides of the former flavous, each 
segment of the abdomen with a pale apical ring. Head and thorax 
exceedingly closely, finely and rugosely punctured, lateral angles of 
the cheeks above the mandibles viewed from in front somewhat 
prominent, face elongate much as in albipes, clothed in front with 
white, on the vertex with greyish ochreous hairs, antenne long, 
joints 4 to 13 with a well marked grey pubescent basal and apical 
band, that of the apex very narrow on the more basal joints, hardly 
perceptible on 5. Mesonotum punctured and clothed like the vertex 
of the head, tegule very pale testaceous, wings hyaline, nerves 
testaceous, legs clothed with whitish hairs, knees tibiz and tarsi pale, 
the tibize with a black anterior and posterior streak, propodeum with 
a sub-triangular and finely longitudinally rugose area, subtruncate 
posteriorly but with its angles rounded, entire thorax clothed with 
greyish hairs, sides of the propodeum very finely and diagonally 
striate ; abdomen very elongate clothed with fine short grey hairs, 
exceedingly finely and closely punctured, even more so than in 
malachurus and quite distinct in this respect from albipes or 
cylindricus; 2nd and 3rd segments with a rather large but ill-defined 
lateral patch of white pubescence on each side of the base, all the 
segments with a rather broad pale semitransparent apical ring, 2nd and 
3rd ventral segments clothed on the dise with projecting white hairs. 

? Resembling that sex of malachwrus but with the clypeus more 
produced giving the face a longer shape, and with an almost im- 
perceptible puncturation on the basal segment of the abdomen, the 
surface of this segment under a Coddington lens is seen to be 
exceedingly finely aciculate with a very fine and rather scattered 
puncturation, in malachwrus the puncturation is fine and very close. 
The propodeum in the species here described is shorter and wider at 
the apex than in malachwrus, and the white patches of hairs at the 
base of the 2nd segment much more developed, the entire abdomen 
also is much less hairy. 

Long. 8-9 mm. 


188 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


f 1. Médéa, Ravines near*Md. Ben Omar, on Lryngium 
triquetrum, Scabiosa maritima and Microlonchus 
salmanticus, 11, vii, 93. (A. #. £.) 

¢ 1. La Calle, 1, vii, 96. (4. #. £) 

2 1. Médéa, on Alliwm, 14, vii, 98. (A. #. £.) 

2 1. La Calle, 1, vii, 96. (A. #. #.) 

I sent a ¢ and @ of this species to Prof. Perez who 

kindly returned it as allied to a/bipes. 


HALICTUS MALACHURUS, K. 
2 2 common, Algiers, Constantine, Médéa. 
Le Tarf, Hippéne. (4. #. £.) 
gf 17, vii to 15, viri— 9. 14, 11 to 28, v. 
2 on Verbena officinalis, Faniculum vulgare and Ammi 
visnaga. 
2 on Thapsia garganica and Sedum cerulewm. 


HALicTus BIMACULATUS, Dours. 
2 2. Bone, 24, ii and 15, i, 96. (4A. # £#.) 
I am indebted to Prof. Perez for this identification. 


HALICTUS CAPITALIS, Per. 


? 3. Algiers and Hussein Dey, burrowing in the bank of 
the main road, 4, iv, 938. (A. #. £.) 

? 1. Algiers, base of Bouzaréa, on Phagnalon rupestre, 
28; iv, 93. (A. £.#) 

91. Bone, 24, 11,96. (A. #. £.) 

I am indebted to Prof. Perez for this identification. 


HALICTUS, sp. ? 
? 1. Constantine, on Alsine procumbens, 15, vi, 94. 
(A. #. #.) 
Small species near capitalis, but propodeum less 
truncate. 


HALICTUS ARTICULARIS, Per. 
91. Biskra, Col de Sfa, on Deverra scoparia, 26, xi, 94. 


(A. #. £.) 
eal: , ridge of hills N.E. of Hamman es Salahin, 


on Ferula vesceritensis, 5, iv. 95. (A. HL. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 189 


HALICTUS VENTRALIS, Per. 


f 1. Médéa, Gorges de la Chiffa, alt. 700-800 ft., on 
Mentha rotundifolia and Verbena officinalis, 26, 
vil, 938. (A. #. #.) 

f 2. Médéa, on Sonchus arvensis, 28, vii, 93. (A. £. #.) 

¢ 3. Constantine, “at burrows in a sandy bank,” 15, x, 
95. (A. A. Eie 

9 1. Biskra, 3, iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 

21. Bone, 26, 11, 96. (4. £. £.) 


HALICTUS, sp. ? t 
91. Biskra, 17, v, 93. (A. #. #.) 
A species peculiar in having a fine central carina on the 


anterior disc of the mesonotum and unusually long ventral 
brushes, longer than in villosulus, etc. (A. EH. £.) 


HALICTUS MEDITERRANEUS, Per. MS. 
gf 2,2 19. Biskra, ¢ April—{ February and March; 


2 visiting Zygophyllum cornutum, Moricandia arvensis, 
Brassica napus, Cleone arabica, Retana retam, Ferula 
vesceritensis, (A. #. EL.) 


HALICTUS, sp. ? 
91. Biskra, 1, 11,97. (4. #. #.) 
Allied to above. 


HALICTUS BREVICEPS, E. Saund. 
4 2. Le Tarf, on Feniculum vulgare, 24, vii, 96. 
(A. H. £.) 
sag ‘ on Daucus muricatus, 17, vi, 96. (A. £. £.) 


HALICTUS VILLOSULUS, K. 
g 2, 2 2. Médéa, on Verbena officinalis, 17, vii, 93. 
(A. E. £.) 
g 4. Hippone, on Chondrilla juncea, 22, viii, 96. (A. £. £.) 
? 2. Sidi Ferruch, 8, v, 93. (A. #. £.) 
9 1. Bone, on Crepis clausonis, 31, xii, 95. (A. EL F.) 
P91. 4, on Senecio leucanthemifolius, 15, iii, 96. 
(A. E. E£.) 
22. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 17, v, 98; 27, v, 97. 
(A. #. #.) 


190 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


91. Biskra, on Sonchus maritimus, 12, iv,97. (A. #.#.) 
? 1. Constantine, on Sonchus tenerrimus, 8, v, 95. 
2 1, x é ¥, Bs X1,.04. (4, Ee LY 


HALICTUS PUNCTATISSIMUS, Schk. 


91. Azazga, 2, ix, 93.. (A. # #) 
9 1. Bone, 2, iti, 96. (A. #. £7.) 


HALICTUS YAKOURENSIS, sp. nov. 


3. Niger nitidus, clypei apice, mandibulis, antennis subtus, tegulis, 
tibiis anterioribus antice, tarsis genubusque omnibus plus minus 
piceis, genis subprominentibus angulosis, mesonoto punctato, inter- 
stitiis leevibus, abdomine subovali,.,nitido, punctato. Segmentorum 
apicibus vix impressis. 

Black, apex of clypeus, mandibles, antennze beneath, tegule, front 
tibize anteriorly and all the tarsi more or less piceous ; head finely 
and closely punctured above the insertion of the antenn:ze, less closely 
so on the clypeus. Cheeks short, slightly projecting laterally be- 
tween the eyes and mandibles in a sharp angle; mesonotum shining, 
regularly and somewhat closely punctured, intervals between the 
punctures smooth, wings slightly dusky, post-scutellum hairy, 
legs clothed with short whitish hairs, 2nd and 8rd joints of hind 
tarsi slightly longer than wide, propodeum not truncate posteriorly, 
basal area rather small, irregularly striate, sides punctured and 
clothed with short greyish hairs, abdomen shining elongate ovate, 
with scattered greyish-white hairs, which are more abundant towards 
the apex, apical impressions of the segments iscarcely indicated 
except at the sides, lst segment rather sparsely punctured, the 
following more closely so, nearly smooth at their apices; beneath 
somewhat shining very finely rugulose and remotely punctured the 
punctures bearing fine hairs. 

Long. 6 mm. 


a? 4. Forét de Yakouren, on and over the ridge on which 
stands the Maison Forestier, on Lryngium tri- 
cuspidatum, 19, ix, 93. (A. #. £.) 


This species is very distinct by its angulated cheeks and 
deep black colour. 


HALIcTUS, sp. ? 
© 1. Bone, 1, v, 96. (A. #. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 191 


HALICTUS, HOLLANDI, E. Saund. 
@ 1. Médéa, Gorges de la Chiffa, on Mentha rotwndifolia 
or Verbena officinalis, 26, vii, 98. (A. #. £.) 
21. Bone, 26, 11,96. (A. #. £.) 


HALICTUS AGLYPHUS, Per. 
21. Bone, visiting Salsola kali, 23, viii, 97. (A. £. E) 
21. Constantine, on TZhapsia yarganica, 17, v, 95. 
(A. H. #.) 
? 2. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 30, v, 93 to 28, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 
One example has the abdomen testaceous as described 
by Perez, another piceous-brown, a third nearly black. 


HALICTUS STRICTIFRONS, Vach. 


pote biskra, 10; 1.9%. C4ee uh.) 
2 3. Bone, burrows into the vertical face of the river- 
bank, 30, iv, 96. (4. #. £.) 


HALICTUS SPHECODIMORPHUS, Vach. 7? 
f 1. Tizi Ouzou, on Zizyphus lotus, 14, vi, 93. (A. LE. £.) 


I submitted this specimen to Mons. Vachal, and am 
indebted to him for the suggestion that it may be the ¢ 
of his species. 


HAtictus soror, E. Saund. 


a. Algiers, on Chrysanthemum segetwm, 28, iv, 93. 
(A, #. E.) 

gf 2, 21. Constantine, on Leballium elateriwm, 30, 1x, 93. 
(A. E. #.) 

Ake . on Sedum carulewm, 13,v and 16, 
95. (A. #. £.) 

Sol. ra on Hypocheris glabra, 18, v, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 

at. Bone, 14, v, 96. (4. £. £#.) 

ime La Calle, 1 and 24, vii, 96. (A. #. #.) 

fg 1 Algiers, on Phagnalon rupestre, 28, iv, 93. 

A, E. #.) 

ae _ 24, 11,93. (A. #. #.) 

Sl Bone, on Salsola kali, 3, vi, 97. (A. EH. £.) 

g1 Hippone, 8, iv, 96. (4. #. £) 


- 
192 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


HALictus MorRIO, Fab, 


¢ 1. Constantine, on Leballivm elaterium, 30, ix, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 
2 3. Algiers, 5 and 19, iv, 98. (4 D. I) 


HALICTUS SIMULANS, Per. 
¢ 1,9 1. Bone, sandy ground skirting the sea-shore be- 
yond the Seybouse, visiting Senecio leucan- 
themifolius, 4, 11, 96. (A. £. £.) 
ods Bone, 9, iv, 96. (A. #. #.) 
ts Algiers, 29, iv, 98. (#. D. AL) 


HALICTUS DIVES, Per. 
2 3. Biskra, on Amm2 visnaga, 17, 20 and 28, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


HALIcCTUS GEMMEUS, Dours. 


f 2 2 Common: Constantine, Bone, Azazga, Le Tarf, 
Tizi Ouzou, Médéa, Hippdne, visiting Lryngiwm 
triquetrum, tricuspidatum, Solanum nigrum. 
Feniculum vulgare, Onopordum macracanthum. 
Verbena officinalis, Mentha rotundifolia, Ecbal- 
lium elaterium, Inula viscosa, Crepis clausonis, 
Salsola kali, Lotus ornithopodioides, May to 
October. (A. #. #. and F. D. I) 


HALICTUS VESTITUS, Lep. var. PALLIDUS, Grib. 
f 1. Biskra, on Tamaria, 20, iv, 97. (A. £. #.) 
ete | nays on Zizyphus lotus. ‘“ Eyes in life iridescent 
vaguely streaked with bronzy-green and 
peacock-blue.” 29, iv, 95. (4. #. #.) 
a on Ammt visnaga, 24, v, 93 and 27, v. 97. 
(A. E. £.) 


on Tamarix brachystylis, 8, iv, 95. (A. £. £.) 
on Nitraria tridentata, 11,v, 97. (A. £. £.) 
on Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 21, 111, 97. 
(A. #. £.) . my 
212. Bone, on Salsola kali (much rubbed), 20, vii, 97. 


HALICTUS, sp. ? 
2 1. Médéa on Asparagus officinalis, 28, vi, 93. (A. £. £.) 


on Ferula vesceritensis, 5,1v, 95. (A. #. E.) + 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 198 


HALIcTus MucoREUS, Ev. 


¢ 6. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 17 and 28, v, 97 and 8, 
vil, 970) (A. 2. £.) 
Ce ae on Ammi visnaga, 17, iv to 29, v, 97. 
(A. £. £.) 
Pr «= on Amberboa lippii. 
“yes in life indistinctly streaked with 
bronze-green and peacock-blue.” 11, iv, 
95. (4. #. #) 
fl. ,, visiting Peganum harmala, 12, iv, 95. 
(A. E. #.) 
92. , on Limoniastrum guyonianum, 27, iv, 95 
and 6,v, 97. (A. #. £.) 
9 2. Médéa, on Centaurea caleitrapa, 12 to 21, vii, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 
Sl. 4, on Mentha rotundifolia, 11, viii, 93. 
(A, #. E.) 


ANDRENA FLESS®, Pz. 


21. Algiers, Colonne Voirol, 4, v, 93. (A. #. £.) 
9 1. Bone, on Luphorbia helioscopia, 4, v, 96. (A. E. EF.) 
g 2. Constantine, on Ferula communis, 14, v. 95. (A.E.L.) 


¢ 2,8 I. uM visiting Rapistrum rugosun and 
Diplotaxis muralis, 22, v. 95. 

(A. E. £.) 
. 9 2. Biskra, on Moricandia arvensis, 10, iii and 14, iv, 


94. (4. #. £) 
ele 5; on Diplotawis, 11, 0, 97.. (4. #7. B) 


; 91. ,,. on Brassica napus, 27, ii, 97. (A. BE) 
‘ ANDRENA ASPERRIMA, Per. 

' $1. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 28, v, 94. (A. EL. E£.) 
: } 

; ANDRENA EPHIPPIUM, Spin. 


var, entirely black. 
g 1. Biskra, claybank of the Oued, 26, ii, 94. (A. #. Z.) 
Ss er 19, iv, 95 (A. LF.) 
oad » on Moricandia fuscata and arvensis, 10, iii, 
94, (A. #. #) 
var. with red thorax. 
91. Biskra, visiting Moricandia arvensis, 25, iii, 95. 
(A. #. E.) 
et, ue on Ammi visnaga, 29, v. 94. (A. #. £.) 
ee 12, 11 and 26, ii, 97. (A. #. Z) 
TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND, 1908—PART II. (SEPT.) 13 


oo 
194, Mr. Edward Saunders on 


Dr. Longstaff took the ¢ of this species at flowers of 
EKuphorbia guyoniana and Spergula sp. February and 
March 1905. 

ANDRENA PILIPES, Fab. 

¢ 1. Hippone, 10, ii, 96. (4. #. £) 

21. Le Tarf, on Centaurea napifolia, 27, vi, 96. (A.B. E.) 
ANDRENA MORIO, Brullé, 

var, entirely black. 


91. Biskra, on Ammui visnaga, 24, v.93. (A. #. £.) 

91. Médéa, on Eryngium triquetrum, 27, vi, 93. 
(A, E. £.) 

91. Biskra, 26, iii, 97. (A. #. £.) 

var. collaris, 

gf 1. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 25, v.93. (A. #. £.) 

f 1. La Calle, 8, vn, 96. (A. #. #.) 

$1. Biskra, visiting Atractylis serratuloides, 6, v, 97. 
(A. #. E.) 

9 1. Fontaine Chaude, on Luphorbia guyoniana, 17, iu, 
94. (A. #. #) 

9 1. Biskra, 8, iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 

91. Médéa, on Eryngium triquetrum, 11, vii, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 

91. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 25, v. 93. 


A curious specimen with red femora and red propodeal 
area, (A. #. #.) 


ANDRENA FUNEBRIS, Pz.. 


21. Biskra, near the conduit and mill-stream between © 
Fort St. Germain and the railway, 5.15 to 
6.45 a.m., on Amimi visnaga, 17, v, 98. (A. #. #.) 

9 1. Médéa, near Damiette, on Onopordon macracanthum, 
5, vn, 93. (A. #. #) 

9 1. Biskra, Route d’Alger, on Centaurea nicwensis, and 
Scabiosa maritima, 26, vi, 98. (A. #. #.) 

2 1. (stylopized.) Constantine, on Mecid, 23, v, 94 
(A. #. #.) 


ANDRENA BIMACULATA, K. 
p 2) Biskra, on Periderea fuscatu, 8, 11, 94 and 2, v, 
Oi 9h Ge a) 
a as on Tamarix, 14, v, 94 and 28 and 29, 
iv, 95. (A. #. £#) 


eer oF AS wees 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 195 


ANDRENA THORACICA, F. 
92. Médéa, on Eryngium triquetrum, 27, vi, 93. 
(A, #. #.) 
2 2. Bone, 2 and 16, iii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
21. ,,. visiting Senecio leucanthemifolius, 4, 11, 96 
(A. FE. #.) (very dark red hairs on the 
thorax). 


ANDRENA NIGRA, 0. sp. 


9. Nigra, tarsis omnibus tibiisque posticis obscure testaceis, area 
propodeali sub-levigata, alis infumatis, abdomine minute ruguloso 
remote punctato, segmentorum apicibus testaceis, 

2. Black, clothed with black hairs, those on the sides of the 
propodeum and of the thorax below the wings slightly greyish, all 
the tarsi and the tibiz of the hind-legs when the light passes through 
them seem to be testaceous, calcaria pale, in form and size resembling 
rosx, Pz. Antenne with the 2nd joint of the flagellum rather longer 
than the 3rd and 4th taken together, clypeus finely rugulose and 
strongly punctured. Head and thorax including the propodeum 
densely clothed with black hairs, those of the propodeum and vertex 
longer than those of the thorax ; propodeal area nearly smooth, wings 
smoky-brown, abdomen very finely rugulose with a fine scattered 
superficial puncturation, apices of the segments testaceous, in certain 
lights the abdomen seems to have a very slight bluish tinge, apical 
fimbria black, dorsal valve closely punctured, its margins smooth ; 
beneath punctured, the segments with black apical fringes. 

Long. 12 mm. 


2 1. Bone, visiting Diplotaaxis, 30, iv, 96. (A. #. #.) 
Rather like a black vosw r. trimmerana in general form, 
but its sculpture and the comparative lengths of the 
antennal joints will distinguish it easily. 
ANDRENA BIPARTITA, Brullé. 
23,24. Biskra on Diplotaxis and Moricandia arvensis, 
3, ii to 30, 11, 97. (4. #. £.) 
ANDRENA FLOREA, F. 
2 1. Colonne Voirol, on Bryonia, 5, v, 93. (A. #. #.) 
21. Hippéne, 16, v, 96. (A. #. £) 
91. Algiers, 4, iv, 98. (4. D. M.) 
ANDRENA LEUCOPHAA, Luc. 
g 2,22. Algiers, 17 to 28, iii, 98, (FD. MW) 


er 
196 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ANDRENA DERIVATA, Perez. 


f 29. Bugeaud, alt. 2,750 feet, on Senecio leucanthemr- 
folius, 17, 11,96. (A. #. £.) 

23. Bone, on Senecio leucanthemifolius, 15, ii and 6, 
11,96. (A. #. £.) 

92. Algiers, 17, ii and 9, iu, 93. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA ROSA, Pz. 


race Trimmerana. 
¢ 2. Colonne Voirol, on Magydaris tomentosa, 5, v, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 
@ Algiers, 9, iv, 89. (# D. I) 
Dr. Longstaff took it at Biskra, on flowers of Huphorbia 
guyoniana, 7, 11, 05. (A. #. #.) 


ANDRENA NIGROANEA, K. 
21,21. Biskra, on Amm visnaga, 15, v, 97 and 25, ii, 
94. (A. #. £.) 
2 3. Algiers, 29, 111 to 19, iv, 98. (F. D. ML) 
Dr. Longstaff took this species on Retama retam, at 
Biskra, 26, 11, 95; on Spergula sp. at El Ontaia, 1, iii, 05, 
and on Luphorbia guyoniana in Kabylia, 18, iii, 05. 


ANDRENA HIRTICORNIS, Per. 
¢ 1. Algiers, ii, 98. (#. D. MM.) 


ANDRENA GWYNANA, K. 


gf 1, 2 2. Constantine, on Ferula communis, 10 and 14, v, 
95. (A. #. £.) 

Ae Algiers, 17, 11,93. (A. #. #.) 

e: El Biar, on Composite, 20, 11, 93. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA TESTACEIPES, n. Sp. 


Nigra fulvopilosa, antennarum articulo tertio, duobus sequentibus 
simul sumptis longiore, abdomine testaceo basi, macula dorsali seg- 
menti secundi, apicibusque segmentorum sequentium nigris fimbria 
anali aured, tibiis tarsis-que late testaceis, aureo-hirtis. 

Q. Black. Head and thorax clothed with pale brownish hairs, 
those of the scutellum and post-scutellum of a brighter fulvous tint. 
Abdomen with the apices of the segments widely, and a large patch 
on each side of the 2nd segment and a smaller one on each side of 
the third testaceous, apical fimbria golden, legs with the hind tibiz 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 197 


and all the tarsi clear testaceous-yellow, scope golden. Clypeus 
finely rugulose, punctured, face above the antenna striate, antennz 
with the 2nd joint of the flagellum longer than the next two together 
but not so long as the next three, 3rd and 4th transverse, 5th slightly 
longer than the 4th, the rest subquadrate. Mesonotum finely rugulose 
but slightly shining, finely punctured. Wings with a yellowish 
tinge, nervures testaceous, propodeum finely rugulose with rather 
close and shallow and very large punctures, abdomen shining very 
finely and somewhat remotely punctured, segments beneath fringed 
with ochreous golden hairs. 
Long. 9 mm, 


2 2. Constantine, on Sonchus tenerrimus, 20, v and 1, vi, 


95. (A. EB) 


ANDRENA TUBERCULIFERA, Per. 
oi, Le Tarf, 24, vi, 96. (A. #. £.) 
uly, Bone, on Diplotaxis, 6, 1v, 96. (A. &. £.) 
$1,921. Algiers, 18, iv and 18, 11, 98. (/ D. JL) 


ANDRENA ALBOCINEREA, 0. sp. 


¢. Niger, albohirtus, antennarum articulo 4% et sequentibus 
subquadratis, 3, 4% et dimidio quinti subequali. Mesothorace 
opaco, punctato, abdominis segmentis basi punctatis apicibus im- 
pressis nitidis, segmento basali pilis longis suberectis, reliquis pilis 
brevibus adpressis vestitis. 

¢. Black, clothed with long white hairs, those near the orbits of 
the eyes of a slightly sooty colour, and those of the mesonotum with 
a greyish tinge, wings hyaline, nervures pale testaceous, Clypeus 
so densely clothed with snowy-white hairs that its sculpture and 
form are invisible but regarded anteriorly, with the insect upside- 
down it is seen to be semicircularly emarginate, and the labrum 
bears a transverse emarginate tubercle. Antennz rather short, the 
2nd joint of the flagellum almost as long as the 3rd and 4 of the 4th 
together, those from the third upwards subquadrate, if anything 
appearing a little longer than wide, mesonotum dull, finely and 
rather closely punctured, the punctures distant from each other 3 
or 4 of their own diameters, the sculpture, however, is exceedingly 
difficult to see as the hairing is so dense ; legs sparingly clothed with 
white hairs, propodeal area finely rugulose, abdomen shining, Ist 
segment sparsely clothed with long erect white hairs those of the 
following short and semi-adpressed, 2nd and following segments 
closely and finely punctured at the base, their apices widely impressed 


a 
198 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


and very shining, the extreme base of the impressions finely and 
remotely punctured, the apices slightly discoloured, and of a some- 
what bronzy-brown colour, apical fimbria brownish-golden, segments 
beneath clothed with very long hairs, eighth ventral segment sub- 
truncate, its stem densely fringed towards the apex with long hairs, 
making a fan-shaped expansion, regarded sideways slightly elbowed, 
armature with rather elongate straight stipites, their basal angles only 
slightly produced. 

Long. 9-10 mm. 


¢ 7. Biskra, near the dunes and on the left of the Route 
de Tougourt, on Periderea fuscata, 8, 1, 94 and 25, i, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 

In appearance closely resembling the f of nycthemera 
and of florentina, but the shorter antenn and very different 
armature distinguish it at once from the former and the 
white hairs and the absence of black velvety pubescence 
at the base of the abdominal segments from the latter. 


ANDRENA FLORENTINA, Magr. 
¢ 3. Bone, 21,1, 16 and 24,11,96. (4. # #) 
J am indebted to Professor Perez for this information. 


ANDRENA ALBOHIRTA, 0. sp. 


GC. Niger, dense albido hirsutus, antennarum flagello, abdominis 
segmentorum apicibus, tarsorum apicibus venisque alarum testaceis, 
abdomine ruguloso, opaco, 

Black, entirely covered with whitish hairs, erect on the head and 
thorax and more or less adpressed towards the apex of the abdomen, 
apices of the segments, the flagellum of the antenne beyond the 
2nd joint, the nervures of the wings and the apices of the tarsi pale 
testaceous. Second joint of the flagellum as long as the 3rd and 4th 
taken together, 3rd much longer than the 2nd. Mesonotum shining, 
but so hidden by the hairs that its surface is hardly visible, abdomen 
as seen between the hairs finely rugulose, the apices of the segments 
bearing a dense apical band of white hairs, apical fimbria ochreous, 
abdomen beneath with bright golden apical fringes, 8th ventral valve 
slightly widened at the apex, subtruncate, its stem rather narrow, 
with a fringe of short hairs along the sides, armature with the lobes 
produced into very strong teeth. I communicated this species to 
Professor Perez, who returned it to me as allied to his A. farinosa. 

Long. 7-8 lines, 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 199 


f 4. Biskra, on the high flat-topped ridge beyond 
Gaddecha, on Zygophyllum cornutum, 10 
and 12, 11, 94. (A. #. #.) 

Aribeie bt; 5,1, 97. (4. #. £.) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? (stylopized). 
f 1. Algeria, 28, iii, 07. (7. D. ML) ° 


ANDRENA FLAVIPES, Per. 
21,22. Bone, 21,i and 9 to 17, iii, 96. (4. BB) 
cual Constantine, sandy banks, 17,iv,94. (4.2. £.) 


ANDRENA CREBERRIMA, Per. 
21. Biskra, on Amberboa lippii, 8, iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA, 0. sp. 

2 1. Constantine, visiting Wnanthe fistulosa, 10, v, 95. 
(A. #. #.) 

Apparently very distinct by the strongly punctured 
bases and deeply impressed apices of the segments which 
bear lateral fringes of white hairs, but from a single ? I 
refrain from describing it. 


ANDRENA MEGACEPHALA, Sm. 
f 1. Bone, behind the Kasbah, 15, iii, 96. (4. #. #.) 
9-1, Biskra, 1, mi, 97. (Az. £.) 


ANDRENA BUCEPHALA, Steph. 
fg 1. Bone, 16, ii,96. (4. #. #) 
f 1. Algiers, 18, iv, 98. (4. #. £.) 


ANDRENA, sp.? near BUCEPHALA. 

f Li Biskra, 1; 11,97) (Av By EB) 

This ¢ is somewhat worn and therefore not in a condition 
to be described. 


ANDRENA STRICTA, 0. sp. 


Rosex var. trimmerane colore similis, sed angustior, abdomine opaco, 
antennarum articulo tertio duobus sequentibus simul sumptis maris 
duplo feminz triplo longiore abdominis segmentis primo et secundo 
rufo-fusco hirtis, quarto et sequentibus nigro-hirsutis; pedibus 
gracilibus, scopis breviter hirsutis. 


- 
200 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


Like Rose r. trimmerana in colour but narrower and in form more 
resembling the 9 of bucephala, and evidently belonging to that group 
by the form of the antennge. I thought at first it was identical with 
macilenta, Perez, but of that species the author says, “abdomen trés 
luisant” whereas in this species it is duller than in rose, The 2nd 
joint of the flagellum in the male is about equal in length to the 
following 2 together, in the ? about as long as the following 3. The 
rest of the joints slightly longer than broad in the ¢, distinctly so 
in the 9, hairs of the face in the ¢ brown margined with black, 
in the black throughout, thorax clothed with bright brown hairs 
those of the sides paler, propodeal area very finely sculptured its 
margins slightly shining, abdomen narrow, not wider than the thorax 
in the 9, nearly dull, finely rugulose with a remote puncturation 
which recalls that of the hwmilis group; Ist and 2nd segments 
sparingly clothed with long brown hairs, apices of the segments 
narrowly, discoloured, the 2nd and 8rd in fresh examples with an 
apical fringe of brown hairs ; 4th, 5th; and 6th segments clothed with 
black hairs, hind tibia very narrow, scope very small. Process of 
8th segment in the ¢ rather short and wide, sharply elbowed near 
the base, its apex truncate, and its sides fringed with hairs which are 
shorter towards the apex, armature with its lobes slightly produced 
in front. 


Long. 10-12 mm. 


Sa & Constantine, 21, v, 95. (4. #. H.) 
On; Bone, 2, 11, 96. (A. HK. #.) 
g 27,2 4. Algiers, 15, ili and 21, iv, 98. (# D. MI) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? (schnviedeknechti affinis). 

91. Algiers, 14, iv, 98, (#. D. I) 

This specimen is closely allied to schmiedeknechti but 
has the 3rd and following segments clothed with black hairs, 
in this respect it more closely resembles nigrifrons, Smith, 
but lacks the pale bands at the apices of the 2nd, 3rd, and 
4th segments; as I do not feel sure that it may not be a 


colour variety of one or other of these closely allied species 
I refrain from describing it. 


ANDRENA NIGRO-OLIVACEA, Drs. 
g 1. Bone, visiting Crepis clausonis, 31, xi, 95, 
(A, £. E.) 
g 1. Algiers, 14, iv, 95. (f D. IL) 
ys Ae egies and 31,11, 98. (# D, IL) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 201 


ANDRENA LIVENS, Per. 


21,21. Constantine, visiting Orepis taraxaserfolia, 21, v, 
95. C4ae. £,) 


ANDRENA SENECIONIS, Per. 
$1. Algiers, on Asteriscus maritimus, 17, Iv, 93, 
(A. #. #.) 
422. Bone, 23, uLamd J, iv, 96. (A. ££.) 
21, Algiers, 14, iv, 98. (Ff. D. JL) 


ANDRENA CURTIVALVIS, Morice. 
£1,929. Algiers, 24, iii and 6, iv, 98. (fF. D, i.) 


ANDRENA GIRAUDI, Drs. 
¢@ 1. Algiers, 14, iv, 98. (#7. D. MM.) 


ANDRENA MOLESTA, Per. 
¢ 1. Algiers, 31, mi, 98. (7. D. d) 


ANDRENA, sp. (? imminuta, Per.) 
¢ 1. Algiers, 18, 1m; 98. (@ 2. a) 


ANDRENA DOURSIANA, Duf. 
¢ 1. Algiers, 16, 11,98. (#. D. J) 


Agrees well.with Dours’ description of the ¢ of this species, the 
clypeus shows no sign of a spine such as characterises mucronata, 
Monyand fuscoprasina, Per. 


ANDRENA, 2, sp. ? 
$1. Algiers, 17, 111,98. (& D. JL) 


In colour and sculpture resembling the above exactly, but with 
very much shorter antenne, the joints of which are only a trifle 
longer than wide, it must also be closely allied to fuscoprasina, Per., 
but the elypeus, which is white throughout, lacks the black spine. 
From a single specimen taken on the same day and together with 
doursiana I think it is wiser not to name it. 


ANDRENA FERRUGINEICRUS, Drs. 


¢ 3. Biskra, on Periderea fuscata, 21, 1,95. (A. #. E.) 

iF , on Moricandia cinerea, 16 and 17, u, 94, 
(A. #. £.) 

g 5. » on Brassica napus, 27, ii, 97. (A. #, £.) 


all 


202 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ANDRENA, sp. ? (an prec. dist ?) 
21. Biskra, on Brassica napus, 27,1, 97. (A. #. 2.) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? 
¢ 1. Constantine, 13, vi, 98. (# D. I) 


ANDRENA CIRCINATA, Drs. 
¢ 3. Algiers, 13, ni to 11, iv, 98. (4 D. ML) 
gf 7. Bouira, 2, v; 98. (FD. I) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? 
d 1. Algiers, 30, iv, 98. (#. D. IL) 


Apparently allied to the above but much more shining and with a 
very large and deeply punctate abdomen the segments of which are 
convex, and have apical bands of rather long ochraceous hairs, that 
of the 2nd and 3rd segments interrupted, that of the first only 
showing at the sides; antenne rather short, 2nd joint of flagellum 
about twice as long as the third, the rest subquadrate. Head thorax 
and legs clothed with ochreous hairs. 


ANDRENA RUFIVENTRIS, Lep. 


4 8. El Guerrah, 3,.v. 98... FD: a) 
2 1. Constantine, 13, vi, 98. (/ D. IL) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? 
© 1. Algiers, 27, iv, 98. (#. D- 2) 


Resembling distincta, Luc. in general appearance but with the 
abdomen more shining and much more finely punctured, the 
punctures so fine as to be only observable under a strong lens. 


ANDRENA LEUCOLIPPA, Per. 
fg 1. Algiers, on <Asteriscus maritimus, 28, iv, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 
a A 27. and 30, iv, 98.. (7. DM) 


ANDRENA BELLIDIS, Per. 
f 1. Constantine, on Anacyclus clavatus, 10, v, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 
OA: - 10, vi, 95. (A. #. £#.) 
¢ 7, 2 2. El Guerrah, 3,v, 98. (7. D, I) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 208 


ANDRENA MICROTHORAX, Per. 
21. Biskra, on Moricandia cinerea, 16, 11,94. (A, #. LE.) 


gee » on Moricandia arvensis, 10,11, 97. (A. E. #.) 
fl. ; eae OR) XCAR ES 


ANDRENA, sp. ? 
2 1. Biskra, 12. Iy.8%, (A, 2.2) 
Abdomen densely clothed with adpressed pale hairs, 


ANDRENA NIGROCYANEA, 0. sp. 


Nigra, abdomine cyaneo tincto, maris clypeo albo, nigro bi- 
punctato, vertice striato, flagelli articulo secundo maris tertio 
quartoque simul sumptis fere quali, feminz paullo longiore, 
abdomine nitido segmentis 2-4 apice albo fasciatis fimbria anali 
aurea. Scopis albidis. 

¢ @. Black, head and thorax clothed with greyish-white hairs, 
clypeus of ¢ white with two little black discal spots, face of that 
sex densely clothed with long white hairs, abdomen with the 
posterior margins of the segments testaceous, 2nd and following 
segments with lateral fringes of white hairs in the ¢, with well- 
defined white bands in the 9, apical fimbria pale golden, scope 
white, calcaria and apices of the tarsi pale. 

¢. Clypeus punctured vertex and face above the antenne striate 
antennz with the 2nd joint of the flagellum scarcely so long as the 
3rd and 4th together, the 4th longer than the 8rd and like the 
remainder of the joints subquadrate: mesonotum slightly shining 
finely rugulose and somewhat remotely punctured, wings slightly 
clouded, nervures brown, propodeal area ill-defined, slightly crenate 
at the extreme base, and rather smoother than its surroundings 
which are finely rugulose and hairy; abdomen shining, especially 
the basal segment, with a slight tinge of bronziness or blue in some 
lights, 2nd and following segments with very narrow lateral bands, 
microscopically rugulose and very finely punctured, apical margins 
slightly impressed and smoother, beneath punctured on the apical 
' portions of the segments, ventral valve elongate’ slightly widened 
and subtruncate at the apex, armature with the basal angles of the 
stipites largely rounded, the blades of the stipites very concave, 
sagittee much swollen at the base. 

2. Differs from the ¢ in the ordinary sexual characters and also 
in having the 2nd joint of the flagellum longer than the 3rd and 4th 
together, the scutellum more shining than the mesoscutum and with 
only a very few punctures, in’sharp contrast with the more closely 


e 
204 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


punctured portion of the mesoscutum above it, propodeal area 
scarcely indicated, very finely rugulose, abdomen sculptured much 
as in the ¢, but the rugulosities rather stronger, and there is 
scarcely any indication of metallic reflections, white bands of the 
segments well defined that of the second interrupted, segments 
beneath with very long rather dense fringes. 

Long. 8 mm. 


a 2.  Biskra, on Periderea fuscata, 8, 11,84. (A. #. £.) 
fi, 24.5, On Brassica napus, 27; 0,975, Ga wey 


ANDRENA VARIABILIS, Sm. 


f 1. Between Médéa and Lodi, on Centaurea calcitrapa, 
1], vu, 93. (Al 2. e) 

2 1. Lodi, on Kryngium triquetrum (stylopized), 13, vii, 
93. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA LABIALIS ? 
¢ 4: Algiers, 13,1v, 93. (A) 2. £.) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? (stylopized). 
GT. Bigkra, 24. 9,93... (Al £2) 


ANDRENA RHYSSONOTA, Per. 


9 1, Sidi Ferruch, on Magydaris tomentosa, 8, v, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 


ANDRENA FORCIPATA, 0, sp. 


¢. Niger albido-pilosus, opacus, remote punctatus, antennarum 
articulo tertio tribus sequentibus simul sumptis parum longiore, 
abdominis segmentis, apice late impressis; forcipum exteriorum 
lobis antice carinato-reflexis bene distinguendus. 

¢. Large, about the size of and somewhat resembling hattorfiana 
and nobilis, black, clypeus and cheeks at its side yellow, the former 
with 2 small black discal spots, antennz with the 2nd joint of the 
flagellum as long as the following 3 together the rest sub- 
quadrate, head and thorax rather densely clothed with grey hairs 
which have a slightly ochreous tinge on the mesonotum, dull, finely 
rugulose and with a very fine remote puncturation, wings with a 
smoky tinge as they approach the apex, nervures dark brown, 
propodeum rugulose, its basal area very finely and regularly so, with 
an impressed dorsal line. Abdomen nearly dull, finely rugulose, 
and remotely and finely punctyred, the segments widely impressed 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 205 


and slightly discoloured at the apex, clothed sparingly with rather 
long greyish hairs, the 3rd, 4th and 5th also with a slight lateral 
fringe, segments beneath finely aciculate their margins with fringes 
of rather long white hairs. 8th ventral segment subtriangular at 
the base, produced into a somewhat short, parallel-sided, apical 
process, hardly widened at the extreme apex which is truncato- 
emarginate, sides fringed with golden hairs. Armature of very 
unusual form, the lobes of the stipites being very large and their 
anterior margins strongly reflexed laterally, the blades are scarcely 
longer than the lobes, narrow and deeply channelled along the sides, 
sagittee narrow and pointed. 
Long. 13 mm. 


g 2. El Guerrah, 3, v, 98. (#. D. IL) 


This species is most like nobilis, Mor., but the shorter 
antenne and the proportionately longer 2nd joint of the 
flagellum as well as the form of the armature will dis- 
tinguish it easily. 


ANDRENA MERIMNA, 0. sp. 


Nigra, subopacae, vertic striato, antennarum articulo tertio in 
utroque sexu tribus sequentibus simul sumptis sequali abdomine 
minute ruguloso segmentorum apicibus albo fimbriatis fascia segmenti 
basalis late interrupta fimbria anali aureo fusca, scopis albidis. 

A rather obscure-looking species but one which I fail to find 
described, it somewhat resembles a very large member of the 
minutula group with entire abdominal bands. 

¢. Black, head and thorax clothed with greyish-white aie 
clypeus shining strongly and remotely punctured the surface 
between the punctures finely rugulose with traces of longitudinal 
striz, face above the antenne striate, 2nd joint of the flagellum as 
long as the next 3 together, 3rd and 4th slightly wider than 
long, rest of the joints subquadrate ; mesonotum finely rugulose 
with a superficial remotee puncturation, its hairs inclining to 
ochraceous in colour, propodeal area rugulose: abdomen finely 
rugulose, somewhat shining, sparingly clothed with semierect white 
hairs those towards the sides and on the first two segments longest, 
apices of the segments discoloured, 2nd and following with a rather 
thin fringe-like band of white hairs, these bands more developed at 
the sides and on the apical segments, beneath with the apices fringed 
with very long hairs, apical ventral valve narrow, slightly dilated 
and entire at the apex fringed with long golden hairs in a fan-like 


oe 
206 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


form, armature dark brown, Teeth at the base of the stipites wide 
and well developed, extreme apex of the apical dilatation of each 
stipes slightly emarginate, sagittee much inflated at the base, 
testaceous-brown. 

9. Very like the g, clypeus duller and more clearly striate. 2nd 
joint of the flagellum as in the ¢ about equal in length to the next 
3 taken together, mesonotum dull and finely rugose with a very fine 
and remote superficial puncturation, abdomen rather narrow, 
sculptured as in the ¢ but the bands of the segments much more 
conspicuous, the basal segment also having white hairs at the sides, 
apical fimbria brown. 

Long. 8-9 mm. 


Biskra, 71,21, on Moricandia arvensis, f 11, ii, 94 and 
2B, al, ore. GA: Be 


ANDRENA NIVEOZONATA, 0. sp. 


Nigra, nitida, capite thoraceque albido hirsutis, abdominis apicibus 
segmentorum late albo fasciatis fimbria anali aurea. ¢. Anten- 
narum articulis tertio, quarto quintoque subequalibus, 2 articulo 
tertio, quarto quintoque simul sumptis longiore, 

Black, head and thorax clothed with whitish hairs, abdomen very 
shining, segments with very clearly defined white apical bands, 
nervures of the wings pale testaceous, the tarsi testaceous in the ¢. 

dg. Face densely clothed with snowy-white hairs, vertex striate, 
antenne with the 2nd, 3rd and 4th joints of the flagellum subequal, 
slightly longer than wide, mesonotum shining, finely and remotely 
punctured, clothed with nearly white hairs which have however a 
slight ochreous tinge, propodeal area rather more shining than its 
surroundings, abdomen shining finely and remotely punctured, the 
apices of the segments slightly discoloured and bearing a narrow 
well-defined band of white hairs—legs clothed with white hairs. 

2. Face clothed with white hairs, clypeus closely and largely 
punctured, antenne testaceous towards the apex, with the 2nd joint 
of the flagellum longer than the following 2 together, vertex striated, 
mesonotum very shining, remotely punctured clothed with almost 
white hairs having only a very slight ochreous tinge, propodeum 
dull, its basal area slightly shining and very finely rugulose; 
abdomen deep black, finely punctured and very shining, the first 
4 segments each bearing a rather broad, well defined band of 
snow-white hairs, the 5th and sides of the 6th more or less golden, 
beneath finely punctured the segments with somewhat inconspicuous 
apical fimbriz, legs clothed with white hairs, 

Long. 6-8 mm, 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 207 


a 277 &., Biskra,. Soi, 95, and 6) iv, 97." CAL 2. E.) 
pak ‘ visiting Tamarix brach ystylis, 4, iv, 95. 
(A. E. Lf.) 


This species belongs, I should say, to the argentata group. 


ANDRENA RUBROSIGNATA, 0. sp. 


gd. Niger, abdomine macula magna dorsali testacea ornato, anten- 
narum articulus tertius quarto duplo longior, mesonotum leve, punc- 
tatum, abdomen nitidum, segmentis secundo tertioque apice fimbria 
laterali, quarto fimbria completa aureis ornatis. 

¢. Head and thorax black, antennz beneath testaceous, abdomen 
with the centres of the 2nd and 3rd segments and the apex of the Ist 
testaceous, and there is also occasionally a testaceous line down the 
centre of the Ist; hind tibize except a stain on their anterior and 
posterior faces, and all the tarsi pale testaceous. Clypeus closely 
punctured, face clothed with pale ochreous hairs, 2nd joint of the 
flagellum twice as long as the 8rd, 8rd much shorter than the 4th 
which like the following joints is subquadrate, face above the 
antenne striate; mesonotum smooth, shining, punctured, clothed 
rather sparingly with ochreous hairs, wings slightly brownish, pro- 
podeum slightly shining, finely and indefinitely rugose, abdomen 
shining, finely punctured, with very short lateral fringes of pale 
ochreous hairs on the 2nd and 8rd segments and an entire fringe on 
the 4th, apical fimbria pale golden, legs clothed with ochreous hairs. 

Long. 8 mm. 


g 2. Constantine, hovering over and alighting on a 
footpath, 15, v, 95. (4. #. £#. 
ris iM 13 to 17, vi, 08. (FD. IL) 


This species of which only the has been sent home 
rather resembles /wcens, Imh., but the smooth surface of 
the thorax which in Jucens is finely rugulose, will distin- 
guish it at once, as well as the red- coloured dise of the 
abdomen 


ANDRENA LUCENS, Inmh. 
$7,926. Algiers, 17, iii to 30, iv, 08. (FD. IL) 


ANDRENA, 0. sp. ? 
g 2. Algiers, 29, iii to 9, iv, 98. (#7. D. M.) 


° 
A species apparently so closely allied to the preceding that I 
re‘rain from describing it on one sex only. One of the specimens 


i 
208 Mr. Edward Saunders ov 


is in very fine condition and the thorax is more densely clothed 
with longer and brighter brown hairs than in lweens, and its sculpture 
is coarser giving it a duller appearance. The form of the 7th 
ventral segment also is different, viewed sideways in this species it 
is straight, in lucens it is elbowed. 


ANDRENA MAYETI, Per. 


2 4. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 18, v, 93 and 28 and 29, 
v, 94, (A. #. #) 
o 2, » 27, v and 2, vi, 98. (FD. I) 


ANDRENA NIGRIVENTRIS, 0. Sp. 


9. Caput et thorax nigra, albido hirsuta, hirsutie supra sub- 
ochracea, antennis subtus apiceque testaceis, articulo tertio, tribus 
sequentis simul sumptis sub:equali, alis hyalinis, nervuris testaceis. 
Abdomen supra testaceum, apice nigro, subtus nigrum ; pedes nigri, 
tarsorum apicibus testaceis. 

Q. Head and thorax black clothed with whitish hairs, those of the 
vertex and mesonotum slightly tinged with yellow, apex and under- 
side of the antenne pale testaceous, tegule pale, wings hyaline, 
nervures pale testaceous, abdomen above testaceous, its extreme base 
and the fifth segment black ; beneath with the 2nd and following seg- 
ments black, legs black, calcaria and apices of the tarsi pale. Rather 
short and compact in form, face densely clothed with more or less 
decumbent white hairs, clypeus closely and rugosely punctured, 
labrum with a flat shining lamelliform tubercle, orbital furrows 
clothed with dense golden pubescence, antenne with the 2nd joint 
of the flagellum nearly as long as the next 3 together, mesonotum 
very slightly shining closely punctured, propodeal area well defined, 
with a central sulcature which does not reach the apex, there is 
almost an indication of diagonal rugosities on each side of it, beyond 
the area the propodeum is very finely rugulose and punctured, 
abdomen finely and closely punctured, slightly shining, microscopic- 
ally aciculate between the punctures, 2nd segment with a short 
band of white hairs on each side, 3rd and 4th with entire bands, anal 
fimbria whitish, golden at the extreme apex, segments beneath 
fringed with pale hairs, scopx of tibiae white. 

Long. 9 mm. 


2 1, Hamman es Salahin, on Ricridium vulgare, 9, iv, 
97. (A. #. £.) 


Po 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 209 


ANDRENA MINUTULA, group of. 


This exceedingly difficult section of the genus requires 
a complete revision, and as I have neither the material 
nor opportunity to prepare one I am obliged simply to 
indicate the number of forms contained in the collections 
and where possible to assign them to described species, 
where that is impossible I give the characters which I 
notice as belonging to each. I think when I explain the 
position in which this section now stands I shall not be 
accused of undue cowardice in hesitating to refer the more 
obscure species to any of the descriptions now extant. I 
have spent months over this group and feel sure that no 
satisfactory result can be obtained without having the 
type specimens of all the species under one’s eye and 
providing a complete synopsis of them. 

There are over 30 presumed species described, of which 
nearly half are known by one sex only (the  ), in those 
where the f# is described I can find no allusion to the 
forms of the apical segments and armature. These give 
very reliable though in some cases slender characters, 
and without the help of these I have been unable 
even from the descriptions of celebrated Hymenopte- 
rists to determine my species. The sculpture of the 
clypeus and abdomen appears to me to be more or 
less variable although there seem to be definite types 
of sculpture which keep distinct notwithstanding the 
variations in each. Another difficulty arises as to the 
essential characters of the males. To examine these, 
unless they have been extracted when fresh, means to 
destroy more or less the specimen and to make a proper 
description of its external characters impossible. Mr. 
Morice, who collected a large number of males at Algiers, 
first pointed out to me several forms of armature amongst 
his captures and in dissecting my own taken by Mr. Eaton 
I find others. Of all these I propose to give diagrams as 
I think no description will satisfactorily point out the 
distinguishing characters. I had hoped that the relative 
proportions of joints 1, 2 and 3 of the flagellum might 
have afforded reliable characters, but they are so nearly 
the same in most of the species and appear to vary so in 
accordance with the position from which they are regarded 
that very little satisfactory evidence can be got from 
them. . 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 14 


i 
210 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ANDRENA MINUTULA, K. (parvula). 
fg 1. Algiers, 24, 11,93. (4. #. £.) 
2 8. Biskra, on Periderca fuscata, 4 and 8, ii, 94 and 25, 
1,95. (4. #. #) 
gf 2. Biskra, 14, ii,94. (A. #. #.) 
Fe » on Brassica napus, 27, 11,97. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA TRIZONA, Per. 


ae Bone, visiting Aoniga maritima, 4, i, 96. 
(A. HE. £.) 

£2 Bone, visiting Senecio leucanthemifolius, 4, 111, 96. 
(A. #. #.) 


¢ 5, 21. Bone, 24, 1 to 6, 11, 96. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA VARICORNIS, Per. 
gf 1. Biskra, on Tamarix brachysylis, 4,1v, 95. (A. #. £.) 
fle » on Moricandia cinerea, 16, i, 94. (A. #. £.) 
i? » on Moricandia arvensis, 10, 1, 97. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA SCHENKELLA, Per. 


2 1. Constantine, visiting Thapsia garganica, 28, v, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 
G1,9 4 Algiers. 14, 11,98. (Ff. D. AL) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 211 


ANDRENA IMPUNCTATA, Per. 
2 3. Biskra, on Ammz visnaga, 24, v, 98 and 5, vi, 97. 
(A. #. FE.) 
SI 5 io ivitiongae ve 96. , C2. 2. 1.) 


ANDRENA PUSILLA, Per. 


¢ 1. Biskra, on Periderea fuscata, 4, u, 94. (A. H. £.) 

2 2. Constantine, on Diplotaxis muralis, 9 and 22, v, 95 
(A. #. #.) 

22. Algiers, 23, 1,93. (A. #. £.) 

21. Biskra, on Brassica napus, 27,1, 97. (A. #. #.) 

ee - on Sonchus maritimus, 12, iv, 97. 

(A. E. £.) 
Ol. ,,., amongst Tamaria, 19, iv, 97. (A. LL £) 
215, Algiers, 14, 1it,to 27, iv; 98) (2. D. I.) 


ANDRENA ALPHA. 


This ¢ is peculiar in having the clypeus raised until just above 
the anterior margin, so that the rounded front edge of the elevation 
looks like the apex of the clypeus, it is very shining and remotely 
punctured. Antenne dark testaceous beneath with the 2nd joint of 
the flagellum shorter than the 2 following together, 3rd shorter 
than the 4th, the rest rather longer than wide, slightly increasing 
in length towards the apex. Face vertex and cheeks clothed 


with white hairs. Thorax clothed with white hairs. Mesonotum 
finely rugulose without evident punctures, propodeal area not clearly 
limited, finely rngulose. Abdomen finely rugulose slightly shining 
without definite puncturation, apical impressions well defined, rather 
narrow, very pale, smooth and less sculptured than the rest of the 
segments ; segments 2, 3,and 4 with white but not very conspicu- 
ous lateral bands of hairs, tarsi except the metatarsi testaceous. In 
size slightly larger than minutula. 


212 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


f 1. Biskra, river-bed, on Moricandia arvensis, 11, 11, 94. 
(A. #. #.) 
1 bee on Moricandia fuscata, 10, i, 94. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA BETA. 


A slightly larger species than the preceding, face including the 
clypeus densely clothed with pale ochreous hairs, from what is 
visible of the clypeus between the hairs it appears to be very largely 
and closely punctured. Antennie pale testaceous beneath, 2nd joint 
of the flagellum unusually short, the 3rd joint very wide and trans- 
verse which makes it look like a continuation of the 2nd, as it is 
quite as wide or possibly wider than that joint, 4th and following 


joints nearly quadrate, the apical joints rather longer. Vertex 
clothed with pale hairs, thorax clothed with pale hairs. Mesono- 
tum finely rugulose and slightly shining with a large scattered 
puncturation, propodeal area rugulose especially near its base ; 
abdomen rather shining, finely rugulose, impressions narrow and 
deep, nearly smooth and much discoloured, sides of the segments 
with inconspicuous bands of whitish hairs; tarsi of all the legs 
pale. 


¢ 1. Biskra, on Reseda, 12, 11,97. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA, GAMMA. 


Another species with testaceous tarsi although these are darker 
than in either of the preceding. In size it is distinctly smaller. 


The face is clothed with pale hairs, the clypeus is finely rugulose, 
punctured and somewhat shining, the antennz have the 3rd and 4th 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 213 


joints of the flagellum transverse and subequal, the 2nd being almost 
as long as the next 2 together, mesonotum finely rugulose without 
evident puncturation, propodeal area indefinite, very finely rugulose, 
abdomen finely rugulose somewhat shining, with a remote fine 
puncturation, apical impressions slightly indicated, sides of the seg- 
ments with a thin white fringe very distinct from the other species 
with pale tarsi by the form of the armature. 


¢ 1. Bone, 2,i1,96. (4. #. £.) 
g 3. Algiers, 17, ii, 98. (# D. I) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? 

This may be the ° of either of the preceding, it is about the size 
of a large minutula, the clypeus is shining and finely and remotely 
punctured, finely striate or rugulose at the extreme base, thorax 
clothed with whitish hairs, finely rugulose, without evident punctures, 
propodeum very finely rugulose its area merely indicated by a 
narrow smoother line, the apical portion of the area slightly shining, 
abdomen very finely rugulose, the impressions only indicated at the 
sides and each segment rugulose up to its posterior margin which 
bears on each side a rather well-marked fringe of white hairs, that of 
the 4th segment forming an entire band ; 5th in the centre and 6th 
at the sides with golden hairs ; legs clothed with white hairs, scopz 
white. 

21. Biskra, visiting Traganum wndatwm, 18, 11, 97. 

(A. E. B) 


ANDRENA DELTA. 


A species peculiar in the very, small size of the armature, face 
clothed with white hairs, clypeus largely punctured, shining, trun- 
cate in front, flagellum with the 2nd and 4th joints subequal, 3rd 
slightly shorter, rest rather longer than wide, mesonotum finely rugu- 


lose and with a very fine scattered puncturation propodeal area finely 
rugose at the base, abdomen finely rugulose, with a fine puncturation 
among the rugosities, apical impressions well marked and sides of 
the segments with distinct white fringes. 


21. Algiers, 30, iv, 98. (#. D. ML) 


a 


214 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ANDRENA EPSILON. 


A small short species, head (including the vertex) and thorax 
clothed with pale hairs, clypeus rather shining with a remote 
irregular puncturation, antenne brown beneath, 2nd joint of the 
flagellum only slightly longer than the 3rd, 3rd slightly shorter than 
4th, the rest subquadrate appearing wider than long in some 


positions, mesonotum finely rugulose and with a very scattered, 
fine puncturation, propodeal area indefinite, finely rugulose, abdo- 
men short and elliptic, dull, rugulose, impressions strongly marked 
and rugulose like the rest of the segment, scarcely any indication of 
lateral fringes. 


fd 1. Médéa, Route d’Alger, 26, vi, 93. (A. #. #) 
pie Ea 2 Koudia Sma, on Daucus carota, 8, vii, 93. 


(A, EL B) 


ANDRENA ZETA, 


A species which closely resembles nana of Kirby in the punctura- 
tion of the abdomen. I thought at one time it might prove to be 
abstersa, Per., but it has not got an unusually convex abdomen 
neither is the appendix of the labrum unusually small as described 
by that author, 

¢. With the hairs of the face and vertex pale, clypeus shining and 
largely punctured, 2nd joint of the flagellum rather longer than the 
4th, 3rd slightly shorter than the 4th, the rest subquadrate, mesono- 
tum rugulose, finely punctured, propodeal area very finely reticulate, 
abdomen shining, finely rugulose, with fine punctures among the 
rugulosities, the impressions deep, discoloured, and smoother than 
the rest of the segment, lateral fringes white. 

2. With the clypeus less shining than in the ¢, finely rugulose 
and largely punctured, mesonotum , finely rugulose and finely 
punctured, abdomen slightly shining and rather closely but finely 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 215 


punctured, the impressions wide, somewhat discoloured and 
smoother than the disc. 

Of the same size as minutula. 

Unfortunately I destroyed the armature of my only ¢ in dis- 
secting it out. 


21, 2 3. Constantine, on Sedum cwruleum, 13 and 16, v, 
Gos CAs ee.) 
et. a on Ferula communis, 20, v, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 
21. Algiers, 14, 11,98. (#7 D. IL) 


ANDRENA ETA. 


Very like the above in puncturation but with long brown hairs 
on the face in the region of the antenne, these latter have 2nd 
and 4th joints subequal, and the 3rd shorter, the mesonotum exhibits 
no sign of puncturation and the abdominal fringes are unusually 
long and bright. 


d. Bone, 2, iii, 96. (4. #. B) 


ANDRENA THETA. 


A rather large ¢ with very long white hairs on the head and 
thorax, those of the face mixed with sooty-coloured hairs, clypeus 
rugulose and very strongly punctured, antennz testaceous-brown 
beneath, 2nd joint of flagellum nearly as long as the 3rd and 4th 
together, 3rd slightly shorter than the 4th, the rest subquadrate 


gradually increasing in length towards the apex. Mesonotum finely 
rugulose and with some scattered shallow punctures, propodeum 
finely rugulose its area scarcely determined, abdomen elongate, 
very finely rugulose with an exceedingly fine puncturation scattered 
among the rugulosities of the 2nd and following segments, apices of 
the segments slightly discoloured but scarcely impressed, the sculp- 


- 
216 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ture like that of the disc but impunctate, lateral fringes very 
slightly indicated. A very well-marked species on account of the 
very unusual shape of the 8th ventral segment with its somewhat 
bottle-brush arrangement of hairs at the apex, and the very elongate 
armature, 


21. El Biar, on Composite, 20, ii, 93. (A. #. £.) 
¢ 3. Algiers, 13, iii to 7, iv, 98. (#. D. I) 


ANDRENA IOTA, 


Slightly smaller than the preceding, head clothed with pale hairs 
clypeus shining, largely punctured, antenne with the 2nd joint 
of the flagellum slightly shorter than the 3rd and 4th taken together, 
the 3rd not quite so long as the 4th, mesonotum dull, finely rugu- 


lose, propodeal area finely rugulose, abdomen finely rugulose, 
impunctate, more or less shining, impressions discoloured, well 
marked at the sides, less sculptured than the rest of the segments, 
lateral fringes hardly noticeable. Exceedingly like alpha but clypeus 
built on a different plan not raised on the dise as in that species. 


¢ 1. Constantine, visiting Hypocheris glabra, 14, v, 95. 
(A. #. #.) 
gf 20. Algiers, 15, 111 to 9, iv, 98. (#. D. IL) 


ANDRENA KAPPA. 


Almost identical with the preceding but differing in the slightly 
longer stipites of the armature and the very fine puncturation 
scattered amongst the rugosites of the abdomen, 


f 1. Bone, 24, ii, 96. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA LAMBDA, 


Head and thorax clothed with long whitish hairs, a few of those 
near the insertion of the antenns more or less blackish, clypeus 


3 
| 
} 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 217 


rather shining, and strongly punctured, 2nd joint of the flagellum 
longer than the 4th, 3rd shorter than the 4th, mesonotum finely 
rugulose and with a fine remote, but distinct puncturation ; propodeal 
area well defined, finely and somewhat clathrately rugose, its 
surroundings finely rugulose; abdomen shining, its rugulosities 


more superficial than in most of the forms, impressions well marked, 
sculptured much as the rest of the segment, slightly discoloured at 
the apex, armature very peculiar in the strongly incurved and narrow 
stipites ; apparently a very distinct species, but in neither collection 
ean I find any @ which looks likely to belong to it. 


¢ 1. Bone, 1, v, 96. (4. #. £) 
¢ 15. Algiers, 15, i to 9, iv, 98. (#. D. M,) 


ANDRENA MU. 


Head and thorax clothed with long whitish hairs, a few of those 
near the insertion of the antennz blackish. 2nd joint of the 
flagellum slightly longer than the 4th, 3rd shorter, mesonotum 
finely rugulose with a distinct but remote puncturation, propodeal 


area scarcely defined, finely and reticulately rugose its surroundings 
almost equally rugose, abdomen dull the rugulosities very close and 
distinct, in some aspects looking almost like punctures, and a few 
well defined punctures are scattered amongst them, apical impressions 
of the segments not very strongly marked, rugulose like the dise, 


23. Algiers, 28, iii, 98. (FD. I) 


ee 
218 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ANDRENA NU. 

Head and thorax clothed with whitish hairs, those near the 
insertion of the antennee mixed with darker ones, antennze with the 
2nd joint of the flagellum much longer than either the 3rd or 4th 
which are subequal and much wider than long. The following joints 
are all more or less transverse with the exception of the 11th 


and 12th, mesonotum finely rugulose and with a distinct remote 
puncturation ; propodeal area scarcely defined, very finely and not 
reticulately rugulose, in this respect similar to its surroundings, 
abdomen shining, very finely rugulose, and with a distinct very fine 
but not very distant puncturation, apices of the segments not dis- 
coloured, smoother than the discs, but scarcely impressed. 


¢ 3. Algiers, 17, 11 to 19, iv, 98. (/ D. I.) 


This species closely resembles the former in the shape of the 
armature but is quite distinct in sculpture and in the very unusual, 
somewhat triangular, form of the 8th ventral segment. 


ANDRENA, sp. ? 


This 9 may belong to the ¢ described above as it has the 
same finely rugulose propodeal area and a similarly sculptured 
abdomen ; but from a single example amongst such closely allied 
forms, it is difficult to draw any satisfactory conclusion. 


ANDRENA, sp. ? (stylopized). 
? 1. Algiers, 28, iv, 98. (f. D. I.) 
2 2. Algiers, 14 and 24, 11,98. (Ff. D. I) 


Being stylopized I have not endeavoured to refer these 
to any of the above species as their characters are liable 
to have been modified by the presence of the parasites. 


ANDRENA OMICRON. 


A short very rugose species easily distinguishable from any of the 
above. 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 219 


¢@. Head and thorax clothed with long white hairs, clypeus rugose, 
face and vertex vermiculately strigose, antennz with 3rd and 4th 
joints of the flagellum subequal, rather wider than long, together 
rather longer than the 2nd; mesonotum dull, finely rugulose 
and strongly and somewhat remotely punctured, propodeum 
rugulose, clathrately so at the extreme base, abdomen short, 
elliptic, rugose and closely punctured, apical impressions strongly 
marked, finely rugulose, seventh ventral segment produced into 


two strong processes each of which terminates in a tuft of pale hairs, 
8th very wide produced at the apex into two angles with a wide 
sinus between them, the whole segment densely clothed with 
pale hairs. 

2 very closely resembling the ¢ even in form, 2nd joint of the 
flagellum rather longer than the two following taken together, 
mesonotum dull and rugulose rather closely punctured, propodeal 
area rather vermiculately rugose, abdomen sculptured as in the ¢ 
anal fimbria dull golden, scopze whitish. 


23,24. Algiers, 16-31, iii, 98. (FD. I) 


ANDRENA BISKRENSIS, Per. 
A 59 he Biskra, 12, mp 90.>,. (Adee) 
= " on Diplotaxis, 11, 11,97. (A. #. #.) 
ee St. O53 on Brassica napus, 27, 11,97. (A. E. £.) 
Eo. , stylopized, 10, 11,97. (A. #. £.) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? 
1 9. Biskra, Fontaine Chaude sandhills, on Huphorbia 
guyontiana, 17, 111, 94. (A. #. #.) 
A ? in not very good condition closely ailied to the 
preceding. 
ANDRENA HYPOPOLIA. 
91. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 29, v, 94. (A. E. E.) 
93. , 10+t023,-v, 98.) (4D! I) 


F 
220 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ANDRENA PROPINQUA, Schk. 
21. Algiers, in, 98, (# D. I) 


ANDRENA TINGITANA, Per. 
f 4,2 1. Constantine, visiting GWnanthe fistulosa, 7 and 
10,v,95. (4. B) 
2 6. Le Tarf, on Feniculum vulgare and Amimi visnaga, 
24 and 26, vii, 96. (A. #. #.) 


ANDRENA AFZELIELLA, Kirb. 


¢ 2. Constantine, 16, vi, 98. (#. D. AZ.) 
91. Algiers, 31, iii, 98, (7, D. IL) 


ANDRENA, sp. ? 
21. Biskra, visiting Acanthyllis tragacanthoides, 24, i, 
95. (A. #. #.) 
Allied to the above and possibly a variety of it. 


BIAREOLINA NEGLECTA, Drs. 
91. Algiers, 9, 111,98. (A. #. #.) 
23. Bone, on Senecio leucanthemifolius, 15, 1, and 11, 
ii, 96. (A. #. #) 
1 3,49. Algiers, 6-11, iv, 98. (/ D. dL) 


Nomia LATIPES, Mor. 
¢ 6, 2 2. Biskra, on Amma visnaga, 26, v to 22, vi, 97, 
(A. #. #.) 
AAS si 2p 00 6, Vi, OG, (FI) 


NoMIA RUFICORNIS, L. 


f 2. Biskra, Route des Ziban, on Amma visnaga, 18, v, 
93. (A. #. #.) 

a i » Col de Sfa, 27, v, 93.. (4, & ¥) 

ace , trifle range beyond Beni Mora, 3 and 28, v, 
94, (A. #. #.) 

f 

q 


di , on Moricandia arvensis, 23, iv, 95. (A. #. L.) 
5,23.,, mostly on Tamarix, 9, iv to 15, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


f11;29.,,7 17, v to 9, vi, 98: (ea 
9 1. Médéa, Hill north of railway station, 10, vil, 93. 
(A, #. £.) 


a ee ee 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 221 


? 1. Médéa, between Médéa and Lodi, on Centawreu 
calcitrapa, 14, vii, 93. (A. #. L.) 

2 are on Daucus setifolius, 30, vii and 2, vin, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 

f5, 21. Hippdne, on Amimi visnaga, 10 and 12, vill, 96. 

(A. £. E.) 
21. Le Tarf, on Centaurea napifolia, 17, vi, 96. 
(A. HE. E.) 
? 2. Bone, one on Cynanchum acutum, 30, vil and 23, 


viii, 97. (A. BB) 


DASYPODA DISCINCTA, Rossi. 


$2,291. Médéa, N. and N.E. of the town, alt. about 
3,000 ft. on Scolymus hispanicus, 29, vi 
and 1, vii, 93.. (A. #. #.) 


Fi ui N. slope of Koudia Sma, on Scolymus 
hispanicus, 8, vu, 98. (A. HB. #.) 
el, ps Ravinesnear Md. Ben Omar, alt. 2,730— 


3,130, on Scolymus hispanicus, 11, vii, 


93. (A. E. B) 


DASYPODA PLUMIPES, Pz. 3. 
f 1. Biskra, near the grounds of Chateau Landon, 24, 


v, 93. (A. #. £.) 
2 1. Bone, hillside in the plaine des Karézas, 6, xi, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 


CILISSA MAURA, Per. 


? 1. Biskra, right hand of the railway before the 
French Cemetery, visiting Moricandia arvensis, 
25, 11, 95. (4. EE.) 


NoMIOIDES PULCHELLUS, Schenck. 


f 1. Médéa, on Dianthus, 27, vi, 93. (A. #. E.) 
4 t. Biskra, 9 vi,98. (FD. a0) 


NoMIOIDES VARIEGATUS, Oliv. 


f. Biskra, numerous examples visiting Tamariv, Amma 
visnaga, and a tree with blue flowers in the Jardin by 
Fort St. Germain, 28, iii and 26, v, 93. (4. #. #.) 

f 5,93. Biskra, 13 to 28, v, 98. (7. D. ML) 

21. Le Tarf, on Feniculum vulgare, 26, vil, 96, 

(A. #. £.) 


e 


222 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


5,24. Bone, on Zamarix, 29, vii to 20, viii, 97. 
(A. #. #.) 

17, 111,96, (A. #. £) 

3. » 17,96 (4.22) 

1 » on Salsola kali, 20, vii, 97. (A. #. £.) 


NOMIOIDES SQUAMIGER, N. sp. 


Caput et thorax viridia pallido pilosa etiamque pubescentia albida 
(que tamen facillime deteri potest) vestita. Caput rotundatum 
scutellum et postscutellum flava, abdomen maris nigrum segmentorum 
apicibus flavis, femine flavum segmentis primo et secundo et 
nonnunquam sequentibus fascia nigra discali ornatis. 

This species is very closely allied to fallax, Hdl., and may prove 
to be only a variety of it. It however differs in the following 
characters which appear to me to be more than varietal. 

In both sexes the head and thorax are clothed with deciduous 
white scale-like pubescence, as well as with short erect pale hairs, 
this deciduous pubescence is more marked in the ? and the longer 
hairs more soin the ¢. The green colour of the surface is of a less 
bluish tint and in the ¢ the surface is duller. The abdomen in the 
¢ has the apices of the Ist 2nd and 8rd segments broadly, of the 
4th and 5th narrowly, and the entire 6th and 7th testaceous ; in the 
2 the whole abdomen is very pale testaceous, the Ist 2nd and 3rd 
segments bearing a narrow slightly curved black line across the disc 
but not reaching either lateral margin, in some specimens the line 
on the 3rd segment is interrupted in the centre ; the width of these 
lines varies considerably, and also their length, in some the line on 
the 3rd segment is absent, and in some there is a line on the 4th, and 
rarely one on the 5th. 

Long 33-4 mm. 


¢?1, 23. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 18 to 24, v, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 

f 6, 2 4. . on a tree with blue flowers in the 
Jardin by Fort St. Germain, 26, v, 
93. (A. #. £.) 


ae. * on Tamarix brachystylis, 4, iv, 95 and 
iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 

a a M on Zizyphus lotus, 14 and 15, v, 97. 
(A. #. £) 

df 2,22: 28, v and 9, vi, 98. (#7. D. MM.) 

Page a. Col de Sfa, on inconspicuous wiry Umbellifere, 


27,v,93. (A. EB) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 223 


ont hand 


gf. Between Tizi Ouzou and Azazga, on Zizyphus lotus, 
12, vi, 98) eae ee E.) 
f 2. Médéa, on Lryngium triquetrum and Mentha rotun- 
difolia, 10 and 19, vii, 98. (A. #. £.) 


NOMIOIDES DECEPTOR, 0. sp. 


Przcedenti colore et pubescentia simillima, sed ab ea differt facie 
utroque sexu longiore, a pulchello, variegatoque thoracis pilis 
squamiformibus facile distinguenda. 

Another species of very similar coloration and vestiture to the last ; 
in the two males however which I possess one has a short black 
band on the basal segment of the abdomen only and the other has 
one on the 2nd segment also, in both the apical segments are more 
or less piceous, in the two females both show a short black band on 
the basal segment only, both sexes may be known from either fallax 
or squamiger by the longer face. This is distinctly longer than 
wide in the ¢, and oval not round in the ?, the face of the ? much 
resembling that of pulchellus although a trifle wider, the ¢ has the 
face much less constricted than in piulchellus and the farinose scale- 
like pubescence distinguishes both the sexes from that species as well 
as from variegatus or fallax. 

Long. 35-4 mm. 


gf 2,9 2. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 18 and 24, v, 98. 
(A. E. £.) 

ee. - on WDeverra chlorantha, 13, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


NOMIOIDES EXCELLENS, n. sp. 


Precedentibus multo major scutello viridi neo, flavo bimaculato, 
abdomine utroque sexu flavo segmentorum apicibus nigro fasciatis. 

A species of almost twice the bulk of any of the preceding. It 
has a round wide head in both sexes as in the ? of deceptor and 
is clothed with white deciduous pubescence as in that species and 
squamiger but differs from both of them in its much larger size, and 
in the colour of the scutellum; this only bears two testaceous spots 
as in the ? of variegatus, and the mesonotum of the ?, just in front 
of the scutellum, is testaceous. This also is a character of variegutus 
but the broader face will distinguish it at once from that species in 
the ? and the pale abdomen with regular dark fascie# in the ¢. 
These fascize in both sexes are wide and cover the apices of the 
segments, whereas in both squamiger and deceptor the fasciz in the 


_ 


224 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


? run across the dise and in the ¢ of these species it is the apical 
portion ,of the segments which is pale. 
Long. 53-5? mm, 


1 f. Biskra, on a tree with blue flowers in the Jardin by 
Fort St. Germain, 26, v, 938. (A. #. #.) 

2 2. » on Amimi visnaga, 18, v, 93 and 17, v, 97. 
(A. E. £.) 

WT , on Tamarix, 29, iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 


PANURGUS PLATYMERUS, Per. 
$3,231. Le Tarf, abundant on Scolymus grandiflorus ; 
many spend the night among the florets 
curled up on their sides, 17, vi, 96. 
(A. #. #.) 
Pek Philippeville, 20, vi, 98. (#. D. JL) 


O 


PANURGUS SICULUS, Mor. 

2 2. Pointe Pescade, near Algiers, asleep in flowers of 
Asteriscus maritimus, lying over a little im the 
angle contained by the florets of the ray and 
dise, 27, iv, 93. (A) #. #.) 

gf 2. Constantine, on Scolymus hispanicus, 14, iv, 94. 


(A, #. #.) 

ae: 5 on Sonchus tenerrimus, 8 and 14, v, 
Ob 4 Al OA) 

Ae x on Crepis taraxacifolia, 23, v, 95. 
(A. #. E.) 

f 3. Bone, on Crepis taraxacifolia, 20, iv and 4, v, 96. 


(A. #. £.) 
f 9. Sidi Ferruch, 8, v, 938. (A. #. £.) 
fg. Tizi Ouzou, on Composite, 15, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 
f 18,9 2. Alger, 28, 11,98, (#. D. 1) 


> 


f1,?2. Philippeville, 20, vi, 98. (#. D. M) 


PANURGUS VACHALI, Per. 

f 2,22. Biskra, Garden of Chiteau Landon, on Leon- 
todon (Kalbfusia) mulleri, Schultz. 
3ip., 15, iv, 94. (4. BB) 

£8,927. 4, on Pieridiwm vulgare and other yellow 
composites, 7 to 13, iv, 97. (A. #. #.) 

i, ooh 2G Ao Ore OR Ki.) 


page 


bo 
bo 
On 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 


PANURGUS CALCEATUS, Per. = algericus, Friese. 
gf 1. Pointe Pescade, near Algiers, on Asteriscus mari- 
timus, 10, v, 93. (A. #. £#.) 
2 1. Bone, on Crepis taraxifolia, 20, iv, 96. (A. #. £.) 
¢d §. Aine Draham, 21, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
6-2. Le Tarf, 24, vi, 96. (A. £. £.) 


CAMPTOP@UM HANDLIRSCHI, Friese. 
g 1,22. Biskra, 20, v, 94. (4. #. £.) 
i as B » near Jardin Landon, on Frankenia, 15, 
v, 97.) (A. B.ED) 
any eas it OrbodZe;, V; 98.9 CED M) 


ROPHITES ALGIRUS, Per. 
¢ 3. Algiers, 29 and 30, iv, 98. (# D. IL) 


PANURGINUS VARIEGATUS, Mor. 
21. Biskra, corn-fields along the Route des Ziban, on 
Ammi visnaga, Lam., 18, v, 93. (A. #. £#.) 
2 1. Hippone, on Ammi visnaga, 15, 1, 96. (A. #. #.) 
¢ 1,911. Biskra, 14-to 16;v, 98. (#.D. #1) 


PANURGINUS ALBOPILOSUS, Luc. 
f 1,22. Biskra, on Diplotaxis pendula, 14, iv, 94 and 
26, ito, ba, 11, 97%. CARY Be) 
¢ 3, 2 8. Constantine, on Diplotaxis muralis, 21, v and 
Te yi, Gaek Ces EL.) 
f 6. Kl Guerrah, 3, v, 98. (fF. D. JL) 


DUFOUREA EATONI, n. sp. 


Nigra, punctata, segmentorum abdominalium apicibus valde im- 
pressis pallide piceis et impunctatis. Maris antennarum articulis 2 and 
3 brevissimis simul sumptis quarto sub-zequalibus, femine articulis 
flagelli transversis, subtus pallide testaceis—area propodealis impressa 
linea nitida cireumdata. 

g. Black, shining, the deeply impressed apices of the ab- 
dominal segments pale piceous, head clothed with very pale 
ochreous hairs, those of the face white, vertex shining, remotely and 
rather unevenly punctured, antenn with 2nd and 3rd joints very 
short and transverse, the two taken together about as long as 
the 4th the rest longer than wide each more or less curved, 

TRANS, ENT, SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II, (SEPT.) 15 


can 
226 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


especially the 8th 9th and 10th, thorax clothed with very pale 
ochreous hairs above, with white hairs beneath; mesonotum in- 
cluding the scutellum shining, remotely punctured, wings hyaline, 
nervures piceous, 2nd recurrent received in the 2nd submarginal 
cell, propodeal area depressed dull and finely rugose, bounded 
posteriorly by a shining curved somewhat raised line, abdomen 
strongly and remotely punctured and clothed with scattered pale 
hairs, the segments much raised across the disc, apical impressions 
very deep, pale and impunctate and crossed by a fringe of fine hairs 
which grow on the apex of the raised portion of the segments, legs 
with pale calearia and clothed with white hairs. 

¢ differs from the ¢ in the ordinary sexual characters, also in 
being more finely punctured. The antenne are testaceous beneath 
and at the apex, and the joints of the flagellum are very short and 
transverse, vertex of the head and mesonotum rather closely but 
irregularly punctured, in this respect very different from vulgaris, 
propodeum like that of the ¢, puncturation of the abdomen less 
strong than in the ¢ but well marked, that of the basal segment 
stronger and more remote than of the others, impressions very wide 
and pale piceous, legs more or less piceous varying very much in 
depth of colour. 

Long. ¢ 7, 9 6mm. 


2 2,13 2. Biskra, on Picridium vulgare, 5 to 13, iv, 97. 
(AH. #.) 
9: satel Maat le, Eo 


DUFOUREA SIMILIS, Friese. ? 
® 1. Biskra, 6, v, 98. BM 


This specimen, which bears a label in Herr Friese’s 
handwriting similis (?) is very like the above, but differs 
in the shallower abdominal impressions and the more 
polished mesonotum which is scarcely punctured. 


ROPHITES ALGIRUS, Per. 
f 3. Algiers, 29 and 30, iv, 98. (# D. dL) 


NoMADA Nosiuis, H. 8. 
2 1, Algiers, 25, iv, 98. (7. D. Mf) 


NoMADA SEXFASCIATA, Pz, 
2. Algiers, 1 to 5, iv, 98. (4. D. dL) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 227 


NOMADA SUCCINCTA, Pz. 

gf 1. Biskra, 3, v, 94. (4. # #.) 

2 3. ,, hovering over the ground, 10 to 27, ii, 97. 

(A. H. £.) 

2 1. Bone, 6, iv, 96. (A. & £#.) 

2 1. Hippdne, 8, iv, 96. (A. #. £.) 

In both these females from Bone and Hippdne the 
clypeus is entirely black. 


NOMADA FULVICORNIS, Lep. 


gd 1. Bone, 28, iv, 96. (A. #. £.) 
g 1. Algiers, 25, iv, 98. (fF. D. I) 


NoMADA, sp. ? 


¢ 3. Biskra, i and iui, 95 and 97. (A. #. #.) 
Too discoloured to describe satisfactorily. 


NOMADA CIRTANA, Per. 


f 1,2 2. Biskra, left of the Route de Tougourt, a little 
beyond Jardin Landon, among Peri- 
derea fuscata, Webb, 21, 1, 95. 
(A. #. #) 

gf 2, 2 2. Bone, near the sea-shore among miscel- 
laneous herbage, Senecio leucanthemi- 
folius, etc., 15, 1, 96. (A. #. #.) 

gf 2. Hippdne, beside'the railway to Aine Mokhra, 10, 
ill, 96. (A. £#, #.) 

Orn. . 8, 1v;, 96. (4. #. £.) 


NoMADA TRIPUNCTATA, Mor. 
¢ 12 Aipiers, 9; 1v, 98. (FD. W,) 


NoMADA TRIPUNCTATA, Mor.,, var. ? 
¢ 1. Bone, 5, vi, 96. (4. # #) 


This is probably a distinct species but from a single ¢ I do not 
like to treat it as such. The tubercles and tegule and scutellar 
spots are ferrugineous not flavous and the hairs of the ventral seg- 
ments are much shorter, the wings are more clouded and the 3rd 
submarginal cell wider. At the same time the general form of the 
insect is so similar to that of tripwnctata that I think it safer not to 
describe it as new 


_ 


228 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


NOMADA ANDALUSICA, Schm. 
2 1. Bone, 8, iv, 08. (A. #. #.) 


NOMADA AGRESTIS, Fab. 
ple Near Algiers, 6, iv, 93. (A. #. #.) 
2 3, 9 3. Hippdne, beside the railway to Aine Mokhra, 
S*t0 10.6. Ae 
é 4,2 3... Algiers, 16 to 27, 11;°98)"" CF) af) 


NOMADA PECTORALIS, Mor. 


? 1. Between Médéa and Lodi, on Centaurea calcitrapa, 
12, vii, 93. (A. #, £.) 


NOMADA SCUTELLATA, n. sp. 


Leete ferruginea capite thoraceque nigro ornatis hoe longitudi- 
naliter trivittato ; capite subrostrato antennarum articulo  tertio 
flagelli, secundo sesquilongiore abdomen ferrugineum, valvula anali 
apice leviter exciso tibiis posticis apice sexspinosis. Alis valde 
valde infumatis. 

d Head rufo-testaceous the vertex posteriorly extending in an 
angular form to the anterior ocellus and the region of the insertion of 
the antennz black ; antennz dark on the 4th and following joints ; 
thorax rufo-testaceous, mesonotum with a wide central stripe and a 
narrow one on each side, metanotum except the post-scutellum, 
propodeum, the whole of the thorax beneath except a large spot on 
the mesopleure with a small spot above it, black. Wings of a dark 
smoky colour, hind coxze above, and a stain on the underside of the 
hind femora, black. 

Head slightly rostrate, closely and rugosely punctured, sparingly 
clothed with short reddish hairs, cheeks between the eyes and 
mandibles developed, labrum nearly twice as wide as long, its sides 
rounded and its apex truncate, there isa very fine raised line visible 
down its centre, this is elevated at the apex into a very small com- 
pressed tubercle. Antenne with the 2nd 4th and following joints 
of the flagellum viewed from beneath subequal, each about three- 
quarters the length of the 8rd and slightly longer than wide. 
Mesonotum very closely and deeply punctured, nearly glabrous, the 
punctures often confluent, scutellum raised into two rather angular, 
divergent tubercles, very strongly punctured, propodeum dull, 
clothed with short black hairs, its area rugose at the base, its sides 
beyond the area finely rugulose and punctured, hind tibia with 6 
ferruginous spines. Abdomen rather dull, very finely and closely 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 229 


punctured the basal segment more shining and less closely so, with 
4 small darker spots in a line across it near the base, all the 
segments have the extreme apex shining, impunctate and slightly 
darkened, 7th segment slightly notched at the apex, beneath finely 
punctured, the apices of the segments widely impunctate and 
shining. 

Long. 14 mm. 


ft 1, Biskra, corn-lands along the Route des Ziban, on 
Ammi visnaga, 25,v, 93. (A. #. EL.) 


NOMADA PLANISCUTA, N. Sp. 


Rufo-testacea, capite thoraceque nigris, rufo ornatis, scutello 
planiusculo, mesopleuris nitidis, valde punctatis, alarum, cellula 
eubitali tertia angusta, superne constricta, tibiis posticis, spinis 
duabus curvatis valde approximatis, more succinct, munitis. 

@. Rufo-testaceous, a triangular spot on the vertex of the head its 
apex reaching to the insertion of the antenne, the thorax and 
propodeum, with the exception of a spot on each side of the pro- 
notum, the tubercles, tegulie, scutellum, and post-scutellum as well 
as a spot on each of the mesopleure bordering the prothorax, black. 
The cox:e of the front and hind pairs of legs are also almost entirely 
black ; wings smoky-brown, apices of the 2nd and 3rd abdominal 
segments more or less infuscate. Head short, strongly punctured, 
cheeks not developed, labrum sparingly clothed with pale hairs, 
punctured, bearing a very small laterally compressed tubercle near 
its apex, antennae with the 2nd and 3rd joints subequal, 4th 
slightly shorter, the rest nearly quadrate, vertex and cheeks behind 
the eyes clothed with short black hairs, mesonotum closely and 
strongly punctured, with signs of having had a clothing of short 
black hairs (both my specimens judging from the condition of the 
wings are possibly more or less rubbed), seutellum not raised, 
shining, rather more largely and less closely punctured than the rest 
of the mesonotum, its centre impressed posteriorly, mesopleure 
shining very largely and distinctly punctured, wings with the ord 
submarginal narrow, much contracted above (in one specimen this 
cell in the right hand wing is divided in two by a transverse nervure 
situated towards its apex), propodeum punctured at the sides, its 
area very finely rugulose, its extreme base slightly rougher, hind 
tibie with two curved short spines, close together, as in succincta, 
mephisto, fucata, manni, etc.; abdomen closely punctured, with only 
the extreme posterior edges of the segments shining, apex of the 5th 
segment clothed with whitish hairs. 

Long. 11 mm. 


230 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


@ 1. Médéa, hill north of railway-station, on Eryngium 
triquetrum, 29, vi, 93. (A. #. #.) 

aan » North of the town; alt. about 8,000 ft., 1, 
vii, 93. (A. #, #) 


NoMADA BREVIS, n, sp. 


Brevis, abdomine subgloboso thoraci longitudine quali. Capite 
thoraceque nigris, rufo hirsutis, labro, antennis, tegulis, tuberculis, 
scutelloque rufis, abdomine ferrugine, tibiis posticis apice pallide et 
obtuse 3-spinosis. 

9. A short compact species whose abdomen is about as long as 
the thorax and quite of a short oval form ; head and thorax black, 
mandibles except their apices, labrum, antennw, tubercles, tegule, 
and scutellum ferruginous, abdomen entirely and legs ferrugineous 
except the cox and trochanters of the 2nd and 3rd pair which are 
black. Labrum very closely and rugosely punctured, transversely 
concave towards the apex, no visible tooth or tubercle, face clothed 
with brownish-red hairs, antennz with all the joints of the flagellum 
subequal with the, exception of the diminutive lst. Vertex and 
thorax dull, very closely and rugosely punctured and clothed with 
brownish-red hairs, scutellum scarcely raised, a little less dull than 
the rest of the mesonotum, wings smoky, nervures dark brown, pro- 
podeum dull, clothed like the thorax, largely and closely punctured, 
its area very finely rugulose. Abdomen shining, basal segment im- 
punctate, the others finely and rather closely punctured on the basal 
half, their apices widely impunctate ; 5th clothed at the apex with 
whitish hairs, posterior tibize: armed exteriorly at the apex with 3 
short pale obtuse spines, 

Long. 6 mm. 


21. Biskra, in the garden of Chateau Landon, 15, iv, 


94. (A. BB) 


NOMADA, sp. 

This @ is allied to rhenana, it has the labrum red with a small 
central tubercle, the 2nd and 38rd joints of the flagellum subequal 
and the apex of the hind tibie with 5 rather unequal sharp pale 
spines. As I have only seen this single female which has no very 
pronounced characteristics I refrain from describing it. 


2 1, Bigkra, 24, 11, 97... And, Ay) 


NOMADA PRASTANS, Nn. sp. 


Capite thoraceque nigris ochraceo pilosis, abdomine lete testaceo, 
antennis longis, flagelli articulo secundo tertio sesquilongiore, 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria, 231 


reliquis latitudine longioribus, tibiis posticis femine, apice tri-vel 
quatuorspinosis, spinis pallidis. 

¢ 9. Head and thorax black, the mouth parts including the 
apex of the clypeus and the sides of the face along the orbits of the 
eyes and the antenne testaceous. The scape of the antennz above is 
black in the ¢ and has a black stain near the apex in the ?, and in 
one ¢ the first 5 joints of the flagellum are black above. The 
tubercles and tegule are ferrugineous in both sexes and there is 
sometimes a small spot of that colour on the scutellum of the ¢, 
wings slightly infuscate, nervures testaceous, the abdomen with the 
exception of the extreme base and a small black spot at the base of 
the 2nd segment laterally is entirely clear testaceous, legs testaceous, 
the coxe in both sexes and the intermediate and hind femora 
beneath in the ¢ black. ¢. Head and thorax dull very closely 
punctured and rather densely clothed with ochraceous hairs, labrum 
simple, clothed with long hairs, its anterior margin slightly angulated 
in the centre, mandibles acute, antennz with the 2nd joint of the 
flagellum once and a half as long as the 3rd which is nearly twice 
as long as wide, the rest are distinctly longer than wide ; propodeum 
densely punctured and hairy at the sides, its area finely clathrate, 
Abdomen finely and closely punctured, with a fine but incon- 
spicuous ochreous pubescence, apical dorsal valve narrowly notched at 
the apex ; posterior tibize with 3 or 4 pale apical spines intermixed 
with pale hairs. @Q. Very like the ¢ but head and thorax much 
less hairy, labrum simple, nearly glabrous, antenne with the 2nd 
and 3rd joints of the flagellum subequal, the rest slightly longer 
than wide, abdomen more shining and less closely punctured, apices 
of the segments widely smooth and shining, impunctate, apical 
fimbria of 5th segment whitish; apex of the posterior tibie with 
two very short pale spines. 

Long. 8-9 mm. 

Apparently a very distinct species of which I can find no deserip- 
tion, its long antennz and the clear pale testaceous colour of the 
abdomen and legs give it a rather unusual appearance. 


2 1. Bone, Route de l’Edough at the beginning of the 
ascent, 7, 11,96. (4. #. #) 

f1.  ,, by the railway near Hippéne, 16, 1, 96. 
(A. #. #.) 

f1. 4, by the Bone-Guelma railway, opposite Ferme 
Laccombe, 23, iv, 96. (A. #. #.) 


NOMADA MULTISPINOSA, nh. sp. 
Polyacanthe Per, affinis, sed mesonoto crebre punctato, et tibiis 


232 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


posticis spinulis nigris magis quam in illa specie armatis facile 
distinguenda. 

Q. Apparently closely allied to polyacantha Per. but: differing 
from it in the closely punctured mesonotum and the greater number 
of spines on the apical portion of the tibiz. Head and thorax black, 
face below the antennz including the labrum and mandibles except 
at the apex, the orbits of the eyes, the antennew, with the exception 
of the intermediate joints which are fuscous, the pronotum, tegule, 
tubercles, scutellum, post-scutellum and almost the entire mesopleure 
rufotestaceous ; legs and abdomen entirely of that colour, wings 
brown with a very conspicuous clear spot beyond the 3rd submarginal 
cell. Face clothed with short scattered pale hairs, labrum with a 
small tubercle near the middle, clypeus shining, finely and rather 
remotely punctured, face below the antenne rather remotely, above 
them closely punctured ; antennz with the 2nd and 3rd joints of 
the flagellum subequal, the 3rd and following joints subquadrate ; 
mesonotum shining, closely and deeply ’punctured, the intervals 
between the punctures much narrower than the punctures them- 
selves, scutellum slightly raised into two obtuse tubercles largely 
and less closely punctured than the thorax, propodeum finely 
rugulose, its area more or less clathrate at the base, each side with 
a patch of silvery white hairs; posterior tibiw, with their external 
apex densely clothed with black spines numbering probably 20 
or more but so closely packed that I find it impossible to count 
them ; abdomen very shining, short oval, Ist segment impunctate 
or nearly so, the rest finely and regularly punctured on the basal 
half, impunctate on the apical, 5th fringed with whitish hairs at 
the apex, 2nd and following segments more or less clothed with 
silvery hairs at the sides. 

Long. 8 mm. 


9 1. Le Tarf, near the village, 17, vi, 96. (A. #. £.) 
2 2. La Calle, 4 and 9, vii, 96. (4. # £#) 


NoMADA PANURGINOIDES, n. sp. 


N. panurgine, Mor., simillima, mesonoto crasse punctato anten- 
narum flagelli articulo secundo maris tertio subaequali, feminze 
paullo breviore, facile distinguenda. 

¢ 9. Exceedingly like panurgina, Mor., head and thorax black, 
mouth parts, labrum, clypeus in the 9, antennx, pronotum, tegule 
scutellum and post-seutellum, mesopleure and sterna ferruginous- 
red, in the 2, 2 spots on the scutellum and 1 on the _post- 
scutellum and a small spot on the mesopleure only in the ¢; 
abdomen ferruginous-red, its base and a lateral spot at the base 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 233 


of the 2nd and 3rd segments a band at the apex of the 3rd and 
at the base of the 4th black. Legs ferruginous, the hind femora 
and the tibize on the side towards the body black in both sexes. 
Head and thorax shining, face clothed rather densely in the ¢, and 
very sparingly in the 9 with silvery hairs. Labrum trituberculate, 
the tubercles arranged in a triangle. Antenna with the 2nd joint 
of the flagellum subequal to the 3rd in the ¢, rather longer than 
the 3rd in the ?, mesonotum largely and rather closely punctured, 
the punctures sometimes less than their own diameter apart at 
others nearly twice their diameter, wings smoky-brown, with a paler 
region near the apex, propodeum with a patch of silvery hairs on 
each side. Abdomen finely punctured on the 2nd segment, exceed- 
ingly finely and more closely so on the following, apex of the dorsal 
valve in the ¢ notched. 
Long 63-7 mm. 


Easily distinguished from panurgina, Mor., of which 
I possess a specimen from Professor Perez and from 
jullianii, Schm., by the much coarser puncturation of the 
mesonotum, the punctures being quite twice as large, 
and also by the greater proportional length of the 8rd 
joint of the flagellum. 

? 9. Biskra and Constantine, numerous specimens, iv 

and v, 95 and 97. (A. #. £.) 

9. Constantine and Algiers, many, vi, 98. (/. D. Al.) 


NOMADA CARNIFEX, Mocs. 

Ove bone 1G, ui, 96. (4. EE) 

2 1. Algiers, 18, ili and 7, iv, 98. (#. D. IL) 

I have followed Gribodo in referring these specimens to 
Moesary’s species, the three prominent teeth on the labrum 
afford a very characteristic feature. 


NoMADA, sp. ? 


2 1. Bone, near the Orphelinat, 2, ii, 96. (A. #. #.) 

Like a diminutive carnifex but without the peculiar 
armature of the labrum, and the posterior tibiz with 5 
pale spines of which the last is longest. 


NoMADA FERRUGINATA, L? 
91. Algiers, 19, iv. 98. (/. D. J.) 


NOMADA CONNECTENS, Per. 
2 8. Constantine, 18 to 20, vi, 98. (# D. I.) 


- 


234 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


NOMADA DISCREPANS, Schm. 
¢ 9. Numerous. Boéne, iii, iv; Hippdne, ii; Constantine, 
v, vi; Algiers, iii, iv; Biskra, 0,11. (4. #. £.) 
g. Occurring at Biskra, on Periderea fuscata ; at Con- 
stantine, on Hypocheris glabra. (A. E. E.) 


NoMADA FLAVOGUTTATA, K. 
g 9. Algiers, 16, iii and 7, iv, 98. (# D. M,) 


NOMADA DISTINGUENDA, Mor. 


¢ 1. Aine Draham, 21, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
21. Bone, 22, ii, 96. (A. #. #.) 


NOMADA HIPPONENSIS, nN. sp. 


N. distinguenda, etc., affinis. Mas, antennarum flagelli articulis 
3tio, ~4to 5to 6° subtus tuberculatis, femina articulo secundo 
sequentibus sequali, latitudine longioribus. 

6 2. A small species, of the same size and general aspect of 
distinguenda, etc. Brown, mouth parts including the labrum, 
clypeus and the lower part of the sides of the face, the antenna, 
the pronotum above, more or less, the tubercles, tegule, two spots 
on the scutellum, united in the 2, the post-scutellum, the abdomen 
except at the extreme base and legs, entirely in the 2, partially 
only in the ¢, rufo-testaceous. 

¢@. Face clothed with ochreous hairs, antennze with the 2nd and 
3rd joints of the flagellum subequal, its basal joints to the 6th more 
or less infuseate posteriorly, joints 3, 4, 5 of the flagellum distinctly 
and 6 indistinctly tuberculate beneath, all the joints of the flagellum, 
except the small basal one, as long as wide, those nearer the base 
slightly longer. Mesonotum closely and strongly punctured sparingly 
clothed with ochreous hairs, scutellar tubercles slightly raised, pro- 
podeum finely rugose, bearing a patch of silvery hairs on each side, 
legs with the apices of the joints of all the legs and the front legs 
almost entirely, rufo-testaceous, posterior tibie in the Q with 2 
short and 1 very long pale spine at the apex. Abdomen shining, 
vaguely and very finely punctured on the basal halves of the seg- 
ments, in the ¢ the'abdomen is brown with paler bands or spots, 
on the 2nd and 8rd segments, these are more or less indicated 
according to the darkness of the specimen. 

Long. 5-5} mm. 


The peculiar antenne of the ¢ recall that sex of 
cyphognatha, Perez, but the tubercles are fewer and 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 235 


diminish in size on the more apical joints, whereas in 
cyphoguatha, Professor Perez says, “la derniére la plus 
forte.” The labrum also is simple. 

$3,921. Hippdne,on Ammi visnaga, 15,viu, 96. (A. #.L) 


NoMADA FuRVA, K, 
gf 1. Médéa, 26, vi, 938. (A. #. #.) 
g 2. Algiers, 4 and 7, iv, 98. (/. D. J) 
2 tl) Biskra, 13, v, 98. C2. D. Ar) 


NOMADA, sp. 
g 1. Bone, 20, iv, 96. (A. #. £.) 


A species generally resembling the species of the distinquenda 
group but the antenne have the joints of the flagellum wider than 
long and the 2nd and 8rd joints subequal and of the same length 
as the remainder, the labrum is pale without noticeable tubercles, 


NOMADA, sp. 
2 1. Bone, Valley of the Oued Deb, 11,v, 96. (4. #. £.) 


This 2 has the 2nd and 3rd joints of the antennze subequal and 
the hind tibiz armed at the apex with 5 or 6 exceedingly short 
brown spines ; its position is to me doubtful and as it is a single 9 
I think it better to leave it undescribed. 


PASITES MACULATUS, Jur. 

Pal Hippone, 15, vii, 96. (4. #. #.) 

a 1, 2 3. Biskta, 24; iv to 7, vi, 97. (A. ££). 

g 4, 2 7. Biskra, 10, v to 9, vi, 98. (F. D. M.) 

The females are all of the variety with the thorax 
almost entirely red. 


AMMOBATES ORANIENSIS, Lep.;= me/ectoides, Smith. 
92. Algiers, 4 and 5,v,93. (A.-H. #.) 
¢ 1. Bone, beyond the Orphelinat, parasitic on Odynerus 
consobrinus, Duf., 22, 111, 96. (A. #. E.) 
9 1. Bone, 23, v, 96. (4. #. £.) 
gf 6, 2 1. Constantine, 18, 11 to 14, vi, 1898. (Ff. D. IL) 


AMMOBATES CARINATUS, Mor. 


21. Médéa, N. of the town, alt. about 3,000 feet, on 
Scabiosa maritima, 1, vu, 98. (A. £. £.) 


- 


236 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


¢ 3. Algiers, on the ramparts, parasitic on ucera 
nigrifacies, frequenting its burrows in the soil, 
4,iv, 93. (A. #. #.) 

& 2. Sidi Ferruch, 8, v, 938. (A. #. £.) 


AMMOBATES HANDLIRSCHII, Fries. 
21. Biskra, on Amberboa lippii, 8, iv, 97. (A. #. FE.) 


AMMOBATES RUFIPES, 0. sp. 


Caput thoraxque nigra, abdomine pedibus que maxime parte rufis, 
Antennarum flagelli articulo secundo tertio longiore, mas vertice 
pone ocellos triangulariter opaco et crebre punctato femina segmento 
sexto abdominis impressione ovali transversa nitida, et postice 
punctata instructo, 

3 @. Black, labrum, base of the mandibles, antenne towards 
the base and tubercles of prothorax in the 9, abdomen and legs 
except the trochanters and cox in both sexes ferruginous ; femora 
in the ¢ black except towards the apices of the hind pair. Head 
and thorax closely and rugosely punctured, face slightly shining, 
clothed with pale hairs round the insertion of the antenne, vertex 
in the ¢ closely punctured and dull. This dull area extends 
angularly to the anterior ocellus and covers the space between the 
ocelli, at the sides of this triangle the surface of the head is shining 
and very largely punctured, in the 9 this character is scarcely 
observable, in both sexes there is a slight carina on the centre of the 
vertex extending in the direction of the central ocellus, antenne 
with the 2nd joint of the flagellum rather longer than the 3rd, the 
rest wider than long in the ¢, subquadrate in the 92, pronotum 
clothed with a tight-fitting ochreous pubescence, wings smoky- 
brown. Scutellum slightly raised and shallowly channelled, post- 
scutellum scarcely raised, propodeum clothed with silvery pubescence 
at the base and sides, excavated and shining posteriorly, its area 
slightly raised, with a fine central channel. Abdomen very finely 
and closely punctured, 7th segment in the ¢ strongly so, 6th seg- 
ment in the 9 posteriorly slightly emarginate, bearing a transversely 
oval shining impression towards the apex, the apical half of which 
is largely punctured, legs and especially the cox, more or less 
clothed with silvery pubescence. 

Long. 11 mm. 


f 2, 2 6. Le Tarf, visiting heads of Cynara cardunculus, 
23 to 25, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
Pride Biskra, on Ammui visnaga, 26, v, 97. (A.LL.) 


* 
5 
7 
i 
8 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria, 237 


Apparently allied to robustus, Friese, but that species 
may be easily distinguished by the form of the sixth 
segment of the abdomen which he describes as bearing a 
trapeziform dull space, he also speaks of the legs being 
black and the abdominal segments more or less banded at 
their apices with silvery hairs. 


AMMOBATES BIASTOIDES, Friese. 


¢ 1. Biskra, 23, v, 98. (Ff. D. M.) 
g 2. Biskra, cornfields along the Route des Ziban, on 
Ammi visnaga, 23 to 28, v, 97. (A. #. #.) 


AMMOBATES, sp. ? 
g 1. La Calle, 9, vu, 96. (4. #. £#.) 


SCHMIEDEKNECHTIA ORANIENSIS, Friese. 
21. Constantine, 15, vi. 98. (2. D. i.) 


PHIARUS SCRIPTUS, Gerst. 


° 1. Biskra, near railway, Kilom. 108, 17, v. 94, “asleep 
holding on by its mandibles to a twig of Deverra 
scoparia. When alarmed extending all its legs 
upwards with a warning buzz like Bombus, but 
Bombus only holds up some of its legs at a time.” 
(A. #. #.) 


There seems to have always existed a great deal of 
confusion about Smith’s Phileremus melectoides. This is 
unquestionably identical with Ammobates oraniensis, Lep. 
Smith distinctly says it has two jointed maxillary palpi, 
which fact at once separates it from Phiarus which has 
six joints to those organs. Besides this I have an 
example from Albania named by Smith himself. 


EPEOLUS FALLAX, Mor. 


-f1. La Calle, sandhills west of the town, 19, vu, 96. 
(A. #. FE.) 


EPEOLUS AUREOVESTITUS, Dours. 
@ 1. Biskra, 10, vi, 98. (# D. i.) 


EPEOLUS, sp.? (2? male of preceding). 
2. l..Biskra,’3, vi, 98..:, (F.00f,) 


238 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


EPEOLUS SUBRUFESCENS, n. sp. 

Caput et thorax nigra, supra pilis adpressis ochraceis, subtus albis, 
vestita; abdomen laete brunneum, fasciis latis ochraceis ornatum, 
pedes antennz-que testacei. 

Head and thorax blaek, so densely clothed with closely-fitting 
scale like hairs that the surface can hardly be seen, the clothing of 
the upper surface of the thorax and the vertex of the head is 
ochreous, that of the face and under-side of the thorax and of the 
post-scutellum and the propodeum white, abdomen testaceous-brown, 
basal segment clothed with pale ochreous hairs except a central 
band of bright chocolate-brown hairs which does not reach the 
margin on either side, 2nd segment clothed at the base with bright 
chocolate hairs, at the apex with a wide band of ochreous hairs which 
is considerably and suddenly widened at the sides, 3rd 4th and 
5th almost entirely covered with ochreous hairs, antennee and legs 
testaceous, wings clouded at the apex, nervures testaceous, Labrum 
largely punctured, its anterior margin entire or slightly sinuates 
two very small tubercles are situated at about a third of the length 
of the Jabrum from its apex. Antennz with the 2nd joint of the 
flagellum longer than the third, the remainder subquadrate, scutel- 
lum with the lateral teeth long, its central lobe emarginate with 
a well-marked angular tooth on each side, the sculpture is 
everywhere hidden by the closeness of the pubescence. 

Long. 7 mm. 


A species closely allied to aureovestitus, Dours, but 
differing so widely in colour, and in the entire bands of 
the abdomen that I think there is no doubt of its being 
distinct. 

2 1. Biskra, 24,iv, 97. “Eyes in life brownish-agate-grey 

with deep-seated dark fenestrations.” (A. H. #.) 


XYLOCOPA VIOLACEA, L. 

a 3. Algiers, 24, 11 and 13, iv, 938. (A. #. #) 

®. Meédéa, 26, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 

Dr. Longstaff took it at flowers of Prunus, 11, in, 05; 
at flowers of a shrubby yellow Cineraria, at Hammam 
Meskroutine ; at Asphodel flowers at Hamman Rhirha, 
21, iii, 05. 

XYLOCOPA CYANESCENS, Brullé. 

2. Médéa, on Eryngium triquetrum, 29, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 

dg. Constantine, 9, x, 93. (A. #. £.) 

9. Tizi Ouzou, 15, vi, 98. (A. #. £.) 

2. Bone, 23, iv, 96. (A. #. £.) 


Hymenovtera aculeata collected in Algeria, 239 


CERATINA CUCURBITANA, Rossi. 


t ?. Common in various localities (A. #. #. and F. D. M.), 
generally on chiwm, but visiting Onopordon 
macracanthum at Médéa in June; Lythrum sali- 
caria and Euphorbia paralias at Bone in August, 
Centaurea at Aine Draham in July; and Bryngiwm 
tricuspidatum at Azazga in September. (A. Z. £.) 


CERATINA PARVULA, Sin. 


2 11. Bone, on Centaurea seridis and Rubus discolor, 31, 
vii to 21, viii, 97. (A. £. £.) 


CERATINA MOCSARYI, Friese. 


@ 1. Médéa N. and N.E. of town, alt. about 3,000 feet, 
on Onopordon macracanthum, 1, vil, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 

Qi, , near Maison Berronis, alt. 2,980 feet, on 
Centaurea calcitrapa, 12, vii, 93. (A. #. L.) 

21. 4, summit of hill, north of railway-station, on. 
an Allium, 14, vii, 98. (A. #. £.) 

21. Aine Draham, 21, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 


CERATINA NIGROZNEA, Gerst. 
21. Philippeville, 20, vi, 98. (#. D. dL) 


CERATINA CALLOSA, F. 
Q 1. Médéa, on Atractylis gummifera, 12, vill, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 

$1. Azazga, 31, viii, 93. (A. #. #.) 

2 1. Bone, 6, xi, 93. (A. #. £.) 

f 1. Constantine, visiting Thapsus garganica, 16, v, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 

fi. F visiting Carduus pycnocephalus, 20, v, 
96. (A. #. £.) 

f1,?3. Biskra, on Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 23 and 


| 29) 1; 97. CA BE.) 
i ous ,» on Amberboa lippii, 8,iv, 97. (A. £. £.) 
2 1. 3 on Atractylis serratuloides, 138, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 
* D1}. Bone, on Chrozophora tinctoria, 3, vii, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


21,23. Constantine, 13 to 7, v, 98. (#. D. JL) 


240 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


CERATINA CALLOSA, F, forma minor. 
ea. Biskra, 25, iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 
21,21. Bone, on Centaurea seridis, in cop. 2, viii, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


21,91. , on Chrozophora tinctoria, 3 and 11, vin, 
97. (A. #. £.) 

te. » on Salsola kali, 23, viii, 97. (A. £. £.) 

f 3,91. Médéa, 26, vi, 93. (A. Li. E.) 

43, 21. Bouira, 2;"v, 98, (Ff. D. M.) 

f4.9.2, Algiers, 19, ili to 30, iv, 98. (#. D. dM) 

ae Philippeville, 21, vii, 98, (Ff. D. M.) 


CERATINA DALLATORREANA, Friese. 
41. Tizi Ouzou, on Lehiwm, 14, vi, 93. (A. #. £. 
2 1. Bone, on Salsola kali, 23, viii, 97. (A. #. £.) 
DDE) 4, B80) iv; 06 and Sl, yn, 07. (Are, 2) 
91. Azazga, 30, vili,93. (A. #. £#.) 


PARADIOXYS MORICEI, Friese. 

f 1, ? 2. Biskra, in railway-cutting, near Kilom. 199, en- 
tering burrows of Osmia rubricrus in sandy soil 
rather caked on the surface. Zand ? taken 
in cop., 21, iv, 95. (A. £. £.) 

23,98. As above, 24 and 25, iv, 97. Eyes % olive- 
grey, 2 olive-brown, with the usual deep- 
seated fenestrations. (A. #. L.) 

ool Biskra, at flowers of Zizyphus lotus, 29, iv, 95. 

(A. #, L.) 
PD, ipl | 9g3 in company with Osmia rubricrus, 
6 to 12, v, 98. (7D. M) 


DioxyYs CINCTA, Jur. 
2 1. Bone, 10, vi, 96. (A. # #) 


? 1. Sidi Ferruch near Algiers, 8, v,93. (A. #. £.) 
¢ '7..Algiers, 5 to 11, iv, 98. (#. D. IZ) 


DIOXYS ROTUNDATA, Per. 
9 1. Biskra, visiting Brassica napus, 27, ii, 97. (A. #. £.) 
21. Algiers, 30, iv, 98. (Ff. D. AL) 

Ca&LIOXYs, sp. / 


9 1. Constantine on M’cid near the Jewish Cemetery, 
visiting Convolvulus lineatus, 9, v, 95. (A. #. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 241 


CaLioxys AFRA, Lep. 


2 1. Tizi Ouzou, in the public gardens, entering burrow, 
“ Hyes dark brown,” 14, vi, 90. (4. #. £.) 


C@LIOXYS COTURNIX, Per. ? 


Of this species only the ? is described by Perez. The ¢ may 
be known from that of hemorrhoa by the following characters : 
the shorter and more scale-like hairs of the mesonotum are evenly 
distributed all over the surface and not collected into spots as in 
hxemorrhoa, also the cheeks behind the eyes are clothed with scale- 
like hairs, whereas in hemorrhoa these hairs are of the ordinary 
type, the transverse impressions of the abdomen are deeper and the 
bands are made up of several rows of scales throughout their extent, 
the entire base of the 7th segment is clothed with white hairs and 
not only its centre—beneath the whole surface is clothed with scales, 


fod, > Ibiskra. 27, -y to ¢, vi, 1898)" CH Dear) 
In both the female specimens the abdomen is red at 
the base. 


C@LIOXYS HAMORRHOA, Forst. 
al Médéa, on Lryngium triquetrum, 26, vi, 93. 


(A. #. £.) 
or ie - s s 10, vii, 93. 
(A. #. E) 
tl. Constantine _,, . 10, vi, 95. 
(A. #. FE.) 
f1,21. Médéa, on Mentha rotundifolia, 19, vii, 93. 


(A, E. #.) 
aN Constantine, 1, x, 93. (4. #. #) 
1. Biskra, on Ammi, 19, vi, 97. (A. #. #.) 
spell Bone, 12, viii, 97. (A. #. #.) 
al Me Constantine, 17, vi, 98. (/ D. MZ) 


C@LIOXYS RUFOCAUDATA, Sm. 
$1. Le Tarf, 19, vi, 96. 


“This bee sleeps head downwards, holding on to a 
grass-stem by its mandibles: the fore tarsi and inter- 
mediate tarsi deflexed or flexed backwards respectively 
in a continuous line with the tibiz (which are folded up 
closely upon the femora and body), do not necessarily 
touch the stem, the intermediate tarsi lie obliquely across 
the basal joinings of the posterior femora and in a line 


TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1908.—PART IL. (SEPT.) 16 


942 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


with the posterior tarsi, reaching to just before the base 
of the Ist joint in the hind tarsus. The hind tarsi from 
the tibiz to the 2nd joint are connivent, and from the 
3rd joint onwards parallel and contiguous with each other, 
are applied to the venter and reach to just beyond the 
apex of the 2nd ventral segment, the antennz are some- 
times porrect, and subparallel, but if the insect be slightly 
disturbed they become divergent. A specimen found 
asleep on a grass-stem on the 25th which was plucked 
and carried back to the house by hand, kept its place for 
thirty hours in an ill-lighted bedroom, when a strong 
daylight being admitted, it flew away.” (4. #. £.) 


Ca:LIOXYS BREVIS, Ev. 


aly Médéa, slopes of the Nador, alt. about 3,670 feet, 
on Lryngiun triquetrum, 2, vii, 93. (A. #. E.) 

f 2,95. Biskra, 14, v to 12, vi, 98. (# D. MM.) 

Bh, Bie, ne ghule: LO WO 245 Vole! phet e aew) 

yi. 

g. Biskra. “Near the French cemetery, about 6 p.m., 
holding on with legs and mandibles to a twig; the tail 
curved upwards, and the wings so close down to the body 
as not to be easily distinguished, causing one to doubt if 
the insect were a bee or a beetle until examined with 
alens. 22,v,94. (4. #. £) 


CQ@LIOXYS DECIPIENS, Spin. 
21,21. Biskra, 2,on Atractylis serratuloides, 11 and 19, 
v, 01. (4. Be) 
eds ot ire Saay, GF. we) 


CHALICODOMA SICULA, Rossi. 


¢ 9. Numerous specimens from various localities visiting 
Echiwm, Hedysarum carnosum, Lavendula stachas, 
Linaria reticulata, and Antirrhinum ramosissi- 
mum, 26, 1 to 22, vi. (A. #. £.) 
(Dr. Longstaff took it in February and March 1905, on 
Retama retam, near Biskra, and on Guyotville sandhills.) 


CHALICODOMA MURARIA, L, 


25. Biskra and Constantine, visiting Hviochilon fruti- 
cosum, Desf., and Ononis angustissima, Lk., in 
March, Alkanna tinetoria in May, (A, #. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 243 


CHALICODOMA LEFEBVREI, Lep. 
? 1. Constantine, Weid, on Lryngium triquetrum, 23, vi, 
94. (A. HL. £.) 
? 1. Constantine, near the falls of the Roumel, 1, vi, 95. 
(A. #. E.) 


CHALICODOMA GENEANA, Grib. 
? 2. Algiers, 11 and 14, iv, 98. (#. D. I) 


CHALICODOMA NASIDENS, Friese. 


#1, 2 1, Biskra, 12; iv, 95 and 27, v.93 (4, #. £#.) 
$2,291. 4, visiting Atvractylis serratuloides, 6 to 


da Od; 

au » visiting Hchinops spinosus, 8, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 

ae ft: » visiting <Antirrhinwn ramosissimum, 


the f of a variety with hairs of apical 
sepments red, 29, iii and 10, v, 97. 
(A. £. £.) 
(Dr. Longstaff took 4 males of this species at Biskra, at 
flowers of Letama retam, February and March 1905.) 


MEGACHILE LAGOPODA, L. 
gf 2,91. Aine Draham, 21, vii, 96. (4. #. #) 
2 ft. Médéa, on Centawrea, 26, vi, 938. (A. #. £.) 
MEGACHILE ERICETORUM, Lep. 
21. Constantine, visiting Marrubium vulgare, 21, v, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 
MEGACHILE SERICANS, Fonse. 


?. Damiette, near Médéa, on Microlonchus salmanticus, 11, 
vil, 98. (A. #. £.) 

9. Médéa, on Mentha rotundifolia, 11, viii, 93. 
(A. #. Ff.) 


MEGACHILE PICICORNIS, Friese. 
2. Tizi Ouzou, on the slope of Mount Beloua, on Cen- 
taurea, 14, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 
MEGACHILE MELANOTA, Per. 


gf 9. Azazga, Forét de Yakouren, 12 and 19, ix, 93. 
(A. LL. 
9. Sidi Ferruch, 8, v, 93. (4. #. £.) 


244 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


MEGACHILE INSTERSTINCTA, Gerst. 
9 1. Constantine, 19, vi, 98. (#. D. AM.) 


MEGACHILE APICALIS, Spin. 

ft 2. Médéa, 28, vi, 93. (A. £#. £.) 

f 1. Constantine, 15, vi, 94. (A. #. £.) 

f'3. ee 8 and 16, vi, 94.° (F. D. M.) 

? 2. Between Azazga and Yakouren, on Carlina race- 
mosa, 1, ix, 93. (A. #. £.) 

? 2. Constantine, on Inula viscosa, 9, x, 93 and 15, x, 95. 
(A, E. #.) 

2 1. Médéa, on Scabiosa maritima, 1, vii, 98. (A. #. £.) 

92. Le Tarf, on Cynara cardunculus, 23, vi, 96. 
(A. E. £.) 

9 2. Bone, 9, vii, 97. (A. #. £.) 


MEGACHILE ARGEN'TATA, 
¢ 9. Many examples, vi, 93 to v, 97. Biskra, on Pega- 
num harmala in April, and on Ammi visnaga in 
May and June, and on Daucus setifolius and Mentha 
rotundifolia in July. (A. #. £.) 
Tizi Ouzou, on Centaurea, June. (A. LH. £.) 
Le Tarf, Verbena officinalis in July. (A. H. £.) 
Médéa, on Hryngium triquetrum, July. (A. EL. £.) 
Azazga and Yakouren, on Lryngium triquetrum and 
Carlina racemosa in September. (A. H. £.) 
Constantine, on Jnula viscosa, October. (A. EL. £.) 
a9. Many, Constantine and Biskra, v and vi, 98, 
(Ff. D. M.) 


MEGACHILE FLABELLIPES, Per. 
¢ 2. Biskra, 13 and 20, iv, 95. (A. #. #.) 
eal’ ¥ visiting Zraganum nudatum, 3, iv, 95, 
(A, L. £.) 

98, 111,95. (A. #. £.) 

on Diplotaxis pendula, 30, ili, 97. 
(A, E. £.) 


MEGACHILE XANTHOPYGA, Per. 
91. Le Tarf, on Verbena officinalis, 24, vu, 96. 
(A. #. £.) 
MEGACHILE ROTUNDATA, Fab. 


EATS Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 24, v, 93. (A. #. £.) 
21:9 3 © ge) Mand 19,/v, oe. a eo 


Se 
9 1. 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 245 


MEGACHILE SCHNABLII, Rad, ? 
21. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 15, vi, 97. (A. #. #.) 


MEGACHILE FLAVIPES, Sm. 
$1,923. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 20 to 26, v, 97. 
(A. #. HL.) 
BOOP IR, 23, v and 6, vi, 98. (Ff. D. IL) 


LITHURGUS CHRYSURUS. 
g 2. Tizi Ouzou, on Centaurea, 24, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 
2 3. Médéa, on Centaurea calcitrapa and Microlonchus 
salmanticus, 11 and 31, vu, 94. (A. #. #.) 
21. Médéa, near Aine Souk, on Mentha rotundifolia, 
21, vu, 938. (4. # #) 
¢ 5, 2 5. Philippeville, 20, vi, 98. (#. D. MM.) 


OSMIA KOHLII, Ducke. 

4 5,25. Biskra, about walls of “adobe” in the village 
Negre, 13 and 23, ii, 94, and 19, 11, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 
on Periderea fuscata, 15 and 21, ii, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 
visiting Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 1, 
1,97. (A. # #) 
ig Hippdne, 3, iv, 96. (A. #. £.) 
iF Bone, 2, 11, 96. (A. £. £.) 
¢ 5,9 1. Algiers, 17, iii to 14, iv, 95.. (7 D. i) 

(Dr. Longstaff took a @ of this species at Biskra on an 


aromatic umbellifer, and another f and 2? on Jasminiwm 
Jruticans at Hammam Rhirha, 30, 111, 05.) 


bo 


” 


Osos. 40,— 5 
bo 


OsMIA VIDUA, Gerst. 
gf 2. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 25 and 30, v, 93. 
“Kyes in life greenish-grey or greyish.” 
(A, E. £.) 
g 14, Algiers, 14, iii to 28, iv, 98. (#7. D. IL) 


OsMIA DIVES, Mocs. 


2 2. Médéa, slopes of the Nador, on Onopordon macra- 
canthum, 2, vii, 93. (A. #. £.) 


a 
246 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


OSMIA TARFENSIS, n. sp. 


O. vidue affinis, nigra, vertice et mesonoto fulvo hirtis, thorace infra 
pallide hirto, abdominis segmentorum marginibus posticis fasciis 
angustis albo pubescentibus ornatis, scopa ventrali nigra, 

?. Black, vertex and thorax above clothed with fulvous hairs, 
face with a triangular patch of white hairs on each side, sides of the 
propodeum and thorax beneath clothed with very pale ochreous 
hairs, abdomen with a spot on each side of the basal segment almost 
meeting along the posterior margin and a narrow apical band on 
the next 4 segments, clothed with pale ochreous pubescence, 6th 
entirely clothed with whitish hairs, ventral brush black, legs clothed 
with pale hairs, calearia dark pitchy, nearly black. Mandibles tri- 
dentate, more or less clothed outwardly with golden pubescence, 
clypeus regularly and closely punctured, rounded at the sides and 
more or less truncate in front, with a very slightly projecting angle 
where the sides meet the truncature. .Antenne with the 2nd joint 
of the flagellum nearly as long as the two following together, and 
about half as long again as the Ist, the rest of the joints sub- 
quadrate, looking rather longer than wide, mesonotum dull, very 
closely punctured, propodeal area shining, wings slightly brownish, 
abdomen slightly shining, closely and evenly punctured. 

Long. 8 mm. 


A small compact species, allied to vidua but quite 
different in the close puncturation, entire bands, ete. 
27. Le Tarf, on Cynara cardunculus, 22 and 24, vii, 96, 
(A. #. £.) 


OSMIA DECEMSIGNATA, Rad. 
? 1. Biskra, on Centaurea, 3, v, 94. (A. #. £.) 
te TRS on Amberboa lippit, 8, iv, 95. (A. #. £.) 
2 1. Médéa, about to cut a leaf of Cytisus, 10, vil, 93. 
2, s on Centaurea calcitrapa, 12, vii, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 
aa ‘5 on dead herbage, 29, vii, 938. (4. #. £.) 
2 1. Constantine on Mid, visiting Carduus pteracan- 
thus, 9,v,95. (A. #. £.) 
? 2. Algiers, 19, iv, 98. (#. D. IM) 
? 1. Constantine, 18, vi, 98. (#. D. IL) 


OsMIA NOTATA, F. 


ft 2,92, Mustapha Supérieur, amongst Centaurea seridis, 
Echiwm and a Labiate, 4, v, 93. (A. £. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 24:7 


21. Constantine on MWeid, on Hryngium triquetrum, 7, 
vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 

f1. Algiers, 4,1v, 98. (#7 D. IL) 

2 1. Philippeville, 20, vi, 98. (#. D. M.) 


OSMIA MELANOTA, Mor. ? 
9. - Biskra, visiting Retama retam, 15,11,95. (A. HL.) 


3 »  Caligonum comosum, 28, i, 95. 
(A. #. Ef.) 
2 4. - on Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 21 and 29, 


Wy Oke (A, 2. Ey) 
21. 4, on Amberboa lippit. 
An entirely black species with greyish hairs intermixed 
with black on the vertex of the head and the thorax. 


OSMIA LATREILLEI, Spin. 


g 28 Biskra, many specimens, February to April. 
» visiting Periderea fuscata, 15, 11, 94. 
ae ae »  Amberboa lippii, 11, iv, 95. 
» nesting in “adobe” walls village Négre, 
20; it, 97) C4, EL.) 
Fontaine Chaude, on Tamarix pauciovulata, 19, 
iv, 94. (4. #. £.) 
Bone, 2 and 16, 111, 96. (A. #. £.) 
598. Algiers, 14, 11 to 19, IWASSie (75 Dy, ) 


age 40 400;05 
lem 


OSMIA FULVIVENTRIS, Pz. 
g 4. Algiers, 4 to 25, iv, 98. (f#. D. IL) 


OSMIA LEAIANA, Kirb. 
¢ 1. Bone, 15, v,96. (A. #. £.) 
91. Le Tarf, 16, vi, 96. (A. #. £.) 


OSMIA CASRULESCENS, L. 
ao: Bone, 2 to 26, 11,96. (A. #. #.) 
$1,291. Hippdne, 8, iii and 3, iv, 96. (4. # #) 
2 4. Bone, on Echium italicum, 6, iv and I, v, 96. 


(A. EL. #.) 
ii Biskra, on Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 21, 111, 
92. -(A. #. £,) 


8. Algiers, March and April 98. (7. D. JZ) 
1. Constantine, 17, -vi, 98. (#/ D. IL) 
bee Algiers, 12 to 30, iv, 98. (F. D. A.) 


_ 


248 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


OsMIA PUNICA, Per. 
g 7. Algiers, 4 to 14, iv, 98. (#. D. M.) 


OSMIA SUBMICANS, Mor. 
ee Constantine, on Thymus lanceolatus var. Kaby- 
licws, 11, vi, 94. (A. #. #.) 
¢ 5,21. Algiers, 14, i to 5,1v,98. (#. D. I) 
oe Le Tarf, 26,11, 96. (A. #. £.) 


OsMIA LOBATA, Friese. 
2. Aleiers7,; 1v, 9a Ue D, M) 


OSMIA GALLARUM, Spin. 
gf 4. Algiers, 6 to 23, iv, 98. (#. D. I) 


OSMIA VERSICOLOR, Ltr. 
gf 1. Constantine on M’cid, 14, v, 95. (A. # #.) 


OSMIA FERRUGINEA, Ltr. 
2 5. Bone, a snail-shell species, visits Senecio leucan- 
themifolius, 23, 111,96. (A. #. £.) 
92.  ,, along the coast, on Hrodiwm and Lotus pros- 
: tratus, 9,1v, 96. (A. #. £.) 
a 9. Algiers, many examples, 11 to 22, iv, 98. 
(F. D. M.) 


OSMIA ANDRENOIDES, Spin. 


gf 2,21. Constantine, 16 and 17, vi, 98. (#. D. I.) 
oA, Algiers, 29, iv, 98. (#4. D. IL) 


OsMIA, sp. ? 

91. Le Tarf, 23, vi, 96. (A. # #.) 

A peculiar species in the form of the clypeus which is 
somewhat bilobed at the apex, and has a deep impression 
on each side near the base where it joins the cheek. In 
general appearance it rather resembles a small bidentata 
but the scutellum is simple. I refrain from describing it 
as I have only seen a single 9. 


OSMIA RUFIGASTRA, Lep. 
gf 1,96. Algiers, 30, iv, 98. (#. D. JL) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 249 


OSMIA TRICOLOR, n. sp. 


Nigra, clypei apice, vertice, mesonoto et postscutello late fulvo- 
hirtis, clypei basi, thoracis et propodei lateribus niveo hirtis, area 
propodeali nitida, Abdomen nitidum punctatum, marginibus posticis 
fasciis latis, in segmentis 1, 2, 3 late interruptis in 4 et 5 completis 
niveis ornatis, scopa albida. 

Q. Black. Mandibles outwardly, apex of clypeus, vertex, meso- 
notum including the scutellum, and also the postseutellum clothed 
with bright fulvous red hairs, base of the clypeus, face, thorax at the 
sides and sides of the propodeum, a short, rather wide lateral band 
at the apex of the Ist, 2nd and 3rd abdominal segments, and an 
entire band on the 3rd and 4th clothed with snowy-white hairs, 
wings dusky, nervures rufo-testaceous at the base, brown otherwise, 
tegule bright rufo-testaceous, legs clothed with white hairs, apical 
joints of the tarsi testaceous, ventral brush whitish. Head closely 
punctured, mandibles tridentate, antennze short, 1st joint of the 
flagellum longer than the 2nd, 2nd wider than long, 3rd twice as 
wide as long, the following joints lengthening in their proportions 
the penultimate joint nearly quadrate, surface of thorax where 
visible slightly shining, largely punctured, the punctures nearly as 
wide as the intervals, propodeal area shining; abdomen shining 
finely punctured. 

Long. 63-7 mm. 


A small compact species, whose colour will distinguish 
it from any other which I can find described. 
2 3. Biskra, on Reseda, 21, 1,97. (A. #. £.) 


OSMIA MORICEI, Friese. 


hig Biskra, Route des Ziban, on Ammi visnaga, 
ESv; Dan CAE Ee.) 

ano ; grounds of Chateau Landon, on Ammz 

visnaga, “eyes sap green,” 24, v, 93. 

(A. HE. £.) 

es. : road to Hamman es Salahin, visiting 
Peganum harmala, 22, iv, 95. 

Ts “ near railway, Kilom. 199, 12, iv, 95. 
(A. #. Ef.) 


aS Bee, oe Ate Te ORS, GIN MR) 


OSMIA TRANSCASPICA, Mor. 


f 2,29. Biskra, on Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 1 
and 21, 1,97. (4. #. #) 


as 


_ 


250 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


OsMIA LAVIFRONS, Mor. 


21,9.  Biskra, in the grounds of Chateau Landon, 8 
to 10 am. “? eyes greenish in life 
? whitish-grey,” 24, v, 93. (A. #. #.) 
vee ‘. near Kilom. 199, visitng Amberboa 
lippw, 8, iv, 95. (A. #. £.) 
Bdge: vihhagst 49; ry BO Gee GLNB) 


OSMIA RUBRICRUS, Friese. 


21,21. Biskra, Fontaine Chaude, on the Dunes near 
the stream, on Limoniastrum Guyoni- 
anum, 9,v,94. (A. #. £.) 

e623} 3 near railway, Kilo 199, among bushes 
of Limoniastrum Guyonianum and 
Nitraria tridentata. Eyes black or 
brownish; ‘burrows in sandy soil 
rather caked on the surface after 
rain,” 21, iv, 95 and 8 to 25, iv, 97. 
(A. #. #.) 

$4,912. 5, 6to 19, v, 98. “This Osmea nests in 
flat sand and like papaveris lines its 
cells with pink flowers of a tall shrub.” 
CP SeNAT) 

Both Mr. Eaton and Mr. Morice found Paradioxys 

moricet associating with this species. 


OSMIA BISULCA, Gerst. 


21. Médéa, on Eryngium triquetrum, 29, vi, 93. 
(A. #. E.) 


OSMIA SAUNDERSI, Vach. 
SMF Sidi Ferruch, 8, v, 98. (A. #. £.) 
Oi. Le Tarf, on Centaurea napifolia, 17, vi, 96. 
(A. #. LH.) 
i © Biskra, 26,1, 97. (A. #. £.) 
f 8,96. Algiers, 6 to 30, iv, 98. (f. D. I.) 


OSMIA CRENULATA, Mor. 
f 2,94. Biskra, on Antirrhinwm ramosissimum, 21 and 
29,11, 07. {Ae 2) 
ag Constantine, on Hehium italicwum, 21, v, 95, 
(A, #. £.) 


— 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 251 


wl Biskra, on Amberboa lippii, 8,1v,97. (A. #. £.) 
ap | a on Limoniastrum feet, 16, iv, 95. 


(A. E. BE.) 


OSMIA VAULOGERI, Per. ? 


g 2. Algiers, 19, iv, 98. (f. D. IL) 


OSMIA FERTONII, Per. 
$6, 24. Algiers, 20 to 30, iv, 98. (FD. ML) 


OSMIA SPINOLA, Schk. 
¢ 9. Numerous. Algiers, iii and iv, 98. #. D. M. 


OsMIA, sp. ? 

? 1. Biskra, 13, iv, 95. (A. #. £.) 

Allied to Spinole but clypeus with a distinct central 
carina. 


OSMIA MORAWITZI, Per. 


f 1. Constantine, on Thapsia garganica, 19, v, 95. 
A. E. #.) 

A. 7 on Kehiwm ttalicum, 21, v, 95. 
(A, EH. £.) 

? 3. Bone, on Echium italiewm, 6, iv, au (A. #. #.) 

2 8 te ena lay vx Ot (A. B 

yh. Azazga, alt. about 1,420 ft., 13, a es (A. EH. £.) 

gf ¢. Many specimens, Algiers, 11: and iv, 98. (J D. dL.) 


OSMIA ADUNCA, Pz. 
fg A. Algiers, on Hchiwm, 5, iv, 93. (A. #. £.) 


f3 Constantine, on Le hiwm, 20, V, 95. (A. 2. Ff.) 
g 3. ¥ 22, v, 95. (A, BE. EB) 

a2, Wek. 3 on Lchium, 29, v, 95. (A. #. #.) 
v7 Hussein Dey, on ELehium, 4, iv, 93. (A. #. £.) 
ea Mustapha Supérieur, on "Eehium, 4, vy 938. 


(A. EB. EB) 


OSMIA LEPELETIERII, Per. 


21. Constantine, on Lchiwn italicwm, 21, v, 95. 
(A. £. £.) 


OsMIA, sp. ? 


? 1. Constantine, visiting Hehiwm italicwm, 21, v, 95. 
(A. HE. #.) 


aa 
252 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


One of the adunca group but with a very finely and 
closely punctured abdomen. 


OsMIA, sp. ? 

dé 1. Biskra, 13, iv, 95. (A. &. #&) 

Another of the adunca group, but impossible from a 
single specimen to locate for certain. Calcaria pale. 


‘ 


OSMIA LATIVENTRIS, Friese. 
f 2,21. Algiers, 14 and 23, iv, 98. (/ D. I) 


OSMIA, sp. ? 
?. Constantine, on Lchium italicum, 21, v, 95. (A. E£. £.) 


A species resembling the adunca group but with pale 
calcaria and large bright and shining propodeal area. 


OSMIA EPEOLIFORMIS, Ducke. 
2 1. Biskra. “ Eyes blackish or brownish-black.” 13, 
iv, 95. (A. #. £.) 
22. A on Atractylis serratuloides, 13, v, 97. 
(A, E. £.) 


OSMIA GRACILICORNIS, Per. 
9 5. El Guerrah, 3, v. 938. (/. D. JL) 


OsSMIA TUNENSIS, Lep. 
? 1. Constantine, visiting Siybum marianum and Galac- 
tites tomentosa, 7, v, 95. 


ae 55 visiting Gralactites tomentosa, 15, v, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 


OSMIA DISSIMILIS, Friese. 


nL: Algiers, on Hehium, 18, iv, 93. (A. #. #.) 
gf 3,21. Bone, 9, 111 to 26, v, 96. (A. #. #.) 


il: Constantine, 2, vi, 95. (A. #. £.) 
Sag - visiting thistles, 18, v, 95. (A, #. £.) 
eA. :. visiting Phlomis herba-venti, 19, v, 


95, (A. BE. B) 


OSMIA AURULENTA, Pz. 


21. Médéa, on Onopordon macracanthum, 4, vii, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 253 


OsMIA FOSSORIA, Per. 


21,21. Bone, visiting Senecio ee lets lene 23, 
iil, 96. (A. #. # 
i 4 inhabits snail-shells, 4, 11,96. (A. #. £.) 
aE. , 2090 (4. 2 
AUO We, Te a 08. (A. BE. B.) 
a2 Algiers, 29 and 30, iv, 98. (7. D. JL) 


OsMIA ACUTICORNIS, Duf. and Perr. 
a1. Algiers, 12,iv,95. (Ff D. dL) 


OsMIA DIVERSA, Friese (MS.) ? 
Od Riskra,0; Veale 2..D.,10) 


OsMIA RUFISCOPA, Friese. 
O 2. biskrs, 6,,V,.90. CF 217) 


OSMIA FREYGESSNERI, Friese. 


ft 2,9 1. Biskra, near railway, Kilom. 199, 13, iv, 95, 
(A. EH. E.) 
6; 2 4 4 4toll,v,98 (# DIL) 


OsMIA HARTLIEBI, Friese. 
gf 1. Fontaine Chaude, 31, iii, 94. (4. #. £.) 


OsMIA PARVULA, Duf. and Perr. 
? 1. Constantine, 6, vi, 95. (A. #. £.) 


OsMIA NASUTA, Friese. 
? 1. Biskra, 9, v, 98. (/. D. I.) 


OSMIA PINGUIS, Per. 
@ 1. Biskra, near railway, Kilom. 199, visiting Amberboa 
lippit, 8, iv, 95. (A. #. £.) 
f 1. La Calle, 4, vii, 96. (4. #. #.) 


OSMIA BIDENTATA, Mor. 


21. Tizi Ouzou, Mount Beloua towards the Monument 
by the path to Maison Forestier, 4, vi, 93. 
(A, #. #.) 


254 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


OsMIA EXENTERATA, Per. 
21. Constantine, visiting Nigella sativa, 2, vi, 95. 
(A. #. #.) 
g¢ 1. Algiers, 14, iv, 98. (Ff. D. IZ) 
¢ 1. El Guerrah, 3, v, 98. (# D. M) 


ERIADES TRUNCORUM, L. 


f 1. La Calle, on Hchiwm, 9, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
f 1. Sidi Ferruch, on Hehium, 8, v, 93. (A. #. £#.) 


ERIADES RUBICOLUS, Per. 
f1. Azazga, 30, vil, 938. (A. #. #) 
9 2. Biskra, 3, vi, 98 and 7, v,97. (A. #. £.) 
2 8. Médéa, near Damiette, on Pulicaria dysenterica, 5, 
vii, 938. (A. #. £.) 
21, Bone, 10, vii, 97. (A. #. £.) 


ANTHIDIUM INTERRUPTUM, F. 
gf 1. Sidi Ferruch, on Echium, 8, v, 98. .(A. #. £.) 
fg 2. La Calle, visiting Scabiosa rutexifolia, 18, vii, 96. 
(A. #. E.) 
f 9. La Calle, 19, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
a ue Varf, 17,.vi, 96." (4. 2. 2.) 


ANTHIDIUM LATICEPS, Mor. 
fg 1. Constantine, 11, vi, 94. (A. #. £.) 


ANTHIDIUM BELLICOSUM, Lep. 
9 2. La Calle, 4 and 8, vu, 96. (A. #. #.) 
91. Biskra, Col de Sfa, on Teucriwm poliwm. Eyes in 
life reddish olive-brown, 2, vi, 93. (A. #. #.) 


ANTHIDIUM AFRUM, Lep. 
af 1. Médéa, under Kef-el-Ahmeur up to 2,300 ft., on 
Carlina racemosa, 17, viii, 938. (A. #. £.) 
? 1. Tizi Ouzou,:on the slopes of Mount Belona, on 
Echinops, 14, vi, 938. (A. #. £#.) 
1. Biskra, 30, v, 97. (A. #. £.) 
Bo ile wl, Vi DBS we) 


ANTHIDIUM FERRUGINEUM, F. 
21. La Calle, 19, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 255 


ANTHIDIUM LATREILLEI, Lep. 
22,92. Médéa, on Eryngium triquebrum, 26 and 28, 
vi, 93. (A. #. #.) 
aE. Constantine, on Atractylis gumméfera, 1, x, 93. 


(A. E. £.) 
33,92. Biskra, 28, v, 93 and 12 to 19, v,97. (A. #. #.) 
d 8: , on Atractylis serratuloides and Amm~ 
visnaga, 13 and 31, v, 97. (A. #. Ei.) 
Bie ‘ on Lryngiwm ilicifolium, 18, vu, 97. 


(A.B. EB) 
£3,298 4 23,vto6,vi, 98 (42D. M) 


ANTHIDIUM sTIcTICUM, F. 
gf 2,92 1. Algiers, Hussein Dey, 4 and 15, iv, 93. 
(A, #, LE.) 
ia ‘4 Colonne Voirol, 4, v, 98. (A. £. £.) 
1,21. Constantine, on Onobrychis venosa, 12, vi, 94, 
A, EL. #. 


. £.) 
a. Bone, 16, iii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
f 4,29. Algiers, 6 to 39, iv, 98. (F. D. I) 


ANTHIDIUM SICULUM, Spin. 


f 3,91. Constantine, on M’cid, a common species visit- 
ing Centaurea, thistles and Convolvulus tre- 
color, 18, v, 95. (A. #. £.) 


a2: Bone, 16, iiliand 1, v, 96. (A. # E.) 

ae Constantine, visiting Silybum marianum and 
Galactites tomentosa, ‘7, v, 95. (A. #. £.) 

aol. Algiers, 30, iv, 98. (#. D. M.) 

ok Constantine, 15, iv, 98. (#. D. AL) 


ANTHIDIUM STRIGATUM, Pz. 


ft 2,91. Constantine, on Daphne gnidum, 4, x, 93. 
(A. #. E.) 
PLE , on Ononis viscosa, 6, vi, 95. (A. E. E.) 
f1. Le Tarf, on Verbena officinalis, 24, vii, 96. (A. £. E.) 
f1. Biskra, on Atractylis serratuloides, 11, vy, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 
p ae on Ammi visnaga, 28, v, 97. (A. #. £) 


ANTHIDIUM MANICATUM, L. 


f1. Algiers, 3, v, 98. (A. Z. #.) 
21. Constantine, 10, vi, 95. (A. & Li.) 


all 


256 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


fg 1. Médéa, on Centaurea caleitrapa, 12, vii, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 
? 1. Mustapha Supérieur, on Hehium, 4, v, 93. (A. #. £.) 


ANTHIDIUM DIADEMA, Ltr. 
g 2. Médéa, route d’Alger, on Centaurea nicewensis 
and Scaliosa maritima, 26, vi, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 
1,91. Between Médéa and Lodi, on Centawrea cal- 
cutrapa, alt. about 2,980 ft , 12, vii, 93. 


(A. #. £.) 

As Médéa, under Ke-el-Ahmeur, on Zryngium 
tricuspidatum. “Colour when alive 
wasp-yellow, 17, viii, 93. (A. 4. £.) 

a2. » near Aine Souk, 29, vii, 93. (4. #. £.) 


ANTHIDIUM KONOVH, Friese. 


9. Philippeville, 20, vi, 98. (#. D. JL) 
9. Constantine, 4, vi, 98. (#. D. dL) 


ANTHIDIUM AFFINE, Mor. 


f2. Médéa, near Md. Ben Omar, alt. about 3,130 to 
2,370 ft, on Lryngium triguetrum and Scabiosa 
maritima, 11, vil, 93. (A. #. £.) 


ANTHIDIUM AFFINE, var. moni/e, II]. 


f1. Médéa, on Mentha rotundifola, 19, vii, 93. (A. #. £.) 
2 1. Le Tarf, on Verbena officinalis, 24, vii, 96. (A. £. £.) 


ANTHIDIUM CINGULATUM, Ltr. 
f1. Médéa, on Lryngium triquetrum, 27,vi, 93. (A. £. £.) 
ee on Onopordon imacracanthuwm, 2, vu, 93. 
(A, #. Et.) 
na 3 on Inula viscosa, 9, x, 93. (A. £. £.) 


ANTHIDIUM LITURATUM, Pz. 


fand 2. Numerous specimens visiting Onopordon 
macracanthum, Centaurea calcitrapa, Verbena 
officinalis at Médéa in July ; Amberboa lippu, 
Ferula vesceritensis, Atractylis serratuloides and 
Tamarix at Biskra in April and May; Cynara 
cardunculus at Le Tarfin July. (A. £4.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 257 


ANTHIDIUM RETICULATUM, Mocs, 


g 1. Between Médéa and Lodi, alt, about 2,809 ft., on 
Centaurea calcitrapa, 12, vu, 93. (A. £. £.) 


ANTHIDIUM STIGMATICORNE, Drs. 


21. Biskra, north of railway, Kilom. 199, on Teweriwm 
polium, 28, v, 94. (A. #. £.) 
(4th and 5th joints of the antennze testaccous.) 


STELIS ATERRIMA, Pz, 
d 1, 2 3. Philippeville, 20, vi, 98. (# D. I) 


STELIS CASSIOPMA, n. sp. 


S. phceopters affinis, facie magis rotundata, capite thoraceque 
opacis, densissime punctatis facile distinguenda. 

G}2. So closely allied to phewoptera, K., that it will only be 
necessary to point out its differential characters. The head and thorax 
are much more closely punctured so that their surface is quite dull, 
and they are more evenly and closely clothed with grey hairs, the 
abdomen on the other hand in the @ is less closely though quite as 
largely punctured especially on the 3rd segment. The abdominal 
puncturation in the males of both species is very similar, but the 6th 
segment in the ¢ of phwoptera has a stronger apical angle. In both 
sexes of the new species the face is broader and therefore rounder 
and in the 9 the eyes are more convergent. 

Long. 7-8 mm. 


f 2. Biskra, near Kilom. 199, visiting Amberboa lippii, 12, 
iv, 95. (A. #. £.) 

21.  ,, above the barrage, visiting Amberboa lippii, 
SdVaw ba: CA. Hoel. ) 

21. 4, flying about “adobe” house walls, 27, ii, 
97. (A. #. £.) 

¢f 1. Bone, 30, iv, 96. (A. #. £) 


STELIS NASUTA, Liv. 
¢ 1,21. Constantine, 13, v,95. (A. # #) 


STELIS VACHALI, Per. 
1. Biskra, visiting Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 29, iii, 
a Oe a a 
91. 4, on Atractylis serratuloides, 18, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908,—PART I. (SEPT.) 17 


258 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


STELIS, sp. ? 
21. Le Tarf, visiting heads of Cynara cardunculus, 28, 
vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
Allied to siqnata. 


STELIS, sp. ? 
¢ 1. Biskra, amongst Tamarix, 4, iv, 97. (A. #. LE.) 


Eucera (Macrocera) RUFICOLLIS, Brulle. 
¢ 1. Constantine, on Carduus macrocephalus, 28, v, 95. 


(A, £. BE) 


Eucera (Macrocera) ALTERNANS, Brullé, 
¢ 1,21. Constantine, on Alkanna tinctoria, 28, v, 95. 
(A. £. £.) 
22, m on Anchusa and Salvia patula, 
12, vi, 94. (A. #. £.) 
69,91. Algiers, 14 to 29, iv, 98. (FD. I) 


Eucera (Macrocera) TRICINCTA, Ev. 

25,25. Biskra, on Peganum harmala. “ Eyes of f sap- 
green,’ 3 and 29, v, 94, 22, iv, 95 and 
3,1v, 97. (A. #. #.) 

Dag. ‘; 5 to 14, v, 98, (CFD. i) 


Eucera (Macrocera) CUNICULARIA, KI. 

ft 14,910. Biskra, 1 2 visiting Moricandia arvensis, 14 
gf and 8 § visiting Amberboa lippit, 
11 ‘to 27, 1v, 95’ and 10; 1 to, 265m 
97. “Kyes light greenish or light 
yellowish-green.” (A. #. #.) 

2 »» lumerous specimens 6 to 9, v, 98. 
(Ff. D. I.) 


Eucera (Macrocera), sp. ? 
f 2. Médéa, in bad condition on Scabiosa maritima, 1, 
vii, 938. (A. #. £.) 
Eucera (Jacrocera) CINCTELLA, n. sp. 


Tricincte affinis, sed minor, mas clypeo toto nigro, femina seg- 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 259 


mentorum abdominalium apicibus concoloribus et fasciis angustoribus 
ornatis, distincta. 

Apparently allied to tricineta, Ev. on account of the white apical 
bands of the abdominal segments, but it is a smaller and darker 
-species and the apices of the segments are black. 

¢. Face, clypeus and labrum entirely black, antenni reaching to 
about the apex of the 2nd abdominal segment, vertex and mesonotum 
clothed with ochreous-brown hairs, wings slightly clouded, thorax 
beneath and propodeum clothed with paler whitish hairs. Abdomen 
dull, very closely punctured, basal segment clothed especially at the 
base with ochreous-white hairs, 2nd and following segments each 
with a rather narrow apical band of white hairs, apical dorsal valve 
punctured at the base and clothed with golden hairs towards the 
apex which is rounded, 6th segment with an angular tooth on each 
side at the apex, segments beneath shining, punctured, their posterior 
margins rather widely piceous, legs simple, clothed with white hairs. 

Q. Face clothed with white hairs, Ist joint of the flagellum about 
equal in length to the 2 following together, mesonotum clothed with 
rather bright brown hairs, thorax beneath and propodeum clothed 
with nearly white ones, abdomen closely punctured, basal segment 
clothed with ochreous hairs on its anterior half, its apical margin 
smooth and shining, 2nd and following segments with a narrow apical 
band of white hairs, that of the 5th golden in the centre, and the 
2nd also with a line of white hairs on each side at the base, apical 
dorsal valve small, finely and transversely rugulose, legs clothed 
with white hairs. 

Long, 11-12 mm. 


f1, 21. La Calle, 19, vu, 96. (A. #. Ef) 
on. Tizi Ouzou, Mount Beloua, alt. about 1,700 
ft., on Calamintha, 15, vi, 98. (A. #. #.) 


Eucera (Macrocera) BRACHYCERA, Grib. 
f1. Biskra, visiting Antirrhinwm ramosissimum, 21, 111, 
O7: (CAGE. ES) 
This ¢ agrees well with Gribodo’s description. Friese 


when he wrote his monograph of the Palearctic species 
did not know it. 


Eucera (Macrocera) DENTATA, Klug. 


f 1. Biskra, visiting Limoniastrum guyomanum, 6, v, 97. 
A. EK. E.) 
Pea 234m 98.) CF. Dede) 


io 
260 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


Eucera (Macrocera) GRAJA, Ev. 
f 6,92. Le Tarf, abundant on Cynara cardunculus, 
eyes in life sub-csesius, 28, vi and 
23, vil, 96. (A. #. #) 
ee on Centaurea napifolia, 27, vi, 96. 
(A. #. E.) 


Eucera (Macrocera) comMMIxta, D. T. 
f 3. Constantine, 13, vi, 98. (/. D. I) 


Eucera (Macrocera) sp. ? 
21. Le Tarf, 24, vi, 96. (A. #. £.) 


Eucera (Macrocera) POLLINOSA, Lep. ? 
gf 1. La Calle, 15, vii, 96. (4. #. #) 


Eucera (Macrocera) LYNCEA, Mocs. 


2 2. Between Médéa and Lodi, on Centaurea calcitrapa, 
alt. 2,980 ft. 12, vii, 93. (4. #. #) 


Eucera (Macrocera) RUFICORNIS, F. 

g 4,92. Azazga, main road towards the European 
Cemetery and mule-track to the 
right beyond. The Hucera was fly- 
ing in some numbers about the 
rudiments of a dead hedge and the 
border of the mule-track, 30, viii, 
93. (A. #. £.) 

o 2. Pipes Forét de Yakouren, on Carlina 
racemosa, 12+019,1x,93. (A. #. £) 

21. Var. with clypeus almost entirely black. La Calle, 

9, vii, 96. (A. #. #.) 
g 2. Philippeville, 20, vi, 98. (/ D. IL) 


Eucera (Macrocera) STRIGATA, Lep. 
gf 2. Tizi Ouzou, just over the ridge of Mount Beloua, 
about 1,700 ft, on Calamintha, 15, vi, 98. 
(A, #. £.) 


EvcERA LONGICORNIS, L.= difficilis, Per. 
fg 1. Béne, 15, 11, 96. (4. #. £.) 
21. var. (?) Algiers, on Antirrhinwm ramosissinum, 
6, iv, 93. (A. #. £.) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 261 


EUCERA, sp. ? 
f 1. Biskra, on Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 1, ne OT. 
(A. #. E.) 


Like longicornis but labrum black and apical segments 
dull. 


Eucera ALGIRA, Lep. 

@ 1. Algiers, 6, iv, 93. (4. E. £.) 

Dr. Longstaff took a f at flowers of Spergula, at El 
Outaia, 1, 111, 05. 


EuceRA CLYPEATA, Er. 
} 1. Bone, Route de l’Edough, 7, 9G, (4. BZ) 
Be 36.” CLE. Li.) 
@ 1. Mustapha Supérieur, amongst Centaurea seridis, 
Echium and a Labiate, 4, v, 93. (A. #. Ei.) 
2 1. Constantine, visiting Silybum marianwin and 
Galactites tomentosa, 7, v, 95. (A. &. E.) 


EucERA NIGRIFACIES, Lep. 
f 1. Algiers, on Echium, 4, iv, 93. (A. HE. £.) 
2 1. Meédéa, on Centaurea nicwensis and scabiosa, 26, vi, 


93. (A. E. B) 


EucerA EUCNEMIDEA, Dours. 


gt. Constantine, visiting Sidybwm marianum and 
Galactites tomentosa, 7, v, 95. 
(A. HE. £.) 

fe, LS: i: ft on Carduus pteracanthus, % on 
Hypocheris glabra, 9, ; 
(A. #. E.) 

oa S on Convolvulus tricolor, 14, v, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 


f 1. Biskra, on Amberboa lippii, 11, iv, 95. (A, E. £.) 
2 1. Médéa, on Centauwrec, 26, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 
? 2. Constantine, 18, vi, 98. (F. D. I.) 


EucEera CAspPica, Mor. 
9 3. Algiers, 9 to 23, iv, 98. (FD. M.) 


EucERA SAUNDERSII, Friese. 
@ 5. Algiers, one on Echiwm,9, iii to 4,iv, 93. (A. EE.) 
tS, 2.6. » 14, iii to 30, iv, 98. (fF. D. M.) 


- 


262 Mr. Edward Saunders on 
ao Biskra, garden of Chateau Landon, 13, ii, 94. 


(A. #. £.) 

29,91. 4, Left of Route de Tougourt a little 
beyond Chateau Landon, on Periderea 
fuscata, 21; 11, 95. (A. # £.) 

? 2. Constantine on M’cid, visiting Hypocheris glabra. 
9, v, 95. (A. #. £.) 

oil _ visiting Convolvulus tricolor, 13, v, 95. 

(A. Be.) 
? 3. Bone, 6, iv to 10, vi, 96. (A. # £) 
Gd. visiting low plants such as Diplotaxis, Linaria 
vefleca and often patches of Arisarwm vulgare. 
15 to 16, 11, 96. (A. #. £#.) 


” 


EUCERA NOTATA, Lep. 
3, 22. Algiers, on Echium, 9, ni to 6, iv, 93, 
fo) , ) ’ 


(A. #. #.) 
O12, 9 14) - 14,°1 to 23, iv, 08) "CR Dae) 
f1, 92. Béne, 18 to 23, iv, 96, (4. 2. 2) 
OA. Constantine on M’cid, visiting Cardwus 


pteracanthus, 9,v,95. (A. #. £.) 


EUCERA GRISEA, F. 


f 1,96. Biskra, on Amberboa lippii, 11, 12, iv, 95, 
and 8 and 13, iv, 97. (A. #. #.) 


ore. mn on Ammi visnaga, 28, v, 94 and 27, 
RS ais Ce ae HK) 
a by Constantine, on Galactites tomentosa, 15, v , 
95. (A. #. £.) 
2 4. Biskra, 6, v to 11, vi, 98. (/ D. I.) 
Ds Algiers, 18, iii to 27, iv, 98. (#. WD. I.) 


EUCERA TRIVITTATA, Brullé. 

¢ 1. Algiers, on Hchium, 4, iv, 938. (A. #. £.) 

a Me , on Asteriscus maritimus, 10, v, 93. (A...) 

9 4. Médéa, on Lryngium triquetrum, 26 to 28, vi, 93, 
and Scabiosa maritima, 1, vil, 98. 
(A. #. £.) 

9 3. Azazga, alt. about 1,420 ft, on Hehiwm, 13, vi, 93. 
(A. #. E.) 

? 1. Mustapha Supérieur, amongst Centaurea, Eehiwm 
and a Labiate, 4, v. 938. (A. #. £.) 

fg 18, $ 5. Algiers, 18, iii to 27, iv, 98. (FF. D. AM) 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 263 


The specimens: from Azazga and Mustapha Supérieur 
are much larger than the others, but they have been 
determined by Herr Friese as trivittata. 


EucrerA NIGRILABRIS, Lep. 
3,94. Biskra, 1 2, on Acanthyllis tragacanthowles, 1 A 


on Calendula arvensis, the rest on 

Moricandia arvensis, 2 to 8. ui, 04%, 

25, ii, 95, 4 to 11, Wom, C48. EF.) 

All in_ perfect condition with bright fulvous hairs 
on the base of the abdomen. 


“ised Biskra, various specimens, on Moricandia 
arvensis, ii and iii, 99, 96 and 97. 
(A. E. E.) 


f 4,2 4, Bone, sandy ground skirting the sea-shore, 
visiting Alkanna tinctoria, all very 


melanic, 4 and 9, iil, 96. (A. H. E.) 


EUCERA NIGRILABRIS, Lep. var. ? 

' ¢ 1. Biskra, on Retama retam, 15, ui, 95. (A. E. Ef.) 
Pale hairs extending over the whole surface of the 

abdomen. I am indebted to Herr Friese for this determin- 

ation. 


EucERA FERRUGINEA, Lep. 
AGEL 2: Bone, visiting Lavendula stechas, 29, iv to Bbevs 
96. (A. #. £.) 
2 4. Aine Kriar, visiting Linaria reticulata, 20 to 
22, vi, 96. (A. &. E.) 


EucEerA ATRICORNIS, F. 
$ 3,9 4. Algiers, near Mustapha Supérieur, in a field a 
little beyond Colonne Voirol, amongst 
Centaurea, Echiwm, and a Labiate, 6, 
ix anid 4, v, 08: Ant) 
BD Dj2ds , 14 to 23, iv. 98. (F. D. M.) 


EucerA HISPANA, Lep. 
ads Constantine, visiting Carduus macrocephalus, 
17, 18; vy" 95. (A, E. £.) In 
brilliant condition 


a0 Bone, 23, v, 96. (A. E.E.) In brilhant condition. 


264 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


Oh Constantine, on Scabiosa maritima, 16, vi, 94, 
faded. (A. #. £.) 

f 1,9 2. Aine Draham, on Centaurea melitensis, 20, vii, 
96, faded. (A. #. £.) 


2:2. Le Tarf, on Centaurea napifolia, 16 and 17, 
vi, 96. (A. #.#.) In brilliant condition. 
2 3. Médéa, on Centaurea calcitrapa, 26, vi and 5, 


vii, 98, faded. (A. #. £.) 
f 4,96. Algiers, 31, iii to 27, iv, 98. (FD. dM) 


EvucEeRA ATERRIMA, Friese. 
21. Algiers, El Biar, on Hchium, 20, ii, 93. (A. #. £.) 
2 3. Bone, 4, 23, v, 96. (A. #. £) 
91. Algiers, 24, v, 98. (F. D. A.) 


EUCERA NUMIDA, Lep. 
91. Béne, 7, 11,96. (A. #. £.) 
21. Hippéne, 17, 11,96. (A.#. £.)- 
211. Algiers, 29, ii to 27, iv, 98. (F. D. AL) 


EUCERA DENTIPES, sp. nov. 

¢@. Nigra, pilis obseuro-ochraceis dense vestita, abdominis seg- 
mentorum marginibus posticis dilutioribus, femoribus intermediis, 
subtus prope basin dentatis. 

6. About the size of longicornis and clothed much as grisea ¢ 
clypeus and labrum entirely black, antenne rather slender, the 
2nd joint of the flagellum rather longer than wide, body entirely 
clothed with dull ochreous hairs, those of the margins of the segments 
rather paler, so as to show as narrow bands, legs clothed with brighter, 
more rufescent hairs, the apical joints of all the tarsi testaceous, inter- 
mediate femora armed beneath towards the base on the anterior side 
with a strong tooth. 

Long. 14 mm. 

Although I have only seen this single ¢ I have described it as new 
as the character of the intermediate femora is so distinct that I feel 
sure it must be specific. 


¢ 1. Biskra, near railway, Kilom. 199, on Antirrhinum 
ramosissimum, 26,11, 97. (A. #. #.) 


ANCYLA ORANIENSIS, Luc. 
¢ 8, 2 3. Biskra, corn-lands bordering the Route des 
Ziban, on Ammi visnaga, 18 and 25, v, 
98 and 28, v, 97. (A. #. £.) 


a 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 265 
er Médéay on the north slope of Koudia Sma, 8, 
vii, 93. (A. #. £.) 
$9,921. Biskra, 16 to 23, v.98. (FD. I) 


MELITURGA PICTIPES, Mor. 


rigs Biskra, 26, iv, 94. (4. #. E.) 
fae Sk. » on Ammi visnaga, 23 to 28, v, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 


$4,999. 5 G€to2/7,v, 98. (FD. mM) 
“The bees sleep at the end of a stick, or dead stem of 
the spurge, head and thorax downwards, clasping the stem 


with their legs and mandibles and resting their abdomen 
on the top of the stem.” (4. £. £.) 


MELECTA LUCTUOSA, Scop. 
2 3. Algiers, 9, 111 to 13, iv, 93. (4. #. #.) 
21. Biskra, entering burrows of Anthophora fulvitarsis, 
20, 111, 94. (4. #. £.) 


92. , 24, iii, 94 and 26, ii, 97. (4. BE) 
91. Bone, 4, iii, 96. (4. BL) 

91, Algiers, 9, iii, 93. (4. #. E) 

96. » 1%, iito2@liv. (FDU) 


MELECTA PLURINOTATA. 
2 7. Algiers, 21 and 22, iv, 98, inquiline of Anthophora 
romandu. (£. D. AM.) 


CrocisA MAJOR, Mor. 
f 1,21. Constantine, on Jnula viscosa, 4, x, 93. 
A. E. E.) 
g 1. Médéa, on Mentha rotundifolia, 19, vii, 97. 
(A. #. E. 
2 1. La Calle, 15, vii, 96. (4. #. £.) 
gf 1. Biskra, on Ammt, 24, v, 97. (A. #. £.) 
ihe lids “At rest during the passing of a big 
cloud, holding on to the tip of a dead twig with its 
mandibles only, and having its legs tucked up, its wings 
incumbent upon the body and its antenne obliquely 
porrect and subcontiguous or closely parallel with one 
another.” 17, iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 


CROCISA RAMOSA, Lep. 
gf 3. Biskra, 1, vi, 93, 24, iv and 13, viui, 97. (A. £. £.) 


266 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


gf 1. Médéa, on Hryngium triquetrum, 28, vi, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 

f 9. La Calle, on Scabiosa rutxifolia, 18 and 19, vii, 96. 
(A. #. L.) 

g. Bone, 20, viii, 96. (4. #. #) 

9. Le Tarf, 24, vi,96. (A. #. #) 


CROCISA QUADRIDENTATA, n. sp. 


Nigra, antennis crassiusculis, articulis quarto et sequentibus 
valde transversis Capite, thorace plerumque, abdominis segmentis 
apicibus fasciis late niveis, medio interruptis, ornatis, segmentum 
primum et secundum lateribus quoque niveis et primum basi 
niveum mesonoti scutum postice emarginatum et angulatum, scutel- 
lum postice valde emarginatum et in angulos duos piceos productum 
pedibus niveo-pubescentibus, 

¢d. Very distinct from any other species of the genus by its more 
extensive pattern of snowy-white pubescence—the head, thorax 
except a band across the mesonotum between the tegule, and the 
greater part of the scutellum, clothed with snowy-white hairs, all 
the segments of the abdomen with a wide apical band of similar 
hairs narrowly interrupted in the middle, the 1st and 2nd segments 
with the sides also white-haired, and the first having its base also white, 
the white pubescence of the 38rd and following segments almost covers 
the whole of the exposed surface, legs with the apices of the femora and 
the tibiz and tarsi externally clothed with white hairs, labrum 
piceous, antennz very short and stout, piceous anteriorly, the basal 
joint clothed with snowy hairs the 3rd joint almost as long as the 
4th and 5th together the 4th and following transverse, much wider 
than long, each joint posteriorly with a shining round impression, in 
this respect agreeing with crassicornis, Mor., mesonotum coarsely 
punctured, tegulz piceous, with fine very remote punctures, wings 
hyaline, their apices darker, nervures dark piceous, the scutum of 
the mesonotum is posteriorly emarginate, and its angles are produced 
beyond the base of the scutellum so as to be slightly prominent, the 
scutellum is very largely punctured, emarginate posteriorly and 
produced at the sides into two sharp piceous angles, the emargination 
fringed with white hairs projecting from beneath—abdomen slightly 
shining, finely punctured, apical segment bidentate, beneath shining 
the segments each bearing two snowy-white spots, tarsi piceous at 
the apex, there appears to be no fringe on the apex of the 6th 
segment. 

Long. 9 mm. 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 267 


f1. Biskra, on Atractylis serratuloides, 13, v, 97. 
(A. #. E.) 

Apparently closely allied to crassicornis, Mor., but there 
is no mention in the description of that species of the 
peculiar form of the mesonotum, and the arrangement of 
the white pattern on its abdomen appears to be quite 
different, each segment having 2 oval spots widely 
separated from the margin, whereas in this species they 
have wide bands. 


ANTHOPHORA QUADRIFASCIATA, Vill. 


$2. Common. (A. #. E. and F. D. M.) 

t. Visiting Prasiwm magus at Algiers in April, Peganwm 
harmala at Biskra in April, Ammi visnaga 
at Biskra in May, Echiwm atalicum at Con- 
stantine in May, Calamintha at Tizi Ouzou 
in June, Atractylis gummifera at Bone in 


August. 
é , Centaurea calertrapa at Médéa in July. 
a »  Carlina racemosa at Azazga in September. 
(A. #. E.) 


ANTHOPHORA GARRULA, Rossi. 
21. Le Calle, 19, vii, 96. (A. LE. £.) 


ANTHOPHORA WEGENERI, Friese. 


43,91. Biskra, near rail, Kilom. 199. Visiting Lamo- 
niastrum guyonianum (f and $ wm cop.) 13, 
iv, 95. (A. #. £,) 

f 1. Biskra, on Amberboa lippti, 11, iv, 95. (A. E. E.) 

oe , 1, vi, 98. (FD. IL) 


ANTHOPHORA ALBIGENA, Lep. 


29. Various localities. (A. #. E. and F. D. M.) 

a. Visiting Centaurea and Scabiosa, Médéa, June; 
Mentha rotundifolia, Eryngvum cuspidatum 
and Atractylis gummifera, at Bone in 
August. (A. #. £.) 


o H Calamintha, at Tizi Ouzou in June. 
4 a Labiate, at Médéa in June. 
F Solanumnigrum,at Constantine in October. 


(A. BE. EB) 


268 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ANTHOPHORA TALARIS, Friese. 
¢. Biskra, visiting Peganum harmala, 12, iv, 95. 


(A. B. BE.) 


ANTHOPHORA NIGRICORNIS, Mor. 


2 1. Biskra, in a garden beside the Route de Tougourt, 
ayer, OG)" (mae es) 


ANTHOPHORA MAGNILABRIS, Fedts. 
2 1. La Calle, 8, vii, 96. (A. #. #.) 


ANTHOPHORA FULVODIMIDIATUS, Dours. 


f 1. Médéa, on Centaurea calcitrapa, eyes in life “ light 
sap-green,”’ 21, vii, 93. (A. #. #.) 
21. Azazga, on Carlina racemosa, 20, viii, 93. (A. L. £.) 


ANTHOPHORA BIMACULATA, Pz. 
45. Biskra, visiting Amberboa lippii, 11 to 13, iv, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 
#1. Sidi Ferruch, on Echiwm, 8, v, 98. (A. £. £.) 
2 1. Biskra, on Ammi visnaga, 30, v, 95. (A. #. £.) 
91. Algiers, 30, v, 93. (A. #. £.) 
9 2. Aine Draham, 21 and 22, vi, 96. (A. #. £.) 
g¢ 1. Biskra, 9, v, 98. (#7. D. M) 
2 1. Constantine, 17, vi, 98. (#. D. I) 
g& §. Philippeville, 20, v, 98. (4 D. AL) 


ANTHOPHORA sp. ? 
2. Biskra, on Ammu visnaga, 30, v, 97. (A. #. £.) 


ANTHOPHORA ALBOCINEREA, 0. Sp. 


Nigra, pilis cinereo-albis dense vestita, clypei apice, labro, mandi- 
bulis-que flavis; antennarum articulo tertio quarto quinto-que simul 
sumptis peene longiore abdominis apice, ventro, tarsisque infra fusco 
pilosis. 

2. A short compact species, entirely clothed above with white 
hairs very slightly tinged with grey, wings hyaline, tegule and 
wing-nervures at the base pale, the latter darker towards the apex 
of the wing, labrum, mandibles and the apex of the clypeus yellow, 
the colour produced centrally in a pale line to its base, cheeks 
entirely black, 2nd joint of the flagellum slightly longer than the 
3rd and 4th together, mesonotum where visible through the dense 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 269 


clothing of hairs very closely and finely punctured, surface of 
abdomen invisible in fresh specimens, but in a rubbed one seen to 
be very finely punctured, the apices of the segments narrowly white, 
5th segment at the apex with a triangular patch of -brown hairs, 
apical dorsal valve narrow and pointed, clothed at the sides with 
long brown hairs, segments beneath and tarsi inwardly clothed with 
brown hairs. 
Long, 8. mm. 


91. Biskra, on Hehium hunile, 12, iv, 97. (A. HL Lf) 

Ql. ..,. onthe Sandhills, 5; v, 97. (A. #. #.) 

Closely allied to pubesceus but the short 2nd joint of the 
flagellum and the pale labrum and mandibles will easily 
distinguish it as well as the almost snowy-white pubescence. 


ANTHOPHORA FERRUGINEA, Lep., var. alboferruginea, 
Friese. 

¢ 1. Constantine, visiting Phlomis herba-venti, “eyes 

light-greyish or ashy-agate,” 19, v, 


95. (A. EB. B) 


ANTHOPHORA QUADRICOLOR, Er. 
¢ 1. Le Tarf, 24,-vi, 96. (A. #. £) 
21. Pointe Pescade near Algiers, on Echiwm, 10, v, 93. 
(A. #. #.) 


ANTHOPHORA PUBESCENS, F. 


gf ¢. Algiers, on the ramparts, on Echium, 5, iv, 93. 
(A. #. E£.) 


g 3. Biskra, 17, iv, 94. (A. #. #.) 

ge tad ae on Moricandia arvensis, 3, ii and 22, iv, 97. 
(A. #. E.) 

91. , on Deverra scoparia, 14,11, 95. (A, HL.) 

Gar wt. on Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 26, i, 97. 
(A. #. £.) 

¢ 3. Algiers, 14, 11,98. (# D. IL) 


a 2. Sisko, 6, v, 98. CF. D: A) 


ANTHOPHORA CALCARATA, Lep. 
f 1. Bone, asleep, hanging on to a stem by its mandibles 
only, 17, xi, 938. (A. #. #.) 
¢ i. Tunis,.20, xii,93. (4. #2)! 


270 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


91. Biskra, on Zygophyllum cornutum, 10, ii, 94. 
(A. #. E.) 
ae tS near the Blockhouse above the Barrage, 
24, 111,94. (A. #. #.) 
Dr. Longstaff took a f on flowers of Relama retam at 
Biskra, 6, i11, 05. 


ANTHOPHORA FULVITARSIS, Brulle. 
f? 1. Biskra, visiting Lycitum afrum, 6, 11, 94. (A. #. £.) 
7 Aecdae visiting Moricandia arvensis, 11 to 17, 11, 94. 
(A. #. #.) 
21. Hippone, visiting Cerinthe aspera, 17, ili, 96. 
(A. #. E.) 
g¢ 2. Biskra, 7 and 25, ii, 94. (A. #. £.) 
fg 1. Algiers, Colonne Voirol, 4,v, 93. (A.z. #.) 
fT 1. Bone, on Atractylis serratuloides, 2,v,96. (A. #. £.) 
1. Biskra, burrowing in a bank by the market-garden, 
20, 1,94. (4. # #.) 
g 2, 2 2. Algiers, March and April 1908. (/ D. JL) 
Dr. Longstaff found it common at Biskra, hovering at 
flowers of broad-beans, February 1905. 


ANTHOPHORA CRINIPES, Sm. 


2 1. Biskra, Village Négre at Acanthyllis tragacanthoides, 
19,0, OF.. (AL FL.) 

Dr. Longstaff took 4 9 9 hovering over flowers of Acan- 
thyllis tragacanthoides at Biskra, 16, 1, 05; 2 22 on the 
same plant at Hamman es Salahin, 17, i, 05; and a g 
and 2 at flowers of Asphodel and Cynoglossum, 12, iii, 05. 


ANTHOPHORA AMBIGUA, Per. 


@ Biskra, stony hills north-west of the town, visiting 
Acanthyllis tragacanthoides. “This species is common in 
the desert, vigilant and very swift on the wing, hovering 
and darting off at the least alarm like Macroglossa stella- 
tarum or Plusia gamma; in the intervals of business they 
alight to bask on stones, sometimes hovering down, after 
the manner of small Syrphidx approaching flowers, their 
hum is nearly of the same pitch as that of an excited 
hive-bee. I once found one asleep under a stone towards 
evening.” 27,1,94 (A. #. £.) 


j 
4 
} 
j 
y 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 271 


2 1. Biskra, rocky edges beyond the Pare de Beni Mora, 
on Acanthyllis tragacanthoides, 6, i, 94. 
(A. #. Et.) 
p. 5 MuopumOmana 4,11597; (4, 2. 2B) 
e - Gob ae CALE. Ei) 
Dr. Longstatf took it on Vicia sp. at Biskra, and Spergula 
sp. at El Outaia, February and March 1905. 


et bo 


ANTHOPHORA ROBUSTA, Klug. 
f 1,2 1. Constantine, visiting Hehiwm italicum f, 22 
VJo sey hoy vi, Od "CAL AH, 
2. af 18, vi, 98. (Ff. D. IL) 


P 


ANTHOPHORA HISPANICA, F. 


7 1. Bone, base of Mount Edough beyond the Orphelinat, 
visiting Asphodelus microcarpus, 26, 11, 96. 
(A. #. #.) 

94. 4, visiting Cerinthe aspera, 22,111, 96. (A. L. £.) 


ANTHOPHORA DISPAR, Lep. 

fg 1. El Biar, near Algiers, 17,1, 93. (A. #. #.) 

f 3. Bone, 26, 11 and 2, iui, 96. “ Eyes in life obscurely 
subolivaceous with the usual deep-seated coarse 
shady reticulation.” 

91. Algiers, on Echiwm, 9, 11,93. (A. #. #.) 

aed, 2 Bos... TA, wit toxk 1, 983) (2 Do WB) 

Dr. Longstaff took it on asphodel and cherry-blossoms 

at Bougie, March 1905. 


ANTHOPHORA NIGROCINCTA, Lep. 
gf 1. Biskra, on Acanthyllis tragacanthoides, 2, ii, 94. 
(A. #. £.) 
f 1. Bone, visiting Asphodelus microcarpus. “Eyes black 
opaque.” 26, 11,96. (A. #. #.) 


ANTHOPHORA VENTILABRIS, Lep. 
g 1. Biskra, near M’cid, 7, 11,94. (4. #. #.) 
Sha Woe st about walls of “adobe” in village Négre, 
13, u, 94. (4. #. £.) 
O.2. ieg on Moricandia, 17, ii, 94 and 25, iti, 95. 
(A. #. £.) 


272 Mr. Edward Saunders on 


ANTHOPHORA ATRICEPS, Per. 


f 1, 2 1. Biskra, on Moricandia arvensis, 10, 1, 97 and 


Zo, ii, OSL A ae) 
Ni ™ on Acanthyllis tragacanthoides, 12, i 


97. (A. #. £.) 

on Antirrhinum ramosissimum, 26, ii 
and 21,11, 97. (A. #. £.) 

Dr. Longstaff took it on Spergula at El Outaia, 1, 


p 4. 


» 
ili, 05. 


ANTHOPHORA ROMANDII, Lep. 


ft 4, 29. Algiers, the host of MZelecta plurinotata, 14 to 
22; iV, 08... (FD) 


ANTHOPHORA ALBOSIGNATA, Friese. 
f 1. Biskra, on Picridium vulgare, 11, iv, 97. (A. £. £.) 


ANTHOPHORA BICILIATA, Lep. 
gf 1. Algiers, 6, iv, 93. (4. & #.) 
? 1. Hussein Dey, near Algiers, on Hehiuwm ttalicum, 4, 
iv, 93. (A. #. £.) 
2 1. Hippdone, on Cerinthe aspera, 17, ii, 96. 


(A. £. £.) 
d 4, 2 8. Algiers, 14, 11 to 25, iv, 98. 


(F. D. M.) 
ANTHOPHORA RETUSA, L. 
¢ 2. Béne, 11, v, 96. (A. #. £.) 
var. with all the abdominal segments brown-haired. 
ANTHOPHORA ATROALBA, Lep. 


29. Numerous from Algiers, Hippéne, Tunis, Bone. 
(A. #. #. and F. DM) § visiting Hehium in 
April; Cichorium intybus and a Labiate and 
Lavendula stechas in May; Cerinthe aspera in 
March. (A. #. £.) 


ANTHOPHORA, sp ? 
9 1. Biskra, 3, iv, 97. (A. #. £.) 
ANTHOPHORA PILIPES, Fab. 
2 9. Common froin various localities in March, April 


and May. (4. #. #. and # D. M.) Visiting 


Hymenoptera aculeata collected in Algeria. 278 


Cerinthe aspera, Echium and Prasiuvm magus at 
Bone and Algiers in March and April; Stachys 
eircinata and Psoralea nituminosa, at Constantine 


in May. (A. #. #.) 


Dr. Longstaff took it at Hamman Meskroutine on flowers 
of Cynoglossum cheirifoliwm, 12, ii, 05, and at Hamman 
Rhirha at flowers of Vinca, 28, 111, 05. 


Bompus Lasus, Mor. 


2%. Médéa, on Koudia Sma, alt. about 3,180 ft., on 
Eryngium triquetrum and Kchium, 3 and 8, vii, 
93. (A. &. £.) 

9. Médéa, slopes of the Nador up to 3,300 ft. on 
Onopordon macracanthum, 4, vil, 93. (A. #. £.) 

gf 2. Lodi, alt. 2,980-3,440 ft, on Lryngiwm triquetrum, 
it also visits Centaurea calcitrapa, 18, vu, 93. 
(A. #. £.) 

g4. Aine Draham (Tunisie), alt. 2,700 ft., visiting 
Centaurea melitensis, 20, vii, 96. (A, HL. £.) 

f 1. La Calle, 14, vii, 96. (4. #. £.) 


BoMBUS RAIELLUS, K. 
f1. Aine Draham (Tunisie), alt. 2,700 ft., visiting 
Centaurea melitensis, 20, vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
A very unusual variety with the apical segments of the 
abdomen white. 


Bompus HoRTORUM, L. 
@ 2. Médéa, slopes of the Nador, on Onopordon macra- 
canthum, 2, vi, 93. (A. #. £.) 
fg 4,9 3. La Calle, on Delphinium peregrinum, 1 to 15, 
vii, 96. (A. #. £.) 
f 1. Constantine, 19, vi, 98. (2 D. MZ.) 
9 1. Algiers, 6, iv, 98. (#. D. ML) 


BoMBUS SOROENSIS, F. 
O91. Aine Kriar, on Linaria reticulata, 22, vi, 96. 
(A. #. #.) 
BoMBUS TERRESTRIS (/ucorwm), L. 


g. Constantine, on Onopordon macracanthum, 11, vi, 94, 
(A, #. £.) 
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND, 1908.—PART II, (SEPT.) 18 


274 Mr. Edward Saunders on Hymenoptera aculeata. 


9. Médéa, slopes of the Nador up to 3,300 ft, on 
Onopordon macracanthum, 4, vii, 938. (A. #, #.) 
8. El Biar near Algiers, 17, 11,98. (A. #. #) 
2 8. Bone, 17, ii, 96 and 2, iii, 96. The common Lombus 
of the district. (A. #. L.) 
a ,  Djebel Edough, 11, v, 96. (A. £. £.) 
f 2, 31. Alciers, 16,11 to 9, iv, 98. (2 Da) 


2. 
2 


Po 
in) 
~T 
or 

—— 


X. On the larve of Trictenotoma childreni, Gray, Melitt- 
omma insulare, Fairmaire, avd Dascillus cervinus, 


Linn. By C. J. Gaway, M.A., F.ES. 


[Read March 18th, 1908. ] 


Puate VI. 


IN view of the divergence of the opinions that were at one 
time held in regard to the systematic position of the 
Trictenotomidx, a knowledge of the larvee of this family 
must prove to be interesting, and I am now fortunately in 
a position to be able to give some account of a larva which, 
without doubt, belongs to the family. This larva was 
received from the late M. Henri Rouyer, by whom it was 
found in Java “by the side of the débris of pup and 
imagines” of Zrictenotoma childrent, Gray. 

A description is given also in this paper of the Jarva of 
Melittomma, Murray, a genus of Lymexylide, and the 
opportunity has been taken to add a figure of the little- 
known larva of Dascillus cervinus, Linn., which was described 
by Erichson in 1841. 


1. The larva of Zrictenotoma childrent, Gray. 


The larva is 12 centimetres (= 4°7 inches) in length, its general 
colour pale yellowish-white ; the head, which is strongly exserted, is 
reddish-brown with the front margin and the robust mandibles, 
black. The head and anterior segments are somewhat flattened and 
depressed ; the legs well developed, and rather widely separated by 
the broad flat sternal plates. The general appearance would be very 
suggestive of the larva of Pytho or Pyrochroa were it not for the 
difference in form of the terminal abdominal segments. The 9th 
segment is narrower and somewhat shorter than the 8th, is obtusely 
rounded behind and carries at the apex two backwardly produced 
processes which are curved upwards and sharply pointed at the end. 
The anus is placed transversely on the ventral side of this segment 
at about one-third of its length from the end. 

Head. Porrect, strongly exserted,. transverse, rounded at the 

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 


276 Mr. C. J. Gahan on larvex of Trictenotoma childreni, 


sides, 115 mm. broad, punctate above, reddish-brown with front 
margin black, clypeus and epistome* not separated, the latter 
slightly membranous at the front edge, labrum distinct, transverse 
with obtusely rounded front margin fringed with hairs ; antenna 
placed laterally on a slight projection of the head, 3-jointed, the 
3rd joint very short and narrow, the 2nd much shorter and 
narrower than the lst; on the vertex of the head a sutural line, 
beginning at the occiput, extends a very short distance forwards in 
the middle and then branches into two curved lines forming a 
horse-shoe-shaped impression, from the anterior ends of which, 
transverse lines may be seen running to the sides of the head to end 
just behind the antennal supports, the form and course taken being 
very much the same as they are in the larvie of Pytho and Pyrochroa ; 
there are no ocelli visible ; mandibles large, curved, each with three 
cusps or teeth at the apex, the left mandible has two teeth on 
the inner edge ; the maxillee have the usual basal joint or cardo, a 
rather long and broad stipes which carries a 3-jointed palp, and 
a rather broad obtuse inner lobe, which near the middle is provided 
with a horny tooth bifid at the end, the dorsal division of this tooth 
being slightly longer than the ventral, the lobe is furnished also with 
some stiff sete ; mentum longer than broad, somewhat trapezoidal 
in form, labial palpi 3-jointed, ligula narrow ; the hypopharyx 
forms an arch on the dorsal side of the mentum and is produced in 
front as a flat plate with a slightly emarginate border. 

Prothorax widest a little behind the front border, being there 
13} mm. broad, narrowed at the base, where it is only 11 mm. broad ; 
its length equal to that of the head measured from the occiput to the 
front margin of the epistome : the surface smooth and impunctate, 
yellowish-white with a few brownish patches ; prosternum smooth. 

Mesothorax, 114 mm. broad across the middle, much shorter than 
the prothorax, and slightly shorter than the metathorax ; it carries 
on the tergum a transverse series of short, small longitudinal carine 
near the front margin, and a set of smaller tubercles forming an 
oblique patch on each side; the sternum is crossed by a narrow 
slightly arcuate, pale band or depression in front of which is an area 
covered with small corneous granules, while behind it there are on 
each side a few more elongate granules or carinz. 

Metathorax, 11 mm. broad across the middle, a little longer than 
the mesothorax, but similar to it in structure and in the manner in 
which the small granules and carinz are disposed on the tergum 
and sternum. 


* T use the term epistome to denote the piece, often separate, to 
which the labrum is attached. 


Melittomma insulare, and Dascillus cervinus. 277 


Abdomen : The segments are gradually a little wider and longer 
up to the 4th or 5th, and then narrower and shorter up to the 9th ; 
on the tergites of segments 1st-7th there is a median, triangular, 
faintly depressed, paler-coloured area, at each side of which is a 
series of small longitudinal carine ; there are none of these carine 
or tubercles on the tergite of the 8th segment ; but on the tergite of 
the 9th there are two transverse, curved, carinze placed a little in 
front of the apical processes. The sternite of the Ist segment has a 
straight, narrow pale band or depression across the middle but is 
without granules or carinz ; the sternites of the 2nd to 8th segments 
have each a similar, submedian transverse depression, with a 
granulated area in front and another behind it; the sternite of the 
9th segment has a transverse series of granules near its front border, 
close to the apex there is a curved fold in the integument, and a 
little in front of this fold, lies the anal, transverse slit. The terminal 
processes are 3 mm. long, and run almost parallel at a very short 
distance from one another. 

Legs: The coxe are inserted obliquely a wide distance apart on 
each of the thoracic segments ; they are short and scarcely in the 
least exserted. The femora are stout, of moderate length, and much 
thicker towards the apex, the tibie are nearly as long as the femora 
and each is succeeded by a single rather strong claw. 

Spiracles: Nine pairs, transversely elliptical in form ; the first 
pair twice as large as the others, placed on the sides of the thorax 
just below the basal angles of the pronotum, the others placed 
laterally on the dorsal side of the first eight abdominal segments, the 
pair on the 1st segment rather close to the front margin, each suc- 
ceeding pair farther back until at the 4th or 5th they come to be at 
about the middle of the length of the segment. 


In the provisional arrangement of the families of 
Heteromera made by Ganglbauer in his new system of 
classification of the Coleoptera, the Z'rictenotomidz are 
placed next to the Tenebrionida, at the end of the series ; 
and most authors when comparing T'rictenotoma with 
other Heteromera have professed to find the greatest 
points of affinity with certain genera of the family Z'ene- 
brionide. But in view of the light thrown upon the 
subject by the larval characters, these opinions will, I 
think, have to be altered. The larva of Tvrictenotoma has 
not only a different general appearance from all known 
larvee of Tenebrionide, but differs also essentially in struc- 
ture, especially in the wide separation of the legs by the 
broad sternal plates, On the other hand it has many 


all 


278 Mr. C. J. Gahan on larve of Trictenotoma childreni, 


characters in common with the larve of Pythidxe, Pyro- 
chroidx and Wdemeridx, and the chief differences, which 
are to be found in the form of the 8th and 9th segments of 
the abdomen, are of only secondary importance and such 
as might be found to occur between different genera of the 
same family. The presence of scabrous areas on the ter- 
gites and sternites of several segments in 7rictenotoma is 
a character wanting in the larvae of Pythide and Pyro- 
chroidx, but seems to have a correspondence with the 
scabrous elevations or tubercles occurring on certain of the 
segments in the larvae of Qidemeride. 

On the whole, then, it seems to me that the 7victenoto- 
mide, in a phylogenetic system such as Ganglbauer’s, 
should be placed not at the end, but at, or very near, the 
beginning of the Heteromerous series. Although the 
general appearance of the imago seems very unlike that 
of the Pyrochrvide or Gdemeride or the other families 
allied to these, yet it must be remembered that in one 
very important structural character, namely the open 
anterior coxal cavities, the Z'rictenotomide agree with these 
families and differ from the Zenebrionide. 


2. The larva of Melittomma insulare, Fairm. 


Melittomma insulare, Fairm., is a species of Lymexylidex 
that was first described in 1898 (“ Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr.” 1893, 
p- ecexxill). It occurs in the Seychelles Islands, and 
differs considerably from other species of the genus Me/itt- 
omma in one character which appears to have been over- 
looked by the original describer; the eyes, instead of 
being widely separated from one another on the ventral 
side of the head, are very closely approximated and almost 
contiguous. Some larvee of this species that were found 
living in the stem of the coco-nut palm in the Seychelles, 
were sent a few years ago to the Director of the Imperial 
Institute, and by him were presented to the British 
Museum, with a request for their identification. They 
were accompanied by examples of the perfect insect. 
Although no pupz have been received, there can be no 
doubt whatever that the larvae belong to the species indi- 
cated. These larve are of different sizes, varying in length 
from about 10 to 30 millim.; and present a very strong 
family resemblance to the other known larve of Lymery- 
lide, the only noteworthy difference consisting in the 


Melittomma insulare, and Dascillus cervinus, 279 


remarkable and peculiar characters of the 9th segment 
of the abdomen. 


The larva is of a pale yellowish-white colour, with the mandibles, 
the fore margin of the head, and the greater part of the terminal 
(ninth) abdominal segment blackish-brown. In general structure it 
agrees very well with the larva of Lymexylon navale, the head being 
rather small, strongly convex or almost rounded, turned downwards, 
and well exserted from the prothorax ; the latter large, considerably 
raised and obtusely protuberant in front; the legs rather widely 
separated by the sternal plates, the coxee exserted and rather long, 
and the legs in other respects resembling those of Lymexylon. It 
differs considerably however in the form of the 9th segment of the 
abdomen. This segment is strongly chitinised and has the form of 
a short cylinder, gradually widened out behind, obliquely truncated 
at the apex, and there hollowed out in the form of a deep concave 
depression, the surface of which is strongly chitinised, and marked 
by a number (18 or 19) of large pits, each with a raised circular rim 
and with a flat round tubercle in the middle. Twelve of these pits 
form an outer ring, and five an inner ring within which are placed 
the remaining one or two pits. The depression is sharply edged all 
round, and dorsally and laterally the edge is somewhat serrated ; 
while, corresponding with the serrations, the outer surface of the 
segment is marked near the apical edge with short longitudinal 
strie. It is only however in the larger larve that the pits in 
the apical depression have the character just described ; in smaller 
larve, they are smaller in size, less approximated to each other, and 
without the raised rim. At the base of the 9th segment on the 
ventral side, the 10th or anal segment protrudes to form a sort of 
pseudopod ; the surface of this segment on the parts bordering on 
the anal opening, are somewhat granulose or shagreened. 

In a larva measuring 25 mm. in length, the head has a transverse 
diameter of 2} mm., the pronotum is 4+ mm. broad, and 3mm. long, 
and the 9th segment of the abdomen is slightly more than 3 mm. 
in diameter each way. The head is marked with a median sutural 
line extending forwards from the occiput for some distance and then 
dividing to be continued as two oblique lines ; the epistome is rather 
long, gradually narrowed to the end, where it gives attachment to a 
short narrow labrum ; the mandibles are short and robust, somewhat 
triangular in form ; the maxilla are provided with a single obtuse 
setigerous lobe, and 4-jointed palpi; the labial palpi 2-jointed, the 
ligula narrow, rounded at the end; antennz short, 3-jointed. The 
raised anterior part of the pronotum has a somewhat roughened or 
shagreened surface, and in large specimens is partly chitinised and of 


- 


280 Mr. C. J. Gahan on larve of Trictenotoma childreni, 


a reddish-brown colour. In such specimens also the terga of the 7th 
and 8th abdominal segments have a slightly chitinised, reddish- 
coloured, transverse band, the surface of which is shagreened. The 
spiracles, to the number of nine pairs, are transversely elliptical in 
shape, and situated as in the larva of Lymexylon. 


3. The larva of Dascillus cervinus, L. (Plate VI, fig. 3.) 


While this paper was in course of preparation, my 
colleague Mr. C.O. Waterhouse received for identifica- 
tion, a larva which was reported to be domg injury to 
grass-lands near Clondalkin in Ireland. This larva was 
unknown to us at the time, but Mr. Waterhouse soon 
found that it agreed very well with the description given 
by Erichson of the larva of Dascillus cervinus. Having 
only a single specimen for examination, and not having 
yet dissected out the mouth parts, we were led to suggest 
that the larva might possibly be predaceous in its habits 
instead of being actually a root-feeder. This suggestion, 
however, proves to be wrong. Through the kindness of 
Professor G. H. Carpenter, of Dublin, I have received 
some additional specimens of the larva, and have thus 
been enabled to make a more detailed examination of its 
structure. The large basal molar tooth with which each 
of the mandibles is furnished affords strong evidence as to 
the vegetable-feeding habits of the larva; for such teeth are 
never, so far as I know, met with in carnivorous larvee, 
while of common occurrence in those larvee that are known 
to feed on wood or vegetable fibres. Professor Carpenter 
moreover informs me that though he has not actually 
seen the larve eat roots, he has seen them hanging on 
to roots with their mandibles, and, further, the crops of 
two that he examined contained finely divided earth 
with some plant fragments. These facts, however, are 
mentioned only because they serve to confirm the account 
which we find has already been given of the habits of the 
larva in two papers published by Professor Dr. J. E. V. 
Boas. Unfortunately these papers were not noticed in the 
“ Zoological Record,” and I have to thank Dr. Adam Beeving, 
who has been visiting the British Museum to study the 
collection of beetle-larvee there, for bringing them to my 
knowledge. To Dr. Boas also, my thanks are due for his 
great courtesy in sending me copies of his papers. The 
first paper, giving a very complete description and excellent 


—- 


Melittomma insulare, and Daseillus cervinus, 281 


figures of the larva, appeared in “Tidsskrift for Landbrugets 
Planteavl,” Vol. III, pp. 155-160 (1896), and the second, 
with description and figure of the pupa, in the same 
Journal, Vol. X, pp. 147-151 (1908). 

The drawings prepared for me by Mr. Horace Knight 
were already well advanced when I received Dr. Boas’ 
papers. They will serve to supplement in some of the 
details, the figures and descriptions published by Dr. Boas, 
and a very brief description of the larva is all that need be 
given here. | 


The larva is of a testaceous colour, marked with transverse bands 
of a somewhat paler tint especially on the ventral side of the 
abdomen. The cox also are of a palercolour ; it is furnished with 
a number of rather strong stiff hairs arranged somewhat in trans- 
verse rows. Head relatively very large, the clypeus prolonged 
anteriorly in the form of a broad flat plate (epistome) which overlaps 
the base of the mandibles and ends in front in a short downwardly 
curved piece that seems to represent the labrum ; this is only marked 
off from the epistome by a slight incision or impression on each side. 
Antennx 4-jointed, the 4th joint very short and inconspicuous. 
Mandibles robust, pointed at apex, each with two cutting teeth on 
the inner side and a slender moveably articulated tooth (prostheca), 
between which and the large basal molar tooth there is a broad 
depressed space lined with a very pale coloured integument. Maa- 
ille with 3-jointed palpi, and two narrow lobes, the inner lobe bifid 
at the apex. Labial palpi 2-jointed, arising each from a rather 
distinct palpiger ; ligula emarginate in front. Abdomen made up 
of ten segments, of which nine only are visible from above ; the 
tenth very short, its sternite has an incision in the middle, and its 
tergite is only just visible beneath the tergite of the 9th, the latter 
has a short process projecting backwards at each side. Spiracles— 
nine pairs ; the first pair situated, as shown in Fig. 3a, on the ventra 
side of the prothorax, the others, very much smaller in size, placed 
close to the antero lateral angles on the tergites of the first eight 
abdominal segments. In structure the spiracles are very interest- 
ing; for as Dr. Boas has already pointed out, though with some 
expression of uncertainty, they resemble those met with in certain 
Lamellicorn larve. Each has a somewhat crescent-shaped sieve- 
plate, the concave side of which, into which fits the bulla, is directed 
towardsthe head. Whether there is present or not a narrow slit-like 
aperture between the bulla and the sieve-plate, is a point still to be 
determined, This can only beascertained with certainty by making 


_ 


282 Mr. C. J. Gahan on larve of Trictenatoma childreni. 


a section through the spiracle. Viewed in the ordinary way as a 
transparent object under the microscope, no such aperture could be 
made out. 


The general resemblance that the larva of Dascillus 
bears to a Lamellicorn larva has been remarked upon by 
Erichson, and gives additional interest to the fact that the 
spiracles show a great similarity in structure. 

A description, with figures, of the larva of Dascillus 
davidsoni, Lec., a North American species, has been 
published by Mr. J. J. Rivers in the “Proceedings of the 
California Academy of Sciences,” 2nd Ser. Vol. ILI, pp. 
93-96, Pl. II (1891), and an account also is given of its 
habits. In this larva the head is considerably smaller 
than in that of D. cervinus, and the 9th tergite of the 
abdomen is more rounded behind and appears to have no 
apical processes ; but the structure of the mouth parts and 
appendages is essentially the same. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


[See Explanation facing the PLate.] 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. 


Fic. 1. Larva of Trictenotoma childreni, Gray. 
la. Ventral side. 1b. Under-side of head with maxillz 
removed. lc. Mandible. 1d. Maxilla. le. Leg. 
1f. Prothorax from side, showing spiracle. 


2. Larva of Melittomma insware, Fairm. 

Qa, Head, front view. 2b, Labium and Maxille. 2c. Leg. 
2d, Posterior concave face of 9th abdominal segment. 
2e. 10th segment, forming pseudopod, and inclosing 
anus. 2f. Mesothoracic spiracle. 


3. Larva of Dascillus cervinus, L. 
3. Ventral side. 3b. Mandibles. 3c. Maxilla. 3d. Labium. 
3e. Leg. 3f. Prothoracic spiracle. 3g. Spiracle of 
3rd abdominal segment. 


Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond,1908. Pt. VI. 


H. Knight del.et lith. West, Newman imp. 
LARVA OF COLEOPTERA. 


(288...) 


XI. Zhe systematic affinities of the Phoride and of 
several Brachycerous families in Diptera. By 
W. Wescué, F.R.M.S. Communicated by J. E. 
CoLtiy, F.E.S. 


[Read April 1st, 1908. ] 


PuaTE VII. 


Wuitt making some dissections of the mouth and 
genitalia of Phora incrassata, Mg. (the comparatively large 
species common on our English hedgerows in August and 
September), I have met with many peculiarities, and 
have been struck with the position of the family in the 
systematic lists. 

This position has often been debated, the last contribution 
being from Mr. Charles T. Brues of the Public Museum, 
Milwaukee, Wis., U.S.A.* He considers that the Phoridze 
and Lonchopteride are distinctly related, and that the 
former also have affinities with the Borboridze and Hippo- 
boscidx, the wing venation being near that of Olfersia, 
but as a compromise is willing that they should be placed, 
as Dr. Williston placed them in 1896, in the Cyclorrapha, 
between the Platypezide and the Muscide. 

Since then Dr. Williston has found some “ Nemocerous” 
characters, “the venation being quite identical with that 
of Aspistes of the Bibionide,” and considers that the 
antenne do not offer “insuperable objections to the 
location of the family among the Nemocera.” He attaches 
gréat importance to the fact that in several species the 
palpi are two-jointed. + 

The publication of these views called forth Mr. Brues’ 
essay, which contains a very able statement of the position, 
an exhaustive review of the literature, but, I regret to say, 
no convincing argument to support his views. 

The late Baron von Osten-Sacken saw the affinities be- 
tween the Phoridw and the Lonchopteridze and included 


* The systematic affinities of the Dipterous family Phoride.— 
“ Biological Bulletin,” vol. xii, No. 6, May 1907. 

+ Some common errors in the nomenclature of the Dipterous 
wing.—‘“ Psyche,” Dec. 1906. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1908.—PART II, (SEPT.) 


al 


284 Mr. W. Wesché on systematic affinities of the Phoride 


them both in a sub-family, “ Energopoda,” with the Asilidse 
and Empide, placing the group at the end of the Orthorra- 
pha.* Herr. Theo. Becker thinks that they are derived from 
Nematocerous forms allied to the Mycetophilide and 
notices the structure of the bristles found only in the 
Phoridee and Mycetophilidze.+ 

Schiner in his “Fauna Austrica” placed them between the 
Bibionidee and the Borboride, but whether for convenience, 
or on account of affinity is not clear. 

Not one of these authors is sure whether this family 
belongs to the Orthorrapha or to the Cyclorrapha, and 
nothing definite seems known about the mechanism of 
the pupa-case. 

The problem being so difficult of solution, Osten-Sacken 
even going so far as to say that “areal affinity with Phora 
does not exist anywhere,” it may seem presumption in me 
to attempt to solve it, as I certainly have no pretensions 
to a comprehensive knowledge of exotic species of Diptera. 
But I am encouraged to present my views, as I attack 
from a new position, none of these writers with the possible 
exception of Becker having made much use of the micro- 
scope, while the great majority of the observations from 
which my conclusions have been arrived at, are founded 
on the anatomy and microscopic structure, the minute 
size of these insects mostly requiring a magnification of 
250 diameters for a good view of such organs as mouth 
parts or genitalia. 

After an examination and comparison of a number of 
preparations, and a study of the genitalia of several species 
of Phoride, (I was already familiar with the Muscid forms), 
I came to the conclusion that they have no real affinities 
either to the Borboridx or the Hippoboscid, the families 
that are placed before and after them in Mr. Verrall’s list 
of British Diptera. Further, they are sharply divided from 
any of the Muscidwe by the absence of the ptilinum, the 
membrane on the head, which being inflated, is used to 
push the cover off the pupa-case. The absence of this 
structure raises a very strong doubt as to whether the 
Phoridee have any place in the Cyclorrapha; a doubt that 
in my mind is a certainty that they have not. 


* The position of Phora in the system of Diptera, “ Ent. Mon. 
Mag.” 2nd ser., vol. xiii, pp. 204, Sep. 1902.. 

+ Die Phoriden, Abh. d. k. k, Zool-botan, Ges, Wien, Bd 1, 
Heft 1, 


und of several Brachycerous families in Diptera. 285 


It is not only (1) the absence of the pitilinum that 
separates this family from the Astiadee, or Borboride on 
one side, and the Hippoboscide on the other, but also 
(2) the venation, (3) the general morphology, particularly 
of the fore limbs, (4) the articulation of the antenne, (5) 
the character of the anterior thoracic spiracles, (6) the 
structure of the eyes, (7) the peculiarity of the hair 
structure, (8) many characters of the mouth parts, (9) and 
the peculiarities of the genitalia. 

2. The venation. This is so striking and so well known, 
that it needs no description, and the absence of true 
transverse veins, brings it far closer to such combinations 
as are found in the Simulidze, the Mycetophilide, or even 
in some of the Dolichopodidee than to the Muscid type. 

In Trineura aterrima, ¥., is found a rudimentary vein, 
consisting of microscopic hairs, following the course of the 
wing-edge.* This probably shows that the lower thick 
vein which so abruptly stops, at one time continued to the 
end of the wing and is the second longitudinal ; in com- 
paring the venation with that mentioned above, this ought 
to be taken into consideration. 

Becker has expressed very similar views to those 
annunciated earlier in this section, in his monograph 
already referred to. Brues, while holding to his opinion 
as regards Olfersia, admits that the affinity between the 
venation in Phora and M ycetophila, as analyzed by 
Girschner, and which is the source from which Becker's 
opinion is derived, is almost convincing. 

It will thus be seen that the Phorid venation is but of 
small assistance to the systematist, as in spite of its being 
so simple, striking and peculiar, it has led to very divergent 
opinions, it having been claimed as identical with Aspistes, 
and near to Jf ycetophila and Olfersia ! 

3. Morphology. The general shape approximates more 
to that of the Pulicide at the other end of the scheme, 
than to the flattened Pupipara, and the long coxe and 
the legs are similar to those of the Mycetophilids, the 
Lonchopteridze and the Dolichopodide. 

4, The antenne, The articulation of the third joint of 
the antennz on to the second is very characteristic. I say 
the second joint as Brues has clearly shown in the paper 
already referred to, that what is usually called the first 


* Indicated in Schiner’s “ Fauna Austrica, Die Fliegen,” Plate II, 
ig. 4 


- 


286 Mr. W. Wesché on systematic affinities of the Phoridx 


joint is a fusion of the first and second. Personally I am 
inclined to go further, and see more than two joints in 
the fused part, but for the present I will accept Brues’ 
nomenclature, 

The third joint when seen in microscopic section is 
found to be hollow, very neatly fitting round a bulb at the 
end of the second joint, which is articulated by a short 
process descending from the third joint. This is well seen 
in Conicera atra, Mg., P. ruficornis, Mg. and indeed in every 
species I have examined; it appears to be a constant 
Phorid character. 

In the Muscidz the third joint is slightly hollow at the 
base, and is penetrated by a cone-shaped process from the 


second joint which is in contact on all sides, there being 


no special articulating part. A similar arrangement to 
that found in the Phoridz (as far as my observations go) 
is only found in a few genera in the Dolichopodide and in 
Lonchoptera flavicauda, Mg., and in these in a modified 
form. It will be found in most of the genus Dolichopus, 
and D. acuticornis, W., and Gymnopternus assimilis, Staeg., 
show it particularly well. This I consider a strong-mark 
of affinity, which as I shall show later is only one among 
many. 

5. The thoracic spiracles. The anterior thoracic spiracles 
are very constant in character in families, and show little 
or no variation in genera and species. In P. inerassata, 
P. concinna, Mg., 2. aterrima, C., atra and Gymnophora 
arcuata, Mg., they are circular, with chitinous rings or edges, 
and fringed with simple hairs. 

In the Muscidze and the Hippoboscidze they are oval 
and have branched hairs. In the Lonchopteride they are 
oval, but more rounded than in the Muscide. In the 
Dolichopodidze they resemble the conventional tear, 
rounded at one end, and gradually tapering to a point. 
In the Mycetophilide and the Leptida, the bordering ring 
is not so well defined and the shape is inclined to the 
oval. In the Empide they are circular, and as in the last 
four families, simply ciliated, and are very similar to the 
organs as they are found in the Phoride. 

6. The structure of the compound eyes. In the Nematocera 
the compound eyes often consist of a chitinous plate, 
pierced with circular apertures for the lenses. When the 
eyes are pubescent, the sub-quadrate space between four 
lenses is occupied by a hair, the socket of which is very 


ee et 


ee 


und of several Brachycerous families in Diptera, 287 


marked, and relatively large; this condition is well seen 
in some Mycetophilide. A somewhat similar structure is 
found in some Dolichopodide, that in Porphyrops gravipes, 
WI1k., being a good example. 

In P. incrassata, P. rufipes and 7’. aterrima and a number 
of other species this is so far modified that the plate has 
gone, but the eyes are bordered by chitinous bands, and in 
each junction of the bands is a socketed hair, very similar 
if not identical in structure with the hairs found in the 
Nematocera or Brachycera. The pubescence found on 
the eyes in the Muscide is of a different type, being 
transparent and weak, and not tapering, just the opposite 
being found in the Nematocera, where each hair tapers 
from a comparatively broad base to an exceedingly sharp 
point, while in the Muscidze the socket is so minute as 
often to be scarcely visible, and the lenses are never 
separated by bands. 

7. The structure of the hair and bristles. This is peculiar; 
it is as if each single bristle were made up of a number of 
fine hairs of various lengths, so that its point and edges 
appear almost plumose, certainly serrated. The hairs are 
numerous and strong, and so characteristic in appearance, 
that it is easy to recognise them as either from a Phorid, 
or as the apical bristles from the tibize of a Mycetophilid. 
The Mycetophilide are the only other family in which 
this structure is found, and in them only on the tibiz. 
It is figured in Becker’s monograph already referred to, 
but will require a magnification of 250 diameters to see 
clearly on the actual insects. It is so characteristic, that 
even were other similarities absent, I should consider it a 
strong mark of relationship. 

8. The mouth parts are difficult to study owing to small- 
ness of size, but can easily be seen to have but little 
affinity with those of the Mycetophilid, and indeed might 
be thought to approximate (as they do in some characters) 
to the Muscid form, yet as I shall show later, can only be 
homologised by comparison with Nematocerous forms. 

Except in Gymnophora arcuata, Mg., and here I am not 
quite certain owing to the imperfection of my preparation, 
the armature of the species examined is different in the 
sexes. Not in the manner found in Zabanus and Culez, 
where the males are without the mandibles, but in the 
structure of the labrum and the aculeations or teeth on 
the paraglosse ; the labrum has in the females of many 


—_ 
288 Mr. W. Wesche on systematic ufinitics of the Phoridax 


species, a frontal barb and lateral sharp processes, while 
in the male it is, though ample in size, quite unarmed, 
and the teeth on the paraglosse are much less developed 
than those of the female. 

The arrangement and number of parts are nearly similar 
to those in Libio; but the paraglossee are very large and 
bear rather widely separated, relatively narrow trachee ; 
the cleft between the paired lobes is very deep and unlike 
Bibio has chitinised plates on the interior edges. The 
mandibles are soldered into the mentum in the median 
line, and consequently are as in Dolichopus as well as 
Libio on the ventral side, opposed to the condition found 
in the Muscide, where they are invariably on the dorsal 
side. 

The lacininz of the maxille are fused at their points 
and form the curious triangular aculeation, at the base of 
the cleft of the paraglosse characteristic of the Phorid 
trophi; the cardines are hard to differentiate and may 
have disappeared. The labrum has in addition to the 
armature already mentioned, in all the species I have 
examined, a minute pubescence on the anterior extremities, 
only to be seen with very high powers. ‘The hypopharynx 
is strong, and deeply channelled and suggestive of a 
raptorial habit. 

The paraglossze carry a number of “ taste hairs” which 
occupy two positions, as besides the usual solitary hair at 
the end of the trachea, there are a number of taste hairs 
on the edges of the paraglossx, the ventral surfaces of 
which have a tendency to chitinise, and have an appearance 
similar to that found in Nematocerous forms. 

This arrangement is peculiar, and a search through my 
collection has resulted in the finding of a striking similarity 
in the paraglossxe of Leptis scolopacea, L., not only in the 
position of the taste hairs at the edges, and the chitinous 
ventral membrane of the paraglossz, but in the general ap- 
pearance, in the narrow tracheze, the tubes much separated 
from each other, and in the deep cleft, the edges chitinised 
between the two paraglosse. The mandibles are also on 
the ventral side, but here the similarities end, as they are 
laterally placed and have not fused in the median line. 
Similar conditions are found on the labium of Lonchoptera 
flavicauda, Mg., together with an armature identical with 
L. scolopacea. The trachesw are narrow, and spring from 
paired chitinous plates. The palpi are maxillary and not 


and of several Brachycerous families in Diptera. 289 


labial, as I find *atrophying blades of the maxille at 
their bases. In my paper on the mouth parts of the 
““Nemocera,” published in the “Journal of the Royal 
Microscopical Society ” in 1904, I described them as labial 
as my preparations showed no maxille, but my dissections 
lately made have been more successful, and enable me to 
say that the lacinia or blade of this insect is 85 mw. or 
34a Inch long, and I submit that it is as easy to overlook, 
as it is difficult to dissect, objects of this size. 

It will thus be seen that I have found a striking affinity 
between these three families in the mouth parts, which 
show that the true place of Phora is among the older 
families of the Brachycera. 

In the Phoride the palpi in the lmited number of 
species I have examined are labial. This point I very 
carefully studied, as the palpi being maxillary in Leptis 
and Lonchoptera made me suspect that I was wrong in 
describing them as labial, though perhaps this has little 
bearing on the matter, if it be remembered that Bibio and 
Chironomus differ in this respect. 

The palpi are very large, and bear a number of the 
characteristic Phorid bristles; at their bases are many 
wrinkles, scarcely annulations, and in one preparation, 
Phora concinna, Mg., they are two-jointed. This is not, 
however, the only Nematocerous character; in 7’. aterrima 
the palpi bear the sense organ, found on the second joint 
in the Mycetophilide, Bibionidz, Simulidz and Rhyphide. 
This I have thought to be an olfactory organ and I have 
figured it as such, as it is found on the palpi of Lzbio 
hortulanus, L.* 

9. The genitalia (male). The hypopygium is free and 
is joined to the abdomen by a membrane; it is furnished 
with representatives of the usual paired organs. In P. 
ancrassata these are hairy bulbs much closer in function 
and appearance to the cerci of Periplaneta than to the 
usual hooks or forceps of Diptera. In another species, 
P. concinna, Mg., only a single hairy organ with a trans- 
verse suture, placed on an asymmetrical platform, is present. 
In 7. atervima two minute hairy bulbs are present. The 
part that supports these organs and the anus, is in a more 
dorsal position and is separated by a suture from another 
lower part. This lower part seems to be formed of the 

* Some new sense organs in Diptera. “Jour. Quekett Mier. 
Club,” ser, 2, vol. ix, Plate VII, 1904. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND, 1908.—PART I, (SEPT.) 19 


al 


290 Mr. W. Wesché on systematic affinities of the Phoridx 


JSorcipes interiores and palpi genitalium and contains the 
penis. Usually these organs are hidden in the cavity of 
the hypopygium. In /. incrassata are found paired hooks 
and plates, the latter covered with a minute sculpturing 
of the chitin identical with that found on parts of the 
genitalia of Periplaneta. These hooks and plates surround 
the penis, which is formed of a hyaline membrane based 
on a chitinous ring, and with some structure and tubercles 
on one side. ‘The ejaculatory duct runs up through the 
chitinous ring, and opens on the side opposite the tubercles, 
The penis is asymmetrical, and is the simplest and rudest 
that I know in Diptera. The spinus (unless it has soldered 
into the back of the penis, and is present as the ‘‘structure” 
alluded to above), and the apodemes, appear to be absent. 
P. concinna has a more elaborate penis, and its base is 
fused with a lever which probably represents the great 
apodemes, and sensory structures represent the palpi 
genitalium and forcipes interiores, but this last portion of 
the genitalia is difficult to understand and requires more 
material for study. In 7. atervima, though the containing 
plates of the lower part are easily differentiated as forceps 
interiores and palpi genitalium, the penis is minute and 
unsymmetrical, and seems to be a membrane based on a 
ring as in P. incrassata, but the ejaculatory sae and apodeme 
are quite obvious. 

A fourth species, P. rujipes?, has the penis and sur- 
rounding parts of another type. The variations generally 
are much greater than usually found between species, or 
even genera in the Muscidz. One cannot but be struck 
by the extraordinary anomalies in the parts; all these 
insects have the organs representing the forcipes superiores 
and foreipes inferiores of a more archaic type than those 
found in the Mycetophilidee, together with (in Z'rineura) 
an ejaculatory apparatus such as is found in the highly 
specialised Muscidee. 

In Conicera atra, Mg., the genitalia are far more sym- 
metrical and appear to approximate to the form that is 
found in the Lonchopteride, and both suggest a relationship 
to Dolichopus. 

The genitalia (female). The ovipositor is fairly simple ; 
it is similar in general plan to that found in the 
Dolichopodide, that is to say it is moderately long, pro- 
trusile, and with distinct joints, but lacking the chitinous 
rods found in the Muscidee, At the distal extremity are 


and of several Brachycerous families in Diptera. 291 


the usual sensory organs. The receptacula seminis are 
soluble in the process necessary for preparing the insect 
for high-power microscopic examination. This is never 
the case in the Muscide, with the exception of the 
Chloropide. 

In the ovipositor of P. cwrvinervis, Becker, I found a 
single chitinous rod which appears to be homologous with 
the apodeme found in the ovipositor of Simuliwm reptans, 
L., and there are chitinous levers connected with the 
valves similar to those found in Chironomus, in Gymno- 
phora arcuata, Mg., P. lutea, Mg., and P. ruficornis, Mg.* 

On the extremity of the ovipositor of P. rificornis there 
is a chitinous serrated process, and the abdomens of two 
females contain larve of an unfamiliar type, and I think 
that this species 1s viviparous. 

Those who have had the patience to follow me through 
these details, necessary to prove my case, will see that in 
this family are preserved characters of very archaic type 
in the peculiar bristle structure, in the cerci, and in the 
Periplaneta-like structures in the male genitalia while 
other parts approximate to the Muscid type in the ejacula- 
tory sac and apodeme. In the ovipositor of the female 
will be found similar anomalies. The ovipositor may be 
said to be nonexistent in the Nematocera, in the Phoridze 
it is well developed, yet in some species carries structures 
only found in the Simulidz and Chironomyide. 

In the trophi, the presence of two jointed palpi in at 
least two species, the sense organ in J'’rinewra and the 
very general situation of the embedded mandibles on the 
ventral side are distinctly Nematocerous characters; while 
the teeth on the paraglossze are a character only hitherto 
found in the Muscide. 

The labrum and hypopharynx are nearer the same parts 
in the Brachycerous Dolichopodidee and Empidz than to 
homologous structures in any other family, while the 
paraglosse and their trachez are very similar to those 
of Lonchoptera and Leptis. 

I have lately found in the heads of some Asilidee, Empidee 
and Dolichopodidz a chitinous bulb at the base of the 
hypopharynx, connected with that organ by a tube and 
having some contrivance resembling a valve. It is ob- 
viously homologous with the pharyngeal pump in Culea, 


* The genitalia of both sexes in Diptera. Wesché, Trans. Linn. 
Soc. Second series, Zool, vol. ix, p. 363. 


292 Mr. W. Wesché on systematic affinities of the Phoridze 


but differs in shape, in the valve, and in being more highly 
chitinised in the outer envelope. The appearance of this 
organ in Asilus and Dolichopus is so singular and so 
similar as to indicate a very near relationship between 
these three families. The Asilidaee alone among the 
families of the Brachycera preserve the ciliated “hypo- 
pharynx, which is so constant a character in the 
Nematocera.* 

Weighing these facts, I must extend Becker’s idea of 
relationship to the Mycetophilide ; I think that while the 
Mycetophilidz, Asilidee, Empidze, Dolichopodide, Loncho- 
pteridee, Phoridee and Leptidz have had a common ancestry, 
the Dolichopodidz and the Phoridz have each inherited 
a more than normal tendency to vary, resulting in the 
curious contradictions in detail that are found in the 
Phoridze, and the wide departure of the Dolichopodide 
from the usual type of mouth, the character of the traches 
in most genera being unique. 

It will be noticed in the families enumerated above, that 
the wing-venation is fairly complex in the larger insects, 
and simpler in proportion to the size of the others. 
Taking as an example the venation in /Zippobosca, which 
we know by the character of the mouth, has degenerated 
from a Muscid form, we there see a tendency for the 
transverse veins to shorten or be lost, and for the veins 
to leave the lower part of the wing. This is what has 
also happened in the Phoridee and Simulidee, and all three 
groups appear to have undergone parallel degeneration. 
As the parasitic habit increased, or size decreased, the 
wings, being less used or having less weight to bear, 
became more simple as regards their venation. In the 
Lonchopteridee the mouth has closely preserved the 
characters found in Leptis, and except for the remarkable 
wings and their sexual differences, developed no striking 
peculiarities, and is probably a family much less liable to 
vary than Phora ; so in the wings less simplification is seen 
though the tr ansverse veins have disappeared. <A parallel 
case appears to exist in the Psychodide. The fact that 
apterous or semi-apterous species exist, belonging to the 
Phoride, Dolichopodidze, and Hippoboscidee, bears on my 
argument, and demonstrates the superior value of the 
mouth parts as tests of affinity. 

* The mouth parts of the Nemocera. W. Wesché, Jour. Roy. 
Micr. Soc. 1904, pp. 28-47. 


and of several Brachycerous families in Diptera. 293 


This being so the venation, invaluable as a generic 
character, must be a secondary consideration in grouping 
the families, for which characters derived from the mouth 
parts are of greater importance. It follows that drastic 
alterations are necessary not only in the group under 
discussion, but even in the Cyclorrapha. 

The families of the Brachycerous Orthorrapha are ar- 
ranged in Mr. G. H. Verrali’s list of British Diptera in the 
order given below in the left column; in the right column 
as I propose to rearrange it. 


Stratiomyidee Asilidee 
Tabanidee Empidee 
Leptidze Dolichopodidee 
Asilidee Phoridee 
Bombylide Lonchopteride 
Therevidee Leptidee 
Scenopinidee Stratiomyide 
Cyrtidae Tabanidee 
Empidee Bombylidee 
Dolichopodide Therevide 
Lonchopteridae Scenopinidee 
Cyrtide 


The Asilidee are placed first on account of the Nema- 
tocerous hypopharynx and of the process in the pharynx 
homologous with the “pharyngeal pump” in the Culicide, 
and therefore also a Nematocerous character. 

The Empidze follow, as they have the same organ but 
in a modified form. It is well seen in Z. livida, L. and in 
many of the minute Zachydromia. 

The Dolichopodidse must come next as the possession 
of a similar process shows a very close connection between 
these three families, while the arrangement of the mouth 
as regards the mandibles is also a Nematocerous character. 

The Phoride follow, not only on account of their Nema- 
tocerous characters demanding an early place in the 
Brachycera, but also from a number of characters which 
suggest an affinity with the Dolichopodide, and in a less 
degree with the Empidx. I propose to state these at 
length at the end of the paper. 

The Lonchopteridee are placed next on account of 
similarities in the trophi and many other points, follow- 
ing Dr. Williston’s and the late Baron von Osten-Sacken’s 


- 
294 Mr. W. Wesché on systematic affinities of the Phoridx 


classitication. The Leptidsee come next, as their mouth 
parts are nearly identical with those of the Lonchopteride. 

Then come the Stratiomyide, Tabanidze, Bombylidee, 
Therevidee and Scenopinide in their usual order, and the 
Cyrtidz close the list in the Orthorrapha, occupying a 
position where their very large tegule do not seem at all out 
of place. It will be seen by this rearrangement that the first, 
second and third families possess the striking character of 
the process in the pharynx, the third, fourth and fifth, 
the equally striking character of the peculiar articulation 
of the antenne, while the fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh 
have chitinous plates on the paraglossw, and from the 
second to the seventh family (the Stratiomyide) all six 
have the mandibles embedded on the ventral side. 


AFFINITIES BETWEEN THE PHORIDA! AND THE DOLI- 
CHOPODID. 


1. GENERAL MORPHOLOGY.—The thorax and the coxe, 
particularly the fore coxze, are often similar, and the legs 
are sometimes much alike. 

2. ANTENN#.—The Dolichopodidx, Phoride, and Lon- 
chopteridz have a common peculiar articulation of the 
third joint, discussed more at length in the earlier part of 
the paper. 

5. CHARACTERS IN THE MOUTH PARTS.—(a) In Doli- 
chopus the mandibles are also embedded on the ventral 
side, on the median line of the mentum. ()) What re- 
mains of the maxilla instead of remaining in the base 
of the labium as is almost invariably the case, occupy 
a very anterior position, as far 
unique position and a character confined to the two 
families. (c) There are only two other families in Diptera 
in which the labrum is armed, the Dolichopodide and the 
Empidz. (d@) On the labrum of many species of Phoride, 
high powers show a decided pubescence. ‘The hairy 
nature of the labrum is a peculiar character of the Doli- 
chopodidze. (¢) The hypopharynx is strong, deeply 
channelled, and viewed laterally is more like its homo- 
logue in Dolichopus than in any other family. (/) The 
palpi are large, and bear a number of bristles, and similar 
conditions exist in many Dolichopodide. (9) The taste 


hairs are similarly arranged, and are larger than in the 
Muscidee. 


and of several Brachycerous families in Duptera. 295 


My study of the Phoride is based on about a dozen 
species belonging to four, or if we admit Apiocheta of 
Brues, five genera, and in all the characters of the trophi, 
with the exception of the palpi, have been very constant, 
while in the Dolichopodide they vary greatly. The short 
predaceous labium of Aphrosylus, Dolichopus or Medeterus, 
lengthens in some Gymmnopternus (GC. assimilis, Steeg., for 
example), and is specialised for flower feeding in Orthochile, 
while Psilopus wiedemannii, Fln., has lost the curious 
characteristic trachexe of the family. I therefore point out 
that the affinities pointed out are most readily seen and 
understood in the genera, Dolichopus, Aphrosylus and 
Medeterus. 

4, THE STRUCTURE OF THE COMPOUND EYES.—The 
character of the pubescence on the eyes is similar in some 
Dolichopodid and Phoride; it has been fully discussed 
in section 5. 

5. CHARACTERS IN THE MALE GENITALIA—The Dolli- 
chopodide in the majority of species, have the hypopy- 
gium much developed, free, and attached to the abdomen 
by a membrane; the forcipes interiores and palpi genita- 
lium are outside the cavity of the hypopygium. Similar 
conditions are only found in the Phoride, the two families 
sharing these characters, though the armature is unlike in 
detail and general arrangement. 

6. CHARACTERS IN THE FEMALE GENITALIA.—In the 
Dolichopodid the ovipositor is similar in type, though 
with one joint more—all the Phoridee examined having 
six segments in the abdomen and three in the ovipositor, 
while D. griscipennis, Stan., has five in the abdomen and 
four in the ovipositor. The receptacula are also soluble in 
the preparation of the insect. This is common in the 
Nematocera, but quite rare in the Brachycera. 

7. PREDACEOUS CHARACTER.—This calls for evidence 
as it has not before been touched on. (a) The structure 
of the mouth parts in the hypopharynx and labrum sug- 
gests a raptorial habit. ()) The legs also. (c) A prepar- 
ation of the female of P. rufipes shows in the contents of 
the abdomen, the appearance which I associate with the 
digested blood or juices of insects. (d) I have in my 
cabinet a small acalyptrate Muscid which I took out of the 
grasp of P.concinna? Both are mounted on the same card, 
and till I examined them with a lens, I was under the 
impression that they were “in copula” ; unfortunately the 


- 


296 Mr. W. Wesché on systematic affinities of the Phoridex. 


head of the victim has been lost, but enough remains to 
take away the character, or to put it the other way, to 
establish the character of LP. concinna as predaceous, but 
of course I do not commit myself to the statement that 
every species in the family is predaceous, probably like the 
Dolichopodidee they will feed on any animal food. It is 
but fair to say, that so far nothing similar has been observed 
by collectors of Phoridee. 

In conclusion I must express my great obligations to 
Dr. J. H. Wood for the gift of named specimens, and to 
Mr, EK. E. Austen for kind criticism and information on 
the literature of this subject. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 
[See Explanation facing the PLaTE.} 


a 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII. 


N.B.—The figures do not illustrate the many points touched on in 
the paper, but are intended to show one or two of the more striking 
characters common to the Dolichopodide, Phoride, Lonchopteridz 
and Leptide, and the absence of affinity to the Muscide. 

Fic. 1.-Antenna of Conicera atra, Mg. g. Diagram in optical 
section, as seen with a magnification of 300 diameters (all the figures 
of antenne are drawn in a similar manner, their size being regulated 
by convenience for comparison). To show the peculiar articulation 
of the third joint ; I would also draw attention to the bristle-sockets 
on the distal joint of the arista. The antennz of the female differ 
in shape, but are articulated in the same way. 

Fig, 2. Antenna of Phora ruficornis, Mg., to show the same points 
asin Fig. 1. The sexes do not differ in the shape of the antenne. 

Fic, 3. Antenna of Lonchoptera flavicauda, Mg., to show the 
similarity of articulation to that found in the Phoride and Doli- 
chopus, The bristle-sockets on the arista are also similar. 

Fic. 4, Antenna of Dolichopus acuticornis, W. (?). In addition 
to the peculiar articulation, this species has a process, possibly the 
remains of a joint, between the second and third joints, exactly 
similar to that found in ©. atra. The bristle-sockets on the arista 
are absent. 

Fic. 5. Antenna of Scatophaga lutaria, F. To show the usual 
method of articulation in the Muscide (invariable as far as my 
observations go, even such long third joints as are fuund in Loxocera, 
retaining it), A third method of articulation is visible to the 
ordinary lens, and calls for no remark, except that it is dissimilar 
to those figured. 

Fic. 6. Antenna: of Gymnopternus assimilis, Staeg. To show a 
similar articulation to the other four species. 

Fic. 7. One of the labella (paraglossx) from the mouth parts of L. 
flavicauda, to show the arrangement of the trachez, the plate from 
which they spring and the large number of sensory hairs on the edge. 
Actual size of the part, length #4 mm. or z}y inch. 

Fic. 8. One of the labella of Leptis conspicua, Mg., for comparison 
with L. flavicauda and Phora coneinna, Mg. g. The trachez spring 
from a plate, the arrangement is similar, and there are a great 


all 
Explanation of Plate VII. 


number of sensory hairs on the edge. The under-sides of the labella 
are partly chitinised, and similar conditions exist in P. concinna ; it 
is indicated on both figures by the darker shading. 

The rod at the base is one of the mandibles which are in this 
species separate, but embedded on the ventral side. The mentum 
is but little developed, but in the Leptid genus Chrysopilus it will 
be found in a condition very similar to those figured as 11, 12, 15, 
with the median suture and the cleft process at the anterior end 
Length 1,%; mm. or = inch. 

Fie. 9. One of the labella of Phora concinna, Mg. ¢, to show the 
trachee springing from a plate, and the great number of “taste 
hairs” on the edge. The triangular process at the side is the 
aculeation characteristic of the Phorid trophi. It consists of the 
lacinie of the maxille fused at their points. In Gymnophora 
arcuata, Mg. and P. curvinervis, Beck. (9 only) the stipites and 
cardines are also visible at this part of the mouth. Length ?#$ mm. 
or 7, inch, 

Fic. 10. The labial palpus of P. concinna. To show the two 
joints, a Nematocerous character never found in the Muscide. 
Length ? mm. or Aj; inch, 

Fie. 11. Mentum of L. flavicauda, dissected out from the mouth and 
viewed from the ventral side, the anterior portion being uppermost. 
To show the median suture of the part, absent in the Muscide. 
(Compare Fig. 13.) 

The bristles are also of interest, being exactly similarly placed 
in P. curvinervis, Beck. @. (Compare with Fig. 15.) Length } mm, 
or z$y inch. 

Fie. 12. Labium of Dolichopus griseipennis, Stan. Ventral side, 
to show the mentum, witl the median process and the bristle-holes. 
(Compare with Figs. 11 and 15.) Breadth, circa # mm. or <j inch. 

Fie. 13. Mentum of Musca corvina, F. Shown in the same posi- 
tion as the other figures of this part. On comparison with them it 
will be seen that the median suture is wanting ; this condition is 
always found in the Muscide. Length at longest part .% mm. or 
zy inch. 

Fig. 14. The characteristic Phorid bristle: for comparison with 
Fig. 16. Taken from the middle tibia of P. incrassata, Mg. 9. 
Length »f mm. or ;3, inch, 

Fic. 15. Mentum of P. curvinervis, Beck., for comparison with 
the part in other families. The sides are much developed and flap 
over ; this is indicated inthe drawing. Length ,%; mm. or st, inch, 

Fie. 16. Mycetophilid bristle, one of two on the apex of the hind 
tibia of Sciara thomex, L. This structure is found only on the legs 
of the Mycetophilidew. Length ,°5 mm. or ,/5 inch. 


: ; S de 


cE 
re 
\ 


ee ee 


WN 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908, Plate VII. 


W. Wesché del. ad nat. 


Andre & Sleigh, Ltd. 
AFFINITIES OF THE PHORIDA. 


INT.) 


XII. Notes on the value of the genitalia of insects as guides 
in Phylogeny. By W. Wescut, F.R.M.S. Com- 
municated by J. E. Contin, F.E.S. 


[Read June 3rd, 1908.] 


THE study of organs such as genitalia or mouth parts 
through a series of Orders has yielded much matter of 
interest, and the value of the mouth in classification has 
been fully recognised. A further investigation through 
the families of an Order is still more interesting, but it is 
a study beset with difficulties and pitfalls on every side. 
The material is so vast that the anatomist must pick his 
species, and suitable material is often not sufficiently 
abundant, especially in specialised forms. Conclusions 
derived from one form are obviously dangerous enough, 
but conclusions derived from the study of a number may 
be absolutely wrong when applied to a particular species. 
I have in my mind a typical case, where a very careful 
worker who had specialised on a particular family, denied 
the presence of two-jointed palpi in that family. As a 
matter of fact the vast majority of species are one-jointed, 
but at least three, of which one is a very common species 
in England, are two-jointed. This is the kind of danger 
which besets the worker in insect anatomy, and should be 
allowed for in estimating the value of his work. So if I 
now attempt some generalisations, I do so conscious of the 
difficulties of my endeavour. 

Since the year 1900 I have made studies of the mouth 
parts and the genitalia of a number of species, and I 
have paid special attention to those contained in the Order 
Diptera. 

A more general study of various families, selecting in 
each the most aberrant as well as the most widely dis- 
tributed, or the most common species, shows that certain 
families are more conservative in type than others. But 
this conservatism may only apply to the mouth, while the 
genitalia are more variable, as is the case in the Syrphide ; 
while in the huge group of the calyptrate Muscidie, as 
long as the mouth remains unspecialised (a part ordinarily 

TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 


- 


298 Mr. W. Wesché’s Notes on the value of 


most conservative in form), the male genitalia follow 
closely a common type. 

Further, comparing family with family, one realises 
that cases of parallel development or degeneration occur. 
Many instances are found in the trophi; the mouth parts 
in Conops, certain Cyrtide, Prosena and Glossina are much 
alike in appearance, and the proboscis is formed in all 
cases from a modification of the under plate (mentum), 
and only differs in detail, yet this similarity is clearly no 
indication of affinity. 

In the genitalia, the ovipositor may be especially modi- 
fiel and hardened into a boring apparatus as in the 
Phytomyzidz, but a somewhat similar chitinising of the 
extremity in the viviparous Phora ruficornis, Mg., is no 
sign of relationship. 

The degeneration of the wings is another similar 
character, and [I think we must admit a tendency in the 
smaller forms in families, towards a simplification of the 
venation, and this must go into the same category. It 
is obvious that these parallel developments or degenera- 
tions must be recognised and ignored, when taking into 
consideration any Phylogenetic characters. 

The lines of modification in the male genitalia all tend 
to two ends, an effective fertilisation of the female and an 
effective isolation of the species; so that these may come 
under the head of parallel developments, but as the second 
cause must result in very varied morphology, it can be 
excepted from the above generalisation. Indeed in these 
variations in the inner parts (the penis and its append- 
ages) are to be found the more valuable Phylogenetic 
characters; the outer claspers (the forcipes superiores and 
inferiores of Dziedzicki) are sometimes of generic, but 
oftener only of specific value, as may be seen in Anopheles 
and Zanypus. 

In families which may be considered some of the oldest 
in the Nematocera, three types of penis are found: (1) a 
long styliform tube as in Zipula ; (2) a prominent chitinous 
process with lateral processes, as in P/ychoptera; (8) and 
a low membranous process supported by lateral chitinous 
hooks or levers, as in the Australian genus (‘ynoplistia 
and in Culex. 

Of these three forms the most striking is that of 
Tipula, and I think it can be clearly shown by methods 
of comparative anatomy, that modifications can be traced 


* 


i 
| 
J 
J 


the genitalia of Insects as guides in Phylogeny. 299 


through a number of families in the Nematocera and the 
Brachycera, and are in these cases useful Phylogenetic 
characters. It can be recognised in Scatopse, more par- 
ticularly owing to the characteristic structure of the 
ejaculatory sac. Pachyrrhina has only specific differences 
from Zipula. In the Stratiomid Sarginze and Berine 
great changes have taken place resulting i a shortening 
and thickening of the style, and a simplification of the 
ejaculatory apparatus; but the type remains the same, a 
chitinised process acting as a guide to a chitinised tube, 
which expands into an ejaculatory apparatus. Quite close 
to this are the forms of penis generally found in the 
Asilidee and Dolichopodidze, while in some species of 
Empis they are very near 7ipula in the flagellum, and 
resemble the Stratiomyidee in the ejaculatory sac. The 
Pipunculid Chalurus spurius, FIn.,, also has a styliform penis, 
but differs in the ejaculatory sac which is membranous. 

The extraordinary contradictions in characters, struc- 
tures which are usually only found in the older families 
persisting side by side with late specialisations, show us 
that reliance cannot be placed on any single character as 
a test of Phylogeny. Whether that character be venation, 
mouth part, genitalia, shape or microscopic structure, 
unless supported by another character, it is apt to mislead. 

This is demonstrable by comparison of the mouth parts 
of Glossina and Stomoxys; both are, as is well known, 
specialised for blood-sucking, and are somewhat alike in 
appearance and arrangement of the parts. The impression 
derived from a comparison of the male genitalia is very 
different ; Stomoxys* is close to the normal Muscid type, 
while in Glossina a remote and curious modification of 
that type is established, which appears to be a generic 
character, as I have found it common to the six species I 
have examined. The venation also shows that while 
Stomoxys approximates to the Cyrtoneurine, Glossina is 
closer to the later Muscid type, as it is found in Calli- 
phora, or as Mr. E. KE. Austen points out to me, is nearly 
identical with the Cistrid Hypoderma. 


* The late F. Tullock, in his paper “On the internal anatomy 
of Stomoxys,” Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. 77 B, 1906, p. 525, describes the 
penis as of the “same type as Glossina.” In the sense that both 
are Muscid in type, I am with him—but further I cannot follow, 
as the comparison suggests to me an extremely remote degree of 
relationship, or rather, a great divergence, 


nal 
300 Mr. W. Wesché’s Notes on the value of 


From this it can be seen that the presumption of close 
relationship suggested by the mouth is contradicted by 
the character of the male genitalia, and the venation only 
proves a family relationship. But when the extraordinary 
changes in the ovaries of the female of (. palpalis, Des., 
shown in Prof. E. A. Minchin’s paper,* Sfomoxys remain- 
ing normal, are taken into consideration, together with 
many other points of structure external and internal, it 
is clear that Glossina and Stomoxys are far removed from 
each other. 

A comparison of the Muscid species bearing specialised 
trophi, Drymia, Stomoxys, Hxmatolia, Lyperosa, Prosena, 
Siphona, Glossina and Madyza (the details of the argu- 
ment are too long to quote here), has led me to the 
conclusion that these specialised mouths, like those of the 
genera already quoted, are cases of parallel development. 

The genital affinities between Zipula, Scatopse, the 
Stratiomyid genera, Asilus, Dolichopus and the Empidee 
are supported by a similarity which is also a peculiarity, 
in the anatomy of the mouth. In families in which the 
mandibles are aborted, they are embedded in the labium. 

(1) In the Tipulide it can be demonstrated that they are 
in the ventral side, as the lever on the dorsal side sends out 
processes to which the palpi are attached, which shows 
that they are the fused cardines and stipites of the 
maxillee. 

(2) In Dolichopus there is a marked thickening of the 
mentum on the median line and a structure showing the 
presence of atrophied or aborted organs. In the related 
Aphrosylus raptor, Hal., the mentum is simple and 
without this structure, but two chitinous blades can be 
dissected out of the muscles underneath it. 

(3) In the Empide, Stratiomyide and Scatopse this 
character of a thickening of the chitin of the mentum on 
the median line is very marked. 

(4) In the Asilidze the mandibles are present, so the 
character fails, but the presence in the head of a structure, 
homologous with the pharyngeal pump in Culex and 
Tipula, connects it with the Empidz and Dolichopodide, 
and so establishes the value of the genitalia character in 
all these instances. 

The second type of penis, that found in Péychoptera 


* Report on the anatomy of the Tsetse-fly (Glossina palpalis) 
Proe. Roy. Soe., vol. 76 B, 1905. 


_ “> 


the genitalia of Insects as guides in Phylogeny. 301 


seems to foreshadow the Muscid type, in the symmetry and 
regularity of the lateral processes, while the forms found 
in Culex and Gynoplista do not seem to be represented in 
later families. 

The Tabanide and Leptidie are closely allied on the 
venation, but far apart on the characters of the mouth 
parts, the details of structure being without suggestion 
of affinity, the mandibles having disappeared, and a much 
simpler armature being usually found in the latter family. 
The genitalia in 7. bromius, L., J, are very complicated in 
the details of the ejaculatory apparatus, yet these com- 
plications are closely reproduced in Leptis conspicua, Mg., 
and with less difference than is often found between the 
species of the same genus. 

Another point that suggests affinity is similarity of 
arrangement. In a number of families in Diptera, the 
hypopygium is turned in under the abdomen; but in only 
one, the Dolichopodidee, and that only in certain genera, 
are the appendages that surround the penis displayed 
and disposed outside the cavity. An examination of the 
armature in the Phoridz shows a prominent hypopygium, 
but the microscope shows that it consists of two portions, 
a segment supporting the anus and the representatives of 
the larger hooks (Dr. J. H. Wood’s “anal protuberance ”), 
and a second segment often with aculeations, containing 
the penis. This second segment, judging from numerous 
points of comparative anatomy, homologises with the 
appendages that surround the penis (theca), which are, as 
in Dolichopus, displayed outside the hypopygium. 

This similarity of arrangement exists without the least 
trace of similarity of detail (unless it be in Conicera) or of 
structure suggesting affinity; but as there are striking 
points in the antennz, the mouth and general structure 
that show an affinity between the Phoride and the 
Dolichopodide, the similarity of arrangement appears, 
especially as it is so singular, to be of Phylogenetic value.* 
A remarkable development of the genitalia, both in the 
male and the female, in some of the Acalyptrate Muscidee 
has been undervalued by systematists. It is true that in 
Osten-Sacken’s list of 1878 and Verrall’s British list of 


* In some rare cases asymmetrical forms of the inner parts are 
found, as in Periplaneta, and I have also found such a state in the 
“second” segment (the corresponding part) and its contents in some 
Phoride. 


- 


302 Mr. W. Wesché’s Notes on the value of 


1901 the Ortalidze, Trypetidie and Loncheidee follow each 
other, but the horny telescopic ovipositor of the females 
and the remarkable development of the Muscid form of 
the male genitalia show that the differences between the 
three sections are only generic, and that they form one 
natural family. This opinion is strengthened by the 
character of the trophi, which is fairly constant through 
the group. In the labiums of the Ortalids Seoptera vibrans, 
L., and Pteropectria nigrina, Mg., and the Trypetid 
Acidia lychnidis, ¥., ave similar chitinous paired processes, 
which are peculiar and striking. This shows a very close 
relationship, and proves that a classification which places 
the two first insects in one family and the third in another, 
cannot be a natural one. 

The ovipositor. Three types are met within Diptera, (A) 
the telescopic or protrusile, (b) the non-telescopic, and (EK) 
the styliform. The telescopic may be subdivided into (C) 
those with a framework of chitinous rods and (D) those 
without. The B type is undoubtedly the oldest and seems 
nearly universal in the Nematocera. A and B are both 
represented in the Muscid, but B is far oftener met with 
in the Acalyptrates. C seems confined to the Muscide, 
but examples of D may be met with in a few Syrphide, 
and in the Dolichopodi, Phoridze and Chloropode. In 
some Phoridxe the ovipositor has a lever to extend it, 
somewhat similar in shape to a process found in the non- 
telescopic ovipositor of the Simulidz, and whose homolouge 
appears to exist in a different form in the Chironomyide. 

EK. The styliform is found in the peculiar organ of the 
Pipunculide, but there are one or two aberrant forms such 
as Phorocera serriventris, Rnd., which I have come across 
in the Muscidee, which might come under this head, but 
are really parallel developments. The types may be 
arranged in a Phylogenetic scheme placed in the order of 
hypothetical evolution, beginning with the oldest. 


B. = Non-telescopic. 

E.  Non-telescopic chitinised forms as in Pipuneulus. 

D. = Telescopic without rods other than a single lever. 

C(*). Telescopic with many rods.* 

* There are contained in the abdomen, parts of the female 
genitalia that strangely enough have characters. These are the 
receptacula seminis ; they vary in number from one to four, have 
sculpturing on the cases, and may have characteristic shapes in certain 
genera, as in Palloptera, but their differences are mostly specific, 


mS 


the genitalia of Insects as guides in Phylogeny. 308 


C(*). Telescopic and with chitinised joints as in 
Ortalide. 

Conclusion. I have already alluded to the difficulty of 
estimating a position in a systematic list brought about by 
the contradictions of characters, an archaic being contra- 
dicted by what we might call a late specialisation. But 
search will usually reveal an overwhelming balance on one 
side or the other, and it is usually the archaic character 
that stands. A comparison of two well-known flies will 
illustrate my point. The mouth parts and the male 
genitalia of Calliphora erythrocephala, Mg., and Scatophaga 
stercoraria, L., are absolutely homologous part for part, 
and quite close together in all respects. But C. erythro- 
cephala has a telescopic ovipositor extended by rods, while 
in S. stercoraria it is non-telescopic. Scatophaga is un- 
doubtedly the older type, and the wide space between the 
eyes of the male (Williston’s dichoptic), the small calyptra, 
and the open first posterior cell of the wing confirm the 
older type of ovipositor. 

To take a more difficult case, the Phorid Vrineuwra 
aterrima, F., has an ejaculatory apparatus in the male 
genitalia, usually only found in the Muscide. Against 
this, the species has dichoptic eyes, D type of ovipositor, 
no ptilinum, and mouth parts which have characters in the 
labium and mentum only found in the Brachycera and 
Nematocera, and a sense organ on the palpi practically 
exactly similar to that found in the Nematocerous Dilo- 
phus. The evidence is overwhelming that Trineura has 
no place, even in the older families of the Muscide. We 
get collateral evidence when we find that other Phorids 
are without the ejaculatory sac and apodeme, and that the 
Pipunculid Chalurus spurius, Fln., together with a 
styliform penis, has a similar ejaculatory apparatus. 

1. From these observations it may be assumed that 
those characters both of the male and the female genitalia, 
which are found in the Nematocera, when they can be 

recognised in other suborders, are the more reliable as 
’ guides in Phylogeny. 

2. That a similarity of arrangement, when very ex- 
ceptional and aberrant from the usual type, may also be 
relied on. 

3. It can also be assumed that though genitalia cannot 
invariably be relied on to solve problems in Phylogeny, 
the evidence they afford is valuable and must be carefully 


- 


304 Mr. W. Wesché’s Notes on the value of 


weighed, and they will always in the male afford specific 
characters. 


LITERATURE. 


1. Recherches anatomiques. L. Dufour, 1851. Mém. 
Prés. Ac. Sci. Paris, tome xi. 

2. Genus Phronia, A. Dziedzicki, 1889. Hor. Soc. 
Entom. Ross, tome xxiii. 

3. The Blow-fly. B. Thomson Lowne. London, 1895. 

4. Morphologie de Varmure génital des insectes. A. 
Peytorem. Paris, 1895. 

5. Musca domestica, L. A. Berlesi. Riv. Patol. Vegetal. 
ix, 1902. 

6. Genitalia of Scatophaga. W. Wesché. Jour. Quekett 
Micr. Club. Ap. 1903. 

7. Hypopygium of the Dolichopodide. Rob. E. Snod- 
grass. 1904. Proc. Cal. Acad. Science. Ser. 3, vol. iii, 
Zool. No. 11. 

8. Genus Sarcophaga. F. du Rosille. Mém. Soe. 
Linnéenne du Nord de la France. Amiens, 1905. 

9. Genitalia of Glossina palpalis, Des. W. Wesché. 
Jour. Quekett Micr. Club. 1905. 

10. Genitalia of both the sexes in Diptera. W. Wesché. 
Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. Ser. 11, Zool., vol. ix, 1906. 

11. Male genitalia of Periplancta orientalis, L. W. 
Wesché. Jour. Quekett Micr. Club. Ap. 1908. 


Supplementary Note. Since writing the above paper I 
have, with the aid of Dr. J. H. Wood, who has kindly 
supplied the material and notes on the external characters, 
made preparations and dissections of some Phoridz which 
are included in Brues’ genus of Apiocheta. The male 
genitalia throughout show a striking generic character in 
the presence of pads of chitinous cilia, supported by asym- 
metrical rods and rings, forming an organ of extremely 
complicated structure, whose minute size makes it difficult 
to study or understand, but I can in several species see 
the ejaculatory duct opening into the bases of the struc- 
tures supporting the chitinous cilia. This arrangement is 
quite distinct from the apparatus found in such Phora as 
incrassata, Mg., or curvinervis, Beck., and appears to 
characterise the group and is good evidence in favour of 
the natural character of Brues’ genus. It is interesting 


the genitalia of Insects as guides in Phylogeny. 305 


that in the Chironomid Tanypus monilis, L., I have also 
met with these pads of chitinous cilia in the genitalia, and 
also have been unable to find an external opening of the 
ejaculatory duct, but in this insect, unlike the Phorid:e all 
the parts are symmetrical; the structure is so peculiar 
that it may be one more of the numerous links connecting 
the Phoridze with the Nematocera, 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (SEPT.) 20 


3 i Py i a 


fea Weyer ve Oo 


bY 
=) 


ud eka vid ih 


ip 


or 


Canoes ) 


XIII. Erebia lefebvrei and Lyczna pyrenaica. By T. A. 
CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S. 


[Read March 4th, 1908.] 


Prares VTE XTii: 


In spite of demonstration to the contrary, we find these 
two species sunk as varieties in Staudinger’s 1901 
Catalogue. 

After making full allowance for Staudinger’s prejudice 
against allowing any French form to be a good species, as 
seen in several other instances besides these, his un- 
questionable eminence makes it necessary to prove by 
every available means that these species are not mere 
varieties. 

As regards /efebvrei I demonstrated abundantly in our 
Transactions, 1898, p. 225, by the structure of the 2 
ancillary appendages, that /efebvrei and melas were distinct 
species. 

Unfortunately such characters do not appeal, to a very 
large proportion of entomologists, chiefly because they 
know nothing about them. In consequence, they entirely 
misinterpret such facts as Dr. K. Jordan especially has 
illustrated, viz. that these appendages are as variable as 
any other characters, and often differ in a regular way in 
different races of the same species. From such circum- 
stances they hasten to the conclusion that these structures 
give no certain indication of specific differences, and in 
short, which doubtless they find very comforting, that 
what they don’t know is not worth knowing. Yet, because 
these structures present such variations, to assume that 
their indications are untrustworthy, is of about the same 
order of logic, as to assume that Colias edusa and Colias 
hyale are one species, because C. edusa var. helice is of 
much the same colour as (. hyale. 

It happens further that though I fell into no error as to 
the relations of lefebvret to melas, nor indeed as to those of 
melas to nerine, | made the serious error of assuming that 
nerine and not melas was the prior name. ‘This error as 
to nomenclature, no doubt discounted the value of my 

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 


hall 
308 Dr. T. A. Chapman on 


evidence as to structural details, in the eyes of those to 
whom correctness of nomenclature is everything. Not 
that I am a heretic as to the value of correct nomenclature, 
and I am certainly strongly opposed to those who err 
therein wilfully, but I do plead that in studying structure, 
it is a grievous drawback to have to spend time in nomen- 
clatorial research. 

In visiting the Pyrenees last (1907) summer, one of my 
objects was to study on the spot these two species, and 
with regard to LZ. lefebvreti to determine some points, quite 
apart from the structure of the appendages, that would 
appeal to the ordinary systematist as proving it to be a 
species distinct from /. melas. 

I obtained a very fair series of L. lefebvrei at Gavarnie, 
and had the pleasure of exhibiting them to the Society 
(Feb. 5, 1908). Of Z. melas, I have a fair series from 
various sources, chiefly from Staudinger and from Mr. 
A. H. Jones. 

At Gavarnie LZ. lefebvrei occurs apparently in all suitable 
localities. These are always more or less steep stony 
slopes, so that it is not altogether erroneous to compare its 
habits in this respect with those of H. glacialis, 'The range 
of L. glacialis is, however, some 1,000 feet higher than that 
of E. lefebvrei, and its habitats are even more stony and 
bare than those of the latter. Both, however, occur 
amongst rough stones where it is practically impossible 
to follow them and where it seems a problem where the 
larvee can find food. Both, if driven off into grassy ground, 
work back at once to the stony slopes. But both may 
also be met with on steep slaty screes, on which loco- 
motion is fairly practicable. The lowest level at which I 
met with the insect at Gavarnie was on the floor of the 
Cirque, at about 5,500 feet. I met with it in various other 
directions, but it was most abundant and most easily 
captured on the ridge between the two paths to the Port 
d’Espagne, but more especially on its north slope looking 
down into the Val de Holle, at about 7,500 feet. It was 
also seen freely at the Port d’Espagne itself, rather on the 
Spanish side, on tolerably level ground (for lefebvret). The 
females are much less numerous than the males, not 
probably actually, but from the collector’s point of view, 
and like those of glacialis, not unfrequently occur, singly 
or paired, towards the grassy lower margin of the bare 
slopes where the males disport themselves. 


Erebia lefebvrei and Lycwna pyrenaica. 309 


E. melas, from all I can learn about it, much more 
resembles nevine in its habitats than it does lefebvrei. It is 
found (even in the South and Kast of Europe) below 4,000 
feet, and does not go much above that elevation. At 
Herculesbad it occurs on the slopes of the Domogled, which 
is only some 3,600 feet high. This is like nerine, which 
occurs when I have taken it at Cortina and on the way 
up to the Mendel Pass a good way below and not much 
above 4,000 feet. Its habitat at Mendel is below that of 
E. curyale, a by no means high level form. 

In regard to the structure of the clasps all three belong 
to the group that contains pronvce, and may be called the 
pronoe group, pronoe being the most abundant and widely 
distributed, possibly but not necessarily, the most ancestral 
of the group. Scipio is the other member of the central 
portion of the group. Neoridas and zapateri are also very 
close if not actually within the group. Others are less 
close. The clasp in this group is characterised by a robust 
body and a long and comparatively slender neck. There 
is a dorsal prominence where the body joins the neck, and 
this usually carries some spines. ‘They are absent in scipro 
and very often in nerine. 

Lefebvrei has these spines at the angle well-pronounced, 
and has others more basal on the body. 

Nerine and melas are identical, usually there is one spine 
at the junction of the body and neck, in nevine sometimes 
none; I have a specimen of each species with three spines 
here. In neither of them do any spines occur back on the 
body, but not unfrequently there is an odd spine or two on 
the neck, usually looking as if it were one of the terminal 
spines retreated on to the neck, sometimes it is nearer the 
base. In /efebvrei the terminal spines are a group confined 
to the end of the clasps, in nerine and melas they are often 
very much the same, but also often spread round and 
tending to invade the neck. I have not seen this in 
lefebvret. 

One result of these differences is a marked contrast 
between the clasps of lefebvrei and melas (with nerine) when 
seen in profile at the proper angle. 

Lefebvrei appears to have the body of the same or nearly 
the same thickness to the angle, and then with a rapid 
sweep, often incurved, the margin descends to the com- 
paratively slender neck. In melas the body gradually 
narrows to the angle and proceeds onwards in the neck 


- 
310 Dr. T. A. Chapman on 


with no very marked transition, even when a spine or two 
is present on the angle. 

When we come to the ordinary imaginal characters, we 
find nevine has the usual Lrebia markings on both surfaces, 
whereas lefebvrei and melas are very wanting in the red- 
brown of the upper surface and the #f have usually the 
hind-wings beneath pure black, with no very decided 
markings, except the ocelli. This, in fact, is the ground, 
and the only one that I know of for uniting melas and 
lefebvrei. Yet this is a feature in which a great many 
species vary so much. As every one knows, a form of 
glacialis was for some time called melas, var. nicholli, and 
really it was extremely difficult to say in what it differed 
from melas; it took this form in its well-known habitat 
near Campiglio. It agreed with glacialis in a habitat of 
about 8,000 feet. It differed from it, in any other places 
where I have taken glacialis, now a good many, in all the 
specimens being of fairly uniform type, viz. closely resemb- 
ling melas; im other localities, darker or lighter forms, or 
others occur together in varying proportions. ‘There is 
always some range of variation. M. Calberla, however, 
showed that the male appendages proved nicholli without 
a shadow of doubt to be glacialis. This is perhaps the 
most marked and celebrated case of a melas form presented 
by an Lrebia that is often of fairly ordinary Lvrebia facies. 
But pronoe, manto and others have well-known dark forms. 

When we come to the few wing-markings these species 
present, that have a real value for specific distinction, we 
find lefebvrei by itself and nevine and melas in agreement. 

All have the pair of ocelli on the fore-wings between 
veins 4 and 6. All have in addition, but rarely, the apical 
spot between 6 and 7. When this occurs we find it in 
lefebvret in a line with the other two, as in evias. But in 
nerine and melas, it is nearer the margin as in stygne, not 
quite so far out as in stygne but nearly so. When I 
wanted to examine as many specimens as possible, as to 
this and other characters, I looked over the series in the 
British Museum at South Kensington, and the first lefebvret 
that caught my eye had this apical spot very far out; this 
did not accord with my other observations, but a second 
glance showed this specimen to be one of stygne, a species 
that often flies with efebvrei. This specimen had, up till 
the date of my examination, escaped detection as an 
intruder. The ‘circumstance illustrates how difficult it 


A 


Mrebia lefebvrer and Lycana pyrenarea. 311 


sometimes is to Separate some species of Hrebia from each 
other. Some specimens of stygne that I took flying with 
lefebvrei required rather close scrutiny to detect ; I was 
always able, however, to say which species a doubtful 
specimen belonged to, before examining the appendages, 
but it is extremely useful to have so certain a method to 
fall back upon for confirmation, the appendages of lefebvrer 
and stygne being so abundantly different. 

The ocelli of the fore-wing present another very decisive 
character. They are much nearer the margin in lefebvret 
than in the others. Comparing specimens much alike for 
size and other things, the 2nd ocellus is 2°5 mm. from the 
cilia in lefebvrei, 40 mm. in melas, and the upper of the 
two apical ocelli is in melas, as compared with lefebvrer, 
further from the margin to a greater proportional distance 
than the second. The difference in alignment when the 
third apical spot is present already referred to, might be 
perhaps more correctly described as due to a difference in 
position of the usual first spot rather than of the accessory 
one. (Pl. VIII.) 

The fascia of the under-side, especially of the under-wing, 
presents features that are perhaps more to be depended on 
in distinguishing the species of Hrebia from each other, 
than any other. (PI. IX.) 

The three forms we are considering, belonging as they 
do to the same group of Hrebiv, have a general similarity 
on the under-sides. The females, as usual, presenting the 
markings characteristic of the species much more evidently 
than the males. In /efeburei, indeed, one might say the 
under-side of the hind-wing of the male is uniformly deep 
black (ocelli apart), but in a few specimens, that are very 
perfect indeed, a slightly different tone of the black, or 
one might almost say a mere difference in the polish of 
the surface, shows the markings in the characteristic line, 
that is quite plain in the females. In medas the males are 
very black beneath, but the black is not so deep and 
intense as in Jefebvrei, and it has to be a decidedly bad 
specimen in which the characteristic marking is invisible. 
(Pl. X.) 

In many Hrebixv there is, underneath the hind-wing, a 
pale transverse band in which the ocelli are placed; this 
band is well developed in ewryale and #xthiops. In our 
species it is also quite distinct. 

The darker margin outside the band is difficult to see 


312 Dr. T. A, Chapman on 


in lefebvrei f, but in melas f and nerine f it is a more or 
less continuous narrow band, its basal margin either quite 
straight or more or less indented at the veins. In the ae 
of all it is more or less broken into hmmules separated by 
the pale band stretching along the veins either almost or 
quite to the cilia. 

The basal margin of the pale band is however by no 
means the same. It is so nearly the same in the two 
sexes that we may treat of them together. In /efebvrei, 
this margin begins on the costa at much the same place 
as in the others, and crosses the wing in the same curves 
as in melas and nerine, but much less pronounced, so that 
though one could not call it straight, it is almost so in 
comparison with their more marked curves and indenta- 
tions. When it reaches the third (there are usually 3, 
there may be 2, 1 or none, I have no specimen with 4 on 
the under-side) ocellus between veins 2 and 3 it is 
very close to it, about the width of the (average) ocellus 
distant from it, and proceeds down and reaches the margin 
in the next interspace (between veins land 2). In nerine 
and melas this line is more curved, in nerine almost always 
markedly so, in melas only a few specimens have it so 
curved as in nerine, but all much more so than in lefebvrer. 
By curved I mean especially the rounded projections be- 
tween veins 3 and 4, and between 4 and 6, with the 
marked indentation on vein 4. When opposite the last 
ocellus (between veins 2 and 3) it is a long way from it, it 
proceeds very well-defined across the next interspace and 
reaches the hind margin to the inner-side of vein 1. This 
difference amounts practically to this transverse line at its 
inner extremity reaching the margin of the wing on the 
hind margin in /efebvrei, on the inner margin in melas and 
nerine. 

It may be further noted that as in the front-wing, so in 
the hind one, the third ocellus especially is much nearer the 
hind margin in /efebvrei than in melas (or nerine), and is 
nearer also in comparison with the 2 (usually 2) others. 
I was, at one time, convinced that there was a difference 
in the form of the wings in the two species, /efebvrei and 
melas. 

I have been quite unable, however, to substantiate this 
opinion by wing measurements. The strong impression — 
one has, however, to this effect, is not hallucination, it. 1s 
probably the result of the different positions of the ocelli 


a 


Erebia lefebvrer and Lycena pyrenaica, 313 


in the two species. If the ocelli occupy, always (say in 
the genus Hela), precisely the same place, morphologic- 
ally, on the wing, as seems very probably the case, then 
the apparently changed positions must be due to a 
variation in the relative proportions of the wing areas 
internal and external to the ocelli, a very important 
change of wing form, although the actual outline may be 
unaltered. 

There is another difference between /efebvret on the one 
hand and melas and nerine on the other, in the colouring 
of the antenne. In some genera a difference in the 
colouring of the antenne forms a very good specific 
character. In Lrebia I think this is not so and has little 
more value than the colour of the wings. Still, such as it 
is, it 1s very decided in the present case. In melas a 
glance at a long series gives the impression that the 
under-side of the antenna is whfte, and similarly in the 
case of lefebvrei, that it is dark, whilst in nerine the same 
area looks pale, not so white as in melas, but the difference 
is more from contrast with the paler imsect than in actual 
colour of the antennz. In both the colour is creamy, 
tending to white in medas, to terra-cotta in nerine, 

A closer examination shows the tinting to be much 
alike in nevine and melas and to consist of a broad stripe 
of nearly three-fourths the circumference of the shaft of 
the antenna, narrower on the club and almost reaching 
the tip, it is paler on the club. The breadth of the pale 
portion is such that itis almost always visible from above ; 
in an ordinary set specimen it is obvious without moving 
the insect. . 

In lefebvret the antenne from above look uniformly 
black, the pale band is very narrow (or wanting in some) 
and of a darker colour, and is interrupted at the neck of 
the club, a feature that exists in some degree in melas. 
In short the pale side in melas obtrudes itself, in lefebvrer 
requires looking for, hence the conclusion derived from a 
first glance at a series. 

These differences are found not only in selected examples, 
but in all specimensexamined. I have examined probably 
nearly 200 specimens of each of the three forms, nearly 
half this number in my own boxes and Mr. Tutt’s. They 
seem abundantly adequate to prove /efebvrei and melas to 
be distinct from each other, even if the evidence from the 
appendages did not exist. They also prove that melas 


al 
314 Dr. T. A. Chapman on 


and nerine are races that are very closely related. My 
own opinion still is, that they are local forms of one 
species, but there is no difficulty in any one _ believing 
they are distinct; it is more a question of the definition 
of “race” and “species” than of the precise amount by 
which the two forms differ. 

The plates are from enlarged photographs by Mr. A. E. 
Tonge, and will enable all the points noted to be easily 
seen, except the colour of the antenne, which they do not 
illustrate. 

Lycena pyrenaica is a very interesting species, being 
very close to L. orbitulus, yet abundantly distinct. It is 
especially to be observed that it is not the Pyrenean 
representative of Z. orbitulus, that species occurring in 
the same region. 

Pyrenaica seems to be less variable than orlitulus. I 
found odd specimens at various places near Gavarnie, 
places a very long way from and very different to that 
in which I appeared to recognise one of its headquarters. 
This was on a steep slope at about 5,500 feet, where a 
limestone of almost chalky whiteness formed the greater 
part of the surface, sometimes in rocky outcrops, sometimes 
in partially overgrown screes, not easy to get about on, 
sometimes quite impassable. 

One recognised that the marked paleness of pyrenaica 
here corresponded with the colour of the rocks, and when 
the males settled, it was very difficult to see them on the 
white rubble, unless they had been actually seen to alight. 
One concluded that this cryptic coloration afforded them 
valuable protection, and that their rarity elsewhere was 
probably due to the want of this and not to any 
absence of food-plant or climatic conditions. I Baas 
that M. Pierret (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1848, p. 399) 
found the insect at precisely the same place Fees I 
took it. 

Any doubt as to pyrenaica being a variety of orbitulus 
is set at rest by the difference in the ancillary appendages. 
(Pl. XI.) The jointed apophyses of the dorsum have rather 
straighter tips, and the toothed extremities of the clasps, 
where the differences between different species of Lycena 
are most easily observable, have 8 or 9 teeth in orbitulus, 
and 16 or 17 much smaller ones in pyrenaica. The smooth, 
chitinous plate which carries them is of about the same 
size and form in both species. 


Erebia lefebvrei and Lycena pyrenaiea, 315 


At first I thought there was some ground for regarding 
orbitulus, var. oberthiiri, as also a distinct species, but a 
larger number of specimens showed this not to be so. 
The round head of the clasp in orbitulus (Pl. XII, Arolla 
specimen) and the more beak-shaped one of oberthiiri (Lac 
de Gaube specimen, PI. XIII) are the result’ probably of 
slightly different orientations of the specimens on the slides, 
as other specimens show beaked heads in Swiss specimens 
and round-headed ones for the Pyrenees. 

It is also the case that in a considerable series I find 
little difference in the wing characters of the imagines, 
and examples from the Simplon are as large as the largest 
oberthiirt. Simplon 35°0 mm. Oberthiiri 34:0 mim. 

M. Oberthiir has said nearly all there is to say as to the 
distinctness of pyrenaica and orbitulus; it is but fair to 
say that M. Pierret, sixty years ago, was equally definite 
in correction of M. Boisduval, he said nothing about £. 
lefebvret being a good species, because he saw no reason to 
suppose any one could entertain any other opinion; and 
such a question would probably never have arisen but 
for German objections to French forms being considered 
good species. 

M. Pierret says orbitulus of the Pyrenees is quite like that 
of the Alps. M. Oberthiir says they are larger and more 
robust. Looking at my series of both, I come to the 
apparently absurd conclusion that bothare right. Except 
the Simplon specimens, M. Oberthiir’s dictum is correct. 
Including these, there is no orbitulus from the Pyrenees 
that cannot be very fairly matched by one from the Alps. 
Yet in the mass they look different, apart from size. 
Again excepting the Simplon specimens, the Alpine form 
has the base of the wings blue, the margins dark, and the 
one grades insensibly into the other. The Pyrenzan 
specimens have the centre of the wings blue, with a broad 
dark margin tolerably well defined generally on the hind- 
wings, rarely marked on the fore-wings. This refers to 
the mass of specimens but each group has individuals 
more or less of the other type. They are then somewhat 
distinct races, but neither has any specimens that cannot 
be very nearly matched from the other race. The Simplon 
race are, however, var. oberthiivi quite as much as those 
from the Pyrenees. It is also the case that the Alpine 
specimens, besides being smaller than oberthiiri, have 
some very small specimens, one as small as 22°0 mm. 


- 


316 Erelia lefebvrei and Lycena pyrenaica. 


The smallest oberiiiivi,a 2, being 30°0 mm. The smallest 
specimens are from Dauphiné and the Engadine. The 
legends under the Plates, with the above descriptions, 
sufficiently describe them. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATes VIII—XIII. 


[See Explanation facing the PLAtEs. | 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII. 


Photographs (by A. E. Tonge, Esq.) of upper surfaces of 


1. Erebia lefebvrei, g (3-spotted form). 


2. = melas, 3 a 
3. 4, nerine, - i.e. ordinary form) x 4,2. 


The figures show how melas and nerine agree in the position of 
the ocelli on the fore-wing, and how much they differ from lefebvrei, 
in which the apical ocelli are not only in line, but all are much 
nearer the hind margin, this being greatest with the 2nd (usually 


1st) ocellus, 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Pl. VIII. 


bdo 


A. E. Toner, Phot. 


Erebia: (1) letebvrei ga(2) melas-¢', (3) nerine 9 x 177. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Photographs (by A. E. Tonge, Esq.) of under-sides of 


1. Erebia lefebvrei, 9, showing the comparative straightness of 
the outer margin of inner dark area of hind-wing, and how it 
approaches the hind margin at the lowest ocellus. 

2 and 3. Erebia melas, 9 9. 2 shows how the general tone 
differs from that of lefebvret, and agrees with that of nerine. And 
3 how the outer margin of the inner dark area is very much the 
same as in nerine (Fig. 4 and 5) in outline. 

4. Hrebia nerine, ¢. 

5B. 364, +=nerine 9. 

In 2, 3, 4 and 5 the line in question is remote from the lowest 
ocellus and passes on to the inner margin. All x 7/. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Pl. IX. 


bdo 


A. E. TonGeE, Phot. 


Undersides of Erebia: (1) lefebvrei 9, (2, 3) melas ?, 
(a): nerine ¢, (5) nerine 9. x. 1°7. 


=P 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. 


Photographs (by A. E. Tonge, Esq.) of under-sides of 
1. Erebia lefebvrei, ¢. 
2. 4, melas, 6. xX +. 
They show, as Plates VIII and IX, that the apical ocelli are much 
nearer the hind margin in lefebvrei than in melas, and that in the 


former the pale band on the hind-wing can just be made out, in the 
latter much more distinct. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Pil. X4 


A. E. ToncGe, Phot. 


Undersides of Erebia: (1) lefebvrei ¢, (2) melas g 


x 17. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI. 


Fic. 1. Ancillary appendages of Lycena pyrenaica x 25. 
2. Extremity of clasp x 180, 


Cc X voleual 


‘youd ‘NUVID 'N “A 


N 


“IX Id 806L “PHOT :90S "IHG “SUA L 


d 


Ad vu 


ee 


‘ogi x dsvjo jo Aywesyxq (Z) 


DAT Jo sasv 


puaddy Av 


I 


puy (1) 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. 


Fig. 1. Ancillary appendages of Lyc. orbitulus (Arolla) x 25. 
2, Extremity of clasp x 180. 


nt. Soc. Lond., 1908. Pl. XII. 


. 


Trans. E 


4 


N 


F. N. Crark, Phot. 


Mein. 


(1) Ancillary Appendages of Lyc. orbitulus (Arolla) 


(2) Extremity of clasp x 180. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. 


Fie. 1. Ancillary appendages of Lyc. orbitulus, var. oberthiiri (Lac 
de Gaube) x 25. 
2. Extremity of clasp x 180. 


"ogi x dsvj> jo Aywies}xq (Z) 
Cz X (aqned ap dv) Lunyz4aqQo0 “IVA ‘snjnzIq4o--9C'7 JO sadepuaddy Azeyouy (1) 
‘JOUd ‘AYVID ‘N “A 


‘TIIX ‘Id “8061 “Puoy (90g *quq ‘supa 


—— = = “ = ’ i — ~ 


CHB fy 


XIV. On Stenoptilia grandis (new species) By T. A. 
CHAPMAN, M.D., F.Z.S. 


[Read April 1st, 1908. ] 


Pirates XIV—XVII. 


CERTAIN groups of the Stenoptilias are not too easy to 
separate correctly into their component species. The gen- 
tian-feeding section is perhaps one of the most puzzling of 
these. Probably our S. zophodactylus is the most distinct. 

But * graphodactylus and coprodactylus seem to me to 
be extremely difficult to discriminate, so much so, that I 
am not very clear as to what facts I could rely on in reply 
to any one who asserted them to be identical. 

In their most pronounced and typical forms they are 
sufficiently different, but there have passed through my 
hands specimens that were more or less intermediate, or 
though apparently belonging to one species, presented 
characters supposed to be distinctive of the other. 

If there is only one species, then the form that is the 
subject of this note is another form of it. But if grapho- 
dactylus (pneumonanties) be distinct from coprodactylus then 
S. grandis is undoubtedly a third species. 

It is characterised by its large size (exp. al. 80 mm.), and 
by the transverse pale marking on the upper plume of the 
fore-wing. In graphodactylus (pnewmonanthes), Pl. XIV, 
fig. 6, this line is fairly transverse and not far from the 
middle of the separate part of the plume. 

In coprodactylus (Pl. XIV, figs. 5 and 7) this line tends 
to be oblique and to be nearer the apex of the wing than 
in graphodactylus, but still running back internally, as if to 
reach the fork between the plumes. On grandis (Pl. XIV, 
fig. 4) this difference is extreme, the oblique line is well 
beyond the middle of the plume, and is very oblique, 
almost seeming to run from the apex to the middle of the 
inner border of the plume. 

This line varies a good deal in different specimens of 
graphodactylus and coprodactylus, but in obliquity and 


* I do not propose to discuss the relation of pnrewmonanthes and 
graphodactylis. 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1908.—PART I. (SEPT.) 


o 
318 Dr. T. A. Chapman on 


approach to the hind margin, no specimens I have seen of 
either species are at all near to grandis in this respect. 
rrandis agrees with coprodactylus in the inner dark half of 
the fringe (continuous in yraphodactylus), being broken up 
into spots. 

On examining the ancillary appendages for some indi- 
cation as to the relationship of these forms, one is met by 
the remarkable fact, that there is very little difference in 
these structures in the several species. The clasps are 
very remarkable and complex structures, but except in 
some slight differences in proportions and curvatures are 
quite alike not only in these gentian-feeding species, 
but species of other groups such as pterodactylus and 
bipunctidactylus are practically the same. 

I find, however, certain differences in the tegumen that 
appear to be constant. These will be best understood 
by reference to the plates (XV); it will be seen that 
the tegumen of grandis has little affinity with that of 
coprodactylus, and is much more of the type of that of 
graphodactylus. 

There is another difference that is of considerable im- 
portance, viz. the great size of these appendages in grandis, 
as compared with the other two species. (Compare Plates 
XVI and XVII, where all are equally magnified.) Were 
grandis merely an aberrational form, the large size of the 
imago generally would be accompanied with appendages 
of normal size. It is at least the rule for the appendages 
to preserve a normal development, notwithstanding great 
variation in size otherwise, so far as my observations go. 
This is true of specimens from the same region, but not 
always of geographical varieties, as of Swiss and British 
Erebia xthiops. 

It is certain that though coprodactylus occurs on the 
same ground with grandis, it is physically impossible for 
them to be syngamic, nor as a matter of fact were any 
intermediate specimens taken. These specimens of grandis 
were taken July 29th, 1905, on the top of one of the spurs 
of the hill opposite Larche, Basses Alpes, at a height of 
rather over 6,000 feet. Some were taken on the wing, 
others were bred from pupz found together with empty 
cases on the leaves of Gentiana lutea. It was remarkable 
that no trace of where the larvee had fed on the plants could 
be found; the plants were almost all the large clumps of 
root leaves, without flowering stems; though a few had 


Stenoptilia grandis. 319 


flowering stems, the pupze were quite unassociated with 
these and were usually on the mid-rib about the middle 
of the upper side of a leaf. 

Except in size these pup differ very little from the 
others of the group. 

I append a note on the pupa. 


The pupee were found on the centre of leaves of Gentiana lutea, 
altogether 14 were found, full, empty—good and bad—always near 
the centre of leaf, usually on the mid-rib, on upper surface and as 
usual head downwards. They are 12 to 13 mm. long. Thoracic 
portions rather swollen, 2°3 mm. wide, about 2 mm. from meta- 
thorax backwards, but with a falling in of sides (dorsally) of forward 
abdominal segments and meta- and portion of meso-thorax that gives 
an appearance to abdomen of being spindle-shaped, it tapers off very 
regularly in last four segments to a rather sharp point. The falling 
in of sides is in accentuation of the prominence of dorsal ridges in a 
hump on posterior margin of dorsum of 2nd thoracic, 

Seen laterally, the pupa is straight ventrally—dorsally arches back 
from nose-horn to the hump on meso-thorax, then fuller to 1st abdo- 
minal whence it is fairly straight till last four segments. The dorsal 
ridges arch outwards on middle of mesothorax and form an elliptic 
raised surface, thence (i.e. from hump) they separate, especially 
on Ist abdominal and end at II of 3rd abdominal. There are no 
hairs, but there are points marking I and II on abdominal. The 
colour is green of most of abdomen tending to ochreous at last 
segments and also on meta-thorax and Ist abdominal ; forwards it 
is overlaid by whitish, so that on front view the pupa is white. 
The appendage-cases are dark, getting nearly black in some pupee ; 
2nd and 38rd legs form a free style beyond end of wings, down 
to middle of 6th abdominal. The venation of wings is marked, 
and the whole surface is finely ridged transversely. The pupa is 
like a large, robust zophodactylus pupa less richly coloured. 


I have also a solitary specimen from Pajares (Asturias, 
Spain) that is paler than the French ones, and in facies 
suggestive of coprodactylus, but agrees in essential mark- 
ings and in size with grandis; being a solitary specimen, 
I have not examined the appendages, but believe there is 
no doubt the specimen is specifically identical with those 
from Larche. 

Hofmann notes under coprodactylus: “Male specimens 
from the Alps are often very large, remarkably pale and 
little marked ; three very dark large specimens in Reutti’s 


- 


320 Dr.T. A. Chapman on Stenoptilia grandis. 


collection came from Hohenkapf in Allgiiu. I took a 
precisely similar specimen near Kelheim on June 8rd.” 

It is very possible that the dark specimens noted 
belonged to grandis, this is the only reference I have found 
to the species having possibly been observed. 

S. graphodactylus is said to feed on Gentiana lutea, the 
food of grandis ; coprodactyla on Gentiana verna, As an 
abundant and wider spread species, it is probable that the 
latter feeds on various gentians, verna, acaulis, etc., lutea 
being more likely an exception than not. 

That S. grandis should be attached to the supposed food 
of S. graphodactyla, and at the same time more nearly 
resemble coprodactyla, may equally point to the three forms 
being distinct, or to all being races of one species. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIV—XVII. 


[See Explanation facing the Puares. | 


. 
. 
{ 
* 
r 
‘ 
: 
’ 
iM 
; 
. 
” 
“a 
i f 
- 
no 
4 


ih 
4 
fi 
. 
svaye 
ie 
\ * 
r Varo 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV. 


Fie. 1. Stenoptilia grandis, ¢, real size. 


2. 9 9 ? >] ” 
3. 7 probably grandis, ¢, real size, from Pajares. 
4. End of fore-wing of S. grandis x 3 diameters. 
Dp and 7.) \ 4, a S. coprodactylus x 4 diameters. 
Gis oo + S. pnewmonanthes x 4 diameters. 


Note, to make them look same size on the plate, the artist has 
magnified grandis only three times, the others four; unfortunately 
this obscures the great difference in size. 

The figure 6 rather exaggerates the squareness of the end of the 
plume in pnewmonanthes, which in truth hardly affects the outline 
of the wing but refers to the pale cross line. It illustrates how, 
when you tell an artist what you see, he often sees it more distinctly 
and clearly than you do, and it is by no means always the artist 
who is wrong. 


8-13. Dark forms of H. hyerana-hyerana. 
14-15. ,, , - ‘3 marginata. 
These are the darkest hitherto bred and are some of those 
mentioned in Proc, Ent. Soc., 1907, p. ii. 
Compare these with figures of ordinary forms figured in E, M. M., 
Vol. 42, 1906, Pl. 3, and Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1906, Pl. VIII. 


Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1908. Plate XIV. 


E. C. Knight del. Andre & Sleigh, Ltd. 
STENOPTILIA GRANDIS AND HASTULA HYERANA. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV. 


Diagrams (from camera sketches) of tegumina of certain 
Stenoptilias x 80. 


Fie. 1. Fuscus. 

2. Bipunctidactylus. 

3. Zophodactylus. 

5. Coprodactylus. 

6. Graphodactylus (pneumonanthes). 
7. Grandis. 


The terminal lobes of coprodactylus have a variable, irregular 
membrane extending beyond the scaled portion. 

Graphodactylus (pneumonanthes) has the terminal lobes rounded 
with well-marked sulcus. Grandis resembles it closely in this 
respect. 

The uncus also is much alike in these two species, being thick 
tapering regularly, the basal half with complicated fold and with 
sensory hairs nearly throughout, contrasting with coprodactylus, in 
which the uncus is more slender, with widened conical base, and 
hardly any sensory hairs on the slender terminal portion. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Pl. XV. 


“i 
6 
fiw 78 a ao nee IES, 
pe ie “ees (Se, 

a =X ‘ 
L ( 1 
1 

7 


Diagrams of dorsal portions (tegumen) of Ancillary 
Appendages of Stenoptilias, x 80. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


Ancillary appendages of Stenoptilia grandis x 45. 


TAX Ve 


Oud ‘NAVIN 'N ‘YA 


"SO6L “' puoT 


‘cp x ‘sIpuBIs *S jo sasevpuaddy Ayvyiouy 


"200 "Jun “SUDA 
etn hi ole 


J a 
ae ihe 


ais aaelian, 
i, ae A 


+ 


| Te 4 
; - tae 
ul? i guckiaggdl ese ite 
oat wd! dy le) malo Y Lae ave 3) 
pene Aa) Mabe try, 


i. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII. 


Ancillary appendages of 


Fic. 1. Stenoptilia coprodactylus x 45. 
2. a graphodactylus x 45. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Pl. XVII. 


F. N. Crark, Phot. 


Ancillary Appendages of (1) S. coprodactylus and 
(2) S. graphodactylus x 45. 


(> 321° ) 


XV. A Contribution to the Classification of the Coleo- 
pterous family Dynastide. By Gitperr J. 
Arrow, F.E.S. 


[Read March 4th, 1908.] 


THE Dynastide flourish most in the New World, they are 
fairly well represented in Australia, but appear to be 
least numerous in the Oriental Region and particularly 
upon the Continent of Asia. As those which do occur are 
generally abundant and attract attention by their forms 
and size it is strange that this sufficiently small group has 
been little studied as regards classification. The American 
species by their numbers and difficulty rather repel 
systematic workers, and the Australian and African repre- 
sentatives have received considerable attention in recent 
times, but the Asiatic species have been neglected and 
their classification is in considerable confusion, rendered 
greater by the fact that some of the old genera in which 
they are included have been divided and reconstituted 
as regards species from other regions. ‘The present paper, 
although it contains descriptions and synonymical notes 
based upon specimens in the British Museum from all 
parts of the world, deals more especially with Oriental 
representatives of the family. All the new species described 
here are represented in the British Museum collection. 
The Oriental species at present standing in the genus 
Heteronychus are in urgent need of revision. Many 
African species formerly placed in the genus have been 
formed into new genera by Messrs. Kolbe and Péringuey, 
and those that remain from that region form a tairly 
homogeneous series, but this is by no means the case with 
the Oriental species. One of the most distinctive features 
of the genus is the peculiar smoothness of the pronotum, 
which is without trace of elevation or depression behind 
the head and entirely, or almost entirely, without punc- 
turation. This characteristic is accompanied by a form 
which is not highly convex, by the presence of a pair of 
stridulating files upon the propygidium, and, in the male, 
by the thickening of the anterior tarsus and enlarge- 
ment of its inner claw, which has a very broad basal 


TRANS, ENT, SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (SEPT.) 21 


322 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


tooth. In all other respects the genus agrees with 
Pentodon, the front tibiae have several secondary denticles 
in addition to the three strong teeth, the hind tibiz are 
truncated and setose and the mandibles are deeply notched 
externally. This definition (which is not materially 
different from that of Lacordaire), although it fits the 
African and Madagascan species, excludes most of the 
Asiatic ones at present assigned to /Heteronychus. These 
are H. morator and piceus, F., javanus and pauper, Burm., 
simplex, Waterh., annulatus and poropygus, Bates, Lans- 
bergi, Schauf., deserti, Heyd., and bidentulus, cribratellus, 
curtulus, interruptus, monodon, punctolineatus and swma- 
trensis, Fairm, 

In addition to the above H. cribratellus, Fairm., another 
species was described from Egypt by the same author 
under the same name and in the same year. This M. 
Bedel has already found to be a synonym of Pentodon 
syriacus, Kraatz, and H. bidentulus he has rightly referred 
to the same genus. WH. deserti, Heyd., may also be a 
species of Pentodon. Itis nota Heteronychus. ‘The Oriental 
H. cribratellus is one of a group of species in which 
the pronotum is distinctly punctured and sometimes 
slightly impressed in front, and in which the front tarsi 
are not thickened in the male, and for these it is necessary 
that a new genus should be formed. It may be defined as 
follows :— 


ALISSONOTUM, h. gen. 


Mandibles strongly notched externally. Clypeus attenuated and 
bidentate at the end, bearing behind a transverse bi-tuberculate 
carina. Pronotum distinetly punctured, sometimes slightly impressed 
at the middle in front, not closely fringed at the sides. Front 
tibie 3-dentate, with minute secondary denticles. Front tarsi and 
claws not thickened in the male. Propygidium bearing two 
microscopic stridulating files. 


Only the last feature and the strongly striated elytra 
clearly distinguish this genus from LPentodon. In that 
there are sometimes traces of a double series of ridges 
upon the propygidium but the files are always very 
coarse and imperfect and the ridges do not nearly reach 
the hinder margin of the segment, The recognised species 
of Pentodon are very homogeneous in size and form and are 
essentially Palarctic in distribution, whereas the present 


4 ey ae OO TC ar 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 323 


group consists of smaller species of rather varied form and 
is apparently confined to Tropical Asia. The type species 
is Heteronychus piceus, F. (= Philewrus detractus, Walk.), 
and I refer to it also 7. cribratellus, Fairm., H. pauper, 
Burm. (= H. simplex, Waterh. and H. interruptus, Fairm.) 
and the following new species: 


Alissonotum crasswm, sp. 0. 


Robustum, ovatum, nigrum aut nigro-piceum, capite crebre 
punctato-rugoso, fronte sat fortiter bituberculato ; prothorace fortiter 
et crebre punctato, medio leevius, disco antice levissime impresso et 
tuberculato; scutello impunctato ; elytris fortiter striatis, stria prima 
vix punctata, ceteris grosse irregulariter punctatis, interstitio primo 
confuse punctato, 3° et 5° partim seriato-punctatis, lateribus minute, 
apicibus grosse et crebre, punctatis ; propygidio leviter rugoso, postice 
medio producto ; pygidio parce punctato. 

Long. 19-21 mm. Lat. max. 11 mm. 


Hab. Assam: Silhet; BurMA: Bhamo, Tenasserim, 


This is a large, black, oval insect. The head is coarsely 
rugose and bituberculate above. ‘The prothorax is closely 
punctured, the punctures being coarse except along the 
middle, where they are fewer and finer. There is a faint 
impression near the middle of the anterior margin and a 
minute elevation in front of it. The scutellum is broad and 
smooth. The elytra are deeply striated, the sutural stria 
being scarcely punctured and the remainder rather strongly. 
The first interval is very broad and irregularly punctured 
and the 3rd and 5th have each an incomplete line of 
punctures. The outer margins are finely, and the extremi- 
ties coarsely, punctured. The propygidium is produced in 
the middle and bears two long and finely striated files. 
The remainder of the surface is finely rugose and pubes- 
cent. The pygidium is rather finely punctured. The 
sexes are alike. 


Alissonotum tmpressicolle, sp. n. 


Ovatum, nigrum, nitidum, capite crebre rugoso, bituberculato ; 
prothorace fortiter haud dense punctato, medio subtilius, antice 
levissime impresso et elevato ; scutello impunctato ; elytris fortiter 
punctato-striatis, strie prime punctis toto confluentibus, interstitio 
primo irregulariter, 3° et 5° lineare, punctatis, lateribus et apicibus 


324 Mr. G. J. Ante on a Contribution to the 


crebre punctatis ; propygidio postice leviter producto, pygidio sat 
grosse punctato. 
Long. 14mm, Lat. max. 8 mm, 


Hab, Burma: Bhamo, Teinzo (LZ. Fea.). 


This is almost of the same size and shape as A. picewm, 
¥., but a very little larger and more elongate. It is black 
and shining with the legs and underside piceous. The 
head is closely rugose, bituberculate in front and armed 
on the vertex with two tubercles placed moderately far 
apart. The prothorax is very distinctly but very closely 
punctured, the punctures being finer in the middle. 
There is a faint impression just behind the middle of 
the front margin and a slight elevation in front of it. 
The scutellum is broad and unpunctured. The elytra 
have each a very deep, not distinctly punctured, sutural 
stria and four pairs of strongly punctured striz, the Ist 
and 7th interstices being irregularly punctured and the 
3rd and 5th having each an incomplete line of punctures. 
The outer and apical margins are strongly and closely 
punctured. The propygidium is slightly produced and 
bears a pair of fine and moderately broad files. The 
pygidium is strongly but not closely punctured. The 
sexes are alike. 

So far as can be judged from the descriptions, two 
species from Kashmir, strangely ascribed by Fairmaire to 
Philewrus (P. binodulus and curtipennis, Fairm.) also belong 
to this genus. 

For Heteronychus monodon, Fairm., and certain other 
undescribed species, I have found it necessary to make 
another new genus. 


MICRORYCTES, n. gen. 

Clypeus attenuated in front, with the margin feebly notched and 
reflexed, Mandibles strongly notched externally. Front trans- 
versely carinate with a single slight median tubercle, Prothorax 
simple, punctured and bearing a rather long hairy fringe at the 
sides. Elytra membranous at the apical margins. Front tibiwe 3- 
or 4-dentate, without intermediate denticles. Front tarsi slender 
and claws equal in both sexes. Propygidium without paired 
stridulating files. 


Microryctes kanarensis, sp. 0. 
Niger, nitidus, elongatus, capite crebre punctato-rugoso, antice 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastidx. 325 


anguste rotundato, levissime bifido, carina transversali frontali vix 
distincta, medio minute tuberculato, prothorace quam latitudine 
paulo breviore, toto simplice, disco vix perspicue, lateribus fortiter sat 
grosse punctatis ; scutello levi, medio sulcato ; elytris profunde sat 
regulariter striato-punctatis, interstitiis omnibus impunctatis, lateri- 
bus postice apicibusque grosse et irregulariter punctatis, margine 
apicali prope angulum paulo abbreviato, appendice membranaceo 
distincto munito ; propygidio parce punctulato et setoso, pygidio 
fortiter sat crebre punctato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis. 
Long. 15 mm. 


Hab. S. InpIA: Kanara. 


It is rather elongate, black, shining and strongly sculp- 
tured. The head is strongly and rugosely punctured, with 
the front of the clypeus feebly bifid and the frontal 
tubercle not very strong. The prothorax has very minute 
scattered punctures on the disc, and these become rather 
abruptly coarse at the sides. The scutellum is unpunc- 
tured and longitudinally impressed down the middle. 
The elytra are very strongly striate-punctate, all the 
interstices being unpunctured and nearly equal, except the 
juxta-sutural strip, which is narrow. The sides and apices 
are strongly and irregularly punctured. The apical 
margins are slightly truncated obliquely at the inner half 
and continued on a membranous flange. The propygidium 
is very finely and sparingly punctured and the pygidium 
very coarsely and thickly. The front tibiz are furnished 
with three strong pointed teeth and a vestige of a fourth 
upper one. 

Two female specimens were collected by Mr. T. R. D. 
Bell. 


Microryctes aprealis, sp. n. 


Parvus, sat elongatus, niger, nitidus, corpore subtus rufo-piceo, 
capite crebre punctato-rugoso, antice anguste rotundato, leevissime 
bifido, carina frontali transversali medio leviter tuberculata ; pro- 
thorace sat angusto, angulis anticis paulo productis, posticis haud 
late rotundatis, disco minute, lateribus fortiter sat grosse punctatis ; 
scutello levi, medio sulcato; elytris profunde striatis, striis latis, 
confuse punctatis, lateribus postice apicibusque grosse irregulariter 
punctatis, apicibus conjunctim sat profunde emarginatis, appendici- 
bus membranaceis ; propygidio minute irregulariter strigoso, parce 


hall 


326 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contrilution to the 


setoso ; pygidio grosse et crebre punctato ; tibiis anticis acute tri- 
dentatis. 


Long. 11°5 mm. 


Hab. Burma: Carin Cheba (/ca.). 


Two specimens, both males, were found at an altitude of 
900-1,100 m. in December 1888. 

The species is very like the preceding but smaller and 
the prothorax is relatively narrower, the front angles 
sharper and the hind angles less broadly rounded. The 
elytra are very coarsely and deeply punctate-striate and 
the membranes to which their apices become abruptly 
reduced are broad and conspicuous. The pygidium is 
very strongly punctured and the front tibise sharply tri- 
dentate, without trace of an additional tooth as in the 
other two species. 

M. monodon, Fairm., was described from Cochin China 
but two specimens brought by Signor Fea from Rangoon 
are almost certainly indistinguishable from it. The 
membranous apices of the elytra, which are the most 
peculiar feature of the genus, are not mentioned by Fair- 
maire, but in this species they are so slight as not to attract 
attention. 

Of the remaining Oriental forms attributed to Heterony- 
chus, H. morator, F., javanus, Burm., swmatrensis, Fairm., 
and Lanshergei, Schau, are obviously very distinct from 
it. The last is unknown to me, but the others are 
congeneric, and for these and other species undescribed I 
constitute the following new genus :— 


PSEUDOHOMONYX, n. gen. 


Mandibles broad, prominent, not acuminate; rounded or gently 
sinuated at the side. Maxille armed with four strong equal teeth. 
Labium smooth, sulcate behind, broad and sinuated in front, with 
the palpi inserted at the margins. Clypeus trapeziform, straight in 
front, with the angles rounded. Head entirely unarmed in both 
sexes. Prothorax regularly rounded at the sides, with the posterior 
angles completely rounded off. Propygidium without stridulating 
files. Legs very spinose, with the tarsi slender but not long. First 
joint of the hind tarsus elongate. Front tibia strongly tridentate : 
middle and hind tibiz flattened, spine es crenate and strongly spinose 
at the extremity, 


=~ 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 327 


¢. The prothorax is impressed in front and there is a median 
tubercle just behind the front margin, The front tarsi are thickened 
and the inner claw very broad. 


The type species is the following :— 


Pseudohomonyx borneensis, sp, n. 


Niger, nitidus, elongatus, subtus rufo-hirtus, capite rugoso, medio 
leviter transversim impresso; prothorace minutissime punctato, 
parum convexo, basi utrinque leviter impresso ; scutello minutissime 
punctato ; elytris fortiter striatis, striis crebre annulato-punctatis, 
interstitiis dorsalibus convexis, haud perspicue punctatis, lateribus 
atque apicibus grosse ac crebre punctatis; propygidio subtiliter 
pygidioque fortiter et confluenter punctatis : 

¢, prothorace antice leviter longitudinaliter impresso, margine 
medio vix tuberculato. 

Long. 19-23 mm. 


Hab. Bornto: Sarawak; LABUAN. 


This was taken by Dr. A. R. Wallace in Sarawak and 
by Mr. Hugh Low in Labuan. In size, shape and sculp- 
ture it closely resembles Psewdohomonyx morator, F. (of 
which I believe Heteronychus javanus, Burm., to be a 
synonym), but it differs in the very close and strong 
puncturation of the sides and apices of the elytra and the 
pygidium and in the less broad and deep anterior impres- 
sion of the prothorax and feebler marginal tubercle in the 
male. 

There are two other species in our collection from the 
same region, but as both are represented by single speci- 
mens only I prefer for the present to leave them 
undescribed. 

The process of elimination has thus reduced the number 
of Oriental forms properly referred to Heteronychus to four, 
viz. H. poropygus, Bates, annulatus, Bates, cwrtulus, Fairm. 
and punctolineatus, Fairm.; and to these must be added 
“ Phileurus™ sublevis, Fairm., of which M. Lesne has kindly 
examined the type for me. 

The species is a common and widely distributed one, 
but Fairmaire’s description, in the statement that there 
are no stridulating organs and in other particulars, is so 
misleading that I have redescribed it here, 


ia 


328 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


Heteronychus sublevis, Fairm. 
Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg., 35, 1891, p. 123. 


Niger, nitidus, ovatus, capite rugoso, clypeo sat Jato, medio 
bidentato, fronte bituberculato, prothorace fere levi, lateribus 
arcuatis, antice paulo approximatis, angulis acutis; scutello levi; 
elytris sat grosse striato-punctatis, linea suturali subobsoleta, lineis 4 
discoidalibus postice abbreviatis, 4 lateralibus integris punctisque 
irregularibus ; propygidii lineis stridulatoriis subtiliter sculpturatis, 
sat distantibus ; pygidio minute et crebre punctato, apice levi ; tibia 
antica dentibus tribus acutis aliisque minutis armata, 

Long. 18°5-22 mm, Lat. max. 9°5-13 mm. 


Hab. ASSAM; RANGOON; MALAY PENINSULA. 


Black or piceous, elongate, oval. The head is coarsely 
rugose with the front bituberculate, and rather broad at 
the anterior margin, which bears two minute tubercles 
placed near together. The pronotum is almost imper- 
ceptibly punctured at the sides, with the lateral margins 
broadly curved and slightly narrowed anteriorly, the front 
angles acute and the hind angles obtuse. The scutellum 
is smooth. The elytra show a vestige of a punctured 
sutural stria and four pairs of lines of strong punctures, 
the first two pairs abbreviated behind. There are a few 
similar punctures in the intervals and the lateral and 
apical borders are strongly and irregularly punctured. 
The propygidium is scarcely punctured and the stridulating 
files rather distant and very finely sculptured. The 
pygidium is finely and densely punctured except towards 
the apex. The front tibize are furnished with three strong 
acute teeth and supplementary denticles. 

¢. The front tarsus is slightly thickened and the inner 
claw very broad, with a strong basal tooth. 

The species resembles H. punctolineatus, Fairm., (of 
which I have been able, by M. Lesne’s kindness, to 
examine a co-type), but the marginal tubercles of the 
clypeus are placed closer together, the pronotum is less 
visibly punctured, the stridulating files are finer and 
farther apart, and the pygidium is more finely and closely 
punctured. 

The following new species is remarkable for its extreme 
smoothness :— 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 329 


Feteronychus sacchari, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, latus, sat convexus, capite rugoso, antice acute 
bidentato, carina anteoculari medio late interrupta ; prothorace basi 
punctis anguste marginato, preeterea toto impunctato, angulis anticis 
acutis, posticis obtusis ; scutello parvo, vix punctato ; elytris brevi- 
bus, post medium paulo ampliatis, lateribus apicibusque vix 
perspicue punctulatis, humerisque punctis nonnullis majoribus, 
dorso striarum vestigiis subtilibus, toto impunctato; propygidio 
minute punctato, lineis stridulatoriis angustis, pygidio basi dense 
rugoso, apice fere levi; tibiis anticis dentibus tribus validis acutis 
aliisque minutis armatis. 

Long. 17-19 mm. Lat. max, 11 mm. 


Hab, BENGAL: Rungpur. 


Black, extremely smooth, and rather short and_ broad. 
The head is rugose, with an inconspicuous carina before 
the eyes, broadly interrupted in the middle. The clypeus 
is produced into two rather sharp reflexed teeth. The 
prothorax is closely punctured along the extreme posterior 
margin, but is otherwise smooth : it is slightly narrowed in 
front and regularly rounded at the sides, with the front 
angles acute and the hind angles obtuse. The scutellum 
is small and vaguely punctured at the base. The elytra 
are short, widening a little behind the middle, with faint 
traces of strize quite devoid of punctures. There are a very 
few punctures at the shoulders and the outer margins are 
very minutely punctulated behind. The propygidium 
is finely punctured and the stridulating files are narrow, 
not reaching the hind margin. The pygidium is densely 
rugose at the base and almost smooth on the apical half. 
The front tibize have three strong acute teeth and inter- 
mediate denticles. 

In the male the prothorax is rather longer relatively to 
the elytra and the front tarsus and inner claw are only 
moderately thickened. 

This species is reported as causing considerable injury 
to sugar-cane. 

The most highly developed constituent of the Heterony- 
chus group is one which has not at present been associated 
with this group at all. It is the Scarabeus Itys, Oliv., 
placed by Burmeister in his genus Stypotrupes, together 
with two other species of very different type. Although 


_ 


330 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


according to the Lacordairean system the digitate hind 
tibie relegate this to another section, it is really a transi- 
tion form nearly allied to Heteronychus, and it is necessary 
to form another new genus for it. 


CLYSTER, n. gen. 


Form cylindrical. Clypeus produced and truncate in front, the 
frontal suture bearing a short recurved horn in the male and two 
tubercles in the female. Mandibles straight at the sides and blunt 
in front, not produced beyond the clypeus. Front tibie armed 
with three strong teeth and secondary denticles : middle and hind 
tibise compressed and spinose, digitated at the end, Tarsi moderately 
slender, the front ones greatly thickened in the male, with the inner 
claw very broad and cleft at the end. Propygidium rather produced 
behind, with almost the whole median part finely striated. 


Type. Stypotrupes Itys, Oliv. (S. Ajax, F. = Dicho- 
dontus Renkeni, Nonf.) 
A second species of this genus is here described :— 


Clyster retusus, Sp. D. 


Niger, nitidus, elongatus, convexus, capite Tugoso, antice sat 
anguste producto, truncato ; prothorace quam longitudinem parum 
latiore, omnino marginato, lateribus valde curvatis, antice contractis, 
angulis anterioribus acutis, posterioribus rotundatis ; scutello parum 
punctato ; elytriserebre et fortiter punctatis, lineis quatuor gemin- 
atis discoidalibus aliaque suturali, interstitiis lateribusque fortiter 
punctatis; propygidio medio paulo producto, subtiliter transverse 
strigoso, pygidio densissime punctato : 

&, capitis cornu brevi, recto apice obtuso; prothoracis basi et 
dorso postice Iwvibus, parte antica excavata aut decliva, rugosa, 
carinis obliquis duabus leevibus divisa : 

2, capite medio bituberculato ; prothorace antice paulo impresso, 
rugoso, ca 

Long. 21-29 mm. Lat. max. 11-15 mm. 


Hab. ANDAMAN Is.; PENANG. 


Black or piceous, elongated and rather convex. The 
head is coarsely rugose, narrowly produced in front, with 
the anterior edge nearly straight and slightly reflexed and 
the angles scarcely rounded. The prothorax is not much 
shorter than its width, with the sides gently and uniformly 
curved, narrowed in front, the anterior angles acute 


~ 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 331 
ip y LY 


and the posterior ones rounded. It is smooth in the 
middle but there are large scattered punctures at the sides. 
The scutellum bears a few small punctures, sometimes 
forming an angulate line. The elytra are closely punctured, 
the punctures forming four pairs of lines upon each and a 
single line bordering the suture, and the intervals are 
closely and irregularly punctured. The propygidium is 
gently produced in the middle and the whole median part 
covered with fine but broken strie. The pygidium is 
densely punctured, and the punctures, at least at the sides, 
tend to coalesce transversely. 

¢@. The cephalic horn is short and nearly straight. 
The anterior half of the prothorax is scooped out and 
divided by two smooth oblique carinee into three areas 
which are coarsely rugose. The elevated dorsal part ends 
abruptly in front and is sometimes slightly produced, but 
it never extends nearly as far as the front margin. 

2. There is a rudimentary excavation at the front 
margin of the prothorax and two slight tubercles behind it. 

Of the two species of Stypotrupes placed first in the 
genus by its originator, one was described from a fragment 
and has since remained unknown, and of the second (8S. 
Endymion), although described as long ago as 1789, the 
habitat remains yet unknown. The specimen from 
Kirby’s collection (and now in the British Museum) re- 
ferred to by Burmeister appears to be the actual type of 
Olivier. 

Yet another species (S. Candezei, Voll.) which has no 
affinity with the others has been added to this genus. 
It is a form whose nearest ally is undoubtedly the peculiar 
genus Oryctoderus. With this it shares the elongate rect- 
angular form, the broad transverse clypeus, produced in 
the male, the dilated mentum and the thickened front 
tarsi of the male. It differs in its strongly sculptured sur- 
face, the digitated hind tibize and the peculiar armature, 
ete., and I propose to call it 


_ CERATORYCTODERUS, n. gen. 


Both sexes of Vollenhoven’s species have been well 
figured by him and no congener is so far known. 

Fairmaire appears to have strangely confused the genera 
Heteronychus and Philewrus. While placing in the latter 
genus the three Kashmir species which I have already 
removed from it, he transferred Philewrus chinensis and 


an 
Bo2 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


morio, of Falderman, to Heteronychus, the former being the 
insect which he has redescribed as 7rionychus Poteli, while 
his Zrionychus assamensis is Phileurus planatus, Wiede. 
Fairmaire has described the males of these, while the 
older writers have in each case described the females. 
Trionychus, or more correctly Rhizoplatys, is properly an 
African genus and, with these Oriental Phileuri, forms a 
link between the true Philewrus (which is confined to 
America) and the Pentodontides. The Oriental species 
form a well-defined genus, for which another new name 
must be found. 


EOPHILEURUS, n. gen. 


Elongate and rather depressed. Head obtusely pointed in front, 
with a single median horn or tubercle. Mandibles produced in front, 
not notched or toothed. Maxillw 3-toothed. Labium broad, with the 
palpi inserted at the inner side. Front tibiee acutely 3-dentate, with- 
out secondary denticulation. Hind tibiz truncate, strongly spinose. 
Tarsi slender, with the basal joint in the middle and hind legs pro- 
duced at the outer edge. The prothorax is generally more or less 
excavated, at least in the male. The male has the front tarsi 
thickened and its inner claw broad and cleft; and the head bears a 
slender, though not long, horn. 


The species belonging to this genus are :—Phileurus 
planatus, Wiede. (=assamensis, Fairm.), chinensis, Fald. 
(= Poteli, Fairm.), platupterus, Wiede., morio, Fald. con- 
verus, Arrow, and the following undescribed forms :— 


Hophileuwrus perforatus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, parallelus, haud longus, supra grosse, parum dense 
punctatus; prothorace antice sat crebre, postice laxe punctato, disco 
leviter longitudinaliter impresso, lateribus valde curvatis; scutello 
levi ; elytris seriato-punctatis, punctis annulatis, distinctis, interstitiis 
minutissime punctulatis; pygidio sat grosse, lateribus rugose, 
punctato : 2 

¢, capite levi, polito, cornu sat brevi, gracili, curvato, protho- 
race ad marginem anteriorem late sat leviter impresso : 

2, capite rugose punctato, medio tuberculato, prothorace eequali. 

Long. 19-22 mm. Lat. max. 9-10 mm. 


Hab. SovuTHERN InptA: Bombay, Mhow, Belgaum. 


Our collection contains a series of male examples and a 
7 


————— 


TT 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 333 


single female. One*specimen was found by Mr. H. E, 
Andrewes in the hollow stem of a decayed mango tree. 

The species is black, shining and coarsely punctured, 
the punctures not very numerous on the prothorax, which 
has a slight longitudinal sulcus at its posterior part, and 
absent from the scutellum. The elytra bear rows of 
annulate, moderately-distant punctures and extremely 
minute punctulations in the interstices. The pygidium 
is coarsely punctured and the metasternum bears large 
deep crescentic impressions at the sides and rather fine 
punctures in the middle, and there are also fine and scanty 
hairs. 

¢@. The head is smooth and shining, with a simple 
slender horn, and the prothorax has a shallow broad 
impression behind the front margin. 

9. The head is rugosely punctured and bears a 
tubercle. 

EL. perforatus resembles L. platypterus, Wiede., but is 
rather larger and much less densely punctured, especially 
upon the prothorax, which is sparingly, though very coarsely, 
punctured and bears a longitudinal impression absent in 
the other species. The scutellum is without the large 
punctures present in ZL. platypterus. The male is most 
markedly distinguished by the head, which is smooth with 
a slender horn, while in the older species it is closely 
punctured and the horn is laterally compressed. 


Hophileurus cingalensis, sp. n. 

Niger, nitidus, latus, parallelus, supra dense varioloso-punctatus, 
capitis cornu brevi; prothorace brevi, lateribus valde curvatis; 
scutello confuse punctato; elytris grossissime seriato-punctatis, 
punctis annulatis, interstitiis minutissime punctulatis; pygidio 
grosse et rugose punctato: 

¢, capite parum punctato, cornu brevi; prothorace leviter longi- 
tudinaliter impresso, ad marginem anteriorem paulo latius : 

?, capite prothoraceque crebre punctatis. 

Long. 20-26 mm. Lat, max. 10-13°5 mm, 


Hab. CEYLON. 


This is a rather broad species, resembling 2. perforatus, 
but larger, more closely and still more coarsely punc- 
tured. The prothorax is closely punctured all over and 
the punctures become confluent in front. The scutellum 
is confusedly punctured and the elytra are closely covered 


io 
334 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


with rows of very large ring-shaped impressions, the inter- 
stices minutely and scantily punctulated. The pygidium 
is coarsely and rather rugosely punctured and the meta- 
sternum is decorated with large crescentic impressions, 
except at the middle which is almost smooth. It bears 
only a few tawny hairs. 

¢. The head is scantily punctured and bears a very 
short horn in the middle. The prothorax has a faint 
longitudinal impression which becomes a rather feeble 
semicircular fovea behind the front margin, 


Hophileurus nilgivensis, sp. v. 

Niger, nitidus, latus, depressus, prothorace minute sat crebre punc- 
tato, lateribus valde arcuatis, angulis posticis fere acutis; scutello 
minute punctato; elytris crebre seriatim punctatis, punctis annulatis 
haud profundis ; pygidio basi rugoso, apice leviter punctato ; 

¢é, capite levi, cornu haud longo; prothorace antice fortiter 
circulariter impresso, postice vix sulcato : 

2, captte prothoraceque antice transverse rugosis. 

Long. 22-24 mm. Lat. max. 12°56 mm. 


Hab. 8. InpiaA: Nilgiri Hills, 6,000 ft. 


Collected by Captain A. H. Weld Downing and Mr. H. L, 
Andrewes, by whom the ~ was dug up in the jungle. 
EL. nilgivensis is very nearly related to 3 planatus, Wiede., 
but much less finely punctured and the prothoracic fovea 
in the male is circular, extends in well-developed speci- 
mens considerably past the middle and is not bounded 
behind by distinct angulations. The prothorax is closely 
punctured, becoming rugose in front, and the sculpture 
is only a little coarser than in £#. planatus. The sides 
are strongly rounded but the curvature does not quite 
reach the posterior angles, which are rather sharp. The 
scutellum is irregularly punctured. The elytra are closely 
covered with coarse annular punctures arranged in definite 
rows and there are a very few minute punctulations in 
the interstices. The pygidium is rugose at the base and 
scantily punctured at the apex and the metasternum is 
densely punctured and clothed with long tawny hair, 
except in the middle, where it is scantily punctured and 
bare. 

It will be well, in passing, to call attention to an error 
in connection with certain species of Philewrus properly so- 


= —_ 
Se 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 335 


called. Burmeister, in his description of Phileurus verven, 
has included two species, the characters of the male being 
taken from one and those of the female from the other. 
The P. vervex of Dejean’s Catalogue is an Argentine species 
and is peculiar for its very prominent smooth pygidium, 
It is this which Burmeister has described as the male. 
The female has the pygidium equally prominent and 
smooth, but its ventral part is slightly excavated, forming 
an overhanging ridge above, and the last ventral segment, 
as usual in the Dynastidze, is broader and not emarginate 
at the apex as in the male. There is another species, 
occurring in Brazil, Guiana, Bolivia, Peru, etc., which 
closely resembles the Argentine form but has a flatter 
and more deeply grooved prothorax, the groove not 
widening into a large fossa in the male, as it does in 
the other species. ‘lhe pygidium is only moderately con- 
vex and is very coarsely and thickly pitted in both sexes. 
This form has been described by Burmeister as the female 
of P. vervex. I desire to rename it— 


Phileurus Burmeisteri, sp. a. 

I prefer to apply the name of P. vervex to the Argen- 
tine species, although Burmeister has quoted the habitat 
of the other alone, because the name was first given (by 
Dejean) to an insect from Buenos Ayres, and because 
Burmeister has described both sexes of that species 
although mistaking the females for males of minor 
development. 

My type of P. Burmezcsteri is from Rio Janeiro. 

The new genus which follows is necessary for an isolated 
and interesting African species as yet undescribed. It 
belongs to the Cyclocephalinz, one of the most character- 
istic Tropical American groups of beetles, of which it forms 
the only known representative in Africa. Like others of 
that group it very closely approaches the Rutelidz both in 
appearance and structure. 


RUTELORYCTES, new genus. 


Form elongate, not very convex, with rather slender legs. Clypeus 
large, broad in front and not toothed. Head entirely unarmed. 
Labrum concealed, hardly corneous. Mandibles small, simple, not 
produced or notched. Maxille almost naked, armed at the inner 
edge with 6 long and sharp teeth: palpi moderately long, Labium 


a 
336 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


elongate, with a distinct, bilobed, strongly chitinised ligula. Pro- 
thorax entirely simple. Prosternum forming a very prominent 
finger-like process behind the front coxze, Propygidium without 
stridulating apparatus. Front tibiz 3-dentate, the four posterior 
ones narrow, spinose (not digitate) at the extremity. Basal joint of 
the tarsi not dilated. 

¢. Clypeus shorter and broader. Front tarsi thickened, with the 
inner claw broad and minutely cleft. 


Liuteloryctes tristis, sp. 1. 

Glaber, niger, nonnunquam levissime wneus, elongato-ovatus, 
inermis, clypeo lato, antice reflexo, minute sinuato, rugose punctato, 
fronte fortiter laxe punctato ; prothorace similiter punctato, lateribus 
leviter arcuatis ; scutello haud acuto, minutissime punctato ; elytris 
haud grosse, sat cequaliter, annulato-punctatis ; pygidio minute et 
densissime punctulato ; corpore subtus medio levi, metasterni lateri- 
bus rugosis, abdominis lateribus irregulariter punctatis, transverse 
ciliatis : 

d, pygidio majore, convexo : 

9, elytrorum marginibus lateralibus ante medium obtuse an 
gulatis, superficie postica minute et dense punctulata. 

Long. 16-21 mm. Lat. max, 9-11°5 mm. 


Hab. SteERRA LEONE; PORTUGUESE GUINEA: Bissao 
(Favarel). 


There are several specimens in the British Museum and 
M. René Oberthiir’s collection. 

It is very much like the species of the American genus 
Dyscinetus, to which it is closely related, and might be 
regarded as a representative of that genus which has 
strayed across the Atlantic. The prothorax is rather more 
closely adapted to the hind-body than is usually the case 
in Dyscinetus and its posterior angles are not rounded off. 
The pygidium also is larger, more convex and less promi- 
nent. Perhaps the most interesting and peculiar feature 
is one found only in the female, in which sex the whole of 
the posterior part of the elytra is closely and microscopically 
punctured. 

Mr. Péringuey has made a genus (Venedus), for LHetero- 
nychus paradoxus, Bohem., supposing his only example 
to be a male; but both genus and species are redundant, 
being based upon the female of the curious Xenodorus 
Janus, F., which occurs on the Gold Coast, in the Congo, 
Angola, Natal, ete. 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 337 


Heteronychus foverpennis, Fairm., may be placed in the 
genus Anodon. It is probably not distinct from Zonchotus 
muticus, Burm. In addition to the last misplaced species, 
only three species of Zonchotus have been described, 
although they appear to be rather numerous. Two, which 
are represented in the Museum by series consisting of 
both sexes, are described here. 


Lonchotus punctatissimus, sp. n. 


Niger, vel nigro-piceus, convexus, modice elongatus, capite crebre 
rugoso, antice minute haud acute bidentato ; prothorace baseos medio 
excepto dense punctato ; scutello impunctato ; elytris stria suturali 
crenata completa lineisque sex postice abbreviatis punctarum ocella- 
tarum, punctis magnis crebris, externis magis irregularibus, intersti- 
tiis alternis punctis nonnullis, sculpturatis, lateribus levibus, 
apicibus modice haud profunde punctatis ; propygidio subtilissime 
transversim strigoso, pygidio sat minute punctato, apice fere levi ; 
metasterno creberrime rugoso et rufo-hirto : 

¢, breviter acute cornuto, cornu recurvato; prothorace profunde 
sat anguste excavato, fossee lateribus acute carinatis, antice et post 
medium utringue obtuse dentatis, fundo undique transverse 
ruguloso. ' 

Long. 25-27 mm. Lat. max. 14-15 mm. 


Hab, CENTRAL MADAGASCAR: Ambohimitombo Forest, 
1,200 m. 


i 


This closely resembles Z. /entus, Burm., but is larger 
and differs by the distinctly bidentate clypeus, more 
rugose head, and much more strongly and closely punctured 
pronotum, the excavation of which in the male is a little 
broader. The puncturation of the elytra is very similar, 
but rather more distinctly linear. The most strongly 
marked difference is to be found in the stridulating surface 
of the propygidium, which in Z. lentus is comparatively 
coarse and in the present species 1s extremely fine. 


Lonchotus politus, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, convexus, sat breviter ovatus, capite dense punctato, 
antice obtuse acuminato; prothorace punctato, postice medio fere 
levi; scutello impunctato; elytrorum parte antica late haud 
profunde punctata, stria suturali antice obsoleta, apicibus leviter 
punctatis, aliis locis levibus; propygidio subtilissime transversim 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Il. (SEPT.) 22 


a 
338 Mr. G. J. Arrow on & Contribution to the 


strigoso, pygidio fere levi, lateribus solum paulo punctatis ; metas 
sterni lateribus dense punctatis et rufo-hirtis : 

dé, lateribus magis parallelis, capite breviter acute cornuto, cornu 
recurvato ; prothorace profunde excavato, fosse lateribus carinatis, 
antice et post medium utrinque obtuse dentatis, fundo haud fortiter 
rugoso. 

Long. 22-25 mm. Lat. max. 12-14 mm. 


Hab, 8. MADAGASCAR: Fort Dauphin. 


A number of examples, chiefly females, were collected 
by Mr. G. F. Scott-Elliot. This species also is much like 
LL. lentus, Burm., and of the same size and shape, but is 
very readily distinguishable. It is remarkable for the 
feeble and scanty puncturation of the elytra, the punctures 
scarcely extending beyond the middle and not forming 
regular rows. The propygidium is very finely striated, as 
in LJ. punctatissimus and the pygidium almost smooth, 
although more punctured in the female than in the male, 
as in all the species. The prothorax of the male is more 
deeply and broadly excavated than in either of the other 
species I have named and the sides are more closely 
punctured than in ZL. lentus, but less so than in JL, 
punctatissimus. 

In the African genus Pycnoschema the pygidium and 
propygidium are generally densely covered with pubescence 
in the female and sometimes in the male also. In certain 
species the males exhibit traces in this region of a fine 
transverse striation on each side of the median line, 
representing the stridulating organ of Lonchotus and many 
other genera, although scarcely in a sufficiently perfect 
condition to be functional. In a new Kast African species, 
however, this structure is well developed. I have described 
this species as follows :— 


Pycnoschema musica, sp. 0. 


Rufo-picea, nitida, elongata, subcylindrica, capite in utroque 
sexu acute cornuto, clypeo sat longo, parum punctato, medio dilatato, 
cantho fere quadrato, fortiter punctato; prothorace fortiter inw- 
qualiter punctato, lateribus et dorsi medio parcius atque subtilius, 
undique valde marginato, angulis omnibus obtutsis; scutello 
parcissime punctulato; elytris haud profunde geminatim striato- 
punctatis, interstitio primo marginibusque postice irregulariter sat 
crebre, reliquis parcissime, ptnctatis : 


oh 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 839 


¢, capitis cornu longo gracili recurvato, fronte parce punctato ; 
prothorace antice lato, lateribus paulo deplanatis, antice medio 
excavato lavi, dorso antice carinato, medio obtuse bidentato ; pro- 
pygidio medio subtilissime transverse strigoso, linea mediana levi ; 
pygidio convexo, subtilissime punctato-rugoso, medio minus dense ; 
tarsis anticis crassatis : 

2, capitis cornu brevi, sed acuto, fronte fortiter punctato ; pro- 
thorace artice magis angustato, crebre punctato, lateribus postice 
fere parellelis; propygidio dense fulvo-piloso ; pygidio medio vix 
punctato, parum convexo. 

Long. 19-24 mm. Lat. max. 95-115 mm. 


Hab, NYASALAND: Kambole, Fwambo. 


A series of specimens was collected between 1892 and 
1895 and presented to the British Museum by Mr, W. A. 
Nutt. 

The colour is a very deep shining chestnut and the 
form narrow and parallel-sided. The horn of a well- 
developed male is longer than in any other species of 
Pycnoschema known to me and very slender and strongly 
curved. The female has a short sharply-pointed horn and 
not, as in many of the species, a cusped carina. In the 
type ( f ) the dorsal carina of the thorax is produced and 
emarginate in the middle, overhanging the anterior cavity, 
but in a smaller male it is quite feeble. The propygidium 
of the female is finely granulated and densely pubescent, 
but that of the male is quite bare, with two finely and 
transversely striated bands in the median part. 


Pycnoschema palpalis, sp. 0. 


Castanea vel rufo-castanea, modice elongata, paulo depressa, sat 
nitida, supra grosse punctata, subtus longe fulvo-pilosa, metasterni 
medio crebre punctato, lateribus subtiliter rugosis; palporum 
omnium articulis ultimis magnis ; 

dg, capite punctato-rugoso, medio leviore, cornu brevi armato, 
ante oculos sat late producto ; prothorace lato, supra undique grosse 
punctato, antice retuso, margine supero carinato, medio obtusissime 
biangulato, lateribus post medium valde rotundato-angulatis, basi 
leviter trisinuatis ; scutello minute punctato; elytris post medium 
levissime dilatatis, punctis grossis lateraliter irregularibus sat 
densis, medio geminato-seriatis, punctulisque minutis interspersis ; 
pygidio longe fulvo-hirto : 

?, capite rugoso, medio transverse carinato, carina medio vix 


- 
340 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


tuberculata ; prothorace dense sat grosse punctato, lateribus medio 
minus angulatis ; elytris grosse punctatis, punctis aliquibus indis- 
tincte geminato-seriatis, punctulis minutis interspersis ; pygidio 
subtiliter punctato-rugoso, nudo. 

Long. 12-14 mm. Lat. max. 6-7°5 mm. 


Hab. AByssints; UGANDA, Fort Ternan; BRITISH 
East Arrica, Naitolia; UPPER CoNnGco. 


It is a small species which seems to be nearly related 
to P. rudis, Raff., described from a single female, but the 
prothorax has no trace in that sex of the bidentate dorsal 
carina found in P. rudis. The punctures of the head, 
prothorax and elytra are extremely coarse and annulate, 
those of the middle of the elytra forming double rows, 
which are rather indistinct in the female. The transverse 
carina upon the head of the female is scarcely visibly 
tuberculate. The last joint of both the maxillary and 
labial palpi is very large and deeply channelled in the 
male. 

Phyllognathus stricticeps, Fairm., is a species of Pycno- 
schema, the narrow constricted clypeus from which it is 
named being the principal differential feature of the 
genus. 

The species of the genus Zemnorrhynchus are very 
feebly differentiated from one another and the difficulty 
of identifying them is not diminished in the case of the 
South and East African forms by the fact that several 
authors have dealt with them without apparent knowledge 
of each other’s work. The most widely distributed of all 
is that described by Fairmaire in 1868 as 7’. antiochus, 
which appears to range from Abyssinia to Natal. It is 
said by Fairmaire to be the Coptorrhinus antiochus of 
Dejean’s Catalogue, but the latter is a Senegal insect, and, 
according to a specimen from the Dejean Collection in 
the British Museum, is the form called by Fairmaire 
T. Diana, Beauv. The East African insect was named 
T. Diana, var. zansibaricus by Kolbe in 1887 and in 1897 
was quoted by him as 7. sansibaricus, Kolbe. Finally 
Mr. Péringuey in 1900 renamed it 7. Faunus. He also 
ascribed to it, I think rightly, the insect described and 
figured by Klug as the female of his 7. clypeatus. 

The genus Podalgus has been the subject of very great 
confusion. It occurs first in Dejean’s Catalogue for the 
undescribed West African species P. cuniculus, and genus 


I 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 341 


and species were first described by Burmeister, who quoted 
the genus as Podalgus, Dej., and added to it a number of 
American insects of which he afterwards transferred most 
to a new genus, Ligyrus. In 1859 Reiche, regarding 
Burmeister’s first species, Podalgus bonariensis, as the 
type of the genus, renamed the African one Vertwnnus 
cuniculus, employing, however, a generic name already 
preoccupied. Lacordaire had previously confined Podal- 
gus to cuniculus alone and observed that Burmeister’s 
P. bonariensis and P. obesus belonged to a new genus. 
The latter about the same time became the type of 
Leconte’s genus Aphonus. I consider that P. ewnrculus, 
Burm., should undoubtedly be taken as the type of Podal- 
gus, which is a very distinct genus peculiar to the desert 
tracts of Northern Africa and Western Asia. I have seen 
examples from the Punjab, Bokhara, both shores of the 
Red Sea, Abyssinia and Northern Nigeria, and there is 
a remarkable degree of similarity of form and sculp- 
ture in all. The Bokhara form has been named Crator 
infantulus by Semenow, but Fairmaire has pointed out 
that this generic name also is redundant. 

Podalgus bvonariensis, Burm., is not congeneric with 
Aphonus obesus, Burm., as Lacordaire believed, and 
although not transferred to Ligyrus by Burmeister him- 
self on account of the absence of a stridulating patch on 
the elytron, I have found no other reason for its exclusion. 
Its general form and features are those of Ligyrus and 
the margins of the elytra are closely studded beneath 
with minute tubercles which no doubt correspond to the 
stridulating file of typical species. 

Three species treated by Burmeister as a section of 
Dyscinetus (D. rostratus, Burm., Zoilus, Oliv., and nasutus, 
Burm.) have a stridulating patch beneath each elytron 
exactly like Ligyrus, and the form of the head and thorax 
also show a greater degree of relationship to that genus 
than to Dyscinetus. They really formea quite distinct 
genus, which is characterised as follows :— 


OXYLIGYRUS, n. gen. 

Form cylindrical. Head acuminate in front, with the tip sharp 
and reflexed, and the frontal suture marked by a carina interrupted 
in the middle. Mandibles not toothed externally, with the apices 
straight and slightly prominent. Prothorax more or less impressed 
and tuberculate behind the front margin. The inner surface of the 


- 
342 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


elytra bearing a stridulatory area asin Ligyrus. Legs rather short 
and stout, the front tibiae bearing three short, equal, and closely set 
teeth at the outer edge, the four posterior tibia flattened. Tarsal 
joints similar, 

&. Front tarsi thickened and contracted, with the penultimate 
joint produced into a broad striated plate and the inner claw 
thickened and feebly cleft. 


Type, Chalepus rostratus, Burm. 


Mr. Linell used the name Pseudoryctes in 1898 for a 
new genus which he formed for Ovyctes patagonicus, 
Waterhouse, but as the same name was adopted in 
18738 for a very different genus of Australian Dynastide 
I propose to substitute NEORYCTES for the South American 
genus, 

The Australian genus Adoryphorus was formed by 
Mr. Blackburn for a single species of Burmeister’s 
(Dasygnathus Couloni) and both authors confess ignorance 
of the male, but the slight tubercle at the back of the 
head, mentioned in both the very brief descriptions, is 
distinctive of the male and it therefore seems that both 
entomologists, looking for some more salient indication of 
that sex, described the male of this insect as the female. 
As our collection contains a good series of both sexes I 
may supplement the few published characters by giving 
the sexual distinctions. The male is parallel-sided and 
the female ovoid, the body dilating from the clypeus to 
near the end of the elytra. In addition to the tubercle 
upon the vertex of the head in the male, the clypeus is 
shorter, and the prothorax is much shorter and relatively 
broader. As usual in the Dynastidze the last abdominal 
segment is more or less triangular in the female and 
emarginate behind in the male. 

The essential features by which this genus differs from 
Dasygnathus have not been pointed out, and when the 
species of this large Australian group are more fully 
known it may perhaps not be possible to retain it. 

_ My. Blackburn is probably right in supposing Scapanes 
solidus, Burm., to be the insect for which he has made 
another genus, Asemantus, but he is not right in calling 
it Asemantus subequalis, Hope. I have ascertained the 
type of the latter (in the Oxford Museum) to be the same 
species as that of S. depressus, Hope, described at the 
same time, and even an individual of the same sex ( @ ). 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 343 


Indeed the respective descriptions indicate no difference 
and a suspicious similarity of terms is only partly avoided 
by a different arrangement of phrases. Although the 
type cannot be certainly identified, S. Adelaidx, Hope, 
appears to be also the same species. The form of the 
front tarsus of the male appears to be the only means of 
distinguishing Asemantus from Semanopterus, for the first 
hind tarsal joint, also mentioned by Mr. Blackburn, is of 
quite typical form. Except for very strong reasons it is 
certainly objectionable to found genera upon characters 
only present in one sex and I am not able to recognise 
this genus. 

Another Australian Dynastid, the Scarabeus barbarossa, 
Fabricius, has never been assigned its proper systematic 
position, but has been catalogued provisionally under the 
name of Oryctes, like other unplaced species, although it 
is quite unlike the members of that genus. It has most 
affinity with the true Scapanes, with which it agrees in 
the absence of propygidial stridulating apparatus, in the 
long slender tarsi and very spinose middle and hind 
tibiz. Although it would not do violence to any essential 
character of that genus to include it, its very different 
outward form, the almost complete absence of sexual 
dimorphism, together with differences in the structure of 
the legs, maxillz, etc., render it necessary to form for it a 
genus, which may be defined as follows :— 


HAPLOSCAPANES, n. gen. 

Form rather broadly oval, with recurved lateral margins to the 
pronotum and elytra. Clypeus tapering, bicuspidate at the apex. 
Mandibles nearly straight at the sides and blunt and prominent at 
the tips. Maxille slender, blunt at the end and without teeth. 
Labium rather long, regularly narrowing to the points of insertion 
of the palpi and slightly widening beyond. All the palpi long and 
slender. Front femora scarcely toothed at the front margin. Front 
tibiz armed with three very acute teeth; middle and hind tibie 
produced apically into very long acute spines. All the tarsi long 
and slender. 

¢d. Head armed with a short, but slender and acute, horn. 

@. Head armed with a conical tubercle. 


There appears to be only a single species, which is 
common in the Northern territories of South Australia 
and Queensland. The original Fabrician specimens, now 


a 
344 Mr. G. J. Arrow on «@ Contribution to the 


in the British Museum, are a male and female of very 
large size. The larva was described by Mr. Blackburn in 
1899 (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Australia, xxiii, p. 27). 

The genus Scapanes is represented by two very similar 
species, of which the differences were first pointed out by 
Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc., New S. Wales, 1884, p. 703), 
who determined the shorter and more coarsely punctured 
form as S. australis, Boisd., while to the other he gave the 
name of S. politus. The latter, however, is undoubtedly 
S. Menaleas, Lap., and in all probability is the true S. 
australis, Boisd., also, as considered by the compilers of the 
Munich Catalogue. I have not discovered the whereabouts 
of Boisduval’s type, which is not in the Paris Museum, but 
it is this species which was named S. australis in Laferté’s 
collection, which comprised Dejean’s, ete., and it was taken 
by Wallace at Dorey, the locality of the type. The shorter 
species (Macleay’s S. australis) has recently been named 
by Herr Sternberg Scapanes grossepunctatus, and if I am 
right the synonymy of the two is as follows: 

S. australis, Boisd., Voyage de l’Astrolabe, Col., p. 158, 
PL. IX, fig. 4. 

Menalcas, Lap., Hist. Nat., I, p. 114. 


politus, Macl., Proc. Linn. Soc. New 8. Wales, 1884, 
p. 703. 


S. grossepunctatus, Sternb., Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1908, p. 6. 
australis, Mac]. (nec Boisd.) . ¢. 


A male specimen of the second species from New 
Hanover in our collection, which measures 57 mm. in 
length to the end of the clypeus, has the puncturation of 
the elytra very sharp and coarse, the cephalic horn rather 
dilated laterally from the base to the anteapical tooth and 
the thoracic horns as long as in the best-developed males 
of S. australis, Boisd., but much farther apart. As I have 
no doubt this represents a local race I call it 


S. grossepunctatus, var. dilaticornis. 


The following new genus (also Australian) is peculiar 
for a close resemblance to the Rutelid genus Anomala 
(which, curiously, is indigenous to every great division of 
the globe except Australia). 


ANOMALOMORPHA, n. gen. 
Form broadly oval, rather depressed, with the legs slender, the 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 345 


front tibiz tridentate, the middle and hind tibie truncate at the 
end, but not dilated, and the tarsal joints equal and slender. 
Mandibles very small, concealed by the clypeus, rounded at the 
front and sides, and without teeth. Maxille without teeth, the 
terminal (outer) lobe blunt and ciliated. Mentum long and taper- 
ing, bidentate in front. Last joint of all the palpi long and slender. 
Clypeus very short, with the front margin straight and reflexed. 
Head and thorax entirely unarmed in both sexes. Prosternum with 
a slender, sharply-pointed post-coxal process, 

g. The clypeus is a very little shorter, the front tibiw less 
strongly toothed, all the tarsi much longer and the abdomen reduced 
and contracted. 


The National collection possesses a number of males 
belonging to three species, but only a single female, 
which sex is evidently much rarer than the other. It 
is an interesting and isolated genus, exhibiting several 
features foreign to the Dynastide in general. The elonga- 
tion of the tarsi of the male in other genera is a con- 
comitant of the fullest development of armature on head 
and thorax, whereas genera in which such armature is 
absent are usually characterised by the opposite condition 
of contraction of the male tarsi. 


Anomalomorpha anthracina, sp. 0. 


Nigra, nitida, corpore subtus, pedibus antennisque testaceis, 
capite crebre punctato, clypeo brevi, antice recto, linea frontali vix 
elevata angulata ; prothorace minute haud crebre punctato, lateribus 
marginatis, reculariter et fortiter arcuatis ; scutello rugose punctato ; 
elytris profunde punctato-striatis, lateribus grosse irregulariter 
punctatis, marginibus lateralibus reflexis, apicalibus fere rectis, 
angulis sat acutis ; pygidio minute haud dense punctato. 

Long. 18-20 mm. Lat. max. 10-1] mm. 


Hab. QUEENSLAND: Moreton Bay. 


There are two males and a female of this in the British 
Museum. It is shining black with reddish-yellow legs 
and underside, broadly oval and not very strongly convex. 
The head is strongly punctured, the prothorax finely, and 
the elytra are very coarsely and deeply punctate-striate. 


Anomalomorpha geotrupina, sp. 0. 
Robusta, nigra, nitida, corpore subtus pedibus antennisque rufo- 


td 
346 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


testaceis, capite postice fortiter punctato, clypeo parum punctato, 
valde excavato, margine fere rotundato, linea frontali vix angulata 
elevata ; prothorace brevi, sat minute punctato, late marginato ; 
scutello rugose punctato ; elytris grosse punctato-striatis, lateribus 
parcissime punctatis, angulis suturalibus rectis ; pygidio leviter 
punctato, angulis lateralibus rectis. 

Long. 18mm. Lat. max. 11°5 mm. 


Hab, QUEENSLAND. 


I have seen only a single (male) specimen. It closely 
resembles A. anthracina, but the clypeus is more deeply 
excavated, a little longer and more rounded in front and 
less strongly punctured, The prothorax is a little shorter 
and more broadly margined, the elytra are more meagrely 
punctured at the sides and the pygidium is more distinctly 
and uniformly punctured. 


Anomalomorpha flavipes, sp. 0. 


Rufo-picea, corpore subtus pedibus antennisque flavidis; capite 
fere rugose punctato, clypeo lato, margine late reflexo ; prothorace 
subtiliter punctato, lateribus regulariter arcuatis, marginatis, antice 
paulo approximatis; scutello parce sat grosse punctato ; elytris 
profunde punctato-striatis, lateribus modice confuse punctatis, mar- 
ginibus lateralibus arcuatis, reflexis, posticis arcuatis, angulis haud 
acutis ; pygidio basi minute sat crebre, apice parcissime, punctato, 

Long. 15-16 mm. Lat. max. 9 mm, 


fab. QUEENSLAND: Rockhampton, Mackenzie River. 


We possess five male specimens of this species, which 
is also very nearly related to the A. anthracina, but rather 
smaller, less black above, and paler upon the underside 
and legs. The form and sculpture are almost the same, 
but the prothorax is a little longer and more tapering in 
front and the scutellum is shining and decorated only with 
a few large punctures. The apical margins of the elytra 
are more rounded and the angles less sharp. 

A genus Blabephorus was founded by Fairmaire in 1898 
upon female specimens from Sumatra and Labuan. The 
description is not only entirely insufficient but rather 
misleading, and I am indebted to M. Lesne, of the Paris 
Museum, for kindly making comparisons with the type 
specimen which have established its identity with a 
common and widely distributed insect whose long anony- 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 347 


mity shows the remarkable neglect from which this group 
has suffered. It is a singular and interesting form which 
presents a curious resemblance to the genus Phyllognathus 
and supplies a link between the Heteronychus group of 
genera in which the prosternum has a columnar vertical 
process behind the front coxze and the Oryctes group in which 
there is no prosternal process. In Blabephorus there is a 
large tumid elevation. 2B. pingwis, Fairm., is chestnut- 
coloured, rather broad in form, with the thorax more or 
less excavated in both sexes, and without stridulating 
apparatus on the propygidium. The front tibize are 
sharply quadridentate, the middle and hind ones strongly 
carinate outside and digitate at the end. The mandibles 
are largely exposed, acute in front and roundly dilated 
at the sides. The maxille are armed with three sharp 
lateral teeth and the mentum is rather broad. The male 
has a slender, strongly recurved horn, the thoracic excava- 
tion is very large and deep and each lateral edge drawn 
into a point, and the front tarsi and claws are not thickened. 

This, the only known species of the genus, is found in 
North and South India, Burma, the Malay Peninsula, 
Borneo, Labuan and Sumatra, 


« 
Trichogomphus mongol, sp. n. 


Niger, nitidus, elongatus, sat parallelus, capite antice bicuspidato ; 
prothorace postice grosse rugoso; elytris levissimis, stria suturali 
punctisque nonnullis prope margines anticum atque externalem ; 
pygidio basi grosse punctato atque rufo-hirto : 

g, capite cornu curvato simplici postice compresso armato; 
prothorace subquadrato, angulis posticis valde obtusis, postice lobato, 
late elevato, parte elevata antice breviter bituberculata, subtus 
distincte excavata, tuberculis duobus etiam ante medium lateralibus. 

Long. 33-47 mm. Lat. max. 18-25 mm. 


Hab. Cutxa: Hong Kong, Da-laen-saen; CAMBODIA : 
Laos; Burma: Catcin Cauri. 


This species was mistaken, both by Burmeister and 
Fairmaire, for 7. Martabani, Guér., and the latter under 
that impression redescribed that species by the name 
of 7. tonkineus. It is probable that he relied upon Bur- 
meister’s description for the identification of Guérin’s 
species, since the original description and figure leave no 


- 


348 Mr. G. J. Arrow on «a Contribution to the 


possibility of mistake when the two forms are seen to- 
gether. They are extremely similar, but distinguishable 
at once by the strongly punctured elytra of 7. Martabani, 
which has two double series of punctured striz, with 
similarly punctured interstices, whereas in the new species 
these are only impressed unpunctured lines, except at the 
extreme base. The posterior angles of the prothorax are 
also more obtuse in the male of 7. mongol, and in well- 
developed specimens the posterior elevation is more hol- 
lowed out in front, the sides being sharply carinate. The 
average size is distinctly less, 

T. mongol appears to have a much wider area of distri- 
bution than 7. Martabani, the latter ranging westward, 
while the former ranges eastward, from Burma, 


Trichogomphus acuticollis, sp. n. 


T. mongoli valde affinis et similiter sculpturatus, sed elytris ad 
margines extremos laterales distincte striato-punctatis, prothoracis 
lateribus arcuatis antice productis, angulis anticis acutis, latitudine 
maximo fere ante medium : 

3, T. mongoli similiter armato, sed prothoracis elevatione postica 
vix bicuspidata, fere acuminata. 

Long. 38-45 mm. Lat. max. 20-24 mm. 


Hab. TENASSERIM: Dawnat Range, 1,500 ft. 


Two male specimens of this were collected and presented 
to the Museum by the late Lord Dormer. It very closely 
resembles the two species just referred to. It has the 
smooth elytra of 7. mongol, but in addition to similar 
well-punctured areas at the base and apex of each there 
are two or three lines of punctures at the extreme lateral 
margin, which are scarcely visible in that species. The 
principal difference, however, is in the shape of the pro- 
thorax, which has not at all the quadrate form which is so 
marked a feature of 7. Martabani and 7. mongol, but has 
the lateral margins produced in front, making a forward- 
directed angle. The sides are more regularly curved 
behind and the widest part of the prothorax is at the 
middle instead of behind it. The scutellum is very scantily 
punctured, 

These differences will probably serve to distinguish both 
sexes, but I have not seen the female. In the well- 
developed male the prothorax is yery strongly lobed 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 349 


behind and elevated into a hump, but this is not broadly 
forked in front, but bluntly pointed, the point showing 
only a trace of bifurcation. In an undeveloped male the 
armature is reduced to a condition almost indistinguish- 
able from that of similar examples of 7’. mongol. 


PACHYORYCTES, n. gen. 


Form very robust. Clypeus tapering and bidentate at the end. 
Mandibles very prominent, blunt in front and sinuated at the 
lateral margins. Maxille stout, broad at the extremity, where they 
are armed with a series of about 8 minute teeth; palpi moderately 
long, with the 1st joint slender, the 2nd and 3rd inflated and the 
4th long. Mentum thick and rather broad: labial palpi with the 
last joint large and the preceding ones very small. Front tibia 
strongly and almost equally tridentate, middle and hind tibie 
strongly spinose at the extremities. Tarsi moderately long and 
slender, with the first similar to the succeeding joints. Prosternal 
process broad, not long. Propygidium without stridulating surface. 

¢d. Head armed with a long, transversely flattened, strongly 
curved horn. Prothorax strongly retuse in front. Legs similar to 
those of ?. 

?. Head armed with a blunt tubercle. Prothorax strongly 
punctured. 


Pachyoryctes solidus, sp. n. 


Rufo-piceus, robustus, subtus parce rufo-pilosus; elypeo biden- 
tato ; prothoracis lateribus arcuatis, angulis anticis acutis ; scutello 
rugoso, apice obtuso; elytris sparse minute punctulatis, punctorum 
serie irregulari juxta-suturali ; propygidio pygidioque crebre fortiter 
punctatis ; 

d, capite cornu longo, fortiter recurvato, postice planato, armato ; 
prothorace sparse punctato, antice retuso, postice sat distanter 
bituberculato : 

?, capite rugoso, medio tuberculato ; prothorace antice rugoso, 
postice grosse punctato, 

Long. 40-48 mm. Lat. max. 23-26 mm. 


Hab. BurMA: Carin Cheba, 2,700-3,300 ft. 


Two males and a female were collected by Fea. They 
are chestnut-black, rather smooth but not very shining, 
with minute scattered punctures above and scanty reddish 
hairs upon the sternum, sides of the abdomen and legs. 


i 
850 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


a. The body is very robust and convex. The head is 
triangular and sparingly punctured and carries a long 
strongly recurved horn, the posterior face of which is 
flattened and slightly excavated. The pronotum is 
minutely and sparsely punctured, strongly curved at the 
sides, with the front angles prominent and acute. ‘The 
prothorax, except at the posterior and lateral borders, is 
retuse, nearly flat, and very shining, with some large 
punctures before and behind the posterior margin of the 
flattened part. This margin is slightly interrupted and 
depressed in the middle and elevated at each side into a 
more or less sharp tooth. ‘The scutellum is rugose, short 
and very bluntly angulated. The elytra have a minute 
scattered puncturation and a single line of larger punctures 
upon each side of the suture. The apical margins are 
more thickly, and the pygidium and propygidium strongly 
and closely punctured. 

9. A little narrower and less convex. The head is very 
coarsely and rugosely punctured and armed with a slight 
tubercle. The prothorax is coarsely punctured, the 
punctures being distinct behind and confluent and rugose 
in front, and the front angles are less prominent than in 
the male. The scutellum is rather more pointed and the 
elytra a little longer, 

The male has the appearance of a stout and broad 
Oryctes, while the female greatly resembles that of a 
Trichogomphus, but the structure of the hind tarsi, the 
maxillz, the horn of the male, etc., show it to have a truer 
relationship with the Chalcosoma group, although the 
absence of any elongation of the legs of the male forms an 
important distinction from Chalcosoma, Hupatorus, ete. 

Two species of Hupatorus are enumerated in the Munich 
Catalogue, but they are in reality only colour varieties of 
a single species L. Hardwickei, Hope. The elytra of this 
vary in colour from light mahogany to black, but the outer 
margin nearly always remains pale, and the variety which 
is entirely black except this pale elytral border constitutes 
the var. Cantovi. Another species occurs in Burma, Siam 
and Tonkin and appears to be still undescribed. Herr 
Nonfried has described a specimen from Kashmir by the 
name of Hupatorus Atkinsoni, but the chief difference 
which he finds between it and &. Hardwickei is in the 
greater breadth of the part which he calls in his Latin 
diagnosis the quadridentate labrum and later on the galea, 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 351 


and which really consists of the bidentate clypeus together 
with the tips of the mandibles. As the extent to which 
the mandibles of different individuals are opened is not 
regarded by competent entomologists as a character of 
weight in the separation of species, and as application to 
the author for assistance in resolving the matter has not 
been successful, the name /. Athkinsoni must be regarded 
as a synonym of #. Hardwickei, Hope. The locality seems 
to preclude its reference to the species which is here 
described. 


Eupatorus gracilicornis, n. sp. 

Crassus, elongatus, niger, elytris flavis, sutura, marginibusque 
externis angustissime nigris: 

d, nitidus, capite longissime et gracilissime cornuto, prothorace 
sat longe 4-cornuto, cornubus omnibus fere zequalibus, curvatis, duo- 
bus lateralibus prope angulum medianum, duobusque dorsalibus : 

?, inermis, prothorace creberrime punctato, lateraliter rugoso, 
elytris subtiliter coriaceis, punctatis, postice paulo pubescentibus. 

Long. 48-70 mm. Lat. max. 25-35 mm. 


Hab, ASSAM, Jaintia Hills; BurMA, Shan States ; Sram, 
Chengmai; Tonkin, Dong-Van. 


Black, with the elytra straw-coloured except at the 
sutural and extreme outer margins, which are dark. The 
form and colouring are almost those of #. Hardwicket, but 
the body is rather more elongate, and the elytra are 
normally lighter in colour and without a paler border. 

g. The armature is similar to that of #. Hardwickei, 
but all the horns are more slender, that of the head in the 
largest specimens reaching a length of 40 mm. The 
anterior thoracic horns are much longer, being fully as long 
as the posterior pair, strongly curved, and arising farther 
back than in the other species, giving the prothorax the 
appearance of being more produced in front. 

9. This is extremely like that of the older species, but 
besides the greater elongation and paler elytra, the latter 
are minutely pubescent only at the posterior part and the 
pronotum is more strongly sculptured and closely rugose 
at the sides. 

The curvature and direction of the horns of the male 
vary very much. The cephalic horn is sometimes very 
strongly and sometimes only slightly curved backwards 


er 
352 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


and the anterior thoracic horns generally diverge con- 
siderably but sometimes slightly converge. In small 
specimens the dorsal horns may completely disappear. 

I have seen a considerable number of examples, most of 
them males, 


Lupatorus birmanicus, 


Convexus, sat longe ovatus, piceus, opacus, coriaceus, corpore 
subtus parcissime rufo-hirto : 

¢, clypeo acute bidentato, cornu gracili acuto, fortiter recurvato, 
armato ; prothorace vix punctato, lateribus parum arcuatis, postice 
fere parallelis, antice valde approximatis, angulis anticis acutis, 
utrinque pone angulos anticos acute productis cornubusque duobus 
dorsalibus ante marginem posticam spatuliformibus approximatis 
retro directis, pedum anticorum femoribus vix dentatis, tibiis paulo 
elongatis, dentibus acutis transversis denteque infero verticali, tarsis 
vix elongatis. 

Long. 45-48 mm, Lat. max. 25 mm. 


Hab. Burma: Moulmein, Mergui. 

> 

The colour is a very dark chestnut, approaching black, 
and the form convex and moderately elongate. The upper 
surface is coriaceous and scarcely shining, the scutellum 
and elytra quite opaque and the pygidium and _ propygi- 
dium finely rugose and minutely setose. The lower surface 
is very scantily furnished with tawny hairs. 

a. The head is bidentate in front and bears a long slender 
and sharply-pointed horn, strongly curving backwards in 
the basal half and afterwards almost straight. The 
prothorax is about as long as it is broad, with the sides 
nearly parallel behind and strongly tapering in front, the 
margins produced into a sharp point on each side just 
behind the front angle and the dorsal part bearing a pair 
of spatulate horns placed close together behind the middle. 
These are convex on their posterior face and concave on the 
anterior, they slope backwards and their tips almost meet. 
The legs are not long, but the front tibia are shghtly 
elongate and bear three nearly equal acute teeth set at 
right angles and a vertical tooth on the lower surface at 
the extremity. The front femur has an irregularly rounded 
laminar projection near the middle of the anterior 
margin, 

A second $ specimen of low development shows the 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastide. 3538 


remarkable tendency to dimorphism seen in males of other 
genera of the group. The size is little less than that of 
the type specimen, but the cephalic horn is only a third 
of the length and bifurcated at the end, and the thoracic 
horns are represented by a pair of nodular processes occu- 
pying the same position, but showing no indication of the 
very peculiar form assumed in its fuller development. 

I have not seen the female. 

_ This insect is exceedingly like Alcidosoma siamense, 
Lap., in all respects except the position, shape and direc- 
tion of the thoracic horns. It is a little more elongate, the 
margins of the prothorax are rather straighter and more 
parallel behind and its surface more smooth and shining, 
and the pygidium is more closely rugose. 

In making the genus Alcidosoma, Laporte declared that 
it was not in his opinion really entitled to generic separa- 
tion from Chalcosoma, but it is still more closely related to 
Eupatorus and males of A. siamense in a certain stage of 
development are almost identical in form to Hupatorus 
Harduwickei, Hope, differing only in the fine sculpture of 
the surface of the body. They agree also in the broad 
multidentate outer lobe of the maxilla, which is very 
different from the acuminate form of that of Chalcosoma, 
in which the mentum is also much longer and narrower. 
C. Beceearii, Gestro, is an intermediate having in my 
opinion more points of affinity with Hupatorus than with 
Chalcosoma. The mentum is of the same form and the 
maxille are blunt at the end, but with a sharp tooth be- 
neath, which is not found in the other species. The male 
does not possess the anterior thoracic processes of Hupa- 
torus, but the small importance of the sexual armature is 
shown by the curiously different forms assumed in £. 
stamensis and H. birmanicus, which are so closely alike in 
all other respects. The discovery of other forms may yet 
bridge the interval by which Chalcosoma is divided from 
Hupatorus, but for the present the form of the mentum and 
maxille, together with the great elongation of the legs in 
the male, serves to distinguish C. Atlas, L. (= Phidias, Bl.) 
and C. Mollenkampi, Kolbe, while I refer to Hupatorus the 
following species :—#. Hardwicke, Hope (with var. Cantori, 
Hope), gracilicornis, Arrow, siamensis, Lap., birmanicus, 
Arrow, Seccarvi, Gestro, and the followimg Australian 
species, which, although in many respects the most diver- 
gent of all, has considerable similarity to H. Beccarii. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Il. (SEPT.) 23 


354 Mr. G, J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


Eupatorus australicus, n. sp. 

Nigro-piceus, robustus, sat late ovatus, clypeo rugoso, obtuse 
acuminato ; prothoracis lateribus rugose punctatis, marginibus a 
basi ad apicem valde arcuatim convergentibus ; scutello grosse 
punctato ; elytris subseriatim punctatis, punctis irregularibus sat 
crebre interspersis; pygidio dense punctato et breviter setoso ; pedum 
anticorum femoribus inermibus, tibiis oblique 3-dentatis : 

¢d, capite cornu compresso recurvato intus minute dentato 
armato; prothoracis dorso utrinque recte et acute antrorsum 
producto ; tibiis anticis leviter elongatis, dentibus haud validis ; 

?, capite minute sat acute tuberculato; prothorace fortius rugoso- 
punctato, medio leviter canaliculato, postice utrinque levi. 

Long. 41-53 mm. Lat. max. 24-30 mm. 


Hab, QUEENSLAND. 


The colour is a very deep brown and the form oval and 
compact, well punctured but moderately shining. The 
clypeus is bluntly acuminate, and not distinctly bifid. The 
mandibles are rather broad and leaf-like, strongly incurved 
at the sides and not straight as usual. The maxillary 
lobe is slender and without teeth. 

4. The head is armed with a compressed horn, not very 
long or slender, with its anterior face slightly dilated and 
the posterior part rather compressed, and bearing a tooth 
beyond the middle except in poorly-developed specimens. 
The prothorax bears a stout and sharply-pointed but not 
very long horizontai horn on each side of its dorsal part, 
and the median and posterior part is smooth and the sides 
rugosely punctured. 

2. The head bears a slight sharp tubercle and the 
prothorax is feebly channelled along the middle where, as 
well as at the front and sides, it is rugosely punctured. 


Lycomedes Ohausi, sp. 1. 

Sericeus, rufo-olivaceus, variabile pallido-mubilatus, prothoracis 
lateribus antice acute angulatis, post medium geniculatis ; elytris 
deplanatis, sat vage punctatis, lateribus ad medium fere parallelis, — 
deinde conjunctim semicireularibus : 

dg, clypeo recto, angulis lateraliter acute productis, cornu gracili, 
apice acute bifido ; prothoracis cornu lato clavato, antice profunde 
excavato, postice leviter impresso : 

?, inarmato, prothorace grosse et crebre punctato, haud sericeo, 

Long. 26-31 mm. Lat. max, 18 mm. 


Hab. Kcuapor, Rio Casanga (2,500 m.). 


Classification of the Coleopterous family Dynastidx. 355 


A series of examples were taken by a correspondent of 
Dr. Fr. Ohaus upon a flowering “ Schling” plant. 

This species is very closely related to L. Burmeisteri, 
Wat., from which it differs markedly in the armature of 
well-developed males, but in minute particulars only in 
females and undeveloped males. The general form is a 
little less broad and flattened, the elytra not widening at 
all behind the middle as in the other species. The front 
angles of the prothorax are more prominent and the lateral 
angulations rather less prominent and situated a little 
further back. This applies to all specimens of both sexes. 

In the male the prothoracic horn, which in L. Burmeistert 
is broad at its base and somewhat narrows to its extremity, 
is club-shaped, being constricted near the base and swelling 
out at the tip, where the sides bend over, producing the 
appearance of a bulb when seen from behind. It is less 
broadly and deeply impressed at the base behind than in 
the allied species. The clypeus is more angulated on each 
side than in LZ. Burmeisteri, but the cephalic horn is not 
different. In small males with only a rudimentary thoracic 
horn the club-shaped form is not seen. 

I have seen 16 examples, 11 of which are males. 

In a recent paper (Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), XIX, 
1907, p. 357) I have suggested the transference of the 
genus Oryctomorphus trom the Dynastidze to the Rutelide. 
I consider it desirable to take the same course with two 
other aberrant genera hitherto regarded as belonging to 
the Dynastide, viz., Peltonotus and Pachylus. These are 
widely different one from the other, but agree in having 
a well-developed externally-visible labrum and unequal 
claws upon all the feet, and in Pachylus one claw of each 
pair is toothed. These are features characteristic of the 
Rutelidz, but the genera are very aberrant and must 
occupy an isolated position in any family to which they 
are referred, 


List oF GENERA AND SPECIES REFERRED TO. 


Pentodon syriacus, Kr. (= Heteronychus cribratellus 
Fairm.), p. 322. 

P. bidentulus, Fairm., p. 322. 

P. (2) desertt, Heyd., p. 322. 

Alissonotum, new genus, p. 322. 


$56 Mr. G. J. Arrow on a Contribution to the 


A. cribratellum, Fairm. (= Heteronychus  cribratellus, 
Fairm.), p, 322. 

A, piceus, F. (= Heteronychus piceus, F. = Philewrus 
detractus, Walk.), p. 323. 

A. pauper (= Heteronychus pauper, Burm. = H. simplex, 
Waterh. = H. interruptus, Fairm.), p. 323. 

A, crassum, new species, p. 323. 

A. impressicolle, new species, p. 323. 

A, binodulum (= Philewrus binodulus, Fairm.), p. 324. 

A, curtipenne (= P. curtipennis, Fairm.), p. 324. 

Microryctes, new genus, p. 324. 

M. monodon (= Heteronychus monodon, Fairm.), p. 324, 
326, 

M. kanarensis, new species, p. 324. 

M. apicalis, new species, p. 325. 

Pseudohomonyx, new genus, p. 326. 

P. borneensis, new species, p. 327. 

P. morator (= Heteronychus morator, F. = H. javanus, 
Burm.), p. 327. 

P. swmatrensis, Fairm. (= Heteronychus sumatrensis, 
Fairm.), p. 326. 

Heteronychus poropygus, annulatus, Bates, p. 327. 

FT. curtulus, pwnetolineatus, Fairm., p. 327. 

H. sublevis (= Philewrus sublevis, Fairm.) redescribed, 
p. 327. 

HT, sacchari, new species, p. 329. 

Clyster, new genus, p. 330. 

C. Itys (= Stypotrupes Itys, Oliv.= Dichodontus Renkent, 
Nonf.), p. 330. 

C. retusus, new species, p. 330. 

Stypotrupes Endymion, Oliv., p. 331. 

Ceratoryctoderus, new genus, p. 331. 

C. Candezxei (= Stypotrupes Candezei, Vollen.), p. 351. 

Hophileuwrus, new genus, p. 332. 

E. chinensis (= Philewrus chinensis, Fald. = Trionychus 
Poteli, Fairm.), p. 332. 

LE. planatus (= Philewrus planatus, Wiede. = Trionychus 
assamensis, Fairm.), p. 332. 

E. platypterus (= P. platypterus, Wiede.), p. 332. 

E. morio (= P. morio, Fald.), p. 332. 

E. convexus (= P. convexus, Arrow), p. 332. 

E. perforatus, new species, p. 332. 

E. cingalensis, new speeies, p. 333. 

E. nilgirensis, new species, p. 334. 


Classification of the Coleoptercus family Dynastidx. 357 


Phileurus verver, Burm., p. 335. 
P. Burmeistert, new species, p. 335. 
Ruteloryctes, new genus, p. 335. 
Ri. tristis, new species, p. 336. 
Xenodorus Janus (= Venedus paradoxus, Bohem., 
Péring.), p. 336. 
Anodon muticum, Burm. (= Lonchotus muticus, Burm. 
= Heteronychus foveipennis, Fairm.), p. 337. 
Lonchotus punctatissimus, new species, p. 337. 
L. politus, new species, p. 337, 
L. lentus, Burm., p. 337. 
Pycnoschema musica, new species, p. 338. 
P. palpalis, new species, p. 339. 
P. stricticeps, Fairm. (= Phyllognathus stricticeps, Fairm.), 
. 340. 
ce Antiochus, Fairm. (= T. sansibarieus, 
Kolbe = 7. Faunus, Péring. = 7. elypeatus, Klug., 9), 
. 340. 
i om Beauv. (= Coptorrhinus Antiochus, De}. MS.), 
. 340. 
Beth gis (= Vertwmnus, Reiche = Crator, Sem.), p. 340. 
P. cuniculus, Burm., p. 341. 
Ligyrus bonariensis ( = Podalgus bonariensis, Burm.), 
p. d41. 
Oxyligyrus, new genus, p. 341. 
O. rostratus (= Chalepus rostratus, Burm.), p. 341. 
O. zoilus (= C. zoilus, Oliv.), p. 341. 
O. nasutus (= C. nasutus, Burm.), p. 341. 
Neoryctes, new name for Pseudoryctes (preoccupied) pata- 
gonicus, Waterh., p. 342. 
Adoryphorus Couloni, Burm., sexes, p. 342. 
Asemantus, Blackb., not separable from Semanopterus, 
Hope, p. 342. 
Semanopterus depressus, Hope (= S. subsequalis, Hope 
= prob. S. Adelaide, Hope), p. 342. 
S. solidus, Burm., p. 342. 
Haploscapanes, new genus for Oryctes barbarossa, F., 
. 343. 
ee australis, Boisd. (= Menaleas, Lap. = politus 
Macl.), p. 344. 
S. grossepunctatus, Sternb. (= S. australis, Macl., nec. 
Boisd.), p. 344. 
S. grossepunctatus, var, dilaticornis, new var., p. 344. 
Anomalomorpha, new genus, p. 344. 


- 
358 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Classification of Dynastida. 


A, anthracina, new species, p. 345. 

A. geotrupina, new species, p. 345, 

A. flavipes, new species, p. 346. 

Blabephorus pinguis, Fairm., characters and distribution, 
p. 346. 

Trichogomphus mongol, new species (= 7. Martabani, 
Burm., Fairm., nec. Gier.), p. 347. 

T. Martabani, Gier. (= 7. tonkineus, Fairm.), p. 347. 

T. acuticollis, new species, p. 348. 

Pachyoryctes, new genus, p. 349, 

P. solidus, new species, p. 349. 

EKupatorus Hardwicke, Hope (and var. Cantori, Hope), 
(probably = Athkinsoni, Nonf.), p. 350. 

LE. gracilicornis, new species, p. 351. 

E. lirmanicus, new species, p. 352. 

HE. siamensis (= Alcidosoma siamense, Lap.), p. 353. 

KE. Beecarvi, Gestro (= Chalcosoma Peccarii, Gestro) 
p. 353. 

L. australicus, new species, p. 354. 

Chalcosoma Atlas, L. (and var. Phidias, Bl.), p. 353. 

C. Mollenkampi, Kolbe, p. 353. 

Lycomedes Ohausi, new species, p. 354. 

Peltonotus, transferred to the fam. Lutelidx, p. 355. 

Pachylus, transferred to the fam. Luéelidex, p. 350. 


( 359 ) 


XVI. On certain Nycteribiidie, with descriptions of two 
new species from Formosa. By Huau Scort, B.A. 
(Cantab.). Communicated by Dr. DAVID SHARP, 
M.A., F.RB.S. 


[Read June 3, 1908.] 


PLATE XVIII. 


In dealing with these species of Nycteribiide, I wish to 
express my thanks to Dr. P. Speiser, the well-known 
authority on this family of insects, for kindly examining 
specimens of the forms here described, and for giving me 
much guidance. Of the first 3 species—Penicillidia 
jenynst, Nycteribia insolita and N, sauteri—all the speci- 
mens which I have seen were sent from Formosa, together 
with the bats from which they had been taken. Both 
parasites and hosts are in the Cambridge University 
Museum of Zoology, which is indebted for them to the 
enterprising naturalist, Herr H. Sauter. The four bats on 
which the Nycteribiids were found belong to a very 
widely distributed form, Miniopterus schreibersti, Natterer.* 
The labels with all the specimens record the same date 
and locality, Tainau, Formosa, 7, X, 1906. The bats bore 
labels with the numbers 5080, 5081, 5083, 5085; the 
Nycteribiids were sent in spirit in 4 tubes, with 4 labels 
bearing corresponding numbers. Thus all the parasites 
contained in a single tube were evidently found on a 
single bat-individual. 

An interesting fact can then be noted with regard to the 
natural history of the Nycteribiids. It is that 3 distinct 
species of Nycteribiidee, belonging to 2 genera, were found 
on four individuals of the same species of bat: while in 
three cases, 2 distinct genera of the parasites were found 
on a single individual of the host. Thus :— 


* One of these specimens was seen several months ago, at. the 
British Museum of Natural History, by Dr. K. Andersen of 
Copenhagen. Dr. Andersen stated that it was one of the forms at 
present known as M. schreibersii, but that that species will probably 
have to be divided into several species. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 


a 
360 Mr. Hugh Scott on certain Nycteribiide, 


On the bat numbered 5080 were found Penicillidia 
jenynsi 1 2, and Nycteribia sautert 1 f and 1 . 

On the bat numbered 5081 were found P. jenynsi 1 3 and 
1 2, and N. insolita 1 fg. 

On the bat numbered 5083 were found P jenynsi 1 ? and 
1 larva, and J. insolita 2 ? 9. 

On the bat numbered 5085, 2 2 2 N. insolita. 


PENICILLIDIA, Ko.enatt. 
Penicillidia jenynsi, Westwood. 


Nycteribia jenynsi, Westw., Tr. Zool. Soc. London, I, 1835, 
p. 291; Kolenati, Horse Soc. ent. Ross. II, 1863, p. 88. 

Penicillidia jenynsi (Westw.), Speiser, Arch. Naturg. 67 (1) 
1901, p. 38. 

1 Zand 8 22 (and 1 larva) sent from Tainau, Formosa ; 
found on Miniopterus schreibersii (H. Sauter). Type ? and 
the other specimens in the Cambridge Museum. The ? 
is here described for the first time, only the having been 
known hitherto. 

Dr. P. Speiser informs me, after examining some of the 
specimens, that they belong to the species regarded by him 
as P. jenynsi, and described by him (/. ¢.) under that name. 
As Westwood’s type of P. jenynsi unfortunately cannot be 
found, it has not been possible to make a comparison in 
order to ascertain whether the form under consideration 
is certainly identical with the P. jenynsi of Westwood. 


The colour of the firmly chitinised parts is rather pale yellowish- 
brown. Both sexes agree with Speiser’s description in the following 
particulars ; length about 255 mm.; head with numerous strong 
bristles between the eyes : the bristles continue down the margins of, 
but are absent from the surface of, the cheeks ; maxillary palps with 
numerous strong bristles, the terminal ones very long ; under surface 
of thorax * markedly curved in the longitudinal direction, with a 
dark middle line somewhat impressed at the ends. The legs are as 
described by Speiser. 


* The curvature of the surface renders it hard to estimate correctly 
the proportion of length to breadth. In the table given by Speiser 
(op. cit., p. 66) P. jenynsi is placed in a section of the genus in which 
the thorax is longer than broad. In the specimens from Formosa 
the breadth appears at any rate equal to, if not slightly greater than, 
the length. 


with descriptions of two new species from Formosa. 361 


ABDOMEN OF THE ¢. (Fig. 1 dorsal, Fig. 2 ventral view.)—The 
abdomen of the specimen from Formosa disagrees in some small 
details with Speiser’s description. Tergites 2, 3 and 4 have short 
bristles on their surface, in addition to the long bristles on their hind 
margins. The anal segment has scanty bristles on its surface, as 
well as at its hind corners. Of the sternites, only the basal one has 
fine bristles on its surface. Sternites 2, 3 and 4 are quite bald, 
except for the fine bristles along their hind margins. As in the ?, 
the basal sternite bears some long bristles rather far apart, just in 
front of the ctenidium. 

ABDOMEN OF THE 9. (Fig. 3 dorsal, Fig. 4 ventral view.)—The 
distinguishing characters of the 2, now described for the first time, 
lie in the form of the abdomen, 

Basal tergite firmly chitinised, with conspicuously rounded hind 
margin ; quite bald, except for 2 groups of 4-6 strong, moderately 
long bristles on the hind margin, one group immediately on either 
side of the middle line. Tergite 2 rather long, firmly chitinised, with 
hind border much less curved ; the surface quite bald, hind margin 
set with strong bristles of varying length, at the sides moderately 
long, in the middle very long but not very close. Tergite 3 consist- 
ing anteriorly of soft whitish, extensible skin, quite bald; posteriorly 
of a yellowish chitinised portion more than four times as broad as 
long (Fig. 3a), its surface bald or with few short bristles, its hind 
margin bearing strong bristles of varying and alternating lengths, 
some very long. Anal segment firmly chitinised (except right at the 
base), truncated-conical, its length about equal to its breadth at the 
base, breadth at apex less than } that at base; base bald, followed by 
area bearing strong outstanding moderately long bristles rather far 
apart; posterior part of segment quite bald; hind margin bearing 
several rather short bristles, with a long bristle at either angle. 

Basal sternite large, with scanty short fine bristles on the surface 
except in the median-basal part, and with a row of. long bristles a 
little before the hind margin; ctenidium not strongly developed, 
teeth in the middle rather far apart. Next follows a large area of 
soft whitish extensible skin, with numerous rather short strong 
bristles, and 8 long ones arranged in a curved transverse row (Fig. 4a). 
Beyond this area are two oval, rather convex, chitinous plates 
(Fig. 4b), nearly touching at the middle line; their basal portions 
bald, posterior portions with a few short strong bristles, hind margins 
withanumber of moderately and very longstrong bristles. Immediately 
behind these plates is a short chitinous segment (Fig. 4c), extending 
across the body, its hind margin bearing short bristles medially, very 
long strong bristles on either side. Behind this, just in front of the 
genital opening, is a chitinous plate (Fig. 5), as long as or longer 


4 


a 
362 Mr. Hugh Scott on certain Nycterilnide, 


than broad, with its hind margin deeply and rather widely emargi- 
nate ; its base is bald, the rest of its surface bears strong, but not 
very long bristles; those at its hind angles are longer. At the base 
of this plate is a dense group of strong dark spines on either side of 
the body. Ventral surface of anal segment bearing some long bristles 
medially. 


Dr. Speiser has recently described* a new species, P. 
leptothrinax, from Madagascar. This is closely allied to 
P. jenynsi. Judging from Speiser’s description, the f f of 
the two species are very much alike. Speiser states that 
the ¢ P. leptothrinaz is distinguished “durch die wesentlich 
dichter und auch auf der Fliiche beborsteten Tergitplatten.” 
In the f P. jenynsi from Formosa, however, as stated above 
tergites 2-4 bear bristles on their surfaces as well as their 
hind margins. It may also be pointed out that the row of 
long bristles just in front of the abdominal ctenidium in 
both sexes, is present in the Formosan specimens of P. 
jenynsi as well as P. leptothrinax. 

However much alike the males may be, there are 
distinct differences in the females of the two species. The 
basal tergite of P. jenynsi 2 is of very distinctive form. 
Instead of the two pairs of chitinous elevations on the 
dorsal surface of the abdomen in LP. leptothrinax 2, P. 
jenynst has the single transverse chitinous piece (Fig. 3a). 
Ventrally, the one pair of well-defined chitinous plates 
(Fig. 4) followed by the chitinous segment (Fig. 4c) are 
distinctive and characteristic of P. senynsi. In the con- 
spicuously emarginate plate before the genital aperture 
(Fig. 5), P. jenynsit & seems to approach somewhat to P. 
euxesta, Speiser. 


Larva. (Figs. 6, 7, 8.)—One 9 specimen was found to be carry- 
ing a larva, which projected behind it; all the body of the larva 
was outside that of the adult, except a small anterior portion which 
was still within the widely-opened genital aperture. The larva, 
when completely freed from the adult, was found to have not the 
simple ellipsoidal form of previously described Nycteribiid larvae, 
but the form shown in Fig. 6, the small anterior portion which was 
still within the body of the mother being marked off from the 
rest by a sharp constriction. The anterior surface of this con- 
stricted part is somewhat flattened in a nearly vertical direction 


* Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905, II; 
1908, p. 199. (Stuttgart). 


with descriptions of two new species from Formosa. 363 


(Fig. 7). In the upper part of this anterior sloping surface is the 
mouth (Fig. 8c), which in this specimen was covered by a brownish 
mass (figs. 7a, 8a), apparently of cuticular substance, attached to the 
surface of the larva by its upper edge as by a hinge. In Fig. 8a 
jt is shown lifted np to expose the mouth aperture. On the ventral 
surface of this anterior constricted part of the larva, a little behind 
its front edge, there are in the middle two small flattened pieces 
with rounded apices (Figs. 7b, 8b), close together and projecting 
downwards. The skin of the larva bears some fine longitudinal 
ereases in the region of the constriction. 


It is quite uncertain whether the anterior constriction 
of the larva is merely accidental or not. There is the 
possibility that the larva was leaving the genital aperture 
of the adult at the time when the latter was captured, 
and that at death the abdomen of the adult contracted on 
the larva, constricting it forcibly. On the other hand, 
the constriction is extremely regular in its formation, as 
though it might be natural to the larva. One may quote 
an observation recorded in an as yet unpublished paper by 
Mr. F. Muir, who investigated the anatomy of certain 
Nycteribiids in the island of Larat (Timorlaut Islands). 
He states that the larve had “a constriction at the anterior 
end cutting off a small mass”; he speaks of the mouth as 
being on this small mass, but says that no signs of mouth- 
organs were visible. I understand from Mr. Muir’s paper . 
that this refers to larvee which he found by dissection still 
in the uteri of the adults. The brownish mass closing the 
mouth aperture in my specimen is probably no more than 
a mass of cast skin. But the two small structures (Figs. 
7b, 8b) appear too regular in form to be in any way 
accidental. Were it not that they are placed below, and 
so far away from, the mouth, one might consider them to 
be rudimentary mouth-organs such as have been described 
by Leuchart * and Pratt in the larva of Melophagus 
ovinus. Such mouth-parts have not been seen in Nycteribiid 
larvee ¢ previously described. 

For the rest, the larva of P. jenynsi agrees with the 
general description of Nycteribiid larve given by Speiser. 
It is yellowish-white (preserved in spirit), slightly flattened 
dorsoventrally. It has the usual 2 pairs of spiracles 

* Abh. Naturf. Ges. Halle IV, 1858, p. 176 and Taf. 3, Figs. 1, 2. 


7 Arch. Naturg. 59 (1), 1893, pp. 156, 165. 
f Speiser, Arch. Naturg. 67 (1), 1901, p. 28. 


- 


364 Mr. Hugh Scott on certain Nycteribiide, 


situated dorsally and posteriorly (Fig. 6): one pair, only 
separated from one another by a distance = 1 to 2 diameters 
of the spiracle, quite close to the posterior extremity of 
the body ; the other pair, separated from one another by 
a considerable distance, and about } 'the length of the 
body from its hind end. The ventral surface of the larva 
shows the peculiar configuration mentioned by Speiser 
(op. cit., p. 27). There is a median area sunk slightly 
below the level of the surrounding body-surface, with its 
cuticle much wrinkled and creased longitudinally, the 
creases continuing in front along the ventral surface of 
the constricted part of the larva’s body. The cuticle of 
the surrounding body-surface, where it edges on and 
slightly overhangs the median area, has a different appear- 
ance, being marked with fine creases radiating from the 
edge of that area. 


NYCTERIBIA, LATREILLE. 
Subgenus LJSTROPODIA, Kolenati. 
Nycteribia Listropodia) insolita, sp. nov. 


Pallide flavescens ; thorace subtus longiore quam lato ; femoribus 
tibiisque latis; abdominis segmento ventrali basali in medio 
longitudinaliter impresso. 

dé segmentum anale longum, angustum, postice vix augustatum, 
apice truncato. 

Q segmentum anale conspicue bilobatum, laminis duabus 
lateralibus productis, superficie intern’ concavis. 

Long. corp. 1°5 mm.—1°75 mm, 


1 f and 38 2 Y sent from Tainau, Formosa (Sauter) ; 
found on Miniopterus schreibersii. Type 2, type $, and 
the 2 other 2 @ in the Cambridge Museum. 


Head bare, except for a few short bristles in the middle in front, 
and along the cheek-margins. Maxillary palpi with very long 
terminal bristles. Thorax dorsally with a curved row of bristles on 
either side. Thorax ventrally a little longer than broad, rounded in 
front, with a brownish middle line somewhat impressed at the ends; 
surface of the thorax bearing the usual short bristles, and on its 
hind margin 4 long ones, of which the two outer are very long. 
Femora and tibie (Fig. 13) flattened, each about 2} times as long as 
its greatest breadth, The femora bare on one surface and bristle- 


with descriptions of two new species from Formosa. 365 


bearing on the other ; in the anterior pair, the outer posterior surface 
is bare; in the middle and posterior pairs the anterior surface is 
bare. Lower edges of the femora curving up a little abruptly at 
their distal ends. Tibize with bristles on the upper edge, and 3 
cross rows of strong dark bristles on the lower edge distally. There 
are one or two very long outstanding bristles on the lower edge of 
the femur and the upper edge of the tibia. 

ABDOMEN OF THE ¢. (Fig. 9.)—Longand narrow. Excluding the 
anal segment, 5 distinct tergites can be seen, but the basal one is 
longer, and really consists of two segments partially fused together, 
the line of division between them being visible in some aspects: I 
shall, however, consider them as a single tergite, no. 1 (Fig. 9a). 

This Tergite 1 with numerous very short bristles on its surface, 
rather longer ones on its hind margin. Tergite 2 with few bristles 
on its surface ; with bristles of varying lengths, some fairly long, on 
its hind margin. Tergite 3, 4, 5 bare on the surface, their hind 
margins set with short stiff spines, alternating with every two or 
three of which are long bristles, the 4 nearest the middle line being 
very long. Anal segment strikingly long and narrow (about 12 
times as long as broad), not tapering ; the surface in the middle bears 
a very few scattered short stiff bristles, and there are a few more 
such bristles, alternating with rather longer ones, on the hind 
border, 

Basal sternite somewhat impressed along the middle line, with 
not very short bristles on its surface ; ctenidium well developed, the 
teeth close, shorter in the middle, so that the outline of their apices 
appears sinuate. Sternites 2, 3, 4, without very definite marginal 
rows of bristles, but with rather scattered strong bristles (some on 
the surfaces as well as on the margins) mostly of moderate length, 
some of those at the sides being very long. Sternite 4 bears in the 
middle part of its hind margin, about 4 stiff spines rather far apart. 
Claspers (Fig. 10) long, slender, slightly curved outwards in the distal 
half, curved in again at the apices, which are dark. 

ABDOMEN OF THE 9. (Figs. 11 and 12.)—Rather long and narrow. 
Excluding the anal segment, 3 dorsal plates (tergites) are distinguish- 
able. Tergite 1 (Fig. 11a) small, with very short fine bristles on the 
surface, slightly longer at the hind margin. Tergite 2 (Fig. 11b) in 
some specimens bare, in others with very short bristles, on its surface ; 
hind margin bearing very long fine bristles and some small short 
spines. Between tergites 2 and 3, an area of whitish extensible skin 
bearing numerous rather strong short bristles, longer at the hind 
margin. Tergite 3 (Fig. llc) a bare chitinous plate, bearing only 4 
very long outstanding bristles far apart, and strong short spines along 
its hind margin. <Azal segment composed of two lateral pieces—with 


366 Mr. Hugh Scott on certain Nycteribiide, 


convex outer surfaces, inner surfaces somewhat concave, and apices 
rounded enclosing a median portion (Fig .11d) only about $ as long 
as the lateral parts; the latter have a few short bristles on their 
outer surfaces, longer strong bristles apically ; the median part has 
2 rather long fine bristles on its hind margin. 

Basal sterwite as in the ¢.—[Owing to softness and shrinkage it 
is impossible to estimate correctly the relative lengths of sternites 2, 
3 and 4.] Sternites 2, 3 soft, short, with long bristles not close on 
the hind margins, and very short fine bristles on the posterior part 
of their surfaces. Stermite 4 with long bristles on its hind margin, 
and a few short ones on its surface. Stermite 5 is a long chitinous 
plate (Fig. 12a) appearing as if composed of two segments fused ; at 
about 4 the length from its base is a transverse row of long and 
short bristles (marking the limit of one component sternite), and its 
hind margin also bears long and short bristles ; rest of its surface 
bare. Anal segment ventrally appearing rather long and narrow, 
markedly emarginate in the middle of its hind border, with rounded 
corners, a median longitudinal impression, and a few bristles distally. 


The curiously formed ? anal segment of NV. insolita 
somewhat resembles that of WV. db/asii, Kolenati, and of 
NV. pedicularia, Latr. ( = N. latreillet, Leach), in both of 
which the segment has produced lateral plates. V. insolita 
is distinguished by its smaller size, and by the thorax 
ventrally being longer than broad; the possession of the 
long chitinous ventral plate (sternite 5) also is characteristic. 
The f also resembles NV. b/asiz somewhat in having a long 
anal segment, but differs in the form of the thorax, ete. 


Nycteribia (Listropodia) sauteri, sp. nov. 

Pallide flavescens ; thorace subtus perparum latiore quam longo ; 
femoribus tibiisque parum latis. 

d¢ segmentum anale supra brevissimum, subtus longius, apice 
lato. 

2 segmentum dorsale 2 curtum, lwve, superficie sine capillis : 
segmenta ventralia 3 et 4 utrumque laminis duabus perparum 
elevatis : segmentum anale zque longum ac in basi latum, postice 
angustatum, subtus utrinque tuberculis duobus obtusis parum 
elevatis. 

Long, corp. cirea 1°25 mm. 


1 fand 1 sent from Tainau, Formosa (H. Sauter); 
found on a single individual of Miniopterus schretberswi 
Type g in the Cambridge Museum. The ? was unfor- 


with descriptions of two new species from Formosa. 367 


tunately lost, but luckily this did not occur till after it 
had been closely examined, and figured. 

Although the femora and tibiz are not very broad, and 
the f has a very short anal segment, yet it does not seem 
possible to place this species in any subgenus but 
Listropodia. 


Head with short bristles along the cheek-margins, and with a few 
at the front margin of the crown: otherwise bare. Thorax dorsally 
with a curved row of bristles on either side. Thorax ventrally 
very slightly broader than long, flat, with the portions anterior to 
the oblique lines sloping upwards somewhat: middle line red- 
brown, impressed posteriorly, and also slightly anteriorly : surface 
as usual bearing fine bristles, with some longer ones at the hind 
margin, of which two are very long. Femora and tibie (Fig. 
14) not very broad : greatest breadth of femur = only a little over 
4 its length; that of the tibiz = 4 its length. Femora and tibiz 
of the @ slightly broader than those of the ¢. Tibiz with the 
usual 3 cross-rows of bristles on their lower side distally. 

ABDOMEN OF THE ¢. (Figs. 15 and 16)—Long and narrow, Ex- 
cluding the anal segment, 5 dorsal segments (tergites) are visible ; the 
first is really composed of 2, but the small basal one is not very sharply 
delineated, and is hard to see ; this compound tergite is here reckoned 
as No. 1 (Fig. 15a.) Tergites 1,2, with short bristles over their sur- 
faces, long ones on their hind margins. T'ergite 3 with a few rather 
longer bristles on the surface, long bristles on its hind margin. Tergites 
4,5 bare on the surface, their hind margins set with short stiff spines, 
between every 2 or 3 of which are long bristles, 2 near the middle 
of tergite 5 being very long. Anal segment viewed from above 
remarkably short, only about $ as long as broad: hind margin not 
rectilineally truncate, but forming a slightly concave curve : dorsal 
surface bare, sides and hind angles bearing strong bristles. 

Basal sternite without median impression, bearing fine bristles not 
very close; ctenidium well-developed, its margin scarcely sinuate. 
Of sternites 2, 3, 4, no. 3 is longest ; nos. 2 and 3 have a few short 
bristles on the surface, no. 4 is almost bare: their hind margins 
bear bristles of very varying length, not very close, some (especially 
at the sides) being very long and strong. Anal segment ventrally 
much longer than dorsally, its length nearly = its breadth at the 
base, its apical breadth = alittle over $ its basal breadth: surface 
bare, except for two divergent rows of bristles, one on either side, 
commencing at the edge of the cavity in which the claspers lie, and 
running outwards and backwards from near the apex of this cavity 
to the side of the segment. Claspers narrow, rather short, with 


all 


368 Mr. Hugh Scott on certain Nycteriliide, 


apex sharp and not dark, with no marked curve in the horizontal 
plane, and with bristles (growing shorter towards apex) extending 
from base almost to extreme apex. 

ABDOMEN OF 9. (Figs. 17 and 18.)—Basal tergite small, bear- 
ing short bristles on its surface, with no long bristles on its hind 
margin. Tergite 2 (Fig. 17a) short, its surface bare, its hind 
margin set with long bristles. Line of division between tergites 1 
and 2 not very definite in all aspects. Beyond tergite 2 an area of 
soft skin bearing rather short bristles, not close, and some long ones 
posteriorly. This area terminates in a chitinous plate (Fig. 17b) 
nearly twice as broad as long, bare on its surface ; its hind margin 
bears 4 very long bristles set apart, and between each 2 of them 
are 2 or 3 short dark spines. Anal segments short, its basal breadth 
quite equal to its length ; the segment tapers somewhat, but has its 
apical breadth = more than }$ its basal breadth ; surface almost 
bare, a few moderately long bristles at the hind corners. 

Basal sternite as in the ¢. Sternite 2 with about 2 irregular 
rows of short bristles on its surface, its hind margin bearing long 
bristles. Sternites 3, 4 each bearing a pair of slightly elevated 
chitinous pieces (Fig. 18a) separated by a small interval at the 
middle line: hind margins of these pieces bearing long bristles ; 
and those of sternite 3 also bearing short bristles on the surface. 
Anal segment ventrally showing 2 pairs of blunt rounded lateral 
elevations, which bear moderately long bristles: also some short 
bristles on the surface of the segment near its base, and some 
moderately long ones at its hind border. 


In the shortness of the anal segment in the 2, this 
species resembles J. stylidiopsis, Speiser ;* but the f anal 
segment of N. sauteri is dorsally even shorter than that 
of LV. stylidiopsis. The 2? of the two species differ in the 
form of the anal segment and in other respects. J. 
stylidiopsis also has the thorax longer than broad; and 
N. sauteri has the legs only moderately broad. 


CYCLOPODIA, Ko.enatt. 
Cyclopodia roylet, Westwood. 


Nycteribia roylei, Westw. Tr. Zool. Soc. London, I, 
1835, p. 290; Speiser, Arch. Naturg. 67 (1) 1901, pp. 62, 
68. 


* In Voeltzkow, Reise in Ost-Afrika, 1903-1905, IT, 1908, p. 200, 
(Stuttgart.) 


wlag 


with descriptions of two new species from Formosa. 369 


Acting on Dr. Speiser’s suggestion, I have examined 
Westwood’s original type of this species. I am in- 
debted to Professor Poulton for lending it from the Oxford 
Museum. 

In general form, and in the possession of long thin legs 
with 3 distinct rings on the tibiz, this species 1s, as con- 
jectured by Dr. Speiser, undoubtedly a Cyclopodia. Only 
in the form of the eyes is it not quite certain whether it 
agrees with other members of the genus. After close 
examination I cannot be quite sure whether those organs 
are composed of only a single ocellus, or of more than 
one. To all appearance each eye consists of only one 
ocellus. Should this be so, either the presence of several 
ocelli can no longer be used as a sure criterion of the 
genus Cyclopodia at all, or the genus must be divided into 
subgenera characterised by the numbers of the ocelli. 

The following particulars as to the type, which is 
preserved dry, will probably amplify previous descriptions. 


¢d. Length 2°75 mm. Colour dark brown, legs lighter. Thorax 
ventrally as broad as long, middle line with a rather deep impression 
at the hind end. Front coxze not at all elongate (no longer than 
hind coxz), nor thickened. Rest of front legs missing from the 
specimen, other legs offering no peculiarities, 

ABDOMEN. (Fig. 19.)—The 5 tergites all bare on the surface ; the 
rows of bristles on their hind margins extending right across the 
abdomen. ‘Tergites 2 and 3 are long; 4 is shorter; 5 short, only 
4 as long as 3. Anal segment not long but rather conspicuously 
tapering ; it is almost as long as tergites 4 and 5 together; its 
length is not quite = its breadth at the base, its breadth at the 
apex is less than 4 that at the base ; surface bare, hind margin with 
bristles, longer at the sides.—Basal sternite with a median longi- 
tudinal impression, bare at the base, and with short bristles on the 
rest of its surface: appearing rather long and narrow, but perhaps 
the basal part would normally be hid under the thorax. Sternites 
2, 3 with short bristles on the surface, scanty in 3: with no definite 
rows of bristles apparent on their hind margins, only a few very 
small spines laterally in sternite 3. Sternite 4 quite bare on the 
surface, the hind margin having a small ctenidium medially and on 
either side of this long bristles. Claspers long, narrow, and sharp 
at the apex, which is distant by about } the length of the anal 
segment from the hind margin of the segment in front. 


“ Habitat in India orientali ” (Westwood.) 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Il. (SEPT.) 24 


370 Mr, Hugh Scott on certain Nycteribiide. 


Judging from descriptions in Speiser’s article cited 
above, this species would appear to be quite distinct from 
any other described species of Cyclopodia. The fact that 
the rows of bristles on the margins of the dorsal segments 
are continuous across the abdomen, and that the claspers 
do not reach the hind margin of the penultimate segment, 
seems to ally it to C. dubia, Westw. and C. minor, Speiser ; 
but its size is smaller, and its anal segment apparently 
shorter. The shortness of the front cox is a good 
character ; and there is also the point mentioned above 
about the eyes. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 


[See Explanation facing the PLATE.] 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 


Fie. 1. Penicillidia jenynsi, ¢, dorsal view of abdomen. 


1 
2 > s » Ventral view of abdomen. 
3. P. jenynsi, 2, abdomen dorsal. 
4 * ,, abdomen ventral. 
5 H » apical part of plate before the genital 
opening, enlarged. 
6. P. jenynsi, larva, dorsal view. 
4G », lateral view of anterior constricted part. 
8. . dOnt. 5 Pe 5 * | 
9. Nycteribia insolita, ¢, abdomen dorsal. | 
10. = ms ,» Ventral view of anal segment. 
11. N. insolita, 2, abdomen dorsal. 
12: - ,, thorax and abdomen, ventral. 
13. ‘ ,» front aspect of middle femur and tibia. 
14, Nycteribia sauterit, g, front aspect of middle femur and | 
tibia. | 
15. Nycteribia sawuteri, ¢, abdomen dorsal. | 
*; 5 s + ventral. | 
17. N. sauteri, 9, abdomen dorsal. | 
18. >. ,, thorax and abdomen, ventral. 
19. Cyclopodia roylei, ¢, abdomen dorsal (smaller scale). 


The figures were all made with the help of a drawing-apparatus. 
Figs. 16 and 18 (the ventral aspects of the abdomen) appear shorter 
than the corresponding dorsal aspect (Figs. 15 and 17) owing to 
curvature of the abdomen. 


Lrans.Ent.Soc.Lond.1908. PIX VU. 


ro 
Cig 
Cie 

HAN 


jy 


timate TREE ry 


RSs 


\\ 
C, \ \ ) 
fe Ee 1 ee 
i 
Col i ae . 


E.Wilson , Cambridge. 
DETAILS OF NYC TERIBIIDAE. 


Saari ) 


XVII. Are Everes argiades and coretas distinct species? 
By T. A. Cuapman, M.D., F.ZS. 


[Read May 18, 1908.] 
PLATES) NIX, XX. 


Mr. Tutt asked (Ent. Soc. March 18th, 1908) for further 
facts bearing on whether coretas was or was not a species 
distinct from Lveres argiades, Nothwithstanding that 
Dr. Rebel says they are but one species and that the 
ancillary appendages of the f are identical, I thought it 
desirable to investigate this point for myself, and now 
report the result as having a most important bearing on 
the question under consideration, and involving also 
some interesting principles concerning differentiation of 
species. 

The facts concerning the ancillary appendages are, 
without going into descriptive details, that the two forms 
have different appendages, the differences are very slight 
but they are very distinct and very constant, so slight that 
we can quite understand their being overlooked. 

It may be asked, Have such minute differences any 
value for distinguishing species? In this particularinstance 
they have. In many species one finds much greater 
differences in these organs even amongst specimens taken 
at the same time and place. One finds also greater 
differences between geographical races which we neverthe- 
less agree to belong to one species. Why, then, are these 
minute differences of weight in this instance? In the first 
place they are constant as between the two forms; in the 
second these two forms in no way suggest that they are 
geographical races. If we found (say) argiades in France, 
Switzerland and Austria, and coretas in Spain and Italy, 
one would at once accept the geographical explanation. 
But the facts are very different ; the two species occur, if 
not on the same ground, at least within a few miles of each 
other, from their extreme western distribution at Biarritz 
or rather Bilbao (argiades occur further west in Asturias, 
but we know little of their Spanish distribution) eastwards 
to Buda-Pesth, and unquestionably could readily cross, so 
far as geographical difficulties govern the case. 

That the differences between the appendages, slight 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 


- 
372 Dr. T. A. Chapman : 


though they are, are nevertheless important, is a conclusion 
that is much strengthened by the fact that those of Lycena 
minimus differ from them so little, that one would expect 
them to be declared identical by those who fail to dis- 
criminate between argiades and coretas, yet minimus has 
usually been regarded as belonging to quite a different 
group of Lycene. 

We discriminate species now, on what we call physio- 
logical grounds, and not on morphological. What I take 
this to mean is that the germ plasma of distinct species is 
more or less immiscible, of forms of one species it is freely 
miscible. We hold this view, though as a matter of fact, 
we cannot apply it in one case in perhaps a thousand ; 
what we do do, is to form an opinion about it (always 
involving the personal equation) from all the facts we can 
ascertain, not merely morphology, but habits, distribution 
and everything else available. 

In the case of coretas, the somewhat doubtful presumption 
that it is distinct from aryiades, is by the evidence of the 
appendages raised not to certainty, but a long way towards 
it, since it makes nearly certain, that, though opportunities 
must frequently occur, the germ plasma of the two forms 
never mixes. The appendages,slight though the differences 
are, are quite constant, and no intermediates occur. In 
the ordinary wing-markings, a good deal of variation occurs 
in both species, and perhaps no one feature is constant, 
though I have not as yet been in any serious doubt as to 
which species a doubtful example belonged to, and where 
the appendages of a doubtful specimen were examined they 
always agreed with the conclusion that had been arrived at. 

When we come to the American forms amyntula and 
comyntas, my material is quite insufficient to say whether 
there are one, two, or more species in North America. 
But specimens from Calgary and California have identical 
appendages which are intermediate between argiades and 
coretas but much closer to coretas than to argiades, Are 
we to call them one with coretas ? 

I incline to the somewhat paradoxical view, that these 
American forms are co-specific with both our European 
ones, although these are “good” species as against each 
other. 

A Central American azyiades is by its appendages again 
a distinct species though there may be intermediates con- 
necting this with amyntula. In the absence, however, of 


a 


Are Everes argiades and coretas distinct species? 373 


evidence to the contrary, I believe the differences in the 
appendages to be rather beyond mere geographical varia- 
tion. As regards parrhasius and dipora, | am not prepared 
to give any fully considered opinion. My material and 
information are much too scanty. The original descriptions 
of parrhasius and certainly of dipora are more applicable 
to argiades than to the species I choose to call parrhasius, 
and if this be not parrhasius then itis unnamed. It is an 
Indo-Malayan tropical form, argiades being essentially 
palearctic. I have seen specimens both of argiades and 
parrhasius (as I accept it) under the names of parrhasius 
and dipora. I have not seen the type specimens of these 
forms. At present I am merely dealing with argiades 
(and coretas) and with parrhasius only as bearing on 
argiades, 

Parrhasius, vaguely defined as ranging from India to 
Australia, and in its Indian races sunk under argiades by 
many authorities, has appendages, that, when we note the 
great similarity of those of argiades, coretas, amyntula, and 
minimus, may be called exceedingly different. 

The distinction in wing-markings that is most constant 
between argiades and parrhasius is that the spots beneath 
are black in argiades, but nearly of the ground colour in 
parrhasius, being marked off by the paler circles round 
them. 

Argiades appears to occur in only the northern and 
mountainous districts in India. The differences between 
the appendages of argiades and coretas, though slight, affect 
several distinct parts of the structure. The clasps in coretas 
are wider and heavier basally, the outer angle of the base 
being full and receding somewhat and more firmly attached 
to the basal ring. In argiades this attachment is less and 
the angle looks much more rounded off, than in coretas. 
The long spine of the clasp is in coretas long, slender, and 
straight, as compared with the shorter, thicker, and more 
curved form in argiades. The spiculation of its extremity 
affects a rather greater length than in argiades. This form 
of the spine makes what we may call the shoulder more 
sloping in covetas, more square and angular in argiades. 
The soft hair-clothed division of the clasp is more slender 
in argiades and carries only one or two hairs at most, lower 
than a point approximately level with the division of the 
clasp into the two branches, below this where the two 
clasps oppose each other is a considerable glabrous surface ; 


- 


374 Are Everes argiades and coretas distinct species ? 


this area, glabrous in argiades, carries a considerable number 
of hairs in coretas. 

The hooks or parameres of the dorsal piece (tegumen) are 
longer and more slender in coretas, the terminal portion 
though longer is not so sharp as in argiades, and the latter 
has a large rounded flap at the base of this terminal 
portion, that does not exist in coretas. The wdwagus is 
more robust in coretas, more slender in argiades. 

Amyntula is coretas in most respects, it is argiades in the 
curvature, shortness and stoutness of the spiculation, of 
the spinous process, and also in the rather more slender 
soft-process, 

There is considerable variation in the size of the 
appendages in both argiades and coretas. I have not 
examined enough examples to assert that this corresponds 
with the size of the insect or with the geographical 
distribution. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX, XX. 


[See Explanation facing the PLATES. ] 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XIX, XX. 


Ancillary appendages of males of EvEREs. 


PuatEe XIX, Fic. 1. Argiades (Guethary) x 34. 
2. . (Vernet-les-Bains) x 38. 
3. Coretas eer PANDY ce 
AM ee (Hungary) — 


PuatE XX, Fia. 5. Amyntula (?) (California) — 
6. re (?) (Calgary) = 
G », (22) (Costa Rica) — 
8. Parrhasius 

The specimens are prepared by cutting through one side of the 
ring forming 9th abdominal segment and opening out flat as nearly 
as may be. The tegumen cannot be divided in the median line 
without practically destroying it, a proceeding that is best in 
Cyaniris, and practically in Lycena. 


Pl; OTe 


nt. Soc. Lond., 1908. 


+ 
4 
= 


Trans. F 


F. N. Cviark, Phot. 


Everes argiades and E. coretas, 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908. Pl. XX. 


F. N, Crark, Phot. 


Everes amyntula and E, parrhasius. 


XVIII. Descriptions of some new Hesperiidee from Central 
and South America. By Hamitton H. Druce, 
F.LS., ete. 


[Read June 3rd, 1908.] 
PuaTE XXI, 


THE present paper contains descriptions of some new 
forms of conspicuous genera and the types are con- 
tained in our own collection. Through the kindness of 
Colonel C. Swinhoe I have been able to carefully examine 
Plotz’s volumes of MS. drawings and thereby identify 
many of his species described in the volumes of the Stettin 
Ent. Zeit. Dr. Godman’s paper on the American species 
described by this author (Anns. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, v. 
xx, 1907) has practically cleared up all difficulties in 
connection with those on which his paper treats. 

On a recent visit to Paris I have shown all tlie species 
described herein to M. Mabille, who agrees that they are 
new, excepting the form I propose to call Croniades 
auraria. And my best thanks are due to him for his 
kindness in showing me his collection and many of his types. 

M. Mabille is responsible for Fasc. XVII, Fam. HES- 

PERIDZ of Genera Insectorum published by M. P. 
_Wytsman in Brussels in 1904, which, although useful to 
students of this family, is unfortunately very incomplete. 
I propose now to deal only with the sub-family Pyrrhopy- 
gine and the first few genera of Hesperiinz as arranged 
by him, and give here a list of species which he has 
entirely omitted, but at the same time I am not prepared 
to say these are all. 

In the genus Pyrrhopyge he does not mention— 


P. anina, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. p. 533 (1879). MS. 
drawings, pl. 1274 = C. styx, Mosch. fide Plotz. 

P. rufinucha, G. & S., P.Z.S. 1879, p. 151. A distinct 
species with a red collar. 

P. bogotana, Rkt. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1868, p. 89. 
A synonym of P. hygicia, Feld. (misspelt hyyizva, p. 3, 
No. 33). 

P. creona, Druce, Cist. Ent., p. 290 (1874), of which M. 
Mabille’s P. aurora (Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1891, Nov. 
Lep., pl. xiv, f. 3) is a synonym also omitted. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 


al 
376 Mr. Hamilton H. Druce’s Deseriptions of 


P. pheax, Hopff Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1874, p. 368. Plotz, 
MS. drawings, pl. 1300. 

P. josepha, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl, p. 534 (1879), MS. 
drawings, pl. 1287. 


Dr. Godman’s drawing of the type in the Berlin Museum 
shows a red head, but Pl6tz’s drawing has red palpi only. 


Genus Yanguna. 
Omitted. 
Y. (Pyr.) cosyra, Druce, Cist. Ent. 1875, p. 363. Godman 
and Salvin, B.C.A. Lep. Rhop. ii, p. 258, pl. Ixxiv, 
it, A, 2. 
Y.(Pyr.) parima, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlvii, p. 116 (1886). 
MS. drawings, pl. 1597. 


Genus IMetardaris. 
M. cosinga, Hew., incorrectly spelt consinga. 


Genus Jemadia. 
Omitted. 

J. imitator, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. de Belg. 1891. Nov. 
Lep. p. 102, pl. xiv, f. 2, probably =-/. hospita, Butler. 

J, (Pyr.) hephestos (Mosch. in litt.), Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. 
xl, p. 521 (1879). Plotz, MS. drawings, pl. 1594. 

J. (Pyr.) ulives, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl, p. 521 (1879). 
MS. drawings, pl. 1217. 


Genus Myscelus. 


M. xthras, Hew. (2?) No. 5, appears to be a MS. name. 

M. orbius, Mabille, No. 11, is a synonym of J/. amystis, 
Hew., No. 4. 

M. epimachia, H.S., misspelt epinechia. 


Genus Pyrrhopygopsis. 
Omitted. 

P. (Hesp.) camposa, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlvii, p. 90 
(1886), MS. drawings, pl. 1360. 

P. (Hesp.) quispica, Plotz, idem, MS. drawings, pl. 1361. 

P. (Pyrrhopyge) maravilha, Foetterle, Revista Paulista, 
p. 637, pl. xviii, f. 1 (1902). 

P. (Thymele) subvirescens, Schaus., Pr. U.S. Nat. Mus. vol. 
xxiv (1902), p. 426. 


some new Hesperiide from Central and South America. 377 


Omitted. 

Genus Pseudosarbia, Berg. An. Mus., Nac. Buenos Aires, 
p. 256 (1897), of which the type is P. phenicola, 
Berg., which is like Sarbia pertyi, Plotz, and is proba- 
bly allied to the genus Pyrrhopygopsts. 


Genus Phocides. 
Omitted. 
P. phanias, Burm. Descrip. Rep. Arg. p. 56 (1880), stated 
by Berg. to = P. palemon, Cr. 
P. charon, Feld. Wien. Ent. Mon. in, p. 405 (1859). 
P. imbreus, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl, p. 406 (1879), MS. 
drawings, pl. 1198. [Type Mus. Berol.] 


Genus Zarsoctenus. 


Omitted. 
T. (Erycides) herrichti, Herr. Schff, Prods. 1869, p. 60, 
no. 10. Plotz, MS. drawings, pl. 1204. 
T. (Lrycides) erebus, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xl. (1879), 
p. 407, MS. drawings, pl. 1201. 


I suppose it would be possible to go through the whole 
work and find omissions and mistakes on almost every 
page, and I have noticed that many African species 
described by Dr. Butler in the P.ZS. and also by 
Mr. Lathy and others are not included, but I have said 
enough to warn students of this difficult group not to 
describe as new, without further research, species that 
they do not find in this work, and it is to be hoped that 
M. Mabille will be able to revise and republish his lists. 
As for the indices, the less said the better. They are very 
inaccurate, and in more than one case names are referred 
to as being on pages which do not exist. 


Sub-family, PYRRHOPYGINZ. 
PyRRHOPYGE, Hiibn. 
Pyrrhopyge infantilis, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 1.) 


gd. Upper-side. Uniform dark indigo-blue ; cilia of both wings 
pure white except apical third of fore-wing which is black. Under- 
side, fore-wing dark indigo-blue with inner margin towards base 
brownish-black ; hind-wing indigo-blue with basal half pale 


al 


378 Mr. Hamilton H, Druce’s Descriptions of 


bluish-white crossed by narrowly black veins. Cilia of both 
wings white except apical third of fore-wing, which is black as 
above. Anal segment and tuft, palpi and front of head, bright red ; 
terminal joint of palpi minutely deep black. Antenne, space 
between eyes, thorax, collar, and abdomen, concolorus with wings. 
Legs wholly black. 

Expanse 1,°; inch. 


Hab. Perv. 


This is a curious insect much like P. phidias, Linn., but 
is smaller and has a shorter and less pointed fore-wing, and 
the anal angle of the hind-wing is less produced, and more 
rounded. The front of the head only, is red. 


Pyrrhopyge cruor, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 2.) 


¢. Upper-side dark indigo-blue shading to green; anal angle of 
hind-wing rich red. Cilia of both wings, except towards apex of 
fore-wing which is black and of anal angle which is red, pure white. 
The fore-wing is crossed just before the middle by a broad band of 
differently placed scales—darker than the ground colour of the wing 
—commencing on the subcostal nervure, where it is broadest and 
reaching almost to a point, to the submedian nervure. Palpi glossy 
black; antennz black ; head black with a long white frontal spot 
and white spots at the base of the antennz and between the eyes. 
Collar broadly dark red. Under-side as above with the transverse 
fascia on the fore-wing widening out beyond the end of the cell. 
Legs wholly black. 

Expanse 2;); inch. 


Hab. Pozuzo, Peru (800 m. I. Egg). 


Perhaps nearest to P. agenoria, Hew., which we have 
also from Peru (La Merced), and which it resembles in all 
respects, excepting the broad dark fascia described above. 
P. agenoria has never been figured, and I have identified 
it from M. Mabille’s collection, he having seen the type in 
the Staudinger cabinet. 


Pyrrhopyge sanies, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 3.) 
¢. Upper-side rich dark brown with bluish reflections. Fore- 
wing crossed rather before the middle by a semihyaline opalescent 
white fascia commencing broadly on the subcostal nervure and 
ending in a point on the submedian nervure and divided into three 


some new Hespertide from Central and South America. 379 


by the black median nervules. Cilia pure white ; black towards the 
apex. Hind-wing concolorus with the fore-wing and with the anal 
angle rich red, and the cilia pure white from apex to the red area. 
Palpi, legs, and antenne deep black; head black with a white 
frontal spot and white spots between and at the base of the antenne. 
Collar broadly rich red. Abdomen concolorus with wings above 
and below and with two minute white spots below at the base of the 
anal segment. 
Expanse 2, inch. 


Hab. Farinas, La Paz, Bolivia (1,500 m.). 


This insect has a transverse fascia as in the preceding 
P. cruor, but it crosses the wing more obliquely. They are 
both perhaps allied to P. styx, Moschs., which has red palpi 
and a red anal tuft and is well figured by Plotz in his MS. 
drawings (Pl. 1274) as P. anina, Plotz. 


JEMADIA, Watson. 
Jemadia scomber, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 4.) 


9. Both surfaces black with subhyaline spots and pale bluish 
bands as is usual in the genus but distinguished from all others by 
the broad ultra basal whitish-blue band on the fore-wing above and 
by the large whitish undivided basal area of the hind-wing on the 
same surface. On the under-side the blue bands are arranged much 
as in J. hospita, Butler, but the extreme abdominal margin appears 
to be black, not blue as in that species. 

Expanse 34 inch, 


Hab. Pozvuzo, Peru, 5,000-6,000 ft. (Native collectors). 


Although of the well-known Jemadia type, this form 
differs more from any described than any of the others 
differ inter se so far as the colour and pattern of the wings 
are concerned. Messrs. Godman and Salvin have shown in 
the “Biologia Centrali Americana” the great difference 
which exists in the male genitalia of the various species. 
J. scomber is the giant of the genus, being much larger 
than any other known. Mr. H. J. Adams has a specimen 
also from Peru. 


CRONIADES, Mabille. 
Croniades auraria, sp. Dov. 
¢. Allied to C. pieria, Hew., from which it differs by the position 


- 
380 Mr. Hamilton H. Druce’s Descriptions of 


of the central transverse subhyaline band and the more conspicuous 
outer marginal yellow band of the fore-wing, and by the black 
ultramedian band on the hind-wing being much reduced and nearly 
obsolete at its junction with the subcostal nervure. Under-side as 
above, the outer-marginal yellow band of the fore-wing even 
wider ; anal half of the hind-wing richer orange than the costal area. 
Palpi pure white ; tips black. 
Expanse 2,', inch. 


Hab. Farinas, LA Paz, Bolivia (1,500 m.). 


Mons. Mabille, to whom I showed this insect, considered 
it to be P. yeria, Hew., but I do not hold the same 
opinion. 

Mr. H. J. Adams has a specimen, identical, from the 
same locality. 

Watson, P.Z.S., 1893, p. 14, states that pieria, Hew., 
and machaon, Hew., are probably not congeneric with 
iphinous, Latr. (the type of Iimoniades) nor even with 
each other. Mons. Mabille has recently erected a new 
genius for pieria, i.e. Croniades “Gen. Insect.” Fase. xvii, 
p- 13), which he has placed first in the list and included 
machaon with it. 


Sub-family, HESPERITN A. 
THYMELE, Fab. 


Thymele palliolum, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 5.) 


2. Upper-side ; both wings blackish-brown with the basal thirds 
suffused with pale shining blue. Fore-wing with a subapical row of 
small white dots placed near the costal margin, the middle dot being 
slightly nearer to the base. A median white transverse band com- 
posed of 3 quadrate spots and two small costal dots divided by the 
brown nervules. Under-side paler than above with dots and trans- 
verse band as above ; sprinkled with yellow scales along the costal 
margin from the base to the white band and opalescent-blue at the 
extreme base. Hind-wing dark brown with short darker central 
bands and sprinkled with yellow scales from base, where they are 
thickest, to beyond middle. Head and thorax above opalescent- 
blue; abdomen brown above with blue scales, Palpi pale buff. 
Legs yellowish. Antenne black, with a yellowish ring at base of 
elub. Cilia of both surfaces slightly paler than wings. 

Expanse 24 inch. 


Hab, CARRILLO, Costa Rica (Underwood). 


some new Hesperiide from Central and South America. 381 


At first sight like 7. brevicauda, Plotz* (7. eniopeus of 
the B.C.A.), but on closer examination quite different. 


Sub-family, PAMPHILIN A. 
PRENES, Scudder. 
Prenes grapte, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 6.) 


g. Upper-side dark brown with the basal half dark yellowish- 
buff. Fore-wing with a small, oblong, subhyaline spot within and at 
the end of, the cell. Two minute subapical dots, a small spot above 
the second median nervule, a larger sagittate spot at the base of the 
lower median nervules and a small spot resting above the centre of 
the submedian nervure. Cilia of both wings pale brownish-white. 
Underside ; ground colour paler; spots on fore-wing as above but 
spot on submedian nervure larger and less distinctly defined. 
Hind-wing ; a small, circular, clearly defined, white spot in the cell, 
an ultramedian white band commencing in a point on the costal 
nervure and broadening greatly to the submedian nervure. Outer 
margin broadly brownish-grey, crossed by the brown nervules. 
Anal fold broadly brown, except anal margin, which is narrowly 
brownish-grey. 

Head, thorax and abdomen above concolorus with base of wings. 
Palpi yellowish-buff, sprinkled with yellowish hairs ; terminal joint 
black. Thorax and legs dark brown ; abdomen below, with yellow 
spots. Antennz black above ; yellowish below. 

Expanse 2,1, inch. 


Hab. PERU. 


Allied to P. Juctwosa, Herr. Schaff.t (Plotz MS. drawings, 
pl. 426) and to P. pauper, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. Ent. p. 201 
41878), but differs on the hind-wing below and has the 
additional spot in the cell of that wing. 


AIDES, Billberg. 


Aides incantator, sp.nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 7.) 


Q. Upper-side. Both wings dark brown with the basal areas 
thickly clothed with yellowish-buff hairs, Fore-wing with the 


* Goniurus brevicauda, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlvii, p. 83 (1886), 
MS. drawings, pl. 1319. 

Tt Goniurus luctuosa, Herr. Schaff., Prodn. Syst. Lep. iii, p. 73 
(1869). 


- 
382 Mr. Hamilton H. Druce’s Descriptions of 


costal margin—except the extreme base which is yellowish—cupreous, 
extending well beyond the middle of the cell. Four irregular, 
subhyaline, whitish spots, one in the middle of the cell, one each 
between the median nervules and one just above the submedian 
nervure. The three forming a row of which the centre is the 
largest. Cilia of both wings whitish, except at apices where they 
are brown. Under-side. Fore-wing cupreus; discal and basal 
areas blackish-brown, inner margin pale brown. Spots as on upper- 
side, with the addition of a small yellow streak within the costal 
nervure adjoining the cell spot. Hind-wing dark cupreus ; brownish 
towards the abdominal margin. <A central, irregular, silvery- 
white patch composed of confluent quadrate patches and two 
separate spots, the smaller placed near the end of the cell, the larger 
beyond it, above the median nervure. Cilia as on upper-side. Palpi 
and front of thorax yellow. Legs brown. Abdomen brown above 
and below, clothed with buff hairs towards base on upper side. 
Expanse 2,°; inch, 


Hab. CARRILLO, Costa Rica (Underwood). 


Allied to A. xstria, Hew., and A. dysoni, Godm., but dis- 
tinguished by the different form of the silver marking on 
the under-side of the hind-wing. 


Dion, Godman, 
Dion gemmatus. (Plate XX1I, fig. 8.) 


Carystus gemmatus, Bull. Cist. Ent. I, p. 86 (1872). Lep. 
Ex. p. 186, t. 64, f. 2. 

Dion gemmatus, Godm. B.C. A., Lep. Rhop. ii, p. 593, 
DL Cu, th. eis dere ae 


Q. Upper-side rich dark brown: apical half brownish-buff, 
darker towards apex, with dark brown veins. Under-side ; fore- 
wing dark brown, apical half pale yellow with the veins dark 
brown, gradually deepening towards the margins. Apex narrowly 
dark brown. Cilia dark brown, Hind-wing asin ¢. 

Expanse 2} inch. 


Hab, Escazu, Costa Rica (Underwood). 
This interesting insect is remarkable for its dissimilarity 


to the #. 
There are 3 7 in Mr. Godman’s collection, but no 2. 


some new Hesperudex from Central and South America. 383 


Dion rubrinota, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 9.) 


¢. Upper-side blackish-brown with the internervular spaces 
paler. Cilia dark brown; glossy. A large inconspicuous brown 
brand. near the centre of the wing, placed just below the cell and 
divided unevenly by the lower median nervule ; the smaller portion, 
which is rather less than one-third, being below. Under-side. 
Fore-wing greyish-brown, with a slightly yellowish radiating fascia 
beyond the middle, and crossed by black nervules and black inter- 
nervular radiations originating on the margin. Cilia black. A 
yellowish spot at the extreme base. Hind-wing greyish-brown, 
crossed by black nervules and black internervular radiations, 
excepting the anal fold, which is broadly greyish-brown. Costal 
margin, above the costal nervure, wholly brick-red. <A slight brick- 
red dash at the base of the lower wall of the cell and another red 
dash just below the cell from the base extending nearly to the 
middle of the wing. The extreme anal margin is brick-red from the 
base to the anal angle. Head, palpi, legs and abdomen black. 
Antenne black. Eyes reddish. 

Expanse 2} inch, 


Hab. HUANCABAMBA, E. Peru, 6,000-7,000 ft. (Boetger). 


Quite unlike any other described species and un- 


doubtedly belonging to this genus. I have not seen 
the . 


THRACIDES, Hiibner. 
Thracides panimeron, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 10.) 


¢. Upper-side dark indigo blue without spots or markings, paler 
towards outer margins. When held at an angle, the inner margin 
from base to beyond the middle and the median interspace from 
base to the brand in fore-wing and the basal half of the hind-wing 
appear to be shining opalescent ultramarine-blue, shading to green ; 
as also are the thorax and base of the abdomen. Cilia pure white ; 
except the extreme apices of both wings which are dark brown. 
Under-side ; both wings dark greenish indigo-blue, with the costal 
and apical areas of the fore-wing, and the whole of the hind-wing, 
excepting the abdominal fold, thickly dusted with dark reddish 
cupreus scales. The inner margin of the fore-wing is shining dark 
chocolate-brown. The lower portion of the cell of the fore-wing 
contains a broad streak of opalescent-blue shading to green, but not 
extending to the extreme base. Below this, at the base of, and lying 


hall 


384 Mr. Hamilton H. Druce’s Descriptions of 


on the median nervure, is a pale greyish-brown brand, composed of 
differently formed scales, and protected by a fringe of short black 
hairs attached to the margin of the hind-wing. Cilia as on upper- 
side. Palpi reddish-orange, with the terminal tip minutely black, 
and some blackish hairs near the eyes. Collar reddish-orange. Legs 
and thorax clothed with opalescent-blue hairs. Abdomen black, 
Antenne black. Head metallic greenish-blue. The oblique linear 
brand on the fore-wing above is composed of three divisions, of 
which the central is a small round dot. 
Expanse 24 inch, 


Hab, Farinas, La Paz, Bolivia (1,500 m.). 


This beautiful insect is not nearly allied to any described, 
but may belong to the group which contains the Thracides 
joannisii recently described, and figured by Mons. Mabille, 
in Gen. Insect. Fasc. xvii, p. 179, pl. 4, f 2 (1904), from 
Chiriqui, but the absence of white spots on the fore-wing 
and the conspicuous orange collar distinguish it at once. 


PYRRHOPYGOPSIS, Godman. 


Mons. Mabille has placed this genus in the sub-family 
Flesperiing, although Dr. Godman has clearly shown that 
by its veination it belongs to the Pamphiline. 


Pyrrhopygopsis lugubris, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 11). 

¢. Upper-side uniform deep black without markings ; cilia pure 
white, greyish towards apices of both wings and at anal angle of 
hind-wing. Under-side, dark sage-green with all the veins black ; 
inner marginal areas of both wings broadly blackish-brown. A 
tuft of reddish-brown hairs on the abdomen at the base of the fore- 
wing. Head, palpi and legs entirely black excepting the hind tibia 
which bears a thick reddish-brown mane. The abdomen, which is 
black above and below, has several reddish-brown lateral stripes on 
either side and a large reddish-brown anal tuft. 

Expanse 23 inch. 


Hab, LA Paz, Bolivia, 1,000 m. (Garlepp). 


Allied to P. romula, Druce, and P. tenebricosa, Hew., 
but distinguished by the absence of the reddish-brown 
shoulders on the fore-wing above, which are present in 
both those insects. It is also allied to P. reedii, Weeks, 
jun., well figured in his Ill. Diurin. Lep. 1905, pl. xvii, 


some new Hesperiidx from Central and South America. 385 


which name, however, falls to P. guispica, Plotz,* as shown 
by reference to his MS. drawing, pl. 1361. We possess 
specimens from Rio Colorado, Peru, 2,500 ft., obtained 
by Watkins and from Charaplaya, Bolivia, 1,350 m., 
obtained by P. O. Simon. 

P. lugubris is a much blacker insect. 

Pyrrhopyge maravilha, Foetterle, Revista de Museu 
Paulista, p. 637, pl. xviii, f. 1 (nec xvi, f. 3), 1902, is 
another species belonging to this genus and is allied to 
the beautiful P. camposa, Plotz [Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlvu, 
p. 90 (1886)], figured in his MS. drawings, pl. 1360, from 
Minas Geraes, from which it principally differs by possess- 
ing red shoulders and by the absence of the bright yellow 
costal streak on the fore-wing below. 


Pyrrhopygopsis igniculus, sp. nov. 
¢. Closely allied to P. orasus, Druce, from which it differs in the 
almost complete absence of the conspicuous white basal area on the 
hind-wing below—it is reduced to a small spot above the costal 
nervure and some white scaling below the wall of the cell. 
Expanse 2? inch. 


Hab. Pozuzo, Peru, 5,000-6,000 ft. (Native collectors). 
La MeErcep, Peru, 2,500 ft., v, vi, 1903 (Watkins and 
Tomlinson). 


Described from two specimens. 


Pyrrhopygopsis caninus, sp. nov. 


¢. Allied to P. orasus, Druce, but paler, and the white of the 
cilia on the hind-wing extending well into the margin of the wing 
on the upper-side. On the under-side the costal margin is white 
from the base to beyond the middle of the cell. The head, palpi 
and anal segment and tuft are red as in P. orasws and there is an 
additional red tuft on the abdomen at the base of the fore-wing and 
the fore coxee are conspicuously red in place of the black of orasus, 

Expanse 27, inch. 


Hab. SAN Martin, Llanos of Rio Meta, Colombia 
(G. D. Child). 
The red tuft on the abdomen at the base of the fore- 


* Hesperia quispica, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit. xlvii, p. 90 (1886), 
MS. drawings, pl. 1361. 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (SEPT.) 25 


- 


386 Mr. H. H. Druce’s Descriptions of Hesperiide. 


wing below, is also found in P. socrates, Menet., and the 
red fore cox are found in cleanthus, Latr., and telmela, 
Hew., which have been placed in this genus recently by 
Mons. Mabille. 


Pyrrhopygopsis agaricon, sp. nov. (Plate XXI, fig. 12.) 

¢. Upper-side. Dark purple-brown with the basal areas of both 
wings tawny. Cilia fuscous ; whitish towards the anal angle of both 
wings. Under-side sage-green with the nervules black; inner 
margin of fore-wing broadly and unevenly black, the black area 
extending well up to the subcostal nervure. The space between 
vein 5 and the submedian nervure blackish-brown. Head, palpi, 
collar and abdomen above and below, tawny. Four posterior 
segments of abdomen ringed with black. Fore coxe conspicuously 
tawny, rest of legs black. Antenne black. 

Expanse 275 inch. 


Hab. Bogota, Colombia. 


There is a specimen in the British Museum from the 
Crowley bequest. 

I have placed this insect in the genus Pyrrhopygopsis as 
it has a long pencil of black hairs on the abdominal fold 
of the hind-wing above and does not show any trace of a 
costal fold in the fore-wing, but it seems to me to be 
nearly allied to Phocides xanthothrix, Mabille, the figure of 
_ which in Novitates Lepid., pl. v, it closely resembles on 
the under-side. The large tawny areas and the tawny 
head and abdomen at once distinguish it. M. Mabille, 
although he places £. tenebricosa, Hew., in the genus 
Pyrrhopygopsis still includes P. xanthothriz in Phocides 
(Genera Insectorum, Fasc. xvii, p. 19, 1904). 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI. 
[See Explanation facing the PLATE. ] 


SEPTEMBER 29, 1908. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI. 


1. Pyrrhopyge infantilis, sp. n. g. 
re o. cruor, s 
3. xs sanies, a 
4. Jemadia scomber, a 
5. Thymele palliolum, 5 
6. Prenes grapte, : 
7. Aides incantator, ‘ 
8. Dion gemmatus, Butler, sp. 
9. ,, rubrinota, e 
10. Thracides panimeron, - 
11. Pyrrhopygopsis lugubris,  ,, 


12. 


- agaricon, 5; 


2. 
Q. 


3 
3 
? 
Q. 
é. 
n. 
3 
3 
3 
3 


Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond. 1908. Plate XXII. 


NEW HESPERIIDA® FROM CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA. 


ones 


ares 


(°387)) 


XIX. Further Studies of the Tetriginz (Orthoptera) in the 
Oxford University Museum. By J. L. Hancock, 
M.D., F.E.S. (Chicago.) 


(Second Paper.) 
[Read June 8rd, 1908. ] 
PLATE XXII. 


THE author takes this opportunity to acknowledge his 
gratefulness to Professor EK. B. Poulton, F.R.S., Hope 
Professor of Zoology in Oxford University, for the privi- 
lege of studying the remainder of the collection of 
Letrigine (Orthoptera). The latter collection consisted of 
one hundred and thirty-eight examples. Of this series, 
which are representative of widely varied localities, a 
number are new, some proving to be unique types. Still 
others are of historical value, having been collected by 
Wallace in the Malay Archipelago, and by Bates on the 
Amazon in South America. These insects formed part 
of the notable collection of W. W. Saunders, which was 
purchased and donated by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the Hope 
department of. Zoology, University Museum. The author’s 
first paper on the collection of Zetriginw in the University 
Museum appeared in the Transactions of the Entomological 
Society of London ;* the present paper is a continuation 
of that contribution. 


Section LOPHOTETTIGI 4, nov. 


In this new section the body has a general resemblance 
to T'ripetalocere. 'The vertex is often greatly widened, 
transverse, the eyes substylate; the structure of the 
antennz is especially characteristic, being filiform and 
strongly incrassate, or toward the apices often more or 
less gradually but distinctly flattened or dilated; the pro- 
notum is more often truncate anteriorly or little excavate 
at the middle of the front margin, and backwardly pro- 
longed into a posterior process; the median carina between 
the shoulders frequently compresso-cristate or the dorsum 
strongly compressed and foliaceous; the lateral lobes of 
pronotum more or less laminate, reflexed outwards, and 

* pp. 213-244, Plate XXI, 1907. 
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Ill. (DEC.) 26 


eo 
388 Dr. J. L. Hanecock’s Further Studies of 


dentate produced or obliquely truncate behind ; elytra and 
wings of ordinary form; the first and third articles of the 
posterior tarsi equal in length. 

The species so far known occur in South America. 


Genus LOPHOTETTIX, nov. 


Resembling Gladiotettix (Nephele), but differing in having 
stouter, more dilated, and flattened antenn, in the fewer antennal 
joints, which consist of but ten distinct articles, the somewhat 
stouter and more rugose body, the more distinctly compresso- 
foliaceous dorsum of pronotum, and in the more laminate lateral 
lobes. 


The type is LZ. brevicristatus described below. 


1. LZ. brevicristatus, sp. nov. (Plate XXII, fig. 1, a& d.) 


A moderately crassate form (female) bearing a low dorsal crest 
between the shoulders, the body strongly rugose, ferruginous. 
Antenne very thick, consisting of ten conspicuous articles (a 
minute barely distinguishable acute apical article might be considered 
as the eleventh), the first article short and thickened, the second 
small and globose, from the third to the seventh inclusive gradually 
dilated toward the individual apices, the eighth and ninth dilated 
at the middle and subexcavated longitudinally, the last articles 
pale yellow, antennze inserted far anterior to or below the eyes ; 
the posterior ocelli situated opposite the lower margin of the eyes. 
Vertex very wide, transverse, not at all produced, little more than 
twice the width of one of the prominent globose, substylate eyes, 
the front transversely imperfectly carinate, bearing on each side a 
small tuberculiform carinula next to the eyes opposite their anterior 
fourth, and foveate on each side of the obscure median carina 
between the middle of the eyes; frontal costa abruptly widened 
between the posterior ocelli, parallel, the facial carina above 
depressed, costa between the antennz distinctly protuberant. Pro- 
notum anteriorly truncate, but shallowly excavate at the middle ; 
dorsum between the shoulders compresso-cristate (about three 
millimeters in height above the shoulders), the crest highest between 
the humeral angles, somewhat translucent punctate when held 
against the light, the front margin roundly excavate, dentate- 
crenulate, above anteriorly little angulate produced as far as the 
anterior suleus; dorsal margin of crest viewed from above not 
suleate but strongly sinuate; viewed in profile arcuate and crenulate- 
sinuate, posteriorly opposite the articulation of hind femora, suberose 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 889 


and dentate; dorsum rugose and on posterior process rugose- 
reticulose ; humeral angles not prominent and widely subrounded, 
process lengthily subulate, apex littie upturned and acute, extended 
beyond the apices of posterior femora; lateral lobes posteriorly 
bisinuate, posterior angles distinctly laminate and terminating in a 
laterally produced obtuse denticle, behind minutely serrulate, 
truncate. Elytra of moderate size, externally punctate, substraight 
or concave above, strongly arcuate below, apices narrowly rounded ; 
wings fully explicate reaching nearly to the apex of pronotal 
process. Anterior and middle femora elongate, margins sinuate 
sublobate, superior carinz of middle tibize compresso-dentate at the 
middle ; margins of posterior femora minutely serrulate and sinuate- 
dentate, the antegenicular and genicular lobes stout and prominent ; 
hind tibize fuscous, the margins lightly serrulate and armed with 
rather obtuse spines, the first articles of the posterior tarsi having 
the third obtuse pulvilli little longer than the second. 

Entire length of body, female, 14 mm.; pronotum 13 mm. ; 
antenne 4°5 mm. ; post. femora 6 mm. 


One example from Brazil, South America, in the 
University Museum, Oxford. 


2. L. alticristatus, sp. nov. 


Differing from the preceding species in the darker almost black 
body, slightly tomentose below, in the dorsum bearing a much 
higher foliaceous crest, and in the obliquely truncate laminate sub- 
acute posterior angles of lateral lobes of pronotum, scarcely at all 
dentate produced laterally. 

Body rugose ; vertex very wide, transverse ; eyes substylate ; the 
transverse frontal carinule obsolete. Antenne black and pale 
annulate at the joints, articles strongly dilated towards the in- 
dividual apices and margins minutely serrulate and pilose ; maxill- 
ary palpi having the two last articles flattened, dilated, the 
penultimate article oval, pilose. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, 
posteriorly subulate, and little longitudinally concave ; dorsal crest 
strongly elevated between the shoulders equal to three and a half 
millimeters above the humeral angles, margin not at all sulcate, 
viewed in profile the front margin vertical erose and flush with the 
anterior border of the pronotum, the convex dorsal margin sloping 
backward and reaching as far as the middle of the wings, forward 
minutely denticulate and sinuate, behind dentate, viewed from 
above strongly sinuate, dorsum on either side and on the process 
lightly reticulate. Wings fully explicate, reaching scarcely beyond 
the pronotal apex ; elytra having venate marking, punctate, and 


na 
390 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


apices somewhat widely rounded, Anterior and middle femoral 
margins sinuate-sublobate ; middle femoral margins above acutely 
produced at the apices, the middle tibize pale annulate at the middle 
and margins little compresso-tuberculate ; apical half of tarsi black. 

Entire length of body, female, to end of wings 15 mm. ; pronotum 
13°5 mm. ; (posterior femora mutilated.) 


One example from Brazil, South America, collected by 
Bates; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs. 
F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


3. L. unicristatus, Hancock, Gen. Insectorum, 48 Fase. 
Orthoptera, p. 40, 1906. 

This is the species mentioned as above, in “ Genera 
Insectorum,” as Nephele wnicrista. It was described by the 
author from a male example from British Guiana, which 
is in bruner’s collection. As my former description still 
remains unpublished, the following note may be of 
interest : 


Allied to alticristatus, resembling it in colour of body, but differ- 
ing in the somewhat smaller dorsal crest of pronotum, having its 
front border roundly excavate, minutely serrulate, and here bearing 
a median denticle as in brevicristatus, the anterior border above 
angulate but not denticulate produced, the dorsal margin of crest 
more evenly arcuate longitudinally from the front backwards, and 
being here slightly rugose subsinuate but not sinuate-erose as in 
alticristatus. Wings fully explicate, reaching backward nearly to 
the abruptly upturned pronotal apex. The first articles of the 
posterior tarsi bearing very small pulvilli, the third being very little 
longer than the rest. 

Length of the entire body of the female 13 mm.; pronotum 12 
mm.; posterior femora 6 mm. 


One example collected by Bates in Colombia, South 
America; from the W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented 
by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


Genus GLADIOTETTIX, Hancock. 


Genera Insectorum, 48 Fasc. Orthopt. p. 40, 1906. 
= Nephele, Bolivar. 
1. G. turgidus (Bolivar), 
‘= Nephele turgida, Bolivar, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg., 
Xxxi, p. 252, 1887, 


the Tetriginy in the Oxford University Museum. 391 


One male example from Brazil, South America, collected 
by Bates; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs. 
F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


Section CLADONOT 4, Bolivar. 
Genus PIEZOTETTIX, Bol. 


1. P. truncatus, sp. nov. 

Resembling cultratus in having the margin of the dorsal crest 
entire, but differing in the arcuate profile and smaller stature. 

Body granulate, coloured ochreous, slightly obscure fusco-marmor- 
ate on legs and median carina. Vertex wide, tumid, and elevated 
above the eyes, not at all transversely carinulate, but bearing a 
small carinula next to the eyes; frontal costa incrassate but in 
profile scarcely at all produced between the antenne, the face 
advanced before the eyes nearly equal to one-half the width of one 
of the strongly conoidal eyes; superior ocelli placed much in 
advance of and opposite the lower fourth of the eyes; antenn 
inserted barely below the anterior inferior margin of the eyes, 
shorter than the vertical diameter of the head ; maxillary palpi 
little dilated. Pronotum strongly tectiform cristate, the dorsal 
margin of crest entire, arcuate, but not highly arched, viewed in 
front deltoidal ; the lateral surfaces forward at the sulci rugulose, 
subvenose ; lateral carine distinctly expressed; anterior margin 
in profile arcuate produced over and little beyond the head, 
angulate, subobtuse at the apex, posteriorly more sloping and 
abbreviated, the apex angularly truncate-incised, the process only 
extended to about the distal third of the hind femora. Elytra and 
wings wanting. Superior margins of anterior and middle femora 
entire, the inferior margins undulate or the anterior barely subuni- 
lobate, the mesothoracic subtrilobate; the posterior femora moderately 
inflated, antegenicular lobe somewhat conspicuous, the outer pagina 
above lightly nodulose, and externally bearing oblique rugule ; 
hind tibie rather crassate, the margins armed with valid spines 
about four on the inside, and five on the outside; first articles of 
the posterior tarsi elongate, more than twice the length of the 
third, the three pulvilli subobtuse, gradually increasing in size from 
first to last. 

Length of the entire body, female, 14°5 mm. ; pronotum 11°5 mm.; 
posterior femora 8 mm. 


One example from Morty Island, collected by Wallace ; 
W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs. F, W. Hope . 
to the University Museum, Oxford, 


- 


392 Dr. J. L. Hanecock’s Further Studies of 


Genus HOLOARCUS, nov. 


Resembling Piezotettix, but differing in having all the margins of 
the pronotal crest entire and arcuate, the summit sulcate, in the 
almost obsolete lateral carinw, in the acute angled apex of posterior 
process, and the strongly dilated hind femora bearing denticulate 
margins, 


Including the type a/tinotus herewith described, Piezotet- 
tix arcuatus, Haan, and Prezotettix sulcatus, Stil, 


1. H. altinotus, sp. nov. (Plate XXII, fig. 2.) 


Allied to arewatus, Haan. Body ochreous-ferruginous ; vertex 
wide, about twice the width of one of the eyes, elevated considerably 
higher than the eyes, tumid, with minute vestigial carinule on each 
side next to the apices of the conoidal eyes ; frontal seutellum trian- 
gular and open below, very slightly arcuate between the antennx; 
the antenne short filiform, as long as the face from vertex to 
clypeate margin below, inserted barely below the eyes; posterior 
ocelli placed distinctly in advance and little below the middle of 
the eyes; maxillary palpi having the Jast articles dilated, hirsute, 
Pronotum strongly compresso-foliaceous, the whole crest punctate- 
translucent when held against the light ; anteriorly advanced over 
and beyond the head, the dorsal margin of crest presenting a highly 
arcuate outline in profile but little depressed forward above the 
lateral lobes, the summit sulcate, posteriorly the crest more sloping 
than in front, the apex acute angulate and extending backwards 
nearly to the apices of the posterior femora ; sides of pronotum 
little rugose bearing light radiating reticulations ; the lateral carinze 
very little expressed. Superior margins of anterior femora entire, 
the inferior lightly bidentate; middle femora elongate, margins 
subentire ; posterior femora strongly dilated, the superior margin 
strongly arcuate, from the middle backward tridentate, the ante- 
genicular and genicular lobes acute, the external pagina above longi- 
tudinally nodulose, bearing oblique ruge forward between the 
carine but scabrous and interrupted distally ; hind tibize rather 
stout, the margins armed with ten or eleven valid spines, the inner 
margin having about six or seven spines ; first articles of the posterior 
tarsi elongate, the third pulvilli distinctly longer than the second. 
Valves of the female ovipositor having the superior glades constricted 
at the middle, slender and denticulate. 

Entire length of body, female (same as pronotum), 13°5 mm. ; 
posterior femora 9 mm. ; width 3°5 mm. 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum, 393 


One example from Aru Islands, collected by Wallace ; 
W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs, F. W. 
Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


Genus OXYPHYLLUM, nov. 


Allied to Xerophyllum. Vertex wider than one of the eyes, little 
elevated, transversely carinate, middle carinate and strongly ad- 
vanced beyond the eyes; frontal scutellum elongate gradually 
widened below, divided much above the posterior ocelli, just below 
the transverse carina of vertex between the upper part of the eyes ; 
scutellum in profile little convexly elevated between the antenne and 
sinuate between the upper part of the eyes ; antenne filiform, articles 
strongly elongate, inserted just between the lower margin of the eyes, 
the distance between them wider than that to the eyes. Pronotum 
strongly compresso-foliaceous, arcuate, entire, the crest thin and 
punctate-translucent, the summit regularly arcuate, not sulcate when 
viewed from above but sinuate, anteriorly extended over and beyond 
the head, posteriorly formed into a lengthily extended subulate acute 
process, passing much beyond the femoral apices ; lateral lobes of pro- 
notum posteriorly bisinuate, the posterior angles turned down some- 
what obliquely and narrowly excised. Elytra oval ; wings fully ex- 
plicate. Anterior and middle femora little compressed, margins below 
somewhat lobate ; posterior femora not at all dilated, elongate, the 
superior margins minutely denticulate, inferior margins sublobate- 
dentate, the antegenicular and genicular lobes small; first articles 
of the posterior tarsi little longer than the third. 


The type is O. pennatwm, described below. 


1. O. pennatum, sp. nov. (Plate XXII, fig. 3.) 


Body rather shining granulate ; face little oblique ; colour greyish- 
rufescent, bearing an obscure triangular marking on each side of the 
dorsum just above the apices of theelytra. Pronotum having the 
crest strongly elevated, the forward part anterior to the articulation 
of the hind femora regularly arcuate, behind that point gently 
slowing backward and sligiitly concave toward the pronotal apex, the 
process thin, acute and extended backward nearly to the apices of the 
outstretched hind tibie. Elytra oblong, finely reticulate, wings 
extended beyond the pronotal apex. Anterior and middle femora 
little compressed, the margins minutely serrulate, the inferior 
margins bearing two obtuse lobes; superior margins of middle 
femora little compressed, subundulate ; hind tibize pale ochreous, 
and armed with weak spines ; the first articles of the posterior tarsi 


_ 
394 Dr, J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


little ionger than the third, all the pulvilli somewhat spiculate, the 
third nearly as long as the first and second combined and flat below. 

Length of pronotum, female, 15 mm.; height of dorsum from 
humeral angles to the summit of crest 4°5 mm. ; posterior femora 
6 mm.}; wings passing the pronotal apex 1°5 mm. 


One example from Darjeeling, India, in the University 
Museum, Oxford. 


THE GENUS Cladonotus, SAUSSURE, AND ITS ALLIES. 


A study of the genus CLADONOTUS, Saussure, based on 
material in hand as well as the described species, would 
indicate that members of three genera are included within 
the genus as interpreted by Bolivar, that is taking the 
species in his “Kssai” * and those described since the 
latter was published. These groups are presented in 
the following diagnostic table: 


1. Pronotum bearing a ramose process or 
crest, the front margin produced over 

the head, frontal facial scutellum [Norus, Saussure. 

widely concave between the antenne I, Type genus CLADo- 
A. Pronotal ramose process nearly 
vertical, bimarginate-serru- 

late behind . . . . . . GC. latiramus, Hancock. 
A.A. Pronotal ramose process 
distinctly curved for- 

ward, extending forward [sure. 

beyond the head. . . CG humbertianus, Saus- 
A.A.A. Pronotal crest bifid, 
_ undulate, denticu- 

late at the summit. C. echinatus, Stal. 
1.1. Pronotum destitute of ramose 
process, but often gibbose, or 
Grinpmlate Fido te 8.8 ee ee 
2. Lateral lobes of pronotum having 
the posterior angles somewhat 
smoothly laminate, obliquely trun- 
cate, the apices rounded, not at all 
armed 


* Ann. Soc. Ent, Belg., xxxi, pp. 208-209, 1887. 
+ See description of Gignotettia further on, which is allied to 
Cladonotus, 


a ‘ae 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 395 


3. Pronotum elevated between the 
shoulders, gibbose on each side 
of summit, flattened, declivous 
backwards; body  asperous, 
viewed in front subquadrate ; 
front margin truncate, tricarin- 
ate, not or very little produced 
at the middle. ALN 

A. Posterior femora having the 
superior margin armed with 
three acute trigonal spines . 

A.A. Posterior femora having 
the superior margin un- 
dulate, the femoral and 
genicular spines large, 

triangular 
2.2. Lateral lobes having the posterior 
angles strongly laminate - ex- 
panded, obliquely truncate, or 
erose-spiniform . . Cie ke 

3.3. Pronotum depressed, median 

carina cristulate-sinuate, dor- 
sum posteriorly strongly fos- 
sulate reticulate, between the 
shoulders profoundly  im- 
pressed, apex of process often 
angulate excised or abruptly 
acute; rami of frontal facial 
scutellum only slightly separa- 
ted, often angulate, protuberant 
above antennal insertion 

A. Lateral lobes of pronotum 
having the posterior angles 
strongly laminate expanded, 
erose-spiniform; spines of 
vertex elevated much above 
BRECVER Ds ona. eh a ~ hm 

A.A. Lateral lobes having 
the posterior angles 
obliquely truncate, min- 

; utely serrulate 


[TELLA, nov. 
II, genus CLApono- 


C. gibbosa, Haan. 


C. beccarti, Bolivar. 


[nov. 
III, genus Trrrinopus, 


T. spinifrons, sp. nov. 


T. interruptus, Bolivar 


all 
396 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


Genus CLADONOTELLA, nov. 
(Described in the diagnostic table.) 


1. C. becearii, Bolivar, Ann. Mus. Civ. Nat. Genova, ser. 
2a, x1x (xxxix), p. 66, 1898 = Cladonotus beccarit. 


One female example referable to this species, collected 
by Wallace in New Guinea; W. W. Saunders’ collection, 
presented by Mrs, F. W. Hope to the University Museum, 
Oxford, 


Genus TETTILOBUS, nov. 


(See diagnostic table.) 


Resembling Cladonotus, Saussure. Body depressed; vertex on 
each side next to the eyes acuminate produced, spiniform, the 
vertical spines often elevated above the eyes; facial scutellum 
having the rami little separated, subparallel and not concave. 
Pronotum anteriorly truncate, tricarinate, little compressed ; median 
carina cristulate-sinuate ; dorsum profoundly impressed between the 
shoulders, process behind often angularly excised or narrowly 
acuminate, often reaching to the apex of the posterior femora ; 
lateral lobes of pronotum distinctly laminate expanded, either 
obliquely truncate and minutely serrate or erose spiniform, Elytra 
and wings wanting. Anterior and middle femoral margins strongly 
lobato-spinose, the tibise having the superior margins bidentate ; 
posterior femora strongly lobato-spinose, the superior external area 
plurigibbose, the carinz often bearing produced tubercles or spines ; 
posterior tibial margins armed with spines; first articles of the 
posterior tarsi subequal in length, the first and second pulvilli 
minute or subobsolete. 


The type is Z. spinifrons, described herewith. The 
species Cladonotus interruptus, Bolivar, also belongs to this 
new genus. 


1. 7. spinifrons, sp. nov. (Plate XXII, fig. 4.) 


Allied to Cladonotus interruptus, Bolivar. Dark ferruginous, 
little tomentose underneath ; vertex nearly twice the width of one 
of the small globose eyes, bearing a small acute produced spine on 
each side next to the eyes, projecting much above the eyes; facial 
carina above depressed, scutellum in profile having the rami strongly 
angularly protuberant slightly above the point of insertion of the 
antenne ; posterior ocelli placed between the inferior part of the 


rl 


ee ge a ee 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 397 


eyes. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, behind the margin tricarinate, 
the prozonal carinz compressed; dorsum forward between the 
shoulders rather roundly elevated, cristate ; median carina strongly 
sinuate, but continuous throughout ; dorsum profoundly fossulate- 
reticulate ; lateral carine sinuate and serrulate, bearing spiniform 
tubercles backward, and near the apex abruptly narrowed acuminate, 
the apex curved upwards ; lateral lobes of pronotum widely laminate 
expanded, subtransverse, erose, behind produced in spiniform tubercles. 
Anterior and middle femora strongly trilobate-spinose, superior tibial 
margins bituberculate ; posterior femora having the apices trispinose 
and bearing a large triangular lobe, the antegenicular spine produced, 
the superior margins bearing a denticle near the middle, superior 
area of the external pagina multigibbose or nodulose, the external 
carinzee armed with one tubercle above and two below distinctly 
evident when viewed from above; hind tibiz obscure fuscous with 
pale annulations near the knee ; the third pulvilli of the first tarsal 
articles flat below, the first and second very small and little acute. 

Length of the entire body, 9 mm. ; pronotum 7 mm. ; posterior 
femora 4 mm. 


One example from Ceylon in the University Museum, 
Oxford, 


Genus GIGNOTETTIX, nov. 


(Not in preceding table.) 


Related to Cladonotus, Saussure, but having the pronotum truncate 
anteriorly, and destitute of ramose process, the dorsum gibbose for- 
ward in the middle, but not gibbose on each side of summit as in 
Oladonotella ; the lateral lobes having the posterior angles somewhat 
scabrous, laminate and obtuse, truncate obliquely behind, the margins 
of lobe minutely armed with sete. Body tomentose, not bearing 
spiniform tubercles ; stature very small, face nearly vertical ; vertex 
very wide, bearing a tubercle on each side next to the eyes, but not 
acute, middle dentate-carinate produced. Pronotum shortened, 
truncate anteriorly, the dorsum compresso-gibbose forward, pos- 
teriorly flattened declivous, apex truncate-emarginate ; prozonal 
earine small and little compressed. Elytra and wings wanting. 
Anterior and middle femora strongly compressed, margins distinctly 
lobate, superior tibial carinze lobate, posterior femora having the 
proximal half crassate, the distal half reduced, superior external area 
and external surface below nodulose and scabrous, antegenicular 
lobes very large, triangular but not acute, the genicular lobes less 
prominent ; first articles of the posterior tarsi little longer than the 


td 
398 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


third ; the first and second pulvilii minute subobsolete, the third 
longer than the rest. 


The type is G@. burri, described herewith. 


1. G. burri, sp. nov. (Plate XXII, fig. 5.) 


Stature very small, fuscous, body destitute of ramose process and 
spiniform tubercles, but tomentose and scabrous ; vertex very wide, 
more than twice the width of one of the moderately small globose 
eyes, trituberculate in front, the middle tubercle little produced, 
occiput mammiliform on each side; frontal scutellum widely 
separated concave between the antennex, the facial costa above between 
the eyes subobsolete, facial profile advanced beyond the eyes, the 
rami distinctly protuberant between the antenna. Pronotum 
scabrous, anteriorly truncate, between the shoulders compresso- 
gibbose, the summit slightly sinuate, behind the gibbosity flattened 
declivous, bearing a tubercle on each side; median carina very 
uneven ; prozonal carinz abbreviated and somewhat tuberculiform ; 
dorsum over process nearly horizontal; lateral carina distinct and 
armed with minute sete, apex of process emarginate, not extended 
to the apices of the hind femora; lateral margins at the middle 
distinctly elevated and tuberculate. Elytra and wings wanting. 
Margins of femora armed with minute sets, superior margin of 
anterior femora distinctly compressed bilobate, the inferior margins 
bidentate, the denticle behind the apex prominent, middle femoral 
margins bi- or trilobate above and below ; posterior femora having 
the external pagine nodulose, the external carinze below the middle 
obtuse tuberculate, the anterior half of femora ampliate, the posterior 
half reduced, the triangular antegenicular lobe more prominent than 
the genicular lobes ; spines of posterior tibiz valid ; first articles of 
posterior tarsi little longer than the third. 

Entire length of body, male, 7 mm. ; pronotum 45 mm, ; posterior 
femora 4°7 mm. 


One example, No. 9346, from Pundaluoya, Ceylon, 
collected by E. E. Green; presented by Malcolm Burr 
to the University Museum, Oxford. 

This interesting species is dedicated to the distinguished 
orthopterist, Mr. Malcolm Burr. 


Genus DASYLEUROTETTIX, Rehn. 


1. D. curriei, Rehn, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 
pp. 658-659, 1904. 


Two male examples, Nos. 5836 and 5837, from S.E. 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 399 


Rhodesia, Africa,» Umtali, 3700 ft., October 29, 1905, 
presented by Guy Marshall; one male from Zambesi, 
Africa, 3000 ft., Victoria Falls, Rain forest, September 
13, 1905, presented by Professor Hudson Beare to the 
University Museum, Oxford. 

All three examples present shorter wings than occurs 
in the type examples, specimens of which are in the 
author’s collection. 


Section SCELIMEN 2, Bolivar. 
Genus SCELIMENA, Serv. 


1. S. producta, Serv. (?) Hist. Nat. des Orthopt., p. 762, 
1839. 

A male and female example having no locality given, 

are doubtfully referred to this species; presented by 


Malcolm Burr to the University Museum, Oxford. 


Genus EUGAVIALIDIUM, Hance. 


1. EF. nove-guinee, Bol. (?) Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. 
Genova, Ser. 2, xix, p. 3, 1898. 


One female example having no locality, doubtfully re- 


ferred to this species. This specimen resembles the 


typical species from New Guinea, in the author’s collec- 
tion. The example in the University Museum, Oxford, 
bears a label on which is written “EK. Mus. Leyden, 
1869.” 


Genus CRIOTETTIX, Bolivar. 
1. Criotettix sp. 
One male example, no locality label; W. W. Saunders’ 
collection, presented by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the Univer- 
sity Museum, Oxford. A slender species having smooth 


pronotum, the head compressed, elevated, the eyes globose, 
and with narrow vertex. 


2. C. angulatus, sp. nov. 


About the size and general form of tricarinatus, Bolivar, but 
having the pronotal carine very slightly expressed ; the vertex 
nearly equal in width to one of the eyes, not at all advanced beyond 
the eyes ; the pronotum having the posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes angulate, subacute but not spined ; body fuscous on the dorsum 


all 
400 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


the anterior and middle femora and sides pale, the hind femora and 
tibiw fusco-variegated ; wings fully explicate passing little beyond 
the slender process. 

Entire length of body, female 12°5 mm. ; pronotum 11°5 mm, ; 
posterior femora, 5°5 mm. 

The specific name angulatus refers to the angulate lateral lobes of 
pronotum. 


One example from Dorey Island, New Guinea, col- 
lected by Wallace ; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented 
by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 

The above species was compared with examples of 
tricarinatus, generously contributed to the author’s col- 
lection by Professor Bolivar. 


Genus ACANTHOLOBUS, Hancock. 


1. A. longinotus, Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 221, 
1907. 


Two male examples from Sarawak, Borneo, collected 
by Wallace; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by 
Mrs. F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


A, bispinosus (Dalm.) (?) Vet. Akad. Hand., p. 77, 1818. 
Criotettix bispinosus, Bolivar, Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. 
Xxxl, p. 226, 1887. 

One female example from Borneo, No. 7263, labelled 
“Tettix pallitarsus Walk”; A. De Borman’s collection, 
in University Museum, Oxford. 

This example is more slender in stature than the aver- 
age specimen in the author’s collection from Java, and it 
is not typical ; it differs in the somewhat narrower vertex, 
and the less acuminate spines of lateral lobes. It re- 
sembles Jonginotus in stature, but the posterior angles of 
lateral lobes differ in bearing acuminate spines, stall not 
so produced as in dispinosus. For the reasons just given 
it is questionably referred to this species until further 
specimens come to hand. 


3. A, miliarius (Bolivar), Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi, 
p. 226, 1887. 
One example from Ceylon, collected by E. Ernest Green ; 


presented by Malcolm Burr to the University Museum, 
Oxford. 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 401 


Genus Loxinosus, Hancock. 


1. L. rugosus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, ii, pp. 135-136, 
Plate ILI, figs. 17-17), 1904. 


Two male and one female (No. 9470) examples from 
Pundaluoya, Ceylon, collected by E. Ernest Green; pre- 
sented by Malcolm Burr to the University Museum, Oxford. 

This species has characters assigning it a place near 
Coptotettix. 


Genus SYSTOLEDERUS, Bol. 
1. S. ridleyt, sp. nov. 

Body cinereous, the posterior tibize fuscous, pale annulate behind 
the knee and at the middle ; head scarcely exserted ; vertex strongly 
narrowed, subelevated forward; eyes strongly approximate in front, 
moderately prominent ; frontal costa not at all sinuate, and not 
produced, moderately compressed between the antenne. Pronotum 
smoothly granulate, convex between the shoulders; median carina 
scarcely at all expressed and obliterated behind the anterior margin ; 
anterior prozonal and humero-lateral carinz subobliterated ; apical 
process extended little beyond the apices of posterior femora, the 
three carine above posteriorly little distinct ; lateral lobes oblique 
below and little reflexed outwards, the posterior angles obtuse, 
obliquely excised behind. Elytral apices very narrowly rounded, 
though moderately wide at the middle ; wings reaching to the apex 
of pronotal process. Anterior and middle femora compressed, the 
length of the middle femora equal to about three and a half times 
the width; the third pulvillus of the posterior tarsi little longer 
than the rest. 

Entire length of body, female, 11°8 mm. ; pronotum 11 mm.; post- 
erior femora 5°8 mm, 


One example from Singapore Botanical Gardens. This 
species is dedicated to Mr. H. N. Ridley, who collected 
and presented the type example to the University Museum, 
Oxford. This species is closely allied to S. cinereus, 
Brunner, described from one example from Burmah (in 
Rev. du Syst. Orthopt., p. 105, Genova, 1893). 


Genus Morpuopus, Bolivar. 
1, MW. folipes, sp. nov. 


Resembling phyllocerus. Body bearing compressed carine, scabrous, 
colour light ferruginous or rufous fusco-variegated, eyes fuscous, 


- 
402 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


dorsal dise behind the shoulders fusco-bimaculate ; vertex narrower 
than one of the eyes in the male, subequal in the female, little 
narrowed forward, transversely carinate, the carinule rather roundly 
compresso-elevated on each side, middle lightly carinate, in profile 
not advanced beyond the eyes; frontal costa arcuately elevated 
between the antenne, rather widely sulcate, the rami straight ; 
antennz short and not as long as the head, inserted distinctly below 
or anterior to the eyes. Pronotum depressed, anteriorly truncate, 
dilated between the distinct humeral angles, carine laterally little 
compressed just behind the shoulders, the subulate apical process 
lengthily extended backward beyond the posterior femoral apices ; 
dorsum rugose tuberculate, between the shoulders bearing abbre- 
viated carinulz ; median carina bicristate forward, strongly sinuate 
just before the shoulders, the forward crest often little higher than 
the second elevation ; median carina posteriorly very little com- 
pressed and straight, minutely serrate ; lateral carinze strongly com- 
pressed at the shoulders, posteriorly on the process serrulate ; pro- 
zonal carine, short, little expressed and parallel; posterior angles 
of the lateral lobes distinctly flattened quadrate, the posterior angles 
obtuse, behind obliquely truncate. Elytra oval ; wings fully ex- 
plicate, extended backward beyond the pronotal process in the 
female, or not at all in the male. Anterior femora strongly com- 
pressed, margins above sinuate, below foliaceo-trilobate, the middle 
lobe large with sinuate margin ; posterior femora scabrous and 
having the external area between the carine tuberculose, the 
external carinee bidentate or lobate in the female; hind tibie 
fuscous marked with white at the middle and near the knees ; first 
article of the posterior tarsi longer than the third, the third pulvilli 
little longer than the rest. 

Entire length of body, male and female, 9°8-11°5 mm. ; pronotum 
9-10°5 mm. ; posterior femora 4-4°5 mm. 

One male and one female example from Salisbury, 
5000 ft., in Mashonaland, taken November 11, 1905 ; 
presented by Mr. Guy Marshall to the University Museum, 
Oxford. 


Genus PLATYTETTIX, Hancock. 


1. P. reticulatus, Hancock, Ent. News, Philadelphia, p. 88, 
1906. 

One male and one female; W. W. Saunders’ collection, 

presented by Mis. F. W. Hope to the University Museum, 


Oxford. 
The female example bears the locality Amazon, and was 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Musewm. 403 


collected by Bates ; the second male example is also from 
Brazil. The former specimen has the pronotum little 
more highly arcuate-cristate than the type specimen in 
the author’s collection, from Peru, besides having the 
apex of the process more obtuse. Until more material is 
examined these minor structural differences will be ignored 
as being of no specific importance. This species was 
figured by the author in Genera Insectorum, Fasc. 48 
Orthopt., Plate ITI, fig. 23, 1906. 


Genus Crimisus, Bolivar. 


1. C. lobatus, sp. nov. 

Body rather crassate; head little exserted; eyes and vertex 
small ; posterior femora strongly incrassate but somewhat depressed, 
flattened below ; colour greyish-ferruginous, obscure fusco-varie- 
gated, disc of pronotum rufous. Vertex equal in width to one of 
the eyes, subwidened forward, the anterior carinule slightly roundly 
lobulate, median carina very small and anteriorly barely produced ; 
frontal costa convex protuberant between the antenne, slightly sinuate 
above and below, rather widely sulcate, the ramistraight ; pronotum 
distinctly widened between the humeral angles, dorsum scabrous, 
behind the shoulders strongly depressed, fossulate, sides little com- 
pressed ; median carina sinuate and pluri-interrupted, between the 
shoulders little elevated, sinuate, before the shoulders compresso- 
elevated, posteriorly bearing a series of small compressions; pro- 
cess acute, not reaching to the apices of the hind femora; lateral 
carine of pronotum little compressed and entire. Pronotum planate 
between the prozonal carine ; humeral angles distinct and obtuse ; 
lateral lobes flattened, quadrate, the posterior angle obtuse, behind 
obliquely truncate. Elytra elongate, apices acuminate ; wings abbre- 
viated. Superior carinz of anterior femora undulate, inferior carine 
sinuate, bearing a lobe at the outer third ; superior margin of middle 
femora undulate ; the inferior carina trilobate ; posterior femora 
having the superior carina strongly arcuate, dentate towards the 
apices ; first articles of posterior tarsi having the first two pulvilli 
acute, the third little longer than the rest and flat below. 

Length of body entire, female, 8 mm.; pronotum 7°5 mm. ; posterior 
femora 5 mm. 


One example from Amazon, South America, collected by 
Bates; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs. 
F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 

This species resembles C. contractus, Bol., a Peruvian 
form. 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART I. (DEC.) 27 


404 Dr. J. L. Hanteek’s Further Studies of 


Genus LAMELLITETTIX, Hancock. 


1. Z. acutus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, ii, pp. 126-128, 
Plate II, fig. 6-6), 1904. 


One male example, No. 9399, from Havahetta, Ceylon, 
collected by E. Ernest Green; presented by Malcolm 
Burr to the University Museum, Oxford. 

This species was described from a female example from 
Ceylon. The entire length of the male measures 12 mm, 
from front to end of pronotal process, 


2. L. pluricarinatus, sp. nov. 


Body slender, ferrugino-fuscous. Head very little exserted ; vertex 
subnarrower or equal to one of the rather small eyes, frontal carinule 
on each side barely elevated, oblique, subtuberculiform ; frontal 
costa compressed above between the eyes and the rami protuberant 
between the antennze ; posterior ocelli conspicuously placed between 
the lower third of the eyes. Pronotum moderately narrow between 
the humeral angles, depressed on the process ; dorsum pluricarinate ; 
median carina irregularly sinuate, bicompressed forward and poste- 
riorly depressed but irregularly compressed; dorsum between the 
shoulders bearing two supplemental abbreviated carinule running 
parallel and compresso-elevated ; prozonal carinze and lateral carinze 
in front of the shoulders distinctly expressed ; posterior process 
acuminately prolonged reaching beyond the apices of the out 
stretched hind tibize ; posterior angles of lateral lobes, laminate 
subacute, angulate, behind little subexcavate but widely and obliquely 
truncate. Elytral apices rounded ; wings fully explicate nearly 
reaching to apex of pronotal process. Anterior and middle femora 
elongate ; third pulvilli of the first posterior tarsal articles nearly 
as long as the first and second combined and flat below ; the first and 
second subacute ; posterior tibiw infuscated backward towards the 
apices. 

Entire length of body, female, 14-6 mm. ; pronotum 13°5 mm.; 
posterior femora 5:2 mm, 


One example from Deltota, Ceylon, No. 9398, presented 
by Malcolm Burr to the University Museum, Oxford. 

This species is easily recognized by the small vertex, 
the slender body bearing an extremely acuminate pronotal 
process, and the laminate, subacute, angulate, lateral lobes, 
instead of the acute transversely produced angles in 
aculus, 


Se — 


i a a real imental ineliea 


a= 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 405 


Genus MAZARREDIA, Bolivar. 


1. M. seulpta, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxi, p, 240, 
1887. 


One female example referable to this species, from 


Assam, India, in the University Museum, Oxford. 


The pronotal process is mutilated in this specimen; 


‘the hind femora measures only 7 inm, instead of 8°5 mm., 
‘given by Bolivar, but it agrees with the description of 
‘this insect. 


2. M. dorrea, sp. nov. 

A small abbreviated apterous form, coloured testaceous variegated 
with fuscous. Resembling the allied species abbreviata, Bolivar, in- 
habiting the Island of Viti. Vertex viewed from above convex at 
the front border, wider than one of the eyes, little widened anteriorly, 


‘the tranverse carinule subacutely elevated between the anterior 


third of the eyes, the sides sinuate, median carina little produced ; 
frontal costa scutelliform, little elevated, viewed in front concave, 
abruptly widened below between the antennz and strongly com- 
presso-narrowed between the posterior ocelli. Pronotum abbreviated, 
dorsum scabrous, pluri-impressed but broadly fossulate at the base of 
the short process, anteriorly subtectiform, humeral angles obsolete, the 
apex of obtuse process barely emarginate ; median carina percurrent 


~biundulate, forward before the shoulders and posteriorly on process 


convexly elevated, lateral lobes having the posterior angles quadrate, 
obliquely truncate behind, the angles little reflexed outwards. 
Anterior and middle femora compressed, superior carinze of anterior 
femora entire, longitudinally convex, below triundulate, sublobate ; 
superior carine of middle femora obscure undulate nearly straight, 
the inferior carinz triundulate-lobate ; posterior femora somewhat 
depresso-incrassate, margins entire, the antegenicular and apical 
lobes acute ; the three pulvilli of the first tarsal articles nearly 
equal in length. 

Entire length of body, female, 95 mm.; pronotum 65 mm. ; 
posterior femora 5 mm. 


One example from Dorey Island, New Guinea, collected 
by Wallace; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by 
Mrs. F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


Genus ORTHOTETTIX, nov. 


Related to Mazarredia, Bolivar, but having the body smoothly 
granulate, vertex narrow, the tranverse carinulz strongly oblique 


406 Dr. J. L. Hanteek’s Further Studies of 


and straight extending backward to the middle of the eyes ; middle 
carinate; frontal costa arcuate, in profile not sinuate, the rami 
branching little above the posterior ocelli, widely sulcate ; posterior 
ocelli placed between the lower third of the eyes ; antenna filiform 
rather short, scarcely reaching to the humeral angles, inserted dis- 
tinctly between the eyes. Pronotum deplanate, fossulate at the base 
of process, between the shoulders convex ; process of pronotum 
extended backward beyond the apices of the posterior femora ; 
lateral lobes having the posterior angles turned down, obtuse. 
Femora elongate, margins entire. Elytra oblong, apices rounded ; 
wings fully explicate ; first articles of the posterior tarsi rather 
longer than the third. 


Type O. obliquifrons, sp. nov., herewith described. 


1. O. obliquifrons, sp. nov. (Plate XXII, fig. 6.) 


Body slender, granulate, colour cinereous very obscurely variegated 
with fuscous on sides and legs ; eyes globose; vertex viewed in front 
subnarrower than one of the eyes, viewed from above bearing 
strongly oblique carinulie convergent forward and extended back- 
ward on each side to the middle of the eyes, the vertex here a little 
widened, middle carinate, on each side somewhat foveate; frontal 
costa arcuate, viewed in front rather widely sulcate, the rami evenly 
divergent. Pronotum anteriorly truncate, posteriorly lengthily 
acuminate subulate, extended much beyond the apices of the pos- 
terior femora ; dorsum deplanate, bearing two indistinct, abbreviated 
granulate carinule between the shoulders; median carina very thin 
but little incrassate between the shoulders, here undulate then 
depressed behind, and straight on the process and less distinct ; 
prozonal carinae parallel, very lightly expressed ; lateral carinae 
passing forward on the shoulders but indistinctly expressed ; 
humeral angles having the carine more expressed, widely angulate ; 
posterior angles of lateral lobes turned down, obtuse.e Elytra oblong 
having rounded apices ; wings fully explicate reaching to apex of 
pronotum in male. Anterior and middle femoral margins entire ; 
posterior femora elongate, the preegenicular lobe small, spiculate, the 
genicular lobe minute ; posterior tibize armed with small spines and 
serrulate ; the first articles of the posterior tarsi little longer than the 
third, and having the pulvilli flat below, the third longer than the 
second, 

Entire length of body, male, 13 mm. ; pronotum 12 mm. ; posterior 
femora 6 mm. 


One example from Sarawak, Borneo, collected by 


me b> we 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 407 


Wallace ; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs. 
F, W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


Genus CryPTrotTeTtTix, Hancock. 


1. C. spinilobus Hane., Occas. Memoirs Chicago Ent. 
Society I, No. 1, pp. 14-15, Pl. I, fig. 6-60, 1900. 


One female example, No. 9426, without a locality label ; 
presented by Malcolm Burr to the University Museum, 
Oxford. 

This species inhabits Madagascar. 


Genus THORADONTA, nov. 

Related to Mazarredia. Body scabrous, occiput covered by pro- 
notum to the eyes, head not exserted ; stature small, yet somewhat 
stout. Vertex distinctly wider than one of the eyes, not advanced 
beyond the eyes, scarcely at all narrowed:forward, somewhat imper- 
fectly carinate in front but bearing little abbreviated carinule on 
each side, median carina little distinct forward and little produced, on 
each side subfossulate, frontal costa moderately sulcate, the rami 
evenly divergent, branching little behind the posterior ocelli near 
the vertex, posterior ocelli placed between the middle or 
barely below the middle of the eyes; maxillary palpi having 
the apical articles little compressed, often white ; antennze somewhat 
elongate, inserted below the eyes. Pronotum scabrous, deplanate on 
the dorsum, anteriorly truncate, posteriorly acute but not spinate, 
not extended backward to apices of hind femora or little beyond ; 
median carina strongly compresso-sinuate ; dorsum between the 
carinated humeral angles little dilated and bearing a supernumerary 
abbreviated carinula on each side; lateral carinw behind the 
shoulders often little compressed and elevated above the elytra. 
Elytra oval ; wings abbreviated or nearly perfectly explicate. Lat- 
eral lobes of pronotum having the posterior angles distinctly laminate 
expanded and produced in a spine or acute dentate, subtruncate 
behind. Anterior femora above carinate, below subundulate ; middle 
femoral margins above undulate, below undulate-sublobate ; pos- 
terior femoral margins arcuate above and below, entire or minutely 
serrulate, the pregenicular and genicular lobes small, posterior 
tibie somewhat dilated towards the apices, margins spinose ; the 
first and third articles of the posterior tarsi subequal in length. 


Type 7. dentata, described herewith. 


- 
408 Dr. J. L, Hancock’s Further Studies of 


There are two species characterized as follows : 


1. Lateral lobes having the posterior angles obliquely dentate pro- 
duced, Species from Penang Island. 7’. dentata, sp. nov. 
1.1. Lateral lobes having the posterior angles distinctly acute spinate 


produced, spine transverse. Species Africana, 7’. spinata, sp. 
nov. 


1. TZ. dentata, sp. nov. 


Body small, variegated with fuscous, head not at all exserted ; 
eyes globose but rather small and not at all elevated ; vertex much 
wider than one of the eyes, advanced nearly as far as the eyes, little 
fossulate on each side, middle carina little crassate forward and little 
produced, frontal costa in profile little protuberant between the 
antenn, scarcely sinuate above and below ; posterior ocelli placed 
between the middle of the eyes. Pronotum scabrous, deplanate, 
somewhat convex between the shoulders ; process acute not reaching 
to the apices of posterior femora; median carina sinuate bicristate, 
roundly compresso-elevated anteriorly above the sulci, subtuberculate 
on the process ; dorsum between the humeral angles little dilated, 
the angles distinctly carinate, little compressed, obtuse angulate, just 
behind the shoulders over the elytra the lateral carinee compresso- 
elevated and here sinuous, here also at the base of process the dorsum 
fossulate and fuscous; abbreviated carine between the shoulders 
compressed ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes laminate, flattened, 
acute dentate produced, behind the denticles obliquely truncate. 
Elytral apices widely rounded ; wings barely passing the process. 
Posterior femora little incrassate, margins entire ; the second and 
third pulvilli of the first tarsal articles equal in length, the first 
small and spiculate below. 

Entire length of body, female,7 mm.; pronotum 6 mm, ; posterior 
femora 4 mm. 


One example from Prince of Wales Island (or Penang), 
in the University Museum, Oxford. 


2. T. spinata, sp. nov. | (Plate XXII, fig. 7.) 


Nearly allied to the preceding species, resembling it in stature and 
general form; colour grey; vertex wider than one of the eyes ; 
head not at all exserted ; frontal costa strongly protuberant between 
the antenne, scarcely at all sinuate between the eyes; maxillary 
palpi having the apical articles white. Pronotum having the 
posterior angles of the lateral lobes strongly laminate, transversely 
acute spinate produced. Pulvilli of the first posterior tarsal articles 


EEE 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 409 


nearly equal in length, but the first and second acute; middle 
femora ampliate toward the bases in the male. 

Entire length of body, male, 7 mm.; pronotum passing apices of 
hind femora 5 mm.; posterior femora 3°8 mm. 


One example from “ Equinoctial Africa,” in University 
Museum, Oxtord. 


Genus XISTRA, Bolivar. 


1. X. stylata, Hancock, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 231, 
1907. 
One male example from Kandy, Ceylon, collected by E. 
Ernest Green; presented by Malcolm Burr to the Uni- 
versity Museum, Oxford. 


The type example, a female, is in the author’s collection. 
It is from Putlam, Ceylon. 


Section THETTIGIA. 
Genus EupARATETTIX, Hancock. 


1. £. personatus, Bol. Ann. Soc. Ent. Bele. xxxi, p. 278, 
1887. 

Two male examples; one from Bengal, India ; the other 
from Java, the latter specimen collected and presented by 
J. W. Miers to the University Museum, Oxford. 

Two characters which distinguish this species are: the 
fuscous or black posterior tibize which bear one white 
annulation behind the knee, and the arcuate frontal costa 
which is narrowly compressed. At first sight this species 
recalls the genus Systolederus, 


2. LH. pilosus, sp. nov. 


Resembling personatus. Head little compresso-elevated ; eyes 
elevated above the dorsum ; vertex narrower than one of the eyes; 
narrowed forward, not at all produced beyond the eyes ; frontal costa 
convexly protuberant between the antenna, little sinuate between 
the eyes (not arcuate as in personatus) the rami somewhat evenly 
divergent, moderately sulcate. Pronotum slightly scabrous, often 
fusco-bimaculate behind the disc; forward at the anterior margin and 
just behind the prozona constricted ; median carina undulate, little 
compresso-elevated behind the anterior margin; humeral angles 
carinate, dorsum between the shoulders subconvex ; posterior process 
lengthily subulate extended much beyond the posterior femoral 
apices ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes rounded. Elytra oval, 


- 


410 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


apices widely rounded; wings caudate. Anterior and middle 
femora distinetly compressed, entire, (wider in the male) the inferior 
carine of middle femora distinctly pilose, middle tibiz having the 
carine little compressed and distinctly pilose ; posterior femora 
elongate, ‘—having margins entire or minutely serrulate above, the 
femoral lobes minute ; the three pulvilli of the tirst posterior tarsal 
articles equal in length and spiculate below ; posterior tibize fuscous 
bearing a white annulation behind the knee, and a second smaller 
ring at the distal third part. Body variably coloured, often greyish 
or rufo-cinerous variegated with fuscous. 

Entire length of male and female (to end of wings) 11-12 mm.; 
pronotum 9°5-10 mm, ; posterior femora 4-4°5 mm. 


Three male examples from Mysore, India; one male with 
label bearing words ‘‘Central India,” and a female with 
simply “ India,” collected by Hearsey ; University Museum, 
Oxford. 

This species is distinguished from personatus by the 
lightly sinuate frontal costa, the undulate median carina of 
pronotum, the more scabrous dorsum, the spiculate pulvilli 
of the first tarsal articles, the more compressed anterior 
and middle femora, and the hirsute or pilose inferior carinz 
of middle femora and the compressed hirsute carinz of 
middle tibie. 


Genus PARATETTIX, Bolivar. 


1. P. scaber, Thunb. Nov. Act. Ups. vu, p. 159, 1815, 


= Telmatettix burri, Hance. Occas. Memoirs Chicago Ent. 
Soc. I, No. 1, p. 10, fig. of male 5-5a, Plate I, 1900. 


Three females, two males, and one immature, Nos. 
10587-10590, 10791, and 3950. Five of this number are 
from Mombasa, Africa, 12 miles N.W. of Mazeras, 500 ft., 
Sept. 23, 1905, collected and presented by Prof. E. B, 
Poulton to the University Museum, Oxford. No. 3950, is 
from Natal, Durban, Feb. 11, 1905, collected and presented 
by G. F. Leigh to the Museum. 

Karny has recently described a short-wing form of this 
species as P. ugandensis in Mathem. naturw. Klaase Bad. 
exvi, Abt. 1, Feb., p. 26,1907; “ Orthopterenfauna des 
Sudans.” There is one male specimen long-wing form, 
No. 4750, in the University Museum, which appears to be 
a variety of scaber ; it is from Salisbury, 5000 ft., Mashona- 
land, collected by Mr. Guy Marshall. 


ee 


/ 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 411 


2. P. marshalli, sp. nov. 


Resembling scaber, but smaller in stature, having the vertex to- 
gether with the frontal costa in profile distinctly arcuate, not at all 
sinuate, the antenne short, articles not strongly elongate, the median 
carina of pronotum percurrent, little elevated, entire. 

Entire length of body, male, 9 mm.; pronotum 7°5 mm.; posterior 
femora 4 mm. 


The antenne are inserted between the lower part of the 
eyes in this species, as they are in scaler. Were it not for 
the narrow truncate front margin of the vertex, marshalli 
might better be assigned a place in the genus Hedotettix, as 
the other characters referred to above ally it with the latter. 

One example from Cape Town, Rondebosch, Aug. 17, 
1905, collected and presented by Mr. Guy Marshall to the 
University Museum, Oxford. 

The author takes pleasure in naming this species after 


Mr. Marshall. 


3. P. shelfordi, sp. nov. 


A short-wing form slightly scabrous, colour ferruginous obscurely 
fusco-bimaculate on the dorsum. Vertex slightly narrower than one 
of the eyes, fossulate on each side anteriorly ; eyes little elevated ; 
frontal costa rather flattened convex in profile between the antennz 
and not sinuate between the eyes, widely sulcate, the rami evenly 
divergent. Pronotum abbreviated, cuneate posteriorly, and laterally 
bicarinate on process, the apex not reaching to apex of abdomen in 
the female ; humeral angles subindistinct ; prozonal carine not at all 
expressed ; dorsum subtectiform forward, depressed behind the 
shoulders ; median carina undulate ; posterior angles of the lateral 
lobes widely rounded. Elytra of moderate size, widely rounded at 
the apices; wings abbreviated, only as long as the pronotal process. 
Anterior and middle femora compressed, somewhat hirsute ; superior 
valves of female ovipositor strongly broadened towards the bases, 
acute, produced toward the apices and armed with denticles. 

Entire length of body, female, 8 mm.; pronotum 6°5 mm. 


One example, No. 1236, from Malay peninsula, Perak, 
Larut Hills, 4-5000 ft., collected and presented by 
Mr. R. Shelford to the University Museum, Oxford. 

The legs are mutilated in the type specimen. 

This species is dedicated to Mr. R. Shelford, the dis- 
coverer of the type example. 


- 
412 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


Genus TreTrRIX, Lat. 


1. 7. contractus (Bol.) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi, p. 281, 
1887. 
= Paratettix contractus, Bol. 


One male and one female, examples from Singapore 
collected by Wallace; W. W. Saunders’ collection, pre- 
sented by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the University Museum. 

This species also inhabits the Philippines and Borneo. 


2. T. longipennis, sp. nov. 


A typical Tetrix having long wings and subulate pronotal process. 
Stature small, body somewhat scabrous-tubereulate in the female, 
smoother granulate in the male ; colour variable, more often fuscous, 
sometimes greyish or testaceous or dark covered with light granula- 
tions, dise not maculate, variably marked behind, hind tibiz 
infuscated more often lighter behind the knees and distal third part. 
Vertex wider than one of the rather small eyes, somewhat flattened, 
front margin barely advanced beyond the eyes, rounded or convex, 
median carina little produced anteriorly; frontal costa slightly 
sinuate opposite the eyes, lightly convex between the antenne ; in 
profile the vertex and facial costa distinctly advanced beyond the 
eyes. Pronotum often scabrous, anteriorly truncate, posteriorly 
subulate, extended beyond the femoral apices ; dorsum transversely 
tectiform, subfossulate at base of process ; median carina compressed 
subarcuate anteriorly often undulate in the female, nearly entire in 
the male; humeral angles carinate ; prozonal carine parallel, 
slightly expressed ; lateral lobes posteriorly bisinuate, the posterior 
angles rounded or hebetate. Elytra oval, rather large, apices some- 
what widely rounded ; wings fully explicate extended beyond the 
apex of pronotal -process. First articles of posterior tarsi twice the 
length of the third, the pulvilli unequal, the third equal in length to 
the first and second combined, straight below, the first pulvilli small, 
acute ; anterior femora elongate margins entire ; middle femora com- 
pressed, in the female the margins undulate, in the male the femora 
ampliate, margins entire ; posterior femora elongate. 

Entire length of body, male and female, 95-11 mm. ; pronotum 
8-5-9°5 mm.; posterior femora 45-5 mm. 


Five examples from Adelaide, S. Australia, in the 
University Museum, Oxford. 
Two examples from Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, collected 


the Tetriginy in the Oxford University Musewm, 413 


by Lea, in the author’s collection. The two latter 
specimens are slightly smaller but agree in other respects 
with the foregoing description. 

This species resembles Zetrix ornata, Say, inhabiting 
North America. 


2a. T. longipennis mutabilis, form nov. 


. There is a small short-wing form of longipennis from the same 
localities, which may be given the appellation above noted. It is 
similar to the preceding form, the body bearing elytra but having the 
pronota] process and wings abbreviated, not or barely reaching to the 
apices of the posterior femora. 

_ Entire length of the body, male and female, 7-8 mm.; pronotum 
6°5-7°8 mm. ; posterior femora 4°8-5 mm. 


Nine adults and three larve from Adelaide, Australia, in 
the University Museum, Oxford. 

Eight examples from Victoria, Australia, in the author’s 
collection. 

The form mutabilis is nearly allied to priscus, Bol., and 
may possibly be that species, but if so, Bolivar must have 
described his species from an immature example. 


3. ZT. variegatus (Bol.) Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi, p. 106, 
1887. 
= Paratettix variegatus, Bolivar. 


Two female examples from Java referable to this species. 
Example No. 9332 from East Java, Montes Tengger, 
4000 ft.; presented by Malcolm Burr to the University 
Museum, Oxford. 

This species was originally described from Ceylon ex- 
amples. The head is more compresso-elevated than in 
Tetrix cuspidata, Hancock, from Java. The exserted head 
and elevation of the vertex toward the front allies this 
species with Huparatettix, yet other characters are peculiar 
also to both Tetrix and Paratettiz. 


4. T. ornata, Say, Ent. i, p. 137, Plate V, 1824. 


One male and one female example from America; one 
from “U. S.”; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by 
Mrs. F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


a 
414 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


5. 7. granulata, Kirby, Fauna Bor. Amer. Ins. p, 251, 
1837. 


One female example from America (in all probability 
N. America) in the University Museum, Oxford. 

The following species of American Tetrix and Nomo- 
tettix are characterized by an obtuse-conical profile to 
head; the frontal costa between the eyes not at all or 
barely excavate. These insects are labelled briefly “ Amer. 
b.” which Mr. Shelford interprets as America borealis, 


6. 7. americana, sp. nov. 


A robust long-wing form of the granulata series ; body granulate, 
the vertex not so angulate produced as usual, but formed in an obtuse- 
rounded angle in profile and not at all or indistinctly sinuate between 
the eyes ; colour dark variegated with fuscous. Head not exserted ; 
vertex wider than one of the moderately sized eyes, equal to about one 
and a half times, little narrowed forward, the front margin somewhat 
angulate but not so produced as in granulata; frontal carinule 
rounding posteriorly into the sides, little compressed ; median carina 
compressed, extended the length of vertex, in profile elevated above 
the eyes and produced and rounded anteriorly ; frontal costa divid- 
ing behind the posterior ocelli near the apex, rather widely sulcate, 
the rami evenly divergent, in profile not at all sinuate between the 
eyes or rarely subexcavate, the facial costa strongly advanced beyond 
the eyes ; posterior ocelli conspicuously placed free in advance of the 
middle of the eyes. Pronotum granulate, truncate anteriorly, 
posteriorly subulate, the process extended beyond the apices of the 
posterior femora; dorsum tectiform, somewhat broad between the 
humeral angles ; median carina little compressed pereurrent, some- 
what arcuate forward nearly straight posteriorly ; lateral carine 
moderately expressed ; prozonal earinze slightly expressed and sub- 
divergent posteriorly ; lateral lobes having the posterior sinus above 
shallow ; posterior angles rounded. Wings fully explicate ; elytra 
oval, the apices rounded. Femoral margins entire ; the first articles 
of the posterior tarsi nearly twice the length of the third ; the third 
pulvilli flat below and equal in length to the first and second, acute. 

Length of body entire, female, 15 mm. ; pronotum 11°8 mm. ; 
posterior femora 5°6 mm. ; wings passing the pronotal apex 2 mm, 


One example from “ Amer. b.” North America; W. W. 
Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs. F. W. Hope to 
the University Museum, Oxford. 


a ee 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 415 


6a. T. americana dimorpha, form nov. 


A smaller less robust form, having short wings and abbreviated 
pronotum, but having other characters similar to the preceding. 
The frontal costa very little sinuate between the eyes, in profile the 
vertex obtuse angulate, not so acute as in brummeri or granulata, and 
easily distinguished from either of these and other N. American 
Tetrix. 'The dorsum smoothly granulate, the elytra small, the apices 
narrowly rounded, the pronotal process posteriorly acute, not reach- 
ing to the apex of posterior femora ; wings shorter than the pronotal 
apex. 

Entireslength of body, male and female, 8-10 mm.; pronotum 7-8 
mm.; posterior femora 5°3-6°8 mm. 


Four examples from the same collection as the preceding, 
and from the same locality. 


Genus Nomotettix, Morse. 


1, WV. validus, sp. nov. 


Distinguished from all the other species by the stouter form in the 
female, the obtuse conical vertex in profile, strongly produced 
beyond the eyes, and the absence of excavation of frontal costa 
between the eyes. Body granulate, colour variable as in cristatus. 
Vertex nearly twice the width of one of the eyes, viewed from above 
obtuse angulate produced beyond the eyes, the frontal transverse 
carinule on each side roundly flexed or bent backward, little com- 
pressed ; vertex narrowed forward but little ampliate between the 
carinule, on each side foveate, posteriorly mammillate, median carina 
somewhat incrassate, prominent, in profile elevated above the eyes 
and arcuate, anteriorly roundly produced ; frontal costa widely sul- 
cate, in profile united with the vertex, strongly obtuse-conical, not at 
all excavate between the eyes, declivous below, and at the median 
ocellus barely sinuate ; vertex advanced beyond the eyes, equal to 
about four-fifths the width of one of the eyes ; posterior ocelli con- 
spicuously placed, uncovered midway between the frontal costa and 
front margin of the eyes. Pronotum compresso-cristate, the front 
margin obtuse angulate produced over the head, not so acute as in 
eristutus ; median carina arcuate forward, dorsal margin straight , 
between the humeral angles and somewhat convexly sloping pos- 
teriorly ; humeral angles widely rounded ; process posteriorly 
cuneate, extended backward nearly to the apices of the posterior 
femora ; the superior sinus of lateral lobes shallow, posterior angles 


‘narrowly rounded. Elytra elongate, apices very narrowly rounded 


- 
416 Dr, J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


or subacute ; wings abbreviated, undeveloped. Anterior and middle 
femora elongate, compressed, margins entire ; posterior femora elon- 
gate, superior margin arcuate forward, flattened posteriorly and 
minutely serrulate the antegenicular lobe of moderate size ; first 
articles of the posterior tarsi nearly twice the length of the third, 
the pulvilli straight below, the first small, the second and third 
elongate and subequal in length. 

Entire length of body, female, 11 mm.; pronotum 8°8 mm.; posterior 
femora 6°5 mm, 


Two female examples from N. America; W. W. 
Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs. F. W. Hope to 
the University Museum, Oxford. 


2. N. arcticus, sp. nov. 

A long-wing form, slender in stature, resembling validus in the 
vertex and frontal costa, but the head presents a more rounded- 
obtuse conical profile, the pronotum somewhat narrower between the 
shoulders, the median carina thinly compresso-elevated, arcuate 
forward of the humeral angles and subulate posteriorly, extended 
backward beyond the apices of the posterior femora, wings fully 
explicate passing the apex of pronotal process, the first articles of 
posterior tarsi having the first and second pulvilli little flattened 
below but the apices acute, and the third pulvilli little longer than 
the second, and distinctly flattened below. 

Entire length of body, female, 13 mm. ; pronotum 10°5-mm. ; pos- 


terior femora 5 mm. 


Two female examples from N. America; W. W. Saunders’ 
collection, presented by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the Uni- 
versity Museum, Oxford, 

This species is at once distinguished from carinatus by 
the more tumid face and vertex, which presents a rounded 
obtuse-conical profile, the absence of excavation between 
the eyes of the frontal costa, and the more obtuse angulate 
front margin of pronotum. 


2a. N. arcticus obtusus, form nov. 


A short-wing form, probably of articus. Body small, granulate ; 
‘vertex having the front margin convex, median carina produced ; 
profile of head obtuse-conical ; frontal costa not at all excavate 
between the eyes. Pronotum having the front margin obtuse angu- 
late, dorsum somewhat narrow between the shoulders; humeral 
angles widely obtuse, the posterior process abbreviated acute, not 


Saal 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Musewm. 417 


reaching backward to the knees of the hind femora ; median carina 
strongly compresso-cristate, arcuate forward before the humeral 
angles, sloping substraight posteriorly; posterior angles of lateral 
lobes obtuse. Elytra small, apical margin rounded; wings shorter 
than the process, Femoral margins entire; middle femora in male 
somewhat ampliate ; first articles of posterior tarsi having the first 
two pulvilli acute, the third pulvilli elongate and longer than the 
third and flat below. 

Entire length of body, male (to end of hind femora), 8°5 mm. ; 


.pronotum 6°5 mm. ; posterior femora 4°5 mm. 


One male example from N. America; W. W. Saunders’ 
collection, presented by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the Pas 
versity Museum, Oxford. 


Genus PROTOTETTIX, Bolivar. 


1. P. africanus, sp. nov. 


Body crassate, scabrous, strongly tuberculate, colour ferruginous 
variegated with fuscous, anterior and middle tibiz pale annulate. 


‘Head not all exserted, face tumid below the eyes ; vertex narrowed 
~forward, wider than one of the eyes, fossulate on each side and bear- 


ing small supraocular lobes and rounded frontal carinule, middle 
indistinctly carinate ; frontal costa narrowly compressed, convex 
between the antennz, barely sinuate between the eyes, face below 
sinuate ; antennz inserted between the lower forward part of the 
eyes. Pronotum incrassate, convex between the shoulders, and 
planate behind; dorsum tuberculose-scabrous; humeral angles 
widely obtuse ; posterior process cuneate extended backward nearly 
to the knees of the hind femora ; median carina strongly irregularly 
sinuato-interrupted, compresso-elevated forward between the sulci ; 
prozonal carinz obscure, tuberculate ; lateral lobes having the in- 
ferior margin little reflected outwards, the posterior angles narrowly 
subobliquely excised. Elytra small, narrow, the apices subacutely 
rounded ; wings abbreviated. Anterior femora elongate, the inferior 
margins indistinctly bidenticulate ; middle femoral margins minutely 
tridenticulate; posterior femora elongate, margins minutely undulate- 
dentate, external paginz above strongly longitudinally nodulose, the 
oblique rug externally strongly expressed; hind tibize strongly 


‘incrassate, the external carinze expanded and distinctly armed with 


spines ; the first articles of the posterior tarsi much longer than the 
third, the first two pulvilli angulate acute, the third longer than the 
second, flattened below. 

Entire length of body, female, 135 mm.; pronotum 11 mm. ; 
posterior femora 7°8 mm. 


- 
418 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


One adult example and five larvee from S.E. Rhodesia, 
Melsetter, Gazaland, 3000 ft. Mount Chirinda, “in the 
forest,” October 6, 1905, collected and presented by Guy 
Marshall to the University Museum, Oxford. 

This species resembles dmpressus, differing in the shorter 
pronotum, and the entire lateral carine at the humeral 
angles, but behind on the process strongly interrupted, 
irregular, and disappearing backward before the apex. In 
impressus, according to Bolivar, the lateral caring present 
a crenulate margin and the pronotum measures 14 mm. 
instead of 11 mm. as given above. 


Genus RYTINATETTIX, nov. 


Resembling Prototettix, Bolivar, but having the stature very small; 
rugose-tuberculose, the posterior ocelli placed below the middle of 
the eyes ; the vertex wider than one of the moderately small eyes, the 
frontal costa widely sulcate; the antennze inserted little before (below) 
the eyes, the inferior lateral margins of pronotum above the insertion 
of the elytra sinuate or arcuately excavate ; the elytra minute or small ; 
wings abbreviated, the lateral lobes of pronotum little reflexed out- 
wards, somewhat widely rounded and obliquely truncate or hebetate ; 
the anterior and middle femora compressed, margins undulate-lobate, 
the posterior femora somewhat incrassate, and the first articles of the 
posterior tarsi little longer than the third. 


The type is Prototettix fossulatus, Bolivar. To this genus 
also belongs the species Prototettix lobulatus (Stal.), Bol., 
both inhabiting South America. The creation of the new 
genus, Rytinateltix, leaves only the African species remain- 
ing in Bolivar’s genus Prototettix, namely, P. impressus 
(Stal.), Bol., and P. africanus, Hancock. Giglio-Tos* de- 
scribed a species under the name Paratettix borellii, which 
appears to be synonymous with Lytinatettix lobulatus 


(Stal.). 


1. R. fossulatus, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi, p. 251, 
1887. 

Two male examples from Rio Grande do Sul., Nos. 

9258-9259, presented by Malcom Burr to the University 


Museum, Oxford. 
These examples were previously determimed by Brunner 


as “ Paratettiz toltecus,’ Saussure. The latter species, so 


* Boll. Mus. Torino xii, No. 302, p. 28, 1897. 


ee ae 


<e, 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 419 


far as the author’s experience goes, does not inhabit South 
America, but is confined to Mexico and South-Western 
United States. &. fosswlatus is distinguished from P. 
toltecus by the broader vertex, the rugose-tuberculate pro- 
notum, and the minute elytra, which are sometimes 
partially hidden by the inferior lateral margin of the 
pronotum. 


2. A. lobulatus (Stal), Freg. Eug. Res. Ins. Orthopt., p. 
347, 1860 = Tetrix lobulata (Stal) and Paratettix 
lobulatus (Stal), Bolivar, and Paratettix borellii, Giglio- 
Tos. See ante. 


One male example collected by Bates on the Amazon, 
South America; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by 
Mrs. F, W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 


Genus TETTIELLA, nov. 


Resembling Prototettix, Bolivar, but having the stature small, the 
eyes very small; the vertex wide, little narrowed forward, more or 
less advanced beyond the eyes, anteriorly the transverse carinule 
roundly flexed backward on each side, suleate on each side of median 
carina, fossulate forward but mammillate posteriorly on each side of 
occiput. Pronotum anteriorly angulate produced over the head, 
between the shoulders often tumid, the humeral angles wanting or 
obsolete, posteriorly the process abbreviated, the apex obtuse or 
emarginate, not extended backward to apices of the posterior femora, 
the posterior angles of lateral lobes turned down but more or less 
obliquely excised or subrounded. Elytra and wings wanting. First 
articles of posterior tarsi much longer than the third. 


The type is Z. arcuata described herewith. To this 
genus also belongs: Tettiv dubiosus, Bol., Tettix latipes 
(Stal), and Zettiella conofrons, Hancock, described further 
on. 


1. 7. arcuata, sp. nov. 


Body small, somewhat tumid, strongly rugose-tuberculate, con- 
spersed with pale granulations, colour pale variegated with fuscous, 
dise of pronotum having a pale tumose excrescence. Vertex wide, 
equal to twice the width of one of the eyes, narrowed forward, the 
front margin little advanced beyond the eyes, convex, sulcate on each 
side of the median carina, fossulate forward and mammillate pos- 
teriorly on each side of the occiput, in profile the vertex little elevated 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Ill. (DEC.) 28 


- 
420 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


and advanced beyond the eyes ; frontal costa moderately sulcate, the 
rami evenly divergent, in profile convexly protuberant between the 
antenna, sinuate between the eyes, posterior ocelli placed between 
the submiddle part of the eyes ; antenna inserted barely anterior to 
the eyes, Pronotum rugose-scabrous, anteriorly angulate, produced 
over the head ; dorsum elevated tumid forward, longitudinally arcuate, 
profoundly impressed behind the disc, process nodulose-tuberculose, 
posteriorly abbreviated, the apex obtuse emarginate ; median carina 
in the forward half entire, arcuate, but posteriorly sinuate becoming 
obsolete toward the apex ; superior lateral carine wanting, posterior 
angles of lateral lobes obliquely excised. Elytra and wings wanting. 
Anterior and middle femora little compressed, the inferior margin of 
anterior femora lightly unilobate ; the middle femora above undu- 
late, below trilobate, the middle lobe more distinct ; posterior femora 
incrassate, the external area scabrous, superior margins granulate and 
subdentate before the knee, the pragenicular and genicular lobes 
moderately acute; hind tibize somewhat incrassate, little ampliate 
toward the apices, armed with acute spines ; first articles of posterior 
tarsi nearly twice the length of the third, the first and second pulvilli 
acute, the third flat below and nearly equal in length to the first and 
second combined. 

Entire length of body, female, 8°8 mm.; pronotum 7°5 mm.; pos- 
terior femora 5 mm. 


Two female examples from Cape Town, Africa, 100 ft., 
Rondebosch, August 17, 1905, collected and presented by 
Mr. Guy Marshall to the University Museum, Oxford, 


2. T. conofrons, sp. nov. 


Stature small, granulate, or little rugose. Resembling Tettia 
latipes, Stal, but having the vertex strongly advanced beyond the 
eyes, the facial costa barely sinuate between the eyes, head in profile 
conical, the apex little elevated anteriorly. Pronotum anteriorly 
obtuse angulate produced, more obtuse in the female, posteriorly not 
extended to the knees of hind femora, the apex somewhat narrowly 
obtuse emarginate ; dorsum in female transversely subtumid between 
the shoulders, or little compresso-tectiform in the male, not impressed 
behind the disc; median carina longitudinally convexly arcuate, 
posteriorly disappearing near the apex ; humeral angles somewhat 
obscure, nearly straight; posterior angles of lateral lobes little 
obliquely excised. Elytra and wings wanting. Anterior and middle 
femora little compressed, the inferior margins of anterior femora 
subundulate, of middle triundulate; the first and second pulvilli 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 421 


of first tarsal articles small, acute, the third longer than the second, 
and flat below. 

Entire length of body, male and female, 6°5-7°5 mm. ; pronotum 
4‘7-5°5 mm.; posterior femora 3°5-4°5 mm. 


Two examples, Nos. 11051 and 11060, from Cape Town, 
100 ft, Rondebosch, August 17, 1905, collected and 


presented by Mr. Guy Marshall to the University Museum, 
Oxford. 


Genus CoproTeTTix, Bolivar. 


1. C. planus, Bolivar, Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi, p. 289, 
1887. 


One female example from Port Essington, Australia, in 
the University Museum, Oxford. 


2. C. parvulus, sp. nov. 


A small form with undeveloped wings and abbreviated pronotum ; 
allied to rufipes, Bolivar, Body dark gray variegated with fuscous ; 
vertex rather wider than one of the eyes, flattened, fossulate on each 
side forward ; frontal costa little produced beyond the eyes, barely 
sinuate, narrowly compressed ; antenna inserted betweon the lower 
part of the eyes. Pronotum somewhat depressed, rugose, between 
the shoulders bearing abbreviated carinule ; humeral angles widely 
obtuse, nearly straight, process extended backward nearly to the 
knees of hind femora ; lateral carinz not percurrent forward on the 
shoulders ; median carina undulate, interrupted ; posterior angles of 
the lateral lobes narrowly excised, superior sinus very shallow, the 
inferior deeply angularly excavate. Elytra oval; wings abbreviated. 
Anterior and middle femora little compressed, subentire ; posterior 
femora elongate, the pragenicular lobes moderately acute produced, 
three pulvilii of first tarsal articles acute, and subequal in length. 

Entire length of body, male, 75 mm.; pronotum 6 mm.; posterior 
femora 4 mm. 


One example, No. 10944, from Zambesi, 3000 ft., Vic- 
toria Falls, Africa, “ Rain forest,” September 13, 1905 ; 
collected and presented by Professor Hudson Beare to the 
University Museum, Oxford. 


3. C. tuberculatus, Bol., Ann, Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi, p. 291, 
1887. 


Two female examples, Nos. 7264-7265, from Borneo; A. 
de Bormans’ collection, labelled “ Tettix similis Krauss.” 


- 
422 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


Genus HEportettix, Bolivar. 
1. 7. gracilis, Haan, Bijdrag. Orthopt. p. 169, 1845. 


Two female and three male examples from Madras, 
India; University Museum, Oxford. 


2a. H. gracilis abortus, Hancock, Spolia Zeylanica, ui, p. 
151, 1904. 


Two female examples of this short-wing form from 
the same locality as preceding (Madras, India); University 
Museum, Oxford. 


3. H. punctatus, sp. nov. 


A very distinct species, with unknown habitat, resembling gracilis, 
Haan, but having the anterior femora little compressed, the pronotum 
strongly compresso-cristate, the front margin very distinctly angulate 
produced over the head, the median carina forward strongly arcuately 
elevated between the shoulders, very thin and the punctulations 
translucent when held against the light ; the vertex subnarrower than 
one of the eyes, the front margin obtuse angulate, middle carinate, 
in profile obtuse but not distinctly rounded, the frontal costa some- 
what narrowly sulcate, compressed, the rami subparallel; the wings 
caudate, 

Entire length of body, female, 14:5 mm.; pronotum 11 mm. ; pos- 
terior femora 5°8 mm, 


One example, locality unknown; W. W. Saunders’ col- 
lection, presented by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the University 
Museum, Oxford. 


4. H. affinis, Bol., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxi, p. 285, 1887, 


One female example referable to this species from Port 
Essington, Australia. 


5. H. angustatus, sp. nov. 


A very slender form occupying the border line between Hedotettix 
and Paratettix. Body granulate, head very little exserted ; antennze 
inserted between the lower part of the eyes, articles elongate ; eyes 
little elevated ; vertex narrower than one of the eyes, scarcely at all 
narrowed, or ampliate forward, longitudinally fossulate, in profile 
advanced beyond the eyes ; frontal costa narrowly sulcate, in profile 
not at all sinuate, convex between the antennz. Pronotum ante- 
riorly truncate, very narrow between the shoulders ; median carina 


the Tetrigine in the Oxford University Museum. 423 


percurrent, entire, but little elevated, scarcely convex forward and 
nearly straight on the lengthened posterior process; lateral 
carinz distinct ; process lengthily extended beyond the apices of 
posterior femora. Anterior and middle femoral margins entire ; 
posterior femora narrow elongate. Elytra oval; wings caudate, the 
first and third articles of the posterior tarsi nearly equal in length, 
the first and second pulvilli acute, the third flat below and longer 
than the second. 

Entire length of body, male and female, 12-13°5 mm.; pronotum 
7°8-9'5 mm.; posterior femora 4 mm. 


One male and one female from Sarawak, Borneo, col~ 
lected by Wallace; W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented 
by Mrs. F. W. Hope to the University Museum, Oxford. 

Two male examples from Banguey, Borneo (Staudinger 
coll.), in the author’s collection. 


Genus Micronotus, Hancock. 


1. M. caudatus (Sauss.), Orthopt. nova Amer. in Rev. et 
Mag. de Zool. p. 30, 1861. 

= Tettiz caudatus, Saussure, = Paratettix caudatus, 
Bolivar. 


This species is common in South America and the 
West Indies. It is subject to considerable variation 
especially in the female, with respect to the undulation 
of the median carina of pronotum; just behind the 
anterior margin it is often cristulate, then taking an undu- 
lating course backward, it varies in the size and number 
of undulations. Represented by nine examples in the 
University Museum, Oxford, as follows: Three males and 
one female from Rio de Janeiro (probably), presented by 
J. W. Miers; one female from Rio Grande do Sul, No. 
9256, presented by Malcolm Burr and identified by 
Brunner v. Wattenwyl; two examples from Island of St. 
Vincent, West Indies; one example from Brazil (D. 
Swainson’s coll.) ; one female from Trinidad, West Indies, 


from W. W. Saunders’ coll., presented by Mrs. F. W. Hope. 
2. M. dubius, sp. nov. 


Resembling hancocki, Bruner. Body very small, having the 
frontal costa very slightly sinuate between the eyes; the median 
carina of pronotum irregularly and minutely sinuate ; the dorsum 
somewhat scabrous, the inferior margin of the middle femora 


- 


424 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of 


minutely bilobate. The type presents a light marking covering 
the dise of the pronotum. 

Entire length of body, female, 6 mm.; pronotum 5 mm.; posterior 
femora 3°3 mi. 


One example, from “America quatorialis,” in the 
University Museum, Oxford. 


Genus ApoTrertix, Hancock. 


1. A. proximus, Hanc., Trans. Ent. Soe. London, p. 237— 
238, 1907. 


These examples have long wings, the body rufescent, the posterior 
femora striate longitudinally below with fuscous, the tibie black, 
but pale annulate. The pronotal process extends backward beyond 
the hind femoral apices. This form differs from the short-wing type 
form, and may bear the distinctive name, A. proximus appositus, 
form nov. 

Entire length of body, male, 12 mm.; pronotum 10 mm.; posterior 
femora 5 mm. 


Two male examples from Cachabi, Ecuador, collected 
by Rosenberg; presented by Malcolm Burr to the Uni- 
versity Museum, Oxford. 


Section BATRACHIDE-2, Bolivar. 
Genus HALMATETTIX, nov. 

Resembling Batrachidea, Serville, but differing in having the 
pronotum compresso-cristate, in the absence of the posterior elytral 
sinuses, in the apterous body, and in the unarmed femoral 
apices. Body granulate; face slightly oblique, crown covered 
by the pronotum ; vertex wider than one of the eyes, truncate 
anteriorly, bearing small carinulate lobes on each side next to the 
eyes, and distinct supraocular lobes behind ; median carina wanting, 
frontal costa moderately sulcate, the rami slightly incrassate, in 
profile distinctly advanced beyond the eyes, the facial carina above 
moderately compressed ; antenn inserted barely below the inferior 
margin of the eyes; eyes sub-conoidal in profile, of moderate size, 
but somewhat prominent ; maxillary palpi having the apical articles 
strongly dilated and pale coloured. Pronotum tectiform, the dorsum 
compresso-cristate, arcuate forward, posterior process not reaching to 
abdominal apex, the anterior margin strongly acuminate, produced 
over the head and strongly uncinate; median carina compressed, 
thin and entire; prozonal carine slightly evident, subparallel, 


the Tetriginy in the Oxford University Musewm. 425 


humeral angles substraight, lateral lobes posteriorly without elytral 
or inferior sinuses. Elytra and wings wanting ; anterior and middle 
femora slender, margins entire, the superior carinz not at all spined 
at the apices. 


The type is Halmatattix cristinotus, herewith described : 


1. A. cristinotus, sp. nov. (Plate XXII, fig. 8.) 


Body somewhat incrassate, conspersed with light granulations, 
coloured ferrugineous variegated with fuscous, the lateral margins 
and underneath black ; vertex little wider than one of the eyes. 
Pronotum having the acute apex in front advanced barely beyond 
the frontal costa, the posterior process obtuse, acuminate toward the 
apex ; lateral margins bicarinate ; median carina thinly compressed; 
elevated, punctate translucent when held against the light. 

Entire length of body, female, 1455 mm.; pronotum 13 mm. 
(posterior femora mutilated). 


One example from Rio de Janeiro (probably), Brazil, 
collected and presented by J. W. Miers to the University 
Museum, Oxford. 


Genus ScartA, Bolivar. 
1. S. ferruginea, sp. nov. 


Body moderately crassate, ferruginous, not at all fasciated with 
fuscous on sides or striate above ; head little compresso-elevated, the 
base of eyes lower than the summit of middle of dorsum ; vertex 
slightly tumid, somewhat smooth granulate, roundly deflexed in 
front, bearing indistinct small oblique carinulate lobes on each side 
next to the eyes; frontal costa rounded, little protuberant between 
the antenne, narrowly sulcate ; eyes large and globose. Pronotum 
anteriorly produced in a rather valid uncinate spine, the base little 
oblique ; median carina percurrent, nearly horizontal, somewhat 
compressed and incrassate forward, little ascendant near and toward 
the front, but posteriorly toward the apex of process indistinct ; 
lateral carinze percurrent forward on the shoulders and distinctly 
expressed, process extended beyond the posterior femoral. apices, 
Elytra having each of the bases ferruginous but posteriorly black and 
bearing a distinct pale preapical :nacula; wings fully explicate 
extended beyond the apex of pronotal process. Middle femora 
armed with an apical spine; anterior femora not armed at the 
apices; posterior femora having the inferior part fuscous but 
obscured by a covering of pale granulations ; inside of hind femora 


- 
426 Dr. J. L. Hancock’s Further Studies of Tetrigine. 


infuscate, hind tibie ferruginous, obscurely infuscate at the middle 
part. The subgenital plate of the female abdomen having the apical 
marginal sinus broadly and yet quadrately excavate, equal in width 
to the bases of both inferior blades of ovipositor, the small angulate 
lobe thus formed on each side smooth, underneath the subgenital 
plate is infuscate. 

Entire length of body, female (front to end of wings), 15 mm. ; 
pronotum 12°8 mm.; posterior femora 7°5 mm. 


One example from Brazil, 8. America, collected by Bates; 
W. W. Saunders’ collection, presented by Mrs. F. W. Hope 
to the University Museum, Oxford. 


2. S. brevis, sp. nov. 


Male.—Colour: dorsum of pronotum, vertex, and the anterior 
and middle legs brownish ferruginous, face below the eyes and 
lateral lobes below the middle pale yellow; lateral lobes above 
obscurely infuscated or pale granulate; the elytra, posterior femora, 
and hind tibiz dark infuscate ; abdomen pale yellow toward the 
apex. Body small, pronotum and wings abbreviated, elytra immacu- 
late; head little compresso-elevated, the base of the large globose 
eyes much lower than the middle dorsal summit; vertex smooth, 
sides convergent forward, nearly equal in width to one of the eyes, 
viewed from above the frontal costa barely protrudes beyond the 
anterior border; frontal costa narrowly compressed between the 
antenne, in profile convex, the face oblique. Pronotum very small, 
anteriorly produced in an elevated uncinate spine, posterior process 
acute not at all extended backward to the knees of hind femora ; 
median carina percurrent, little obliquely ascendant forward, and 
horizontal posteriorly; prozonal carine subexpressed; lateral carinze 
distinct at the humeral angles, anterior and middle femoral apices 
not at all spined, 

Entire length of body from front to apices of hind femora, 9:7 
mm.; pronotum 7°5 mm.; posterior femora 5°5 mm. 


One example from Cachabi, Ecuador, 500 ft., Nov. 1906, 
collected by Rosenberg ; presented by Malcolm Burr to the 
University Museum, Oxford. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII. 


[See Explanation facing the PLarE.] 


Rigel: 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII. 


Lophotettix brevicristatus, gen, et sp. nov. 
(a) Side view of body; (b) one of the antenne and head 
viewed from above. 


. Holoarcus altinotus, gen. et sp. nov. 


Side view of body. 


. Oxyphyllum pennatum, gen. et sp. nov. 


Side view of body. 


. Tettilobus spinifrons, gen. et sp. nov. 


(a) Side view of body; (b) dorsal view showing the 
lateral lobe of pronotum with the posterior angle. 


. Gignotettix burri, gen. et sp. nov. 


Side view of body. 


. Orthotettix obliquifrons, gen. et sp. Nov. 


(a) Side view of body ; (6) head showing vertex viewed 
from above. 


- Thoradonta spinata, gen. et sp. nov. 


Viewed from above, showing head and lateral lobes 
of pronotum. 


. Halmatettix cristinotus, gen. et sp. nov. 


Side view of body (hind femora missing in type). 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.1908. Pl. XXII. 


West, Newman imp. 


H.Knight del.et lith. 


NEW SPECIES OF TERTRIGINA. 


& 


= 4 

_ Pa. 
: 
a 4 
+ 

> 

ie 


a , ~ 
a Say 
» 
—._ 4 = 
| ed 7 
Be | a 
oa Ce | - 


XX. Heredity in six families of Papilio dardanus, Brown, 
Subspecies cenea, Stoll., bred at Durban, by Mr. G. F. 
Leicu, F.E.S. By Epwarp B. Poutron, D.Sc., M.A, 
LL.D. (Princeton), F.R.S., ete., Hope Professor of 
Zoology in the University of Oxford, Fellow of Jesus 
College, Oxford. 


PLaTes XXIII anp XXIV. 
[Read June 8rd, 1908.] 


BETWEEN September 1902 and March 1905 Mr. G. F. 
Leigh has bred families twice from each of the three 
mimetic female forms of the south-eastern subspecies of 
Papilio dardanus, Brown. The whole of the resulting 
material, with the exception of a portion of the first family, 
exists in the Hope Department, and it is of sufficient 
magnitude to justify a general account and to support 
certain important conclusions. 

The first section of this paper will deal with the heredi- 
tary relationship of the several female forms. Evidence 
will be produced in favour of the conclusion that their 
proportion, at any rate in certain localities, is due in part 
to the proportion and in part to the relative conspicuous- 
ness of the Danaine models. 

The second section will deal with the hereditary relation- 
ship in certain elements of the mimetic pattern. The 
attempt will be made to show the manner in which the 
details of the mimetic forms have been brought to resemble 
those of their models. 

The unfortunate clerical errors in Professor Weismann’s 
recent use of this species as an example of mimicry (“The 
Evolution Theory,” English transl]., Lond., 1904, vol. i, Pl. 
I) render it very desirable that the female forms should 
be again represented in coloured figures, together with 
their models. A full correction of the mistakes here re- 
ferred to will be found in the writer’s “ Essays on Evolu- 
tion,” Oxford, 1908, pp. 375, 376, from which the follow- 
ing passage is quoted :—“ Professor Weismann’s prolific 
labours and great discoveries give an authority and influ- 
ence to these unlucky copyist’s errors, and therefore it is of 
the utmost importance to set them right in detail” (p. 
375). 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART II. (DEC.) 


a 
428 Professor E. B. Poulton on 


Very beautiful drawings of both surfaces of the hippo- 
coon, F., parent of Family 4 and of an example of each 
mimetic form among its female offspring, as well as of 
their Danaine models, have been made by my friend Mrs. 
P. P. Whelpley. I desire to express my warm thanks to 
her for this beautiful work and the great care and skill 
required for its production. Mr. Abbott H. Thayer, who 
saw the painting, assured me that the colouring was as 
perfect as it could be made. Messrs. André & Sleigh 
have devoted great pains to Plate XXIII, containing a 
reproduction of the painting on the reduced scale which 
was unfortunately necessary. The Danaine models were 
all captured by my kind friend Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 
within a few miles of the localities where Mr. Leigh took 
the parents of these families. 

Hereditary influence upon the details of pattern is 
especially well studied in Family 5, of which all the signi- 
ficant members are reproduced in half tone on Plate 
XXIV, prepared by Messrs. Witherby from a beautiful 
photograph by Mr. Alfred Robinson of the Oxford 
University Museum. 


SEcTION I 


HEREDITARY RELATIONSHIP OF THE FEMALE FORMS OF 
P. DARDANUS, SUBSP. CENEA, AT DURBAN. 


The one striking result which is evident on a glance at 
the table on p. 429, is the predominance of the cenea female 
form in the offspring of each of these families. Whether 
the parent be cenca itself or the very different hippocoon 
or trophonius, cenea is invariably most numerously repre- 
sented in the offspring. In two cases no other form 
appeared, and in two more only a single example of 
another form. 

The results obtained by breeding from cenew are very 
concordant—in both cases a vast preponderance of cenea, 
and in one case 1, in another 3 examples of hippo- 
coon. When trophonius was the parent only very small 
numbers of offspring were reared, but the results are con- 
cordant :—only cenea when the numbers are very small; 
cenea with a single trophonius when they are larger. The 
results yielded by hippocoon were, on the other hand, 
astonishingly different:—in one case only cenea, in the 
other the highly remarkable Family 4 with a larger pro- 


er 


429 


dardanus. 


uy 


if Papili 


ves O 


ity in six familt 


Hered 


‘quowjiwdeq oy} Ur ore ‘podvose yor ‘9 ApIMRy JO oTeUT oUlO JdadKXe Suladsyo poze[nqe} oy} JO 9POYM oY} pas 
quored opeUutay oy} SOT]TUARY IoY}O OY} [Te JO “quewyzAudeq edoy oy4 UL ode Uoododdry Z pu “MoU g ‘saTBUA g ‘sjuorvd o[vulay pus oyeur eyy T Ajruey JO 
“oc A[LULUYT JO SOTVUL OAY UT AoJoOVAVYY SUL} SplvFod SB YSOLAvIY 
0} 4SOPYSIT WO Solos [VUOIZISUvI, B LOF ‘Q-Z 'sBy ‘AIXX 9}%[d 999 9 “4satAvay oy} q ‘pueq ay} Jo quowdopeaap ysoqysty oy} syuesetdod Y Ao}0T OUT + 
*OULIY 4S.LY OY} AOJ PaplO0Il MOU aI¥ SOL|TULL YAXIS PUB YY oy} ! Tu ‘ZL “dd 
‘S061 ,,{UOL NOAM uo skussy,, UL 0} podiojot AYOIG St YAIUOZ OF SITAX OFT ‘192 “d “ONG “puoTT ‘oog “Quo ‘suwsy, UI 1oyLIM yuaserd oy} Aq poqLiosep 
SBM PAL ONY SIXXX oF1d {419 *d OGL “puoy ‘oog “yu ‘suvIY, ul yseT “Ap “aT Aq poysttqud svar sayrmey puovoes puv 4siy oy} JO JUNODG UW % 


! 


| ¥ fp 69 @), . . . . . . . . . . . . . . s[vjOy, 
q — —- €L LT "LOBL ‘9B YOLBIY I) £200050002 0) © al) 
ad = | I 91 CT HOGI: Fee CR > NS 5S ne Pe ce eee 
®) g € 8 PI ‘9061 ‘eg ‘Buy  * + * ty woov0ddayT *F 
Vv L — 9 9 ‘FOGL ‘F APTN - tos 95 ‘enmoydoLy "g 
‘) _ — G ro ‘COGT ‘8I ydeg * + mgs yy ‘snawoydony *% 
2) =e € PG SI ‘BO6T ‘eT deg f° * org’ wauaQ: “T 

*snv“oydouy, -uoovodd AT “pauag 
{°? a0 anva : ‘SaTVA EMOTSY OO ARS MIVA ani aide OLLAWIW 
ea sno avn 
MAILVUVdNOO ! 
“ONTYdSaAO ‘SINGUVd 6 


‘BUIM-O10F OY} UT S}ods OY} JO 4UI} SNOaIT[IO IO OJITA 9} 0} SUTPAOOV PaprArp OU pu ‘oO SV ParapISMod 
O1B SUILOF O[VUMOF vIUId OY} YOITM UL ‘a[qe} SUTMOT[OF OY UL Y}AOF 4yOS ore y pouTe}qO S}[NSeI OIL], 


i 
430 Professor E. B. Poulton on 


portion of both hippocoon and trophonius than any other. 
Looking at the six families as a whole, five yield con- 
cordant results in the vast predominance of cenea, while 
Family 4 stands apart. And even in this latter cenea is 
nearly three times as numerous as either of the other 
forms. 

The immense preponderance of cenea over the other 
female forms in Natal has been observed in the field 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1904, pp. 687, 688). It follows 
from this predominance that for every male which meets 
and pairs with hippocoon or trophonius in Natal, several will 
meet and pair with cenea. Cenea ancestry will quickly 
predominate over that of the other forms in the males, and 
will also predominate in the other female forms them- 
selves, while these latter will exert but little influence in 
the ancestry of cenea. 

The two models of the cenea female form—Amauris 
albimaculata and A. echeria—are immensely predominant 
over any other Danaine butterfly in Natal, and especially 
over Amauris niavius, L., subsp. dominicanus, Trim., the 
model of the hippocoon form. The comparative rarity of the 
trophonius form in all parts of Africa, in spite of the wide- 
spread abundance of Danaida (Limnas) chrysippus, L., has 
already been alluded to by Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., as 
a difficult problem which awaits solution (Trans. Ent. 
Soc. Lond. 1904, p. 688: see also p. 432 of the present 
memoir where the solution is attempted). In marked 
contrast with ¢rophonius, the relative proportion of cenea 
in Natal certainly follows that of the two Danaines whose 
pattern it reproduces, 

The interpretation offered above of the state of things 
proved to exist in Natal derives strong support from an 
investigation of these proportions in and around Chirinda 
Forest, Gazaland, in South-Eastern Rhodesia. A very 
large collection made, almost entirely in 1907, by Mr. C. 
F, M. Swynnerton, in this locality, has been recently ex- 
amined in the Hope Department, and the numbers are 
sufficient to admit of fairly safe conclusions. The investi- 
gation and tabulation of the collection is still incomplete, 
and the figures given below will probably be slightly in- 
creased, but not to an extent which will affect the conclusions 
here drawn. The collection was made nearly indiscrimin- 
ately, and allowing for the considerations mentioned on pp. 
431, 432, the proportions of the larger species, here alone 


— 


Heredity in six families of Papilio dardanus. 431 


taken into account, may be accepted as approximately cor- 
rect. The numbers of Papilio dardanus (ot which nearly all 
the Chirinda males possess the heavy black hind-wing band 
of the E. subspecies, tibullus, Kirby, are as follows :— 


MALES : ; . 24 
FEMALES 
Hippocoon, f. . , heey 
Cenea, f. . : : f SoA | 
Trophonius, f. . ; aba: 


Trophonius, mimicking D. chrysippus, is thus rare, as it is 
in Natal; but, as regards the other two female forms, the 
proportions are reversed, hippocoon being predominant and 
cenea rare. It will be of the highest interest to breed 
from these female forms at Chirinda. There can be little 
doubt that it would be found that hippocoon here pre- 
dominates among the female offspring of a female parent 
of any form, just as cenea predominates in Natal. 

When we investigate the proportions of the Danaine 
models at Chirinda we do not find that predominance of 
the black and white species of Amauris which is suggested 
by the numbers of the hippocoon mimetic form. The 
following results have been so far obtained, but a small 
part of the collection still remains unexamined :— 


The model of hippocoon—Amauris niavius, L., subsp. 


dominicanus, Trim. . 7 : : : MPR Ys: 
Amauris lobengula, E. M. Sharpe 198 
The models of conea| 7" albimaculata, Butler . 152 


The model of trophonivs—Danaida chrysippus, L.  . 109 


Amauris lobengula represents, and is probably a local 
form of, A. echeria, Boisd., which is still unknown at 
Chirinda. It is equally serviceable as a model for cenea. 
In addition to dominicanus, 22 specimens of the smaller 
black and white Amawuris ochlea, Boisd., were counted ; 
but the difference in the pattern is so great that it is un- 
likely that the influence upon hippocoon is greatly affected. 
Neglecting ochlea, the numbers of the Danaine model 
of hippocoon are less than one-fifth of those of the two 
models of cenea. Yet this small proportion is accompanied 
by the immense preponderance of hippocoon revealed in 
the figures quoted above. As bearing upon these inter- 
esting and, in view of the effect produced, remark- 
able proportions, Mr. Swynnerton tells me that lobengula 


er 
432 Professor E. B. Poulton on 


and allimaculata are so excessively abundant that his 
native boy would get tired of catching them, whereas he 
would secure every specimen of dominicanus that came in 
his way. But on the other hand, as Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 
and Mr. Swynnerton have both pointed out to me, the 
females of dardanus probably spend a great deal of their 
time actually in the forest, and within that particular 
environment there would be far less discrepancy between 
the numbers of dominicanus and the two other species of 
Amauris, than would appear from the above tabular state- 
ment. Nevertheless, it has been already shown that echeria 
and albimaculata are exceedingly effective models for 
dardanus in Natal, and the same is true of the south 
coast of Cape Colony. Making every allowance therefore 
for the above considerations, I am driven to conclude that 
dominicanus possesses some special advantages as a model 
over the other two species, which may compensate for a 
numerical inferiority. These advantages may be conferred 
by the far greater conspicuousness which renders it visible 
at a much greater distance than either lobengula or albi- 
maculata.* It must be remembered furthermore that, 
although so much less numerous than the other two, 
dominicanus is quite a common butterfly at Chirinda, 
whereas in Natal it is generally rare, and often altogether 
unseen for long periods in many localities where Papilio 
dardanus is found. 

It is interesting to compare Papilio echerioides, Trim., 
with P. dardanus. The former is also common at Chirinda, 
39 males and 17 females having been so far counted. The 
females, as is well known, are beautifnl mimics on the 
upper surface of Amauris echeria (or lobengula) and albi- 
maculata. For this Papilio the latter are evidently very 
effective models, but for dardanus, with another form, 
mimicking the black and white Danaines, their influence 
in spite of preponderant numbers is entirely subordinate. 

The relative rarity of the ¢rophonius form in the west 
and east, as well as the south of Africa, in spite of the 
general abundance and wide range of its model, has often 
been remarked upon (see p.430; also Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 
1904, p. 688). In this case the facts are probably to be ex- 
plained by difference of habitat, chrysippus being an open 

* It would also be very interesting to investigate the relative 
efficiency of the special means of protection possessed by these three 
Danaine. 


Heredity in six families of Papilio dardanus, 433 


country and woodland species, while dardanus is a forest 
insect. Model and mimic would ordinarily only meet at 
the lines of contact between their respective types of 
country. Both Mr. Marshall and Mr. Swynnerton to whom 


I have mentioned this hypothesis agree that it probably 
accounts for the fact. 


Section II 


DESCRIPTION OF FAMILIES 4, 5 AND 6: HEREDITARY 


TENDENCIES IN THE DETAILS OF THE MIMETIC 
PATTERNS. 


The fore-wing spots of the cenea form. 

Before describing the details of these three families now 
recorded for the first time, it will be convenient to enumer- 
ate the spots of the fore-wing of the cenea form, of which 
the five largest were described in 1904 (Trans, Ent. Soc. 
Lond., 1904, pp. 680, 681). The terminology then sug- 


gested will now be extended to include all the spots of 
the fore-wing :— 


A. Spots arranged in a curve in part below and in part 
round the distal end of the cell. 
(1) The principal spot (oval): between veins 2 and 38. 
(2) An elongated spot: between veins 4 and 5. 
(2a) Rarely present (e. g. in Plate XXIV, figs. 20, 21): 
between veins 5 and 6. 
(3) Oval, but broader than (2): between veins6 and 7. 
(4) The blunt distal end is commonly emarginate : 
between veins 8 and 9. 
(4a) Occasionally present (e.g. in Plate XXIV, figs. 
14-19): between veins 9 and 10. 
B. The spot within the cell. 
(5) An irregular spot, with the inner extremity often 
cut off as a separate minute spot (e.g. in Plate 
XXIV, figs. 1, 12, 13, 16, 17, &c.). 


C. The submarginal spots, of which four are usually 
present. 


(a) At the anal angle; generally minute: between 
veins | and 2. 

(8) Generally larger: between veins 2 and 3. 

(y) Generally larger still: between veins 3 and 4. 

(3) At the apical angle, generally largest: between 
veins 7 and 8. 


434 


all 


The fourth Family :— 
4, HIPPOCOON, ? Parent (Plate XXIII, fig. 1). 


Captured August 3, 1906. 


Professor E. B. Poulton on 


Laid 32 eggs, August 4-6, 
Hatched August 10-12. 


1906 
September 8 
No date. 
No date. 


WNT 


No date. 
No date. 
September 13 
September 13 
September 14 
September 14 
September 14 


ible September 16 
12. September 18 
13. September 18 


14. September 20 
15. September 21 
16, September 21 


17. September 23 


18. September 23 
19. September 24 
20. September 24 


21. September 23 


22. | September 25 
23. September 26 
24, September 26 
O65. September 27 
26. September 30 
27. October 2 

28. No date. 


DATE OF PUPATION. 


OFFSPRING. 


DATE OF EMERGENCE, 


1906 
September 19 
September 21 
September 22 


September 23 
September 23 
September 23 
September 24 
September 26 
September 26 
September 30 


September 30 
October 1 
October 1 


October 
October 
October 


Ne) ~IG bo 


October 


October 10 
October 13 
October 15 


October 15 


October 18 
October 18 
October 19 
October 20 
October 21 
October 23 
October 24 


SEX AND 9? FORM. 


3 


3 

2 cenea (chief spot 
in fore-wing pale | 
ochreous). 


3 
3 
3 
2 trophonius. 
3 
ref 
“4 


cenea (chief spot. 
in fore-wing white. | 
Plate XXIII, fig. 
4a). 
cenea (spot white). | 


cenea (spot ochre- | 
ous). 


cenea (spot white). 
trophonius (Plate 
XXITI, fig. 3). 
cenea (spot ochre- 
ous, as also is the 
spot within the 
fore-wing cell), 
Q hippocoon. 
2 trophowius. 
2 hippocoon (Plate 
XXIII, fig. 24). 
2 cenea (spot ochre- 
ous). 


: 
3 
: 
3 
: 
? 
2 


O404 


Q hippocoon. 
dg 
fe} 
3 
: 


cenea (spot ochre- 
ous, Plate XXIII, 
fig. 5A). 


Heredity in siz families of Papilio dardanus. 485 


These results aré the most remarkable hitherto attained 
by Mr. G. F. Leigh, all the forms being represented in 
considerable proportions, and the predominance of cenea 
being far less marked than in any other family. 

The hippocoon parent.— A glance at fig. 1 on Plate 
XXIII will show that the parent is a normal hippocoon 
form with spot (5) undivided. 

The fourteen male offspring.—The heaviness of the hind- 
wing band is about as in Families 1 and 2, viz. next to 
the darkest, Family 5, but separated from it by a consider- 
able interval. 

The three hippocoon offspring—The individual repre- 
sented in Plate XXIII, fig 2a, is the only one with spot 
(5) in the cell of the fore-wing divided. In the other 
two the chief white marking is smaller, suggesting the 
appearance of forms from the West Coast (merope). 

The three trophonius offspring—tn all three examples a 
pale fulvous tint spreads from the nervules crossing the 
subapical white bar, and in one example also overspreads 
the outer half of spot (5). The lens shows that this tint 
is due to fulvous scales scattered over the white areas, 
and thickly crowded along the nervules. 

Although the upper surface pattern of trophonius at 
first sight appears to be nothing more than hippocoon with 
the white of the chief marking replaced by fulvous—a 
view adopted by the present writer in Trans. Ent. Soc. 
Lond., 1906, p. 290—in certain special points it has 
diverged in the direction of its particular model, chry- 
sippus. In the fore-wing the fulvous area invades or over- 
spreads the black ground-colour towards the base of the 
cell. In the hind-wing the outer border of the fulvous 
area projects into the black margin between the nervules, 
forming a scalloped junction which, as in D. chrysivpus 
itself, is more strongly marked in the costal half of the 
wings. The fulvous area is also more sharply marked off 
from the black margin than in the hippocoon form. These 
points of distinction are small and developed very variably. 
They are better seen when Fig. 3A is compared with Fig. 
2A than when it is compared with Fi Tog 

Spot (5) is undivided in the three tr ophonius offspring. 

The eight cenea offspring.—lt has already been shown 
in the tabular statement that three of these individuals 
have the chief spot (1) of the fore-wing white (e.g. as in 
the individual shown on Plate We; fig. 4A), while in 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART III. (DEC.) 29 


- 


436 Professor E. B. Poulton on 


five it is pale ochreous (as in Fig. 5A). In that one speci- 
men out of the five in which spot (1) is the palest, the 
spot within the cell (5) is of a pronounced ochreous tint. 
Spot (5) is divided on the left side of one out of the three 
individuals with the chief spot white: among the five 
with the chief spot pale ochreous it is divided in two, and 
on the left side in a third individual. Spot (47) is shown 
on the upper but not on the under surface of the indi- 
vidual represented on Plate XXIII, fig. 5a. It can only 
be made out with a lens and on one side only in a single 
specimen out of seven remaining cenea. Excluding minute 
traces revealed by the lens, spot (2a) is wanting from the 
upper surface of all examples, but is present on the under 
surface of one specimen out of the three and with the chief 
spot white, and of two out of the five others. Other char- 
acteristics of these eight specimens are considered in the 
following sub-section :— 


Probable hereditary effects of the hippocoon form upon off- 
spring of other forms. 

In all the three cenea offspring with the chief spot (1) in the 
fore-wing white, the costal third of the ochreous basal patch 
of the hind-wing beccmes white, as is shown in Plate XXIII, 
fig. 44. The ochreous tint of the remainder of the patch 
is also unusually pale. In the two individuals in which 
this change towards the costal border of the hind-wing is 
most marked, the chief spot of the fore-wing spreads out- 
wards and downwards beyond the first median nervule 
(Fig. 44). In all three examples there is a small ochreous 
linear mark towards the base of the inner margin of the 
fore-wing, thus very slightly extending the pattern of the 
hind-wing on to the fore. 

In all the five cenea offspring with the chief spot (1) of 
the fore-wing pale ochreous, this linear mark is also pre- 
sent (Fig. 54), but the extension of the chief spot is only 
found in two of them. 

A whiteness towards the costal margin of the hind-wing 
upper surface, like that of three cenea females, is found in 
two of the males and on the left side of a third. There 
is also a paling of the yellow on one side in the cell of 
the fore-wing of a few males which has more of an 
abnormal appearance. The paling of the hind-wing, how- 
ever, corresponds in position with that of the three cenea, 
and is probably due to the same cause, 


Heredity in six families of Papilio dardanus. 437 


The fifth Family :— 


5. CENEA, ? Parent (Plate XXIV, fig. 1), 
Captured January 14, 1907. Laid 42 eggs, January 15 and 16, 


OFFSPRING. 
SEX AND 2 FORM: 
INOREASING DEVELOPMENT 
DATE OF PUPATION. DATE OF EMERGENCE. OF HIND-WING BAND OF 
MALES INDICATED BY 
LETTERS A To O, 
1907 1907 
iif February 19 March 2 é C. 
2. February 19 March 3 Gas 
3. February 19 March 3 3 (Plate XXIV, fig. 
3) B. 
4, February 20 March 4 Gale 
5. No date. March 4 Ea a i 
6. No date. March 5 2 cenea (Fig. 8). 
ce No date. March 5 2 cenea ti ig. 15). 
8. No date. March 6 3 J. 
9. No date. March 6 2 cenea (Fig. 20). 

10. No date. - March 6 2 cenea (Fig. 12). 

11. No date. March 8 N. 

12, No date. March 8 ? cenea (Fig. 21). 

13. No date. March 9 6 (Fig. 5) G. 

14. February 24 March 10 ? cenea (Fig. 11). 

15, No date. March 11 3 K. 

16, No date. March 12 2 hippocoon Ong. 22). 

ive No date. March 12 2 cenea (Fig. 18). 

18, No date. March 13 2 cenea (Fig. 7). 

19, No date. March 14 M. 

20, No date. March 14 2 cenew (Fig. 10). 

21. March 2 March 15 6 (Fig. 6) O. 

22. No date. March 15 2 cenea (Fig. 16). 

23. March 3 March 16 2 cenea (Fig. 14). 

24, No date. March 17 2 cenea (Fig. 18). 

25. No date. March 18 2 cenea. Badly de- 
formed 

26. March 7 March 20 36 (Fig. 2) A. 

27. March 9 March 22 2 cenea (Fig. 17). 

28. March 12 March 27 FE; 

29. March 12 March 28 6 (Fig. 4) E. 

30. March 16 March 28 3 D. 

31. March 14 March 29 2 cenea (Fig. 19), 

32. March 20 March 30 2 cenea (Fig. 9). 
Fore-wing spots far 
more ochreous than 
in any other. 


F 
438 Professor E. B. Poulton on 


The cenea parent.—The spots round the end of the cell 
(1)-(4) are large and well developed, but neither (2a) nor 
(4a) is present. The chief spot (1) is very pale ochreous, 
with a minute trace of a downward extension, as if slightly 
in the direction of the pattern of hippocoon and trophonius. 
The spot in the cell of the fore-wing (5) is distinctly 
divided into two, making a [-like marking on the upper 
surface: on the under this division does not occur. The 
submarginal spots of the fore-wing (a)-(6) are present 
(although (a) is very minute) and increase in size to- 
wards the apex. The parent is represented in Plate 
XXIV, fig. 1. 

The fifteen male offspring—These are as a whole much 
darker and more closely approach the subspecies tibullus 
than the males of the other five families. The develop- 
ment of the submarginal black band of the hind-wing is 
clearly shown in Plate XXIV, figs. 2-6. The band is least 
developed, with a pronounced anal gap (Trans. Ent. Soc. 
Lond., 1904, p. 683) in No. 26, represented in Fig. 2. 
Next in succession follows No. 3, shown in Fig. 3. Then 
follow two unfigured individuals, Nos. 1 and 30, succeeded 
by No. 29 (Fig. 4). The next individual in the order of 
increasing heaviness in the black band is No. 28, unfigured, 
and next No. 13, represented in Fig. 5. In this specimen 
the costal gap in the band is indicated by a few scattered 
yellow scales. No. 13 is the only individual in which the 
gap is represented in this way, although it is more dis- 
tinctly indicated by a bay, as in Figs. 3 and 4, or by an 
angle, as in Fig, 5 itself. The darkness of the band in 
this family and the gradual character of the transition 
are seen in the fact that no less than seven unfigured 
specimens intervene between the one represented in Fig. 5 
and the darkest individual, No. 21, shown in Fig. 6. 
Arranged in the order of ee darkness these un- 
fioured specimens are Nos. 5, 2, 8, 15, 4,19,and11. The 
specimen represented in Fig. 6 resembles a typical male of 
tibullus from the tropical East coast, and indeed, as regards 
the band of the hind-wing, the whole of the nine darkest 
individuals of this family might have come from Mombasa 
or German East Africa. 

The remarkable serration of the inner border of the 
black margin of the fore-wing—an ancestral feature 
common in the males of this specialised subspecies, but 
rarely found in far more primitive forms on the African 


Heredity in siz families of Papilio dardanus, 439 


continent *—is well seen in Fig. 6, less characteristically 
in Fig. 2. Half of the unfigured specimens also exhibit 
the same feature, while the others resemble the condition 
represented in Figs. 3, 4, and 5. 

The sixteen cenea offspring—aAll the females of this form 
are shown in Plate XXIV, with the exception of No. 25 
which is so deformed that the pattern cannot be made 
out. They are arranged in three sets according to the 
number of the white spots grouped round the end of the 
fore-wing cell on the upper surface. The seven speci- 
mens represented in Figs. 7-13 on Plate XXIV possess 
the four usual spots (1)-(4) seen in the parent; the six 
represented in Figs. 14-19 have the additional spot (4a) 
on the costal and inner side of (4): the two represented 
in Figs. 20 and 21 have the additional spot (2a) between 
(2) and (3). A glance at the plate will show that the 
extra spots (4a) and (2a) tend to occur in individuals in 
which spots (1)-(4) are strongly developed, the only 
apparent exception being offered by Fig. 14, The spots 
of the fore-wing are large and well developed—about equal 
or even superior to those of the female parent—in the cenca 
offspring represented in all the Figures except 7, 8, 11, 
and 14. 

As regards the development of a pale ochreous tint in the 
spots of the fore-wing, all the cenea forms figured are 
nearly in the condition of the parent except that shown 
in Fig. 9. In this specimen, No. 32, spots (1) and (3) are 
of an ochreous tint as deep as that of the hind-wing patch, 
while parts of spots (2) (4) and (5) also bear yellow 
scales. The specimen is, in fact, in this respect a good 
mimic of the Cape Colony forms of Amauris echeria. 

Of the remaining cenea, spot (1) is whitest in the speci- 
mens shown in Figs. 11 and 15. Spot (3) as well as (1) 
is very pale ochreous in Fig. 16. A slight downward and 
outward extension of spot (1) in the direction of the 
pattern of hippocoon is developed much as in the parent in 
the specimens represented in Figs. 9, 10, 11, 14, 17, 19, 
and 21. It is considerably more developed in Fig. 18. A 
small pale mark on the basal part of the fore-wing inner 
margin—a further advance towards hippocoon, etc. not 
found in the parent—is seen in the specimens shown in 
Figs. 10, 1J, 14, 19, 21, and in a far more advanced state 
in Fig. 18. 


* Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond,, 1906, p. 282. 


al 


440 Professor E. B. Poulton on 


It is now necessary to describe, as briefly as possible, 
some of the chief features in the fore-wing pattern of each 
of the cenea forms :— 

Fig. 7 (No. 18): spot (5), divided in the parent, is here 
undivided : a distinct trace of (4a) can be seen on the 
under surface. ‘The marginal spots are much less 
developed than in the parent, (vy) and (6) being minute 
and the others wanting: below (6) is wanting also. Part 
of the pupal case is still adhering behind the head. 

Fig. 8 (No. 6): (5) divided on right side, undivided 
below: very faint traces of (4a) and (2a) can be made 
out with a lens on the under surface. (a) can be 
made out with a lens, (8) minute, others small. All 
distinct below and (y) large. 

Fig. 9 (No. 32): (5) divided on upper surface only, but 
the outer portion is very minute especially on right 
side. The additional spots are unrepresented on under 
surface. (a)-(6) well developed, (a) and (6) more so 
than in parent. 

Fig. 10 (No. 20): (5) undivided: under surface as in 
Fig. 9; marginal spots nearly as in Fig. 8. Below 
(a) minute on left side, (8) and (7) large, (6) absent. 

Fig. 11 (No. 14): (5) undivided: a small but distinct 
trace of (2a) below: marginal spots absent above: 
below (a)-(y) small and (8) barely visible on left side. 

Fig. 12 (No. 10): (5) divided distinctly above and nearly 
divided below: (4a) distinct below and a trace can 
be identified with a lens above: (2a) wanting below: 
(a) absent, (6) minute, others normal as in parent. 
Below (6) absent: others normal as in parent. 

Fig. 13 (No. 17): (5) as in Fig. 12 but the lower spot 
is minute, especially on right side: (2a) distinct below 
and (4a) a trace: marginal spots as in Fig. 12 except 
that (6) is large. 

Fig. 14 (No. 23): (5) divided on left side, fused but 
constricted on right, below fused on both sides: (4a) 
small but quite distinct, larger below: (vy) minute, all 
others absent, similar below except for a minute trace 
of (8) on left side only. 

Fig. 15 (No. 7): (5) divided, but not below, though 
traces of division are distinct: (4a) as in Fig. 14 but 
rather larger: a trace of (2a) below: marginal spots 
much as in Fig, 13, but (8) even more minute above, 
and (a) absent above and below, 


Heredity in six families of Papilio dardanus, 441 


Fig. 16 (No. 22): deformed: yellower spots in fore- 
wing than any except Fig. 9: (5) divided below as 
well as above: (4a) as in Fig. 15: (2a) in two patches 
below: submarginal spots similar to parent on both 
surfaces, except that (a) is wanting above. 

Fig. 17 (No. 27): (5) divided and the larger portion 
also nearly divided, so that the marking appears as 
three sub-equal spots: below the ordinary division 
holds and the other is indicated: (4a) as in Fig. 15 
etc. and very distinct below: submarginal spots like 
parent but (a) (8) smaller and (y) (5) larger both 
above and below: (y) below larger than (é). 

Fig. 18 (No. 24): (5) very large, undivided above and 
below: (4a) distinct above and below: no trace of 
(2a) below: marginal spots very similar to Bip, TF 
only (a) absent above and minute below. The rather 

marked transition to hippocoon shown in this speci- 

: men has been already pointed out (p. 439). 

Fig. 19 (No. 31): much like Fig. 18 except that a very 
slight trace of (2a) appears below, especially distinct 
on left side: (3) absent above and below, others 
normal on both surfaces, (a) being minute above as 
usual. 

Fig. 20 (No. 9): fore-wings deformed, especially on 
right side: (5) divided on both surfaces: (4a) dis- 
tinct below, especially on right side, absent above: 
(2a) small on left side, large below; on right side in- 
visible above (perhaps due to fold in wing); small 
below but evidently much concealed in fold: (y) and 
(6) alone present above: below on left side (right 
much deformed) (3) absent but other three normally 
developed. : 

Fig. 21 (No. 12): (5) divided above but not below: no 
(4a) on either surface: (2a) very large both above 
and below: (a) and (8) can only be identified by a 
lens, (y) and (6) are well developed and sub-equal ; 
below (3) is minute on right side, absent on left, (a) 
and (8) normally developed and (y) large. 


The single hippocoon offspring.—The pattern of this 
specimen is well shown in Plate XXIV, fig. 22. 
Fig. 22 (No. 16): (5) divided above but not below: 
(2a) is much the largest spot in the subapical bar of 
hippocoon on both-surtaces. (4a) is absent, for a linear 


- 


442 Professor E. B. Poulton on 


white streak along the second subcostal does not 
appear to correspond with it: nor is this spot repre- 
sented on the under surface. 
are normal on the upper surface except for the absence 
of (a), on the lower except for the absence of (6). 


The sixth Family :— 


The submarginal spots 


6. HIPPOCOON, $ Parent. 


Captured March 26, 1907. 


Laid ova March 27-8, and died 


on evening of March 28. 


OFFSPRING. 


DATE OF PUPATION. DATE OF EMERGENCE. SEX AND Q FORM. 
1907 1907 | 

1 April 26 May 10 Q *cenea. 
2. April 27 May 10 2 cened. 
3. April 27 May 11 2 
4 April 28 May 12 a 
Bi" April 29 May 12 2 cened. 
6. April 30 May 15 é 
if May 1 June 22 2 cenea. 
8. May 2 June 24 3 
9. | May 3 July 27 2 cened. 
10,\4) May 2 July 28 & 
Tis 4 May 6 August 1 |g 
12, | May 7 August 5 é 
13. May 6 August 11 3 
14, | May 7 August 11 2 cenea. © 
15 May 7 August 12 3 
16 May 8 August 16 3 
ity May 7 August 16 © cenea. 
18. °| May 8 August 19 3 
19 May 7 August 19 2 cened. 
20. May 10 August 20 2 cenea 
21 May 9 August 20 2 cenea 
22. | May 10 August 25 3 
82/4) May 10 August 28 2 cenea 
24 May 11 August 31 é 
25 May 12 August 31 ¢d (escaped). 
26 May 11 August 31 2 cenea. 
27 May 10 Sept. 1 Q cened. 
28 May 12 Sept. 4 3 
29 May 11 Sept. 6 3 
30. | May 14 Sept. 12 3 


It is not necessary to describe this family in any detail ; 


Heredity in six families of Papilio dardanus. 443 


as its interest lies in the exclusive predominance of cenea 
female forms and in the astonishing contrast afforded with 
Family 4, also bred from a hippocoon parent. It is of con- 
siderable interest, as Mr. G. F. Leigh pointed out to me, 
that the pupal condition of the great majority of examples 
was prolonged through the winter months, although a 
certain number emerged after the usual period. 

The hippocoon parent—The specimen is a normal 
example of this form with spot (5) undivided. 

The seventeen male offspring.—The variable black marking 
of the hind-wing was on the whole less heavily developed 
in the males than in those of any except Family 3. 

The thirteen female offspring—entirely cenea forms.—All 
the thirteen specimens possess ochreous scales in spot (1), 
which however appears white to the naked eye in Nos. 23 
and 26. Spot (1) is of a pronounced ochreous tint and 
(3) very faintly ochreous in Nos. 14, 17, 20 and 27. 
Spot (1) extends downwards and outwards, in the direction 
of the pattern of hippocoon, etc., in Nos. 14, 17, 19 and 20 
and very slightly in No.9. A slight ochreous linear mark 
near the basal end of the inner margin of the fore-wing 
also tending in the direction of hippocoon, etc., is seen in 
Nos. 1, 14, 17, 19, 20 and 27. Spot (5) is divided in 
Nos. 9, 17 and, on the right side, 23: it is nearly divided 
in No. 5, 

elation between the male offspring in the siz Families.— 
The increasing heaviness of the black hind-wing band is 
shown by the letters A—D in the table on p, 429. It 
must be borne in mind that there isa considerable interval 
between stages C and D, but that the other intervals are 
small. In all six families the pronounced serration of 
the inner border of the fore-wing black margin is seen 
in a considerable proportion of the males, and quite as 
often in the more heavily marked as in the less heavily 
marked individuals. Indeed upon the whole it appeared 
to be slightly more characteristic of the latter. 

Hereditary tendencies in the details of the mimetic 
pattern.m—A comparison of the mimetic forms with one 
another in each family and with those of the other families 
indicates the ample nature of the variational material by 
which the mimetic pattern has been and could be again 
adjusted to the details of the patterns presented by the 
models. The condition of three elements in the pattern of 
the fore-wing upper surface of the cenca offspring, and of 


4.4.4 Professor E. B. Poulton on 


one in the hippocoon and trophonius offspring of the six 
families, is shown below in a tabular form. When the 
character is present on right or left side only it is counted 


as 4, and if on one side of two individuals as 1. 


sror (5) FEMALE OFFSPRING | NUMBER | (5) (4a) (2a) 
IN g PAREN’ IN CONDITION FOR EX- DIVIDED PRESENT | PRESENT 
; y STUDY, AMINED, IN. IN. IN. 
Family 1. cened 6 1 0 0 
fe oe = pan) nowy] aw 
cenea: divided.) — hippocogn 9 1 mi ibe 
Family 2. 
trophonius: cenec 2 0 1 0 
divided. 

Family 3. cened 4 1 0 0 
trophonius : ; SS — 
escaped. trophonius 1 0 = oe 

; cenea 8 3 14 0 
Family 4. |_ sie : =t4 
} | 
hippocoon : hippocoon 3 1 — — 
undivided. | é j rar 
trophonius 3) 0 Jz ee. 
Family 5. cened 14 9 | 5 = 
cenea: divided, hippocoon 1 1 an abi 
Family 6. 
hippocoon : cenea 13 34* 2 1 
undivided. 


* Including No. 5 in which the spot is nearly divided. 


A comparison of Family 5 with the others at once 
shows that there are certainly hereditary tendencies in 
details of the pattern. If the pattern of the model became 
more nearly approached by the division of spot (5) in the 
mimic, or by the addition of such elements as (4a) or (2a), 
the above table supports the conclusion that selection 
would quickly confer these characters upon the cenea 
form of female. It is equally clear that these hereditary 
tendencies exist in the most varied combinations. Thus 
referring again to Plate XXIV, it is obvious that the 
addition of (4~) and (2a) tends to occur when the normal 
spots are well developed, but (4a) is present in Fig. 14, 


Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1908. Plate XXIII. 


2 form 
hippocoon. 


DANAINE MODELS. 


2 form hippocoon. 


Amauris niavius 
dominicanus 9 


Danaida (Limnas) 


chrysippus om 


ea 


Amauris 
albimaculata 9 


Amauris echeria 


Mrs. P. P. Whelpley, pnx. Andre 
All figures are about % of the natural size. 


Examples of the mimetic female forms of Papilio dardanus, subsp. cenea, bred in 1906 
from a /zppocoon form of female: Durban, Natal. The female parent and the Danaine 


models from the same locality are also figured. 


EXPLANATION OF PLatTE XXIII. 


Examples of the various mimetic forms of Papilio dardanus, 
subsp. cenea, bred by Mr. G. F. Leigh in 1906 from a hippocoon 
form of female, captured Aug. 3, 1906, near Durban, Natal. 
The figures represent four of the female offspring out of the family 
of 16 males and 16 females bred by Mr. Leigh. The female parent 
and the Danaine models are also represented. The specimens are in 
the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum. 

All the figures are about £ of the natural size, 

Figs. 

1. The female parent (hippocoon, 9 f. of P. dardanus, subsp. cenea) : 
captured Aug. 3, 1906, and laid 32 eggs Aug. 4-6, which 
hatched Aug. 10-12. 

24. One of the three hippocoon offspring bred from the above. The 
larva pupated Sept. 24, and the imago emerged Oct. 15, 

2. Danaine model of the above from the same locality, viz. Amawris 
miavius, subsp. dominicanus. The specimen, a female, was 
captured by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall at Durban, April 4th, 
1896. 

3A. One of the three trophonius offspring bred from the hippocoon 
parent (Fig. 1). The larva pupated Sept. 21, and the imago 
emerged Oct. 7. 

3. Danaine model of the above from the same locality, viz. Danaida 
(Limnus) chrysippus. The specimen, a male, was captured by 
Mr. Marshall at Malvern, near Durban, Aug. 15, 1896. 

4a. One of the three cenea offspring with all the spots in the fore- 
wing white, bred from the hippocoon parent (Fig. 1). The 
larva pupated Sept. 14, and the imago emerged Sept. 30. 

4, Danaine model of the above from the same locality, viz. Amauris 
albimaculata, The specimen, a female, was captured by Mr, 
Marshall at Malvern, near Durban, Aug. 12, 1896. 

5a. One of the five cenea offspring with the chief spot of the fore- 
wing pale ochreous, bred from the hippocoon parent (Fig. 1), 
The date of pupation unnoted. The imago emerged Oct, 24, 

5. Danaine model of the above (as regards the ochreous tint of the 
chief spot), from the same locality, viz. Amauris echeria. 
The specimen, a male, was captured by Mr. Marshall at 
Malvern, near Durban, Aug. 11, 1896. 


fits 4 
¢4 ’ : 


af 
" 


+ 


or 


Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1908. Plate XXIV. 


Oo 
~ x = 
~ . — 
S ~ = 
Ss 5 ss 
Ss o & 
qq a G 
& r= , 
= > ro 
Or = 
‘ o) 
» 
= 
ee) 
“4 
z 
'~ 
“ 
S 
s NS 
Jinn 
— 
a ~ 
_ 2 
aA S 
jaa S 
Au = 
nn . 
er a 
oa) ae 
,- ~ 
~ 
YI ss 
~ 
~ 
I 
~~ F 
Sas 
-—~ > 
2 
~ ~ 
Se 
SF x = 
— 8 5 
+ ™ = 
| ™N = 
— 3 
= = 
=e = 
2 S 
em = 


All figures are about 


) and a third of the males bred in 1907 from a cenea female f. of Pap. dardanus cenea, 


> 
ea 
aA 
os 
a 
‘ 
= 
4 


* THE 15 3 OFF- 


~ SPRING- 


Ps 9 


The females (except one 


Alfred Robinson, phot. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. 


The female parent (cenea female form of Papilio dardanus, subsp. 
cenea) together with one-third of the males and the whole of the 
female offspring (except one greatly deformed cenew) bred from it by 
Mr. G. F. Leigh, at Durban, 

All the figures are about 3 of the natural size. 


Fias. 

1. The female parent, captured Jan. 14, 1907, and laid 42 eggs 
Jan. 15 and 16. The spots (1)-(4) round the end of the 
fore-wing cell are well developed. The chief spot is pale 
ochreous, the others white. The spot (5) in the cell is divided 
into two. The hereditary transmission of these and other 
characters of the parent described on p. 438, may be traced in 
the cenea offspring Figs. 7-21. 

The male offspring are shown in Figs. 2-6. 

2. The example in which the submarginal black band of the hind- 
wing is least developed. 

3. The example which follows Fig. 2 when the specimens are 
arranged in the order of the increasing heaviness of the black 
band. 

4, After Fig. 3 succeed two unfigured specimens and then the 
example here represented. 

5. An unfigured example follows Fig. 4, and then the specimen 
here shown, which is succeeded by seven unfigured males. 

6. The seven specimens above referred to are followed by the male 
here represented,—the individual in which the band is blackest 

The female offspring of the cenea form are shown in Figs. 7-21. 
These are fully described in the order of the figures on 
pages 440, 441. 

7—13. The specimens shown in these seven figures possess the 
normal number of spots (1)-(4) in the fore-wing, resembling 
the parent in this respect, although in some of them the spots 
are smaller. The fore-wing spots in the specimen shown in 
Fig. 9 are more ochreous than in any other, the remaining 
14 cenea offspring being in this respect nearly in the condition 
of the parent. 


- 
Explanation of Plate XXIV. 


Fias. 

14—19. These specimens have an additional fore-wing spot (4a) 
beyond (4) and over the end of the cell. The normal spots 
(1)-(4) are fully developed in all except the example repre- 
sented in Fig. 14. Fig. 18 shows a rather marked transition 
towards the hippocoon pattern, in the pale linear patch on the 
inner margin of the fore-wing and the extension downwards 
and outwards of the chief spot (1) in the same wing. 

20, 21. These females have another additional fore-wing spot (2a), 
between (2) and (8). 

22. The single hippocoon female form in this family. Spot (5) 
within the fore-wing cell is seen to be divided, as in the parent. 
A similar division of (5) isseen in many of the cenea offspring 
as described on pp. 440, 441. 


Heredity in six families of Papilio dardanus. 445 


where they are small. So also with the submarginal 
spots which vary with but also independently of the chief 
spots (1)-(5). Thus the apical spot (6) may be absent 
when (1)-(5) are small, as in Fig. 14, or when they are 
large, as in Fig. 19. But upon the whole it tends to be 
well developed when (1)-(5) are also well developed, as 
in Figs, 15-18, etc. 

This kaleidoscopic combination of the various elements 
in a pattern, added to the existence of undoubted 
hereditary tendencies in the associations as well as in 
the individual components, enables us to understand how 
the complex detail of these mimetic patterns has been 
attained. 

This most valuable and interesting material, which we 
owe to the skill and energy of Mr. G. F. Leigh, F.E.S., thus 
throws a flood of light upon two difficult and fascinating 
problems—the proportions of the mimetic forms to those 
of their particular models in each locality, and the more 
fundamental problem of the adjustment of the details of 
the mimetic patterns to those of the models. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXIII, XXIV. 


See Haplanation facing the PLATES. 
ii J 


® 


f = ea in re 
Mir, ei 1 ae ® a Haiti » ies a nie cr ‘er 


» 


fap sin : hed bs oye it cae so Ms 


( 447») 


XXI. Mimetic North American species of the Genus 
Limenitis (s.1.) and their models. By Epwarp B. 
Poutron, D.Sc., M.A., LL.D. (Princeton), F-.R.S., 
etc., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University 


of Oxford, Fellow of Jesus College, Oxford. 
[Read November 20th, 1907.] 
PLATE XXV. 


CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION . 

THE DANAINE INVASION OF THE NEW WORLD ‘AND 
THE CONSEQUENT MODIFICATION OF NORTH AMERI- 
CAN SPECIES OF LIMENITIS 

THE EVOLUTION OF LIMENITIS (BASILARCHIA). ARCHIPPUS, CR. 
(MISIPPUS, F.) AND ITS FORMS AS MIMICS OF THE IN- 
VADING DANAINES 

THE EVIDENCE THAT LIMENITIS ARCHIPPUS OCCURS AT THE 
SAME TIME AND PLACE AS ITS MODEL . 

THE EVOLUTION OF THE MIMETIC PATTERN OF L. ‘ARCHIPPUS 
FROM THAT OF THE NON-MIMETIC L. ARTHEMIS . 

(a) Hind-wing Under Surface of Limenitis archippus 

(b) Fore-wing Under Surface of Limenitis archippus 

(c) The Upper Surface of Limenitis archippus . : 

(d) The white spots on aoe and prLeeaee af Limenitis 
archippus : ; 

LIMENITIS ARCHIPPUS, F. HULSTI, Epw., A BETTER MIMIC THAN 
ARCHIPPUS ITSELF 


LIMENITIS ARCHIPPUS, F. FLORIDENSIS, STRECKER (eos, 


EDWARDS), A MIMIC OF DANAIDA BERENICE 

THE PAPILIONINE MODELS OF LIMENITIS ASTYANAX . 

THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF PAPILIO (PHARMA- 
COPHAGUS) PHILENOR AND ITS PRIMARY, SECONDARY AND 
TERTIARY MIMICS . 

THE EVIDENCE THAT Paprnito PHILENOR AND ITs MIMICS 
OCCUR AT THE SAME PLACE AND TIME 

THE RELATION OF THE TURNUS FEMALE OF PAPrio GLAUCUS 
To (1) THE PRIMARY MODEL, P. PHILENOR; (2) ITS Co- 
MIMICS IN THE PAPILIONINE 

SECONDARY MIMETIC RESEMBLANCES BETWEEN THE THREE 
PAPILIONINE MIMICS OF P. PHILENOR 

THE EVOLUTION OF THE MIMETIC PATTERN OF " LIMENTTIS 
(BASILARCHIA) ASTYANAX FROM THAT OF THE NON-MIMETIC 
L. ARTHEMIS ‘ : : : 5 s P ‘ 

L. ASTYANAX A SECONDARY MIMIC OF THE PAPILIO MIMICS 
OF PHILENOR 

TRANSITION BETWEEN ARTHEMIS AND ASTYANAX 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART III. (DEC.) 


PAGE 


448 


449 


452 
454 


454 


456 
457 
458 


459 


460 


460 
462 


463 
466 


467 
469 


471 


472 
473 


- 
448 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


TRANSITION BETWEEN ASTYANAX AND ARCHIPPUS . ; BY (3: 
ARGYNNIS (SEMNOPSYCHE) DIANA sa a A TERTIARY 

MIMIC OF LIMENITIS ASTYANAX . ; . 3 474 
LIMENITIS (ADELPHA) CALIFORNICA, THE NYMPHALINE 

MODEL OF LIMENITIS LORQUINI . ‘ x . 475 
THE SOUTHERN LIMENITIS (ADELPHA) BREDOWI A MIMIC 

OF THE NEOTROPICAL ADELPHAS : : 478 
THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE WESTERN SPECIES 

oF LIMENITIS IN N. AMERICA . ; ; . 478 
RELATION BETWEEN THE PATTERN OF L. LORQUINI AND THAT 

OF THE NON-MIMETIC L, WEIDEMEYERI : 478 


MIMeTIC RESEMBLANCE STRONGER IN THE SOUTHERN EXAMPLES 
OF LORQUINI WHICH ARE GEOGRAPHICALLY COINCIDENT WITH 
CALIFORNICA : 5 : ; . , : : - 481 
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN CALIFORNICA AND BREDOWI ARE SUCH 
AS TO PROMOTE A RESEMBLANCE BETWEEN THE NORTHERN 
FORM AND LORQUINI . . . . ‘ ‘ : . 482 
(a) The shape of the wings : . 482 
(b) The fulvous mark at the anal angle of the hind- wings . 483 
(c) The step-like break in the band at the eke pat 
and hind-wings / . 483 
(d) The external border of the hind- wing band . ; . 484 
SLIGHTLY INCREASED RESEMBLANCE TO THE ADELPHA PATTERN 


IN THE MOST SOUTHERN EXAMPLES OF BREDOWI . . 485 
HAS RECIPROCAL (DIAPOSEMATIC) MIMICRY BEEN ESTABLISHED 
BETWEEN CALIFORNICA AND LORQUINI ? - P ; . 485 
CONCLUSIONS : 
A. THe EASTERN SeEcTION oF NortH AMERICA  . oP 4or 
B. Tot WESTERN SECTION oF NortTH AMERICA . . 488 
INTRODUCTION. 


THE mimetic species of the North American Nymphaline 
genus Limenitis (including Lasilarchia) superficially re- 
semble, in the east and north, as suggested by Doubleday 
(Gen. Diurn. Lep., ii, p. 275), models belonging to (1) the 
Danaine and (2) the Papilionine: in the west (3) a 
Nymphaline model generally placed in the South Ameri- 
can genus Adelpha, allied to Limenitis. 

A species of ZLimenitis, in many respects relatively 
ancestral and probably resembling the form from which 
the mimics arose, still exists in the east, and another in 
the west. Hence the history of the transformation— 
probably in every case very recent—can be made out with 
exceptional clearness. 

The subject will be treated in the order in which the 
models have been arranged above. 


I desire to thank Dr. F. Du Cane Godman, F.R.S., for 


re | mele 


Species of the Genus Limenitis, 449 


kindly lending me the specimens represented in Figures 2 
to 8 on Plate XXV. and the authorities of the British 
Museum of Natural History for the originals of Figures 1 
and 10, 


THE DANAINE INVASION OF THE NEW WORLD 
AND THE CONSEQUENT MODIFICATION OF 
NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF LIMENITIS. 


One of the most interesting problems of mimicry and 
migration in butterflies is raised by the consideration of 
these North American Danaines. The genera to which 
they belong extend throughout the tropical New World, 
but, although represented by excessively abundant indi- 
viduals, they enter into no synaposematic relations with 
any of the Neotropical combinations. They mimic nothing 
and nothing mimics them in tropical America. On the 
other hand, in North America they supply models for 
some of the very best examples of mimicry in the North 
temperate zone. Considering these facts, it is clear that a 
suggestion published by the present writer in 1901 is 
erroneous. <Anosia plexippus (archippus, F.) cannot have 
had its ancestral home in South America or have invaded 
the northern belt from the immediate south. The argu- 
ment founded on a supposed southern source is, however, 
unaffected and has so direct a bearing on a common 
hypothesis as to the origin of mimetic resemblances that I 
venture to quote it on the present occasion :—“In the 
New World the genus Zimenitis is confined to the Nearctic 
Region with the exception of a single species, a form of the 
mimetic LZ. astyanaxz (Fabr.), which just enters the borders 
of Mexico. If butterfly colours and patterns are the 
expression of the direct influences of the environment, 
then it is clear that the indigenous non-mimetic species of 
Limenitis (Basilarchia) are an expression of Nearctic con- 
ditions, and according to the theory of External Causes, 
the invader from the South should have come to resemble 
them instead of drawing an ancient Nearctic species far 
away from the ancestral colours and patterns into a close 
superficial likeness to itself”’* This argument is, as I 
have said, unaffected, because the Danaine is clearly an 
invader, although not from South America. 


* “ Verhandl. d. V. Internat. Zool. Congr. z. Berlin.” Jena, 1902, 
p- 171. 


450 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the AWimetic N. American 


The argument may be briefly recapitulated as follows :— 

The fact that the distasteful foreign species, invading 
temperate North America from a very different area, 
should not only maintain their characteristic original 
appearance under such different conditions, but should 
compel the ancestral residents in their new home to 
resemble them, is entirely inconsistent with an interpret- 
ation of mimicry based upon the supposed influences of 
locality (soil, food, climate, etc.) 

In attempting to make out the past history of the North 
American Danaines, it is of paramount importance to 
ascertain their affinity with the Old World species ; for it 
is admitted that their relationship to all other New World 
genera is remote. Rothschild and Jordan have recently 
stated that Zasitia is inseparable from the genus Danaida 
(Limnas) which contains the well-known chrysippus, L., 
and its forms.* I therefore wrote to my friend Dr. Karl 
Jordan, enquiring whether he had considered the affinity 
of these forms to the New World Anosia and the Old 
World Salatura. He kindly replied as follows :—* I think 
that all the tawny Danaids [ZLimnas, Salatura, Tasitia, 
Anosia| are one genus, with the exception of the large 
[Anosia] plexippus. This insect differs as larva in having 
only two pairs of filaments t and as imago in the cell of the 
hind-wing being very long. The differences given by 
Moore for Limnas, Tasitia and Salatura do not at all hold 
good, neither the shape of the wings nor the position of 
the veins being constant.” 

Accepting this conclusion, the name Anosia plexippus, L. 
(archippus, F.), will be retained in the present memoir, 
while berenice, Cr., and its form strigosa, Bates, will be 
placed in the genus Danaida. It is impossible to speak 
with certainty as to the Old World species which most 
nearly represent the invading ancestors of the North 
American Danaines. A safe conclusion can only be arrived 
at after a searching investigation into the structural details 
of many species. But there can be little doubt that 
Danaida (Salatura) genutia, Cr. (plexippus, L.), presents 
many of the features of this ancestor. Thus the white 
markings upon the hind-wing under surface of D. berenice 


* “ Danaida chrysippus cannot be generically separated from the 
American gilippus and berenice, Limnas being a synonym pure and 
simple of Tasitia.” Noy. Zool., vol. x, Dec. 1903, p. 502. 

+ See, however, the note on p. 488. 


—~ s 


osittiestials deeseidadl. 


‘Species of the Genus Limenitis. 451 


are practically identical with those of genutia. The distri- 


‘bution of the latter also favours the same conclusion, for 


it extends far beyond the tropics into Western and Central 
China. 

Anosiais the outcome of a much earlier invasion, allow- 
ing time for modification and the acquisition of characters 
of generic rank in the new home. Danaida berenice is the 
result of a far more recent immigration. The Old World 
parents of the two American forms were probably closely 
allied or may even have belonged to the same species at 
different periods of its history. There is strong evidence 
in the mimicry of these two genera by species of Zimenitis 
(Basilarchia) that the relative periods of residence in 
North America were as they have been indicated above. 
Details will be supplied in later pages. It will be suf- 
ficient to point out here that the evolution of LZ. archippus, 
Cr. (misippus, ¥.), from the characteristic type of Holarctic 
Limenitis presented by its ancestor L. (B.) arthemis, Drury, 
has involved an entire change to a new and highly elabor- 
ate pattern on both surfaces,—a process which even the 
most ardent mutationist can hardly conceive to have been 
a rapid one,—especially when the mimetic pattern hits 
off so precisely the characteristic details of the model. 
Danaida berenice has however merely modified into resem- 
blance with itself—a likeness attained by a few simple but 
perfectly effective changes—the mimic already fully 
formed under the influence of Anosia. In fact, distinct 
and evident details of the earlier mimicry of Z. (B.) arch- 
uppus still persist, and somewhat detract from the 
mimetic resemblance attained by its descendant, floriden- 
sis, Streck. (e70s, Edwards). 

The effects produced by both Danaine models upon the 
butterfly fauna of North America, combined with the 
absence of such effects in the tropical New World, support 
the conclusion that residence in the north has been far 
longer than in the south, and that the south was reached 
by way of the north. It is probable that the Old World 
ancestor of Anosia spread northward along the eastern 
borders of Asia, and entered America by way of the 
Aleutian Islands, and that its astonishing northern range 
dates back to the period of the invasion. The ancestor of 
Danaida berenice may have followed the same route during 
some temporary amelioration of climate, enabling this 
more tropical form to reach its present home in the New 

TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1908.—PaART III. (DEC.) 30 


- 
452 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


World. At the northern boundary of the Neotropical 
Region—now running east and west from Mexico City to 
points on the fAtlantic and Pacific coasts considerably 
further north—the southward migration of both Danaines 
was probably checked for a considerable period. Held 
back for a time at the limits of that crowded area, teeming 
with the species of the allied Jthomiing, they finally in 
comparatively recent times forced their way southward and 
spread through South America, even reaching, in the case 
of Anosia, the south temperate zone. All this has been 
so recent that only insignificant changes—probably sub- 
specific—have occurred, and no mimetic or synaposematic 
relationship has been formed.* 

The hypothesis set forth above has the one merit that it 
accounts for the facts, puzzling as many of them are. The 
phenomena in the northern zone are unique, and as for those 
of the tropics, there is no other case where Danaine of such 
marked size and appearance range through a crowded area 
without producing any effect on any member of the Lepi- 
dopterous fauna, or without themselves being affected 
thereby. Ifa striking comparison be desired, no better 
instance can be selected than the three African species of 
the genus Melinda (Tirumala), the products of an invasion 
from the Oriental Region. Of these three species 7. 
JSormosa, Godm., and 7’. mercedonia, Karsch, are mimicked 
respectively by Papilio rex, Oberth., and its form mimeti- 
cus, Rothsch., while 7. morgeni, Honrath, is itself mimetic 
of the characteristic Ethiopian Danaine genus Amauris. 

It is, perhaps, unnecessary to state that in speaking of 
this Danaine invasion of tropical America, I leave out of 
account the remarkable Danainew forming the section 
Lycoreini. These are at once shown by their structural 
peculiarities no less than by their intimate association 
with the great synaposematic groups to be very ancient 
inhabitants of the Neotropical Region. 


THE EVOLUTION OF LIMENITIS (BASILARCHIA) ARCHIP- 
Pus, Cr. (MISIPPUS, F.), AND ITS FORMS AS MIMICS OF 
THE INVADING DANAINES. 
L. archippus is rightly considered by 8. H. Scudder as 
the most striking example of mimicry in temperate North 
* It is however possible that a large Peruvian form of Actinote 
thalia, L. (or anteas, Dbl., Hew., if these two forms can be kept dis- 
tinct), is an incipient mimic of Anosia. 


Species of the Genus Limenitis.  . 453 


America (“ Butterflies of the Eastern United States and 
Canada,” Cambridge, Mass., 1889, p. 718). It is, indeed, 
one of the most striking in the world. Before describing 
the evolution of its pattern from that of the ancestral LZ, 
arthemis it will be convenient to compare the distribution, 
habits, etc., of the two species. 

Limenitis archippus, Cr.—Scudder states that this species 

ranges nearly all over the United States as far west as the 
Sierra Nevada, and, in Oregon and British Colombia, to 
the Pacific. It is however rare in the west, and unknown 
in Colorado, Arizona and New Mexico. It extends from 
Hudson Bay in the north to the Gulf of Mexico in the 
south. It is thus “found over very nearly the same area 
as Anosia” (l.c., p. 278). : 
' Scudder describes its flight as “rather leisurely and 
sailing” (l.c¢., p.277). It frequents “ open country in fields 
and meadows, especially in low ground.” Comparing its 
relative numbers with those of its parent arthemis and the 
sistér species astyanaz, Scudder states that archippus is 
“almost universally more numerous in individuals than 
the others” (l.c, p. 266). Archippus always appears to 
have two broods where the other two species usually have 
one. 

The food-plants of the larva are willow and poplar, 
although many other plants are also recorded. 

Limenitis arthemis, Drury.—Scudder speaks of this as a 
Canadian species par excellence, ranging over the whole 
width of Canada east of the Rockies, and far north to an 
unknown distance. It is also abundant in the north- 
eastern States. 

Scudder describes its sailing flight (p. 304), also stating 
that “it is very active, and has a rather short and rapid 
flight” (p. 303). 

The earlier stages of the two eastern and northern 
mimetic species of Limenitis and their non - mimetic 
ancestor are, according to Scudder, only distinguished 
with difficulty (p. 254). Arthemis and astyanaz, F., are, 
however, as we should expect, even more.closely similar 
than arthemis and archippus (p. 255). The larva of 
arthemis feeds on a great variety of plants, including 
willow and hawthorn. 


ca 
454 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


THE EVIDENCE THAT LIMENITIS ARCHIPPUS OCCURS AT 
THE SAME TIME AND PLACE AS ITS MODEL.* 


The following evidence (p. 455) bearing on the time and 

space relationships of Limenitis archippus and its Danaine 
model exists in the bionomic series of the Hope Department, 
The most perfect data were those obtained on August 5, 
1897, when, with my kind friends Professor W. M. 
Wheeler (now of Harvard) and Professor S. Watasé, I 
had an excellent opportunity of witnessing the flight of 
many examples of both model and mimic on the same 
eround, 
” One of the specimens, a female, captured on August 6, 
1897, had evidently been visitingethe flowers of the food- 
plant of its model; for abundant Asclepiad pollen-masses 
are attached to its limbs, 


THE EVOLUTION OF THE MIMETIC PATTERN OF L. ARCHIP- 
PUS FROM THAT OF THE NON-MIMETIC L. ARTHEMIS. 


In the following interesting passage Scudder discusses 
the general principles by which, as we may believe, this 
remarkable transformation was effected :— 

“Tt is to be presumed that the actual colors found in 
a mimicking butterfly are, with rare exceptions, such as 
existed somewhere in the ancestral form. In the case of 
our own mimicking Basilarchia, for example, whose orange 
ground tint is so totally at variance with the general color 
of the other normal members of the group, it will be 
observed that all the normal species possess some orange. 
Without this as a precedent fact, such perfect mimicry 
might perhaps never have arisen. Individuals among the 
normal species vary somewhat in this particular, so that 


* Much time and effort have been expended, during many years, 
in the Hope Department, to induce naturalists in the field to collect 
evidence bearing on the coincidence in time and space and on the 
habits of mimetic species and their models, to breed the seasonal 
forms of butterflies and accurately to record the times of their 
appearance in nature. Many of the results of this special study 
have been published. So far as I am aware, systematic attempts of 
the kind have been made by no other institution. Iam bound to 
assume that the editor of “The Entomologist’s Record” is ignorant 
of facts well known to probably every other student of insects in 
this country. However this may be, any reader of that publication 
can judge for himself how far the statements and inferences on pp. 
189, 190 of the July number are true or false.—E. B. P., July 27, 
1908. 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 


455 


MODEL. 


MIMIC, 


Anosia Limenitis LOCALITY. CAPTOR AND DATE, 
plexippus. archippus. 
z W. Manitoba, Rus- H. R. Smith. 
1 (with 2 sell, July 6, 1897, July 6, 1897. 
L. arthemis)| about 1600 ft. 
W. Manitoba, about Miss Mary G. 
2 3 1700 ft., 5 miles Holmes. 
W. of Virden. July 5, 1898, 
Ontario, LakeSim-| EE. M. Walker. 
1 1 coe, De Grassi July 29, 1899. 
Point. 
Toronto, Golf| E. B. Poulton. 
1 —- Links, 5 miles| Sept. 23, 1897. 
E. of city. 
1 Toronto, Rose-| E. B. Poulton. 
= dale. Aug. 25, 1897. 
1 l Northern Adiron-) Rev. A. P. Hunt. 
a dacks, N.Y., Paul 1903. 
Aug. 19. Aug. 27. dasieh AOA 
3 White Mountains, | Rev. A. P. Hunt. 
1 eae? N.H., about 1800 1901. 
Aug. 17 Aug. 19 ft., Colebrook, 
and 21 Parson’s Farm. 
Eastern States, | Abbott H. Thayer, 
5 2 probably Dublin, | Probably Aug. 12, 
N.H. 1899. 
3 5 Near Boston, Re-| Rev. A. P. Hunt. 
vere Beach. Aug. 2, 1901. 
4 j Chicago, waste| S. Watasé. 
. . land, S. of Jack- | W. M. Wheeler. 
oleae A = son Park, E. B. Poulton. 
P P. Aug. 5, 1897. 
Chicago, E.of Lake| W. M. Wheeler. 
— 2 Calumet. E. B, Poulton. 
Aug. 6, 1897. 
Kansas, Topeka, C. L. Pribble. 
1 1 near Rock Island,| June 10, 1900. 


R, R. Bridge. 


- 


456 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


it is easy to suppose that some of the original archippus 
with more orange than usual may have escaped capture 
on occasion from this cause. From such a small begin- 
ning, such as one may now see every year in 5, astyanax, 
sprang doubtless the whole story, and we now find a 
butterfly which has for a ground color of both surfaces of 
the wings an orange which is the exact counterpart of that 
of Anosia plexippus; by reason of which in all probability 
it enjoys a freedom from molestation comparable to that 
attributed to plexippus, so that it ventures more into the 
open country than its allies, and thus gains a wider 
pasturage and surer subsistence” (l.c., p. 714). 

The attempt will now be made to give an account of 
the changes in detail by which the mimetic pattern has 
been evolved from the entirely different pattern of the 
non-mimetic ancestor. The changes are somewhat more 
complex and probably more important upon the under 
surface which will therefore be considered first. 

a. Hind-wing Under Surface of Limenitis archippus.—The 
black outer border to the white discal band of the hind 
wing of arthemis persists in archippus, but is much dis- 
placed inwards as compared with its ancestor. The reason 
of this is evident. The character in arthemis which 
initiated the mimicry of Anosia is the submarginal row of 
reddish spots, commonly found in the hind-wing, more 
rarely in the fore. The enlargement of these, as well as 
of the black-and-white-marked margin (also in mimicry of 
Anosia), has involved the shifting inwards of the black 
outer border of the white band, In many specimens of 
archippus, traces of the white band of arthemis may still 
be found for a greater or less distance along the inner 
edge of the black discal line. This vestige is especially 
often retained along the costal half of the line: it is occa- 
sionally well developed along its whole length. The 
original submarginal red spots are still recognizable 
between the discal line and the margin, being easily dis- 
tinguishable by their deeper richer tint from the pale 
ground colour of the wing. 

The black margin has become heavier, the double row 
of blue crescentic spots larger and whiter, but a faded trace 
of the original blue tint of arthemis can still be made out 
in the spots of the inner row, and remains distinct in the 
outer, 

The basal red patches have vanished, but the pale blue 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 457 


marks in and on the costal side of the base of the cell are 
retained, and, lightened in tint, represent the two more 
conspicuous white spots occupying nearly the same position 
in Anosia. 

These changes, together with the transformation of a 
dark chocolate-brown ground-colour into a pale yellowish 
tint are the means by which the hind-wing under surface 
of the non-mimetic ancestral arthemis has become that of 
its beautifully-mimetic descendant, archippus. 

b. Fore-wing Under Surface of Limenitis archippus.—The 
changes on the under surface of the fore-wing must now 
be considered. In arthemis the angulated black line, 
bordering the outer edge of the white discal band, runs 
from the costa to the anal angle of the wing, In archippus 
its anal extremity has been shifted upwards until it 
now joins the hind margin about at the junction of its 
middle and anal thirds. Rendered far more conspicuous 
against the ground-colour, greatly expanded at its costal 
end and there enclosing from two to four white spots, 
vestiges of the outer part of the white band, the marking 
now adds greatly to the mimetic resemblance, by its like- 
ness to the subapical pale-spotted black band of Anosia, 
A further trace of the white band is generally seen on the 
costa itself, here often persisting for a distance equal to 
the normal width of the marking in arthemis. This 
character has also probably been retained because of its 
resemblance to the costal white markings of Anosia. 

The two deep reddish patches in the cell of arthemis 
have disappeared in archippus, converted, with the ground- 
colour around them, into a fulvous tint considerably darker, 
as in the model, than that of the hind-wing and the apical 
region of the fore. Between these red patches in arthemis 
is a variable bluish triangular mark often pupilled with 
white and often. surrounded by a black border. Other 
even more variable markings of the same kind are seen in 
the base of the cell. Although the red spots have dis- 
appeared in archippus the outer of these pale marks is, 
together with its black margin, almost always retained of 
full size but whiter than in arthemis. A trace of the basal 
mark or marks is also generally to be seen, sometimes only 
in the form of the black margin including a few pale bluish 
scales. This feature persists in a more complete state im 
the female specimens I have had the opportunity of ex- 
amining. The outermost triangular pale mark, in spite 


hall 


458 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


of its far more isolated position, probably represents a white 
spot, also triangular in shape, near the end of the cell in 
Anosia. 

The marginal pattern is as in the hind-wing save that 
the apical white spots of the innermost series lose the 
crescentic shape and become squarish. The changes which 
have occurred in the subapical white spots of arthemis are 
peculiarly interesting. In archippus, only the costal spot 
and the second minute spot, generally a mere point, re- 
main distinct and clear asin the ancestral form. The others 
—one to three in number— have become continuous with 
and contribute to form the triangular subapical pale 
yellowish patch which, in both mimic and model, is of 
the same tint as the ground-colour of the hind-wing. In 
the Limenitis, however, the outer (hind-marginal) part of 
this pale patch exhibits, as in the hind-wing, by a deeper 
tint, a distinct vestige of the reddish submarginal spots of 
arthemis, The single distinct costal white spot and minute 
second spot already referred to, appear to represent the 
extremity of a sickle-like curve within the apical angle of 
the fore-wing. All-other parts of this curve are made up 
of the innermost series of marginal white spots—the ones 
which have undergone the principal increase in size in 
archippus. The effect is heightened by the special enlarge- 
ment of the apical spot itself. Now when we turn to the 
model we find that the innermost series of marginal white 
spots does actually turn inwards sickle-like within the 
apex and that a close superficial resemblance has been 
attained in the mimic by the fusion of two separate 
elements. One of these has been preserved for the purpose 
out of an ancestral marking of which the remainder has 
been transformed in an entirely different direction. 

The utilisation of the chief black and white markings of 
arthemis in the subapical region of the fore-wing of archippus, 
in order to promote the mimetic resemblance to plexippus, 
together with the value of the whitened marginal lunules 
of both wings is fully recognised by Scudder (1. ¢., p. 278). 

ce. The Upper Surface of Limenitis archippus—The 
marginal band is much blacker and heavier looking than 
that of the under surface, in correspondence with the Anosia 
model. The markings in it consist only of the white sections 
of the fringe and the spots of the innermost series, the outer 
blue crescentic marks in the margin of arthemis having dis- 
appeared. The innermost crescents have become white and 


RE =i 


Species of the Genus Limenitis, 459 


in many individuals of archippus have lost their original 
form and gained a rounded shape. They often tend, as in 
the model, to be more strongly developed in the anal part 
of the series. Clear evidence of selection is seen in the 
relation between the degree of development of the black, 
white-marked marginal pattern in fore- and hind-wing of 
arthemis and archippus respectively. In arthemis this 
pattern is far more developed in the hind-wing than the 
fore, a condition reversed in archippus in accordance with 
the pattern of its model. A sickle-like curve is developed 
within the apex of the fore-wing in the same manner but 
not so fully as on the under surface. 

The black outer border of the white discal band persists 
but is less heavy than on the under side. As on the latter 
surface it seriously interferes with the likeness to Anosia 
on the hind-wing, but enters into the mimetic pattern on 
the fore. Vestiges of the white discal band were not found 
on the upper surface of the hind-wing in any of the 
numerous specimens I have examined (although occurring 
in the form hulsti, Edw.) ; nor was the black band entirely 
wanting from any. A variety without this latter marking 
is however known and has been described as pseudodor- 
ippus, Strecker. The type of this form existsin Dr. W. J. 
Holland’s collection (“ Butterfly Book,’ New York, 1899, 
p. 185). On the fore-wing, vestiges of the white band 
persist and enter into the mimetic pattern, but they are 
far more reduced than on the under surface, in correspond- 
ence with the fact that many of the orange apical spots 
on the upper surface of the model are represented by white 
on its under surface. 

The triangular pale spot in the cell of the fore-wing is 
usually represented on the upper surface by its black border 
only, but in a considerable proportion of individuals the 
white centre persists ina conspicuous form. In many indi- 
viduals of the ancestral arthemis the same marking appears 
on the upper surface as a white point, generally very 
minute and often developed unequally on the two sides. 

d. The white spots on Body and Appendages of Limenitis 
archippus.—There appears to be great variation in arthemis 
in the development of these pale spots and markings, but 
there is no doubt about their great increase in size and 
brilliancy in archippus and conversely their great reduction 
in astyanax. Pale spots corresponding to the brilliant 
white marks of archippus are always to be found in some 


eo 
460 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


individuals of arvthemis. This development in the mimic 
of course corresponds to the conspicuous body and leg 
pattern of the Danaine model. 

LIMENITIS ARCHIPPUS, F. HULSTI, Epw., A BETTER MIMIC 
THAN ARCHIPPUS ITSELF.—In this Arizona and Utah form, 
as described and figured by Dr. W. J. Holland (“ Butterfly 
Book,” pp. 84, 185, Pl. VIL. fig. 5), the black discal band on 
the hind- -wing upper surface is evanescent, although distinct 
traces of the white band persist as a series of internervular 
spots. I have not had the opportunity of examining the 
under surface pattern. Dr. Holland states that the species 
occurs in Arizona with Danaida berenice and its form 
strigosa, Bates, and that it more closely resembles the latter. 
It is not unlikely that the vestiges of the white band on 
the hind-wings may, when the insect is on the wing, conduce 
towards a general likeness to the pale-streaked hind-wings 
of strigosa. Dr. Holland’s figure indicates that, in the reduc- 
tion of the subapical black of the fore-wing and the appear- 
ance of the associated white spots, Aw/sti has been modified 
from mimicry of the Anosia into resemblance to Danaida. 
Dr. Holland also draws attention to the dull tint of its 
ground colour as compared with Limenitis archippus, another 
change in the same direction. 


LIMENITIS ARCHIPPUS, F. FLORIDENSIS, STRECKER (EROS, 
EDWARDS), A MIMIC OF DANAIDA BERENICE. 


This example of mimicry is nearly as well known as 
that of archippus for Anosia (see e. g, Scudder, |. ¢., p. 718). 
At the same time, so far as I am aware no attempt has 
been made to compare the details of the resemblance in the 
two mimics in relation to the patterns of their respective 
models. 

That jloridensis, Streck., is a modification of archippus, 
under the influence of a second Danaine model (berenice), 
and is not the result of an independent evolution from 
arthemis, is at once evident from the persistence in it of 
features which are truly mimetic in archippus but tend to 
interfere with the resemblance to the existing Danaine 
model. Such features are seen on the upper surface, in 
the heavily blackened veins, and the large black triangular 
subapical markings on the fore- -wing, as well as in the 
corresponding markings on the under surface. These 
features are, however, ‘greatly obscured by the deepening 
of the ground colour into a dark mahogany-brown, like 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 461 


that of the Danaine model. For the same reason the 
black margin is wider on both surfaces than in archippus. 
On the upper surface the white spots in the margin are 
much reduced and the white sections of the fringe slightly 
so, while on the under these markings remain conspicuous 
and distinct, much as in archippus. The sickle-like curve 
of white spots is seen at the apex of the fore-wing in 
berenice, and this feature is represented in floridensis in the 
same manner as in archippus. On the under surtace the 
hind-wing of the Danaine is strongly veined so that the 
original mimetic feature of archippus holds good for the 
. new model, This is not the case in the fore-wing where it 
detracts from the resemblance. The darkening of the 
ground colour of the under surface of floridensis is especi- 
ally remarkable because here the more ancestral mimic 
had acquired so pale a tint, in mimicry of Anosia which 
has an under side far paler than its upper. In Lerenice, 
on the other hand, the tints of upper and under surface 
are approximately the same. Against this dark ground all 
the white markings stand out far more prominently in 
both model and mimic than in Anosia and archippus. The 
basal costal light mark of the fore-wing under surface is 
more uniformly distinct in the few specimens of jloridensis 
I have seen than in those of archippus; and the white 
spots bordering the black discal line of the hind-wing 
under surface are also more developed and certainly more 
distinct, being in fact often given a clear outline by means 
of a black margin on their inner edges, Here we have 
evidently the emphasis and in a sense the re-call of a 
vanishing character in consequence of the conspicuous 
spots around the end of the cell in the hind-wing under 
side of the new model, berenice. 

Scudder describes the form floridensis (eros) as ranging 
into the Mississippi valley and Dakota, far beyond the limits 
of its Danaine model. It would be very interesting to 
know the proportionate numbers of such specimens and to 
compare them with those from Florida, and ascertain 
whether the mimetic resemblance is in any way affected. 
Hitherto I have only had the opportunity of examining 
specimens from Florida. 

In addition to the differences in pattern which distin- 
guish floridensis from archippus, Dr. W. J. Holland states 
that the former is generally the larger (l.c., p. 186), and 
this is the case with the specimens I have studied, 


wo 
462 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


THE PAPILIONINE MODELS OF LIMENITIS 
ASTYANAX. 


Before considering the evolution of astyanax from arthe- 
mis it 1s expedient to deal with the models, which in this 
case are Papilionine and not Danaine. 

The late Erich Haase (“ Researches on Mimicry,” part 
il, Stuttgart, 1896, English translation) discovered the 
wide extent of mimicry within the Papilionine, showing 
that the section to which he gave the name of Pharmaco- 
phagus tended to supply models for his two other sections 
of the Papilionine,—Papilio (of which machaon, L., may be 
taken as a type) and Cosmodesmus (of which podalirius, L., 
may be taken as a type). He showed that this is true of 
both areas inhabited by Pharmacophagus—the New World, 
and, in the Old, the Australian and Oriental Regions, and 
the parts of the Palearctic adjoining the latter. Outside 
these areas Pharmacophagus is only represented by the 
single species antenor, Drury, of Madagascar. Rothschild 
and Jordan in their recent exhaustive and admirable 
monograph on the American Papilios (Nov. Zool., xiii, 
1906, p. 411-752) entirely confirm Haase’s triple division 
of the Papilionine and show the numerous mistakes that 
have been made by systematists in inferring relationship 
from the superficial resemblances due to mimicry. 

Haase failed, however, to appreciate the true nature of 
some of these mimetic associations because of his imperfect 
recognition of the scope of the Miillerian principle. He 
failed to do so in the case of the models of astyanax. As 
in other examples, Haase regarded the distasteful Central 
and North American “ Aristolochia Swallowtail” (to use 
Rothschild and Jordan’s term), Pharmacophagus philenor, 
L., as the central model round which were clustered species 
of his section “ Papilio” as well as the Nymphalines, Limi- 
nitis astyanax and the female of Argynnis (Semnopsyche) 
diana, Cr.* 

But the resemblance of these two Nymphalines to the 
primary model p/ilenor is so poor that the suggestion is 


* The mimetic resemblance of the dark southern 9 form of 
Papilio glaucus (twrnus) to P. philenor is also mentioned by A. R. 
Wallace (“ Darwinism,” London, 1889, p. 248) and Weismann 
(“The Evolution Theory,” 1904, English translation, i, pp. 110, 111). 
Wallace also (l.c.) speaks of the likeness of Limenitis wrsula (as- 
tyanax) to philenor. 


Species of the Genus Limenitis, 463 


unconvincing, and most naturalists will agree with 
Scudder in his hesitation in accepting it. At the same 
time, Scudder points out that the female Argynnis is an 
undoubted mimic of the Limenitis, but he, also failing to 
recognise the scope of the Miillerian principle, was only 
puzzled by the fact. 

In the following pages it will be argued that philenor is 
the central primary model mimicked by both sexes of 
Papilio troilus, L., by the female and on the under surface 
by the male of P. asteriws, Cr., and by the dark female form 
(turnus, L.) of P. glaucus, L., but that strong secondary 
resemblances exist between these three mimics, rendering 
them far more like each other than they are to the primary 
model; that the Zimenitis is a secondary mimic of these 
three mimics, and the female Argynnis a tertiary mimic, 
perhaps a Batesian mimic, of the Limenitis. 


THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF PAPILIO (PHAR- 
MACOPHAGUS) PHILENOR AND ITS PRIMARY, SECOND- 
ARY AND TERTIARY MIMICS. : 


The distribution of the Papilionine is taken from Roths- 


child and Jordan’s account, that of the Vymphaline from 
Scudder’s. 


Papilio philenor, L. 


Distribution. Mexico and the United States, except 
the central district from Colorado northwards; in Southern 
Canada and New England as a straggler. 

In the subspecies ovswa, Rothsch. and Jord., from the 
Tres Marias Islands, the tail of the hind-wing is repre- 
sented by a tooth-like projection and the glossy area on 
the hind-wing upper surface is more extensive and more 
brilliant. 

The larvee of philenor are gregarious when young and 
semi-gregarious later in life (Scudder, p. 1248-9). The 
perfect insect is very tenacious of life, and Edwards states 
that it has a strong and disagreeable scent. 

The three Papilionine mimics are placed by Rothschild 
and Jordan in three different groups of the section 
“ Papilio,’ Haase (“Fluted Swallowtails,” Rothsch, and 
Jord.). 


_ 


464 Prof, E. B, Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


V. MacHaon Grovp. 


60 c. P. polyxenes asterivs, Cram. 


South and north, from Honduras to Canada: west and 
east, from Arizona and the Mississippi basin to the Atlantic, 
Females mimetic throughout the range. Males mimetic 
on under surface, but non-mimetic on upper except the 
form ampliata, Ménétr., common at Guerrero, Mexico. 
Intermediates between ampliata and the males with non- 
mimetic upper surface are also common in the same 
locality. 


60 a. P. polyxenes americus, Kollar, from N. Peru to 
Colombia and Venezuela, also has a dark form of both 
sexes, mclasina, Rothsch. and Jord., with all inter-grada- 
tions between it and the light type form. The special 
mimetic features of the female asterius are not developed 
in this dark form, which is of great: interest in helping 
us to understand the evolution of the northern mimic 
from a comparatively simple melanic variety. 

The larva of asterius is said to resemble that of Anosia 
plexippus (Scudder, l. c., p. 747). 


Via. GLaAucus GROUP. 


In Rothschild and Jordan’s memoir two consecutive 
groups, of which this is the second, are both accidentally 
numbered VI. I have therefore called this VIA. 


79 a. P. glauwcus glaweus, L. 

Atlantic district, from Florida to New England, and 
westward to Mississippi basin. The female form glaucus 
resembling the male is the ordinary one in the northern 
districts, while the mimetic form ¢wrnws is commoner 
than it in the southern. Intermediates occur but are 
rare. 


79 b. P. glaucus canadensis, Rothsch. and Jord. 

Newfoundland, Anticosti, New Brunswick, Canada to 
the north of British Columbia and Alaska. The females 
resemble the males, and mimetic forms are unknown in 
this subspecies, and the other species of the group. 


e~i 
a 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 465 


VII. Troirtvus Group. 


Allied to the highly mimetic ANCHISIADES Group, with 
gregarious larve. 

Contains only two species, of which one is mimetic and 
the other probably non-mimetic, although incipient 
mimicry is possible on the under surface. 


85 a. P. troilus troilus, L. 


From Georgia to Canada: westward to Texas and the 
Mississippi plains: north-westward to N.W, territory of 
Canada. , 


85 b. P. troilus texanus, Khrm. 


Florida, in spite of the name. Probably a more primitive 
form in which the mimetic resemblance is less advanced 
than in 85 a. 


86 a. P. palamedes palamedes, Drury. 


Florida to Philadelphia, and westward to Mississippi 
plains. 


86 b. P. palamedes leontis, Rothsch. and Jord. 
A small form. Monterey, Mexico. 


Limenitis astyanaz.—The distribution is thus given by 
Scudder :—“ It ranges from the Atlantic westward to the 
Mississippi Valley, and from the Gulf of Mexico northward 
to about the 48rd parallel of latitude.” A closely allied 
species or more probably a form of the same species is 
recorded by Godman and Salvin from Mexico. 

Argynnis (Semnopsyche) diana, Cr.—Scudder describes 
the distribution of this species as follows :—“ An inhabi- 
tant of the hilly country of the south, following the 
Alleghanies, and a comparatively narrow belt westward 
at about the 38th parallel of latitude.” How far westward 
it extends is unknown (p. 1801.) 

The account given above shows that there is a very 
close coincidence between the distributional areas of the 
six species. When the area is comparatively restricted, as 
in the case of A. diana, it is still, as Scudder points out, 
altogether included within that of the species which its 
female most closely resembles, viz. Limenitis astyanax. 


“2681 uady 


“GO6I 


"yoo “f 


"L681 ‘OL ‘Buy 
‘uo}[NOg ‘a “a 


| “ALVd AGNV WOldvyD 


466 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


‘SUryleg "TO “a 


‘srvagsp ydooxgy 


‘yt uodn joqel [euIsi10 ou sey uauMoeds ay, ‘ZOGT toy dys v ATqeqorg y 


‘sopesoN ‘Jo Are 


-punog *g ‘vuozI1y 


"f 'N ‘projzoyny 


OSBOIY YD) | 


“ALITVOOT 


‘opelg [ap [230] 
Iwo YoaG IGE 


eT 


"snInD1y 


0 


‘6 ‘Sny 
61 


‘83 Ayn 
“puvysy 
oy} ‘Yreq wosyoee 
61 


“SNLL94S fF 


3 ‘Sny PT 
‘6 ‘Sny 
OS eg 


*APISIOATUL) OTT} 
Iwo “oalJQ IGE 
é1 


“SNOT, 


See eo OEE eS Se 


ee 


* L061 “‘Suy 
2s 


“ONUIAY 
UMBT POO M 
Iwou Yaayqg IgE 


2 tT 


*AYISIOATI A) O14 
iow Youqyg WISE 
sa 


“LOUILLYT 


' 


‘MOTOq poyE[nqe} st yuourjtedocy odoxy oy} Jo sattas orwouorq oy} Ut perIeyeUr Fo 


qunowe [jews ey, “yolqns sty} Uo soUaplAa 21941, 00} rey quosord ye Ajoyeunj}AoyUN st IJ, 
GQNV HOVId ANVS AHL LV WAOOO SOINWIN SLI GNY UONATIHA OIMdVq LVHL AONACIAD AH, 


“ANIL 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 467 


With regard to Argynnis diana I have no further inform- 
ation, but there is evidence that LZ. astyanax occurs with 
the Papilios. Thus Scudder states (p. 287) that it is per- 
secuted by Papilio asterius. It 1s possible that, as in other 
cases which have been observed, the male asterius may 
pursue astyanaz in mistake for its own female. Professor 
Bateson has informed me that he took astyanax with at 
least one of the above-named Papilios (probably P. troilus) 
and that he was greatly impressed with their resemblance 
in the field. In fact, if I understood him rightly, his 
general impression at the time was that he was observing 
a single species. Mr. J. C. Moulton has recently shown 
me six specimens of astyanax and one of the twrnus female 
of P. glaucus, from a small collection of butterflies recently 
made at Sioux, Iowa, by Mr. C. H. Griffith. 


THE RELATION OF THE TURNUS FEMALE OF PAPILIO 
GLAUCUS TO (1) THE PRIMARY MODEL, P. PHILENOR ; 
(2) ITS CO-MIMICS IN THE PAPILIONIN. 


At first sight the under surface of the dark southern 
mimetic female of P. twrnus appears to be little more than 
that of a melanic variety in which the characteristic black 
markings of the fore-wing can be seen in deeper pigment 
than the ground colour. A remarkable feature is the per- 
sistence of a pale patch of ground colour just inside the end 
of the cell. In the non-mimetic females this very patch is 
more or less cut off by dark pigment from the rest of the 
pale ground colour, and it is an interesting fact that the 
isolated ground colour should remain pale while the rest 
has darkened. When the details of the mimetic resem- 
blance are examined it is at once seen that the form 
twrnus is far more than a mere melanic transformation of 
the female glaucus. There is a persistence of every element 
that aids in the superficial resemblance to the co-mimics 
and to the central model, philenor :—the marginal and 
submarginal series of yellow markings of the fore-wing, 
and the yellow marginal and deep orange submarginal 
series of the hind-wing, and between these two series the 
great intensification of bluish-green, margined internally 
with bright blue. 

On the upper surface of twrnus the adaptive nature of 
the transformation is even more evident. The blackness 
here is far more intense than on the under surface, and 
obliterates all the black markings of glawcus, any of which 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART III. (DEC.) 31 


468 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


would interfere with the mimetic resemblance to philenor. 
On the surface of the hind-wing the melanic transform- 
ation is accompanied by a great development of the 
iridescent blue scales, extending inwards into the cell, and 
also upwards to the costa and beyond into the neighbour- 
hood of the anal angle of the fore-wing. In the few 
specimens I have had the opportunity of examining the 
colour of these scattered scales was bright blue and not 
bluish-green as in the submarginal region of the under 
surface. The yellow marginal and submarginal markings 
of the upper surface remain and contribute towards the 
resemblance to philenor, although the submarginal series 
is much nearer to the border of the wing than in the 
primary model. As regards the yellow colour, the twrnus 
form is the least perfect of the three Papilionine mimics ; 
for the submarginal spots of ¢rotlus (although yellow in 
the more ancestral non-mimetic palamedes) have gained a 
peculiar bluish-green colour in mimicry of piilenor, while 
those of the female asferius have undergone a slight 
modification in the same direction. 

In another very important element, however, the under 
surface of the twrnus female is far nearer to philenor than 
are any of the other Papilionine mimics :—the existence 
of a single instead of a double row of bright orange-red 
submarginal spots on the hind-wing, although these are 
much closer to the margin of the wing than in the primary 
model. On the other hand, a second inner row of such 
spots is not present in the male or the ancestral female 
which resembles it. In the position of this inner row 
four wedge-shaped dull red marks are to be seen in the 
ancestral pattern, and the persistence of these, intensified 
by contrast with the dark ground colour, in the twrnus 
form, is probably related to the presence of the inner row 
in asterius and troidlus. They certainly interfere with the 
resemblance to philenor. 

Each of the first four orange spots (counting from the 
costa) on the hind-wing under surface of philenor is edged 
with glistening white on the side towards the apical angle 
of the wing, the fifth is edged on both sides, the sixth 
towards the anal angle but not on the other side, while 
the seventh is not edged at all. In this respect the pattern 
of turnus, although by no means identical with philenor, 
approaches the latter more closely than do any of the 
other Papilionine mimics, 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 469 


As regards the blue-edged green iridescence, the hind- 
wing under surface of ¢wrnus much resembles that of the 
female asterius. On the upper surface of the same wing 
the limitation of the submarginal blue iridescent scales by 
a black line (representing the inner boundary of the heavy 
black submarginal band of glaucus) also strongly suggests 
the female asterius, while the development of blue irides- 
cence over the disc of the wing beyond this limit resembles 
troilus. The female of astevius is characterised by the 
absence of iridescence on the basal side of a black line 
corresponding to the limit above described. In place of 
the discal iridescence there usually appears on the hind- 
wing of the female asteriws a more or less well-preserved 
vestige of the conspicuous yellow band of the male, extend- 
ing, although in a less developed state, into the fore-wing. 
These features render the female asterius a less perfect 
mimic of philenor than are the other Papilios, although in 
the fore-wing of the male ¢voidus a corresponding band is 
generally found, but in a far more vestigial condition. 
On the under side of the fore-wing in both sexes of this 
species as well as of the female asterius, this same band 
is far more evident, but undoubtedly concealed in the 
natural position of rest. 


SECONDARY MIMETIC RESEMBLANCES BETWEEN THE 
THREE PAPILIONINE MIMICS OF P. PHILENOR. 


The resemblance between these three mimics is stronger 
and more evident than might be inferred from the com- 
parison of details contained in the last section. The 
dominant element in this secondary resemblance is the 
character of the blue and greenish tints on both surfaces. 
These in ali the mimics present an appearance markedly 
different from that of the primary model, philenor, with 
its brilliant steely lustre. The remarkable likeness between 
the two rows of orange-red spots on the under side of the 
hind-wing in asterius and troilus is another important 
point, as also the fact that the female form twrnus is pre- 
vented from being a mere melanic form of glawcus not only 
in details which resemble the primary model but in those 
which resemble its co-mimics. Upon the wing or even at 
rest from a little distance, all three mimetic Papilios would 
present the closest likeness to one another. 

The larger of the two red spots near the anal angle of 


eo 
470 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetie N. American 


the hind-wing upper surface in the ¢wrnus female is in 
nearly the same position as the one conspicuous spot of 
asterius and troilus, while at the apical angle of the same 
surface of the same wing, a large red spot appears in turnus 
and ¢roilus. Red spots are not found in either position on the 
upper surface of philenor. These spots are certainly ances- 
tral in the ¢wrnws female, inasmuch as they are present in 
the non-mimetic female form and the non-mimetic male of 
the same species, as well as in the allied non-mimetic species, 
For the same reason the black-pupilled red spot at the anal 
angle of asteriws is ancestral. In ¢roilus, on the other 
hand, both red spots are probably of recent origin on 
the upper surface, and have been developed in relation 
with the mimetic appearance. They are yellow in the 
ancestral palamedes. It is probable that their red colour 
in ¢roilus has been developed in secondary mimicry of 
asterius and the turnus female form of glaucus. It is in 
accordance with this interpretation that the red spot at 
the anal angle of ¢roi/us, although without the black pupil, 
bears considerable superficial resemblance to that of asterius, 
and that the red spot at the apical angle is especially well 
developed in the female. 

The comparison of these three mimetic forms also yields 
evidence of an approach towards the primary model, in 
which the different species have made different rates of 
progress, presumably determined in large part by the age 
of the mimetic resemblance. 

Papilio troilus is evidently the oldest mimic. The 
mimetic likeness, extending to both sexes, has been derived 
from a very different appearance still preserved in pala- 
medes. The suppression in ¢roi/ws of the fifth orange-red 
spot of the inner row of palamedes is apparently an advance 
in the direction of the open loop of spots which is the 
prominent feature in the hind-wing under surface of 
philenor. Equally clear advance is seen in the bluish tint 
which the submarginal yellow spots of the upper surface of 
palamedes have gained in troilus. 

Papilio polyxenes asterius is less perfect and presumably 
less old as a mimic than ¢roilus. The mimetic resemblance 
is found on the under surface of both sexes, but on the 
upper the male, if a mimic at all, has only reached an 
early stage in the resemblance. The evolution of the 
two rows of definite orange-red spots out of the ill-defined 
elements found in the non-mimetic ancestors, was probably 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 471 


effected under the influence of ¢voilus. The ancestral 
yellow submarginal spots have darkened, but to a far 
less extent than in ¢roilus. 

Finally in the twrnus form of the female Papilio glaucus, 
only found in a certain proportion of the females in the 
southern part of the range, we have the youngest of these 
mimics. The mimetic resemblance is in some respects 
less perfect than in the other two Papilios, but, as regards 
the red spots of the hind-wing under surface, it has been 
already shown that this form presents the closest likeness 
of the three. 


THE EVOLUTION OF THE MIMETIC PATTERN OF LIMENITIS 
(BASILARCHIA) ASTYANAX FROM THAT OF THE NON- 
MIMETIC L. ARTHEMIS. 


As regards the upper surface of astyanax the main and 
almost the only difference from arthemis consists in the 
disappearance of the white band of both wings, together 
with all but a trace of thé subapical white markings of 
the ‘fore-wing, and the spreading of an iridescent blue or 
greenish tint over and within the area formerly occupied 
by the band. Towards its inner limits the iridescent tint 
fades gradually into the dark ground colour of the wings. 
The iridescence is clearly an extension of the colour- 
ing seen in the marginal markings of arthemis. The 
dimorphism in tint—blue or greenish—is characteristic 
of the ancestral form no less than of its descendant. The 
reddish submarginal spots commonly seen on the hind 
wings of arthemis are rarer and far less developed in the 
specimens of astyanaz which I have seen. The converse 
relationship holds in the fore-wings, where however the 
red spots are less developed in astyanax than in the hind- 
wing of arthemis. 

Upon the under surface the changes are greater; for 
not only is there a similar disappearance in astyanax 
of the white markings of arthemis, but the whole ground 
colour has become of an iridescent dark greenish-brown, 
against which the reddish spots near the base of both 
wings and in their submarginal region, show up very 
prominently. Although from this cause far more con- 
spicuous, the submarginal red spots of the hind-wing have 
become greatly reduced in astyanaz, in correspondence 
with the increase in size of the crescentic black and 


oe 
472 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


iridescent markings lying immediately external to them, 
and forming an elaborate marginal pattern. It is to be 
observed that in arthemis itself the tint of the ground 
colour of the under surface and consequently the degree 
of prominence of the reddish spots varies very greatly, and 
that therefore an important element in the change from 
the ancestral to this mimetic form was pre-existent in 
the parent species and ready for selection to seize upon. 

Passing to a very different relationship between the two 
species, the flight of astyanax is described as similar to 
that of arthemis, but still more lofty and grand, more 
leisurely and sweeping. (Scudder, p. 287.) 


L. ASTYANAX A SECONDARY MIMIC OF THE PAPILIO 
MIMICS OF PHILENOR. 


Passing now to the mimetic relationships of astyanaz, 
there can be no doubt that the iridescent blue or greenish 
of its upper surface resembles that of the Papilionine 
mimics rather than the primary Pharmacophagus model, 
although it approaches the brilliant steely lustre of the 
latter somewhat more closely than do the secondary 
mimics. Of all the three mimetic Papilios, astyanax 
chiefly resembles ¢roz/us, in which the submarginal cres- 
centic spots are blue or greenish, instead: of dull yellow 
as in the female asterius, or bright yellow as in the twurnus 
female of glaucus. On the other hand, neglecting this 
feature, the blue varieties of astyanaxz would most closely 
resemble this latter form. These same blue iridescent 
examples of the Zimenitis also resemble the females of 
troilus, in which the black ground colour is powdered with 
iridescent blue scales, forming a crescentic band inside 
the submarginal greenish spots. The greenish forms of 
astyanax similarly resemble the male ¢roi/ws in which the 
iridescence is of a peculiar greenish-grey. 

As regards the hind-wing under surface, the submarg- 
inal reddish spots of astyanax resemble those of the twrnus » 
female of glaucus less distantly than those of the other 
Papilios. But the resemblance to any of the three is 
in this respect only feeble. The basal reddish spots of 
astyanax may however, with the submarginal series, give 
something of the effect of the double row of the other two 
Papilios, or perhaps in the attitude of repose the basal 
and submarginal reddish spots of the Limenitis may be 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 473 


to some extent joined up by those of the fore-wing under 
surface, forming a loop roughly suggestive of philenor. 

Scudder regards astyanax as a very weak and perhaps 
incipient mimic of Papilio (Laertias) philenor (p. 287). 
Had the conception of secondary mimicry been _ before 
him, Scudder would have recognised that, although 
astyanaz is, as he states, but a poor mimic of the primary 
model, philenor, it bears a considerable superficial likeness 
to the three Papilionine mimics of this species. 


TRANSITION BETWEEN ARTHEMIS AND ASTYANAX.— 
The intermediate form proserpina is considered by Scudder 
(L. ¢., p. 289) to be ahybrid between arthemis and astyanax. 
In support of this conclusion he brings forward strong 
evidence based on distribution. Proserpina is found in a 
narrow belt across the eastern third of the continent, this 
belt coinciding with the southern boundary of arthemis 
and the northern of astyanav. Along this line it is 
known to occur at many points. Proserpina tends itself 
to vary in the direction of arthemis to the north and of 
astyanaz to the south. The fact that Edwards bred 
arthemis and proserpina from the eggs of the latter is 
consistent with the view that the parent was a hetero- 
zygote (hybrid), whose offspring were yielding parent 
forms and heterozygotes, perhaps in Mendelian propor- 
tions. 

In the collection of the British Museum astyanaxz and 
proserpina are regarded as forms or subspecies of arthemis, 
the form lamina of the latter supplying the connecting 
link, 


TRANSITION BETWEEN ASTYANAX AND ARCHIPPUS.— 
Hybrids between these two forms are considered probable 
by Scudder (lc, p. 283). Thus he quotes Meade 
(Can. Ent. iv, p. 217) “who found an astyanax on whose 
upper surface the blue was supplanted by fulvous ‘except 
in the marginal lunules, which are white with a faint 
bluish tinge.” He also refers to Grey (bid. xi, 17) for 
“a melanitic form of disippus [archippus] with all the 
markings of ursula [astyanax] on the under surface.” 
Professor Bateson has kindly called my attention to 
further notes on such intermediates, with figures, in 
“Psyche” (1904, Feb., and 1907, Oct.). 

It is therefore probable that occasional interbreeding 
takes place between astyanax and archippus, and that 


- 
474 Prof. E. B, Poulton on the Mimetie N. American 


hybrid offspring are produced. If this be so it would 
constitute further evidence of the close affinity between 
these three forms, and of the recent operations of the 
selective processes by which the two mimics have been 
derived from their non-mimetic ancestor. 


ARGYNNIS (SEMNOPSYCHE) DIANA (FEMALE) A TERTIARY 
MIMIC OF LIMENITIS ASTYANAX.—This interesting case 
of mimicry was, so far as I am aware, first suggested by 
Scudder, who was much puzzled by it. This distinguished 
authority remarks concerning diana that although it 
belongs to a group remarkable for resemblance between 
the sexes, its sexes are more strongly contrasted than those 
of perhaps any other butterfly in North America. “ This 
difference, as we have pointed out in the body of this 
work, is a clear case of parastatic mimicry, the mimicry 
affecting the female only (as most in need of such pro- 
tection), and is the more surprising since the butterfly 
mimicked belongs to the only genus in our fauna, where, 
in other species, parastatic mimicry of a Euploeid butterfly 
occurs. If a butterfly of the genus Basilarchia needs 
protection and gains it by mimicry of Anosia or Tasitia, 
why should Semnopsyche take to imitating a normal 
Basilarchia ? That it does closely resemble it any one 
can see, and the following passage from Edwards, writing 
of the discovery of the female, may be taken in evidence : 
‘While breaking my way through a dense thicket of 
[iron-weed], hoping to fiid another diana [male], I came 
suddenly upon a large black and blue butterfly, feeding so 
quietly as to allow me to stand near it some seconds and 
watch its motions. It seemed to be a new species of 
Limenitis [Basilarchia], allied to ursula [astyanax], which 
it resembled in color. It may also be pointed out that 
its range is altogether included within that of Basilarchia 
astyanax” (l.c., p. 1802). Although the obvious inter- 
pretation of this interesting resemblance on the probable 
hypothesis that Limenitis (Basilarchia) is a distasteful 
genus and its mimicry of Anosia Miillerian, seems to have 
escaped Scudder in this passage and on p. 718, he else- 
where suggests (on p. 266) that astyanax may be specially 
protected :—‘“It is indeed possible that one of the 
normally colored species of Basilarchia, one that has 
least conspicuously contrasted colors, though resplendent 
with blue and green, is specially protected by the yarious 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 475 


other devices we have recounted ; for certainly it is itself 
mimicked by one sex of a butterfly of another very dis- 
tinct group, viz. Semnopsyche diana.” 

The female of A. diana is only mimetic of astyanax on 
the upper surface. There is, however, far less sheen about 
the blue tint of diana, and in this respect it approaches 
the Papilio mimics of philenor more closely than it does 
astyanaz, while the Argynnis is itself further removed 
from the primary model than any of the other mimics, 
Scudder speaks of the uniformity between the sexes of the 
group to which diana belongs; but Dr. F. A. Dixey has 
shown (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, pp. 89-129) that 
the females of Argynnis often tend to be dark, and he 
points to A. paphia as a well-known example of a species 
with a dark female form,—valezina. He gives strong 
reasons for the belief that such dark forms are ancestral, 
and that among them the female of diana is especially 
primitive. 

It is a probable hypothesis that the recent evolution 
of L. astyanax provided this ancestral form with a model 
which it could approach by small and easy steps of varia- 
tion. In this way it is possible to explain the appearance 
of the only character which, in Dr. Dixey’s opinion, “is 
really peculiar to A. diana among its relatives... . 
[viz.] the large expanse of blue ground colour . . .” which 
Dr. Dixey admits to be “like the corresponding feature in 
B. astyanaz and L, philenor” (\.c., p. 106, footnote). 


LIMENITIS (ADELPHA) CALIFORNICA, THE 
NYMPHALINE MODEL OF LIMENITIS 
LORQUINI. 


The dominant genus Ade/lpha is the close ally and tropical 
American representative of the Holarctic and Oriental 
Limenitis (s.1.). Chlorippe, as employed by Godman and 
Salvin, is similarly the Neotropical representative and near 
ally of Apatura. The females of certain Palearctic Apatu- 
ras such as our own A. iris, L., are probably rough mimics 
upon the upper surface of the black white-marked species 
of Limenitis, such as L. sibylla, L. I have found in the 
Sierra Guadarrama, Spain, Apatura iris, L., flying with 
L. camilla, Wien. Verz., and closely resembling it upon the 
wing, The males of these species with their beautiful 


- 
476 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


blue iridescence are far less perfect mimics. Similarly 
in the Neotropical Region many species of Chlorippe 
have brilliantly iridescent blue males, while the females are 
beautifully mimetic of Adelphas. In other species both 
sexes are mimetic of the same genus. These Chlorippes 
differ from the Apaturas in the much greater brilliancy of 
the males and the far closer mimicry in the females. Nor are 
they altogether restricted to the Adelpha models; for the 
female of C. zunilda, Godt., is a mimic of such a Callicore 
as candrena, Godt. As in Apatura, the mimetic resem- 
blance of Chlorippe is confined to the upper surface, 

The powerful genus Adelpha, with over 70 species, of 
which 31 extend into Central America, forms a homo- 
geneous tropical group, at once distinguished by the 
hairiness of the eyes in front from the allied Limenitis of 
the northern belt. A single species with smooth eyes, 
provisionally includedan the genus by Godman and Salvin, 
is not only removed from the other Adelphas by this 
feature, but also by its distribution ; for its northern form, 
A. californica, Butl., ranges through California into Oregon, 
while the southern form, dredowi, Hiibn., extending from 
Guatemala through Mexico into Arizona, reaches much 
further north than any other species of the genus. In the 
brief statements printed in the Proceedings of this Society 
(1907, pp. Ixxvii, lxxix, lxxx) I have followed Godman and 
Salvin in provisionally retaining this remarkable form in 
the genus Adelpha, a position also assigned to it by Dr. 
W. J. Holland (“ Butterfly Book,” p. 187). Since these 
brief notes were prepared, Mr. G. A. K. Marshall has also 
studied its position, and I agree with him that bredowi and 
californica should be removed from the southern genus 
Adelpha and provisionally placed in the heterogeneous 
northern group, Limenitis, a position assigned to them by 
Scudder in 1875 (Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. Sc., Feb. 1875, p. 
233). The hairy eyes appear to be the only consistent point 
of discrimination between Ade/pha and the northern 
Limenitis, and even this distinction breaks down in the 
hairy-eyed Indian species of the latter group. The smooth 
eyes and the northern range support the removal of 
bredowt from Adelpha, while its very different’ male 
secondary organs are not alone sufficient ground for 
generic separation from Limenitis (Najas) lorquini. The 
evolutional point of view also supports the removal of 
bredowi and californica from Adelpha. Omitting these 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 477 


two outlying forms, the whole genus is evidently the out- 
come of prolonged isolation and specific differentiation in 
the Neotropical Region ; while there are no reasons, except 
those founded on superficial resemblances of colour and 
pattern for supposing that californica and bredowi are the 
outcome of any such history. But in removing these two 
forms from Adelpha and transferring them to Limenitis, 
they lose a place in a definite and probably permanent 
genus and enter a heterogeneous and obviously provisional 
assemblage. Already the majority of the North American 
species have been split off as Basilarchia, while lorquini,* 
Boisd., has been included, with the European populi, in 
Najas, and the Chinese albomaculata separated as Hypo- 
limnesthes. All these changes fall far short of what is 
required, viz. a careful revision of the whole assemblage of 
species included under the old Zimenitis, Until this task 
is undertaken the creation of new isolated genera or sub- 
genera may obscure rather than reveal the true relation- 
ships, and I therefore prefer to follow Godman and Salvin 
in provisionally placing the whole of the species under 
Limenitis in the broad sense, at the same time directing 
attention with these authorities to the composite nature of 
the group and the necessity for its thorough revision. I 
only differ from them by acting upon the doubt which they 
express, and removing a discordant element from <Adelpha. 

The southern form, Limenitis bredowi, Hiibn., occurs in 
Guatemala, Mexico and Arizona, the northern form, Z. 
californica, Butl., in California and Oregon. An example 
from each of these localities is figured on Plate XXV. 
Californica is also recorded by Dr. W. J. Holland (l.c., 
p. 188) from Nevada, and it would be extremely interest- 
ing to ascertain whether, on the S.E. borders of this State 
and of California, it interbreeds with and is transitional 
into bredowi, in Arizona. Dr. Holland says of the northern 
form—“TIn its habits and manner of flight it closely 
resembles the species of the genus Basilarchia” (I. ¢., 
pp. 187-8). And of the larval stage the same authority 
writes (p. 187) :—‘ while in general resembling the cater- 
pillars of the genus Basilarchia, the segments are adorned 


* Lorqwini was included, with the other N. American species, in 
Basilarchia, in Proc. Ent. Soe. Lond., 1907, pp. xxvii, xxix and lxxx, 
following the arrangement of Dr. W. J. Holland. By a printer’s 
error which unfortunately escaped notice, “ W” (for West) has been 
printed instead of N (for North) on p. Ixxx. 


478 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


with more branching spines and with short fleshy tubercles 
giving rise to small clusters of hairs.” 


THE SOUTHERN LIMENITIS (ADELPHA) BREDOWI A 
MIMIC OF THE NEOTROPICAL ADELPHAS.—Mr. Marshall 
has kindly compared the patterns of the extremely fine 
series of Adelphas in the British Museum with that of Z. 
bredowt, and he finds that the latter most closely resembles, 
on both surfaces, A. dyonysa, Hew., while, as regards the 
upper side alone, massilia, Feld., lerna, Hew., and fessonia, 
Hew., would come into the same assemblage. The yellowish 
tint of the band of bredowi, so clearly mimicked by lorquini, 
is apparently not itself a result of mimetic resemblance to 
the Adelphas; for all the Central American species have 
the band pure white or bluish-white, with the exception 
of A. pione,Godm. and Salv., and one or two species like it 
—all very dissimilar from bredowt. 


Tar GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF THE WESTERN 
SPECIES OF LIMENITIS IN N. AMERICA. 


L. californica occurs, as has been already mentioned, in 
Oregon, California and Nevada, and the southern L, bredowit 
in Arizona, Mexico and Guatemala; JZ. lorquini occurs with 
californica in the three first-named States, but extends 
much further north along the Pacific coast into British 
Columbia and Vancouver's Island. L. weidemeyert, Edw., 
is described as ranging from the Pacific slope eastward to 
Montana, Nebraska and New Mexico, The 18 specimens 
in the British Museum are from Colorado and Utah. 
Scudder gives the distribution as the Rocky Mountain 
Region from Montana to Colorado (Bull. Buffalo Soc. N. 
Se., Feb. 1875, p. 233) and concludes from the dates of 
specimens captured on the Yellowstone Expedition in 1873 
that its periods resemble those of L. arthemis (Proc. Bost. 
N. H. Soce., vol. xvui, 1874-5, Ent. notes, IV). 

The early stages of weidemeyeri, according to Edwards, 
resemble those of LZ. archippus (Can. Ent., xxiv, p. 107). 
The larvae of dorguini are described by Dr, G. Harrison 
Dyar (1. c,, xxii, p. 172). 


RELATION BETWEEN THE PATTERN OF L. LORQUINI AND 
THAT OF THE NON-MIMETIC L. WEIDEMEYERI. 


In the above title I have not committed myself to the 
view that the pattern of dorguini has been evolved from 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 479 


that of weidemeyeri in the manner that archippus and 
astyanax have sprung from arthemis. It is by no means 
improbable that, apart from the modifications which have 
produced a superficial resemblance to californica, the 
pattern of Jorguint is more ancestral than that of the non- 
mimetic weidemeyeri. 

On the upper surface the pattern of lorquini closely 
corresponds with that of weidemeyeri, but differs in the 
details described in the following section. 

The apical area of the fore-wing is bright fulvous: the 
pale markings are cream-coloured instead of white: the 
whole discal band is placed nearer to the base of the wings, 
especially in the case of the hind: this band is also drawn 
out toa more pointed extremity towards the anal angle 
of the hind-wing: the constituent spots of the band, 
especially in the fore-wing, are more completely separated 
by strongly blackened veins. 

An interesting feature possessed by certain individuals 
of both species is seen in the series of deep reddish spots, 
inconspicuous against the dark ground colour, placed along 
the outer border of the pale band in the hind-wing. These 
spots evidently represent the more prominent series com- 
monly developed in arthemis. The complete series is 
occasionally quite distinct in lorquini; but as a rule the 
only conspicuous member is the spot at the anal angle of 
the hind-wing, where also a single spot of an outer series 
is often present. Of weidemeyeri I have had little 
material for careful study ; but the red spots are faintly 
visible in one out of two specimens. 

The inner edge of the white band of the fore-wing of 
weidemeyert cuts the inner margin about opposite the 
centre of the white costal spot of the hind-wing, a spot 
much produced inwards towards the base of the wing as 
compared with the rest of the hind-wing series, as may be 
seen in Plate XXV, fig. 10 (in Fig. 1 the inward extension 
of the spot is concealed, especially on the left side, by the 
overlap of the fore-wing). In /orguini, which preserves 
the same general arrangement, the inner edge of the fore- 
wing band meets the costal spot of the hind-wing near its 
outer edge, thus forming a more pronounced step-like 
break than in weidemeyert. The females of lorquint 
which I have had the opportunity of studying are in this 
respect in the condition of weidemeyeri. ‘The white spot, 
which is almost invariably well developed in the fore-wing 


a 
480 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


cell of Jorquini, is generally minute or altogether wanting 
in weidemeyert. It is developed in the British Museum 
series of the latter species as follows :—Large on the upper 
surface in 1 male, of medium size in 1, minute in 7, and 
absent in 5: of medium size in 2 females, very minute 
in 1, absent in 3. 

Nearly the whole of the above points of distinction 
between the upper surface patterns of weidemeyeri and 
lorquini can be verified by the comparison of Figs. 1 and 
10 with 6, 7, and 8, on Plate XXV. The example of 
weidemeyert represented in Fig. 1 possesses an unusually 
well-developed spot in the fore-wing cell, while Fig. 10 
represents an individual in which it is minute, especially 
so upon the left side. The relatively high development 
of this spot in dorguini is almost certainly ancestral, as is 
the subapical series of white spots in the fore-wing 
(less developed than in weidemeyeri); for both interfere 
with the mimetic resemblance to californica (compare 
Figs. 2 and 3 on the same Plate). The submarginal white 
spots, especially developed in the apical section of the fore- 
wing hind margin of weidemeyert, have almost disappeared 
in lorquint. Faint traces can however generally be detected, 
as in Figs. 6, 7 and 8. 

The difference in tint between the white band of 
weidemeyert and the cream band of lorquini, californica 
and bredowi could not be shown by photography without 
detriment to other parts of the negative. Mr. A. Robinson, 
of the Oxford University Museum, got over the difficulty 
by colouring the parts which should have been cream with 
a wash of very dilute aniline colour in water. Plate XXV 
has been prepared from a print thus treated. 

The under surface of lorguini differs from weidemeyert 
in the strong development of adark rich mahogany-brown, 
replacing more or less completely the bluish-grey tint of 
the basal half of the hind-wing and of the submarginal 
markings. So far as my experience goes this replacement 
is on the average carried much further in the examples of 
lorquint from Vancouver's Island. 

In those individuals of Jorguini in which the suppression 
of these pale markings is least pronounced, the inner row 
of submarginal lunules—bluish-grey in the hind-wing, 
white in the fore—is larger and more conspicuous than 
in weidemeyeri. 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 481 


MIMETIC RESEMBLANCE STRONGER IN THE SOUTHERN 
EXAMPLES OF LORQUINI WHICH ARE GEOGRAPHIC- 
ALLY COINCIDENT WITH CALIFORNICA. 


The following features, described in the preceding 
section, promote a superficial resemblance of lorquini to 
californica :— 


(1) The fulvous apical area of the fore-wing. 

(2) The cream tint of the discal band crossing both 
wings. 

(3) The fulvous marking at the anal angle of the 
hind-wing. 


Of these features the last is so excessively variable and 
so often absent in both northern and southern examples, 
that very long series would be required in order to com- 
pare the average development in the two areas. This 
element in the mimetic resemblance is apparently in- 
cipient and imperfectly established. 

The discal band is apparently paler in the northern 
lorquint than the southern. The difference, which is 
excessively slight, may be best seen when a series of 
individuals are compared; but I do not think that the 
conclusion can he regarded as safely established until a 
large number of fresh specimens have been carefully 
examined from this point of view. 

As regards the most important feature in the mimetic 
resemblance—the fulvous apical area—there is un- 
doubtedly a much greater average development in the 
examples of lorguint from California and Oregon (Figs. 7 
and 8 respectively) than in those from British Columbia 
and Vancouver’s Island (Fig. 6), entirely beyond the 
range of the model. 

In many of the southern specimens of lorquini the 
fulvous apical patch extends inwards (as in Fig. 8 on 
Plate XXV) nearly as far as the outer border of the costal 
end of the discal band in the fore-wing. The colour is of 
a richer deeper shade than the bright tawny patch of 
californica. 

On the under surface the development of the inner row 
of submarginal bluish-grey lunules into a festooned band 
in a large proportion of the examples of Jlorquini is 
probably caused by mimetic approach to californica. At 
any rate the marking is often a more conspicuous feature 


482 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


in lorquini than in weidemeyert. The study of its relative 
development in the southern part of the range would 
require a much larger number of specimens than I have 
as yet had the opportunity of seeing. There is however 
no doubt that the feature is generally suppressed in 
Vancouver’s Island and that it is usually weil developed 
in British Columbia. 

The undoubted affinity between californica and lorquini 
may lead naturalists to conclude that their resemblance is 
due to relationship and not to mimetic approach. It is 
commonly forgotten that mimicry, being independent of 
affinity, occurs between forms of all degrees of relationship, 
the closest as well as the most remote. When the chief 
mimetic element in the pattern of /orquini is examined it 
is at once apparent that the likeness is superficial, and 
that the appearance is produced in a manner entirely 
different from that of the model. The orange patch on 
the fore-wing of californica is a clearly defined sub-apical 
and submarginal marking, roughly resembled in the mimic, 
lorquini, by the inward growth of a brown marginal mark- 
ing (compare Figs. 2 and 3 with 6,7 and 8 on Plate XXV). 
There can be little doubt also that the cream tint of 
lorquini is not ancestral, but due to recent modification of 
white markings like those of weidemeyeri, arthemis and 
many Palarctic species of Limenitis. The average 
increase of mimetic likeness in the area occupied by the 
model confirms in the most convincing manner the con- 
clusion that the resemblance is due to mimicry and not to 
affinity. 


DIFFERENCES BETWEEN CALIFORNICA AND BREDOWI ARE 
SUCH AS TO PROMOTE A RESEMBLANCE BETWEEN THE 
NORTHERN FORM AND LORQUINI. 


a. The shape of the wings——The marked difference in 
the shape of the wings between the males of the northern 
californica and the southern byedouwt is well seen by com- 
paring Figs. 2 and 3 with 4, 5, and 9 on Plate XXYV. 
This distinction, apparently, does not hold in the other 
sex; for the few southern females I have seen exhibited 
the proportions of the northern form. The difference 
was clearly explained, although without reference to the 
females, by A. G. Butler in his original description of cali- 
Jornica (Proc. Zool, Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 486):—‘‘ the wings 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 483 


are much more rounded than those of H. Bredowiti, and are 
not produced at the end of the second median nervule.” 
The more rounded shape of the hind-wings is also very clear 
in the northern form, those of the southern (Figs. 4, 5 and 
9) being more triangular in shape, and the hind margin 
tending to form a straight line with that of the fore-wing 
toa greater extent than in californica (Figs. 2and 3). Inall 
these points by which the shape of californica is rendered 
different from that of bredowt, there is resemblance between 


it and lorquini. 


b. The fulvous mark at the anal angle of the hind-wings.— 
It is unnecessary to describe this distinction in any detail ; 
for the characteristic form of the marking is well shown 
in Figs. 4, 5 and 9, together with its diminution in the 
northern form (Figs. 2 and 3). It is barely seen in Fig. 3, 
although visible in the specimen itself. Fig. 2 however 
shows the marking distinctly and affords a fair comparison 
with the condition represented in the southern examples 
(Figs. 4, 5 and 9). Here too the divergence from the 
southern bredowi is coincident with resemblance between 
the northern form and lorquini. 

ce. The step-like break in the band at the junction of fore- 


and hind-wings—As regards this feature californica is 


certainly far nearer than the southern bredowi to the 
appearance presented by lorquint. Bredowi approaches the 
condition, seen in many Adelphas, of a straight continuous 
band sweeping from fore-wing on to hind. Compare 
the representation of the southern form in Figs. 5 and 
9, with those of the northern in Figs. 2 and 38, and the 
latter with lorquini, shown in ‘Figs. 6, 7 and 8. The 
break on the inner margin of the band in the Arizona 
example represented in Fig. 4 is mtermediate between 
the more northern californica and more southern bredow?. 
The difference between the right and left sides of Fig. 9 
was probably caused by the “setting.” The step-like 
break of californica is produced by the small size of 
the last pale spot on the inner margin of the fore-wing, as 
well as by the direction of the last spot but one, which is 
so placed that its inner border forms a considerable angle 
with that of the hind-wing band. If Figs. 4,5 and 9 be 
compared in this respect with 2 and 3 it will be seen that 
the last spot of the southern form is much larger,* while 

* This point of distinction between californica and bredowi was 
described by A. G. Butler in Proc, Zool. Soc. Lond., 1865, p. 465, 

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND, 1908.—PART III. (DEC.) 32 


or 
484 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetie N. American 


the last spot but one is twisted into a much closer coinci- 
dence with the inner border of the hind-wing band. As 
regards the position of the last spot but one, /orquini goes 
much further than californica, the direction of the imner 
border of the fore-wing spot coinciding with the outer 
border of the hind-wing band (Figs. 6-8). 

Apart from the orientation of the last spot but one in 
the band of the fore-wing, the very characteristic hour- 
glass-like form seen in greater or less perfection in all 
the figures on Plate XXV is probably an ancestral feature. 
There appears to be no doubt that the indentation of the 
inner side of the spot tends to be obliterated and replaced 
by a straight contour in bredowi (compare Figs. 2 and 3 
with 4, 5 and 9). In this respect the northern form 
is probably ancestral. At any rate an approach to lorquint 
in this feature is unlikely; for in /orguini itself the imner 
contour is less indented than in californica. 

The fact that the break in californica approaches but 
does not equal that of dorquini, attaining in fact about the 
condition of weidemeyeri (see Figs. 1 and 10), supports 
the conclusion that in this respect lorquini acts as a model 
and californica as a mimic, 

The step-like break, together with the more out- 
ward position of the spot below the end of the cell in 
californica, tends to give the band of the fore-wing an 
irregular zigzag W-like appearance, suggesting the form 
which is more fully and symmetrically attained in lorquini. 
The example of bredowi, represented in Fig. 9, 1s in the 
opposite condition, with a comparatively straight fore-wing 
band, while the specimens seen in Figs 4 and 5 are inter- 
mediate. The outward displacement of the spot below the 
cell of californica promotes this superficial resemblance to 
lorquint, in spite of the fact that the corresponding spot of 
the latter occupies a more inward position. It produces 
this effect by increasing the angulation of the irregular 
zigzag formed by the fore-wing band. 

d. The external border of the hind-wing band.—The fifth 
spot (from the costa) of the hind-wing band of californica 
projects beyond the rest of the outer border to a greater 
extent than in bredowi, and thus disturbs the regular 
straight or slightly concave sweep which is so character- 
istic in the southern form, Although resembling no par- 
ticular feature of lorguini, the difference probably promotes 
a general superficial resemblance to the distinctly convex 


Species of the Genus Limenitis. 485 


contour of the more interrupted hind-wing band of this 
species. 


SLIGHTLY INCREASED RESEMBLANCE TO THE ADELPHA 
PATTERN IN THE MOST SOUTHERN EXAMPLES OF 
BREDOWI. 


In one respect the upper surface of the most southern 
specimens of bredowi, from Guatemala, appears to show the 
influence of Adelpha more strongly than the more northern 
examples from Mexico and Arizona. In both the southern 
examples I have had the opportunity of studying there is 
a small fourth spot in the fore-wing band (counting from the 
costa), absent from the numerous more northern specimens 
of bredowi and californica which I have seen. This small 
spot is clearly shown, especially on the right side, in Plate 
XXV, fig. 5. It is considerably larger in a second Guate- 
malan specimen in the Hope Department. This feature 
tends to make the fore-wing band more continuous than in 
the specimens from further north. This spot is however 
generally represented on the under surface of bredowi from 
more northern parts of its range, and is often seen in the 
same position in californica. 


HAS RECIPROCAL (DIAPOSEMATIC) MIMICRY BEEN ESTAB- 


LISHED BETWEEN CALIFORNICA AND LORQUINI ? 


There is only one apparent means of escape from the 
conclusion that we are confronted with a striking example 
of Diaposematic resemblance between those two species. 
It may be held that californica possesses an ancestral pattern 
from which bredowi in the south has been modified by 
mimicry of the prevalent Adelphas. In certain respects this 
interpretation is probably correct. Thus the form of the 
wings in the female of the southern subspecies supports 
the conclusion that their similar form in both sexes of the 
northern subspecies is ancestral. But it would, I think, be 
a curious coincidence if all the details by which the northern 
californica differs from bredowi and superficially resembles 
another species, should be ancestral survivals unconnected 
with the presence of that other species—lorquini. 

Are we to regard the evident Adelpha-like elements in 
the pattern of californica—only less strongly marked than 
those of bredowi—as ancestral or as the result of mimetic 
influence spreading with diminishing effect beyond the 


Ls 
486 Prof. E. B. Poulton on the Mimetic N. American 


range of the models? The latter seems to be a far more 
probable hypothesis; for we have a good parallel example 
in lorquini itself, where the mimetic influence has been 
shown to lessen as the mimic passes northwards out of 
the range of its model. At the same time it must be 
remembered that species of Limenitis (s.1.) with an Adelpha- 
like pattern exist in the Oriental Region; and it is a 
possible hypothesis that these species and californica re- 
present the ancestor of the Neotropical Adelphas. The 
cream-colour of the band of californica is at any rate 
an ancestral feature, unconnected with mimicry of the 
Adelphas. 

We may hope with some confidence that this fascinating 
but difficult problem may receive a final solution when 
the structural relationships of all the species of Limenitis 
and Adelpha in their broadest sense shall have been made 
out in detail. In the meantime, as I have said above, 
the origin of nearly the whole upper surface pattern of 
californica as the result of the spreading northward of an 
influence exerted by the genus <Adelpha in the south, 
appears to be the safest provisional conclusion to adopt. 
The following facts seem to support it and at the same 
time to suggest that reciprocal mimicry of lorguini has 
also taken place. 

The number of species of Zimenitis in N. America points 
to an ancient existence in this portion of the Holarctic 
Belt. At the same time their mimetic relationships in 
the eastern section of the Continent have been shown to 
be extremely recent. The change in dorqguini as it passes 
north of the range of its model (ca/ifornica), suggests that 
its mimicry is also extremely recent. That the North 
American Zimenitis are highly susceptible to mimetic in- 
fluence is shown in the fact that they contribute such a 
high proportion of the butterfly mimics of the Continent, 
and that they furthermore produce the most divergent 
mimetic patterns. In the eastern section of the Continent 
this recent development of mimicry has been shown to 
correspond to a recent invasion of Danaine models and 
to the influence of Papilios—themselves mimics of recent 
date—exhibiting most beautiful examples of transition in 
the stages of developing mimicry. It is therefore ex- 
tremely probable that the very recent mimetic pattern 
of lorguini—far more imperfect than that of any other 
mimicking Limenitis in America—also corresponds to the 


Species of the Genus Linenitis. 487 


recent appearance of an Adelpha-like model in a portion 
of its range. It is extremely difficult to believe that so 
imperfect a result would have been produced in a member 
of such a sensitive group if contact with the model had 
been prolonged. 

Finally there is the fact that, as shown by Godman and 
Salvin, the southern form bredowi extends into Arizona 
much beyond the range of any true Adelpha, while ex- 
amples from the most southern part of its range in 
Guatemala only exhibit, in the minute detail described 
on p. 485, an increased likeness to the Adelphas. The 
mimetic resemblance of bredowi is an established and 
stable product, but slightly increased by deepest pene- 
tration into the area of the models, maintained well 
beyond their northward limit, and only modified when 
the range of lorquini is entered in California. 

The relationship of this interesting species to its Adelpha 
models indicates a marked susceptibility to influences of 
the kind, and supports the conclusion that the northern 
form has been reciprocally modified by the presence of 
its abundant mimic, lorgqwint. 


CONCLUSIONS. 
A. THE EASTERN SECTION oF NorTH AMERICA. 


1, The Old World ancestor of the Danaine butterfly, 
Anosia plexippus, invaded the New World by way of the 
north, at a time sufficiently remote to permit of the acqui- 
sition of generic distinction. 

2. The invader was mimicked by an indigenous species 
of Limenitis, closely similar to and probably identical with 
L. arthemis, which thus originated L. archippus. 

3. A second closely allied Old World Danaine invaded 
the New World as Danaida berenice. This later invasion 
is so recent that the generic characters remain unchanged. 

4, In Florida, the second Danaine intruder has modified 
the mimic of the earlier intruder into a superficial like- 
ness to itself, thus producing the floridensis form of L. 
archippus. 

5. The specially protected Papilio (Pharmacophagus) 
philenor is mimicked by three species of Papilio, the 
different stages to which the resemblance is carried in- 
dicating recent modification. 


- 
488 Prof. E. B. Poulton on Species of Limenitis. 


6. The three mimicking species of Papilio—troilus, 
asterius (female), and glaucus (female f.)—exhibit second- 
ary mimicry of one another. 

7. Secondary mimicry of these three Papilios has led 
to the evolution of Limenitis astyanax from L. arthemis 
at so recent a date that the two forms occasionally inter- 
breed where they meet. 

8. The female of Argynnis diana has been modified 
into a tertiary mimic of JZ. astyanax. 


B. THE WESTERN SECTION OF NortTH AMERICA. 


9, An ancestral northern Nymphaline butterfly belong- 
ing to the heterogeneous group “ Limenitis” penetrated 
the area of the dominant Neotropical genus Adelpha and 
gained a superficial resemblance to its much-mimicked 
pattern. 

10. The influence of Adelpha spread far beyond the 
range of the models into the northern subspecies califor- 
nica, Which in turn influenced, and has probably itself 
been reciprocally influenced by, L. lorquini, in California 
and Oregon. 

11. The influence of californica upon lorguini spreads 
northward, with diminishing effect, beyond the range of 
the model, into British Columbia and Vancouver’s Island. 

12. Some of the ancestral features of /orquini are pre- 
served in the non-mimetic species weidemeyert. 


Note.—A further study of the larvee of Danainex tends 
to throw doubt upon the validity of Anosia as a distinct 
genus. ‘Two pairs of filaments are borne by the larva of 
plexippus and of genutia, probably its nearest ally in the 
Old World: three pairs are similarly characteristic of 
berenice and its probable representative, chrysippus. 

Dr. Jordan, who has examined the male genitalia, kindly 
informs me that chrysippus and berenice are of the same 
type, while genutia and plexippus are of a second type. 
He agrees that plexippus cannot be generically separated 
from the other brown Danaines. E. B. Poulton, Dec. 16, 
1908. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. 
[See Explanation facing the PLATE.] 


oe ee ee 
a — 


i a el 


Pe Oo ee SS 


: 
. i 6 


pe a 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. 


Examples of Limenitis (Najas) lorquini and of Limenitis (Adel- 
pha) californica (N.) and bredowi (S.), from various localities in 
their north-and-south ranges. The figures show the resemblances 
which are evident at the overlap, but diminish in lorquini to the 
N. and in bredowi to the 8S. 

All the specimens figured are males. The originals of Figs. 2-9 
are in the Godman-Salvin Collection in the British Museum of 
Natnral History ; of Figs. 1 and 10 in that part of the Godman- 
Salvin Collection which has been incorporated in the British Museum 
Collection, 

All the figures are about } of the natural size. 

1. Limenitis (Basilarchia) weidemeyeri, Edwards. Glenwood, 
Colorado (6000 ft.), July 6, 1893, H. J. Elwes. 

2. Limenitis (Adelpha) bredowi, Hiibn., subspecies californica, 
Butl. Sissons, Oregon, May [1888]. F. D. Godman. The specimen 
bears only the month, but Dr Godman, F.R.S., kindly informs me 
that the year was 1888. 

3. Limenitis (Adelpha) bredowi, subspecies californica. Yosemite, 
California, May 1888. F. D. Godman. 

4. Limenitis bredour, Hiibn. Fort Grant, Arizona, Morrison. 

5. Limenitis bredowi. Santa Rosa, Vera Paz, Guatemala. G. C. 
Champion, 

6. Limenitis (Najas) lorquini, Boisd. Esquimalt, Vancouver's 
Island. Markham. 

7. Limenitis lorquini. Sissons, Oregon, May [1888]. F. D. God- 
man, See description of Fig. 2. 

8. Limenitis lorquini. Yosemite, California, May 1888. F. D. 
Godman. 

9. Limenitis bredowi. Xucumanatlan, Guerrero, Mexico (7000 
ft.), July. H. H. Smith. 

10. Limenitis weidemeyeri. S.W. Colorado, Morrison. 


Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., 1908. Plate XX V. 


1 
weidemeyert, 1 vi 


\ 


werdemeyert, 13. 


bredow?t,2¢. 
Alfred Robinson, phot. Witherby & Co. 
{Il figures are about 2 of the natwral size. 


Resemblances between Limenztzs lorquinz, and L. californica at their geographical overlap, 


diminishing in lorguinz to the N., and the dredow7 form of californica to the S. 


( 489 ) 


XXII. Some bionomie notes on British East African butter- 
jlies, by the Rev. K. St. Ausyn Roaemrs, M.A., 
F.E.S., of Wadham College, Oxford; with “further 


notes and descriptions by PROFESSOR E. 


Poutton, D.Sc., M.A., F.RS., etc; and 


B. 


an 


Appendix containing the description of new British 
Last African forms, by RoLAND TRIMEN, M.A,, 


F.RS., ete. 
[Read December 4th, 1907.] 


PLATES XX VIERA. 
CONTENTS. 


INTRODUCTION . 
A. DANAINE-CENTRED MIMETIC COMBINATIONS . 


I, BLACK-AND-WHITE EASTERN AMAURIS-CENTRED Com- 
BINATIONS FROM THE Coast District oF BritisH 
East AFRICA 

TABULAR STATEMENT OF MEMBERS OF BLACK-AND-WHITE 
AMAURIS-CENTRED COMBINATIONS CAPTURED AT RABAT, 
Marcu 1906-January 1907 ; 

(a) Amauris niavius dominicanus- centred Co irre. 
ation 
1. The Relative Mies a the Praninehe a the 
Amauris niavius dominicanus-centred Com- 
bination . 
(b) Amawris ochlea-centred Tae 
1. The Relative Abundance of the members - the 
Amauris ochlea-centred Combination 
2. Secondary Resemblance between the N: aenphaline 
members of the Amawris ochlea-centred Com- 
bination. E.B.P.. 


(c) Outlying members of the black aa aptiéte Babtre 


Amauris-centred Combinations . 


IJ. AMAURIS ECHERIA-AND - ALBIMACULATA-CENTRED CoM- 
BINATION FROM THE Kikuyu Country : 7 
(a) Weithaga members of the Combination . 
(b) Nairobi members of the Combination 
(c) Kijabe members of the Combination 
(d) Mogoiri and Tuso members of the Combination 
1. The Primary Danaine Models 
2. Nymphaline Mimics x 3 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908, PART IIL, (DEC.) 


490 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomie Notes on 


(a) Specimens of Neptis woodwardi from the E. of 
the Rift Valley compared with those from the W. 
BE. B. E. 
3. Acreine Mimics 
(a) Tabular Statement ai the forms of Aakers 
johnston captured at Taita, Taveta, and 
Kilimanjaro, May 1904—January 1906 . 


4. Papilionine Mimics 
5, Moth Mimics. 
(a) Further Notes on Moth Mimics. E. B. P. 


III. Danaiwa (LIMNAS) CHRYSIPPUS-CENTRED COMBINATION 
IN British East AFRICA : 
1. The Primary Danaine model 
2. Nymphaline Mimics 
3. Acrexine Mimics 
4, Papilionine Mimics . ; ‘ : ° 
5. Moth Mimics . 


IV. Toe Atetis-EvrpH#DRA COoMBINATION IN BRITISH 
East AFRICA 


B. ACR A-CENTRED MIMETIC COMBINATIONS . 
(a) A Planema-Acrea-centred Combination 


1. Further Notes on Planema-Acrea Combina- 
tions. E. B. P. 


(b) Red-and-black Combination ddnbibdd biting Wihdes 


1. Further notes on Combination centred by vere 
red-and-black Acreas. E.B.P. . - 


(c) Combination of small fulvous and black Areas 
from Weithaga . 


1. Description of two mimetic je of the femal of 
Acrea alicia, E. M. Sharpe. E. B. P. 


. The peculiar aposematic pattern of the Snaiox 
surface in the male Acrea alicia, KE. B, P. 


3. The synaposematic upper surface pattern of 
Acrea alicia, wui, etc. E.B.P. . . 


(d) Pardopsis punctatissima, Boisd., as a model 
1. Further notes on the mimics of Pardopsis. 
E. BP. 


@. MIMETIC COMBINATIONS AMONG THE PIERIN &. 


I. MYLorHrRis-CENTRED COMBINATIONS 
(a) Mylothris agathina-centred Couibinabian ion a 
Rabari 
(b) Mylothris ag tunes ple Combination Whun 
Kilimanjaro : 
(c) Mylothris-centred combination fron om Weithaga 


some British East African Butterflies. 491 


II. BELENOIS-CENTRED COMBINATION FROM TAVETA . . 539 
1. Resemblance between a female Teracolus vesta 
and a female Belenois severina taken ae 


at Taveta. E.B.P. .. ‘ 541 
D. NOTES ON THE SEASONAL FORMS, Erc., OF PRECIS 
IN BRITISH EAST AFRICA . : , ; . 541 
(a) Precis sesomus : : ; 2 . . 542 
(b) Precis antilope . } 544 
(c) Precis archesia, wet season oak pelasgis. E. ‘B. P, 545 
(d) Habits of Precis natalica and P. elgiva é . 546 


APPENDIX : 

Description of new forms of British East African 
butterflies in the Hope Department, Oxford Uni- 
versity Musewm, chiefly collected by the Rev. K. St. 
Aubyn Rogers, by Roland Trimen : é . 547 


INTRODUCTION. 


[I HAVE added to the following memoir many records of 
observations received in letters from the author. In most 
cases such notes are printed separately with the address 
and date of the letter in which each was contained. 
Occasionally the record had been cut out of the original 
letter and the address lost. In a few cases the statements 
in letters have been added to the memoir without any 
indication. My own notes, etc, are always clearly 


discriminated, and signed by my initials. 
E. B. Povtton.] 


These notes on the Bionomics of East African butter- 
flies owe not merely their origin but their whole scope 
and character to Professor Poulton, The observations 
on which they are based were undertaken at his sugges- 
tion and under his guidance, and he has been good enough 
to work out the whole collection and to look over all the 
sheets of the paper, and send me the most valuable help 
and suggestions during its progress. In particular the 
tables of dates and localities of the several combinations 
are due entirely to him, and it is not too much to say 
that without his aid these notes could never have been 
compiled at all. 

I have also to acknowledge the kind assistance of Dr. 
Dixey with regard to the Pierine, He has continually 
placed at my disposal his unique knowledge of this group, 


- 
492 Rev. K, St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


and has given me every help in tracing out the relationships 
of the whole series. 


I propose in the first place to convey some idea of the 
character and seasons of the various localities. These 
are— 


(1) Mombasa and the Coast hills. 
(2) Taveta and Kilimanjaro. 
(3) Kikuyu. 


(1) Mombasa and the Coast hills, 


The climate of this area is typically tropical: the 
elevation hardly reaches 1000 ft., except in the case of 
single hills such as Mangea, which is 1600 ft. The air is 
moist and the temperature high throughout the whole year, 

There are two wet seasons, lasting roughly during 
April-June and November—December, in the year, and 
the driest season is January—March, at which period the 
temperature is highest. It is rather singular that a family 
of Belenois severina, Cram., which was “bred at Mombasa 
during this season belonged entirely to the wet season 
phase. In fact the seasonal forms of Pierine are most 
puzzling and unaccountable. For instance, all the 
specimens of Pinacopterya liliana, Gr.-Sm., which I took 
at Taveta during the long dry season, belonged to the wet 
phase, whilst I ‘took a good series of the “dry phase at 
Mombasa at the beginning of July before the rains were 
over, in an exceptionally wet year. 

This coast region is for the most part open cultivated 
country with extensive patches of woodland and some low 
forest. It is generally well watered at the southern end, 
of which Rabai is the centre. Further north it is much 
drier and becomes greatly parched at the end of the hot 
dry season ; but I have not been able to do much collecting 
in this district. All along the coast the hills rise rapidly, 
leaving a narrow strip of littoral about 10 miles wide in 
most places. These hills do not reach a greater elevation 
than 1200 ft., except Mangea, which is 1600 ft. The 
greater part of my collecting has been done in these coast 
hills where the large black-and-white Amauris-centred 
combination is highly characteristic, and the important 
association centring round the larger red black-marked 
Acrzas is also very ‘much in evidence. 


some British East African Butterflies, 493 
$ 


(2) Taveta and Kilimanjaro. 


Although these are placed together as contiguous areas 
they differ entirely in climate. 

Taveta has a comparatively small rainfall, averaging 
perhaps 30 inches, of which the larger portion falls 
between mid-March and mid-May. The rest of the year 
is an almost continuous dry season, broken only by a few 
heavy showers in November. The day temperature is 
high, rising well over 90° in the hot season, and the night 
temperature much lower, often falling below 70° even 
during the hottest period of the year, whilst in the cool 
season it sometimes sinks to 55°. The elevation is 
2500 ft. 

The whole country is arid with the exception of the 
forest, which is well watered by springs, and occupies an 
area of some 10 square miles. The timber differs greatly 
from the lower growth near the coast ; for the trees are of 
great size, and where they have not been cut the forest is 
very dense. 

Kilimanjaro, on the other hand, has a large rainfall 
which extends over the whole year with the exception of 
two or three months from mid-December to mid-March. 
Cultivation extends up to about 6000 ft., above which 
there is a dense low forest as far as 8000 or 9000 ft.* In 
some places there are outlying patches of forest at much 
lower elevations, but generally speaking the country is 
open and well cultivated, supporting a large population. 
Most of my collecting was done at about 5000 ft., and I 
believe my native collectors worked at much the same 
elevation. 


(3) Kikuyu. 


The Kikuyu country, at a height of from 5000 to 8000 
ft. and even higher, is also well cultivated ground. It 
rises from an elevated plateau and is very hilly, especially 
in its northern part. 

I did a little collecting at Nairobi, the head-quarters of 
the Colonial Government, and from there went to Kijabe, 


* In the sentence ‘‘I did go as far as the forest which extends 
upwards for about 6000 ft.,” quoted from my letter by Professor 
Poulton in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. lix, the word “for” 
should be replaced by “ from,” 


- 
494 Rey. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


which is on the eastern slopes of the Rift Valley and a 
fine forest country. 

Most of my collecting, however, was done in Northern 
Kikuyu at a place called Weithaga (6000 ft.), about 15 
miles due west of Fort Hall, and perhaps 60 miles north 
of Nairobi. 

The country consists of a series of long ridges with 
very steep narrow valleys between them, running down to 
the plain from Mount Kinangop. Most of these valleys 
are swampy, but they are often well cultivated, as indeed 
is the whole country, the population being very large and 
entirely dependent on agriculture. Woods are few and 
the whole country is very open. 

I also did a little collecting at Mogoiri (6500 ft. to 
8000 ft.), which is a large district to the west, at a 
somewhat higher elevation, rising in its western part 
towards the slopes of Kinangop: also at Tuso (8000 ft.), 
lying still further west and even higher up on Kinangop. 
This last locality is, in part, low forest. 

The rainfall throughout this whole area is fairly high, 
for such a cool country, amounting to some 50 inches, and 
the land is never really dried up. Green grass is plentiful 
even during the hot dry season, so that seasonal forms are 
not well pronounced. I succeeded in breeding a species 
of Precis, P. archesia, Cram., but all my specimens were 
but little removed from the full wet season phase. Both 
forms of Precis sesamus, Trim., are, on the other hand, well 
marked and abundant. 


The material illustrating all parts of this paper exists 
in the Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum, 
where the authorities will always be glad to make it 
available for the study of Naturalists interested in the 
subject of insect bionomics. 


A, DANAINE-CENTRED MIMETIC COMBINATIONS. 


Although, so far as I am aware, the mimetic Papilio 
rex, Oberth., has not as yet been taken in the Taveta and 
Taita districts, it is of interest to observe that the model, 
Tirumala (Melinda) formosa, Godm., certainly occurs there. 
I have had one specimen brought to me at Taveta, and 
on the journey from Voi to Taveta in 1905 I saw several 


some British East African Butterflies, 495 


on Dabida Hill, although I was unable to capture any of 
them. 


I. Black-and-white Eastern Amauris-centred Combinations 
Jrom the Coast District of British East Africa. 


This striking series of conspicuous butterflies contains 
two well-marked combinations, respectively grouped around 
Amauris niavius, L., sub-sp. dominicanus, Trim., and round 
A, ochlea, Boisd. It also includes a number cf outlying 
mimetic forms which have evidently been influenced by 
the dominant species of black and white Amauris, but do 
not resemble the pattern of any particular model. 

Although the two combinations are well marked, there 
is a species, Huxanthe wakefieldi, Ward, 2, which possesses 
a pattern of the ochlea type and yet upon the wing more 
closely resembles the dominicanus association. It is pro- 
bable that the outlying species also serve to hold both 
combinations together and to weld them into a single 
complex association of black white-marked species. For 
this reason, the time relationships of the whole of the 
members of both combinations at Rabai are recorded in a 
single table, which shows that many of the species fly 
together. This diary of captures extends over the eleven 
months from the beginning of March 1906 to the end of 
January 1907. 

It must be remembered that, with the exception of the 
specimens taken on May 12 and on September 15, no 
special attempt was made to capture as complete a series 
as possible on a single day. Furthermore, the abundant 
models were avoided, while rarer species, such as the 
EKuxanthes, were especially sought. Hence the following 
diary gives a wrong idea of the proportionate abundance 
of the constituent species. 

Allowing for this, the solid fact of the occurrence of the 
various members of the two combinations in the same 
place and at the same time is proved over and over again 
in the following table :— 


*SuyIVUr 4soF1v] oy} uy A[peroadsa ‘snoayny Surm109eq ‘snoamyoo 19430 91} ‘SBuPyreur sno YT 2u0 * 


+M P 23 . 
| ‘doo ul 6 9? nee oo . . wee - - . “6L “uBe 
eee -9 PL tee « “ ee eee a a c ‘uBr 
“LO6L 
2 8 38 . ¥ 8y 
Ss IIAXX ‘Id TIAXX ‘Id 
see ses = fe) 4 I eee L ze) “M if ana . 62 aq 
aS i 1-9 aL | . PL . te os . GS 09, 
S % 8g 
= | IAXX "ld . om = %, = + ; 
aL “ on * § “AON 
3 wee M > t oe cod wee wee . . LG "490 
= nee iO Sul. Dar i aE so * * 06 "20 
S poe ae Pi ics. 
> ITAXX Td TAXX ‘Id 
a Ore T PI ape ul NS} ‘OAT BDLon -M SL |* ¢L ‘4deg 
ES | am “ee I I ce a - * 92 Ane 
a tee l tee . o tes ‘ek 4 tne 
is ; =| & au ‘ : * 9g oune 
x se PL p I It * g3 eune 
ST | ave ere -9 PI vs * *690une 
op = <- MPG ise aa z F - +zoune 
fae Bee ars * -M OI " es * * 93 AB 
rom Hip apn fae I Ss > *9g ABI 
nae wee wee wee I wee . £3 Avy 
_. L388 
= IIAXX ‘Id 
31 | ay 2% 3 : AT AT i AL * er Avy 
< 0! -o1 ‘Ps tae ¢ 7 I tee Py woe * 92 jady 
re éI oe -—O PL I wae - - PI judy 
Pp Tee « vee wee wee t - TT Indy. 
. -o PL wee . see see ee *) udy 
¢ ms I . rm: * 1g Yor 
Na] 2 on I : sen § YOleyy 
> *U000 <i 7 
a -oddry 34 z iS F. 5 “snupo 906T 
‘snjjnqrg *y \‘20vunBp | . 5 ' : “2hQury ‘Lojdasap =| “Buagjzyna | “nunquosn | ‘nsundxa *y ; -2U2ULop 
*ds-"qus DULaU Fa, Ho ae Bat eae ee fe “g (wryoing) | (pryoung) | (M2n4ng7) (0.12) D2}9L9N) A Helis *‘ds-qns 
‘(ado.wow) Dd . spuurpodiy | spuunjodiy | spumrjodiy | snuu2jodiy | paxwppnas ‘ ‘snap =| ‘auaLdvo 
snupp.op S2UNDUL 40 SaLVa 
o2n2rdn, 
al Va = (00 a 
‘HW NIN ‘WNIWUOV ‘®NIIVHAWAN ‘WNIVNVG 
-OIlIdVd 


496 


‘Aysys = — : Ayeois = + : paddiyo = 9 :uiom = MW 
“nqny yo pasnjdna suorjnurquiog pa.juao-sLLnnUP apy y -puv-yong fo sLaquaw Jo yurwaniy Lvjyngny, 


"LOGT “UOC-906T YO 


some British East African Butterflies. 497 


a. Amauris niavius dominicanus-centred Combination. 


This well-marked combination contains, in addition to 
the Danaine model, the following species, of which all 
except Huaanthe wakefieldi, Ward, 2, are beautiful mimics. 
The pattern of this latter is indeed rather that of the 
ochlea-centred combination, with which it is represented 
on Plate XXVII, fig. 2. In the living state however, 
in spite of its pattern, the female of Huwanthe wakefield is 
more closely allied to the larger more broadly white- 
marked combination of Amauris niavius dominicanus, well 
shown on Plate XX VI. 


NympPHALin#®. Hypolimnas (Euralia) usambara, Ward. 
Hypolimnas (Euralia) wahlbergi, Wallgr. 
EHuxanthe wakefieldi, Ward, 2. 
PAPILIONINE. Papilio dardanus, Brown, sub-sp. tibullus, 
Kirb., 2 f. hippocoon, ¥F. 


Amauris niavius, L., sub-sp. dominicanus, Trim." (Plate 
XXVI, fig. 1). The central model of this association is 
very common in shady places, and sometimes extremely 
abundant; whilst its broad black and white markings 
make it very conspicuous. 

[Rabai, May 1, 1906. A. dominicanus can almost 
always be distinguished even on the wing from H. wahl- 
bergi and P. dardanus. Wahlbergi is almost destitute of 
marginal white spots and so the black and white look 
much more distinct ; whilst P. dardanus has this marginal 
series much more developed than the model. ] 

Euralia (Hypolimnas) usambara, Ward (Plate XXVI, 
fig. 3), is the largest member of the combination, and, 
in spite of considerable differences in details of coloration, 
strongly resembles Huxanthe wakejieldi 2 on the wing, 
when the bright, orange-brown border on the under side 
of the hind-wings somewhat detracts from its apparent 
-size. . As far as my experience goes it is by far the rarest 
species of the combination and I have only met with it 
in one locality at Rabai. 

[Rabai, September 12,1908. I have taken two more 
specimens of Huralia usambara a week ago. I must con- 
fess that the first took me in completely. It was hovering 
over the end of a branch quite in the manner of the 
Amauris model, for which I mistook it, and was just con- 
sidering whether I should catch it for my spiders, when it 


- 
498 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


settled and I saw what it was. Another appeared on the 
scene soon afterwards. | 

Euralia (Hypolimnas) wahlbergi, Wallgr. (Plate XXYVI, 
fig. 4), is common, and is, like the Amauris, a denizen of 
woods and forests, but its habits are somewhat different. 
It prefers the more open parts of the woods and generally 
sits on the upper side of leaves and thence pursues butter- 
flies of its own and other species; but it not unfrequently 
may be seen resting with its wings hanging down in a 
position entirely similar to that of dominicanus, and such is 
probably its usual position of rest at night. It is quite 
possible that this attitude is of great importance in the 
struggle for existence, and I would offer the suggestion 
that the period of nocturnal rest may be far more danger- 
ous to many species than the more active period of the 
day, when, to judge from the rarity of observed attacks by 
birds, most butterflies are quite able to take care of them- 
selves. ‘The period of rest, however, begins for butterflies 
at a time of the day when birds are most active in the 
pursuit of food, whereas the butterflies are quiescent and 
would, if discovered, fall an easy prey to their enemies. 
This principle has also been observed to be in operation in 
Siam by Mr. N. Annandale,* and in South Africa by Dr. 
G. B. Longstaff.+ 

Luxanthe wakefieldi, Ward, 2 (Plate XXVII, fig. 2). 
The males of this species do not really come into the 
association at all, but the female is largely modified in the 
direction of the Amauris by the increased size of all the 
pale spots and areas, and also by their colour, which is 
much lighter and whiter in tint, so that on the wing the 
butterfly appears to be simply black and white. This 
resemblance is greatly increased by the shape of the wings 
as compared with those of its own male, which has the 
fore-wings exceedingly short and broad,—so much so as to 
give it a very distinctive appearance, especially in flight. 
On the other hand, the wings in the female are much pro- 
duced so as to approximate in shape to those of the primary 
model. During flight this female bears an even closer 
resemblance to the Papilionine co-mimic, shown on Plate 
XXVI, fig. 2, than to the Danaine model (Fig. 1), 
especially in the prominently spotted dark border of the 
hind-wing. In habits #. wakefieldi resembles more closely 


* Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb., 1900, No. xxix, pp, 439-44. 
+ Trans, Ent. Sve. Lond., 1906, p. 118. 1 


some British East African Butterflies, 499 


the species of Hwralia, being generally seen sitting on the 
outer leaves of trees, and the males being very fond of 
pursuing each other with great activity. It is, however, 
frequently to be found at rest on tree-trunks, and I have 
observed the female settled with its wings pendent, and in 
this position bearing a very strong resemblance to the 
Danaine model. I have little doubt that this species is 
specially protected and a Miillerian mimic. The facts 
stated about the allied Z. tiberius (p. 501) are equally true 
of wakefieldi, 

[Zaveta, July 5,1905. They are very fond of chasing 
each other round and round and have a very graceful 
floating flight, which no doubt accounts for their becoming 
mimics of A. dominicanus, of which the flight is somewhat 
similar, The male generally settles on tree trunks, but I 
have seen the female more than once settle on a branch or 
twig with its wings hanging down exactly after the manner 
of A. dominicanus, to which it bears a strong resemblance 
on the wing. ] 

Papilio dardanus, Brown, sub-sp. tibullus, Kirby, female 
form hippocoon, F. (Plate XXVI, fig. 2). This is by far 
the commonest form of the female and is of very frequent 
occurrence, It is readily distinguished during flight by 
the prominent sub-marginal spots in the dark border of 
the hind-wing. I have met with this form in some abund- 
ance as far away as Nairobi in the Kikuyu country, and it 
remains the dominant variety of the female from this 
locality westward to the Atlantic coast. 


1. The Relative Abundance of the members of the Amauris 
niavius dominicanus-centred Combination. 


In my experience Huralia usambara is the only really 
rare member of the association, and the only one with a 
restricted range. All the other constituent species have a 
considerable range in the Coast district. The relative 
abundance of the different species varies considerably in 
different localities. At Taveta, for instance, the primary 
model, A. niavius dominicanus, outnumbered many times 
all the others; while at Rabai its dominance was by no 
means so well marked. 


b. Amauris ochlea-centred Combination. 


In addition to the Danaine model this combination con- 
tains the following species, of which all except Huxanthe 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Ill. (DEC.) 33 


- 
500 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


tiberius § are fairly good mimics. This combination is 
however more distinguished than that last described by 
the strength and beauty of the secondary mimetic resem- 
blances. The model and chief Nymphaline mimics are well 
seen, represented 3 of the natural size, on Plate XX VII. 
The plate includes the female of Huxanthe wakefieldi (Fig. 
2) with a pattern resembling that of this combination, but 
in life an outlying member of the association with A. 
dominicanus for its centre. 


NYMPHALINAE. Pseudacrea lucretia, Cram.,  sub-sp. 
expansa, But). (Plate XX VII, fig. 4), 
EHwralia deceptor, Trim. (Fig. 6). 
Luralia kirbyi, Butl. (Fig. 5). 
ELuxanthe tiberius, Gr.-Sm., ¢ (Fig. 3). 
Aterica galene, Brown (white f. of 2). 


Amauris ochlea, Boisd. (Plate XXVII, fig. 1). The 
habits of the central model of this association are quite 
like those of A. niavius dominicanus, except that it is a 
little more partial to the open country, and is fonder of 
flowers. 

Pseudacra lueretia, Cram., sub-sp. expansa, Butl. (Plate 
XXVII, fig. 4). This species often settles on leaves with 
wings expanded, and in every way it has much more the 
appearance of a large Neptis than any of the other mem- 
bers of the combination, Although the pattern of this 
species so closely resembles that of the two Euralias the 
Pseudacrea appears whiter on the wing and has a more 
floating flight. It is possible that the characteristic 
curve of the large spots of the fore-wing, to which Pro- 
fessor Poulton has drawn attention, has been influenced 
by the curved band in the fore-wing so well marked in 
this genus, of which NV. agatha is a good example. I have 
only seen the species near Rabai. 

Huralia deceptor, Trim. (Plate XXVII, fig. 6), and 
L. kirby, Butl. (Fig. 5). The two Euralias resemble one 
another strongly, especially on the wing, and are active 
insects very fond of pursuing butterflies of their own and 
other species. I have little doubt, however, that in the 
position of permanent rest they would follow the Danaine 
model, and in fact I have observed JZ. deceptor in this 
attitude. 

[Mombasa, April 5, 1905. I have only seen Pseudacrea 
expansa near Rabai, and Hypolimnas (Huralia) deceptor and 


some British East African Butterflies. 501 


wahlbergi I have only taken in the same district, i.e. on 
the Coast hills. A. deceptor is not uncommon, but it is 
very difficult to get in good condition. | 

[Rabai, May 1, 1906. The first specimen of H. deceptor 
I ever captured was settled with its wings hanging down 
just like ochlea, but I have never observed this since and I 
have seen dozens of the species. It is very fond of settling 
on the outer leaves of small trees and chasing its com- 
panions from time to time, and on the wing is not at all 
unlike H. misippus. | 

[Huralia kirbyi is included in the observations on £. 
deceptor recorded in the above extracts from two letters. 
The two species, which are extraordinarily alike, were not 
at first discriminated. E. B. P.] 

[Rabar, May 9, 1908. I saw a good many Lwralia decep- 
tor and kirbyi last Saturday, which was a fine day after 
rains earlier in the week, but they were mostly in bad 
condition and the better specimens were flying high. I 
also caught two or three Huxanthe wakefieldi, but they 
were none of them perfect, and I did not keep any. ] 

Huxanthe tiberius, Gr.-Sm., 9 (Plate XXVII, fig. 3). 
The female of this species should also be included in the 
combination, although the male is very distinct. It is 
true, however, that the conspicuous fulvous patch on the 
inner part of the fore-wing at once distinguishes the female 
from all the other members, and is a prominent feature 
even on the wing. The development of the white patch 
on the hind-wings is the more striking because of its total 
absence in the male. As a further mimetic modification 
of the female, all the pale spots in the fore-wing are larger 
and whiter than in the male. I am strongly of the 
opinion that ZL. tberius itself must be regarded as a pro- 
tected species and a Miillerian mimic. Unless thoroughly 
disturbed, it is a very sluggish insect and is most con- 
spicuous on the wing, especially in the deep shade which 
it loves. It is true that the texture of the wings is much 
softer and more readily torn than that of species like 
A. niavius dominicanus and ochlea, but the body is ex- 
tremely tough, and I have found it exceedingly difficult to 
kill by pressure between the finger and thumb,—even 
more so than Danaida (Limnas) chrysippus, L. 

[Rabar, May 1, 1906. I have captured a fine Zuxanthe 
[#. tiberius] which is quite new to me. This was a great 
surprise, as I have worked this district pretty hard, and 


‘ 


- 
502 Rey K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


it is not an insect one would be likely to pass over, I 
have taken in all three specimens which I send you, two 
of them being not quite perfect, whilst the third is as 
good a specimen as one could wish for, All three were 
taken in the same locality, on the site of the old capital of 
the Rabai tribe (called Wew Rabai), which has long been 
deserted, though it is still resorted to for sacrifices and 
other superstitious practices. All three specimens were 
taken in deep shade, and its flight seems heavy and feeble, 
but as, in each case, I captured the specimen at first sight 
IT cannot say whether it would prove more active if it 
were alarmed. I should say that this locality occupies the 
top of a high hill just opposite the present town of Rabai, 
with a deep ravine between, whilst on the other side there 
is a precipitous descent of about 700 ft. almost to sea- 
level. It is in part covered with forest and seems a 
splendid locality. | 

[Rabai, July 29,1906. All the specimens of £. tibe- 
vius but one have been taken in almost exactly the same 
spot. During the daytime it rests on trees with its wings 
upright, and if alarmed goes off at a good rate, and dodg- 
ing amongst the trees is soon lost to sight; but it seems 
to be an insect of sluggish habits, and I have never seen 
them sporting together in the manner of L. wakefieldi. I 
took one specimen which had evidently retired for the 
night resting on the under side of a leaf with its wings 
hanging down. | 

[Rabai, May 9, 1908. The dry hot weather lasted on 
till the middle of April when all insects were rather 
scarce. It was noticeable that Luxanthe tiberius was much 
more wary and difficult to take than usual during this 
time. When on the alert it has a provoking habit of 
going off in the forest and settling on a tree-trunk some 
20 or 30 yards away, and then when you stalk it with 
great care it waits till you are nearly within reach and 
then goes off and repeats the performance. | 

Aterica galene, Brown, ?, may also be associated with 
this among other combinations. The species is common 
in woodland and forest areas on the Coast hills, where the 
intense light and shade make it anything but conspicuous 
when settled on the ground. The colour of the pale patch 
on the hind-wing of the female varies considerably, being 
sometimes white. The individuals with an ochreous patch 
fall naturally into the Amauwris echerta and albimaculata 


3h tn ae 


some British Hast African Butterflies. 503 


centred combination (see pp.511,512). The under side is 
of course procryptic, so that it can hardly be regarded as a 
distasteful insect. Professor Poulton has pointed out (see 
p. 505) that there are certain features in the markings of 
the fore-wing which are apparently secondarily associated 
with the Pseudacrea and Huraliz# of this combination. 


1. The Relative Abundance of the members of the Amauris 
ochlea-centred Combination. 

The relative abundance of the members of this combina- 
tion varies a good deal in different localities and stations, 
as was seen to be the case with regard to the A. miavius 
dominicanus combination. At Rabai the two Euralias 
predominate in the wooded country, and are even more in 
evidence than the primary model, whilst on a tour further 
north in the Giryama country I found P. lucretia expansa 
the most numerous member, especially at Mangea.* 

[Rabai, August 29, 1908. I am sending you two 
Luralia kirbyi and one Pseudacrexa lucretia, taken in Dida 
Forest, which is a large area of low dense forest, a little 
south of Kaembeni on the way to Jilore. The Huralia 
was quite common, and I netted other specimens which 
were not good enough to keep, but for the whole distance, 
some 8 miles, I never saw Amauris ochlea at all. In fact, 
T have found that both the Amawris are more local than the 
Euralias, though very abundant in places. Moreover, I 
have seldom seen them flying with either the Zuralia or 
the Psewdacrxa, which is of considerable interest in view 
of the fact that the mimics resemble each other more 
closely in some respects than either does the primary 
Danaine model.] 


2. Secondary Resemblance between the Nymphaline members 
of the Amauris ochlea-centred Combination. E. B. P. 


I have been much struck with the apparently strong 
secondary likeness between Pseudacrea lueretia expansa, 
Euralia deceptor, and £. kirbyi so often taken by the 


* [A considerable number of the members of this and the domini- 
canus-centred combination from Coast localities N. of Rabai, and 
also from Taveta, and a few from Taita and Kilimanjaro, have been 
presented by the author to the Hope Department. It has not been 
thought necessary to tabulate them in view of the more complete 
records from Rabai printed on p. 496; but it is well to point out 
that these specimens from additional localities also afford strong 
evidence that the species occur at the same places and are often seen 
upon the wing together. E. B. P.] 


- 


504 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


author in the same locality and on the same or nearly the 
same date. The two Euralias are so much alike in pattern 
that they might easily be mistaken even in the cabinet, 
while their resemblance to the pattern of the Pseudacrea 
is also very marked. There can be little doubt that this 
is not an incidental result of resemblance to the same 
Danaine model, but that it is a genuine case of secondary 
mimicry. The most characteristic element in the pattern 
of the Pseuducrxa is a curved series of white spots crossing 
the fore-wing and forming together a marking which 
suggests a thick “comma.” The concave side of the curve 
is directed towards the base of the wing, and the point of 
the “comma” rests in the cell. This well-marked feature 
occupies nearly the position and is mimetic of the chief 
white marking in the fore-wing of Amauris ochlea. It is, 
however, of a more peculiar and characteristic shape in the 
mimetic Pseudacrwa, and the two Euralias which resemble 
it, than in the model. Hence there can be little doubt 
about the existence of a true secondary approach between 
these representatives of the two Nymphaline genera. 
The question furthermore arises as to whether Pseudacrea 
or Euralia has acted as the model. Although all three 
species appear to be common in the neighbourhood of 
Rabai, it is probable that Psewdacrexa lucretia expansa is the 
model followed by its Nymphaline co-mimics. The second- 
ary resemblances described above are well shown in Figs. 
4—6 of Plate XXVII. The peculiar marking, with some 
modification, occurs in other sub-species of /ueretia, between 
them covering a very wide range—in tarquinia, Trim., of 
the south-east; in the abundant form (with points of 
resemblance to both ¢arquinia and expansa) from the N.E. 
of the Victoria Nyanza; and in /ueretia lucretia of the 
West Coast. The two Euralias have a far more limited 
distribution, being apparently confined to areas where the 
marking reaches its most characteristic development in the 
Pseudacreva, There is no doubt, as the author pointed out 
to me, when we were studying the Hope Collection to- 
gether, that the central markings in the fore-wing of Luralia 
dubius, Pal. (neighbourhood of the Victoria Nyanza to the 
W. Coast), tend to exhibit a peculiar curve which may 
indicate affinity with #. deceptor rather than the usually 
accepted affinity with #. mima,* Trim., but the relation- 


* Upon the under surface, Huralia dubius appears to resemble 
E, mima much more closely than it does H. deceptor and E. kirbyi. 


— 
: 


some British Hast African Butterflies, 505 


ship between the markings does not support the con- 
clusion that the feature is primitive in the Euralias. In 
fact LH. dubius has itself been so strongly modified by 
mimicry of western species of Amauwris, that the marking 
under consideration usually exhibits only aslight although 
recognisable resemblance to that of /. deceptor and HL. 
kirbyi. 

The peculiar curve in the chief band of white spots 
crossing the wing of the female Huzanthe tibervus (shown on 
Plate XXVII, fig. 3) has also probably been produced by 
secondary mimicry either of the Psewdacrexa or the Luraliz 
which occur in the same locality. The case of the wide- 
spread Nymphaline Aterica galene with its variable female 
is more puzzling. But here also we find in both sexes 
and in all forms of the female the same peculiar curve in 
the chief band of pale spots crossing the fore-wing. If 
this marking has been affected by secondary mimicry the 
species has at any rate carried it far away from the area 
where the most characteristic development is reached by 
the model. This however would not be the only example 
of A. galene ranging beyond its model. Thus it is shown 
on p. 512 that the Amauris echeria-and-albimaculata-like 
form of the female—and in this case the mimetic resem- 
blance cannot be doubted—occurs in localities near Mom- 
basa, where its Danaine model is unknown. The two 
dark spots (generally fused in male, often in female, occa- 
sionally very minute or perhaps altogether wanting) in the 
cell of the hind-wing under side may possibly indicate 
resemblance to the well-known group of spots occupying 
this position in the Psewdacrva. E. B. P. 


c. Outlying members of the Black-and-White Eastern 
Amawuris-centred Combinations. 


Nymphaline. Mr. G. A. K. Marshall has shown that 
the African species of the genus NVeptis have certain 
features which indicate that they should be regarded as 
outlying members of this large and complex combination. 
He has also brought forward evidence which points to the 
conclusion that they are themselves distasteful. There are 
three species of this genus which I have taken commonly : 
—N. agatha, Stoll.; N. marpessa, Hoppf., and NV. melicerta, 
Drury. All these have a wide distribution and are com- 
monly met with. The most abundant species is WV. agatha, 
and there is no doubt that, in the distribution of its black 


- 
506 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


and white markings, it approaches most nearly to the 
central members of the group. Moreover it is extremely 
variable in size, some of the largest females nearly equal- 
ing Amawris ochlea, whilst the smallest males are no 
larger than average specimens of marpessa and melicerta. 
The species of Neptis are very conspicuous on the wing 
and have a leisurely floating flight, but they are very 
active and are not taken nearly so easily as one would be 
led to expect. 

Besides these three species of Neptis we have two species 
of another Nymphaline genus which strongly resemble 
them, i.e. WVeptidopsis ophione, Cram., and N. fulgurata, 
Boisd., sub-sp. platyptera, Rothsch. and Jord. Now although 
these belong to a genus so distinct in structure, being in 
fact Hurytelids, yet during life they bear a very strong 
resemblance to the genus Neptis both im appearance and 
in habits. V. ophione is certainly an abundant species, 
and I should regard WV. fulgurata platyptera as quite 
common, though, as far as my experience goes, its range 
is far more restricted. 

Associated with these species of Veptis I should place a 
most interesting Lycenid, Alena picata, E. M. Sharpe, 
which departs widely from the style of colouring usual in 
the family, and assumes the strongly contrasted black and 
white markings characteristic of this great combination. 
This species is not common, but I think it possible that it 
may frequently be overlooked on account of its strong 
resemblance to a small Neptis. It is true that the details 
of pattern differ somewhat from those of any species of the 
genus Veptis with which I am acquainted, but I have 
found the Lyczenid very difficult to distinguish on the 
wing. Its flight 1s even more feeble and may exhibit 
something of the “floating” appearance of Weptis, while it 
frequents. exactly the same localities: even in size it 
approaches the smaller specimens of e.g. WV. melicerta. 
Moreover, the genus A/wna has been shown by Mr. G. A. K. 
Marshall to be in all probability distasteful, and this 
renders it likely that the species isa Miillerian member 
of the combination. 


[ Rabat, May 1, 1906. 


This species (A. picata] when taking its longer flights 
looks almost like a moth, moving its wings with consider- 
able rapidity. ] 


some British East African Butterflres. 507 


[Address and date lost. 


This Lycznid [.4. picata] bears a curious resemblance 
toa small Neptis, but its flight is much more feeble and 
the “floating” character much less pronounced, so that 
it is generally recognisable although with difficulty. It 
also rests, as do most of its allies, with its wings hanging 
down, which at once betrays it.] 

Before leaving Neptis it would be as well to refer to 
another species of the same genus, VV. incongrua, Butl., 
which has the same contrasted black and white markings 
distributed in a manner different from that of Ethiopian 
species generally. Its peculiar pattern produces a close 
resemblance to Hurytela hiarbas, Drury, which is found in 
the same localities. The first specimen of WV. incongrua 
which I captured quite deceived me, and it was not until 
I had the butterfly in the net that I discovered that it 
was not L. hiarbas. Now that I am better acquainted 
with both species it is not likely that I should make any 
such mistake even when the insects were on the wing, 
but there is no doubt that the resemblance is more than 
accidental. Mr. Marshall has recognised the resemblance 
of an allied species of Veptis in S.E. Rhodesia to Lurytela 
hiarbas.* 

Acrving, There are also the females of two large 
abundant Acrwinw which, with their mimics, should, no 
doubt, be looked upon as outlying members of this com- 
bination. The general effect of their pattern certainly 
suggests that of the black and white species of Amauris, 
although, as in the genus Neptis, the details of the mark- 
ing are obviously different. The central species of this 


* Before leaving the Nymphaline I should wish to draw attention 
to a possible case of mimicry in the genus Charazes. Mr. G. A. K. 
Marshall has suggested possible cases of mimicry of one Charaxes by 
another, and I think we have a parallel example at Taveta. 

When looking through the series of C. etheocles, Cram., at Oxford, 
I found that the two female specimens I took at Taveta differed from 
those Mr. Wiggins obtained in the region of the Victoria Nyanza in 
two respects, 1.e. the fulvous colouring on the fore-wings was more 
extensive, and the white bar in the hind-wings was much narrower. 
In both these differences the Taveta specimens approach C. saturnus, 
Buth., and it is noteworthy that whereas C. saturnus was common at 
Taveta, yet Mr. Wiggins did not send home a single specimen from 
the Victoria Nyanza in his very fine series of Charaxes from this 
region. 


ca 
508 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomice Notes on 


group is the female of Planema aganice, Hew., form mon- 
dana, Butler, which is found commonly in many localities 
in Kast Africa. Associated with it are the white-marked 
forms of the female of the common Acrwa esebria, Hew., 
and of A. carmentis, Doubl., which I have once received 
from Kilimanjaro. I have also once taken the female of a 
Pseudacrexa,* probably the eastern representative of the 
western 2. hirce, Drury. This white-marked female is a 
beautiful mimic of the female Planema. These three 
species are so similar in pattern and flight that I do not 
think it is possible to distinguish them on the wing, They 
all have the characteristic leisurely flight of the Acrwine, 
and, from their large size and strongly contrasted black 
and white colouring, are distinctly suggestive of the 
Amauris niavius dominicanus-centred combination. Other 
mimetic resemblances of and between the males of these 
two common Acrzeas will be described on p. 523. They 
are considered with the other Acrwa-centred combinations, 
because the pattern of the males does not, like that of the 
females, enter into a distant relationship with any of the 
Amauris-centred associations. 

Another outlying member belonging to the same sub- 
family is the female of Acrwa satis, Ward, which I have 
found not unfrequently in the Coast district, and even on 
Mombasa island. Here again, although the details of 
marking are very different, in size and colour the 
species certainly approaches this great black and white 
combination. 

Pierine. Professor Poulton has suggested that Gluto- 
plrissa saba, Fab., 2, should be regarded as an outlying 
member of the combination, but as far as my experience 
goes this species is always an unmistakable Pierine, and 
does not resemble the other members in its habits or 
appearance. 

Papilionine. Tam somewhat more doubtful as to the 
position of Papilio philonée, Ward, which certainly has a 
floating flight. It bears more resemblance to Pseudacrva 
lucretia expansa than to any other member of the com- 
bination, but the white areas are much more extensive 
and it can always be easily recognised. 

* Pseudacrea rogersi, sp. nov. See Appendix, p. 549. 

+ Mr. Roland Trimen suggested in 1881 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 


p: Vii) that the ? saba might be a mimic of the widely-spread and 
evidently protected African Hypsid moth, Nyctemera apicalis, Walk. 


a 


some British Hast African Butterflies, 509 


II. Amauris echeria-and-albimaculata-centred Combination 
Srom the Kikuyu Country. 


My experience of this interesting combination has been 
chiefly derived from recent visits to the Kikuyu country, 
although I have also encountered it on and near Kiliman- 
jaro. The following captures at various localities in the 
Kikuyu country will give some idea of the relative 


abundance of the models and their various mimics. 
(a) Weithaga. 
The numbers of specimens of this group taken at 
Weithaga have been arranged in the following tabular 


form by Professor Poulton. 


Weithaga. DANAINA. NYMPHALIN. ACREINAE. PAPILIONINA. 
Primary model | Mimic, with Mimic. Mimic. 
(echeria not secondary 
taken). resemblance to 
BENNO Acrxa johnstoni. 
Amauris Neptis Forms of 2 of Papilio 
albimaculata. woodwardi. Acrea johnstoni. echerioides. 
1906. 
Aug. 11. 19? ~ rather 
worn. 
JAE PG iE 
fig. 2. 
Aug. 13. 1g a little}/13 fullax— 
worn, worn. 
Aug. 16. 26 13 fallax— 
worn. 
Aug. 18. 13 worn. 16 fallax. 
Aug. 22. ae 13g 
1907. 
March 9. es 1¢6 
March 16 1¢$ 1$ fallaxe— 
worn. 
March 30 16 23 19 fal-|16 chipped, 
lax. alee. 
Pl. XXVIII, 
fig. 4, 
April4 . ./1¢ if ep 
April5 . 13 proteina 
—wor:rn. 
April 13. 36,19 Ar 
April 18. x 1¢ chipped. 
April 20. 1¢é zee 
May 10. 18 a little 
worn. 
Ply, XXX 
fig. 1. 
May 11. Ig, 1eQ Se 


- 
510 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


Unnoted specimens in good condition. 

All the mimics have white spots in fore-wing and 
yellowish patch in hind except the males of the fallax 
form of A. johnstont, Godm., which have yellowish spots 
in fore-wing. [The /al/aw are very interesting in that 
they resemble the two specimens captured by Mr. and 
Mrs. S. L. Hinde, one at Fort Hall and the other above 
the Goura River, and described as trending in the direc- 
tion of johnstoni in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. 309. 
E. B. P.] 

These captures compare in an interesting manner with 
those made by C. A. Wiggins, near the N.E. shores of the 
Victoria Nyanza, and described by Mr. 8. A. Neave, M.A., 
B.Sc., F.E.S.,in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. 213, 214. 


(b) Nazrobr. 

1906, Aug. 30. P. echerioides, Trim., 1 2. 

1907, Feb. 2. Acrva johnstoni, Godm., f. semifulvescens, 
Oberth., 1 ¢ slightly worn. 

Feb. 4. P. echerioides, 3 2, 2 slightly worn; the third 
represented in Plate XXVIII, fig. 5. 

P. echerioides, 1 2, worn, and right hind-wing notched. 

P. jacksoni, KE. M. Sharpe, 1 ¢. Represented in Plate 
XXVITL, fig... 

P.dardanus, probably sub-sp. tidullus, 1 $. Represented 
in Plate XXVIII, fig. 7. 

P. dardanus, probably sub-sp. tibullus, 1 9 of the cenea, 
Stoll., form, somewhat transitional towards the hippo- 
coon  f£., worn and much chipped, apparently by birds. 
Represented in Plate XXVIII, fig. 6. 

Acrexa johnstoni, form flavescens, Oberth., 1 g, worn. 

On this last-named day many other males of both 
P. echerioides and P. dardanus were seen and several 
females of the hippocoon form of the latter. It is inter- 
esting to note that although the model was not taken, no 
less than three species of Papilio possessing echeria-albi- 
maculata-like females were captured on Feb. 4. 


(c) Kijabe. 
1906, Aug. 3. Amauris albimaculata, Butl., 13%. Repre- 
sented in Plate XXVIII, fig. 1. 
Papilio jacksoni, 6 $,3 ¢. 
1 gf with right hind-wing with anal half shorn off; 
rather worn. 


«~ ~ 


some British East African Butterflies. 511 


1 # and 1 2, each with chip in left hind-wing, the # 
a little worn, the @ fresh. . 

Of the rest, 2 f and 2 9, a little worn ; the most perfect 
9 is represented in Plate XXVIII, fig. 2. 

Aug. 6. P. jacksoni, 2 ¢ and 29. Both females worn, 
one slightly. 

1907, Feb. 6. P. jacksoni, 1 f and 2 3, Both females 
worn, one slightly, and both chipped near anal angle of 
hind-wing. 

(d) Mogoiri and Tuso, 


1907, April 29. Amauris albimaculata, 2 9, rather worn, 

March 1. A. albimaculata, 1 2, much worn, 

Neptis woodwardi, Ki. M. Sharpe, 1 gf, worn, hind-wing 
patch white. 

March 2. NV. woodwardi, 2 f, one a little worn. 


1. The Primary Danaine Models. 


In Kikuyu Amauris albimaculata, Butl., is the dominant 
species and all my specimens belong to it, whereas on Kili- 
mapjaro Amauris echeria, Stoll., is also commonly found, 
as is usually the case where A. albimaculata occurs. It is 
quite probable that A. echeria exists in Kikuyu, but it 
must have been comparatively rare in the under-mentioned 
localities at the times when [ visited them. 


2. Nymphaline Mimics, 


I have never met with Huralia mima, Trim.;* and the 
British East African forms of Pseudacrxa lucretia seem to 
fall more properly into the group of which A. ochlea is the 
centre. Certain varieties of the female in the closely allied 
sub-species tarquinia from Natal are, on the other hand, 
excellent mimics of Amauwris echeria and albimaculata. 

A form of the female Aterica galene appears to be a 
well-marked member of this group, while the male is 
a more outlying member. Although probably always 
mimetic this species is very dependent of the local 

* When glancing over the splendid collection of Congo butterflies 
in the Brussels Museum, under the kind direction of Monsieur 
Severin, I noticed several echeria-like specimens of Ewralia dinarcha, 
Hew.—the var. bartteloti—Grose-Smith, from Beni Bendi, in the 
central part of the State. I was astonished at this because it was 
fairly certain that the well-known models did not exist in that 
locality. Turning to the Danaine, it was at once evident that a 
form of Amawris egialea, Cram., with an ochreous hind-wing patch, 
occurred at the same locality and supplied the model. E. B, P. 


512 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


presence of its models, and the specimens of this par- 
ticular form of the female with a brown patch on the 
hind-wing were taken in the coast localities from which 
the Danaine model is in my experience absent, although 
it is common near Voi, 100 miles inland. These captures 
of galene in the coast localities were. as follows :—Kaya 
Kauma (Aug. 21, 1908), Rabai (May 10, 1906), Jilore 
(July 16, 1906), Ndzovuni (July 21 and Oct. 5, 1906). 


[Address and date lost. 


Aterica galene bears some superficial resemblance in 
colour to Amauwris albimaculata, but its habits are quite 
different. Like all this group it is fond of sitting on the 
ground in paths of woods where there is much light and 
shade. If disturbed it merely flies a little way and settles 
again. 

Acrea johnstoni and Neptis woodwardi bear somewhat 
the same relation to this group as Planema aganice and 
its Pseudacrea mimic bear to the black white and A. 
niavius dominicanus group, viz. the relation of a pair of 
secondarily associated butterflies which are also members 
of a large combination surrounding a primary Danaine 
model. Both Acrwa and Neptis resemble each other in 
habits, and on the wing it is difficult to distinguish them. 
Their appearance is, generally speaking, not dissimilar 
from that of the primary model in spite of its much greater 
size. 

[Rabai, Sept. 30, 1906. 

Of those new to me [in Kikuyu] the most interesting 
was a species of Neptis [N. woodwardi] which seems to 
have been modified so as to resemble Acrxa johnston, 
though the resemblance is net very close. ] 

Professor Poulton has added to this account of the 
Nymphaline mimics of the Amawris echeria-and-albimacu- 
lata-centred combination a comparison of the specimens of 
Neptis woodwardi captured far to the W. of the Rift Valley 
with those taken by me just E, of it. 


(a) Specimens of Neptis woodward from the E. of the Rift 
Valley compared with those from the W. K. B. P. 


It is very interesting to compare the 8 specimens of 
Neptis woodwardi, KE. M. Sharpe, obtained by Mr. St. Aubyn 
Rogers on the eastern heights overlooking the Rift Valley, 
with the equal number captured by Mr. C. A, Wiggins 


= 


some British East African Butterflies. 513 


near the N.E. shores of the Victoria Nyanza, far to the 
W. of the Valley. Mr. Wiggins obtained 7 specimens 
from the Tiriki Hills, about 20 miles north of Kisumu.* 
These hills are covered with dense forest, and the collection 
was made at a height of about 5100 ft. An eighth speci- 
men was captured by Mr. Wiggins at Kakamega’s (5500 ft.) 
near Mumias on the Uganda Railway, about 15 miles N.E. 
of Kisumu—a locality which did not come within the 
scope of Mr. Neave’s paper in the Novitates Zoologice. 
The 8 specimens were captured by Mr. Wiggins on the 
following dates :— 


Kakamega’s, Dec., 1902 ... one male. 

Tiriki Hills, Feb. 26, 1908... two males: one represented 
in Pl. XXIX, fig. 3. 

Tiriki Hills, Feb. 27, 1903... one female: represented in 
Pl. XXIX, fig. 4. 

Tiriki Hills, Mar. 17,1903... two males, one female. 

Tiriki Hills, Mar. 19,1908... one male. 


Corresponding with the fact that Mr. Rogers’ specimens 
came from the E. of the Rift Valley in a country where 
the influence of the dominant Amauris albimaculata (and 
perhaps echeria, see p.511) is at its highest and the 
mimetic combination surrounding it of the greatest size, 
the individuals of Neptis woodwardi are distinctly better 
mimics than those obtained by Mr. Wiggins in an area 
where the two species of Am«uris are less dominant and 
attract a smaller association of mimetic species (compare 
Figs. 1 and 2 with 3 and 4 on Plate XXIX). The four 
white spots in the fore-wing are larger, and generally 
much larger, in the eastern forms. A minute fifth white 
spot close to the costa of the fore-wing is present in all the 
E. specimens, absent from all the W. males except the one 
captured on March 19. All possess this marking upon the 
under surface, although in one of the Tiriki males it is 
exceedingly minute. ‘The feature upon which the mimetic 
resemblance chiefly depends is the ochreous bar crossing 
the hind-wing. ‘This is so narrow in the W. males (Plate 
XXIX, fig. 3) that they can hardly be said to belong to 
the echeria-centred combination at all, The two W. females 


* §. A. Neave in Nov. Zool. Vol. XI, 1904, pp. 323 and 350, 351. 
See also Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. 214, where the same author 
points out that Neptis woodwardi is an outlying member of the 
A, echeria-and-albimaculata-centred combination. 


514 Rev, K. St. Auby Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


(Plate XXIX, fig. 4), however, in which the bar is much 
wider and the white spots in the fore-wing much larger, 
are distinct members of the combination, with a strong 
secondary approach towards the proteina, Oberth., form 
of Acrwva johnstoni. The E. males (Plate XXIX, fig. 1 

resemble these two W, females in both size of spots an 

breadth of the ochreous bar, so that they too are well- 
marked members of the association, The single E, female 
from Weithaga) is developed still further in the same 
irection (Plate XXIX, fig. 2), being as far in advance of 
the E. females as these are beyond their own males. 

It is probable that Neptis woodwardi has been deve- 
loped from a form resembling NV. incongrua. As regards 
the reduction of the spots in the fore-wing and the loss of 
the fifth spot the W. males are more specialised than the 
FE, As regards the development of an ochreous patch out 
of a narrow band the E. males and especially the female 
are the more specialised. In NV. wncongrua the numerous 
white spots form an irregular bar across the fore-wing. By 
the loss of certain spots the bar-like appearance disappears 
in N. woodwardi, while just those elements are retained 
which bring about the mimetic resemblance to Acrwa 
johnstont. In the same manner the narrow white bar 
crossing the hind-wing of incongrua is withdrawn towards 
the base, broadened, and transformed into ochreous in 
woodwardi,—all of which changes are in the directions of 
the Acrzine secondary and Danaine primary models. The 
hind-wing bar of woodwardi from both E. and W. of the 
Rift Valley occasionally retains more or less of the white 
ground of incongrua. In such examples the costal end of 
the bar is generally tinged with ochreous. LE, B. P. 


3. Acrxine Mimics. 


The resemblance of the proteina, jlavescens, and fallax 
(= kilimandjara, Oberth.) forms of A. johnstoni to the 
echeria-albimaculata models was described and figured by 
Professor Poulton in 1906,* together with the likeness of 
the forms fwlvescens, Oberth., and semifulvescens, to very 
different Danaine and Acreine models. The mimicry of 
Amauris echeria by the commonest forms of A. johnstoni, 
viz. proteina and flavescens, had been suggested by the 
same naturalist as early as 1897.+ His 1906 memoir 

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. 299-311, Plates XXI, XXII. 

t Report British Association, Toronto, 1897, pp. 688-691. 


ww 


some British Hast African Butterflics, 515 


above referred to, dealt with the material obtained by me 
in Taveta and from the slopes of Kilimanjaro, but no 
complete list of specimens is given in it. Later captures 
have so far increased the series of this protean species as 
to make it worth while to publish the whole list from 
these localities and from Dabida Hill in the Taita district, 
It will be thus possible to gain some idea of the relative 
abundance of the various widely separated forms. 


(a) Tabular statement of the forms of Acrea johnstont 
captured at Taita, Taveta, and Kilimanjaro, May 1904- 
Jan. 1906. 


Forms of Acreva johnstoni, Godm, (including fallax, the 
eastern representative of 4. lycoa, Godt. yy 
LOCALITY AND | 
DATE. Le Sa Ss 
proteina, | fallax 9. | fallax 2. ee feleca s, | Sulvescens. | 
Taira, Da- 
BIDA. 
1904. 
May 25 : £8 1é Wi 
May 26. .|19 W a Ese at 
May 30 .. Mie 16g uh 1¢g 
May 3l 15 /1¢ We eee Pa. Ph dee or 
June8. .., 16 
TAVETA. 
1905. 
AprleAl, a *. Lg eh Ee 1g edi 
Mayi5... . pee et ee por || Seay 
KILIMANJARO, 
Mag nec) hgow cn ae gon 10 Seats, fears 
KILIMANJARO, 
Mampa State, | 
about 5000 ft. 
Septo15. »). sas es 1gé W- ‘e 
Sept. 21... ait . 13 Sum IN a os : 
Sept, 26. | Le W Ag 1g W ote el oes 
KILIMANJARO. 
Dec. 15-31. . ee 291W) 16 F,/382Wi\ 1g W 1g F, 
1F, 1F; 
1906. 
Jan. 5-16. .|/2g W* gu LS OW ee 26 W/1361W 
LW — 
Notalsi st" 63;29 29 63 63 46;191586;19 


* One captured Jan. 26-31, 1906. 
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PaRT III. (DEC.) 34 


—_ 
516 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomie Notes on 


The following specimens are figured by Professor Poulton 
in Trans. Ent. Soc: Lond., 1906, p. 281. 


F 1 figured in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906: Plate XXII, Fig. 2%, 


F 2 .. 5 + Plate XXI, Fig. 3%, 
Imig vi % i ite Fig. 23. 
F 4 ” ” 3” ” Fig. 18, 
Pere i %) » ” Fig. 1°. 
F6 ” ” ” ” Fig. 4°, 


The tabulated examples of jlavescens possessed very 
pale ochreous spots in the fore-wing, so that it was diffi- 
cult to distinguish worn specimens from proteina with its 
white spots. Omitting the consideration of fallax, which 
may be a distinct species, it is seen by this list that 
semifulvescens is by no means rare as compared with the 
other two forms. 

[So far as this comparatively short list enables us to 

judge, fulvescens is nearly half as numerous and semiful- 
vescens about a third as numerous as the combined proteina 
and jlavescens forms. This means that they are far from 
rare, and helps us to understand the probable secondary 
mimicry of fulvescens by the under side of the female 
Acrxa uvui, Grose-Smith. A single specimen of the 
female of this small Acrwa was captured in Mamba, Kili- 
manjaro, on September 25, 1905. The under side of the 
specimen differs entirely from that of the extremely 
abundant male and from other females of its group, in 
the overspreading fulvous tint which tends to obliterate 
the markings, producing at the same time a considerable 
superficial resemblance to the /ulvescens form of A. john- 
stont. 
The fulvescens form, in addition to its mimicry of the 
dorippus, Klug, form of Danaida chrysippus, L., resembles 
the daira form of Acrwa encedon, L. Both dorippus and 
daira, Godm. and Salv., are the dominant forms of their 
respective species. The local form of Acrawa doubledayi, 
Guér., of which a male was taken on Kilimanjaro, January 
26-81, 1906, also much resembles daira and fulvescens, 
and would probably be indistinguishable from these when 
upon the wing. E. B. P.] 


[Address and date lost. 


The two different forms of this [Acrwa johnstoni] re- 
semble other protected species, the commoner forms [ pro- 
teina and flavescens] being very like A. albimaculata which 


some British Hast African Butterflies, 517 


is common on the Taita hills: the other form [ fulvescens| 
I thought to be a different species until I perceived that 
the white spots on the fore-wing were traceable though 
almost obsolete. It is very difficult to distinguish it from 
Acrexa encedon on the wing, but it is I think both brighter 
and lighter in colour. It is more active than most Acreeas, 
but shares with these their remarkable resistance to 
Potassium cyanide in the killing bottle] 


[Mombasa, April 5, 1905. 


A, johnstoni I have only found on the hills at 3000 ft. 
upwards, I did not get it at Taveta, or indeed A. albimacu- 
lata, which also seems a hill insect. ] 

[It will be seen by reference to the table on p. 515 that 
soon after the above letter was written, forms of A. joln- 
stont were taken at Taveta. E. B, P.] 

4. Papilionine Mimics. The mimetic females of the three 
species of Papilio are well shown, two-thirds of the natural 
size, on Plate XXVIII, together with their non-mimetic 
males and chief Danaine model. It is seen that the 
females of Papilio jacksoni (F ig. 2) and especially of P. 
echertoides (Fig. 4) are more perfect mimics of the Amau- 
ris (Fig. 1) than the cenea female form (Fig. 6) of P, 
dardanus (merope), probably sub-species tibullus. The 
latter happens to be a very imperfect specimen of a variety 
tending towards the hippocoon female form and rather a 
poor mimic. The series of specimens represented in 
Plate XXIV of this year’s Transactions (1907) shows that 
the mimicry of the cenea form is usually better than in the 
example here figured. I have already alluded to the fact 
that all three Papilio mimics were taken at Nairobi on 
the same day (see Figs. 3, 5,6 and 7 on Plate XXVIII), 
though one species (P. jackson’) was represented by the 
male only which is not mimetic of Amauris. Another 
point of interest is the local preponderance of Papilio 
jacksoni where it is found. This preponderance at Kijabi 
is, I think, fairly represented by the series obtained there, 
and suggests that the Papilio may itself be distasteful to 
certain enemies, but gains advantage in the adoption by 
its female of a well-known Danaine pattern. Although a 
mimic, the Papilio may in its own habitat far outnumber 
the model, which however has a much greater range and 
is of course as a whole an infinitely more abundant insect. 

In nature the Papilio echerioides female is much nearer 


- 
518 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomie Notes on 


to the primary model than the other female Papilios, 
and, were it not for the characteristic habit of hovering 
nervously over a flower, it would be very difficult to dis- 
tinguish it from the Amauris. This close resemblance is 
especially remarkable when it is remembered that the 
under surface is mimetic of a very different model— 
Planema aganice. 

I have never met with the cenea form of the 2 of 
P. dardanus sub-species tibullus at all frequently, although 
I have taken it at Taveta, e. g. on August 4, 1905. Further- 
more, three specimens were brought me from Kilimanjaro, 
where it is probably common. Two of these are dis- 
tinguished by the yellow colour of the dise of the hind- 
wing and some of the fore-wing spots, suggesting affinity 
with the primitive ¢rimeni-like cenea female forms of 
Papilio polytrophus from the Kikuyu escarpment. 

I have also received males of Papilio echerioides from 
the same locality and have taken them at Taveta and in 
Taita. 


[ Mombasa, April 5, 1905. 


On Dabida [Taita] I have only taken Papilio echerioides 
above 3000 ft. | 

It would be of great interest to obtain the female from 
these localities, but there can be no doubt that it is the 
same form as that captured in the Kikuyu country. Dr. 
Karl Jordan, who has seen the specimens, informs me that 
they are not quite the same as typical echerioides from 
Natal, Gazaland, etc., but are transitional between this 
and the Abyssinian sub-species, osca7i, Rothsch. and Jord. 

5. Moth Mimics.—A letis monteironis, Druce, is an abun- 
dant species in North Kikuyu and, owing to its slow 
flight, a most conspicuous insect. It frequents more open 
country than the Amauris, but they may often be seen 
flying together. The resemblance is not strong on the 
wing, as the large pale areas of the moth are very pro- 
minent, and it is probable that it is itself a protected 
species, and has been but little modified by its association 
with the Danaine model. 


(a) Further Notes on Moth Mimics. E. B. P. 


The day-flying moth, Aletis monteironis, Druce, which 
looks so entirely different from the Amauwris in the 
cabinet, is, Mr. Marshall informs me, quite a good mimic 


some British East African Butterflies, 519 


of Amauris lobengula, E. M. Sharpe, when upon the wing. 
It occurs plentifully in British East Africa in localities 
where Amauris echeria and albimaculata are dominant. 
Thus I have received many from the neighbourhood of 
Fort Hall captured by my kind friends Mr. and Mrs, 
S. L. Hinde. Colonel Manders, who captured it with one 
of the Amauris models at Delagoa Bay, informs me that 
he thought it a good mimic on the wing, but when the 
set species were compared the very different patterns led 
him to conclude that he had made a mistake. The whole 
Geometrid genus <Aletis is undoubtedly highly distaste- 
ful. Its ordinary pattern, e.g., that of A. helcita, Linn., of 
the West Coast and A. libyssa, Hopff., of the East, is pro- 
bably the centre of an important combination (see p. 522) 
associated with that which surrounds Danaida chrysippus, 
but possessing strongly-marked independent aposematic 
elements of its own. In spite of these latter, the associa- 
tion with chrysippus has always been looked upon as 
synaposematic—a conclusion now strongly confirmed by 
this undoubted resemblance upon the wing of another 
species of Aletis to another Danaine model. 

Aletis monteironis only differs from A. libyssa in the tint 
of the ground colour, a peculiar ochreous in the former, a 
brilliant fulvous in the latter. .A. monteironis is probably 
a form of A. libyssa which has undergone a change in the 
tint of the ground colour in areas where the echeria (or 
lobengula) and albimaculata models aredominant. In spite 
of the special resemblance to A. lobengula observed by Mr. 
Marshall the distribution of the moth clearly indicates 
association with both the other allied forms of Amauris, 
viz. echeria and albimaculata, EH. B. P. 


Ill. Danaida (Limnas) chrysippus-centred Combination in 
British East Africa. 

1. The Primary Danaine model. In East Africa gener- 
ally the form dorippus, Klug (klugii, Butl.), is far more 
common than the type form, probably in the proportion 
of ten to one. 

D. chrysippus seems very subject to the attacks of 
Dipterous parasites. Out of 10 pup which I bred from 
larve at Weithaga no less than 9 were destroyed by the 
larvee of a fly, which has been identified by Mr. E. E. 
Austen as belonging to the genus Blepharipoda, of the 
Tachinide, These emerged on various dates in April, 


o 
520 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


1907. Thus my experience in British East Africa con- 
firms that of Mr. G. A. K. Marshall in Rhodesia* and of 
Colonel J. W. Yerbury at Aden,t and supplies further 
evidence in refutation of Erich Haase’s | assumption that 
the immunity of specially protected forms is absolute and 
defends them from the attacks of parasitic foes as well as 
vertebrate enemies. 


[ Zaveta, July 5, 1905. 


D. chrysippus, for several months past, as far as I have 
seen, has been always of the klugit form, and I have not 
seen 6 specimens of the type form in 6 months. ] 


[Rabai, May 1, 1906. 


Have you any reason to believe that the Alugi form is 
spreading at the expense of the type form of D. chrysippus ? 
It would certainly seem to be the case. in this Protectorate. 
The great rarity of the type form which I noticed before 
is by no means confined to Taveta, but seems universal 
on the Coast district, where the climatic conditions are 
anything but those of a desert area. I doubt if I have 
seen half-a-dozen of the type form in the last 24 months, 
whereas the klugit form has been as common as usual.] 

2. Nymphaline Mimics. Hypolimnas misippus, Linn., 
also abounds in British Kast Africa, but unlike the Danaine 
model, the proportionate number of the two females (inaria, 
Cr., and the type form) shows no marked preponderance 
on either side, 

There are also two species of Luryphene—ZL. senegalensis, 
Herr.-Sch., and £. chriemhilda, Staud., both occurring in 
the Coast hills, the females of which seem at first sight to 
come into the chrysippus-centred association. Both species 
frequent shady places and are generally common where 
found. Both male and female of both species settle on the 
ground and on plants with their wings spread out. They 
differ somewhat in their preferences, 2. senegalensis being 
generally found in cultivated country—banana plantations 
and such like—whilst 2. chriemhilda affects. the real forest 
country and is more local. In both species the female 
greatly resembles Z. chrysippus, but on the upper side 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 338. 

+ Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., 1892, p. 209. 

¢ Researches on Mimicry, Part II, English Translation, Stuttgart, 
1896. 


i ite i tie 


some British East African Butterflies, 521 


only ; while the male, which is destitute of the black and 
white tip, cannot be said to mimic this Danaine. The 
habits of both Euryphenes are however markedly different 
from those of the other members of this combination. All 
these latter have a leisurely floating flight which increases 
the resemblance to the model. The Euryphenes, on the 
other hand, are characterised by a rapid skimming flight 
close to the ground, on which they are very fond of settling 
with their wings expanded. In such a position they are 
really very inconspicuous in the intense light and shade of 
the woodland and forest habitat which they prefer. They 
have moreover an under side which is evidently procryptic, 
and when sitting with closed wings they are exceedingly 
difficult to detect even when one has actually seen them 
come to rest. However, it is just possible that they may 
obtain some advantage from adopting a well-known apose- 
matic appearance, and it is certainly difficult to account 
for the pattern of the female in any other way. 


[ Mombasa, Jan. 31, 1905. 


I must say I have doubts about the species of Zuryphene 
which resemble LZ. chrysippus being mimics at all. There 
are two species of this group in the Rabai district, of 
which one is common and widely distributed in the district 
[E. senegalensis], whilst the other seems much more local 
[Z. chriemhilda}. Both of these have [in the female] the 
colouring of the type form of Z. chrysippus, but their 
habits are totally different. They are woodland insects, 
and have a rapid skimming flight about a foot from the 
ground, on which they are very fond of settling, though 
they also settle not unfrequently on low bushes. They 
almost invariably settle with their wings expanded, and 
frequently remain in this position for a considerable time. 
In fact, their habits and haunts are so totally different 
from those of D. chrysippus as to make it exceedingly . 
unlikely that they are in any true sense mimics at all.] 

3. Acrxine Mimics. Acrxa encedon,L., is quite common 
everywhere, and the form daira, mimicking dorippus, is 
certainly considerably more abundant than the typical 
encedon. The fulvescens form of Acrexa johnstoni with 
other convergent Acrzas belonging to the dorippus- 
centred combination has been already considered on pp. 
514-517. 

4. Papilionine Mimics, Papilio dardanus, sub-sp. tibullus, 


a 
522 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


2 form trophonius, Westw. This form of the female is far 
less common than the hippocoon form, but it does occur at 
Rabai, etc., and, as is well known, bears a remarkable resem- 
blance to the Danaine model. Its flight is stronger and 
generally more lofty, so that it can be recognised on the 
wing, but in all other respects it is a very good mimic. 
A new form of the female from Nairobi is described by 
Mr. Roland Trimen in the Appendix (p. 554) under the 
name dorippoides. As its name implies it is a mimic of 
the dorippus form. 

5. Moth Mimics. The Geometrid (Boarmiine) moth 
Paraptychodes tenuis should probably be associated with 
D. chrysippus, to which in general pattern it bears much 
resemblance. The moth is however, like the Euryphenes, 
a forest insect. I have taken it at Ndzovuni, near Rabai 
(July 21, 1906). 


IV. The Aletis-Huphedira Combination in British East 
Africa. 

I have not as yet encountered many of the members 
of this powerful association so closely related to the 
chrysippus-centred combination and yet distinguished by 
distinct and conspicuous characters of its own. The 
probable central model in British East Africa is dis- 
tinguished in the British Museum, as Aletis ethelinda, 
Kirby, from the well-known south-eastern species A. libyssa, 
Hopff. The only apparent difference is the deeper richer 
tint of the fulvous ground colour in the examples of the 
more northern form in the National Collection. My own 
specimens however taken at Rabai (a male on Oct. 13, a 
female on Oct. 30, 1906) do not differ in this respect from 
the southern Aletis libyssa ; and it is exceedingly doubtful 
whether A. etelinda can be maintained as a separate 
species. 

The only other member of the combination I have seen 
is Huphedra eleus, Drury, which I have once taken at 
Rabai in forest country. 


B. ACGREA-CENTRED MIMETIC COMBINATIONS. 


These associations differ from those with Danaine 
models, because of the dominant place taken by synapose- 
matic Acrieas themselves, and consequently the smaller 
proportion of mimics belonging to other groups. 


iis eye oe 


some British East African Butterflies. 523 


a. A Planema-Acrea-centred Combination. 


Both at Taveta and Rabai the form of Planema aganice, 
Hew., which has been named by Dr. Butler Planema 
montana, is common. ‘This form is characterised by the 
rich fulvous colouring of the male, the female coming 
into the black and white combination centred round 
Amauris- niavius £. dominicanus, as referred to on pp. 507, 
508. Associated with this species, but perhaps always less 
numerous, I took a form of Acrwa esebria, Hew., called 
by Miss Sharpe Acrwa jacksoni, which bears a strong 
resemblance to it, especially on the wing, where the details 
of the black and fulvous colouring would not be prominent. 
This form is considerably smaller than Planema aganice, 
but they are so much alike that it was some time before 
I realised that they were not the same species. 


[Rabai, July 1, 1908. 


I once took a Pseudathyma (possibly a new species), 
now in the British Museum, which quite deceived me on 
the wing. I took it for A. esebria until I had it in the 
net. | 


[Plymouth, Jan. 2, 1908. 


I may also refer to the obvious resemblance of a male 
Pscudacrxa* to the males of these two Acreines [especially 
the rich fulvous-marked Planema montana], although I 
have not myself taken this mimic. The single specimen 
(from Shimba) in the collection I sent to Oxford, was 
given to me. This Psewdacrea from Shimba is probably 
the male of the form allied to P. hirce, mentioned on 
p. 508.] 


1. Further notes on Planema-Acrexa Combinations. 


My kind friend the author has presented to the Hope 
Department the following specimens of Planema aganice f. 
montana together with the Acrzas resembling it :— 

Dalida (May 25—June 16, 1904): 2 f and 3 @ of 
montana, all normal except one female with a pale ochreous 
instead of a white patch on the hind-wing. There are no 
specimens of A. esebria from this locality. 


* Psewdacrea rogersi, sp. nov. See Appendix, p. 549. 


a 
524 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 
Taveta (May 8, 1905—Jan. 30, 1906): 7 f and 4 9 of 


montana, 2 of the females with the pale markings of a 
cream tint instead of white: 6 A. esebria, of which 2 
resemble the males of montana and possess fulvous 
markings, the others pale ochreous. 

Kilimanjaro (Jan. 26-31, 1906): 1 2 montana: 1 ¥ 
Acrea carmentis, The latter is white-marked and re- 
sembles the much larger female of montana. 

In looking through the fine collection of butterflies from 
the Congo State in the Brussels Museum J was surprised 
to find that the form montana was abundantly represented 
from this area. 

In Mr. St. Aubyn Rogers’ experience Acrwa esebria is 
less abundant than the Planema, and the above figures 
support this conclusion. In Southern Africa, on the other 
hand, the Acrwa appears to be much commoner than 
P. aganice. There is however a similar mimetic relation- 
ship,—and the same is true of the representative forms of 
Acrea and Planema on the West Coast. Everywhere 
the Acrxa seems to exist with the Planema and to act 
asa variable and unstable mimic. The far greater con- 
stancy of the colours of the Planema leads to the 
inference that it is the model and the Acrwa the mimic. 
Varieties of the latter commonly diverge and become 
rough but undoubted mimics of Danaida chrysippus. 
- There can be no doubt that the usual strong superficial 
resemblance between these two Acrwinx, combined with 
the divergence of esebria from the ordinary colouring and 
pattern of the genus Acrwxa, led to its erroneous inclusion 
for a time in Planema. 

It is interesting to attempt to answer the question why 
Planema aganice acts as the model although it is, pro- 
oably for the most part, a less abundant species. The 
reason is probably to be found in its greater constancy and 
also in its larger size. There are several other instances 
of mimetic associations between Planema and Acrea: in 
all that Iam acquainted with the Planema is the larger 
insect and appears to act as the model. The dominance 
of a butterfly in the environment is affected by size as 
well as by numbers and other qualities: ceteris paribus, a 
large butterfly is likely to act as model for a small one. 
In a parallel instance from tropical America, the larger 
Nymphaline, Colenis julia, Fab., appears to act as model 
for the smaller Heliconine, Zueides aliphera, Godt., both 


some British East African Butterflies. 525 


species swarming together over an immense range, and both 
probably equally distasteful. Evidence that Colwnis is the 
model is yielded by a comparison of the northern and 
southern forms of both species. The northern Huweides, 
although diverging from the southern in the same manner 
as the Col#nis, has not changed to so great a degree. In 
other words, the Colenis leads and the Hueides follows. 

It is interesting to note that greater conspicuousness 
due to size may act in the same manner as greater con- 
spicuousness due to pattern. Amauris dominicanus as 
contrasted with A. echeria, etc., seems to be an example of 
dominance due in large part to pattern. (See p. 432.) 

These causes of predominant influence are of course 
relatively rare, the usual causes being greater unpalatability 
and superior numbers. Thus in nearly all the examples 
of mimicry figured in the four plates accompanying this 
memoir, the mimics are larger than their models, but the 
latter belong to the highly protected Danainx and the 
genus Mylothris. The mimicry of the larger red and black 
Acrzas by the immense Papilio antimachus, Dru., is a 
grand example of models far smaller than their mimic. 
There can be no doubt however that the models are here 
enormously more abundant and probably more distasteful 
than their gigantic mimic. In the case of Planema- 
Acrxa and of Colwnis-Eueides discussed above, there is not 
the same evidence for discriminating widely between the 
palatability and the relative abundance of the members of 
each pair. Their difference in size remains as an 
important distinction, and in both cases there is evidence 
that the larger species has acted as the model. 

EK. B. P. 


b. Red-and-black Combination centred by large Acreas. 


The commonest species in this group is Acrxa natalica, 
Boisd., which is often very abundant, e.g. at Taveta. There 
are however several other Acrzeas which come into this 
group, though the distribution of the black spots on the 
red ground varies a good deal. These include A, acara, 
Hew., A. anemosa, Hew., A. areca, Mab., and A. pharsalus, 
Ward. Together with these must be associated the larger 
Nymphaline butterfly Pseudacrva trimenti, Butl., which is 
connected with the other species as regards pattern by 
A. acara, as regards size by A. areca, 


526 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


Now although I have usually found P. tvimenii a rare 
species, this is not the case at Rabai. In fact, in some 
seasons it is more common than any other member of the 
group with the single exception of A. natalica. It 
frequents much the same situations as the Acraas but its 
flight is more lofty and sustained, and when alarmed it 
goes off at a great rate. Still the integuments of the 
thorax are very tough and quite different from those of 
species which adopt a protective (cryptic) appearance. 
Although the specimens of ¢rimenii from British East 
Africa differ in some details from the South African type, 
still they always have the brilliant pink and pearly white 
under side which at once distinguishes them from the 
nearly allied P. boisdwrali, Doubl., in which the corre- 
sponding surface is ochreous. 


[ Zaveta, July 5, 1905. 


Abantis tettensis, Hopff., mimicking on the under surface 
and at rest the pattern of the smallest Acrwas of the 
doubledayi type, was quite common here in the rains in 
one place. It flies backwards and forwards with great 
rapidity quite in the usual skipper manner, and always 
settles with wings half-raised, so that it gives no idea of an 
Acrxa on the wing or during the brief pauses between 
successive flights. ] 


1. Further notes on Combination centred by large red-and- 
black Acrvas, KE. B. P. 


This group of large Acreas also includes Acrwa chilo, 
Godm., captured by Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers in several 
localities. A. astrigera, Butl., not in his collection, but 
sent to me by Mr. and Mrs. 8. L. Hinde from Fort Hall 
and Kitui, must also be regarded as a member, although 
apparently much rarer than any of the others. The group 
is furthermore perhaps united by its smallest members, 
A, pharsalus and small individuals of A. natalica, with the 
still smaller species,—acrita, Hewits., brevsia, Godm., double- 
dayi, Guér., and neobule, Doubl. The following table 
shows the numbers of specimens (with the inclusive dates) 
at Oxford captured by Mr. St. Aubyn Rogers at various 
localities in British East Africa. 


some British Hast African Butterflies. 527 


pale | Set aes 3 .| 8 
S/2/S/8 S/S] el slslelé 
= R 2 ~~ 3 2 > = “3 Ss = 
DATES Sho) Sep Seo Sl 8 2/3/8] 
LOCALITIES. : a aries tec We Ssisil8/ets] 8 
PIS ele el el/lslslels 
o 5 S a =~ 
SIS/SHE(SLSEI SIS PSL E 
x N 2 
Ry 
(Mombasa ameue ss om cM TO— JUNE Wises bcos [eer lo vec | eae Huon |) [ase [bene fon 
25, 1904. 
ADEM LOO DE Roses Picea ices, feteee Teen (nism ili es [bie oe 
s [PRSUSI ee ect eaete cea |) May os— Oct sion (ies. (recoil he AB [eke e200 1 
3 14, 1903. | 
a March 240 t90bmlter. isco (isn els Pcotfeecsh() ON fees: ees |) ae 8 
a —Jan. 21, 1907. 
73 | Kalolein, Kaya Kauma, 
+5) e vangvcowint’s Geta). | Heb 21, 1908— Iie. Wa) ite | tai] Whee iiteyf ..2 |) 6 
s Jan. 13, 1904. 
) Mach 22 ESt cr clea ce |) acne Leap cee 1 
Ee , 1906. | 
& | Jilore,Mangea, Ndzovuni, | 
and Mleji (Giryama) . | July 16-24,1906.| ... |... | ..] 4. 1 451 2.) 2 
Mwaeba HillandShimba| Nov. 25, 1904. | ... | ... |... | we | ne elass 
Cet) 4——Deesy {tos || eee ecess | ese 1 diss 
1906. | 
Mazeras (Uganda Railway) .| May 19,1906. | --- |... | 0 | cee | ace | eee | wee | 1 
Mackinnon Road (Uganda 
Railway) and Maketao. .| Aprill0—June|... | 1 2 
13, 1905. | 
Voi to Taveta. ... « » -| April, 1905. {iol cen) (ecco on 1 oe 
Taita Plain, Dabida and 
Sagalla Mountains . . .| May 25—Jun. | 4/}11]...}..) 1 | 1 | 2 2| 3 
21, 1904. 

Waltapipaneon ian ss -8n- Fen Pe May OR. LOG mimeth ie ad lly. llp aa Mli toa it -eup [hss foes, [hare [Naan [> oes 
avetaie, vs is. ns =) et PADTinomoea-— le Sele] Sf A eEOM ir ese ||) Daltieee Wek 1 
Jan, 26, 1906. 

Kilimanjaro. ... . . .| May, 1905— 1 hap Naan Vn ay WSS a oe! 
Jan. 31, 1906. 
1) ne Se sf 9 | 30| 8 11 | 25 2/18} 6 |1]i1s| 1 


When the author was in England I asked him if he 
would kindly give me his general impressions of the rela- 
tive abundance of the chief members of this important 
combination. At Rabai, A. natalica was the commonest, 
and then the following species arranged in the order 
of their abundance :—Pseudacrea trimenii, Acrea acara, 
A. anemosa, A. areca. At Taveta, on the other hand, 
where natalica swarms, the Pseudacrva was the rarest, and 
no definite impression remained of the relative numbers 
of the others. In the neighbourhood of Taita, natalica 
was the commonest species, and areca next, while the 
Pseudacrea was not seen. 

It is important to bear in mind these impressions, 
founded on an experience going back to 1898, when study- 
ing the table printed above. 


528 Rev. K. St. Aue Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


The relation of the eastern and western sub-species of 
Pseudacrea boisduvali to their respective Acreine models 
is interesting and peculiar. There can be no doubt that 
the eastern sub-species ¢rimenii with its conspicuous sub- 
apical yellow-ochreous fore-wing bar, mimics Acrwa acara 
(in which the apical portion of the fore-wing is warm red- 
dish-ochre), and bears no very close resemblance to aveca or 
to any of the other large red black-marked eastern Acrzeas, 
The western boisduvali, on the other hand, is a much 
closer mimic of Acrwa egina, the western representative of 
areca, than it is of zetes, the representative of the eastern 
model of tvimenti. This is all the more remarkable because 
zetes is replaced by acarva in the Cameroons, as I was 
astonished to find in the collection of the Brussels Museum, 

This mimetic relationship is unusual, and is all the 
more remarkable because the eastern mimic is transitional 
into the western, the eastern model into the western zetes, 
the western model into the eastern egina, It is probable 
that this curious relationship is to be explained by the 
fact that acara is, on the whole, predominant over areca 
in the range of ¢rimenii, and egina (the W. representative 
of areca) predominant over zetes (the W. representative of 
acara) in the range of boisduvali. (Compare Mr. Roland 
Trimen’s account on pp. 552-554.*) 

A very interesting detail in the mimetic resemblance 
of the Pseudacrxa is to be seen in the palpi, which are 
orange like those of Acrwa acara, A. areca, A. anemosa, 
and A. natalica. A parallel case is to be found in the 
Methona-Thyridia-centred combination of tropical South 
America, in which the yellow or orange-clubbed antenne 
of the models are mimicked by Danaine (Ituna), Pierine 
(Dismorphia) and Castniid moths. In both cases the 
small size of the mimetic feature is probably compensated 
by its prominence. 


c. Combination of small fulvous and black Acreas from 
Weithaga. 


This group consists entirely of species of the genus 


* Just as Mr. Trimen finds obvious links with the western boisdu- 
vali in the pattern of certain eastern individuals, and especially 
one of the Rabai specimens here referred to, so also a clear transition 
towards the eastern trimenii may be seen in Angolan specimens in 
which a trace of the ochreous sub-apical fore-wing bar is present. 
It is however probable that acara and not zetes is the Angolan form. 


some British Hast African Butterflies, 529 


Acrexa, i.e. A. cabira, Hopff.; A. vinidia, Hew.; A. alicia, 
“E, M. Sharpe, and A. terpsichore, L. (serena, F abr.), the 
latter being an outlying member. 

In Northern Kikuyu it is the local species A. alicia, 
which is dominant in numbers. This species is by far the 
most abundant butterfly in the whole country, and I once 
counted 460 specimens which had settled for the night on 
one small tree. A. alicia flits restlessly round bushes and 
small trees, quite after the manner of some of the blues. 
They settle occasionally on the trees or on low herbage. 
The males are much the commoner. Although so different 
on the under side, I could not distinguish the males and 
females on the wing. The female of A. alicia is dimor- 
phic on the under side, and the two forms bear a consider- 
able resemblance on this surface to A. cabira, Hopff., and 
A. vinidia, Hew. (f. tenella, Rogenh.) respectively. 

The captures of members of this group are recorded in 
the table prepared by Professor Poulton, on p. 530. 


1. Description of two mimetic forms of the female of Acraa 
alicia, E. M. Sharpe. E.B. P. 


Acrea alicia, E. M. Sharpe, new female form, cabiroides. 


The distinguishing features of this form are confined to 
the under surface, which is alone referred to in the follow- 
ing account. The under surface of the hind-wing and of 
the apical region of the fore-, bears a strong superficial 
likeness to the same parts of the larger butterfly, Acrwa 
cabira, Hopff. The broad bar crossing the centre of the 
hind-wing and to a less extent the sub-apical bar of the 
fore-wing tend to become very pale, often attaining a 
cream tint like that of the same markings in cabira. The 
wide and complex marginal markings much resemble those 
of cabira, the internal contour of the marginal band is a 
pronounced bay near the apical angle of the hind-wing, 
being strikingly similar. The sub-basal band of black 
spots of the hind-wing is strongly developed and often 
presents the appearance of an irregular double row, 
although the dark red colour which is conspicuous be- 
tween the two rows of cabira is almost wanting. Within 
these spots the base of the hind-wing is of a greyish tint, 
as in cabira. 

The features which distinguish cabiroides are thus con- 


530 Rev. K. St. Aufffn Rogers’ Bionomie Notes on 


| Acrea 


; Acr@a Acrea ens 
WEITHAGA. | oT pera | Tatton, Acrwa alicia, 
1906. 
Aug. 9 36 
2W 82 «¢. 
29 t. -all W 
| 
Aap wl es AP ae At ove 
W — 
Auge 1s... es 16 29 34 
W Wilwe 
2W 
Aug.15. .| ie 13 
W 
TART ou vo] ee 63 
5 W 
Aug, 22.) ¥. ae 26 Bei lio dikes Mecr: 
W 1W+ W+ W- 
2W 
2W - 
1907. 
Heb toe. oa Ms bi 5 19 ¢ 
w- 
March7. . Boy oO eee 26 19 ¢. 
Ww- 
March8. . m} 8; ae 1¢ 
W 
March 12 ./16 19 c¢ 
19 ¢ 
March 14. ahs Lee 1¢ | 6 incop. with 9 ¢ 
W +| W 
March 20. a ae ma 3 in cop. with @ c. 
March 23. ifs a 26 a 
March 25 . a Dae 19 
March 27. ae 10) Dig 
1W- 
March 28. be a” sh 1? ©. 
Ww- 
April16. . 19 os sm 
Aprii7'.” . ~~ ae 1° 
W 
Potala2) Eajdid L SO Sa igi 1s? 49/96 159 
Nive Mental! | 
c = cabiroides 9 form of alicia mimetic of cabira on under side. 
t = tenelloides 9 form of alicia mimetic form of the tenella form of 


winidia on under side. 


i= @ form of alicia intermediate between the above. 
W + = wings considerably worn (not chipped or notched except very 
rarely). 
W =moderately worn. 
W — = little worn. 


Specimens without W are fresh, 


some British East African Butterflies. 531 


fined to the parts of the under surface which are visible at 
rest: they probably sub-serve Miillerian mimicry during 
repose. There can be no doubt that the resemblances in 
question are based on affinity: comparison between the 
cabiroides female form and bonasia, F., the western 
representative of alicia, makes this evident. But, at the 
same time, it is equally clear that in the presence of the 
British East African cadira, just those elements in the 
pattern have been retained, developed and modified, which 
would thereby promote resemblance during repose. 

Tyre captured, March 28, 1907, at Weithaga, N. Kikuyu, 
British East Africa; in Hope Department, Oxford Uni- 
versity Museum. 

The cabiroides form was taken in coitu with the male 
A, alicia on March 20, 1907. 


Acrxa alicia, L. M. Sharpe, new female form tenelloides. 


Distinguishing features are confined to the under surface 
which is alone referred to below. The under surface of this 
female form, which is apparently less abundant than cabi- 
roides, superficially resembles that of the ¢enella, Rogenh. 
(=<abbotti, Holland), form of Acreva vinidia, Hew., found 
abundantly in the same locality (Weithaga). As in cabt- 
voides, the resemblance is confined to the parts of the under 
surface that are visible during repose. The sharp demarca- 
tion between the marginal markings and the paler ground 
colour is obscured by an over-spreading ochreous shade, pro- 
ducing an effect entirely different from that of the cabiroides 
form and its model, butsomewhat similar to¢enella, especially 
the females. The cream-coloured band crossing the hind- 
wing which is so conspicuous a feature in the cabiroides 
form, is here obsolete or invisible, being of a pale yellow 
tint like the rest of the disc. The marginal pattern 
is much reduced, the inner part with its bay, which is 
so characteristic a feature in cabiroides, being absent or 
only to be made out by careful examination. Thus reduced, 
the margin is only about half the width attained in the 
other mimetic female form, being of about the same pro- 
portion as in ¢enella, and like it with an internal contour 
nearly parallel with the hind margin of the wings, and 
with a bay which is slightly marked as compared with 
that of cabira and its mimic. The triangular yellow inter- 
nervular markings which invade the border from the hind 
margin of the hind-wing resemble the similar orange 


TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Il. (DEC.) 35 


- 
532 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


marks of ¢enella,—especially the female of this latter, in 
which the triangles are less prominent and less sharply 
defined. In cabira and in the most fully-developed 
cabiroides, these markings are of a cream tint and very 
conspicuous. In all characters hitherto mentioned except 
the overspreading ochreous shade the ¢enelloides form 
tends to assume the pattern of its own male, and it might 
be held that this and not the mimicry of ¢enel/a is the 
significance of the difference between the two female 
forms of alicia. 

The pattern of the male is however extraordinarily 
sharp and conspicuous, while that of ¢enelloides is obscured 
and ill-defined, so that the two patterns, however similar 
they may prove to be on close examination, have an 
entirely different superficial appearance. Furthermore, 
the remaining important characters towards the base of 
the hind-wing diverge from the pattern of the male alicia 
and resemble those of tenella. The sub-basal black spots 
retain the appearance of a double row as in cabiroides, but 
are much reduced in size, while individual spots are lost, 
especially in the central or intra-cellular part of the series. 
The male, on the other hand, possesses an irregular single 
row of very heavily marked black spots, as well developed 
in the cell of the hind-wing as elsewhere. The points in 
which the band of tenelloides differs from that of its own 
male and from the other female form, bring about an 
approach towards the pattern of ¢enella, which can hardly 
be accidental. In both sexes of tenella there is an irregu- 
lar double sub-basal row of small spots, of which the 
largest are a pair (one spot for each row) within the costal 
margin, while the most numerous form a group within the 
inner margin. Between these two extremities the rows 
are only represented by two spots in the cell, of which the 
outer is usually the more conspicuous and sometimes the 
only constituent. In the ¢enelloides form we also find the 
two prominent costal spots, the numerous small spots at 
the other end of the series, and the median reduction to 
one or two spots in the cell. 

Tenella furthermore differs from cabira in the absence of 
a well-marked bluish-grey basal area within the sub-basal 
spots, a feature that is mimicked in the best developed 
cabiroides females and suppressed in the best developed 
tenelloides, where the area in question is, as in the model, 
rather darker than the rest of the under surface, but differs 


ba 


ee Sr 


some British East African Butterflies. 533 


from the model in the absence of basal orange marks, 
somewhat conspicuous against the yellow ground colour. 
Tenelloides appears to display more evidence of special 
adaptation and asmaller use of ancestral features in the 
attainment of a mimetic appearance, than cabirordes. 

TYPE captured, March 12, 1907, at Weithaga, N. Kikuyu, 
British East Africa; in Hope Department, Oxford Uni- 
versity Museum. 

The tenelloides form was taken in coitw with the male of 
A. alicia on March 14, 1907. 

These two female forms are probably specially developed 
in N. Kikuyu in relation to the abundance of cabira and 
tenella. I have not found the same sharp differentiation 
into two contrasted forms in the females from other locali- 
ties which I have had the opportunity of studying. Very 
great variation in the under surface pattern of the 
females was however always evident; and even at Wei- 
thaga intermediate forms appear, while distinct traces of 
the cabiroides pattern, invisible at a little distance, can be 
made out on a careful examination of some of the tenellowdes 
females. E. B. P. 


2. The peculiar aposematic pattern of the under surface in 
the male Acreva alicia. KH. B. P. 


The visible under surface of the male of this species 
and the allied A. wewi, Grose-Smith, possesses a remark- 
able and characteristic pattern. The ground colour and 
apical bar of the fore-wing are bright yellow, the sub- 
apical bar of the fore-wing and the border of both wings 
deep black, the border containing prominent yellow mark- 
ings, developed along the hind margins of both wings. 
The sub-basal row of black spots of the hind-wing is so 
strongly developed as nearly to form a continuous band, 
within which the ground colour assumes a greenish tint. 
The effect of the simple pattern thus briefly described is 
very peculiar and unlike that of other Acrzas. KE. B. P. 


3. The synaposematic upper surface pattern of Acrea alicia, 
uvut, etc. E. B. P. 

Although the females are so different from the males on 
the under surface, that of wvui resembling the /ulvescens 
form of Acreajohnstoni (see p. 516), the pattern of the upper 
surface is very similar in the two sexes. The females of 


oe 
534 Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomie Notes on 


alicia and wvwi are indeed distinguished from the males 
by the pale markings in the biack hind marginal border, 
but in spite of this are indistinguishable upon the wing 
(see p.529), Mr. S.A. Neave, M.A., B.Sc., has called atten- 
tion to this upper surface aposematic pattern and has 
pointed out that Acreva vinidia (tenella) possesses a very 
similar upper surface (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1906, 
p. 219). E. B.P. 


d. Pardopsis punctatissima, Boisd., as a model. 


P. punctatissima is a very common widespread species in 
East Africa and there is generally associated with it a 
Lyceenid, Pentila amenaida, Hew., and in other localities 
other species of the same genus. Both are woodland 
species, though the Lycznid prefers much more shady 
places than P. punctatissima. The latter is altogether duller 
in colouring and its flight is much nearer the ground. 

When at Taveta I was much struck by the resemblance 
ofa diurnal Geometrid moth, Petovia dichroaria, Herr.-Sch., 
which I took flying with P. amenaida, on December 9, 
1905. The resemblance does not appear very strong in 
the cabinet, but on the wing the similarity of their flight 
and their general appearance is very deceptive, so much 
so that I have had ditticulty in discriminating between the 
species in the living state. The moth is somewhat brighter 
in colouring than the Lycenid. PP. punctatissima is 
commoner at Rabai than at Taveta, and P. amenaida 
is also abundant, but I do not remember seeing the 
moth. 

P. amenaida gives one the idea of being itself protected. 
It is very fond of settling in little companies on low plants, 
and if disturbed often opens its wings a few times without 
quitting the surface on which it is resting. Its flight 1s 
very feeble indeed. 

[Rabai, August 29, 1908. 


I have lately taken Pentila amenaida and Pardopsis 
punctalissima together. Many specimens of the Pentila 
are smaller with the spots fewer and smaller, so as to bear 
little resemblance to the Acrwa. Although the Pentilas 
are more addicted to forest country and the Pardopsis to 
erass-lands with patches of bush, they may be seen fly- 
ing together. The Pentila is even commoner than the 
Pardopsis.] 


ko - 


some British Hast African Butterflies, 535 


1. Further notes on the mimics of Pardopsis. E. B. P. 


It is probable that the Geometrid moth is a secondary 
Miillerian mimic of this specially protected Lycznid. 
Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall captured the same species at 
Malvern, Natal, flying with another distasteful Acreeiform 
Lycenid—Alena amazoula,* Boisd. Four examples of 
the moth and three of the Alena taken by Mr. Marshall, 
September 26, 1897, are now in the bionomic collection 
of the Hope Department. These specimens of the moth 
are much paler in tint, and possess far darker veins than 
the individuals from Taveta, of which a second was taken 
by Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers on December 26, 1905. These 
local differences in the moth correspond to obvious points 
of distinction between the A/ewna and the Pentila, thus 
suggesting the conclusion that the two Lycwnidx act as 
models. A much larger number of specimens from both 
localities must however be examined and compared before 
this conclusion can be regarded as established. 

There is no doubt that both these Lyczenids are mimics 
of the Acrvine—the Pentila of Pardopsis, the Alena of a 
general type of Acraine colouring—thus supporting the 
opinion that the resemblance of the moth is a case of 
secondary mimicry. I found that both Alena amazoula 
and Pentila amenaida had been placed among the Acrzeas 
of the Hope Department by the late Professor Westwood. 
Unnamed and evidently unstudied they had been placed 
where almost any naturalist unfamiliar with their section 
of the Lycxenide would have placed them if he had not 
the time to make a careful examination. E. B. P. 


C. Mimetic CoMBINATIONS AMONG THE PIERINA, 
I. Mylothris-centred Combinations. 
a. Mylothris agathina-centred Combination taken at Rabat. 


The following specimens were captured at Rabai, June 
23, 1906 :-— ’ 

Myl. agathina, Cram., f. See Plate XXIX, fig. 5, for 
under surface. 

Belenois thysa, Hopff., 29: dry f. See Plate XXIX, fig. 


6, for under surface. 
* Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 497, 498. 


536 Rev. K. St. Au Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 
Leweronia argia, Fabr., 2: dry f, See Plate XXIX, 


fig. 7, for under surface. 

All the specimens were in good condition except the 
Mylothris, which was slightly worn. These species are 
all fairly common at Rabai and are found frequenting the 
same stations. JV. agathina is, perhaps, more distinctively 
addicted to the open country, but all are found in wood- 
lands, and JZ. agathina and &. thysa may frequently be 
seen flying together. 

In this district the commonest species is B. thysa, 
though the association is probably grouped round JZ, 
agathina, which has the slow leisurely flight of a protected 
species. 

B. thysa has a much more rapid flight when disturbed, 
but, like most of the members of its genus, it is frequently 
seen settled on flowers, and it is comparatively rare to 
find specimens which show evidence of the attacks of 
birds. 

L. argia is more of a forest insect, and the flight of the 
males is high and strong. The female usually flies much 
lower and much less strongly than the male, so that it 
approaches the other two members of the combination in 
habits as well as in colouring. 

[The mimetic resemblance, which is developed upon 
the under surface of the wings, is represented on Plate 
XXIX, figs. 5-7. The orange flush at the base of the 
fore-wings whichis the distinctive feature of the male 
Mylothris and the females of the other two species, is 
distinctly shown in the plate. The mimetic likeness 
attained by the female Leuceronia (Fig. 7) is seen to be 
very rough as compared with that of the Lelenois (Fig. 6). 
Furthermore, the orange flush of the Zeuceronia resembles 
that of the Belenois, and more closely that of the Mylothris, 
—probably due to secondary mimicry; but many speci- 
mens must be compared before this suggestion can be 
accepted. It is of much interest to note that the primary 
model resembled by these two females is a male, the 
orange flush of the female JM/ylothris agathina being 
obscured by the general brownish-orange colour of the 


wings. KE. B. P.] 


some British East African Butterflies, 537 


b. Mylothris agathina-centred Combination from Kili- 
MONJATO. 


Myl. agathina, Cram., 1 ¢ (worn, a large notch in left 
fore-wing), Jan. 26-31, 1906. 

Myl. poppxa, Cram., 1 2, Jan. 26-31, 1906. 

Myl. yulei, Butl., 4 9, Jan 5-16, 1906. 

Myl. riippellii, Koch, 1 9, Jan. 5-16, 1906. 

Pinacopteryz rubrobasalis, Say, 3 9, Jan. 5-16; one, 
Jan. 26-31; two, 1906. 

With regard to the upper surface JZ. poppxea is much 
brighter orange than the others. The other species of 
Mylothris resemble one another and are approached by the 
palest of the three specimens of the Pinacopteryzx. 

On the under side the palest Pinacopteryx beautifully 
mimics the MZ. riippellii, while the other two specimens of 
the Pinacopteryx mimic IM, agathina, in which the ground 
colour of the hind-wing is ochreous. The J. yulei and 
M. poppxa resemble each other closely. 

The predominance of the genus Mylothris in this com- 
bination is very evident, and there is no doubt that it is 
distasteful to some enemies, at any rate. All the speci- 
mens were captured for me by natives, as I was unable 
to go to Kilimanjaro at that time. When I was on the 
mountain in September I observed the abundance of this 
combination and obtained specimens of some of its 
members. 


ce. Mylothris-centred Combination from Weirthaga. 


The table on p. 538 represents all the specimens of an 
interesting Pierine combination captured at Weithaga in 
the Northern Kikuyu country, a part of the Kenia province 
of the colony. 

The most dominant species is Mylothris rubricosta, Mab., 
which is found almost exclusively in swampy places, and 
is also very abundant. JZ. riippellii, Koch, is also found 
commonly, but I do not remember having ever seen JZ. 
agathina in this part of the Kikuyu country. 

Associated with these is found Phrissura phebe, Butl., 
of which the under surface of the female bears most 
resemblance to MZ. agathina gf, whilst that of the male 
is nearer to both sexes but especially the male of JZ. 
vubricosta. On the upper side the female of P. phwbe is, 


538 Rev. K. St. au Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


: P . Pinacopteryx 
E Mylothris Mylothris Phrissura F 
—o rior pr riippellii. per N. Nae of. 
1906. 
Aug. 15 ./36 59? 
Aug. 16 .|86 29 
Anal angles 
of both 
H.W.s 
notched in 
1 ode 
Aug. 18 . oN 28 
Left wings of 
both cleanly 
shorn. 
Aug, 22 . on sae 138 13 
Chipped. Chipped, and 
specially at 
anal angle 
H.W. 
Aug. 23 .|1¢ 1¢$ 
Left H.W. shorn. 
Aug. 24 . nce 1, 
Worn, rather 
chipped. 
1907. 
Feb. 13 . a aS sd3 1¢ 
March 9 ./2¢ ‘ a 
March 13.|)16¢ ae re 
March 19. su a au 1 
Rather worn. 
March 23. ake a a 1é 19 
(normal) 
Rather worn, 
April 5 . “ye es he Li 
April13 .|16 a iy at 
April 20 . a ce aN 1h 
(mimetic) 
Fresh, chipped. 
Mayll .|26 19 = 
Anal angle 
of one H.W. 
notched. 
May 13 .j16 
Totals .| 192 89\36 eo Vol5s 29 


however, much nearer to the two species of Jylothris 
captured with it, but especially to JZ. riippellii, because 
of the development of the black markings. 

The most interesting species of the combination, how- 
ever, is the single female of the northern form of Pinaco- 
pteryx pigea, Boisd., captured April 20, which is quite 
different from the normal form and distinctly mimetic of 
the section of the genus Mylothris of which JZ. agathina g 
is the best-known example. On the under side the 


a — 


some British East African Butterflies. 539 


resemblance is strongest to the male of this species; but 
on the upper the likeness to the two species of Mylothris 
actually taken with it, and especially JZ. rwbricosta, is more 
evident. This remarkable female of P. pigea chiefly re- 
sembles the female of J/. rwbricosta in the indistinctness of 
the orange-red flush, whilst the slight black margin brings 
it nearer to the male of the same species. 

This form of the northern P. pigea has not been taken 
hitherto, and is, in-Dr. Dixey’s opinion, perhaps transitional 
towards P. rubrobasalis, Lanz. 

It would be of considerable interest to ascertain whether 
this mimetic female is a seasonal form, and whether it is 
to be compared with the special development of mimicry 
in the dry season phase of Belenois thysa, as described 
by Dr. F. A. Dixey.* The seasons are not however well 
marked in Northern Kikuyu, and the country never 
reaches the parched state which seems necessary for 
the full development of the dry season phase of most 
Pierine. : 

It will be observed from the table on p. 538 that several 
specimens show injuries probably caused by the attacks 
of birds, and that this evidence is stronger in the case of 
M. riippelliz, although a model, than in that of the mimetic 
species. The cleanly shorn hind-wings of more than 
one specimen of Jf. riippellit especially afford very strong 
evidence of attacks by such a weapon as the beak of a 
bird. 

The great predominance of Pierine mimicry within and 
convergent towards Mylothris is well seen in the tabulated 
Weithaga specimens; for the only other Pierines captured 
at the same period in this locality were :— 


1 Belenois mesentina, Cram. 

6 Synchloe johnstont, Crowley. 
2 Terias brigitta, Cram. 

3 Terias regularis, Buti. 

2 Terias senegalensis, Boisd. 
3 Colias electra, Linn. 


II. Belenois-centred Combination from Taveta. 


Dr. Dixey has brought forward much evidence to show 
that Belenois thysa is a protected species, and, to judge 
from their abundance, it would seem that Belenois severina, 


* Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. xxxvi, xxxvii, 


540 Rev. K. St. Kabee Bova LBiononic Notes on 


Cram., and Bb. mesentina, Cram., should be regarded in 
the same light. 

Whilst at Taveta it seemed to me that these two species 
formed a centre of convergence for other Pierinx. On 
May 10, 1905, the following were captured :— 


B. severina, Cram., 9. 
Teracolus halimede, Klug, §. 
Teracolus celimene, Lucas, §. 
Abantis levubu, Wallgr., f. 


All these species bear a considerable resemblance on 
the wing, and all settle in exactly the same way with 
wings half raised. I think TZeracolus castalis, Staud., 
might be added to the assemblage. The convergence is 
greatest between the 2 7. celimene and the ? B. severina, 
and I have little doubt that the Belenois has acted as a 
model in this case. The other two species are more like 
the males of 5. severina and B. mesentina ; and though in 
mounted specimens it may not seem very evident in the 
case of the Zeracolus still it is very appreciable in nature. 
The Hesperid is of great interest, as mimicry in this group 
is so rare. The species has a rapid flight as is usual in 
this family, but its comparatively large size and its con- 
spicuous black and white colouring mark it out at once 
from its congeners and give it a strong superficial resem- 
blance to the forms mentioned above. 

Teracolus has a habit of congregating in special places 
to roost every evening, generally several species being 
present at one and the same place, with the two common 
species of Lelenois. These places are generally exposed 
to the rays of the sun as it sinks in the western horizon, 
and the same situations are used for months and even 
years. 

[Rabai, Aug. 29, 1908. 


As the rest attitudes of all butterflies are of some im- 
portance, you may be interested to hear that I twice saw 
Belenois thysa in the position of permanent rest. In one 
case a single shattered specimen was observed resting on 
the under side of the leaf of a small tree where it was well 
concealed, but two other specimens (quite fresh) were seen 
resting on the upper side of the leaves of a small bush in 
the forest with bright green leaves, against which the 
yellow under side was most conspicuous and could be 


some British Hast African Butterflies. 541 


visible from some distance. At this time of the year 
very few butterflies are on the wing before 7 o'clock, 
whilst the early morning hours are a time of great activity 


for birds. ] 
[Rabai, Aug. 29, 1908. 


Some of the smaller Acrzas are anything but con- 
spicuous on the under side,—even A. encedon which is so 
abundant and widely distributed. It is no doubt an ad- 
vantage to them to be fairly well concealed in the position 
of complete rest. ] 


1. Resemblance between a female Teracolus vesta and a 
female Belenois severina taken together at Taveta. 


B. Be P: 


When looking over the Pieringx captured by the author 
at Taveta, I noticed a female specimen of Zeracolus vesta, 
Reiche (represented on Pl. XXIX, fig. 9), which strongly 
suggested the facies of the female of belenois severina. 
When I turned to the series of this latter species, it was 
at once seen that on the very day (April 25, 1905) on 
which he had captured the Zeracolus, a female severina 
closely resembling it had also been taken. The specimen 
is figured on Pl. XXIX, fig.8. The pale salmon tint which 
usually appears on 7. vesta is wanting from the upper 
surface of this specimen, of which the ground colour is a 
very pale greenish-yellow like that of the elenois. The 
oblique black marking which starts from the costa of the 
fore-wing and crosses the end of the cell is strongly de- 
veloped in the severina, closely resembling the Teracolus, 
in which it is a characteristic feature of the upper surface. 
Beneath, the yellow and orange tints and dark markings 
are very different in detail, but their general effect is the 
same. On the wing and at rest from a little distance, the 
butterflies would be indistinguishable. E. B. P. 


D. NoTES ON THE SEASONAL FORMS, ETC., OF PRECIS IN 
British East AFRICA. 


[This section is chiefly made up of quotations from 
letters by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers, and noted on the 
specimens presented by him to the Hope Department. 

E. B. P.] 


542 Rev. K. St, Aub Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


a, Precis sesamus, Trim, 


Rabai, Sept. 30, 1906, 


I should have mentioned that I found Precis sesamus in 
Kikuyu (I had a month there during August 1906). All 
the specimens I took were the dry form, which is what one 
would expect; but I saw the wet form once, This year 
has been very wet in Kikuyu as well as at the coast, but 
the rains stopped in Kikuyu early in June, and I was 
there in the Dry Season: still the country was not at all 
dried up and the grass was still green. I doubt if it does 
dry up at this time of year in normal years. I also found 
Precis archesia, but those were all of the “wet” phase, 
which is rather extraordinary. 


Plymouth, Jan. 3, 1907. 


I do not think I have ever sent you the list of captures 
of Precis sesamus in North Kikuyu [Weithaga]. I have 
no record of those taken in Aug. 1906 [see preceding 
letter], but those of 1907 are as follows :— 


~ DRY-SEASON WET-SEASON 
1907. 


| FORMS. FORMS. 


Henrie) Hee AP TY 1 


Mebilgr : GIVER PsA Ge” &: Bed 
Rebs92h.dey ee ely itaed 1 
Feb. 26 aid 
March 4 

IMarchio wo nem ae eee Bop 
March ay Ea) Be De PR, ] 
March 19 . a 
March 23 . 

0 Re Oe ae ee a 
OUI Cee set eS weet 1 
Ue ea TA a, Gd Nea 1 
AGUS sil aittel' fs tures & ue 
April 12 
April 19 
April 20 
April 22 


me Ph! ERR Rew 


= OO et bes 


[The following list of Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers’ captures at 
Weithaga differs in a few details from that given by him. 
The dates recorded below were copied from the “ papers” 
in which the specimens were enclosed, 


some British East African Butter flrs. 543 


1906. 
Ato On ie 1C 
Angas PWC 
1907. 
Keb. iG) © x © 1 2 
1W - 
Feb. 18 . . a WO Er 
Feb. 22 . . 1 1 The right hind-wing of dry 
form cleanly shorn as if by 
bird’s beak. 
Feb, 25°!) 1. ye PW C+ aa 
March 4:))7)) Ae 1W,+C 
March5 |. oy LW Ay 
Wareh) 19). 7: nas 2, The worn specimen is tran- 
1W+C+ sitional towards the dry 
form: the other a fine fresh 
specimen. 
March 23. . ae BW earCicr: Ke 
Aypril 202)'°. oe 1 A very fine fresh specimen. 
Apo oO) LW; 1W - Both hind-wings of dry form 
C+ Cc - shorn cleanly and sym- 
metrically as if by a bird. 
VANITING teen eee wef ans ot 
pine Sry iat oe Ws 1 
Aprill2 . . ats 1wc- 
Aprile AG it Will SB (Ch Sr 
April 20 . . 2,1 W - 
DW, ee 
9:15 0) vy se 1 


The indirect evidence of injury inflicted on fresh or not 
greatly worn dry-season forms by birds, when the wet 
individuals so often exhibited strongly marked indications 
of ordinary wear and tear, may throw light on the bionomic 
value of the pattern of the phase to which the latter 
belonged. HE. Bi P.] 


Rabai, July 1, 1908. 


I have been up country again and have one more small 
contribution towards the elucidation of our old friend, 
Precis sesamus. I was at the Mukaa Hills, about 30 miles 
E. of Machakos, in the second week in June. You will 
perhaps remember that Hinde took about equal propor- 
tions of the two forms a little earlier than this at Machakos 
in 1900. The present season has been marked by deficient 
rainfall, and the heavy rains did not begin till April 20, 
which was very late. 


544 Rev. K. St. Aub{ Rogers’ Bionomie Notes on 


The rainfall at Machakos for the first five months 
of 1900 and 1908 is quoted below, extracted from the 
Meteorolog. Records of the Agricult. Dep., B. E. A. :— 


1900. 1908. 
Jan. ; ‘ me pW Gass 0°80 in. 
Feb. } ' : .° S10 in! 0:74 in. 
March . : : - 10°15 in. 1°45 in. 
April. . 5°43 in. 5°35 in. 
May ‘ : 76668 ain: 2°81 in. 


The result of this late commencement in the present 
year is well seen in the series I have taken. LP. sesamus 
was very common, but I only saw one dry form, which 
I took—a very fresh specimen. All the remainder, in all 
stages of freshness, were Wet, though one is a little 
intermediate. I think this is very remarkable, and may 
have some bearing on the stimulus. I should say that 
Mukaa is a dry place, and very open with little bush 
even. I searched the lower valleys and in the very 
sparse woods, but the single specimen was the only one 
I saw. 

[The specimens obtained by Mr. and Mrs. 8. L. Hinde 
are quoted below from Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, 
p. 447, ete. 

Machakos Road, May 22, 1900.—Twelve P. sesamus,— 
6 wet, mostly worn; 6 dry and fresh. 

Machakos, June 6,1900.—Six P. sesamus,—2 wet; 1 on 
the wet side of intermediate; 3 dry. All were fresh 
except one of the wet forms. 

The comparison with Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers’ captures 
is very striking, and the specimens collected by the same 
naturalist on Kilimanjaro in the autumn of 1905 should 
also be compared. See Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1906, 
pp. lviii, lix, where the capture of many dry forms and 
a single wet is recorded. The latter, a fresh male, was 
taken Sept. 22, im coitw with a slightly worn and much 
torn dry female. The dry forms were mostly worn. 

E. B. P.] 

b. Precis antilope. 

Rabai, 1906. 

I spent a day or two in Taita on my way down, but the 
weather was not good, and I got nothing except on the 
march in to Voi, when I captured, among other things, 
the wet-season phase of Precis antilope-—the only example 


some British East African Butterflies. 545 


I have seen * and one which may throw some light on the 
causes of the seasonal change. 

The season should normally have been in the very 
height of the shorter dry season. But the seasons there 
are somewhat uncertain. Normally the smaller wet season 
is almost confined to November in Taita; after which 
comes the hottest and driest part of the whole year when 
insect life is at a minimum. The greater rains normally 
come about the middle of March or later. This year 
[1906] the rainfall in the latter rains was heavier than 
usual and lasted till much later. Moreover, there was heavy 
rain (5 inches or more) during the first week in February 
and I got the wet phase of P. antilope on the twelfth. 

The falls are very local in these latter rains, and some 
places in Taita have suffered from a great deficiency of 
water, even this year, whilst in Taveta 50 miles away we 
hardly had any rain at all. 


ce. Precis archesia, wet-season form pelasgis. KE. B. P. 


The collection of this interesting and puzzling species 
from Weithaga was made during the following months :— 
1906, August (7 specimens); 1907, February (2 specimens) ; 
March (4 specimens) ; April (4 specimens) ; May (1 speci- 
men). It is not necessary to record the precise dates ; for 
the whole of these, together with 7 Weithaga specimens, 
bred Feb.—April 1907, are of the wet form pelasgis, although 
falling short to a varying extent from the full wet forms 
of southern Africa. 

Five eggs laid, Feb. 24, 1907, by a female on the wild 
food-plant were collected, although the parent unfortunately 
escaped. It was however a typical British East African 
wet-season female. The following table shows the very 
uniform length of the stages in the 5 individuals :— 


EGG LAID. HATCHED, PUPATED EMERGED, 
1907. 1907. 1907. 1907. | 
Feb. 24 March 5 April 1 April 16 
Feb, 24 March 5 April 1 April 16 
Feb. 24 March 5 April 1 April 17 
Feb. 24 March 5 April 2. April 18 
Feb, 24 March 5 April 2 April 18 


* The Hope collection contains a wet phase antilope captured by 
the author at Taita on May 26, 1905. 


546 Rev. K. St. Au Rogers’ Bionomic Notes on 


Two ova, of unknown parentage, were also found on the 
food plant. The larvae which hatched from them pupated 
on April 5, an imago emerging on April 20, the other on 
the 21st. 

These 7 bred specimens appear on the whole to show 
the pelasgis (wet) characteristics rather less fully than the 
majority of the captured specimens. This is especially 
true of the last-mentioned specimen, which emerged on 
April 21st. A comparison with the captured specimens 
renders it probable that these very slight differences are 
merely the. result of artificial conditions, and do not 
indicate any tendency towards the development of the dry 
phase during April. 

The chief character in which these more northern 
pelasgis approach archesia and fall short of the development 
attained by the wet-season forms in southern Africa is the 
usual grey-mottled appearance of the dark ground colour on 
the under surface, especially noticeable in the basal halves 
of both wings. In southern specimens, on the other 
hand, this dark ground colour is uniform and _ patternless. 
In other less striking features the northern forms appear 
also to approach archesia, but an account of them is post- 
poned until a long series of southern specimens has been 
carefully examined from this point of view. In the mean- 
time there is no doubt about the general existence of the 
important difference described above, and it is probable 
that the appearance of intermediate characters in the 
northern pelasgis may throw light on the evolution of the 
most completely specialised and contrasted seasonal forms 
of the species. E. B. P. 


d. Habits of Precis natalica and P. elgiva. 
Rabai, Sept. 80th, 1906. 


I see [in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 423] that in 
8. Africa Precis natalica and P. elgiva are both described as 
forest butterflies. This is not the case here. P. natalica 
is common at Mombasa even in parts of the island where 
there is no wood at all, and the scrub is not more than 
8 ft. or 10 ft. high, and I found P. elgiva in N. Kikuyu 
where woods of any size are few and far between, and 
there is nothing that could be called forest anywhere 
near. 


a 


647) 


APPENDIX. 


Description of new forms of British Hast African butter- 
flies in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum, 
chiefly collected by the Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers, M.A., 
F.E.S. By Rotanp Trimen, Hon. M.A, Oxon., F.R.S., 
F.E.S., &c. 


Family NYMPHALID. 
Sub-family ACRAINAL. 
Acrea asboloplintha, Karsch,* sub-sp. nov., rubescens. 
Fp. al. (4 $) 2” 1—2”; (19) 2” 1" 


t. Fore-wing: fuscous ground of a clearer, less brownish 
but more ashy, tint than in typical form; black spots 
larger and more distinct ; inner-marginal rufous, usually 
present in asboloplintha as a more or less obscure stripe 
from before middle to near posterior angle, is extended 
upward so as to form a median band, variable in develop- 
ment, and ill-defined on its edges, but intruding on dis- 
coidal cell and more or less filling space between sub-basal 
and medio-discal black spots. Hind-wing: deeper and 
brighter rufous; all medio-discal black spots—especially 
spots 1-4— larger, well-defined; hind-marginal fuscous 
edging much broader, its inner side not sharply defined 
but more or less diffused. UNDER SIDE.—Fore-wing : rufous 
space of upper-side represented bya reddish tinge occupy- 
ing a corresponding area; black spots more distinct and 
rather larger than in typical form. Hind-wing: black 
spots all larger; basal and inner-marginal red border more 
vivid, bright crimson ; broad discal-submarginal fulvous 
band immediately beyond medio-discal black spots much 
deeper and brighter in colour ; narrow hind-marginal yellow 
border also brighter. 

Abdomen with much less rufous-ochreous on its terminal 
half, segments 4 to 9 being dorsally and laterally black, 
with a conspicuous upper-lateral series of ochre-yellow 
spots. 

2. Dull-whitish replaces in both wings the rufous of the 

* Ent. Nachr., xx, p. 223 (1894). 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART III. (DEC.) 36 


548 Appendix to RO K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic 


2; black spots as in f. Forewing: fuscous area duller and 
with a brownish tinge. Hind-wing: a very broad brownish- 
fuscous hind-marginal border, very diffused on its inner 
side. UNDER sIDE.—Very much duller and paler than in 
@ throughout, and but little differing from that of typical 
form ?, except that median inner-marginal space in fore- 
wing is of a decidedly paler tint, in accordance with 
whitish area on upper side. 

It is not improbable that the single 2 of rubescens here 
described is not the normal form of that sex, but a second 
form of the kind not unfrequent in the genus, where white 
or whitish more or less suffuses or takes the place of the 
ordinary red or fulvous ground colour, usually in the hind- 
wing only.* The normal will probably be found to 
resemble the 2 asboloplintha (which is of much duller and 
fainter colouring than the f), except as regards on the 
upper side a more rufous hind-wing, and a rufous median 
space in the fore-wing. 

The f rubescens obviously stands in much the same 
relation to ¢ asboloplintha as A. acara, Hewits., does to 
A. zetes, Linn., A. cepheus, Linn., to A. eginopsis, Auriv., 
A. natalica, Boisd., to A. pseudegina, Westw., and A. areca, 
Mab., to A. egina, Cram., vid.: that of generally brighter 
colouring and especially of rufous ground colour in the 
fore-wing instead of fuscous. ‘This relation is associated 
with a different geographical range in the cases mentioned, 
the brighter forms being in three instances East and South- 
East, and the obscurer West African, linking gradations 
occurring in the intermediate areas; but rubescens and 
asboloplintha are found side by side in British East Africa, 
as are also areca and egina in Nyassaland.t+ 

The isolated position, as sole representative of a sub- 
group of his second group of the genus Aecrea, assigned to 
A. asboloplintha by Aurivillius,t does not seem to me to 
be a natural one, its respective neighbours assigned on 
either side being A. satis, Ward, the last species in sub- 

* In a striking variety (A. pseudolycia, Butl.) from Congo and 
Angola of A. acara, Boisd., the entire field of both wings—except an 
ill-defined yellow-ochreous band just before hind-marginal black 
border of fore-wing, is pure white in both sexes. A. albo-radiata, 
Auriv., the very close Zambesian ally of A. anemosa, Hewits., also 
presents in both sexes some broad pure-white sub-apical rays in the 
tore-wing, and a large pure-white discal space in the hind-wing. 

+ Aurivillius, “‘ Rhop. A£thiop.,”’ pp. 508-10 (1899). 

t Op. cit., p. 90. 


Notes on some British East African Butterflies. 549 


group II, and A. zetes, Linn., the first species in sub-group 
IV. Iconsider that, notwithstanding the extreme attenua- 
tion of the upper side hind-marginal border of the hind-wing, 
the disposition of the spots throughout, and also the broad 
unspotted fulvous discal-submarginal band of the hind-wing 
under side—though this feature is developed with excep- 
tional prominence,—bring this form into much closer 
approximation to A. stenobwa, Wallengr., and in a less 
degree to A. aglaonice, Westw., and A. caldarena, Hewits. 

The new sub-species rubescens here described inhabits 
British East Africa, and the 6 f and 1 2 in the Hope 
Department of the Oxford University Museum, all bear 
the following data, viz. “About 6000 ft., 15 m. W. of Ft. 
Hall, Kikuyu Co., Weithaga, capt. and pres. 1907, by 
K. St. A. Rogers.” The tickets further note the dates of 
capture, vid.: of the 6 gf, Aug. 15, 1906, Feb. 15th and 
22nd, and March 12th, 15th and 25th, and of the 2, March 
15th, 1907. 

Type of male captured March 12, 1907, of female 
captured March 15th, 1907, both from Weithaga, in the 
Hope Department, Oxford University Museum. 

Specimens of typical asboloplintha in the same Museum 
bear records of capture in the Tiriki Hills, 20 m. N. of 
Kisumu (C. A. Wiggins) and on W. shore of Victoria 
Nyanza, 60 m. along Anglo-German boundary, (1° S. Lat.) 
(Captain T. T. Behrens, R.E.), all dated as taken in March 
1903; and others, in my collection, were captured by Mr. 
C. W. Hobley at Kaimosi and Nandi on different days 
during February and March, 1903. 


Sub-family VY MPHALIN AZ. 
Pseudacrxa rogersi, sp. nov. 
A near ally of P. ewrytus, Linn. (hiree, Drury). 
Pep Gets (SS 


g. Fuscous, with yellowish-rufous areas, with black basal 
and sub-basal spots, and black nervules and internervular 
rays. Fore-wing: black spots of the usual number, size, 
and arrangement; apical area not so dark as rest of 
ground colour, slightly suffused with grey; sub-apical 
rufous bar more median than in ewrytus, considerably 
broader and longer, not straight but markedly incurved 


550 Appendix to Madd K. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic 


inferiorly, extending from costal nervure to Ist median 
nervule where its termination is much narrowed ; on its 
inner edge this bar anteriorly includes the upper angulated 
corner of discoidal cell, but is considerably indented at 


origin of 3rd median nervule; inner-marginal rufous space , 


extends much nearer to base than in eurytus and up to 
median nervure, but is much reduced superiorly, rising 
only a little above first median nervule ; black inter- 
nervular rays more apparent in apical area owing to the 
slight*greyish suffusion. 7ind-wing: rufous area greatly 
enlarged, occupying all the field except a moderately broad 
inwardly somewhat diffuse fuscous hind-marginal border of 
almost even width but slightly wider towards anal angle, 
and a narrow costal ashy-fuscous border from base to 
about middle; internervular black rays penetrating rufous 
field much less developed than in ewrytus, becoming very 
finely linear at a little distance from inner edge of fuscous 
border. UNDER sIDE.—Very dull and very much paler ; 
fulvous markings of upper side appearing as faint ochrey- 
yellowish in fore-wing and as dull-whitish im hind-wing, 
exteriorly ill-defined ; apical-hind-marginal areas brownish, 
in fore-wing clouded with whitish-grey, with the blackened 
nervules and internervular rays more linear than on upper 
side; black spots of basal areas conspicuous. ore-wing: 
discoidal cell grey, but narrow space of ground colour 
between sub-apical bar and inner-marginal marking pale 
fuscous. Hind-wing: basi-costal border much widened 
(but not diffuse and ill-defined as in ewrytws), reddish- 
brown. 

9. Fuscous ground darker than in g, almost black ; fulvous 
markings of g replaced by pure white ones. Fore-wing : 
sub-apical bar straighter and broader than in g, but a 
little shorter—its lowermost spot being reduced by about 
half, so that it terminates about midway between Ist and 
2nd median nervules ; the inner edge of this bar does not 
at all encroach on discoidal cell, but it emits a rather 
acute dentation between lower radial and first median 
nervules; inner-marginal white space very much reduced 
in comparison with the corresponding rufous marking in 
a, except just along inner-marginal edge, scarcely rising 
to first median nervule, beginning far from base, and with 
its outline diffuse and ill-defined. Hind-wing: hind- 
marginal border broader and more even than in $; inter- 
nervular black rays more strongly marked. UNDER SIDE. 


Gomes ors 


Notes on some British East African Butterflies. 551 


—Ground ‘colour much darker ; white markings of upper 
side conspicuously reproduced; internervular black rays 
better developed. Mind-wing: basi-costal border fulvous. 

Type of male from 16 miles west of Shimba, near 
Mombasa, about 1200 ft. Type of female from Rabai, 
July 28, 1906. The above description was made from 
these two specimens in the collection of the Hope Depart- 
ment of the Oxford University Museum. 

The differences from the West African Psevdacrvxa 
ewrytus, L., presented by this interesting new congener 
consist mainly in the reversal in the fore-wing of the 
relative development of the sub-apical bar and the inner- 
marginal patch, and in the very much greater develop- 
ment of the central patch in the hind-wing. There can, 
I think, be no doubt that these features indicate very 
clearly the mimetic approximation of the just-described 
East African ally of ewrytus to the common Acreine, 
Planema montana, Butler,* of the same region. Ps. ewrytus, 
as is well known, mimics to perfection the abundant 
Planema epea, Cram. (gea, Fab.), of Western Africa, 
reproducing in each sex the narrow sub-apical bar and 
high truncated inner-marginal patch of the fore-wings, and 
the narrow sub-basal patch of the hind-wings, with much 
exactness both in form and colour. Js. rogersi # has not 
attained the same close imitation as far as the fore-wing 
markings are concerned, the retention of an inner- 
marginal patch diminishing the likeness to Pl. montana 
which has undoubtedly been gained by the quite peculiar 
position, curvature, prolongation, and inner indentation 
of the sub-apical bar; but it is very noticeable that—as 
in many other cases of mimicry—the @ rogersi has pro- 
ceeded further on the mimetic path, the inner-marginal 
patch in the fore-wings having reached almost as reduced 
and evanescent a stage as in the 2 Pseudacrxa imitator, 
Trim., in her simulation of Planema aganice. 

The members of the ewryius-group of Pseudacrea stand 
out most prominently among mimetic butterflies in the 


* Aurivillius (Rhop. #thiop., 1899, p. 121) has treated this form 
as a Variety of the South African Planema aganice, Hewits. ; but, 
considering how very closely allied most of the recognised species of 
Planema are, it seems better to hold it entitled to species rank, 
because of the much broader bands in both wings—especially in the 
¢, where they are moreover of a warm fulvous instead of yellowish 
or yellowish-white ; in this sex also the basal area on the upper side 
of the hind-wing is strongly red-tinged. 


552 Appendix to RAK. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic 


persistency, exactness, and completeness with which they 
reproduce the pattern and colouring of their models, the 
very variable and abundant P/aneme—the species of 
which, though few in number in comparison with the 
allied Acrwex, are very difficult to distinguish satisfactorily. 
Every variation in both sexes appears to be faithfully 
copied throughout tropical and sub-tropical Africa wherever 
the genus Planema prevails. Aurivillius (Rhop. Aithiop., 
pp. 530-1) has recorded eight instances in which this 
mimicry is palpable, and the case here noted is an addition 
to that list. The mimicry mentioned by Mr. 8. A. Neave 
(Novit. Zool., xi, p. 333, 1904) of the British East African 
form of Planema Lain, Auriv., by Pseudacrea terra, Neave, 
—captured on the same day at Entebbe—is another 
recorded instance; and, looking to the rather dull and 
unattractive aspect of these buttertlies, and to the evident 
comparative rarity of the /s seudacraree, it may reasonably 
be conjectured that they have not been very assiduously 
observed or collected, and that the extension of field 
research will bring to light more mimicries between 
members of these two genera. 

It is a pleasure to name the species here described 
after the author of the very interesting memoir to which 
this is an appendix, not only in recognition of his valuable 
services to African entomology, but in view of his having 
himself (see above, pp. 508 and 523) pointed out the 
mimetic relation existing between this Pseudacrea and 
Planema montana. Mr. St. Aubyn Rogers has recorded 
that the f of the Pseudacreva was sent to him from Shimba 
(“16 miles W. of; about 1,200 ft.”), while the 2 was 
captured by himself at “ Rabai, 14 m. N.W. of Mombasa, 
on July 28, 1906.” 


Pseudacrexa trimenii, Butler.* 


The intimate alliance of this form of Psevdacrxa with the 
West African P. boisduvalii, Doubl., was recognised by me 
in 1869 (Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., xxvi, p. 517), and after- 
wards better explained with the aid of fuller material in 
1887 and 1889 (S. Afr. Butt., I, p. 298, and III, p. 405). 
I showed how closely in both sexes trimenii, the South- 
Eastern form, copied Acrxa acara, Hewits., of the same 
region, just as boisduvalii mimicked the West African 


* Ent. M. Mag., xi, p. 57 (1874). 


Notes on some British East Afrwan Butterflies. 553 


Acrea ztes, Linn.* I also pointed out, how variable 
trimenii was in one important feature of its mimicry of 
acara, vid.: the sub-apical yellow-ochreous bar of the fore- 
wing, the gradation extending to its complete disappearance 
in some individuals (P. colvillei, Butler), and so far ap- 
proximating to P. boisduvalii, but at the same time exhibit- 
ing no abatement in the distinctive feature of bright-red 
instead of fuscous ground colour in the fore-wing. Later 
on, in 1898, in the fine collection generously presented to 
me by my friend Mr. Cecil N. Barker, I found 2 ¢ tri- 
menii, having the yellow-ochreous bar of the fore-wing 
only narrowly developed and mixed with white, but also 
exhibiting a fuscous suffusion (considerably darker in one 
example), so that the usual red of the fore-wing only 
appears near the base. This fuscous clouding gives these 
examples considerable resemblance to the ¢ boisdwvalii, 
but it must be noted that the reduced red of the fore- 
wing is near the base, not near the posterior angle as in 
boisduvalia. 

I am now able, through the kindness of my friend Prof. 
Poulton, to record the occurrence in a British East African 
series in the Hope Department of 10 f and 1 (see the 
table on p. 527), of a trimenii from “ Rabat, near Mombasa 
(K. St. A. Rogers) captured January 19th, 1907,” in which 
the sub-apical bar of fore-wing is very much reduced and 
narrowed (while the red spots in the hind-marginal border 
of hind-wing are unusually large),—having the fore-wing 
fuscous suffusion largely developed, so that the usual red 
ground colour is obliterated except for a large sub-quadrate 
space at posterior angle as in P. boisduvalii, and a slight 
sub-basal trace. This example is a most distinctly inter- 
mediate link between the Western and Kastern forms under 
notice, and probably indicates another of the now rather 
numerous cases in which presumed distinct species of 


* Haase (Untersuch. iiber die Mimicry, etc., 1893, p. 43, taf. 4, 
ff. 26-28) showed that boisduvalii mimicked A. egina, Cram., more 
closely than 4. zetes, at any rate as far as the ¢ is concerned, that sex 
having a red patch along outer portion of inner margin of fore-wing, 
just as in eginaw ¢, and larger than is exhibited by zetes ¢, while in 
hind-wing larger black spots characterise both egina and boisduvalit. 
On the other hand, as regards the presence of red spots in the hind- 
marginal border of hind-wing, boisdwvalii resembles zetes and not 
egina. It is noticeable also that in the feature last mentioned, the 
mimicking West African Papilio ridleyanus, White, similarly 
resembles zetes more than egina. 


554 Appendix to nek. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomie 


African butterflies are found to meet and intergrade in the 
Eastern equatorial belt. 

The known range of P. trimenii is now a wide one, 
extending from Port Natal along the East Coast to 
Mombasa, and thence inland to “'Taveta (K. St. A. Rogers), 
eaptured December 2nd, 1905” [fin Hope Department], 
and Kibwezi (C. W. Hobley) captured in April 1907. 


Family PAPILIONID. 
Sub-family PAPILIONIN A, 


Papilio dardanus, Brown, sub-sp. tibullus, Karby, 2 form. 
nov. dorippoides, 


Exp. al. 3” 8” (one example).* 


Nearest to the 2 form ¢rophonius, Westw., but with the 
warm-fulvous colouring of both fore- and hind-wings greatly 
extended, causing a correspondingly large reduction and 
obsolescence of usual fuscous area in fore-wing, and a 
similar but less pronounced condition of the hind-marginal 
fuscous border in hind-wing. Yore-wing: fuscous restricted 


* This expanse is decidedly greater than that attained by Kikuyu 
examples of the sub-species polytrophus, Jord., that I have measured, 
which vary (¢) from 2” 10” to 3” 5’, and (2) from 3” 2’””-5’”", In size 
the new @ form dorippoides thus more approaches that of the Eastern 
sub-species tibullus, and of the Southern sub-species cenea, in which 
both sexes have an expanse varying from 3” 7” to 4” 3’. Typical 
P. dardanus from West Coast is larger than any of its sub-species, 
both sexes expanding from 4” to 4” 6” ;—one very large ¢ from 
Fernando Po (with extremely wide black border to the fore-wings) 
attaining an expanse of 5”, 

{I think that the sub-species is the Eastern tibullus, Kirby, and not 
polytrophus. The latter is found at the higher elevations. The two 
Nairobi specimens (about 5500 ft.), represented on Plate XXVIII, 
Figs. 6 and 7, are also much larger than polytrophus, while the male 
(Fig. 7) has the black hind-wing band of t2bwlluws and not that of the 
former sub-species. It is probable that in the Nairobi district tibullus 
occurs at the lower elevation—about 5000-6500 ft., while polytrophus 
captured by Doherty is labelled 6500-9000 ft. There is little 
doubt that the two areas overlap, and that the two sub-species meet 
and freely interbreed ; furthermore that the resemblance of dorip- 
poides to specimens of polytrophus is to be explained thereby. 

Since the above note was written, Mr. Rogers has informed me 
that a trimeni female form recently taken by him at Nairobi, belongs, 
he believes, to the large tibullus sub-species rather than the small 
polytrophus. E. B. P.] 


Notes on some British East African Butterflies, 555 


to (1) a costal border, rather narrow and dark as far as end 
of discoidal cell, but expanding (with a considerable irrora- 
tion of fulvous scales) from a little beyond cell to apex into 
a rather wide form, inferiorly bounded by fifth sub-costal 
nervule; (2) a very attenuated faintly marked hind-marg- 
inal edging, expanding to enclose the two very much 
enlarged spots of the ground colour between 3rd and Ist 
median nervules; and (3) a little sparse extra-cellular 
irroration indicating the position of the usual broad band 
separating sub-apical oblique bar (which is normally white, 
but sometimes fulvous as in the example under description, 
in the ¢rophonius-form) from large patch occupying inner- 
marginal area;—also some sparse fuscous irroration about 
base and over basal two-thirds of cell; with the exception 
of the retention on costa of the pale yellowish and whitish 
origins of usual oblique disco-cellular streak and extra- 
cellular sub-apical bar, all the rest of the wing is occupied 
by warm-fulvous—the two markings just mentioned being 
much enlarged, and, except as regards their costal portions, 
completely merged and confluent with each other and with 
the general fulvous area. Hind-wing: costal border pale 
yellowish shading into fulvous field a little below sub-costal 
nervure and its Ist nervule; hind-marginal border un- 
mixed fuscous only between apex and radial nervule, the 
rest being closely irrorated with fulvous; all the enclosed 
internervular paired spots very much enlarged and (with the 
exception of 1st and 2nd pairs which are creamy-whitish) 
of the fulvous ground colour. UNDER sIDE.—Fulvous area 
much as on upper-side, but apical and hind-marginal 
border of fore-wing ochre-yellow instead of fuscous, and a 
rather wide basal space of hind-wing, from costa to inner 
margin, pale yellowish. Yore-wing : fuscous costal border in 
cell inferiorly better defined than on upper side, and extra- 
cellular discal fuscous irroration closer and darker. Hind- 
wing: pale yellowish basal space extending to extremity 
of cell, slightly irrorated with fulvous about base, along 
ordinary dark cellular longitudinal streaks, and on outer 
edge; succeeding it a ferruginous-fulvous discal band, 
very narrow costally but widening greatly to inner 
margin, externally blending with the ill-defined inner 
edge of the hind-marginal border, which is of a slightly 
greyish-ochreous, with its enclosed paired spots faint 
ee blurred, but enlarged and coloured as on upper 
side. 


556 Appendix to Ro. St. Aubyn Rogers’ Bionomic 


This remarkable and most interesting form of the highly 
polymorphic ¢ of the tibullus sub-species of P. dardanus 
is in the Hope Department, and has been most kindly en- 
trusted to me for description by Prof. Poulton, This, the 
type of the new form, bears the following record :—“ 1893, 
Nairobi. C.F. Elliot captd. Pres. 1906”; and it was pre- 
sented to the Hope Department by Mr. E. A. Elliott, FLE.S., 
brother of the captor. It quite unmistakably mimicks 
the dorippus-form of Danais chrysippus so numerous in 
British Kast Africa. One was led to expect as not 
improbable the discovery of such a form of the 2 Papilio 
from the fact that in all the continental-African races of 
P. dardanus in which the trophonius-form of 2 occurs a 
variation has been met with presenting a partly or wholly 
fulvous instead of white sub-apical bar in the fore-wing, 
and so in some measure approximating to the D. dorippus 
coloration.* But the non-existence in Western and great 
rarity in Southern Africa of the dorippus-form of D. chry- 
sippus rendered it very unlikely that the 2 Papilio in 
those regions would include any close mimicry of that 
form, and induced the surmise that if this mimicry did 
exist, it would be found in that part of the Papilio’s range 
where the dorippus-form equalled or exceeded in number 
the typical form of D. chrysippus. This view has now 
been verified by the discovery in British East Africa of 
the Q Papilio above described, in which the likeness to 
dorippus is gained by the extension and confluence of all 
the rufous-fulvous areas and minor markings, and the con- 
sequent diminution and suppression of the ordinary fuscous 
ground colour, 

While it is observable that this likeness is not nearly 
so exact—especially in respect of the under side—as that 
exhibited by the 2 Diadema (Hypolimnas) misippus, Linn., 
yet the fulvous tint is so very close to that of dorippus 
from the same district, and has so far invaded and occu- 
pied the hind-marginal borders, that the mimetic effect 
in life must be great. The resemblance to dorippus is in 
the example under notice so very much more advanced 
than in any other specimen of the 2? Papilio known to me, 
that it would not be surprising if individuals still more 
accurately resembling the model should be found to exist 

* See my note on this point as regards the Western and Southern 


races of the Papilio in “‘S, Afr. Butt.,” iii, p. 252 (1889). Cf. Poulton, 
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. 290. 


XX VI, 


Plate 


TraM@PE nt Sac., Lond., 1908. 


05D) 9 Aqua A, "28429/Y DAL VIVANT 


‘OLY yseq YSHUg jo yorysiq ysvoy) -‘soureydwAyy om] Aq pur otdeg ayeway ev Aq poxorurut ‘swwr2v2W0p “1p SAULeUeC AT 


8 


*AZIS JDANJDU Ay7 fo 7 Alp sainby UV 


"04d “uosurqoy, paaj[V 


‘noov0g gry ‘f & 
*s17jQ217 
SNUDPADP "I 


"DADQULDSN 
DYDAN GY 


“SRUDILZULMOP 
SHMU2ZDIU "2 


"THGOW ANIVNVG 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. 


Mimicry of the Danaine butterfly, Amawris niavius dominicanus, 
by a Papilio and two Nymphaline in the Coast District of British 
East Africa. Another Nymphaline, Huxanthe wakefieldi, 2, with a 
pattern nearer to Amawris ochlea and shown on the same plate with 
it (Plate XX VII, fig. 2), is during life an outlying member of this 
combination. The figures were prepared from the best of these 1906 
specimens available, regardless of exact locality and date. Some of 
the time and space relationships of the combination are shown on 
p. 496. The figured specimens are in the Hope Department, 
Oxford University Museum. 

All the figures are 7 of the natural size. 

Fig. 1. Amauris niavius, sub-sp. dominicanus, 9: Rabai, about 
700 ft., 14 miles N.W. of Mombasa: September 15, 1906. 
The white markings are seen to be far more sharply 
defined than those of any of the mimics except the out- 
lying Huxanthe wakefieldi, 9 (Plate XX VII, fig. 2), 

Fia. 2. Papilio dardanus, sub-sp. tibullus, 2 f. hippocoon: captured 
November 3, 1906, at the same locality as the model 
shown in Fig. 1. The submarginal white spots of the 
hind-wing detract from the mimetic likeness, but are to 
some extent resembled by the female of EZuxanthe wake- 
Jieldi (Plate XX VII, fig. 2). 

Fie. 3. Hypolimnas (Euralia) usambara: captured at the same 
place and time as the model shown in Fig. 1. This rarest 
member of the combination lacks the important element 
of the pattern contributed by the spot in the fore-wing 
cell. The fulvous patch at the anal angle of the hind- 
wing barely visible in the figure, together with the much 
greater development of this colour on the under surface, 
is probably inconspicuous during flight (see p. 497). 

Fie. 4. Hypolimnas (Euralia) wahlbergi: Mangea, about 500 ft., 
about 75 miles N. of Mombasa: July 19, 1906. Strong 
secondary resemblances are evident between this and 
the Papilio mimic shown in Fig. 2. Thus the appearance 
of the inter-nervular rays of the hind-wing, the outline of 
the chief white patch, and the character of its contour 
where the black ground colour deepens gradually, are 
very similar in both Papilio and Nymphaline (see Trans. 
Ent, Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 486, foot-note). 


i o - 7 


SPs WO me A Me ee 


‘Vox 


oa 


a 
ri, 


- - al i River: <e 


- iq 7 
a” erany 
ioe : = / 
a % 
i ' : © 
a _ P 
7 A " , €. 
- a x ¥ ty 


j 


Leet] 
~ be 


=. 
’ 
ae 
t 


Plate XX VII. 


ou of 


I 


Sar °9 Lond. 9 


Ent. 


Trans. 


(-qo61 ‘voLyY Sea YSHU JO JOUNSICT 3SvOD) 
*SOTUUTUL oy) udo WIA soouvi[qulasod Arepuoosas ‘sourpeydud Aq pox OtUrat *p9]I0 "UMP ‘Qurvuec] 24) ie) ulo}jed aL 


"0Z=D W AqzsyIT AA ‘azis MUNgow ay} {oO ¥ atv saunby WP yoyd ‘uosurqoy pay y 


10, Ga20p 
DUVANT ¢ 


PSUBgI 2 


Dia LING 
LIDINIST 


"Day 170 
Up 


A 


F adow ANIVNVA 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVII. 


Mimicry of the pattern of the Danaine butterfly, Amawris ochlea, 
by Nymphaline (Coast District of British East Africa, 1906). The 
female of Huwanthe wakefieldi (Fig. 2), although possessing a form of 
the ochlea pattern, is during life an outlying member of the domini- 
canus-centred combination represented on Plate XXVI. Secondary 
resemblances between the other Nymphaline mimics are evident. The 
figures were prepared from the best of these 1906 specimens avail- 
able, regardless of exact locality and date. Some of the time and 
space relationships of the combination are shown on p. 496. The 
figured specimens are in the Hope Department, Oxford University 
Museum. 

All the figures are § of the natural size. 

Fia. 1. Amauris ochlea, ¢: Rabai, about 700 ft., 14 miles N.W. 

: of Mombasa: May 12, 1906. The outline of the white 
markings is very sharp. The mimetic resemblance to the 
model is not as perfect as that seen in the combination 
figured on Plate XX VI, but in the two species of Hypo- 
limnas (EHuralia) the likeness is striking. 

Fic. 2. Euxanthe wakefieldi, 2 : captured, December 29, 1906, at the 
same locality as the model shown in Fig. 1. In spite of 
the pattern this species with its large white markings is 
an outlying member of the Am. dominicanus-centred 
combination shown on Plate XXVI. 

Fie. 3. Euwxanthe tiberius, 9 : captured (in coitu), January 19, 1907, 
at the same locality as the model shown in Fig. 1. This 
species of Huxunthe with its smaller white markings is an 
outlying member of thiscombination. The curved direct- 
ion of the chief white marking of the fore-wing is 
probably developed in secondary resemblance of the 
co-mimics shown in Figs. 4,5 and 6. The fulvous base 
of the fore-wings, barely visible in the figure, detracts 
much from the mimetic likeness. 

Fie. 4. Pseudacrexa lucretia, sub-sp. expansa : captured at the same 
place and time as the specimen shown in Fig. 2. The 
resemblance to ochlea is very rough. This species is 
probably dominant among the mimics, and acts as a 
secondary model in respect to the form and direction of 
the chief marking in the fore-wing. 


Explanat ion Plate XXVII. 


Fia. 5. Hypolimnas (Euralia) kirbyi: Jilore, Sabake River, about 
200 ft., about 80 miles N. of Mombasa: July 14, 1906. 
The extraordinarily close resemblance between this and 
the next species is probably explained by arrested diverg- 
ence as in many mimetic groups. 

Fic. 6. Hypolimnas (Euralia) deceptor: Giryama country, 5-700 ft., 
about 45 miles N. of Rabai: July 20, 1906. The mark- 
ings of this species, being larger than in kirbyi, produce a 
closer likeness to ochlea, compensated by the more 
prominent submarginal markings of the hind-wing. The 
curved marking of the fore-wing probably exhibits in 
both species the influence of the Pseudacrxa (Fig. 4). 


LD tiioll 


- al 
a 
7 +7 ee 
, . : 
Mea Slike 
= : 


XX VITT. 


late 


) 


/ 


) 


nt. S06., Lond.., Z7Q00. 


i 


Trans. 


(*L-9061 


c “youd ‘uUOS 
0D 95 Aq4eat AN 


‘<ayyunoy ndnyxry) voupy yey Ysnug ul soupideg 9914} Jo Sa[wulsy 94} Aq ‘njyojnopuigyy “mp Soureueqd 9} JO AIOMUITY 


§ 


‘aus [DAN}JDU ayy fo ynoqn aan sa.nbif 117 


OW PPYTV 
*Saplolwaay a 


‘snuvpivp “dog 
ruosymvl Jog 


“OUNIIN 


-'TAGOW ANIVNV( 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII. 


Mimicry of a Danaine model, Amauris albimaculata (and probably 
echeria also) by the females, but not by the males, of three species of 
Papilio, in British East Africa (Kikuyu country: 1906-7). The 
figures were prepared from the best of these Kikuyu specimens 
available, regardless of precise locality. Some of the time and space 
relationships of the mimicking species are shown on pp. 509-511. 
The figured specimens are in the Hope Department, Oxford 
University Museum. 

All the figures are about % of the natural size. 


Hie, 1, 


ig) 2: 


Fic. 


Fie. 


Fic. 


Fia. 


Fig. 


3. 
4, 


Amuuris albimaculata, g: Kijabe Forest, about, 7000 ft., 
Kikuyu country : August 3, 1906. 

Papilio jacksoni, 2 : captured at the same place and time as 
its model shown in Fig. 1. 

Papilio jacksoni, g: Nairobi, abont 5500 ft.: Feb. 4, 1907. 

Papilio echerioides, British East African form of, 9: Wei- 
thaga, about 6000 ft.,15 miles W. of Fort Hall, Kikuyu 
country : March 30, 1907. 

Papilio echerioides, British East African form of, ¢: cap- 
tured at the same place and time as the specimen shown 
in Fig. 3. 

Papilio dardanus, probably of the sub-species tibullus, ? 
form cenea: captured at the same place and time as the 
specimens shown in Figs. 3 and 5. The figured example 
is somewhat transitional towards the hippocoon female 
form, and a less perfect mimic than is usual in cenea, 

Papilio dardanus, probably of the sub-species tibullus, ¢: 
captured at the same place and time as the specimens 
shown in Figs. 3,5 and 6. The specimen figured is an 
interesting variety, possessing a series of small pale sub- 
marginal spots in the black margin of the fore-wing, 
The males of dardanus usually possess the large sub-apical 
spot only. 


“ Ent. Soc., Lond., 1908. Plate XXIX. 


Neptis 
woodward. 


iti oe WP? 2 
‘. Kikuyu. 


"  Mylothris *\se 


agathina, 
— under o/ 


, ’ Ne es Se 3 
V2-6 vy. WAG 
Belenois Ae 


thysa, Ps 


Teracolus vesta. 
TAVETA, Apr. 25, 1905. 


Y Leuceronia © »” 
7 argia, under s. © 
RABAT, June 23, 1906. 


Alfred Robinson, phot. Witherby & Co. 
All figures are very slightly under natural size. 


Mimicry in British East African Butterflies. Resemblances between Péerinae, captured at 
same place and time. Mimicry strengthened in Weptis woodwardi from a locality where the 
Danaine model is predominant. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. 


Neptis woodwardi more closely mimetic of Amauwris albimacwata 
in a locality to the E. of the Rift Valley, where this Danaine is 
dominant, than by the N.E. shores of the Victoria Nyanza, far to the 
W. of the Valley. Resemblances between British East African 
Pierine captured at the same place and time. The specimens are in 
the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum. 

All the figures are very slightly under the natural size, 


BiG el 


Fia. 


Fia. 


Fia. 


Fia. 


Fia. 


Neptis woodwardi, ¢: Weithaga, about 6000ft., 15 miles 
W. of Fort Hall, Kikuyu country: May 10,1907. In 
the breadth of the ochreous hind-wing band and the size 
of the white fore-wing spots the pattern of the male, E. 
of the Rift Valley, is seen to be as closely mimetic of 
Amauris albimaculata (see Plate XXVIII, fig. 1) as is 
the pattern of the female from further W. (see Fig. 4). 

Neptis woodwardi, 9: captured August 11, 1906, at the 
same locality as the specimen shown in Fig. 1. The 
pattern of the Amawrisis more closely mimicked by the 
female Neptis than by the male from the same locality, 
shown in Fig. 1. 

Neptis woodwardi, g: Tiriki Hills, 5100 ft., 20 miles N. 
of Kisumu, N.E. shore of Victoria Nyanza: captured 
February 26, 1903, by C. A. Wiggins. The mimetic 
features are seen to be greatly reduced in the male from 
a locality far W. of the Rift Valley. 

Neptis woodwardi, 9 : captured by C. A. Wiggins, February 
27, 1903, at the same locality as the specimen shown in 
Fig. 3. The mimetic appearance of the western female 
is seen to be about equal to that of the more eastern male 
(Fig. 1). 

Mylothris agathina, § , under surface : Rabai, about 700 ft., 
14 miles N.W. of Mombasa: June 23, 1906, The orange 
flush at the base of the fore-wings extends on to the costal 
region of the base of the hind, although this feature is 
indistinctly shown in the figure. 

Belenois thysa, 9 , undersurface: captured at the same time 
and place as the model shown in Fig. 5. The orange 
flush at the base of the fore-wings is seen to be larger, of 
a deeper tint, and more sharply defined than in the model 
Mylothris (Fig. 5). It extends on to the costal border of 

the hind-wings as in the latter. 


Roplinatis Por Plate XXIX, 


Fie. 7. Leuceronia argia, 2, under surface; captured at the same 
time and place as the model shown in Fig. 5. The orange 
flush resembles that of the Belenois more closely than of 
the Mylothris : it does not extend on to the hind-wings. 
The mimetic resemblance to the Mylothris is very rough 
as compared with that of the Belenois. 

Fia. 8. Belenois severina: 9, Taveta, about 2500 ft.: April 25,1905. 

Fic. 9. Yeracola vesta, 9: captured at the same time and place as 
the specimen shown in Fig. 8. The close resemblance 
between these two very different Pierines is well shown 
in the figures, 


Oe 


Notes on some British East African Butterflies, 557 


within the range of this Danaine’s predominance or 
prevalence. 

Everywhere exceptionally productive in differing forms 
and intermediate variations, the 2 P. dardanus is surpass- 
ingly protean, as the smaller-sized sub-species polytrophus, 
in its modifications in the elevated interior of British Kast 
Africa, especially on the Kikuyu and other “ Escarpments ” 
immediately north and south of the equator. There, as 
Prof. Poulton has ably demonstrated,* it is possible to 
trace, with the aid of the many still existing gradations, the 
highly probable derivation of the more prominent mimetic 
forms from the primitive ¢vimeni-form which is compara- 
tively so little divergent from the male coloration and 
pattern. The transitional series from ¢riment,—through 
(1) hippocoon and the partly fulvous-coloured linking 
variations between ¢rimeni and trophonius ; (2) those be- 
tween hippocoon and trophonius; and (3) those between 
trophonius and dorippoides—well exemplified by the 
wholly fulvous-marked ¢rophonius described by Prof. Poul- 
ton (l.¢., p. 290) ;—constitutes a most striking and convinc- 
ing illustration of the action of natural selection in the 
evolution of multiform mimetic adaptation within the 
limits of one sex only of a single species. 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. 283-298. 


EXPLANATION OF PLates XXVI-XXIX. 
[See Explanation facing the PLATES. 


rk | + hy reir 
7 ‘ ' Lat anh] x11 DE 
‘ , "” AR y 


sect geri 


( 559 ) 


XXII. On Miillerian Mimiery and Diaposematism. A 
Reply to Mr. G. A. K. Marsnaty. By F. A. 
Drxey, M.A., M.D., Fellow of Wadham College, 
Oxford. 


[Read October 21st, 1908. ] 


In dealing with my friend Mr. G. A. K. Marshall’s most 
interesting paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, pp. 93-142), 
a large part of which consists of strictures upon views 
which have from time to time been put forward by me, I 
have in the first place to thank him for the courtesy which 
allowed me to become acquainted with his criticisms before 
these had been laid before the Society. I should wish 
also to say at the outset that I am sincerely glad that 
these criticisms have been offered. A theory is not likely 
to meet with much acceptance until it has been well 
scrutinised, and has run the gauntlet of adverse comment. 
The propounder of a new idea ought to welcome any fair 
objection that can be brought against his views. The 
worst fate that can befall him is to be passed over in 
silence ; and even if the attack upon his position should 
prove successful, he has the satisfaction of knowing that at 
least he has helped to stimulate enquiry, and that the 
cause of truth has been the gainer. ‘There is a reason for 
which Mr. Marshall’s objections are specially welcome. 
We are likely to get from him as good a statement of his 
side of the question as can be made, and if so doughty an 
antagonist can be successfully answered, it is not likely 
that the theory which he impugns will have to meet any 
more formidable attack. 

Let me now see what points I have in common with 
Mr. Marshall, and where exactly we diverge. 

In the first place, it is clear that he may be claimed as 
a believer in Natural Selection and in the principle of 
Mimicry, both in the Batesian and Miillerian sense. With 
regard to the latter his words are: “There can be little 
doubt that a good many cases of mimicry originally ad- 
duced in support of Bates’ theory must now be explained 
on Miillerian lines” (p. 93). So far I am quite in accord 
with him. Moreover, when he says that “the universal 

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Iv. (JAN. 1909) 


560 Dr. F. A. Dixey's@@ply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


application of this latter principle to butterflies . . . seems 
open to some serious objections ” (zdid.), I can still give my 
assent. I have always held that there was room for both 
theories, which are complementary rather than contradict- 
ory. But having said so much, he proceeds to impose 
very serious limitations on the scope of Miillerian assimila- 
tion, and in especial to disallow the conception of what has 
been called Diaposematism or Reciprocal Mimicry, “even 
as a mere working hypothesis.” 

Here he no doubt expects me to join issue with him, 
and I shall not disappoint his expectation. I maintain, 
on the contrary, that the operation of the Miillerian factor, 
though not universal, is a good deal wider than he is dis- 
posed to admit; and that the principle of Diaposematism, 
which, as he rightly says, is a corollary of the Miillerian 
theory, affords the best explanation that can at present be 
given of certain interesting cases of mimetic grouping. 
This, I think, is a fair statement of the issue between us. 


The General Argument, 


The opening paragraphs of Mr. Marshall’s paper contain 
a fair and lucid presentment of the Miillerian theory. On 
these passages I have naturally no criticism to offer, though 
it may be worthy of notice, in passing, that while the fact 
that young insectivorous animals have to undergo an 
education in the matter of suitable provender is, as Mr. 
Marshall says, “sufficiently well established by now ” (pp. 
94, 95), we cannot eliminate the operation of inherited 
instinct from the general relation of animals to their food. 
The avoidance of poisonous fruits, for instance, must, it 
would seem, be due to an instinct which has grown up 
under the influence of natural selection. This point, how- 
ever, though it is well to bear it in mind, is immaterial for 
present purposes. 

The first of Mr. Marshall’s assertions that I should ques- 
tion is his statement on p. 95 that the initial mimetic varia- 
tion must gradually replace the original form, It is hard to 
see why this must necessarily be the case. The original 
form may quite conceivably continue to be able to main- 
tain itself, even after it has given rise to a variation which 
is also capable of a separate existence. Innumerable in- 
stances of this persistence of an ancestral form are known 
throughout organic nature, and indeed they are common 
enough among the special subjects of our present study. 


on Millerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 561 


The variation simply fits into a new place, leaving its 
ancestral stock to keep on in the old one. 

Mr. Marshall goes on to point out (p. 96) that “the 
mental attitude of the enemy towards its prey has an im- 
portant bearing upon the results which its attacks will 
produce.” Upon this statement, which is no doubt true 
enough, he bases the conclusion that ‘‘ those enemies which 
have a comparatively low degree of intelligence, and which 
therefore require to make many experiments . . .” operate 
more efficiently as producers of Miillerian mimicry than 
those enemies whose superior intelligence enables them 
to “profit more quickly by their experience.” But, he 
goes on to say, “if there be enemies still lower in the 
scale and incapable of forming such a mental association 
[between colour and inedibility] at all, then the destruction 
of butterflies which they would cause would have no effect 
whatever from a purely mimetic standpoint.” It would be 
interesting to know whether Mr. Marshall is prepared to 
indicate the exact point in the descending scale of intelli- 
gence at which will occur the transition from the greatest 
efficiency in the production of Miillerian mimicry to no 
efficiency at all. Moreover, although the more intelligent 
enemy will doubtless learn its lesson more quickly, it may 
also, as Mr. Marshall points out in the next paragraph, 
discriminate more readily and therefore experiment more 
freely, the two tendencies acting to some extent in opposite 
directions. 

With regard to Batesian mimicry, it does not seem al- 
together clear that superior intelligence operates quite as 
Mr. Marshall thinks it does. It may, on the one hand, as 
he says, enable the enemy to discriminate between mimic 
and model ; but, on the other, it may also assist its possessor 
to recognise a warning sign which would be passed un- 
noticed by an enemy of lower mental equipment. It would 
not be easy to say for certain whether a close mimetic 
resemblance is an appeal to superior cleverness or superior 
stupidity. For such reasons as these | feel doubtful as to 
the validity of Mr. Marshall’s expectation “ that the elimin- 
ation due to the Batesian factor would be competent to 
produce a higher degree of inter-resemblance than would 
the factor adduced by Fritz Miiller.” 

In his next paragraph Mr. Marshall deals with a possible 
difference in the periods of incidence of the two mimetic 
processes. I am not sure that his account of the effect of 


562 Dr. F. A. DixeyMMPeply to Mr. G. A. K, Marshall 


the change of seasons can be taken as exact for all regions 
where the phenomena of mimicry obtain. For the country 
that has been the scene of his own admirable observations 
he can of course speak with the highest authority. But 
he appears to have left out of account the fact that it is 
not merely a question of young birds, but also of the 
emergence of new insects. ‘The seasonal forms of butter- 
flies are often so different from one another that a fresh 
brood may have to be learned as if it were a new species, 
Again, although in a given locality the insectivorous 
migrants may have departed, it is only to resume their 
activity among the insect provender, possibly quite new to 
them, of some other district. However this may be, 
the contention that the Miillerian factors vary in im- 
portance with the time of year, whether well-founded or 
not, does not seem to be very material for the points at 
issue, 

We now come to an important section of Mr. Marshall’s 
paper, in which on the strength of some very clever a priort 
reasoning, he asserts (I quote his words) that “a Miillerian 
approach will only take place in one direction, namely, 
from a rarer species towards a more abundant one, and no 
species can in this way approach another which has fewer 
individuals than itself.” Equality (of number) he says, is 
“a condition which effectually prevents the Miillerian 
selection from producing any mimetic results” (p, 100). 
This contention rests principally on the arithmetical work- 
ing out of certain supposed cases. 

Before dealing specifically with Mr. Marshall’s arithme- 
tical demonstration, I would remark that experience shows 
the danger of trusting too much to @ priori reasoning in 
matters of this kind, especially when its results do not 
accord with the facts of observation. In reference to an 
able treatise on a different subject,* lately published, it 
has been forcibly said that ‘readers are apt to assume that 
the statements are necessarily correct as being based on 
unimpeachable mathematical data. It will be well if they 
remember that mathematical deductions under the best 
conditions are like the flour that comes from a mill. 
If the original corn is impure, the flour will be unwhole- 
some; ... similarly arguments built up on insufficiently- 
observed phenomena, when subjected to the mill of mathe- 
matical reasoning, are exceedingly apt to have any faulty 

* “Théories Modernes sur la Matitre,” by M, Pozzi-Escot. 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 563 


observation magnified into grave and substantial error.” * 
Or, as Huxley more tersely puts it, “mathematics will not 
give a true result when applied to erroneous data.” Asa 
single but sufficient instance, I would point to the history 
of a recent controversy. 

Physicists, on what seemed to be very good @ priori 
grounds, came to the conclusion that geologists and biolo- 
gists had miscalculated the age of the earth. The biologists 
and geologists did not dispute the mathematical reasoning 
of the physicists, but they had confidence in their own 
facts, and they felt sure that there must be something 
wrong somewhere about the physicists’ data. Their firm- 
ness has been justified ; and the critics have now practi- 
cally retired from the position that the geological clock 
wants altering.t Far be it from me to question Mr. Mar- 
shall’s arithmetic. On arithmetical grounds which seem 
equally unassailable, it can be proved, as in the old logical 
puzzle, that if the tortoise once gets a start, Achilles will 
never catch him. What is the answer? Solvitwr ambulando. 
We know that Achilles wil/ catch the tortoise, arithmetic 
notwithstanding; and I venture to say that those who 
have fairly looked into the evidence know that Miillerian 
mimicry has taken place on a large scale, however difficult 
it may be to represent arithmetically the exact steps of 
its development. 

Is there a flaw in Mr. Marshall’s data? There are 
several flaws; as I shall show. 

I shall begin by admitting that if in addition to his 
original assumption (pp. 97-98) we also allow him to 
suppose that the two hypothetical species are equally con- 
spicuous, that they occur at exactly the same time, each 
form distributed at equal intervals throughout the same 
area, in which also their enemies are to be found with a 
similar evenness of distribution, and with a perpetually 
identical keenness of appetite, there is no doubt that the 
figures will work out nearly as he says; though even then 
it can be shown that there is a theoretical possibility of 
approach between two forms originally equal in numbers.f 


* ‘British Medical Journal,” 1908, v. 1, p. 508. 

+ See Poulton, “Essays on Evolution,” 1908: Essay on ‘The 
Age of the Earth.” 

t Because if the original number of each species, A and B, is = ; 
the number of losses incurred by each species is y ; and the number 
of A that assimilate themselves to B is n; the original chance of 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PaRT IV. (JAN. 1909) 37 


564 Dr. F. A, Dix reply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


But I venture to assert that this supposed case does not 
represent the usual, nor even a common condition of things 
in nature. This is no captious objection. I shall be able 
to show that Mr Marshall’s supposed case, though inter- 
esting as an illustration of what might happen under 
certain conceivable circumstances, is valueless as a support 
of his position, 

In the first place, he postulates, on the part of his two 
species of butterflies, A and B, the possession of “ nauseous 
qualities in about the same degree.” But every upholder 
of Miillerian mimicry, so far as I am aware, is not only 
ready to admit, but is prepared positively to assert that 
distastefulness is relative; that it exists, ike other means 
of defence, in degrees that may vary indefinitely from 
species to species. Any one who doubts this needs only to 
refer to the experiments recorded by Mr. Finn in the 
“Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ 1895 and 
1897, to say nothing of Mr. Mayshall’s own results as 
published in the present and former papers (Trans. Ent. 
Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 297-390; also supra, pp. 128-130). 
This cuts at the root of the statement that “a Miillerian 
approach will only take place ... from a rarer species 
towards a more abundant one, and no species can in this 
way approach another which has fewer individuals (and 
therefore a higher percentage of loss) than itself” (p. 100). 
On the contrary, there is every reason to think that 
inferiority in numbers may be more than compensated by 
a higher degree of distastefulness. 

The fact that different kinds of insect prey possess the 
qualities of palatability or the reverse in different degrees, 
and that these qualities are also relative to the likes and 
dishkes of different enemies, is fully accepted and enlarged 
upon by Mr. Marshall in a later section of his paper (pp. 
128-130). But the strange thing is that he does not 
recognise that this conclusion, so far from being alien to 
F, Miiller’s theory, must form an integral part of any 


a— 


+, 


survival of each member of both A and Bis Y but the chances of 


survival after the defection of n are— 
“-n—-4 
For each member of A, “~"—¥;, 
x—n 
For each member of Bo a+n-—y, 
(including the variety of A), a+n 
the advantage of B over A of course increasing with increasing 
values of n. 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 565 


adequate account, of the Miillerian conception. He has 
no warrant, so far as I am aware, for the statement that 
“in practice, the application of the Miillerian interpretation 
involves the assumption of a uniform standard of inedi- 
bility”; a statement which amounts to saying that any 
disparity of loss suffered by the less distasteful form 
involves the exclusion of the Miillerian factor from any 
assimilation it may acquire to the more distasteful. We 
can imagine that the frontier-line separating the operation 
of the two principles, though distinct, is fluctuating ; but 
this does not justify any one in claiming the whole territory, 
up to the point of absolute equality of distastefulness, as 
an exclusive sphere of influence for the Batesian factor. 
In this and in other respects, Mr. Marshall’s criticism, so 
far as it is effective, is directed not against the Miillerian 
theory itself, but against an imaginary position which has 
been erroneously endowed with the Miillerian name. 
There is a further factor which has an equally disturbing 
effect with relative distastefulness on these numerical 
calculations. It is that of relative conspicuousness. A 
species poorly off in point of numbers may well suffer less 
than a more abundant form by dint of possessing a pattern 
which is more striking and so more easily remembered. 
A further complication is afforded by the varying habits of 
different species. It is by no means the case that all 
distasteful butterflies take every means of advertising 
themselves. There are differences between them in this 
as in other respects. As Mr. Marshall has mentioned the 
Erycinide * in this connection (p. 133), I commend to his 
notice the instructive case of Hades noctula, Westw., an 
abundant insect which there is every reason to suppose 
has acted as a model, but which nevertheless settles 
habitually on the under side of leaves.t If, as is quite 
possible, frequency of repetition is a factor in the rapidity 
with which insectivorous animals learn their lesson (a 
suggestion first made to me in a private letter by Mr. W. 
F. H. Blandford), a distasteful insect with habits of 
concealment might be more strongly influenced in the 
Miillerian direction than a species with great powers of 
advertisement though inferior in numbers. So far as 


* Mr. Wallace’s paper appeared in the Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. for 
1853 ; not 1863, as stated by Mr. Marshall. 

+ See Godman and Salvin; Biol. Centr. Amer., Rhopal., I, 
p. 374. 


- 
566 Dr. F. A. Dixey’s reply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


Mr. Marshall has dealt with this point at all, he has 
relegated it, like the former one, to the closing passages of 
his paper: and here again his argument suffers by reason 
of the exclusion from consideration, in its appropriate 
place, of what is really an important matter to be kept in 
view by all who would gain a clear and comprehensive 
grasp of the Miillerian hypothesis. 

These then are the main reasons why Mr. Marshall’s 
dictum about relative numbers cannot be accepted. Nor can 
we very well amend his arithmetical presentation of the 
case by restatement unless we assign numerical values, 
which can only be hypothetical, to the factors which he 
has omitted. 

I think it will be seen that that part of the contention 
which depends merely on relative numbers must be 
withdrawn, and that my opponent must take his stand, if 
at all, upon the relative percentage of loss. A difference 
between species in this respect, by Mr. Marshall’s own 
showing, will tend to the production of Miillerian mimicry ; 
so that the only point on which I need join issue with him 
is his statement that “equality [in this case meaning an 
equal percentage of loss] effectively prevents the Miillerian 
selection from producing any mimetic results” (p. 100). 
The force of this contention is much weakened when we 
remember that there is no reason why the percentage of 
loss should remain constant while the individuals of a 
given form increase or diminish in number. In fact, from 
Mr. Marshall’s own statement (p. 99) that ‘ Miiller’s 
hypothesis postulates that the absolute destruction is 
practically constant for each group of different colours,” 
it follows that the percentage loss must necessarily vary 
with every variation in the numbers of the group. Hence, 
as has been shown above (p. 563, note), Mr. Marshall’s 
conclusion, even on his own data, is not quite correct. 
But there is still another factor to be taken into account 
which is sufficient to dispose of the objection altogether. 

The supposed examples of distasteful butterflies, A and 
B, by hypothesis owe their survival to the possession of 
warning characters which are ultimately learnt by enemies 
and avoided when these latter have become sufficiently 
experienced. ‘To employ Prof. Poulton’s useful term, A 
and B are each of them provided with an aposeme ; A’s 
aposeme, also by hypothesis, being different from b’s, and 
the two not being liable to be mistaken for one another, 


on Miillerian Mimiery and Diaposematism. 567 


Still keeping to the supposed case, and bearing in mind 
that A and B ate each of them originally suffering the 
same percentage of loss, we find a certain number of A 
varying in the direction of B, that is to say, exhibiting an 
aposeme which is sufficiently like that of B to be confused 
with it. B and the variety of A, which we will follow Mr. 
Marshall in calling A’, now form, so far as B’s aposeme is 
concerned, a homogeneous and mutually protective assem- 
blage. But in adopting more or less of the aposeme of B, 
A’ has not necessarily lost hold of its original aposeme, 
and in every case where this is retained in recognisable form, 
A’ will share in the protection afforded by both aposemes, 
and will therefore have an advantage over both A and B, 
which by hypothesis are not mutually protective. 

It will probably occur to any one who considers this 
point, that there must be a strong tendency towards the 
production and preservation of intermediate forms, stronger 
in the first instance than that towards the complete assi- 
milation of one form to another. No doubt this is the case, 
and on examining actual instances we find plenty of indi- 
cations of the operation of this principle. I shall have 
more to say on this head later on (see page 571), but it is 
incumbent on me, in the first place, to show how completely 
a recognition of the factor I am now discussing alters 
the whole aspect of reciprocal approach. I have implied 
already that I do not greatly favour the attempt to solve 
problems of this kind by means of numerical calculation ; 
but Mr. Marshall has appealed to arithmetic, and to arith- 
metic he shall go. 

We will suppose then, as Mr. Marshall does, two dis- 
tasteful species, A and B, equal in numbers and distinct in 
appearance. We will also eliminate the effect of disturbing 
factors by supposing that the two species are equally dis- 
tasteful, equally conspicuous and equally given to self- 
advertisement. Under these conditions the aposemes of 
A and B respectively will be learnt by the sacrifice of an 
equal number of A and of B; and as A and B are equal 
in population, this will mean that the percentage loss of 
each is the same. ‘This is the state of things, reduced to 
its simplest expression, in which Mr. Marshall thinks that 
equilibrium will occur, and “ the Miillerian principle will 
practically cease to operate altogether” (p. 99). 

We will now express the case arithmetically. The actual 
numbers we take are immaterial, the only essential point 


568 Dr. F. A. DixeyMProply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


being that they should be the same for A and for B. Let 
us say a population of 1000 for each. Now we will suppose 
that a certain number of A vary in the direction of B, so 
as to show the aposeme of B in addition to that of A; and 
that a certain number of B similarly vary in the direction 
of A so as to show the aposeme of A as well as their own, 
this of course being what is meant by a reciprocal approach. 
The possibility of the occurrence of such variations is 
allowed by Mr. Marshall (p. 98); what he does not allow 
is the possibility of their permanent establishment. 

Again, numbers are immaterial; to keep the illustration 
as simple as possible we will suppose that the given varia~- 
tion of A amounts to half the number of the species, and 
that similarly B is equally divided between its original 
form and its variation. We now have four classes, each 
500 strong, which we may call A, Ab, Ba, B; the small 
letters being used to signify the presence of an aposeme 
that is adopted and not original. Now we will suppose 
that 100 young insect-eating birds are let loose upon the 
butterflies of these four classes. To eliminate Mr. Mar- 
shall’s complication of X, Y and Z birds (pp. 103-105) we 
will suppose that all the butterflies are exposed to simul- 
taneous attack by the whole body of their enemies. It is 
obvious that on an average each class will be attacked by 
25 birds. For the sake of simplicity we will further 
assume that the butterflies are so nauseous, or the palate 
of their enemies so delicate, that one experiment on each 
aposeme is sufficient to ensure the exemption of that 
aposeme from further attack by the experimenter. Now 
let us see what will be the fate of our four classes. The 
25 birds that attack A will not touch it again. Neither 
will they experiment on Ab and Ba, which exhibit the 
same aposeme. But each of them will experiment on 
B, which has nothing about it to suggest A’s aposeme. 
Hence the result of the attack of batch No. 1 is the 
destruction of 25 A and 25 B. Batch No. 2 experiments 
on Ab, destroying 25 of them. But it will attack none of 
the other three classes, because each of these possesses an 
aposeme which it has learnt to avoid. Similarly the 25 
birds (batch No. 3) that take toll of Ba will henceforth 
avoid all the rest, for the same reason. Batch No. 4 devotes 
its attention to B, which has already suffered, or will suffer, 
under batch No. 1. Of this class B, 25 will be taken, 
without supplying any experience for the benefit of A, 


on Miillerian Mimiery and Diaposematism. 569 


which latter class will therefore undergo a second exaction 
of the same number. The result of course is that the two 
original forms, A and B, each lose 50 individuals, or 10 per 
cent.; while the two diaposematic intermediates, Ab and 
Ba, each lose 25 only, or 5 per cent. Needless to say that 
in view of these considerations I have no intention of 
impaling myself on either horn of the dilemma so care- 
fully prepared for me on p. 100 of my friend’s paper. 

It may possibly be objected that the numbers of Ab, Ba 
are not likely at the outset to be equal to those of A 
and B. This is true enough, but any one who is willing to 
incur the trouble can easily convince himself that taking 
the numbers of Ab, Ba smaller only accentuates their 
advantage over A, B. The number of individuals experi- 
mentally destroyed may of course be multiplied indefinitely 
without disturbing the relation between A, B and Ab, Ba. 

But it may still be urged, is there any evidence that 
such intermediate forms as those exemplified in Ab, Ba 
are actually to be found in nature? Undoubtedly there 
is; about this I shall have more to say later on, but 
meanwhile we may take as a single example two forms of 
Leuceronia and Nychitona that occur together in the neigh- 
bourhood of the Victoria Nyanza. The former (LZ. phavis), 
though still unmistakably a Leuceronia, differs from its 
nearest allies by points in which it plainly approaches the 
Nychitona; while the latter, without losing its general 
resemblance to its own group, shows features of likeness 
to the Leuceronia which are peculiar to itself among its 
congeners. It may still be urged that there is no evidence 
of distastefulness in respect of these forms. This may be 
readily allowed without damaging the argument, for if such 
approach is possible between forms that belong to the 
edible category, it must be at least equally possible of 
occurrence between forms that are distasteful. And if it 
once occurs as a variation, its perpetuation is provided for 
in the manner already shown. 

To summarise the foregoing :—Mr. Marshall has omitted 
to take into account the factors of (1) relative distasteful- 
ness, and (2) relative conspicuousness and powers of display. 
These omissions vitiate his argument as to the effect of 
relative population. Further, he has ignored (3) the 
effect of the possession of a double aposeme upon relative 
mortality, and (4) the fact that a persistence of a mimetic 
yariation does not necessarily involve the disappearance of 


676) Drv Bids Dix: reply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


the type. These omissions destroy the remainder of the 
foundation on which his a priori fabric is based. 

But perhaps, after all, it was unnecessary to offer one’s 
own reasons for dissenting from Mr. Marshall’s conclusions, 
for he has himself made two admissions which virtually 
undermine his ease. 

The first of these is that, as be puts it with great 
candour, “two lines of argument, based on the same data, 
have led to diametrically opposite results” (p. 101). This 
is a somewhat striking phenomenon, and ought of itself 
to suggest caution in dealing with these problems by 
numerical methods. In giving his view of the cause of 
the discrepancy, he fully recognises that his arithmetical 
argument is entirely competent to prove the advantage, 
to both sides, of any Miillerian combination once effected ; 
though he holds that it does not succeed in accounting for 
the process of formation of such an assemblage, except in 
the case of considerable disparity of numbers. But when 
the process is complete, his ditticulty ceases, 

How is it then that he finds in the formation of a 
Miillerian assemblage a stumbling-block of this kind ? 
The reason is that he is himself labouring under the error 
of which he accuses his opponents, viz., that in the repre- 
sentation of the case the intermediate stages are not 
adequately taken into account. The truth of the matter 
is that so soon as the aposeme of species B occurs in any 
of the individuals of species A, the Miillerian association 
B + A’ is already formed, and A’ enjoys its advantage. On 
Mr. Marshall’s own showing, A’ now virtually belongs to B, 
which class is strengthened by its accession; and whatever 
may be A”s chances of survival as compared with typical 
A, it has at any rate found a place in an assemblage which 
has so far been able to maintain itself. If its new character 
is of such a kind as to be subject to Mendelian laws of 
inheritance, there is no reason why it should not persist 
under the shelter of B, even in the absence of reinforce- 
ment from its original stock. 

But a much more important consideration than the 
above is the fact that the first appearance of aposeme B 
is consistent with the persistence of aposeme A; a fact 
which is constantly overlooked, though it is really implicit 
in the statement that the Darwinian idea of the evolution 
of a case of mimicry (which is that accepted by Mr. Mar- 
shall) “involves the assumption that it has been built up 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 571 


by a gradual process of selection from comparatively small 
individual variations” (p. 101). The intermediate form 
with its double aposeme at once brings the Miillerian 
factor to bear throughout the whole assemblage which it 
unites. It is not always realised how easily the gap 
between A and B may be bridged over. Take the case of 
Pieris demophile (both sexes) and Acria agna,a Pierine and 
an Ithomiine from Brazil. All that is necessary is to insert 
the yellow form of P. demophile 2 between the normal 
types of the two species, and the chain is complete from 
end to end ; moreover, it becomes linked on to the great 
assemblage of which A. agna is a representative. I do 
not assert that this particular association is Miillerian; I 
only adduce it to show how easily a Miillerian couple 
might be established. It illustrates some other points as 
well, viz. (1) that the rise of a mimetic variation does 
not necessarily involve the extinction of the parent form 
(this survives in typical P. demophile), and (2) that dis- 
tasteful intermediates may be conceived of as mutually 
protecting and being protected by the distasteful forms 
not on one side only, but on each side of them. This last 
point is of course only another way of putting what I 
have already spoken of as the function of the double 
aposeme. It is obviously of the first importance for the 
right understanding of Miillerian mimicry. 

It may be said, in reference to the foregoing, that I 
have taken a case where mimic and model are already 
somewhat alike. Let me therefore now show how the 
two hypothetical species A and B may be brought into 
association with one another, though originally very dis- 
similar in aspect. If we were to confine ourselves to 
theory, I admit that the process might be somewhat 
difficult of conception. But when we turn to the actual 
facts of such a case, we see how the passage may be helped 
along by the existence of other species, each of which is 
capable of forming a collateral association with the transi- 
tional forms in turn. Thus, a very slight modification of 
the yellow form of P. demophile ? gives us another Pierine 
form, that of P. viardi 2, which aligns itself with Heliconius 
charithonia; while a short step onwards from P. viardi 
brings us to the’form now called P. tithoreides 2, the mimetic 
relation of which with Tithorea pavonii, H. atthis, and the 
peruviana form of H. charithonia will only be questioned 
by those who do not accept the doctrine of mimicry at all. 


572 Dr. F. A, DixeyMf’reply to Mr. G. A. K, Marshall 


There is no need to multiply-instances, though it could 
readily be done. The point required is to recognise the 
fact that a mimetic chain can be built up by successive 
small steps, each of which secures at once the condition 
which Mr. Marshall himself maintains is favourable to the 
Miillerian relation ; for he allows, as we have seen, that 
when the association is once formed, the advantage to all 
parties, whatever the relative numbers, can be demon- 
strated by arithmetic. 

This first concession, when followed out into its conse- 
quences, appears to me of itself sufficient to dispose of the 
only serious objection brought on a pricri grounds against 
the possibility of Miillerian approach, whether from one 
side or from both, even in those cases where both species 
may be equally “dominant.” But if this were not so, 
Mr. Marshall’s second concession (p. 103) would really 
give me all I want, for by it he asserts the possibility of 
the very interchange that I have all along been holding 
in view. I am not disposed to raise a controversy about 
the mere use of words, and if Mr. Marshall prefers his own 
term “ Alternate Mimicry,” I have no objection to offer; 
the point is that he allows the same possibility that I 
maintain ; the occurrence, that is, of a give-and-take pro- 
cess between so-called “mimic” and “ model.” This is 
the essence of what has been called Reciprocal Mimicry 
or Diaposematism, for which terms I could suggest no 
more suitable definition than “the interchange of charac- 
ters between distasteful forms in virtue of their distaste- 
fulness.” No one could suppose that every step from the 
one side is exactly in point of time coincident with a step 
from the other; nature works on successive individuals, and 
whether or not at any given moment the general trend is 
in one direction rather than another is immaterial. More- 
over, it 1s conceivable, even on Mr. Marshall’s principle, that 
the tendency might take opposite directions at the same 
time in different parts of the area of distribution. 


Particular Instances of Diaposematism. 


So much for the attempts that have been made to im- 
pose limitations a priori on the scope of Miillerian mimicry, 
and in especial to disallow the possibility of that inter- 
change of features between distasteful forms which is known 
as Diaposematism or Reciprocal Mimicry. I now turn to 
the particular criticisms which Mr, Marshall makes on the 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 573 


diaposematic interpretation of certain concrete and definite 
instances. 

With regard to these instances, I would in the first place 
observe that they are not all of equal strength, and that, 
as I have always been ready to admit, there is perhaps not 
one of them that is absolutely incapable of being explained 
on other lines. But their force, as it seems to me, lies in 
their cumulative effect. Let me give an illustration. 
Suppose that on a riding or driving tour through the 
country, you see, on approaching a town, a boy wearing a 
straw hat with a variegated ribbon. By and by you meet 
with another boy, then with two or three more, finally 
perhaps with a httle crowd of boys, all with the same 
coloured hat-ribbon. The first occurrence makes no special 
impression on you, nor perhaps the second or third, but 
before long you awake to the fact that there must be some 
common cause for this constantly recurring phenomenon, 
which cause will probably declare itself as the existence of 
a school or an athletic club. So with these instances of 
apparent interchange. Taken separately, each one may 
be put down to accident, coincidence, affinity, or what you 
will; but as cases begin to accumulate, any explanation 
short of the influence of some common law or principle 
ceases to be satisfactory. With respect to Mr. Marshall’s 
remark that no example of Diaposematism has as yet been 
brought forward as occurring between any two of certain 
groups that he specifies, it may be sufficient to observe 
that these groups, so far as I am aware, have never yet 
been studied from this particular point of view.* 


The Association of Pereute and Heliconius. 
Under this head I am pleased to find that Mr. Marshall 


at least agrees with me that there is a mimetic relation 
between the melpomene group of Heliconius and a Pereute, 
though Mr. Kaye would perhaps differ from us both (see 
his communication in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, pp. xxii, 
xxiii). But Mr. Marshall, in commenting on my sugges- 
tion that the Heliconii which enter into mimetic combina- 
tion with Pierines have been influenced by the latter “in 
adopting from them a more distinct and characteristic em- 
ployment of the red basal patches,” remarks that “in order 

* See however Fritz Miiller (translation by Meldola in Proc. Ent. 
Soc. Lond., 1879, p. xxviii), who actually alleges cases, though with- 
out giving details, 


574 Dr. F. A. Dix&@® reply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


that any case of this kind may really carry conviction as a 
proof of diaposematism it is necessary to show that the 
reciprocal character which the model is claimed to have 
acquired from the mimic must be one that is abnormal in 
the genus of the model and its allies.” On this I would 
observe that if Mr. Marshall will look again at my paper 
from which he quotes (Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, pp. 
296-298), he will see that I do not claim that the exist- 
ence of the red basal patches in Heliconius has been 
“acquired from the mimic.” On the contrary, I am in that 
passage at pains to show that there already exists in 
Heliconius material in the shape of red basal markings for 
the aposeme that becomes especially conspicuous in those 
species which enter into mimetic relation with red-spotted 
Pierines. Hence his enumeration of red-spotted Heliconir 
is beside the mark, for he has not met my assertion that 
the spots are especially distinct and characteristic in these 
mimetic species. My view was and is that the Pierines 
have contributed to the special appearance presented by 
the spots in certain species; not that they are actually 
responsible for the origin of those marks. I fear I cannot 
agree that a character such as this, if reciprocally adopted, 
must be “abnormal in the genus of the model and its 
allies,” for in most cases there will be found already exist- 
ing, as might be expected, some basis for the assimilative 
process to work on. 

While the Heliconii are under consideration, it may not 
be amiss to remark on the great plasticity exhibited by 
this genus, so far as concerns its colour-patterns. This is 
exemplified by the large number of species which, as 
Mr. Marshall says, “have been drawn away in mimicry of 
the great Melinwa-Mechanitis association,” and still more 
by the completeness with which members of one of the 
two great groups into which the genus falls have become 
assimilated in aspect to species belonging to the other.* 
Mr. Marshall himself suggests that the absence of red 
spots in the Melinxa-like Heliconii may be due to mimicry, 
which shows that in his view this feature of the Heliconine 
pattern is not resistent to mimetic influence. As regards 
the Pierines, there is no reasonable doubt that the red 
basal aposeme in Delias has impressed itself not only upon 
Prioneris but also on Chalcosid moths (see Shelford, Proc. 


* See Riffarth and Stichel, in the “ Thierreich,” 1905 ; also W. J. 
Kaye, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, pp. xiv—xvi. 


~ 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 575 


Zool. Soc. Lond., 1902, vol. ii, No. 257, Plate XXI, figs. 
1-4). There is, therefore, no antecedent improbability in 
the supposition that the corresponding aposeme in the 
South American Pierines under discussion, less marked 
but still conspicuous, should have been able to exercise an 
influence upon the Heliconii. 

In Mr. Marshall’s review of the genus Pereute (p. 108) 
I find myself quite unable to follow him. I confess that 
I do not understand his statement that it is only in his 
third section “that we find any real mimicry.” I should 
have thought that mimicry if it exists at all must be real. 
If he only means that some species are closer mimics than 
others, of course I agree with him, but the remark in this 
connection hardly seems worth making. As to the main 
point, I do not think that any one who undertakes a 
thorough examination of the genus in relation with other 
butterflies of the Neotropical region can avoid coming to 
the conclusion that every species of Pereute, even in- 
cluding P. telthusa, displays mimetic features. Mr. 
Marshall’s South African experience will suggest to him 
that to make the examination complete, the under-sides 
must be included in the study; as indeed in one place he 
seems to imply® 


The under-side ved spots in Archonias (07 Euterpe) tereas 
and Papilio zacynthus. 


Under this heading Mr. Marshall has—I am sure 
unintentionally—given so complete a misrepresentation 
of my published statements, that I can only suppose him 
to have omitted to make himself fully acquainted with 
them. It would, I think, be inferred by any reader of 
his criticism that I had advanced the view that the 
Papilios belonging to the colour-group of which P. zacyn- 
thus may be taken as an example had adopted their under- 
side red spots in mimicry of the associated Pierines (pp. 
109, 110). How far such a supposition is removed from 
my real opinion will be made sufficiently clear by an 
extract from the very paper that Mr. Marshall quotes as 
his authority, viz.) my memoir on the Pierine published 
in our Transactions for 1894. Ina note on page 285 of 
that memoir occurs the following passage dealing with the 
butterflies in question :—‘“ The red basal patches on the 
under-side of the Pierine give just the same general effect 
as similar patches on the Papilio; but a close scrutiny will 


576 Dr. F. A. Dix&M® roply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


reveal the curious fact that the patches of the Pierine 
belong always to the wing, and those of the Papilio, in 
almost every instance, to the body. The wide distribu- 
tion of the red basal patches among the Pierinx forbids 
us to suppose that they were evolved for the purpose of 
mimicry in these few species; but it is worth noting 
that their presence affords material ready to hand for a 
sufficiently deceptive though not absolutely exact copy of 
a conspicuous Papilionine feature.” 

It will be seen from the above quotation that the 
position of the red spots on Papilio and Pierine respectively 
had already been noted and taken into account by me, 
though this would not be gathered from Mr, Marshall’s 
description on pp. 109,110. It is also plain that although 
(like Mr. Marshall) I could not regard the red spots as 
having come into existence in the Pierine for the sake of 
mimicking the Papilio, I was prepared to entertain the 
view that so far as position and general appearance were 
concerned they had undergone Papilionine influence. 
The fact that many Papilios, both mimetic and non- 
mimetic, are red-spotted, was of course well known to 
me, and is duly stated in the same paper (Trans. Ent. 
Soc. Lond., 1894, pp. 296, 298). In these latter passages 
I suggest the possibility, which still appears to me quite 
reasonable, that Puapilios, Heliconii and Pierines, all 
possessing suitable material for working upon, have each, 
in the case of these mutually mimetic species, contributed 
something towards the general agreement. The main 
points in favour of an exercise of Pierine influence, | may 
repeat, are (1) the prevalence of the basal red throughout 
the subfamily; (2) the fact that the genera Huterpe and 
Pereute are probably closely allied to the distasteful 
Eastern genus Delias; and (3) the fact that some species 
at any rate of Huterpe and Pereute are reported by field 
naturalists to be abundant in individuals. The suggestion 
that these South American Pierine “mimics” might 
themselves act in some respects as models was in 1894 
so new, and so contrary to received ideas, that I dwelt on 
the evidence in question with some emphasis. I still 
think the evidence strong. So far as Mr. Marshall pro- 
nounces in favour of an independent origin of red spots 
in all these three subfamilies, I agree with him; my 
expressed view has always been the same. If however 
he really means that no mimetic modification of the spots 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 577 


has taken place as between these groups, I think that 
those naturalists who are well acquainted with the species 
concerned will regard his conclusion as a veductio ad 
absurdum. 


Why do both sexes of Archonias (Euterpe) tereas mimic 
only the females of Papilio zacynthus ? 


In this section of his paper Mr. Marshall makes the 
curious statement that “not a single one of the American 
Pierines has developed any metallic colours” (p. 111). 
By “metallic colours” he shows in the same passage that 
he means an iridescence or glow such as: may be seen 
in certain African species of Zeracolus, for example in 
T. regina, where it exists in a highly-developed condition. 
Has Mr. Marshall ever looked at Dismorphia teresa ? 
Or at the male of MWeganostoma ewrydice, or of Colias lesbia 
and C. vautieri? Or at a fine male specimen of Phabis 
argante? Even in the Pierine genus at present in 
question, it is by no means rare for a well-preserved 
example of Huterpe approximata or LE. critias to exhibit 
a purple gloss on the hind-wing, a gloss which, though 
comparatively undeveloped, recalls that of many Papilios. 
The fore-wings of #. antodyca 2 and L. swainsonti 2 often 
show a similar bloom. Then as to African forms, has Mr. 
Marshall forgotten Colias electra, of which he must have 
seen innumerable specimens? There can I think be no 
doubt that there is nothing in the Pierine constitution to 
prevent the development of “metallic” colouring, should 
the opportunity and need for such development arise in 
the history of a species. In reference to F. Miiller’s 
statement that although in his experience Huterpe tereas 
was common, and Papilio nephalion rare, the latter must 
be regarded as the model rather than the former, Mr. 
Marshall seems to be quite alive to the fact that if this 
case of mimicry is, as he says, “in every way consistent 
with the interpretation of a simple Miillerian approach,” 
it remains an instance that primd facie requires a good 
deal of reconciling with his view as to the improbability 
of Miillerian approach even when the numbers are equal, 
and much more when the numbers of the “model” are 
inferior. I myself should of course agree with F. Miiller 
that the Pierine has adopted most of its peculiar aspect 
in imitation of the Papilio; but I should not consider that 


578 Pr FA Dixdeeraply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


this precludes the female Papilio from having been 
retained by the help of Pierine influence within the limits 
of the strong combination thus formed. Mr. Marshall’s 
opinion that the female pattern is the older is very likely 
to be correct; it has always seemed to me the more 
probable supposition; though, in view of what may be 
seen in many other groups, I should not venture to exclude 
altogether the possibility that the female may have 
dropped some characters once common to both sexes and 
even gained others under the influence of mimicry or some 
other form of adaptation. This is why I suggested in 
1894 that the female Papilios had joined the Huterpe 
combination whether by “discarding” or [supposing the 
females to represent the older form] by “not adopting” 
the brilliant colours of the other sex (Trans. Ent. Soc. 
Lond., 1894, p. 298). It was pointed out by me many 
years ago (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, p. 106, note, 
d propos of Argynnis diana §; and again in Proce. Ent. Soe. 
Lond., 1894, p. xii, d propos of A. niphe 2) that a mimetic 
resentblance may be attained by the help of the retention 
of an ancestral character no less than by the development 
of anewone. Mr. Marshall’s point would only tell against 
my suggestion if this possibility were ignored. 


The suggested reciprocal resemblance between Pieris locusta 
and Heliconius cydno galanthus. 


Mr. Marshall begins his discussion of this case as fol- 
lows :—“ In Trans. Ent. Soc., 1896, p. 72 (note), Dr. Dixey 
suggested tentatively that P. locusta ¢ was a mimic of 
Heliconius melpomene, so far as the underside of the hind- 
wing was concerned. In Trans. Ent. Soc., 1897, p. 325, this 
idea was abandoned, and the very different H. cydno galan- 
thus was then definitely proposed as the model” (p. 113). 
I shall hope for Mr. Marshall’s forbearance if I venture to 
point out that this is scarcely an accurate way of putting 
it. My words in 1896 were, “The underside of the hind- 
wing in P. locusta, P. cinerea [I should now write Lepto- 
phobia cinerea] and some others resembles that of Heliconius 
melpomene and other protected species in giving the general 
idea of a dark wing-area with yellow costal or precostal 
streak and basal red spots.” I have never “abandoned 
this idea,” which indeed is merely the expression of a 
simple matter of fact; but in 1897 I gave the general 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism 579 


statement above quoted a more special application by 
instituting a comparison between the under side of P. 
locusta § and the cydno group of Heliconius; even then 
being careful to point out that “the aspect suggested [by 
P. locusta $ underside] is rather that of several forms of 
Heliconius in general than that of any one in particular,” 
Why Mr. Marshall should think it necessary to show that 
the upperside of P. locusta f is non-mimetic “and can 
have no significance during flight” (p. 113) I am at a loss 
to understand, for I myself expressly stated that “it is 
only on the underside that the mimetic pattern appears, 
and here again there can be little doubt that its use has 
reference only to the resting position.’ Mr. Marshall 
appears to disbelieve that any mimetic significance what- 
ever attaches to either surface of the male P. locusta. In 
this opinion I think few impartial observers will follow him. 

With regard however to the “fair general resemblance” 
which he admits to exist between the upperside * of the 
female of P. docusta and the galanthus form of H. eydno, 
he arrives at the conclusion “that the most satisfactory 
interpretation of the present case is that the 2 Pieris isa 
simple Batesian mimic of the Heliconius.” In support of 
this position he makes some remarkable statements. “ It 
is only fair to point out,” he says, “that when this pro- 
posal” [i.e. my suggestion as to the association of P. 
locusta with the cydno group] “was made, the true 9 of 
P. locusta was not known, the ? figured by Dr. Dixey 
belonging really to P. tithoreides, Butl.” I regret to have 
to correct Mr. Marshall on a point of fact, but he will find 
on further enquiry that the female of P. locusta was then 
known and had been described by Felder. I figured the 
local race (or geographical species) ¢ithoreides under the 
designation of the type form, for the simple reason that 
there was then no other name by which to call it, its 
present title not having been bestowed upon it until some 
time later.+ I do not know on what grounds Mr. Marshall 
pronounces P. locusta 2 to be “evidently a rare insect.” 
Felder’s account t implies that the species is common. J 
can of course readily believe that the male falls a more easy 
prey to collectors. 

* Why not also the underside? Can it be because this would 
carry a similar conclusion in the case of the male ? 

7 P. tithoreides was first described by Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. 
Hist., 1898, ii, p. 18. 

t Reise d. Novara ; Rhop., p. 176. 
TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART IV. (JAN. 1909) 38 


580 Dr, F. A. Dixef reply to Mr. G. A. K, Marshall 


In stating that “the crux of the whole argument lies 
in the assumption that white colouring is abnormal in 
Heliconiusand must therefore be due to Pierine influence” 
(p. 114), Mr. Marshall is labouring under a similar mis- 
apprehension to that which led him to attribute to me the 
view that the existence of red spots in Papilio originated 
in mimicry of the Pierines. I have shown that my ex- 
pressed view was the contrary of this, and that I regarded 
and still regard the original red spots in both groups as 
affording material for an assimilative process of which 
there remain in existence many traces. In exactly the 
same way I look upon the occasional presence of white 
patches and bands in Heliconius as the raw material from 
which a resemblance to the broad white areas of the usual 
Pierine aspect has been in certain species manufactured. 
Any one who has not realised how much like a Pierine a 
Feliconius can be made to look, should compare the deuce 
form of H. sapho with the female of the form of P. locusta 
known as noctipennis. 


The suggested diaposematic resemblance between the two 
Eastern Pierines Huphina corva and Ixias baliensis 2. 


It would, I think, hardly be inferred from Mr. Marshall’s 
account of this example that nearly all the points which 
he raises had already been taken into account by me and 
allowed due weight in my paper which he quotes. Thus 
the difference between the under sides of the Huphina 
and the Jaias is in that paper both mentioned and 
specially figured, while an explanation is offered which 
is probably valid in several similar cases (Trans. Ent. Soc. 
Lond., 1906, p. 522). The fact that the dark border of 
the hind-wing is better defined in the male than in the 
female Huphina is of course perfectly apparent in my 
figures (Ibid., Pl. XXXI). These show that although in 
this particular respect the male has the advantage, the 
female is still on the whole the better mimic. They also 
show that the “heavy black bar across the cell of the fore- 
wing” is not “entirely absent” from the male, as Mr. 
Marshall alleges, but present in the corresponding position 
to that which it takes in the female, though of course 
in the former sex it has not reached so high a stage of 
development. 

The facts as to the geographical distribution of the two 
species were carefully noted by me (loc. cit., p. 523), as 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 581 


indeed Mr. Marshall acknowledges. He very truly points 
out that “if we examine such a series of forms as Huphina 
phryne, nerissa, lichenosa and corva, it seems clear that we 
are dealing with those progressive modifications which are 
generally comprised under the name of geographical races,” 
It is also quite correct that “heavy black borders are a 
very common feature in the genus Huphina and exist in 
a majority of species occurring in the Malay Archipelago.” 
Then why should we assume that the line “leads up” 
from H. nerissa through lichenosa to corva? Is it not 
equally open to us to suppose that corva began in the 
Malayan region where so many of its congeners find a 
home, and passed towards the north and west, gradually 
losing its black border as it came into new geographical 
surroundings, but retaining that feature so long as it was 
subject to the mimetic influence of Jzias? If this supposi- 
tion be rejected, there remains the possibility, or even 
probability, of other distributional changes. These are 
more important factors in mimicry than has, I think, been 
generally admitted.* But the elevation of the present 
facts of distribution, interesting as they are, into a “serious 
difficulty” in the way of the diaposematic interpretation 
of this very curious resemblance seems to savour of hyper- 
criticism ; as also, especially in view of Mr. Finn’s ex- 
periments referred to in my paper,t does Mr. Marshall’s 
evident scepticism even as to the mimicry of Huphina by 
JIzias. As to Mr. Wallace’s “warning” quoted by Mr. 
Marshall (pp. 120, 121), I am not in much danger of 
forgetting it, for I know now that I have several times 
in the past been temporarily misled into attributing to 
fortuitous resemblance or to mere affinity many undoubted 
cases of Pierine mimicry. 

The fact mentioned by Mr. Marshall that the British 
Museum specimen of J. baliensis 2 possesses a suffusion 
of pale orange in the central area of the fore-wing, a point 
which had also been noted in my paper (Joc. cit., p. 523), is 
especially interesting ; as it shows that in this species the 
mimetic process is not entirely complete. 

The last point which seems to call for remark in this 


* See Poulton, “Essays on Evolution,” 1908, p. 52 ; and note by 
Mr. Trimen on recent changes of distribution in African butterflies, 
ib. cit. 

+ The reference was given by me as “Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal,” 
1895. The year should be 1897. 


- 
582. Dr. F. A. Dixey’s reply to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall 


connection is the difference in character of flight shown 
by the two genera concerned. It is of course no proof of 
palatability or the reverse that an insect is active and 
wary on the wing. Many distasteful species, especially 
the “dominant” models, possess the characteristically 
deliberate demeanour first noticed by Bates, but others 
show resemblances of greater or less degree in this, as in 
other respects, to the forms that usually occupy central 
positions in mimetic groups. 


Here ends my survey of Mr. Marshall’s criticism of 
particular instances. I feel justified in maintaining, as a 
result of this examination, that not only has he failed in 
each single case to prove his point, but that he has also in 
many particulars been betrayed into actual error. 

The remaining examples impugned by Mr. Marshall, 
together with that portion of the concluding section of 
his paper which has not been dealt with by me, bear 
reference to certain views and observations for which I am 
not personally responsible. I shall not presume to enter 
the lists in defence of champions so well able to take care 
of themselves as my friends Prof. Poulton and Mr. Neave ; 
but it may not be out of place to add here a remark with 
regard to Mr. Marshall’s footnote on page 122 of his paper. 
He there calls attention to some apparent discrepancies in 
the accounts given by Dr. Longstaff and myself of the 
scents of certain African butterflies. It is a well-estab- 
lished fact that scents of opposite character may coexist 
in the same individual (instances are given in my com- 
munication quoted by Mr. Marshall from Proc. Ent. Soe. 
Lond., 1906, pp. ii—vii), and it seems probable that the 
differences between Dr. Longstaff’s records and my own— 
a very few differences, be it noted, amidst a large body of 
substantial agreement—may be attributed to a reason of 
this kind. Certainly my recollection of the strong, dis- 
agreeable odour of Neptis agatha is vivid to this day. 

Before concluding this paper I have a suggestion to offer 
to students of the Miillerian problem who may still be in 
an early stage of their investigations. It is that those 
who wish to avoid a cramped and narrow view of the 
mimetic problem should refrain from stating and con- 
sidering it only in terms of “mimetic pairs” or even 
“mimetic associations.” The real unit of study is the 
aposeme, in its transitions, its modifications and its 


on Miillerian Mimicry and Diaposematism. 583 


combinations. This will lead, amongst other things, to a 
recognition of the important principle of “secondary 
mimicry”; a powerful reinforcement of the Miillerian 
interpretation, which has been omitted from considera- 
tion by Mr. Marshall, and on which accordingly I do not 
enlarge. A final point to be impressed upon those who 
may be approaching the question for the first time, is the 
wonderful insight into future developments of his theory 
shown by Fritz Miiller himself. Reference to Prof. Mel- 
dola’s translation of Miiller’s truly epoch-making paper 
in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879, pp. xx—xxvili, will show 
that not only is the main principle most clearly and pre- 
cisely there stated, but that the author also foreshadows 
such subsidiary points as relative distastefulness, “alter- 
nate mimicry,” the unpalatability of Pierine “ mimics,” 
and not only the possibility but even the actual existence 
of diaposematism. 

The kind expressions used by Mr. Marshall on the last 
page of his paper I should wish most cordially to recipro- 
cate. I may go further, for I believe that I owe more 
benefit to the results of his experience as a field naturalist 
and skill as an experimenter than he can have derived 
from any publications of mine. I am not at all fond of 
controversy in itself, though I admit its value and occa- 
sional necessity. But if one has the misfortune to differ 
from a friend and. fellow-worker in the same field, the 
regret that is unavoidably felt is much mitigated when 
one meets so courteous and fair-minded an opponent as on 
the present occasion. 

However, Mr. Marshall has now shot his bolt. It has 
failed ; and the upholders of the large and comprehensive 
principle of Miillerian mimicry, including its corollary of 
Diaposematism or reciprocal influence, may await with 
equanimity the delivery of attack from any other quarter. 


( 585) 


XXIV. On some of the principal Mimetic (Millerian) Com- 
binations of Tropical American Butterflies. By J. 
C(. Moutton, F.E.S., of Magdalen College, Oxford. 


[Read June 3, 1908. ] 


PLATES XXX—XXXIV. 


In the year 1896 Mr. W. F. H. Blandford, with the help 
of the late Mr. Osbert Salvin, F.R.S., selected a series of 
mimetic combinations of Tropical American butterflies from 
the Godman-Salvin collection. These he exhibited in the 
same year at the Royal Society and at the Entomological 
Society of London (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. xxxviii). 
They were also shown and described by him in the follow- 
ing year, during the discussion which followed Dr. F. A. 
Dixey’s paper on “ Mimetic Attraction” (Proc. 1897, pp. 
XX-xxxli and xxxiv—xlvii; Trans. 1897, pp. 317-331). 
The opinion was strongly expressed at the time that it 
would be of great advantage if the associations could be 
kept intact, or at least some permanent record of them 
preserved. As regards the great majority of specimens 
exhibited by Mr. Blandford this was found to be imprac- 
ticable ; but Professor Poulton, F.R.S., at once began to 
collect material for similar groups—from the Hope Collec- 
tion, from the great series of duplicates presented to the 
Hope Department by Dr. F. Ducane Godman and Mr. 
O. Salvin, and from other sources. By 1901 so much 
progress had been made that he applied to Dr. Godman 
for his kind help in lending the comparatively few rare 
species which did not exist in the Hope Department. 
These were added to the Oxford material, and beautiful 
photographs of four South American combinations (Plates 
XXX-XXXITI) were taken by Mr. Alfred Robinson of the 
Oxford University Museum. In order to give some con- 
ception of the analogy between Miillerian resemblances in 
the Old World and the New, a group of Oriental Lupleing 
with one convergent Danaine was photographed at the 
same time (Plate XXXIV). The South American asso- 
ciations, of which a permanent record was thus made, are 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART Iv. (JAN. 1909) 


586 Mr. J.C. Moule some of the principal Mimetic 


as follows, tabulated according to their geographical 
distribution :— 


1. North-Central America (Guatemala, Honduras, and 
Nicaragua); shown on Plate XXX. 

2. East Brazil ; shown on Plate XX XI. 

3. Upper Amazons (Ega); shown on Plate XXXII. 

4. Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia ; shown on Plate XX XITI. 


The half-tone blocks for these plates were prepared shortly 
afterwards by Messrs. André and Sleigh ; but in the press 
of other work Professor Poulton has been unable to pub- 
lish an account of the material or to describe the plates. 
Early in the present year he invited me to undertake this 
task, which I need hardly state has proved an extreme 
pleasure, in view of the exceptional interest of these 
mimetic associations. I would here like to take this 
opportunity of recording my sincere gratitude to him, 
first, for allowing me the privilege of writing this paper, 
and secondly, for all the kind help and trouble he has 
shown in assisting me to produce it. The difficulties of a 
first entomological paper, so alarming to the beginner, 
have all been made easy by his kindly surveillance. The 
following associations, although arranged in a different 
order, are reproduced with but little change from Mr. 
Blandford’s paper (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1897, pp. xxii— 
XXvil) : it will be noted, however, that while his combina- 
tions were wholly composed of butterflies, certain examples 
of Heterocerous mimics, as well as a few additional 
Rhopalocera, have been incorporated in the tables of the 
present paper. Mr. Blandford spoke of these mimetic 
associations as “groups,” but I have adopted Professor 
Poulton’s suggestion that they should be called 
“associations” or “combinations.” * 

In the tabular form in which the associations are set 
forth below, the Ithomiine models are shown on the left 
and their mimics on the right; the whole series forming 
a large combination with a single type of pattern. 


* « Essays on Evolution,” 1908, Essay X, p, 293 :—‘‘ In this essay 
the word ‘group’ is employed to express an arrangement based on 
affinity, the word ‘combination’ or ‘association’ to express an 
arrangement founded on bionomic relationship. Thus a genus or 
family is spoken of as a group, a set of Miillerian models and mimics 
as an association or combination.” 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies. 


COMBINATION I. 


587 


(Shown on Plate XXX.) 


North Central American Type—Guatemala, Honduras 
and Nicaragua. 


ITHOMIIN 2. 

Tithorea sp. 

Melinvxa  imitata, 
(Figs. 1 and 2). 


Bates 


DANAINE. 


Lycorea atergatis, Doubl. and 
Hew. (Figs. 13 and 14). 


NYMPHALIN-. 


Mechanitis doryssus, Bates 
(Figs. 3 and 4). 
Mechanitis lycidice, Bates 
Ceratinia dionxa, Hew.( Figs. 
5 and 6). 
Ceratinia fenestella, 


(Figs. 7 and 8). 


Protogonius cecrops, Doubl. 
and Hew.(Figs.21 and 22). 

Eresia phiiyra, Hew. (Figs. 
19 and 20). 


HELICONINA. 


Heliconius telchinia, Doubl. 
and Hew. (Figs. 9 and 10). 

Hueides zorcaon, Reak. (Figs. 
11 and 12). 


PIERINA. 

Dismorphia praxine, Doubl. 
(Figs. 17 and 18). 

Perrhybris (Mylothris) ma- 
lenka, Hew. (Figs. 15 and 
16). 


Hypsip2 (Moth). 
Pericopis angulosa, Walk. 


The only addition to Mr. Blandford’s list, except the 
Pericopid moth, is Mechanitis lycidice, Bates, which this 
authority places in an intermediate position between the 
above North Central-American and a South Central- 
American (Costa Rica to Panama) combination. He 
includes four other species in this intermediate position, 
but these are so much nearer to the southern combination 
that no mention of them is necessary here. JZ. lycidice, 
however, is extremely variable, and, in Guatemalan speci- 
mens, the black bar of the hind-wing is as a rule well 
developed, as in the northern Miillerian association. On 
the other hand, the absence of this feature in many Costa 
Rican examples permits their introduction into the 
southern combination, 


Hew. 


588 Mr. J.C. Moulton some of the principal Mimetic 


It will be seen from the accompanying Plate XXX that 
the general pattern of this association consists of a con- 
spicuous light brown (fulvous) ground colour, crossed by 
parallel black bands and oblique bars, the apex of the 
fore-wing being relieved by two yellow bars between the 
last-mentioned black markings. While it is apparent 
that all the members of this association bave gradually 
become drawn together into one general pattern, we can 
also clearly see how single constituent species have fol- 
lowed others in minor characteristics. A specially 
remarkable illustration of this is afforded by the strong 
resemblance between Melinwa imitata (Figs. 1 and 2) and 
Heliconius telchinia (Figs. 9 and 10). Here, the broken 
yellow sub-apical bands of the Melinwxa are closely fol- 
lowed by those of the Heliconius. On the under side of 
the fore-wing, an irregular series of white spots appears 
along the hind margin of the Melinxa, and similar spots 
are present although very faintly developed and more 
marginally placed along the anal portion of the hind 
margin in the Heliconius. The same likeness is found 
along the hind margin of the hind-wing, where however 
the usual radiating white streaks of the Heliconius are 
shortened into a rough resemblance to the rounded or oval 
spots of the Melinxa.* 

The exceptionally close resemblance between two such 
widely different genera as Melinza and Heliconius, as 
exemplified by MZ. imitata and HH. telchinia, affords a good 
instance of the entire independence of affinity and mimicry, 
as Professor Poulton points out in “ Essays on Evolution,” 
1908, p. 235. Thus two Ithomiine genera (Mechanitis and 
Ceratinia), with four ditterent species (including I. lycidice), 
bear a general likeness to the Melinwa pattern, and yet 
none of them afford nearly so close a resemblance as that 
exhibited by the Heliconius. Hence the Ithomiine genus 
Melina is far more closely resembled by its Heliconine 
mimic belonging to a very different sub-family, than by 
any Ithomiine which contributes a member to the associa- 
tion. Similarly the Heliconius bears a much closer likeness 
to the Ithomiine model than to the nearly allied Lweides. 

My attention was directed by Professor Poulton to the 
fact that the second Heliconine of this association, Hueides 
zorcaon (Figs. 11 and 12), also presents in one special 
detail a resemblance to the Danaine, Lycorea atergatis 

* See Poulton, “ Essays on Evolution,” 1908, p. 350. 


a Oi 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies. 589 


(Figs. 13 and 14), in this respect its probable model. I 
refer to the peculiar ochreous colouring of the oblique 
markings in the fore-wing apical region,—markings which 
are of a bright yellow tint in nearly all the other con- 
stituents of the combination. It should be noted, however, 
that ochreous markings in this region are characteristic of 
many species of both Hueides and Lycorea, As regards 
their form, the pale markings of the fore-wing present 
certain similarities in these two species. An irregular 
somewhat hour-glass-shaped spot appears at the end of the 
cell of each species, as also an elongate spot with a median 
constriction near the analangle. The form of these and the 
other markings is very variable, but their general like- 
ness is noticeable. It will be found in other combinations 
considered in the later pages of this paper that the species 
of Protogonius are generally specially associated with those 
of Zycorea. Thus in the present instance P. cecrops (Fig. 
21) not only possesses the ochreous markings towards the 
apex of the fore-wing, but the marginal hind-wing spots 
are more strongly developed on the upper surface than in 
any other species of the association except Lycorea atergatis. 

Ochreous bars also appear in the female of the Nymph- 
aline, Hresia philyra (Fig. 20), which in other respects has 
evidently been drawn after Ceratinia dionxa (Fig. 6), with 
its row of distinct yellow spots along the hind margin of 
the fore-wing. Interesting features of the male Hresia 
(Fig. 19) are the narrow hooked fore-wing, and the absence 
of special paleness in the apical markings, both suggesting 
the influence of some Dione or Eucides (perhaps £. aliphera, 
Godt.). 

Dismorphia praxine (Figs. 17 and 18) presents several 
points of interest. First, the size and general shape suggest 
Mechanitis doryssus (Figs. 3 and 4) as the model, as was 
pointed out by Godman and Salvin :—“ The female has a 
colour resemblance to JMechanitis doryssws, a species 
abundant throughout the same area ” (“ Biologia Centrali- 
Americana, Rhopalocera,” 1887-1901, Vol. II, p.176). On 
the other hand, the yellow apical markings follow far more 
closely those of Melinxa imitata (Figs. 1 and 2), and its 
mimic, Heliconius telchinia (Figs. 9 and 10), especially the 
latter. The dark bands of both wings correspond more 
nearly with those of the Heliconius than with the narrower 
markings of the Mechanitis. 

The Perrhybris (Figs. 15 and 16) can only be regarded 


590 Mr. J. C. Moulton some of the principal Mimetic 


as an outlying member of the association; for the male 
(Fig. 15) does not mimic at all on the upper surface, while 
the female (Fig. 16) is rather a rough mimic, the wings 
being comparatively broad and the dark median band of 
the hind-wing but feebly developed. The mimicry of the 
under surface of the male Perrhybris is discussed by Dr. F. 
A. Dixey in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1894, pp. 286 and 320; 
1896, pp. 67-72. It is characteristic of this genus, that 
while invariably entering a Miillerian association, it never 
presents more than a rough mimetic resemblance. The 
peculiar serration of the inner border of the deep black 
hind-wing margin in the female is discussed on p. 594. 

The moth (Pevicopis) is also but a rough mimic; for in 
it no black median band crosses the hind-wing, although 
the marginal border is of much greater breadth, and thus the 
unbroken discal space of ground colour is barely noticeable. 

Evidence that members of this association frequent the 
same locality and may be mistaken for one another by the 
captor, exists in the Hope Department, where one Melinza 
imitata, two Heliconius telchinia, and an example of the 
moth, Pericopis angulosa, all taken in Honduras in 1895, 
had been put together as a single species ! 

A general survey of the association shows that the 
closest resemblance exists between Melinwa imitata and 
Heliconius telchinia. A second pair—although not nearly 
so close—is provided by Lycorea atergatis and Hucides 
zorcaon ; a third by Ceratinia dionxva and Lresia philyra, §. 
Lastly, Dismorphia praxinoe 2 presents a general resem- 
blance ‘to Mechanitis doryssus, Melinea imitata and 
Heliconius telchinia. The Perrhybris and moth are, as 
previously stated, only rough mimics of the same pattern. 


COMBINATION JI. A. 


The Guiana Type. British, Dutch and French Guiana. 

A detailed account of this association is unnecessary ; 
for it has been described in much detail and illustrated 
with many beautiful plates by Mr. W. J. Kaye, F.E.S. 
(Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. 413). A Nymphaline 
member, Hresia eunice, Hiibn., was however accidentally 
omitted by this naturalist, who has now kindly provided 
me with the following interesting note on it :—“ Up till 
the date of my paper, October 1906 (Trans, Ent. Soe. 
Lond., 1906, p. 413), I had received about twenty-five 
specimens of this species. None of the specimens show 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies. 591 


any tendency to melanic hind-wings, but the females are 
certainly more heavily barred than the males. The latter 
show a strong tendency toa breaking up of the bar into a 
series of spots much as in the male of Lueides nigrofulva, 
Kaye, vide Pl. XXIII, fig. 13. I do not expect that Lresia 
eunice usually sits with the Melinexas, etc., on the white 
flowers of Hupatoriwm macrophyllum, because I have 
stopped Roberts sending collections from off these flowers, 
but still I get a fair number of ZL. ewnice. There is not 
the slightest doubt however that it is a member of the 
group and derives its colouring therefrom.” 


CoMBINATION II. 
The Kast Brazilian Type. 

This type is split up by Blandford into two sub-divisions, 
(a) with yellow apical spot or spots in fore-wing. (b) With 
white markings in the same position. The following 
table shows the constituent species arranged as in 
Combination I. 


(a) The apical spots on the fore-wing yellow. 
ITHOMIIN. DANAINA. 


Tithorea, sp. Lycorea halia, Hiibn. 
Melina ethra, Godt. 
Mechanitis neswa, Hiibn. 
Napeogenes xanthone, Bates. 
Ceratinia laphria, Doubl. 


NYMPHALINE. 

Eresia esora, Hew. 

LHresia, sp. 

HELICONIN&. 

Heliconius dryalus, Hopff. 
Eueides dianasa, Hiibn. 
PIERINE. 

Dismorphia astynome, Dalm. 


(b) The apical spots on the fore-wing white. (Shown on 
Plate XXXII.) 


ITHOMIIN 2. NYMPHALIN&. 
Mechanitis lysimnia, Fabr. Protogonius drurvi, Butl. 
(Figs. 1 and 2). (Figs. 10 and 11). 


Napeogenes ewryanassa, Feld. 
(Figs. 5 and 6). HELICONIN2E. 


a, ; . ITeliconius narcea, Godt 
Ceratinia daeta, Boisd. (Figs. : ; . 
3 and 4). (Fag (Figs. 7 and 8). 


Heliconius polychrous, Feld. 
(Fig. 9). 


592 Mr. J.C. Moulton some of the principal Mimetic 


In sub-division (b) another Heliconius, H. polychrous, 
Feld., and a Nymphaline, Protegonius drurti, Butl., have 
now been added to Blandford’s list. 

The principal characteristics of this association are the 
presence of a broad yellow band parallel to the costal 
border of the hind-wing, and an oblique bar crossing the 
fore-wing and passing from near the centre of the costa 
towards the hind-margin. This nearly median bar is suc- 
ceeded by a large apical spot, or group of spots, sometimes 
yellow [sub-division (a)], and sometimes white [sub- 
division (b)]. 

Sub-division (a). In this association the Danaine, 
Lycorea halia, affords a striking resemblance to Melinwa 
ethra, although the hind-margin of the hind-wing has not 
lost its border of white spots. As noticed in Combination 
I, the Lycorea possesses a buff or ochreous tint in place of 
the usual bright yellow markings so typical of this asso- 
ciation.* It is also noteworthy that the yellow of the 
Melinea is slightly duller than that of the association gener- 
ally. Mechanitis nesea, besides being smaller, differs 
slightly from the Melinwa in having two small yellow 
sub-apical spots in addition to the yellow apical patch; 
there is also a far smaller development of black markings 
on the basal side of the yellow in the fore-wing; but in 
spite of these differences the superficial resemblance is 
very close. 

A very good Pierine mimic, Dismorphia astynome, enters 
this association, having in the female the yellow apical 
spot just asin Melinwa ethra. It has furthermore acquired 
the typical Ithomiine shape with narrow wings. The 
yellow bar of the hind-wing is not strongly developed, 
but sufficiently to bring the species well within the com- 
bination. The male also has followed the female into the 
association ; although here the hind-wing band is far less 
yellow and the ancestral white still prevails in the costal 
area of the hind-wing as in the male of D. praxine. 
As in this latter species, the white patch is almost cer- 
tainly hidden in flight and at rest. The male lacks the 
apical spot of the fore-wing, although a slight suggestion 
of it is indicated by a few yellow scales in that region. 

* The hind-wing band is not nearly so bright in the Lycorea as in 
other members of the association. Prof. Poulton has given reasons 
for the belief that the tint may have been even duller about eighty 


years ago. See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7, vol. xiii, 1904, pp. 
359, 360. 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies. 593 


An interesting point emerges in connection with the 
ancestral white of Dismorphias of this pattern. Besides 
the white portion on the upper side of the hind-wing 
mentioned above, a white patch occupies the inner mar- 
ginal area of the fore-wing under side. The meaning of 
this retention of the white on parts of the surface hidden 
by the overlapping of the wings is very clearly explained 
and illustrated by Professor Poulton in his paper “ Natural 
Selection the Cause of Mimetic Resemblance and Common 
Warning Colours,’ Linn. Soc. Lond., Journ. Zool. vol. 
xxvi, p. 606, pl. 40. In addition to the white patches, 
there are other distinct traces of the ancestral white 
on the under side of both wings, These persistent traces 
are formed by a few white scales—easily visible to the 
naked eye—near the hind margin of the hind-wing 
and especially at the apex of both wings. The general 
appearance of the under side suggests that it may pos- 
sess a cryptic significance, which is an argument against 
the unpalatability of this Pierine.* 

Sub-division (b). All the Ithomiines resemble each 
other except for the fore-wing apical markings (Plate 
XXXI, figs.1-6). Heliconius narcea (Figs. 7 and 8 ) per- 
haps follows Mechanitis lysimnia (Figs. 1 and 2) more 
closely than it does any of the other Ithomiines of this 
sub-division: its likeness to Welinza ethra of sub-division 
(a) is far stronger. The Mechanitis does not exhibit that 
tendency towards transparency which is so characteristic of 
large numbers of the Jéhomiinw, and is readily noticeable in 
the Ceratinia (Figs. 3 and 4) and Napeogenes (Figs. 5 and 6) 
belonging to this combination. Heliconius polychrous 
(Fig. 9) must be considered a rough mimic. Its prin- 
cipal defect, which is not very apparent in the figure on 
Plate XXXI, is the great reduction of the tawny colour 
and the corresponding increase in the black and yellow 
markings of both wings. Protogonius drurw (Figs. 10 and 
11) again is a poor mimic, as is customary in that genus. 
It is, as is also usual in the genus Protogonius, the only 
member of its association with an obviously and strongly 
cryptic under surface. The yellow band across the hind- 
wing is easily traceable, although neither sharply defined 
nor bordered by black, as in the models. The white apical 
spot is distinct, and the white spots in the hind margin of 


* See R. Shelford in Poulton’s “ Essays on Evolution,’ 1908, pp. 
351, 353. 


594 Mr. J. C. Moulton ® some of the principal Mimetie 


the hind-wing come out in this Nymphaline as in the 
Lycorea. It also follows the Zycorea in the more ochreous 
shade of the yellow markings of the forewing. 

With the object of showing more forcibly that these 
several species do actually occur together in one area, 
and have in many cases been caught on the same day, 
T have appended a list of the specimens collected im 
Brazil, between 1825 and 1830, by W. J. Burchell. It 
is a striking fact that one should have to go back to 
a collection eighty years old in order to gain the best 
available proof that these butterflies are associated to- 
gether in space and time! 

In addition to many members of both sub-divisions, 
Burchell took a fine series of the Pierine, Perrhybris 
(Mylothris) pyrrha, Fab. This species has not been in- 
cluded in the list on p. 591, because the apical spot is 
absent. Like all members of its genus, it is but a 
rough mimic, and, as regards the upper surface, a mimic 
only in the female. Just below the apical region, there is 
visible, near the hind margin of the fore-wing, the ap- 
parent incipient separation of a yellow spot from the 
oblique bar—a separation which is complete on the 
under surface. On this account the species is placed 
in the table of Burchell’s captures as printed on p. 595, 
next to the sub-division with yellow apical spots. 

H. W. Bates published the following interesting note on 
the habits of this species in his paper on the “ Insect 
Fauna of the Amazon Valley” (Journal of Entomology, 
December 1861, pp. 235, 236): “It inhabits the shades 
of the forest; but the males are found also in open places, 
and resort to the moist margins of puddles and streams ; 
the females I have never seen except within the forest; 
they are much rarer than the males, and are coloured in 
imitation of certain Heliconide * found in the same local- 
ities. The species has a wide range; it is common at 
Rio Janeiro and Bahia; specimens from those localities I 
find do not differ from those taken by myself in the 
Amazon region.” 

An interesting feature is noticeable in the hind-wing 
where the broad black margin is deeply serrated in its 


*In the term ‘‘Heliconide,” Bates included the Ithomiine, the 
Lycorexini (a section of the Danainex) and the Heliconine. ‘The two 
former he called “ Danaoid Heliconide,’ and the third “ Acreoid 
Heliconidex.” 


595 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies. 


“4ST S,POOMJSOM UL Sv [[9M SB YOOd-o}OU S[[AYING Ul papLOaI ov o7¥p SIG} IIT Suotumtoads OMT, x 


*poomy4sa M IOSSOJOIg 948] 


ey} JO WONDeIIp oT} JopuN poredoaad YsIy B UL PAUTR}WOD O1¥ BYVp OY], “paovl}] oq MOU FOUN TOTYA Smautoads Jo 9oMa4SIxXa ayy OJOUAP Sp>xOvIq orvNds ut s1equInyy 


hart 
{t]+8 
GL Ue ‘T 


G 
14 
9 


SULQHY LIT 


“WNIAAII 


DY Llhd (s2.1yI0)ALL) 


& {i]+s8 I {¢] + OT 
cer I 
I cs =e 
I ‘ E 
: . [1] 
ass be [tT] +1 
I te IT 
Re I 
_ ss [+1 
+ mae ee, z 
¥ {1 ji I 
a I : a 
= I ; ee 
I awe I 
AB rs * (og “390 ‘T]+1 
Ye [16 “390 ‘T] 
‘amouhysD ‘DUDY "pLyQa “snosyohjod ‘DBIMDU 
pryd.owusy DILOINT DeU2/ANT SNUUOIL AT Snvwoorpayy 
‘WNIAAId ‘WNIVNVG | ‘#NIINOHLII “WY NINOOVIGH 


“buun-asof ur 
sj0ds qnovdn o Ay 


“bum-a.wof ur sjods wordy mona x 


‘buin-asof ur syods ynardn ayy 44 


“WNITVHAWAN 


I [2] + 12 9 [2] + 3 Po eS Se siB Ol 
ie t t og SHIDO 
- - wee see Ol “2a, . . . . » 
tee - - “ec 62 Aya . . . . » 
. - - wee 6281 ‘oLaunge . . . . . ping 
ane l wee 8281 ‘5 “IB . . . ai 
ae wee “ce iZ 2a] . . . . 
wee - - ia; og “490 . . . . zekoy 
if e “3 "390 | Ofprg, 03 osoquey 
‘%% Ex 2 net LE8L “63 “SUV | Oprvg “YY JO YON 
Su I sae ‘e 9L 09 . . . “ 
wee il o. wee ce ¥L “00, . . . ovyeqnyg 
- tee [2] a 6 iad 9% ‘qdag . . . . “ 
. I . tee “ lef qdag . . . . soyuReg 
wee wee c t jidy je ini 
eee sae - “ IZ Cans - oe 
: 3 cela ik Fe 
- (fest “IB 
. €L “IR . ae 
ok I OL eM | ° . 
I ay 6 “IR . ae 
ba ii ; Lary | * Orleuee op ony 
- I - “ I “IV “ce 
- I ae «< 9Z qaq . . ase TOA 
- I t . “ec IZ “Qa “ee “e 
- I aes “ee ot “qQoq “ee ae 
Tex I I . “cc ZL “qay “cc “ 
{+t wee . “ 6 "qa “ “ 
es bes ey i “- $ ‘qaq | sureyunoyy uvsd19 
tee I 9Z8T ‘Te “une . “e 
tee tae - eee “e 1g 00d . “ 
a l 2 «9 ‘aq | * =OrtURe ep ONT 
. see T ce ZI “AON . . La 
ee z see ie ae OL “AON . . “e 
wee tee wee ce i “AON . . a 
* “ . “ 7 “AON . . “ee 
- - - “ec 6Z WO . . e 
_ 4 = A eg oe 
2 «(I +T é oe SZ8T SI 900 “  * S9B19h) SVULAL 
ULNA mruuUnrsh) “plapp “pespuphind 
snwUobojpo.g | syrunyooyy | prwyns1ag DUNDLID 
‘# NIIWOHLI “ALY “ALITYNO1 


. 


(JAN. 1909) 39 


PART IV. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908. 


596 Mr. J.C. MoultdfM@n some of the principal Mimetic 


costal region, resulting from invasions of the orange-brown 
ground colour. This suggests the possible transition from 
a special warning character or aposeme acquired by the 
Perrhybris on the way from the ancestral Pierine white 
towards this tawny and yellow, black-barred association. 
Slight traces of this same feature are visible in the Dis- 
morphia of this association; and the character is strongly 
marked in the female of Perrhybris malenka of the 
Guatemala-Nicaragua Combination (see Plate XXX, 
fig. 16). 

The most perfect resemblance between any two species 
in the above table (in spite of the differently-coloured 
apical spots) is that between Melinwa ethra and Heliconius 
narcea: the likeness is exceptionally strong. Mention 
has been made already on p. 589 of the occurrence of a 
marginal row of white spots in both Protogonius and 
Lycorea, and of the further indication of resemblance seen 
in the buff-ochreous fore-wing markings which in these two 
species replace the usual striking yellow. In spite of 
the apical patch of P. drurti being white (while that 
of LZ. halia is ochreous) it seems probable that the 
Lycorea is the chief model of the Nymphaline. 

The chief characteristic feature of this association—the 
yellow hind-wing band—appears independently in JMe- 
chanitis lycidice of Guatemala, which has already been 
shown to enter two of the Central American combina- 
tions (see p. 587). Many specimens of a fine series in 
the Hope Collection possess this yellow band in a well- 
developed condition. In other numerous specimens it 
is marked to a lesser degree, while in others again it 
is entirely absent, as we should expect in a member of 
the more northern combinations. 

We now pass from a warning pattern characteristic of 
the country to the south of the Amazon mouths to a very 
different type developed beside its upper waters. 


~ Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies, 597 


ComBINATION III. (Shown on Plate XXXII.) 
The Upper Amazons (Ega) Type. 


ITHOMIINA, DANAINZ. 
Tithorea harmonia, Cram. Lycorea cinnamomea, Wey- 
Melinea pardalis, Bates mer (Fig. 1). 

(Fig. 3). 


Melinxa pardalis, Bates,sub- NYMPHALIN. 
sp. nov. madeira (Fig. 2). —Protogonius castaneus, Butl. 
Mechanitis egaénsis, Bates (Figs. 10 and 10a) 
ibe gs. : 
(Figs. 4 and 5.) 
Ceratinia fluonia, Hew. HELICONIN2. 


Heliconius pardalinus, Bates 
(Figs. 8 and 9), 


PIERINZ. 


Dismorphia egaéna, Bates 
(Figs. 6 and 7), 


- The only addition to Blandford’s list is a sub-species* of 
Melinxa pardalis from the Rio Madeira to the S.E. of Ega. 
The principal features of this association are the darkening 
of the ground colour into a mahogany or chestnut tint, and 
the mottled appearance of the outer half of the fore-wing, 
this latter effect produced by broken irregular yellow 
markings on a dark background. The black markings of 
the North-Central American type are still visible on the 
hind-wing, but they are more heavily developed and often 
tend to fuse together, as in the Guiana Combination. As 
usual, the Melinxva and Heliconius stand out as the central 
pair, H. pardalinus (Figs. 8 and 9) resembling M. pardalis, 
sub-sp. madeira (Fig. 2) ina most remarkable manner; but 
the whole of the Ithomiines form with the Heliconius and 
the Dismorphia (Figs. 6 and 7) a wonderfully close combina- 
tion. The yellow spot at the anal angle of the fore-wing 
in the two species of Melinea appears in the Lycorea 
(Fig. 1), while in the Heliconius two spots are placed at 
the apex of the hind-wing. In the natural position of 


* A brief description of this form will be found in the Appendix 
on p. 604, 


- 
598 Mr. J.C. Moulton on some of the principal Mimetic 


the wings during flight or at rest with wings expanded, 
the upper of these two is doubtless concealed and the 
lower spot then probably represents that on the fore-wing 
of the Melinea. The male Pierine Dismorphia egaéna 
(Fig. 6) bears a similar spot at the apex of the hind-wing, 
and probably mimics the Heliconius in this respect. The 
Protogonius (Fig. 10), as before, is only a rough although 
a most unmistakable mimic, and as in the previous asso- 
ciations, the Lycorea (Fig. 1) appears to act as its principal 
model, both species being conspicuous in the combination 
for their hind-wing marginal spots and for the ochreous 
markings of the fore-wing. 

The transition from this association to the next is prob- 
ably in part preserved in a separate Peruvian association, 
in which the mahogany ground colour has been replaced 
by orange-fulvous ; the black bands of the hind-wing have 
fused or half-fused, while the apical yellow markings in the 
fore-wing are much reduced and wanting altogether in 
some cases. Thus the three following Peruvian species 
would be considered obvious members of the Ega associa- 
tion except for the substitution of an orange-fulvous 
ground colour for the Ega mahogany tint. These are 
Ceratinia anastasia, Bates, a Peruvian form of  Melinea 
pardalis, Bates, and Heliconius floridus, Weym. All three 
Species possess both yellow apical and black hind-wing 
markings, which are very similar to those of the species 
from Ega. A further stage in this transition is suggested 
by two species of Melinwa (M. phasiana, Butl., and M. 
orestes, Salvin), and one Heliconius (H. arcuella, Druce), in. 
all of which the yellow apical markings are wanting. 
Except for this deficiency they resemble the former trio. 
Tithorea cuparina, Bates, may represent the next step; for 
in it the apical region is black and free from all traces of 
the mottled appearance. The black hind-wing, typical of 
the next association, is not however found in this 7%thorea, 
which still retains the black bar placed upon an orange- 
tawny ground colour, 

These interesting transitional forms lead on to the last 
Neotropical Association considered in this paper. 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies, 


CoMBINATION IV. 


599 


(Shown on Plate XXXIIT.) 


The Bolivia, Eeuador and Peru type. 


ITHOMIINE. 

Melinxa mothone, Hew. (cy- 
dippe, Salv.)* (Figs. 1 
and 2). 

Mechanitis deceptus, Butler 
(methone, Salv., nec Hew.) 
(Figs 4 and 5). 

Ceratinia semifulva, Salv. 

Napeogenes achxa, Hew. 

Hyposcada fallax, Staud. 
(Fig. 3), 


SATYRINA, 

Pedaliodes praxithea,.Hew. 

Pedaliodes triaria, G. and 8. 

NYMPHALINA. 

Protogonius semifulvus, But. 
(Figs. 14 and 15). 

Eresia ithomiola, Salv. (Figs. 
12 and 18). 

Eresia murena, Staud. 

H&LICONIN”, 

FHeliconius aristiona aristi- 
ona, Hew. (Figs. 6 and 7). 

Hueides acacetes, Hew, (Figs. 
8 and 9). 

ACREINE. 

Acrea acipha, Hew. (Figs. 
10 and 11). 

PAPILIONIN &. 

Papilio bachus, Feld, (Figs. 
16 and 17). 

Hypsip# (Moth). 

Pericopis hydra, Butl. (Figs. 
18 and 19). 

Castnia pellonia, Druce. 


Blandford’s list is here increased by Hyposcada fallaz, 
the two Satyrines, EZresia murena, and the two moths, 
while Napeogenes achea almost certainly represents his 
unnamed species of this genus, 

In this large and interesting combination the original 
striped pattern has entirely disappeared, and the warning 


* IT here follow Butler’s interpretation of Hewitson’s figure of 
Mechanitis mothone in “ Exotic Butterflies,” vol. i, Pl. XLVII, fig, 14. 
Hewitson’s type has not been discovered, but the figure appears to 
represent a male Melinza, and not a female Mechanitis. Blandford’s 


list adopts the synonyms, 


_ 
600 Mr. J, C. Moulton on some of the principal Mimetic 


appearance consists of a very dark ground colour crossed 
by a broad black-spotted band of orange-tawny, from the 
centre of the costa to the anal angle of the fore-wing and 
apex of the hind. Although a very strong general like- 
ness runs through the whole combination, there are also 
close resemblances between special members, as for instance 
the large Heliconius aristiona (Figs. 6 and 7), which eyi- 
dently follows Melinwa mothone (Figs. 1 and 2), The spots 
in the oblique band are superficially alike, while in both 
species there is very little orange-tawny colour at the apex 
of the hind-wing. 

Another special internal association is formed by Hypo- 
scada fallax (Fig 3) and Hresia murena, probably a southern 
form of #. ithomiola, Salv. Here the spots in the band 
are only two in number, both faithfully reproduced in 
murend. Again, as regards the orange-tawny area at the 
apical region of the hind-wing, the Ithomiine is followed 
by the Hresia. LHresia murena is not represented on Plate 
‘XXXIII; and the two forms of Hresia ithomiola 2 there 
‘figured are not such close mimics of H. fullax. It will be 
seen by a glance at figures 12 and 13 on Plate XXXIII 
that the outer margin of the oblique tawny band becomes 
pale, due to the appearance of a yellow tint in these two 
Kresias, which on that account must be specially associated 
with the Papilio (Figs. 16 and 17),and moth (Figs. 18 and 
19), considered on p. 601. 

The: Protogonius (Fig. 14) and the Papilio (Fig. 16) are 

rougher in their resemblance, and perhaps tend towards 
the Heliconine and especially the Hueides (Fig. 8), rather 
than the Jthomiine (Figs. 1-5). 
_ An interesting feature of this Protogonius is the absence 
of white spots in the hind margin of the hind-wing. The 
reason is probably to be found in the absence of a Lycorea 
from this association. These spots may be considered as 
ancestral in the Protogonius—faint traces of them can still 
be detected even in P. semi/ulvus—and the presence of a 
similarly-spotted Lycorea in the associations tends towards 
their retention by the Nymphaline. In this combination 
(IV), however, in the absence of a Lycorea, the Protogonius 
loses its marginal spots and enters more closely than ate: 
into the general mimetic association. 

Professor Poulton has also pointed out to me thats) in 
Bolivian specimens of Mechanitis deceptus, small white sub- 
marginal spots are retained in the sub-apical region of the 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies. 601 


under surface of the fore-wing, while these markings are 
absent or occasionally just visible in examples of the same 
species from Peru and Ecuador. Here the ancestral 
feature, obsolete in more northern localities, is preserved 
in the south. In some Bolivian specimens these spots 
extend round the hind margins of both wings. 

Other species showing a closer resemblance within the 
association are seen in the moths, Pericopis hydra (Figs. 
18 and 19), Castnia pellonia, and the Papilio (Figs. 16 and 
17). In all these, yellow markings appear at the costa of 
the fore-wing extending more or less completely along the 
outer margin of the oblique tawny band, and, except in the 
‘Castnia, yellow spots are developed along the hind margin 
of the hind-wing. These features are generally wanting 
from Combination IV, although, as regards the fore-wing, 
Kresia ithomiola 2 (Figs 12 and 13) approaches the Papilio 
and the moths. The resemblance of the Castnia to Papilio 
bachus is much closer than that of the Pericopis. The 
yellow outer border of the orange-tawny oblique band of 
the fore-wing in the above constituents of Combination 
IV, as also in the majority of the specimens of NVapeogenes 
achea, is undoubtedly transitional towards Blandford’s 
“7, Central Colombian modification” of “6. Ecuador 
Type,’—the latter name being applied by him to the 
association now being considered. From the evolutionary 
point of view, however, the yellow fore-wing marking of 
the Central Colombian association is certainly ancestral, 
and its absence in Kcuador, etc., a comparatively recent 
modification. The relationship between these two com- 
binations, distinguished by the presence or absence of the 
yellow margin to the oblique fore-wing band was clearly 
pointed out by H. W. Bates in the historic memoir on 
Mimicry (Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1862, vol. xxiii, Pl. 
III, p. 514):—* Some of the close resemblances amongst 
the Heliconide themselves seem to be kept up by their 
varying in a precisely similar way. There is a very 
singular instance in three species of three different genera, 
Melinxa, Mechanitis and Heliconius, which are all in East 
Peru, orange and black in colour, and in New Granada 
orange, black and yellow. This seems to be a case of 
coincident, simple variation ; for if three forms are quite 
alike in colours, it is conceivable that they may vary alike 
when placed under new conditions by migration. Our 
Leptalides have been shown not to vary precisely like their 


602 Mr. J.C. Moult&e on some of the principal Mimetie 


models ; and therefore the case just quoted does not throw 
any difficulty in the way of the explanation I have given; 
but it is a very extraordinary one,” 

This passage is a good example of the difficulties in 
which Bates was placed by the mimetic likeness between 
specially protected groups. Bates’ suggested interpreta- 
tion seems to indicate that the colour resemblances between 
the Heliconine and Jthomiine had obscured in his mind 
the essential structural differences between these widely 
separated sub-families. (See Poulton, “ Essays on Evolu- 
tion,” 1908, p. 327.) 

In each of the four combinations hitherto considered, 
the Lthomiine, Heliconine, and Nymphaline are all repre- 
sented. Combination IV alone contains no Pierine or 
Danaine member. On the other hand, it provides us with 
an Acrea, two Satyrine, a Papilio, and a Castniid moth. 
No species belonging to any of these groups enter the 
three other associations. 


The possibility of a single warning pattern gradually 
changing in the passage from one locality to another, e. 4. 
from the brilliant striped pattern of the Guatemala- 
Nicaraguan type to the more sombre colour of the 
Ecuador, Peru, and Bolivia type, becomes conceivable 
when we find transitional stages. ‘Thus we may imagine 
that the North-Central American type is an ancestral 
dominant warning pattern, and that on proceeding towards 
the south-east, the conditions gradually began to favour 
a darker hind-wing, as in the Guianas, and a yellow band 
and apical fore-wing markings, as in Kastern Brazil. The 
favourable conditions here referred to include above all 
the influence of changes in the patterns of the most dominant 
and central models in the combinations. Following these 
ereat associations westward, the apparent differences be- 
tween the Ega Combination (III) and those of the East 
and North, is found to be consistent with an underlying 
similarity. Thus we here recognise in the black band of 
the hind-wing and the yellow apical markings of the fore, 
the characters of the North-Central American Combina- 
tion (1). I have already mentioned instances showing 
possible transitional stages between the Ega type and the 
still more westerly association in Ecuador, Peru, and 
Bolivia, 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies. 603 


The whole problem, however, can only at present be one 
of surmise, owing to the enormous amount of work still to 
be done in these areas, and more especially in the 
intervening districts; for until far more data have been 
accumulated than at present, we can only indirectly infer 
that certain members of the associations are dominant as 
compared with others: and it is impossible to feel much 
confidence in the selection of any single pattern as the 
ancestral type which has given rise to those of adjacent 
areas. These questions must remain open until further 
labours have thrown far more light upon this fascinating 
subject. 


CERTAIN MULLERIAN COMBINATIONS AMONG THE 
DANAINE OF THE OLD WORLD, 


The accompanying Plate XXXIV exhibits members of 
three small associations from Southern India, Fiji and the 
Solomon Islands respectively. The names and localities 
are indicated on the plate itself, and, in greater detail, in 
the explanation of plate. The colours and patterns are 
those characteristic of an important Eastern section of the 
Danaine—the Euplawini. In the two first-named localities, 
certain species of this section are seen to resemble one 
another: in the third locality a species (Fig. 10) of the 
other important section of the Danaine—the Danaini— 
has assumed the superficial appearance of an Euplceine 
(Fig. 5). It is unnecessary to speak in any detail of the 
associations represented on Plate XXXIV: they are only 
introduced on the present occasion for the striking compari- 
son which they afiord with the New World Combinations 
exhibited on the four preceding plates. I may, however, 
remark upon the interesting example of Fijian mimicry 
in Figs. 4 and 9. It is here obvious, as Professor Poulton 
pointed out to me, that the chief spot in the fore-wing of 
Deragena proserpina (Fig. 9) has been lengthened inwards 
so as to afford a superficial resemblance to the chief spot 
of its model Nipara eleutho (Fig. 4). Although the two 
chief elements of the pattern in these two EKupleines have 
thus attained a considerable degree of resemblance, it is 
certain that they belong to a different series of white 
markings,—sub-marginal in the mimic (Fig. 9), discal in 
the model (Fig. 4). 

In these Old World Combinations no Jihomune lead 


oo 
604 Mr. J. C. Moulton on some of the principal Mimetic 


the way, and their place is taken by the highly distasteful 
Danaine, so dominant in the Oriental and Ethiopian 
Regions. In the former, both Danaini and Lupleini (here 
alone shown as models) are dominant; in the latter, the 
Danaini. The examples figured on Plate XXXIV are 
valuable for comparison with those from the New World; 
for they prove that, with an entirely different superficial 
appearance, the same bionomic principles are equally pre- 
valent in the tropics of both hemispheres. The Danaine 
of the Old World represent and take the place of the 
Ithomiine in the New, and exhibit, although with very 
different colours and patterns, the same conspicuousness 
at rest and in flight, the same countless swarms of in- 
dividuals, the same Miillerian resemblances between 
dominant species, and the same mimetic attraction for 
less abundant species of other groups. 


APPENDIX. 
Melinea pardalis, Bates, n. sub-sp. madeira. 


Melinxa madeira appears to be a MS. name of Staud- 
inger’s. Professor Poulton and Mr, F. A. Heron have 
very kindly spent much valuable time in an endeavour to 
trace a description of it, but without success. Thinking 
that the discrimination of this sub-species of MJelinza 
pardalis, Bates, may be a convenience to naturalists, a 
description is here added. 


Melinea madeira, n. sub-sp. 


This sub-species differs from J. pardalis, Bates, in the 
following points on the upper side. Fore-wing: the thick 
black inner marginal border of pardalis (which is limited 
by the median nervure and first median nervule) is 
reduced to a narrow, superiorly somewhat diffuse, dark 
marginal edging in madeira. The large triangular black 
spots, one below the outer part of the cell and the other in 
the basal part of the cell itself, are reduced by more 
than half in madeira. Exterior to these spots in 
madeira are two yellow oblique angulated bands joined 
about the second median nervule; in pardalis, however, 
the inner one has become suffused with the mahogany 
ground colour (with the exception, in one example, of a 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXX. 


North Central American Ithomiine-centred Combination with 
banded ‘“ Melineza” (Haase) pattern. Guatemala, Honduras and 
Nicaragua. 


All the figures are half of the natural size and represent the upper 
side unless otherwise stated. 


ITHOMIINA. 

1. Melinea imitata, Bates, ¢. Mirandilla (1700 ft.). Pacific 
Slope of Guatemala. Hope Collection. 

2. Melinea imitata, Bates, 9 (under side), Zapote, Guatemala. 
Hope Collection. 

3. Mechanitis doryssus, Bates, ¢. V. de Sta. Maria, Pacific Slope, 
Guatemala. Hope Collection. 

4. Mechanitis doryssus, Bates, 9. Guatemala, Atlante Slope, 
Vera Paz, Cubilguitz. March 10th-20th, 1880. Hope Collection. 

5. Ceratinia dionxa, Hew., 9. Mirandilla (1700 ft.). Hope 
Collection. 

6. Ceratinia dionxa, Hew., ¢. Zapote, Guatemala. Hope 
Collection. 

7. Ceratinia fenestella, Hew., ¢. Chontales, Nicaragua. Hope 
Collection. 

8. Ceratinia fenestella, Hew., 9. Nicaragua. 1871. Hope 
Collection. 


HELICONINA. 

9. Heliconius ismenius telchinia, Dbld., Hew., g. Guatemala, 
Chiacaman, Vera Paz. Hope Collection. 

10. Heliconius ismenius telchinia, Dbld., Hew., ¢ (under side). 
Guatemala, Chiacaman, Vera Paz, Hope Collection. 

11, Eueides cleobxa zorcaon, Reak., ¢. Chontales, Nicaragua. 
Hope Collection. 

12. Eueides cleobea zorcaon, Reak., ¢. Nicaragua, 1871. Hope 
Collection. 


DANAINE, 
13, Lycorea atergatis, Dbld., Hew., ¢. Guatemala, Atlantic 
Slope, Vera Paz, Teleman. May 12th-18th, 1880. Hope Collection. 
14. Lycorea atergatis, Dbld., Hew., ¢. Guatemala, Atlantic 
Slope, Vera Paz, Cubilguitz, March 10th-20th, 1880, Hope 
Collection. 


a 
Explanation of Plate XXX, 


PIERINA. 

15. Perrhybris malenka, Hew., ¢. Hope Collection. 

16. Perrhybris malenka, Hew., 9. Hope Collection. 

17. Dismorphia praxine, Dbld., ¢. Guatemala (Central), 8. 
Geronimo, August 10th, 1879-June 26th, 1880. Hope Collection. 

18. Dismorphia praxine, Dbld., 9. Chontales, Nicaragua. 
Hope Collection, 


NYMPHALIN#. 

19. Eresia philyra, Hew., ¢. Guatemala, Chiacaman, Vera Paz. 
Hope Collection. 

20. Eresia philyra, Hew., 2. Guatemala, Chiacaman, Vera Paz. 
Hope Collection. 

21. Protogonius cecrops, Dbld., Hew. Guatemala, Cahabon, Vera 
Paz. Godman-Salvin Collection. 

22. Protogonius cecrops, Dbld., Hew. (under side). Pacific Slope, 
Guatemala. Godman-Salvin Collection. 


Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908. Plate XXX. 
HELICONINA, 4, 
¢ OP GN ; an eX 


ree Lae ey PIERINA, 4. 
mn 


“ese 


ITHOMIINS, 8 


ng Hj 
ah IANAIN ZE, 


ty — 


s 
) 

pee | 

- 

7 Pe 
aS 

“~ 

& 


‘ ee — 
e fenestella : Under S. 
Alfred Robinson, phot. Andre & Sleigh, Lta 


All figures ave 4 of the natural size. 
Ws 2 9) 


North Central American Ithomiine-centred Combination, with banded 
‘‘ Melinza ’* (Haase) pattern. 


Guatemala to Nicaragua and Honduras. 


re : ai Yi ak . oe hel rae 
gpa lea yerc¥) i for ee ui) % ate ae es 


a 


: <7 
y é A 
Parsi) i, Paints) a - ite ererjei ®t 


a ia ea i i 7) hey V vv ue Aledo 


We 
* 
a 


et. 
ke 


stabs eit Ryd i. 4 deat ‘ ; 
iS : ain), pie Agile soln) yy Toe 


» 


® 


G 4 Tie * 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI. 


East Brazilian Ithomiine-centred Combination, characterised by 
yellow hind-wing band and white apical fore-wing marking. 


All the figures are about two-thirds of the natural size, and 
represent the upper side, unless otherwise stated. 


ITHOMIIN®. 


1. Mechanitis lysimnia, Fabr., ¢. Captured March 10th, 1826, 
by W. J. Burchell, at Rio de Janeiro. Hope Collection. 

2. Mechanitis lysimnia, Fabr., 9 (under side). Sao Paulo, S. 
Brazil. “Winter.” Hope Collection. 

3. Ceratinia daeta, Boisd., 9. Miers Collection. From the 
neighbourhood of Rio. Hope Collection. 

4. Ceratinia daeta, Boisd., 92 (under side). Brazil. Hope 
Collection. 

5. Napeogenes euryanassa, Feld., 2. Rio. Hope Collection. 

6. Napeogenes euryanassa, Feld., ¢ (underside). Rio. Collected 
by S. Youds. Hope Collection. 


HELICONINA. 

7. Heliconius narcea narcea, Godt., @. Petropolis, Brazil. 
Hope Collection. 

8. Heliconius narcea narcea, Godt., ¢ (under side). Petropolis, 
Brazil. Hope Collection, 

9. Heliconius narcea polychrous, Feld., ¢. Captured August 
29th, 1827 (a.m.), by W. J. Burchell, at Cervo, N. of Rio Pardo, 
Brazil. Hope Collection. 

NYMPHALINZ. 


10. Protogonius drurii, Butl., ¢. Hope Collection. 
11. Protogonius drurii, Butl., 2 (under side). Hope Collection. 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908. Plate XXXI. 


HELICONINA, 3. 
ITHOMIINA, 6. 


2. 


NYMPHALINZ#, 


6S Under S. 
Napeogenes euryanassa 


112 Under S. 
Protogonius drurit 


Alfred Robinson, phot. Andre & Sleigh, Ltd. 
All figures ave about % of the natural size. 
East Brazilian Ithomiine-centred Combination, characterised by yellow 
hind wing band and white apical fore wing marking. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXII. 


Upper Amazons (Ega) Ithomiine-centred Combination, character- 
ised by a mahogany or chestnut suffusion, and the mottled appear- 
ance of the fore-wing. 

All the figures are about two-thirds of the natural size, and 
represent the upper side, unless otherwise stated. 


DANAINA. 


1. Lycorea cinnamomea, Weymer. Upper Amazons, Manaos, 
Hope Collection. 


ITHOMIINA. 

2. Melinea pardalis, Bates, sub-sp. nov. madeira, 9. Amazons. 
Hope Collection. The figure represents the type of the female. 
This sub-species occurs on the Rio Madeira to the 8.E. of Ega. 

3. Melinxa pardalis, Bates, g (under side). Hope Collection. 

4, Mechanitis egaensis, Bates, ¢. Amazons, Bates, 1860. Hope 
Collection. 

5. Mechanitis eqaensis, Bates, 9. Hope Collection. 


PIERINZ. 

6. Dismorphia egaéna, Bates, ¢. Ega, H. W. Bates. Godman- 
Salvin Collection. 

7. Dismorphia egaéna, Bates, 9. Lower Napo, H. W. Bates. 
Godman-Salvin Collection. 


HELICONIN. 
8. Heliconius pardalinus pardalinus, Bates, ¢. Hope Collection. 
9. Heliconius pardalinus pardalinus, Bates, ¢ (under side) 
Manaos, Amazons. 1876. Godman-Salvin Collection. 


NYMPHALIN&. 

10. Protogonius castaneus, Butl., 9. Ega, H. W. Bates. God- 
man-Salvin Collection. 

10a. Protogonius castaneus, Butl., 9. Under side of Fig. 10. 


Trans Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908. Plate XXXII. 


PIERINA, 2. 
DANAIN&, 1. eS * . 


re’ if 
~ ITHOMIINE. 4 


102 2 Under Ss. 
Frotogonius castaneus 
Alfred Robinson, phot. 


Andre & Sleigh, Lid. 


All figures are about 2 of the natural size, 

Upper Amazons (Ega) Ithomiine-centred 
a mahogany or chestnut suffusion and by 
fore wing. 


Combination, characterised by 
the mottled appearance of the 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIII, 


Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia Combination, characterised by orange- 
tawny markings on a black ground. 

All the figures are half of the natural size, and represent the 
upper side, unless otherwise stated. 


JTHOMIIN®. 

1. Melinxa mothone, Hew., ¢. Peru. Hope Collection, 
- 2. Melinea mothone, Hew., 9 (under side). N. Peru. Hope 
Collection. 

3. Hyposcada fallax, Staud., 9. Peru. Hope Collection. 

4. Mechanitis deceptus, Butl., ¢. Ecuador. From collection of 
W. W. Saunders, 1830-73. Hope Collection. 

5. Mechanitis deceptus, Butl., 9. Ecuador, 1870. Higgins. Hope 
Collection. 
HELICONINAE. 

6. Heliconius aristiona aristiona, Hew., ¢. Chairo, Bolivia. 
C. Buckley (Druce Collection). Godman-Salvin Collection. 

7. Heliconius aristiona aristiona, Hew., ¢ (under side). Rio 
Juntas, Bolivia, 3000 ft. (Garlepp). Godman-Salvin Collection. 

8. Hueides acacetes, Hew. Peru (Druce Collection), Godman- 
Salvin Collection. 

9. Eueides acacetes, Hew. (under side). Bolivia. C. Buckley, 
Godman-Salvin Collection. 


ACRAINAE, 

10. Actinote acipha, Hew., ¢. Rio Verdi, Ecuador, C. Buckley. 
Godman-Salvin Collection. 

11. Actinote acipha, Hew., 2. Esmeraldas, Ecuador, Lehmann, 
Godman-Salvin Collection. 


NYMPHALIN&. 

12. Eresia ithomiola, Salv., Q. Aguana, Ecuador, Simson, 
Godman-Salvin Collection. 

13. Eresia ithomiola, Salv., 9. Cururai, Ecuador. C. Buckley 
(Druce Collection). Godman-Salvin Collection, 

14. Protogonius semifulvus, Butl., ¢. Hope Collection. 

15. Protogonius semifulvus, Butl., ¢ (under side). Hope Collection. 


PAPILIONINA. 
16. Papilio bachus bachus, Feld, ¢. 8S. Ecuador. Godman- 
Salvin Collection, 


- 
Explanation of Plate XXXIII. 


17. Papilio bachus bachus, Feld., $ (under side). Peru (Kaden 
Collection). Godman-Salvin Collection, 
Hererocera (Hypsip/). 

18. Pericopis hydra, Butl., 9. Hope Collection. 

19. Pericopis hydra, Butl., ¢ (under side). Ecuador. The 
figure represents the type of the species. Hope Collection. 


‘punois yorlq & uo ssulyseul AuMe}-98ueI0 Aq pestiajoeseyo ‘uolyeurquiog eIAlOg pue neg ‘Jopenoy 


‘Z1S ]DANJOU BY} fO F adv SaAnslf ]]P 
‘y0Yd ‘uosUuIgoY peajly 


3S 


‘% (HAISdAH) SHLOW 
Ss Jopuy) 
T 


Ape 


nt. Soc. Lond. rgo8, 


E 


Trans. 


‘H NIINOHLI 


'f ‘OENITVHAWAN 


i 2 ‘SE NINOOITAH 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV. 


Miillerian (Synaposematic) Combinations among Old World 
Danaine,—chiefly Eupleini. The patterns are charaeteristically 
Eupleine. 

All the figures are about three-fifths of the natural size, and 
represent the upper side. 


EvPLeInNI. 

1. Narmada coreoides, Moore, ¢. Utakamand, Nilgiris (7500 ft.) 
April 14th, 1896. A. G. Cardew. Hope Collection. 

2. Crastia core, Cram., ¢. Cannanore, Malabar, India. Septem- 
ber 3rd, 1896. A. G.Cardew. Hope Collection. 

3. Pademma kollari, Feld., @. Cannanore, Malabar, India. 
September 3rd, 1896. A. G. Cardew. Hope Collection. 

4. Nipara eleutho, Quoy. = eschscholtzii, Feld., g. Fiji, Viti Levu, 
S. of mouth of Rewa River, Coral Island, near Nukulau. October 
15th, 1897. Gustav Gilson. Hope Collection. 

5. Euplea asyllus, Godm. and Salv., 9. Fauro Island, Solomon 
Islands. End of August and early September, 1886. C. M. Wood- 
ford. Hope Collection. 

6. Narmada coreoides, Moore, 9. Bombay. Hope Collection. 

7. Crastia core, Cram., 9. Cannanore, Malabar, India. Sep- 
tember 3rd, 1896. A. G. Cardew. Hope Collection. 

8. Pademma kollari, Feld., 9. Cannanore, Malabar, India. 
September 3rd, 1896. A. G. Cardew. Hope Collection. 

9. Deragena proserpina, Butl., ¢. Fiji, Viti Levu, S. of mouth 
of Rewa River, Coral Island, near Nukulau. October 15th, 1897. 
Gustav Gilson. Hope Collection. 


DANAINI. 


10. Salatura decipiens, Butl., 9. Fauro Island, Solomon Islands. 
End of August and early September, 1886. C.M. Woodford. Hope 
Collection, 


Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1908. Plate XXXIV. 


Polhret., Ge loN 1 


Narmada 
coreoides 


y 
SOUTH IND 
oe _ 


Devragena pyosevpina 
DANAINI, 


5S FAURO, 
Euplea asyllus SOLOMON ISLES.  Salatura decipiens 


Alfred Robinson, phot. Andre & Sleigh, Ltd. 
All figures ave about 3 of the natural size. 
Miillerian (Synaposematic) Combinations among Old World Danainz,— 
chiefly Euploeini. The patterns are characteristically Eupleine. 


Combinations of Tropical American Butterflies. 605 


-single yellow spot just under the sub-costal nervure). In 
the type of madeira (Fig. 2) the apical markings of the 
fore-wing of pardalis are nearly obliterated by a fuscous 
suffusion, but in another example at Oxford they persist 
almost as in the Eva form. The yellow spot at the anal 
angle in madeira is well developed, being larger than in 
pardalis, Hind-wing: the black bar across the hind-wing 
so strongly developed in pardalis is much reduced in 
madeira, and does not reach the inner margin. All its 
constituent markings in madcira are somewhat rounded 
and give a less continuous appearance than the compact 
bar and marginal border of pardalis. This latter is also 
greatly reduced, being much narrower and more completely 
divided into its constituent markings. On the under side 
the same points of difference occur as on the upper; 
although the black markings in the fore-wing of pardalis 
are here not quite so obviously heavier than those of 
madeira, A noticeable difference in the fore-wing is the 
appearance, along the hind-margin (above the anal spot), 
in madeira of four (in one specimen) small pale-yellow spots 
which are absent in pardalis. In the second specimen the 
spot nearest the apex is barely distinguishable. 

Type 2 in Hope Department, University Museum, 
Oxford (Plate XXXII, fig. 2). 

Distribution, based on two 2 specimens in Hope Depart- 
ment, with the general locality Amazons, and one ¢ and 
two 2 in the British Museum from Manicoré, on the Rio 
Madeira, the most important southern tributary of the 
Amazon. 

In another specimen of Jf. pardalis—probably taken 
higher up the Amazons in Northern Peru or Ecuador—a 
more chestnut-fulvous ground colour takes the place of 
the mahogany tint, and the sub-apical markings lose much 
of their yellow shade. The yellow spot at the anal angle 
of the fore-wing is still more obscured. The presence of 
this chestnut-fulvous colouring shows a transition into 
other Peruvian forms in which this change is carried 
still further. 

H. W. Bates (Trans. Linn. Soc., Lond., 1862, vol. xxiii, 
part iii, p. 552) makes an interesting note on this very 
point. He writes: “I did not meet with J. pardalis at 
S. Paulo; but at Tabatinga, eighty miles further west, it 
again occurred, not however under precisely the same 
form as at Ega, but in a modified state, the yellow 


606 Mr. J.C. Moulton on some American Butterflies, 


cross-belt and the spot at the hind angle of the fore- 
wing having become of the same dark orange-brown 
hue as the rest of the wing. The same transformation 
of colour takes place in many species of Heliconidw in 
travelling from east to west, and I am inclined to think 
it is due to the direct action of the physical conditions 
of the localities on the early states of the insects.” 

M. madeira must be considered a south-eastern form of 
M. pardalis, whose chief habitat is at Ega, on the Upper 
Amazons. 

It should be observed that in this description two ? 2 
of Mf. madeira were compared with two ¢ 2 of M. pardalis, 

My sincere thanks are due to Mr. R. Trimen, F.R.S., for 
his kind help in the above description, 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXX—XXXIYV. 


[See Explanation facing the PLATES, ] 


( 607 ) 


XXV. Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. By G. B. LONGSTAFF, 
M.A., M.D., F.E.S. 


[Read October 7th, 1908.] 


PAGE 


INTRODUCTORY d ; ; : . ‘ : 5) G07, 
§1. Scents . é : : , ‘ : : ; . 608 
§ 2, THE COLOURED JUICE EXUDED BY CERTAIN LEPIDOPTERA 622 
§ 3. THE TENACITY OF LIFE OF PROTECTED SPECIES . . 624 
§ 4. BUTTERFLIES BEARING MARKS OF THE ATTACKS OF FOES 627 
§ 5, EXPERIMENTAL EVIDENCE AS TO THE PALATABILITY OF 
BUTTERFLIES é : é ‘ ‘ : d . 629 
§ 6. Mimics IN THE FIELD DECEIVING MAN . . ; 5, Gol 
& 7. Nores ON THE FLIGHT OF SUNDRY BUTTERFLIES . . 635 
& 8. THE SELECTION BY YELLOW BUTTERFLIES OF YELLOW 
LEAVES AS RESTING-PLACES . : t : é . 640 
§ 9. HELIOTROPISM. F : ‘ z ¢ d F . 643 
§ 10. “List” AND SHADOW. : : : ; : enpe Gnbd, 
§ 11. THE INVERTED ATTITUDE OF LyCHNIDS AND SOME OTHER 
BUTTERFLIES 5 : : : : : : . 655 
§12. THE REST-ATTITUDES OF CERTAIN NEOTROPICAL AND 
ORIENTAL HESPERIDS . ; 660 


§ 13, Seasonal DIMORPHISM IN NerorropicAL BurrERFLIES. 662 


Introductory. 


WHEN travelling in a country new to him it is almost 
inevitable that an entomologist’s time should be chiefly 
taken up with searching for insects and securing speci- 
mens—his temptation is to become “a mere collector.” 
Further, such observations of more scientific value as he 
finds time to make are but too apt to be isolated, imper- 
fect and inconclusive. Yet something may be done even 
during a flying visit, and a judicious arrangement of the 
notes made may provide useful material for further work 
by the same naturalist, or by a more capable or more 
fortunately circumstanced observer, following his footsteps. 

But it may be objected to such a paper as this, that it 
is made up of trivial details, that it is loaded with weari- 
some repetitions, that everybody has long been familiar 
with the facts brought forward—in short, that it is but 
a laborious “demonstration of the obvious.” * So be it. 
For the sake of argument these propositions might all be 
admitted, and yet the time spent in writing the paper, and 


* W. Bateson, F.R.S., Report of British Association, 1904, p. 577. 
TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PaRT IV. (JAN. 1909) 


608 Dr. G. B. Longsitt’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies, 


even the space occupied by it in the “Transactions” be 
amply justified. 

The immortal work of Lyell, of Darwin and of Wallace 
was largely built upon seeming trivialities, on facts many 
of which were “obvious,” and therefore to some persons 
uninteresting. But with what different eyes do we now 
look upon those same facts, filled as they are with new 
meaning! Surely present-day naturalists cannot do better 
than follow humbly in the footsteps of those “old masters” 
—observe, record and arrange facts—extract and dress the 
ore ready for some future metallurgist to smelt, so that 
some future smith may have the wherewithal to forge 
useful tools or works of art. 

Far more experienced observers than the writer have 
unfortunately lacked the time or the inclination to place 
their facts on record. Indeed it is one of the saddest 
things in the history of science that so much knowledge 
has perished with the gleaners.* Again, though the facts 
may have been recorded it is surely well that they should 
be confirmed, even time after time, before hasty inferences 
are drawn. Yet again, it is surely desirable to find out 
how far the facts extend, to what species, genera, families ; 
to what degree they are developed; whether they vary in 
the two sexes, in the individual, the species, the genus; 
how they are distributed in space and time and season. 
Lastly, it is just possible that here and there a seemingly 
small fact, a residual phenomenon of real import, may 
have hitherto escaped observation, or at any rate may not 
have been recorded. 

With this apology the following somewhat disjointed 
notes are communicated, notes on observations made for 
the most part in the West Indies or Ceylon, but some in 
other lands and some in Devonshire. Previously recorded 
kindred observations of the author’s are referred to in foot- 
notes, and occasionally quoted in full, with a view to 
focussing, as it were, all the scattered facts, in the hope of 
illuminating even to a small degree sundry holes and ° 
corners in the great mystery of evolution. 


$1. Scents, 
It is now four years since Dr. F. A. Dixey drew atten- 


* Col, C, T. Bingham’s diaries were in my mind when writing 
this ; he died the week after the paper was read ! 


ss 


LL 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 609 


tion to the scents of certain common British butterflies.* 
Since then, dealing with South African material, he has 
confirmed Fritz Miiller’s important generalisation,+ that 
these scents may be divided into two classes:—(1) those 
which are presumably attractive, and are found (with few 
exceptions) in the male insect only; and (2) those which 
are presumably repulsive, or protective, and are (with very 
few exceptions) common to both sexes, often strongest in 
the female. Further, Dr. Dixey has called attention to 
the fact that the scents of the first class are agreeable 
to the average human perception, while those of the 
second class are for the most part disagreeable, or even 
disgusting. f 

The additional facts that I am now able to supply 
appear to confirm previous generalisations, though there 
are a few apparent exceptions which require further 
elucidation. 

One point may here be mentioned. In addition to the 
scents hereafter dealt with, a “mousy odour” is in several 
cases recorded ; this is not confined to one sex and is met 
with in butterflies belonging to various families, but only 
after death. This I believe to be a product of decomposi- 
tion of either the animal juices or the feeces. The odour 
resembles that of acetamide, and not improbably may be 
due to that substance, or some compound ammonia. 

It will be noticed that in but very few cases have I 
concerned myself with the special organs which are 
involved in elaborating or distributing the scents. More- 
over, the subject is now so familiar and the number of 
species known to produce scents perceptible to man is now 
so large, that it does not seem necessary to give the new 
evidence in great detail, nor (as a rule) to deal with 
species in which positive results have not yet been clearly 
established. 

In the present state of our knowledge it seems most 
convenient to deal with the various species observed in the 
order of their systematic arrangement in our cabinets. 


* Diaxey, Proc, Ent. Soe. Lond., 1904, pp. lvi-lx. 

+ Fritz Miiller, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1878, pp. 211-221. 

+ Dixey, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. liv—lix ; bid. 1906, pp. 
ii-vii. See also Wood-Mason and De Nicéville, Journ, Asiatic Soe. 
Bengal, 1886, vol. xv, Part II, No. 4, pp. 343-393. See also Long- 
staff, Ent., Month. Mag. 1905, pp. 112-115 ; do. Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 
1905, pp. xxxv-xxxvi; do. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 137-8. 


610 Dr. G. B. Loutatt s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


So far, however, as the facts are available it would appear 
that, speaking generally, the Piertnx and Satyrine belong 
to the first class, or those with attractive scents, whereas 
the Danaine, Acrxine and Heliconiine belong to the 
second, or those with repulsive scents. The Jthomiing, 
Nymphaline, Lycenidx and Papilionine contribute to both 
classes. Of other groups little or nothing is known as 
regards scents. 


NYMPHALIDA. 

ITHOMIINA. 

Tithorea megara, Godt. (Trinidad, 1907). Three ¢ 
had a very distinct, or even strong, scent, which was com- 
pared by both Mrs. Longstaff and myself to Stephanotis, 
but I thought that it had in addition a spicy, or dusty 
element. <A @ was scentless. 

Athesis clearista, Dbl. (Venezuela, 1907). A ¢ had a 
slight sweet flowery scent, both alive and dead : it appeared 
to be associated with the brushes on the hind-wings. 

Leucothyris victorina, Hew., and L. phemonoé, Dbl. 
(Venezuela, 1907). A ff of each of these species had 
an offensive odour, which in the latter case seemed 
to be associated with the tufts or brushes on the hind- 
wings. 


DANAINZ. 


Anosia archippus, Fabr. (Jamaica, Tobago, Panama, 
Venezuela, 1907). 153,29. All had a scent, similar in 
quality and intensity in both sexes; it is described in my 
notes as “slight,” “ moderate,” or “strong,” and is com- 
pared to that of a cockroach, a musk-rat, a rabbit-hutch, 
or musty dung; in two cases it is qualified as “ scarcely 
unpleasant,” and “scarcely disagreeable.” 

Danaida plexippus, Linn., genutia, Cram. (Matheran, 
Bombay Presidency, 1908). A g hada slight “musk-rat” 
odour in the field, none at home though still alive.* 

Danaida jamaicensis, Bates (Jamaica, 1907). 22%, 2 Y. 
Of the two males the scent is described respectively as 
“strong rabbit-hutch odour,’ and “decided odour, ? cock- 
roach, scarcely disagreeable.” Of the females it is noted 
“both with a strong cockroach smell, perceptible next day : 
my wife, however, described the odour as slightly fusty.” 


* Compare Longstaff, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1905, p. 138. 


Dr. G. B, Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 611 


Danaida eresimus, Cramer (Colombia, Venezuela, 1907). 
Of 2 f it is noted “? very slight pleasant scent”; of a 
@ “strong, ?musk-rat odour when alive.” 

Tirumala septentrionis, Butl. (Ceylon, 1908). 11 ¢ were 
examined, 9 of them yielded a scent, noted as “ slight,’ 
“moderate,” or “decided,” and described as pleasant or 
sweet, and in two cases compared (with, however, some 
hesitation) to clover. In four instances the genital tufts 
were displayed; certainly in one of these no scent was 
perceptible (though subsequently detected in the house), 
In another instance it is noted that the scent was not 
connected with the “sexual pouch” on the hind-wing. 

Seven ? were examined: in 6 the result was negative 
or doubtful; in the other a slight scent was found and 
compared in the field to Stephanotis, but Mrs. Longstaff 
in the house said “? ginger.” 

This species is exceptional among Danaines,* having a 
decidedly agreeable scent, strongest in the ¢. 

Danaida chrysippus, Linn. (Ceylon, 1908). Of 2 3 
one was without scent, in the other the “musk-rat odour” 
was detected both during life and after death. In 2 9 
the musk-rat odour was detected in the field but noted 
as especially strong at home.+ 

Chittira fumata, Butl., taprobana, Feld. (Ceylon, 1908). 
Out of 4 f and 49a scent was noted in 2 of the latter 
only, described in the field as “a slight musty scent,” but 
on re-examination in the hotel compared to stale tobacco- 
smoke. In 1904 the results obtained were more positive 
—‘“it has the ‘acetylene’ odour of Crastia core, but not 
so strong and with a difference.” t 

Parantica aglea, Cram., ceylanica, Feld. (Ceylon, 1908). 
A distinct scent was detected in 15 f out of 17, and in 
11 2 out of 14. In the $ the scent varied from “very 
slight” to “strong,” twice indeed it was so strong as to 
be clearly perceptible when the insect was fluttering in 
the net. In quality it was in 13 cases compared to 
acetylene (it being specially noted in one instance as “ not 
Hamamelis”); in the other 2 specimens it is described 
as “acetylene plus cockroach,” but these when re-examined 
in the house were described as “cockroach only,’ and 


* Compare Bingham, “Fauna of British India: Butterflies,” 
vol. i, p. 2. 

+ Of. Dixey, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. iv. 

t Longstagf, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 131. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—ParRT Iv. (JAN. 1909) 40 


- 
612 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


“slightly musty” respectively. In 6 cases in which 
there was a decided, or even strong, scent in the field, 
none was detected in the house; in other instances 
the scent at home was slighter, or even described as 
“musty,” but in one specimen it was compared to sweet 
hay. 

In all the 11 9 the scent is compared to acetylene, 
with the remark in one case “ not so pungent as Luplea 
asela.” Two other § specimens were said to have a musty 
odour. 

I am satisfied that in the case of P. aglea the scent is 
more transitory, possibly more volatile, than in the majority 
of scent-yielding butterflies. 

Crastia asela, Moore (Ceylon, 1908). In 32 out of 38 ¢ 
and in 17 out of 19 2 examined a scent was noted in the 
field. In 4 and 1 9 my notes record that no scent was 
detected, as regards the others they are silent. Again, it 
is clearly recorded that on re-examination in the hotel in 
the case of 13 ¢ and 5 2 no scent could be detected, 
moreover when a scent was noted at home it was in the 
large majority of cases (especially among males) much 
fainter than it had been in the field. 

In both sexes the scent varied considerably in strength : 
it was I think quite as strong in the females as in the 
males, though certainly the three instances in which the 
scent was strong enough to be obvious through the net 
were all males. In one # the scent was described as “ not 
unpleasant ”; in 5 instances—1 ¢, 49—it is described as 
pungent and compared to acetic acid. In the case of a 2 
the note is: “strong pungent odour, acetic acid: distinct 
at home, still pungent (insect alive). The scent adhered 
to the fingers after pinching.” 

As in the case of Parantica the scent of Crastia would 
appear to be more volatile than in the Pierine or in 
Limnas. 

Having abundant material I made some endeavour 
to ascertain the source of the scent. In 15 cases it is 
noted that the # genital tufts were fully everted when the 
insect was examined, nevertheless in 5 no scent could be 
detected, although in the others it was more or less strong. 
There is a special note in one case: “the acetylene odour 
seemed to come from the tufts,’ but, on the other hand, in 
4 cases it is noted that the scent appeared to come from 
the wings, in one of these from their upper surface, 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Biononvic Notes on Butterflies. 613 


I then tried the effect of rapid dismemberment 
immediately after pinching :— 

(a) A f seen on the wing with tufts displayed. It was 
caught, pinched and the abdomen amputated. The abdo- 
men yielded no scent, but what I may term the torso had 
a slight acetylene scent, which appeared to come from the 
wings. 

Ri A f with the tufts displayed; the amputated 
abdomen yielded no scent, but the wings a moderate 
“acetylene ” scent. 

(c) A gf with the acetylene scent: amputation proved 
that it was certainly not connected with the abdomen. 

(d) A g was dismembered: the scent appeared to come 
from the thorax. 

(¢) A with pungent odour was dismembered: the 
scent appeared to originate in the thorax. 

(f) A was dismembered: the scent appeared to 
come from either the thorax or the base of the wings. 

From these facts I am forced to the conclusion that in 
Crastia and in Tirwmala the scent—which moreover is 
common to both sexes—whatever its source may be, is 
independent of the genital tufts which form such a 
conspicuous feature. This conclusion is contrary to my 
first impression—and certainly contrary to the impressions 
of such an experienced collector as Commander J. J. 
Walker, R.N.* 

Pademma sinhala, Moore (Ceylon, 1908). Two 7 were 
examined with the following results :— 

(a) Acetylene odour, moderate in the field, slight at 
home. (4) Moderate acetylene scent in the field, none in 
the house. It was alive; on pinching it again the tufts 
were protruded and there was a momentary strong acety- 
lene scent. Of course it does not necessarily follow that 
the scent emanated from the tufts. 

Narmada montana, Feld. (Ceylon, 1908). 5 2 all had 
a strong, or at any rate decided, acetylene odour in the 
field; at home either no scent at all, or at most a faint 
musty odour. In one case the strong acetylene odour 
seemed to come from the upper surface of the body or 
wings, while there was a suspicion of a sweet scent 
(compared with some hesitation to sassafras) which 
_ * Compare Wood-Mason, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1886, pp. 


343-393, quoted by Dr. Dixey, Proc. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1906, p. vi. 
See also Longstaff, Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 87, 108. 


a 
614 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


seemed to come from the tufts, A living 2 yielded an 
odour of acetic acid, which persisted slightly after death. 


SATYRINA. 


Calista zangis, Fabr. (Jamaica, 1907). In 10 @, nearly 
all those examined, there was a scent varying from faint 
to strong, compared to treacle, chocolate, burnt sugar, or 
caramel}, but in one instance described simply as “aromatic.” 
The 2 of this species has a very conspicuous brand. Ten 
2 were without scent. 

Mycalesis mineus, Linn., f. polydecta, Cram. (Ceylon, 
1908). In 2 f exposure of the pencils of hairs on the 
hind-wings produced a strong scent, which I compared 
to burnt sugar, my wife to “coarse brown sugar,” or 
“treacle.” 

“phthima ceylonica, Hew. (Ceylon, 1908). In a few f 
of this abundant species a very slight scent of chocolate 
was detected, 


ELYMNIINZ. 


Elymnias fraterna, Butl., wndularis, Dru. (Ceylon, 1908). 
Four $ had an odour resembling that of vanilla-scented 
chocolate: in one case Mrs. Longstaff compared it to “ very 
strong honey, or coarse brown sugar.” 


NYMPHALIN®. 


Neptis jumba, Moore (Ceylon, 1908). A faint sweet 
chocolate scent was detected in a male in the house, A 
somewhat similar scent was suspected in another male and 
ina female. On the other hand, no scent was recognised 
in the much commoner JV. varmona, Moore.* 

Victorina stelenes, Linn. (Jamaica, 1907). Five  ap- 
peared to have a slight flowery scent, in one instance 
suggesting chrysanthemum. 

Precis tphita, Cram. (Ceylon, 1908). Two gf out of 
several examined yielded a slight treacly odour. I noted 
a similar scent in P. clelia, Cram., in 8. Africa in 1905.+ 

Cynthia asela, Moore (Ceylon, 1908). Five ¢ out of 
8 had a peculiar slight sweet scent, compared at the 
time to sassafras, or to French-polish. 


* Compare Dr. Dixey’s results with African species of the genus. 
Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. v. 
{ Ibid. p. v. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies. 615 


Dione vanille, Linn. (Jamaica, 1907). Of 17 ¢ 
examined 13 exhibited an odour varying from very 
faint to very strong: in character this was distinctly 
disagreeable, and I noted it as “unpleasant,” “like cow- 
dung,” or “like asses,’ but more usually as “like a 
stable.” My wife considered it “unpleasant,” or “ offen- 
sive.” Mr. Abell thought it “musky.” A single ¢ of 
the nearly allied D. juno, Cram. (Venezuela, 1907), had a 
slight stable-like odour. 

Colznis cillene, Cram. (Jamaica, 1907). In 8 % out of 
11 examined there was a scent, decided, but in no case 
strong. Its character was noted as “ peculiar,” “sweetish,” 
“ pleasant,” “ distinctly aromatic,” “resinous,” “ drug-like,” 
or “medicinal” ; it suggested to me at one time or another 
tar, Canada-balsam and pure carbolic acid, but my wife 
compared it to ginger, or a mixture of ginger with jasmine. 
It is evident that this scent puzzled me greatly at the 
time, but subsequent experience with other scents 
makes me think that sassafras would probably be the 
best comparison. 


HELICONIINA, 


Heliconius ewryades, Riff. (Trinidad, 1907). Two ¢ were 
examined; one had a peculiar, rather pleasant, smell, the 
other none. Two ? were also examined, one with a doubt- 
ful result, the other had a slight odour like that of the 
species next mentioned, but it was only perceptible during 
life. 

Heliconius hydarus, Hew. (Trinidad, Tobago, Venezuela, 
1907). Eleven 3 were examined: 3 gave a negative 
result and 1 was doubtful, but the remaining 7 had a 
scent which varied from “very slight” to “very strong,” 
and was described as “musty,” “like acetylene,” or “like 
hazeline” (Hamamelis virginica, Witch-hazel). This last 
comparison, which struck me as very good, is due to Mr. 
G. H. Sworder of Cocoa Wattie, Tobago, who was quite 
familiar with the scent of the butterfly. Eight ? were 
examined, only 1 with negative results; in the other 
7 the scent varied from slight to strong, and was de- 
scribed as “disagreeable,” “like acetylene,” or “like 
hazeline.” In the case of 1 # and 1 9 the scent was 
so strong as to be easily discerned when the butterfly was 
fluttering in the net. 

Five of the above butterflies were captured in Trinidad 


616 Dr. GB. Lonfftaft ’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


on 14 April, 1907, and were examined for scent when 
their enclosing papers were opened at Oxford on May 6th, 
or three weeks after death. One of them—JH. ewryades, 
—had no scent; the others—H. hydarus, 3 3, 1 ?—had a 
slight, but quite decided, scent! Yet, curiously enough, 
in the case of two of these male hydarus, I did not find 
it possible on the day of capture to be sure that they had 
any perceptible scent. Finally, when a drawer containing 
all my black and red Heliconit was opened on 15 July, 
or three months after death, the odour, though faint and 
evanescent, was distinctly perceptible in spite of the 
presence of naphthalene ! 

I have since heard from a professional setter that he 
had often noticed when setting them that Heliconii had a 
peculiar scent. 

Heliconius charithonia, Linn. (Jamaica, 1907), With 
this species the majority of observations gave negative 
results, nevertheless in 3 ¢ and 2 2 a slight pleasant 
flowery scent was detected. In one example of each sex 
this was confirmed by my wife, who described the odour as 
“ sweet.” 

Lueides aliphera, Godt. (Trinidad, 1907). Three ¢ were 
examined, 2 with a negative result; the third was 
noted as having “a strong Dione scent,” 7. e. an odour like 
that of a stable, or of asses. Two 2 were also examined ; 
they both had decided odours described respectively as :— 
“peculiar scent, ? acetylene; strong when alive,” and as 
“strong Dione scent when living; slight flowery scent 
when dead.” 


LYCANIDA. 


Cyaniris singalensis, Felder (Ceylon, 1908). Six out 
of 8 ¢ had a scent of varying intensity, described in 
all cases as sweet, once as “luscious,” and once as “ Feesia- 
like.” 

Nacaduba atrata, Horsf. (Ceylon, 1908). Two % had 
a sweet flowery scent, confirmed by Mrs. Longstaff, and in 
one case compared by her to “ very, very faint jasmine.” 

Lampides elpis, Godt. (Ceylon, 1908). Five 2, all those 
examined, had a sweet scent, which in one instance was - 
compared (with some hesitation) to clover. 

Lampides lacteata, De Nicév. (Ceylon, 1908). Nine % were 
examined, all had a distinct smell which was compared to 
vanilla biscuits, or chocolate sweets. 


Ee ———— ee 


Dr. G. B. Longstatf’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 617 


Lampides celeno, Cram. (Ceylon, 1908). A minority of 
the numerous # examined had a faint sweet scent. 

Catochrysops hanno, Stoll. (Jamaica, Trinidad, Tobago, 
Colombia, Panama, Venezuela, 1907). One f was noted 
to have a very strong, sweet, Freesia-like scent, but most 
of my specimens of this tiny butterfly appeared to be 
odourless. 

Polyommatus beticus, Linn. (Ceylon, 1908). About half 
of the examined had a slight scent like that of meadow- 
sweet. 

Polyniphe dumenilii, Godt. (Venezuela, 1907). Ten f 
of this little black-and-white butterfly gave positive results 
of a surprising character. In the majority of cases the 
odour was strong, or even very strong; moreover it was 
disagreeable ; and I compared it to horse-urine, but more 
usually to pig-styes, or, perhaps more correctly, to pigs ! 
At first it seemed scarcely credible that so small a butter- 
tly could smell so strongly. My only @ specimen was 
odourless. 

Rapala lazulina, Moore (Ceylon, 1908). Three males 
yielded a scent like vanilla biscuits. 

Theclopsis tephreus, Hiibn. (Venezuela, 1907). A strong 
peculiar, rather disagreeable odour was detected in a f of 
this species. 

Tmolus cambes, Godm. and Salv. (Venezuela, 1907). I 
noted ina fa “treacly smell”; Mrs. Longstaff compared 
it to “coarse brown sugar.” 

Tmolus palegon, Cram. (Venezuela, 1907). A gf had an 
odour of chocolate. 


PAPILIONID. 
PIERIN 2. 


Enantia melite, Clerck (Venezuela, 1907). The only 
specimen taken, a 7, had a scent like mignonette. 

Terias euterpe, Mén. (Jamaica, 1907). I had ample 
opportunities of studying this very common Jamaican 
butterfly. Of 21 2 taken not one was scented, but 31 out 
of 39 ¢ indubitably were. Their odour varied from “ very 
slight ” to “ strong” (17 specimens) ; my wife described it 
on various occasions as “a slight pleasant smell,” “strong, 
like syringa,” “a very soft gentle smell, might be jasmine,” 
and “very slight, sweet, jasmine or syringa.” Mr. A. P. 
Ponsonby who walked with me one day suggested “ gorse.” 


- 
618 Dr. G, B, Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


To my own judgment the scent resembled rather clove- 
pink, but was still more like pink bind-weed (Convolvulus 
arvensis, Linn.). 

Terias delia, Cram. (Jamaica, Panama, Colombia, 
Venezuela, 1907), and 7’. phiale, Cram. (Venezuela, 1907). 
Results conflicting, but in the large majority of cases 
negative. 

Terias albula, Cram. (Trinidad, Tobago, Colombia, 
Venezuela, 1907). Results uniformly negative. 

Terias nise, Cram. (Trinidad, Tobago, Panama, Vene- 
zuela, 1907). Out of 8 f taken 5 had a scent, varying 
from very slight to very strong; it was compared to that 
of pink bind-weed. A slight scent was detected in a 2 
specimen, this was confirmed by Mrs. Longstaff. 

Terias messalina, Fabr. (Jamaica, 1907). In 6 # out of 
10 a scent was noted; it is described in my notes as 
“distinct” or “strong,” and compared to pink bind-weed 
and to spice. It is also noted as “distinct from that of 
euterpe, more dusty, less specific,” but another specimen 
“more spicy than bind-weed.” 

Terias westwoodii, Boisd. (Jamaica, 1907). Only 3 ¢ 
were taken, all had a scent, described in one case as “ spice 
odour, not quite the same as euterpe.” 

Terias libythea, Fabr. (Ceylon, 1908). In several # 
specimens—at least five—a faint scent was detected, 
which I compared to that of Convolvulus arvensis. 

Terias hecabe, Linn. (Ceylon, 1908). I failed to detect 
any scent in this common TZerias or any of its allied 
forms. 

Catophaga paulina, Cram. (Ceylon, 1908). The results 
of my 1904 observations * were only in part confirmed. 
In both years the scent was noted in the ¢ only, in 1904 
it was described as “like sweet briar, but sweeter and 
more luscious,” whereas in 1908 it was variously described 
as “sweet,” “very sweet, ? reesia,” “ flowery,” “decided 
Meadow-sweet,” “decided  Stephanotis,’ “ extremely 
sweet.” 

Huphina nerissa, Fabr. (Ceylon, 1908). The results of 
Indian observations + of 1904 were confirmed, many ¢ 
yielding a distinct sweet-briar scent. 

Pieris calydonia, Boisd. (Venezuela, 1907). Three g of 
this species—all that I captured—had a distinct flowery 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 128, 1380. 
+ Loc. cit. pp. 66, 91, 101, 102, 120, 127. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 619 


scent, in one case described as “like that of G. brassicex,” 
in another as “somewhat sickly.” 

Pieris sp.—apparently undescribed—near sevata, Feld. 
(Venezuela, 1907). The only specimen taken, a gf, had a 
“faint, sweet, flowery scent.” 

Leptophobia aripa, Boisd. (Venezuela, 1907). Seven ¢ 
out of 8 examined, had a distinct or even strong scent, 
which I compared on various occasions to orange, Freesia 
and mignonette. 

Delias eucharis, Drury (Ceylon, 1908). In India during 
the winter of 1903-4 I observed the scent of this species 
and compared it to that of Ganoris rapx, or sweet-briar. 
On that occasion I made sure of the scent in the g, and 
more than suspected its presence in the ?.* 

My more recent experience enables me to speak with 
greater confidence. Of 18 $ examined a scent was de- 
tected in 17; in 4 of these the scent was very slight, or 
indefinable, but in 12 it was strong, or very strong, and 
compared to that of sweet-briar. Out of 9 2 examined 
in 3 no scent could be detected, but in 6 specimens 
there was more or less scent, but in no case was it strong ; 
this was described as “sweet,” “dusty or musky,” and 
“faint sweet-briar.” Mrs. Longstaff said of the last speci- 
men “very slight lemon-verbena; yes, perhaps more like 
sweet-briar”; but of another specimen she said ‘“‘it has a 
little gentle sort of smell, ? ginger, or ? coarse brown sugar.” 

Daptonoura lycimnia, Cram. (Venezuela, Trinidad, 1907). 
The 3 ¢ taken all had a strong, sweet, flowery scent, 
suggesting Frecsia. Of 3 2 one bears the note “rich sweet 
scent.” ‘lhere is no doubt whatever about the sex of the 
individual, neither can I suggest by way of explanation 
that the note really applies to another individual. This is 
perhaps the most marked of a very few exceptional cases 
in which a strong agreeable scent has been observed by 
me in a female Pierine; for some time my own view was 
that in each such instance I had been deceived—possibly 
by a neighbouring flower, or by the scent of another 
butterfly adhering to fingers or forceps. However, in the 
case of D. lycimnia Fritz Miiller observed that the 2 during 
courting emitted from her genitalia an odour which he 
described as ‘rather faint, though quite distinct . . . very 
different from that emitted by the wings of the male. 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 87, 91, 101. 


620 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butter flies. 


Fritz Miiller found the latter “rather faint and often 
hardly distinguishable.” * 

Nepheronia ceylanica, Feld. (Ceylon, 1908). The % of 
this beautiful butterfly has a more or less distinct scent, 
which I compared to Freesia. A ¢ had a similar scent, 
though slight, which my wife compared to frangipani. 

Phebis agarithe, Boisd. (Tobago, 1907). Of 3 2 ex- 
amined two yielded a scent noted as being “ sweet, neither 
strong nor pleasant.” 

Callidryas eubule, Linn. (West Indies, Northern coast 
of 8. America, 1907). In no less than 32 out of the 33 ¢ 
tested a distinct scent was readily perceived, indeed in the 
great majority of cases it is noted as “strong,” twice as 
“very strong.” In quality the scent was agreeable (Mr. 
Abell termed it “ delicious”) and was compared to Ste- 
phanotis, or Freesia, but Fritz Miiller + termed it musk- 
like; Miss Murtfeldt “slight violet.” { With the 22 9 
examined the result was very different; in 9 cases it was 
negative, but in the remaining 13 a scent was detected, 
which, though usually described as “very slight,” or 
“slight,” and never as “ strong,” was often distinct enough. 
In quality the scent of the 2 ewbule was disagreeable ; 
somewhat sweet, but recalling bad pomade, or rancid 
butter, or butyric acid (as Dr. Dixey aptly suggested of 
another butterfly). Fritz Miiller described it as “a very 
strong peculiar odour, in which some volatile acid seemed 
to predominate.” 

Catopsilia pomona, Fabr. (Ceylon, 1908). The sweet 
scent associated with the fringes of the f was confirmed :§ 
this I compared to Freesia, or Stephanotis, Out of 27 ¢ 
examined the result was negative in 18, but in the other 
9 a slight, usually very slight, sweet scent without other 
special character was noted. 

Catopsilia pyranthe, Linn, (Ceylon, 1908). The number 
of specimens taken was very much smaller than of pomona, 
but the scent was more easily detected in the f, and 
more decided in the ? than in that species.|| In both 


* Fritz Miller, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1878, pp. 217, 218. 

+ Loe. cit. p. 218. 

t Scudder, ‘‘ Butterflies of the Eastern United States,” vol. ii, p. 
1047. 

§ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 121, 122. 

|| For previous experience compare Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1905, 
pp. 101, 109, 118, 


Dr. G. B. Longstafi’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 621 


sexes the scent was compared to Sfephanotis, but in the 
case of one f to Freesia, and in one $ Mrs. Longstaft 
thought the odour was “a little bit hair-oily.” 

Hebomoia australis, Butl. (Ceylon, 1908). Nine 4, all 
those examined, had a heavy sweet scent, in most cases 
strong, in all decided: my wife and I compared it to the 
flowers of mango, or cinnamon. In 3 out of 4 there 
was a similar scent. 

Meganostoma cerbera, Feld. (Venezuela, 1907). One out 
of three 2 taken is noted as having had “a slight, very 
sweet scent; ? clover.” 

Ixvias cingalensis, Moore (Ceylon, 1908). The 9 @ 
examined all had a sweet, but only moderately strong 
scent which reminded me of meadow-scent. Four ? were 
scentless. 


PAPILIONIN&. 


Ornithoptera darsius, Gray (Ceylon, 1908). When at 
Kandy four years previously Mr. W. G. Freedley, junr., 
told me that the males of this species had a scent like 
sassafras, but I had no opportunity then of confirming his 
statement. Every g that I examined during my more 
recent visit had a scent, some had a strong scent. At 
first I compared this to cinnamon and to Canada-balsam ; 
to Mrs. Longstaff it suggested rosemary or “rose-scented 
hair-oil.” Later by the kindness of the Apothecaries Com- 
pany of Colombo I received through the post a sample of 
the oil of sassafras, so that I made a direct comparison, 
with the result that the odours of the cil and the butterfly 
appeared to be almost identical. The ? had an odour 
like musty straw. 

Papilio hector, Linu. (Ceylon, 1908). The g has a 
musty odour. 

Papilio aristolochix, Fabr. (Ceylon, 1908). Both sexes 
have an odour like musty hay. In the case of a 9 speci- 
men there is a note: “decided disagreeable smell: ? like 
new black net.” 

Papilio demoleus, Linn., erithonius, Cram. (Ceylon, 
1908). A smell like fresh straw was detected in one 
specimen, a g, in another (a ?) there was “a slight 
peculiar scent in the field: stronger in the house.” * 


* Compare Direy, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. v, as to the 
scent of the allied P. demodocus, Esp. 


622 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


Papilio polydamas, Linn, (Jamaica, Trinidad, Venezuela, 
1907). An odour resembling that of musty hay, or straw, 
was detected in 2 specimens of each sex. My wife 
compared the scent to rue. 

Papilio ewrimedes, Cram. (Venezuela, 1907). A gf hada 
strong musty straw odour. 

Papilio xneides, Esp., gargarus, Hiibn. (Trinidad, 1907). 
A living ? had a smell of musty straw, which persisted 
after death. 


HESPERIID. 


As yet I have never been able to satisfy myself that 
any of the Skippers are scented. Dr. Dixey, however, 
once found a very distinct smell of chocolate in a speci- 
men of Gegenes occulta, Trim.* It seems probable that 
some special manipulation may be requisite to elicit scents 
in this group. 


§ 2. The Coloured Jwice exuded by certain Lepidoptera. 


It has long been known that some butterflies, notably 
Danaine and Acrxinx, yield a copious yellow or green 
juice on pinching, and this has been commonly associated 
with the known, or suspected, distastefulness of the in- 
sects themselves.} A devoted student of entomology, 
M. Félix Plateau,t has tried to get to the root of the 
matter by eating, or at any rate chewing, Abrazas grossu- 
lariata and its larva and pupa. Mr. Marshall has also 
tried many tasting experiments with South African butter- 
flies.§ The results were in both cases inconclusive. Prof. 
Poulton thinks that this is only what might have been 
expected, since we have no right to suppose that a given 
butterfly tastes the same to us as to an insectivorous bird, 
It might be added that the likes and dislikes of our 
domesticated mammals differ from our own. I must confess 
that no enthusiasm has so far availed to bring me to the 
point of chewing a butterfly. However, in a few cases I 
have ventured to taste a minute drop of the yellow liquid, 
with somewhat unsatisfactory results, 

Telchinia viole, Fabr. (India, 1904). “When injured a 


* Dixey, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. ii. 

Tt See Dixey, loc. cit. pp. ili, iv, vi, vii. 

t Mém. de la Soc. Zool. de France, Tome vii, 1894, p. 375, § 7. 
§ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, pp. 405-414. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 623 


yellow juice exudes; a minute drop of this placed on the 
tongue tasted somewhat bitter and disagreeable, but the 
flavour was by no means strong.” * 

(Ceylon, 1908.) “ The yellow juice slightly bitter.” 

Crastia asela, Moore. In two % the juice was found 
to be tasteless: in another it had a slight, ? bitter, taste. 
In 2 ¢ it was noted as “nearly tasteless,” “tasteless, or 
nearly so.” 

Pademma sinhala, Moore (Ceylon, 1908). The yellowish 
juice of a # is recorded as “ ? tasteless.” 

Lsamia midamus, Linn. ; superba, Herbst (Hong-Kong, 
1904). “The yellow juice expressed by pinching has no 
marked taste.” 

A yellow juice, similar in appearance, has been noted in 
certain Heterocera believed to be distasteful. I give the 
instances which have attracted my attention. 

Obeidia tigrata, Guén. (Hong-Kong, 1904). A conspic- 
uous day-flying Geometer, allied to our Magpie-moth. 
Of this my note is: “Has a somewhat slow flight, and 
on the wing looks like a yellow butterfly; abundant and 
decidedly gregarious, many flying about one tree in the 
afternoon. When pinched it exudes a yellow juice having 
a bitter taste.” Ido not appear to have examined it for 
scent, but, whether or no it possesses an evil odour, it has 
other characteristics of a distasteful species. 

Luschema transversa, Walk. (Ceylon, 1908). Of this 
handsome very slow-flying diurnal Geometer it is noted 
that it is extremely tenacious of life, but that its yellow 
juice is tasteless. 

Chalcosia venosa, Walk. (Ceylon, 1908). This day-flying 
moth flutters much about trees (especially Litswa zea- 
lanica, N. ab. E.), moving however faster from one tree to 
another when its flight is somewhat “vapouring.” It is 
tenacious of life, resisting alike pinching and chloroform. 
It has a peculiar, faint, disagreeable odour, and exudes a 
yellow juice, the flavour of which still invites investigation. 

In contrast to these somewhat ambiguous results is the 
conspicuous 8. African Acridian, Phymateus leprosus, Serv.; 
when touched this emits copiously a dark olive-green very 
fetid fluid, which when accidentally tasted proved to be 
both bitter and unpleasant.+ 


* Longstaff, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 103. 
7 Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. 335. 


r 
624 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


3. The Tenacity of Life of Protected Species. 
y y] 


That the Danaine and some other butterflies have 
unusually tough integuments which enable them to resist 
injuries such as would rapidly prove fatal to the butterfly 
of ordinary constitution has been long well known.* So 
far the undoubted fact rests to a oreat. extent upon general 
statements, but it has occurred to the writer that it may 
be capable of approximate numerical expression. 

With tropical collectors it is a familiar experience that 
at the close of the day on opening the paper envelopes to 
examine their captures many of the butterflies are found 
to be still living. It is an equally general experience that 
this is especially frequent in the case of the Danaine. 

It has for some time past been my practice to enter in 
my note-book against the data referrmg to such long-lived 
individuals “Ten. Vit.” (¢enax vitx). During my visit to 
Ceylon in the early months of 1908, I paid closer attention 
to the matter than previously, and feel confident that in 
the large majority of cases where a butterfly survived the 
first pinching the fact was duly recorded. The converse fact, 
that the insect was found dead in the envelope, was very 
rarely noted. Under these circumstances it may be fairly 
assumed that the numbers given below to measure the 
tenacity of life are, if anything, somewhat understated. 

Some one will doubtless lodge the plausible objection 
that many of the butterflies in the table are large insects 
and consequently that they should often survive a pinch, 
such as proved almost uniformly fatal to smaller species, is 
only what might have been expected. This objection is 
disposed of by the fact that such a large butterfly as 
Cynthia asela, Moore, was never (13 specimens) found 
alive in the paper at the end of the day; the same is 
true of Cethosia nietneri, Feld. (9 specimens), and of the 
robustly made and swift-flying Hebomoia australis, Butl. 
(13 specimens). Again, Catopsilia pomona, Fabr., is a 
fairly robust butterfly, yet out of 49 specimens 3 only, 
a f and 2 9, were noted as “ tenacious of life.” 

From my note-books and previously published papers I 
find that this resistance to death has forced itself upon my 
attention in the case of the following 

* See e.g. Poulton, “ Essays on Evolution, ” 1908, pp. 279, 316. 


Cf. ihghian: loc. cit. p. 2. Also Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 
1902, pp. 322-323. 


———— 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 625 


Isamia midamus, Linn. Hong-Kong, 1904. (MS. 
notes. ) 

Crastia amymone, Godt.; f. kinbergi, Wallgr. Macao, 
1904. (MS. notes.) 

Danaida chrysippus, Linn. India, 1903. Noted as 
resistant to cyanide as well as to pinching. (Trans. Ent. 
Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 98.) 

Parnassius hardwickii, Gray. Himalayas,* 1903. “ Deli- 
cate looking though it be, it is strangely tenacious of life.” 
(Ibid. p. 69.) 

Telchinia viol, Fabry. India, 1904. (Lbid. p. 103.) 

Chittira fumata, Butl. Ceylon, 1904. (Zbid. p. 131.) 

Acrea calbira, Hopff. S. Africa, 1905. Noted as 
resistant to chloroform as well as to pinching. (JZbid. 
1907, p. 328.) T 

Anosia archippus, Fabry. Jamaica, 1907. (Lbid. 1908, 

. Al. 
2 ee jamaicensis, Bates. Jamaica, 1907. (Lbid. 
. 41.) 
Danaida eresimus, Cram. Venezuela, 1907. (MS. 
notes. ) 

Feliconius charithonia, Linn. Jamaica, 1907. (Lbid. 

. 42, 
i iii hydarus, Hew. Venezuela, 1907. (Entom. 
Month. Mag., 1908, p. 118.) 

Actinote anteas, Dbl. and H. Venezuela, 1907. (bid. 

. 74, 
: a examination of the following list of observations 
in Ceylon, January to March, 1908, shows, among other 
things, that whereas ? of the specimens of Papilio hector 
taken, and 2 of those of P. aristolochiw, are recorded as 
tenacious of life, this is not noted of any of the 9 specimens 
of P. polytes, 5 of P. mooreanus, 4 of P. demoleus, 3 of P. 
teredon, 7 of P. crino, and 14 of P. agamemnon. 

So far as my observations go there is no difference in 
the powers of the two sexes of the butterflies here dealt 
with to resist injuries. 


* In the discussion which followed the reading of the paper Dr. 
Chapman remarked that three or four pinches scarcely availed to 
kill the common Alpine Parnassius apollo, Linn. 

t Mr. W.S. Loat, quoted by Dixey, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1903, 
p. 149, says of Acrexa vinidia, Hew., on the White Nile, “takes a 
long time to die when put in the killing-bottle.” 


626 Dr. G. B. Longifeatt ’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


DANAINE 
Total specimens Tenacity of 
taken. life noted in 
Parantica aglea, Cram. ... sia” ee Ba es be 
Tirumala septentrionis, Butl. ... 18 9 
Pademma sinhala, Moore 2 2 
Narmada montana, Feld. 6 + 
Crastia asela, Moore... 51 33 
A OR Cram. (Métherdn)... 6 + 
Chittira fumata, Butl. eee 2 
Danaida plevippus, Linn. 1 1 
»  ehrysippus, Linn. 4 0 
PAPILIONINA. 
Ornithoptera darsius, Gray 4 
Papilio hector, Linn. 8 6 
,  aristolochix, Fabr. 15 9 
»  parinda, Moore... Ls 4 
»  lankeswara, Moore 3 1 
» jason, Esp. 3 1 
»  teredon, Feld. 5) 0 
»  erino, Fabr. 7 0 
»  agamemnon, Linn. 14 0 
»  polytes, Linn. 9 0 
»  mooreanus, Rothsch. a 0 
»  demoleus, Esp. ... 4 0 


ACREIN#, 
Telchinia viole, Fabr. ... dram AC iN 3 


NYMPHALINE. 
Hypolimnas bolina, Linn. cad ge ng 2 
PIERINE. 
Delias ewcharis, Dru... iy. (BO co 3 
Catopsilia pomona, Fabr. wo. 45 akg 3 
HETEROCERA. 
Chalcosia venosa, Walk.* sein tea + 
Nyctemera nigrovenosa, Moore + 2 
Euschema transversa, Walk. ... 2 1 


* This species is resistant to chloroform. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies, 627 


§ 4. Butterflies bearing marks of the attacks of foes. 


This very interesting bionomic point we owe almost 
entirely to Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., and Mr. Guy A. K. 
Marshall.* <A list of the butterflies presumably injured 
by enemies noted by me in India comprised 31 specimens 
of 28 species.t I append further lists, which amply prove 
Prof. Poulton’s statement that such specimens only want 
looking for. In nearly every case the injury is symmetrical, 
i.e. affecting the corresponding parts of both right and 
left wings, so that the probability of the injury being the 
result of damage during flight by branches or thorns is 
very small. 


Neotropical Butterflies (West Indies, Venezuela, etc.), 1907. 


Euptychia pharella, Butl. A small symmetrical injury 
to tips of fore-wings: ? by bird. 

Euptychia hesione, Sulz. Symmetrical injury to middle 
of hind-wings: ? by bird. 

Anartia jatrophe, Linn, A big unilateral injury in- 
volving both right wings, noted before capture. 

Cystineura dorcas, Fabr. Symmetrical injury to tips of 
hind-wings. 

Didonas biblis, Fabr. 2. Injury to anal angles of both 
hind-wings. 

Myscelia eyaniris, Hew. Symmetrical injury to hind- 
wings: ? by bird. 

Aganisthos orion, Fabr. Symmetrical injury to hind- 
wings: ? by lizard. 

Colenis cillene, @. Nearly symmetrical injury to anal 
angles of fore-wings. 

Colenis cillene, §. Symmetrical injury to hind-wings: 
? by lizard. 

FHeliconius charithonia, Linn. $. Symmetrical injury 
to hind-wings. 

Thecla togarna, Hew. 2. Symmetrical injury to hind- 
wings, involving lobes and tails. 

Glutophrissa drusilla, Cram, $. Symmetrical injury to 
both hind-wings: ? by lizard. 

* Poulton, “ Essays on Evolution,” 1908, pp. 270, 281-3, 325, as 


well as the references there given. 
7 Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1905, p. 134. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PaART Iv. (JAN. 1909) 41 


628 Dr. G. B. Lon tats Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


Terias delia, Cram. 2. Symmetrical injury to hind-wings. 
Terias messalina, Fab. 2. Symimetrical injury to hind- 
wings. 


Ceylon, 1908. 


Crastia asela, Moore, §, nearly all hind margin of 
right fore-wing and apex of right hind-wing gone. 

Crastia core, Cram. (M&theran, India). Symmetrical 
injury to hind-wings. 

Narmada montana, Feld. $. Symmetrical injury to 
fore-wings. 

Yphthima ceylonica, Hew. Small symmetrical injury 
to fore-wings: ?by bird. , 

Melanitis leda, Linn, Symmetrical injury to anal angles 
of fore-wings : ? by bird. 

Neptis varmona, Moore. Symmetrical injury to fore- 
wings: ? by lizard. 

Cethosia nietneri, Feld. 9. Symmetrical injury to middle 
of hind-wings. 

Cethosia nietnert, 2. Symmetrical injury to tips of fore- 
wings. 

Cynthia asela, Moore, . Large symmetrical injury to 
hind-wings: ? by lizard. 

Cynthia asela, g. Symmetrical injury to hind-wings: 
? by bird. 

Cirrhochroa cognata, Moore, $. Symmetrical injury to 
hind-wings. 

Hypolimnas bolina, Linon, 9. Symmetrical injury to 
fore-wings : ? by bird. 

Hypolimnas bolina, g. Symmetrical injury to tips of 
fore-wings. 

Pyrameis cardui, Linn. J. Symmetrical injury to hind- 
wings: ? by lizard. 

Lampides celeno, Cram. $. Symmetrical injury involving 
whole hind-margin of hind-wings and an angular piece of 
fore-wings: ? by lizard. 

Delias eucharis, Dru. 3. Symmetrical injury to hind- 
wings. 

Catopsilia pomona, Fabr. f. ?Two symmetrical bites 
involving both hind-wings. 

Catopsilia pomona, 2. Symmetrical injury to hind-wings ; 
? by bird. 

Catopsilia pomona, ¢. All four wings symmetrically 
injured by one small bite: ? by bird. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 629 


Ornithoptera darsius, Gray, f. Long narrow symmetrical 
injury to hind-wings: ? by bird. 

Papilio agamemnon, Linn. Symmetrical injury to hind- 
wings: ? by lizard. 

Algeria, 1905. 

Euchloé belia, Linn. 2. Very sharply cut snip out of 
each hind-wing, larger on left: ? by bird. 

Ganoris brassice, Linn, Caught fluttering about flower- 
bed close to the ground, had been nearly done for by a 
(7) bird ; nearly the whole of both hind-wings and three- 
fourths of the fore-wings gone. 


Hong-Kong, 1904. 


Papilio paris, Linn. Almost symmetrical injury to all 
four wings, large pieces gone. 


§ 5. Experimental Evidence as to the Palatability of 
Butter flres, 

The following experiments, conducted at the suggestion 
of Prof. Poulton, are a small contribution to the mass of 
facts accumulated by Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall and Mr. 
Frank Finn.* 

At our hotel at Kandy were two Mainas (Gracula), 
talking birds of the Starling family (Stwrnida). These 
birds, which were very tame, were confined in two fairly 


roomy cages three or four yards apart. I will call the 
birds A and B, 


19 January, 1908. Bird A was given 5 dead butterflies 
in the following order :—Atella phalanta, Polyommatus 
beticus, Loxura arcuata, Neptis varmona, Telchinia 
viole. The bird gave the Loxura a few pecks and 
then let it alone. The tough integument of the 
Telchinia seemed to give the Maina much trouble, but 
it showed no evidence of disgust. The other three 
butterflies were taken greedily, the bird, like Oliver 
Twist, obviously asking for more. It shook the 
butterflies as a dog shakes a rat. 


* Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1902, pp. 297-397; Finn, 
Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, LXIV, Pt. ii, 1895, p. 344; LXV, Pt. ii, 
1896, pp. 42; LXVI, Pt. ii, 1897, pp. 528, 613, 667-8 ; quoted by 
Poulton, “Essays on Evolution,” 1898, pp. 269, 317. See also 
Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, pp. 137-142. 


hon 
630 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Lionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


21 January, 1908. Bird A appeared to be very anxious 
to be fed. I gave it a dead Catopsilia pomona, f, 
which it pecked to pieces: next a dead Parantica 
aglea, it ate its abdomen: then a dead Papilio aristo- 
lochixv, after giving this several pecks it left it and did 
not touch it again. I then gave it two Crastia asela, 
both alive; the fact of life seemed to interest the 
bird and it tried each of the specimens twice but 
then appeared to be disgusted and refused even to 
look at any of the following, of which dead indi- 
viduals were put into its cage: Papilio agamemnon, 
Jamides bochus, a small Lycenid (probably either a 
Catochrysops or a Nacaduba), Loxura arcuata and 
Neptis varmona. 

Same day. Gave bird B a dead Atella phalanta, which 
it ate; after this a living Crastia asela, it pecked this 
several times but did not eat it. 

23 January, 1908. Bird A was busy preening its feathers 
and appeared to have just been fed; I could not 
attract its attention. While thus engaged bird B 
sought to attract my attention, so I gave it in succes- 
sion dead specimens of :—L7rgolis sp., Telchinia violx, 
Delias eucharis and Papilio aristolochix. It gave the 
two first a few pecks; the Delias it pecked once or 
twice, but it gave the Papilio a single peck only. 
Perhaps it was not hungry. 

I then put the last two butterflies into the cage 
of bird A. It pecked the Delias several times, but 
the Papilio only once or twice. After this it de- 
clined even to look at the Papilio any more, but 
came to the front of its cage repeating again and 
again what sounded extremely like “ No good! No 

ood !” 

2 February, 1908. Gave Maina A a dead WNissanga 
patnia which it appeared to eat. 

4 February, 1908. The Mainas had evidently been fed; 
there was food in their cages and bird A had upset 
its food. 

Gave A an Ergolis sp., which it ate. 

Gave B a Nissanga patnia ; it ate it. 

Offered a living Hypolimnas bolina, f, first to one 
bird, then to the other; each pecked its wing, but 
no more. 

Bird A would not look at Cirrhochroa cognata, 


ee eee eee eee rs— Cc ee -_ 


+ 


ae as . 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies. 631 


I came to the conclusion that the birds were not 
hungry, and therefore the observations of little value. 

7 February, 1908. Offered to two young chickens first 
a Papilio aristolochiv and then a P. polytes, J. One 
of them looked at the first-named and then walked 
away; neither looked at the polytes. 

The same two butterflies were then offered to 
Maina A, which pecked at both several times, then 
wiped its beak and left them. 

This day’s experiments were considered unsatis- 
factory at the time; it was nearly 6.0 pm., and 
perhaps the birds were sleepy. 

14 February, 1908. Gave bird A a Lampides sp.; it ate 
it and looked about for more. 

15 February, 1908, Gave bird A 2 Vphthima ceylonica 
and 1 Lampides sp.; it ate them all three. A eptis 
varmona was then offered to the same bird, which 
gave it but one peck. The Neptis was then offered 
to bird B, which also gave it one peck. 

16 February, 1908. Gave to bird A three butterflies, 
Lampides sp., another Lycznid (species not noted), 
and a Nissanga patnia: it ate them all up completely. 
Another specimen of the Nissanga was swallowed at 
the second attempt. An Hrgolis sp. was also eaten 
and swallowed. I then offered the same bird a 
Papilio avristolochix, this after a peck or two was left. 
The same specimen was then offered to bird B, 
which would not touch it. It was then handed back 
to bird A, which gave it another peck and again left 
it. 


So far as these experiments teach anything, it would 
appear that these Mainas would eat with relish Missanga 
patnia, Yphthima ceylonica, Atella phalanta, Hrgolis sp., 
and Lampides sp. 

On the other hand, Papilio aristolochiw and Crastia asela 
were distinctly distasteful. 

The evidence as to the other species experimented with 
fails to convince me one way or the other. 


§ 6. Mimics in the Field deceiving Man. 


It may not be without interest to record a number of 
cases in which a collector with defective eyesight has 


- 
632 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies, 


actually been deceived (at any rate momentarily) by 
Mimics in the field.* 


Benares, 30 November, 1903. When I first captured 
Hypolimnas misippus, 2, I believed it to be a variety 
of Danaida chrysippus, and I think it probable that 
other specimens were passed over, as ¢ were very 
common.t 

Anantipur, February, 1904. This note was made :— 
“Several times saw the ¢ H. misippus, reconnoitring 
D. chrysippus, as if in doubt as to its identity.” t 

Malakand, 29 October, 1908. The 2 Argynnis niphe 
flying about flowers was noticed to resemble Danaida 
genutia, which was in abundance at the same flowers, 
though in this case there was no actual deception. § 

Kontr, Nilgiris, February, 1904. “On one occasion I 
watched a 2 of Argynnis niphe, under the impression 
that it was Limnas chrysippus! The resemblance on 
the wing is greater than might be supposed.” || 

Horton Plains, Ceylon, 23 March, 1904. “ Argynnis niphe 
...the 2 on the wing looking very like Limnas 
chrysippus.” 4 

Hatton, Ceylon, March, 1908. The following extracts 
from my note-book point to the striking difference in 
the general look of the two sexes of A. niphe when on 
the wing :— 

“a 9, captured as Limnas chrysippus.” 

“a dt, looked like a fritillary.” 
I would urge strongly that the resemblance of model 
to mimic may be much closer in the field than in the 
cabinet. 

Baliganj, Calcutta, 5 December, 1903. ‘The 2 Elymnias 
undularis, Dru., is a very fair mimic of Danaida genutia 
but its flight is weaker.” ** 

Kandy, 9 February, 1908. A tattered 2 of Hlymnias fra- 
terna, Butl., was taken for a tattered Danaida chry- 
suppus. 


* In addition to the disadvantages inseparable from the loss of 
the sight of one eye, the writer is both myopic and astigmatic ; 
his astigmatism being only in small part capable of correction by 
optical means. 

+ Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 84. 

t Loc. cit. p. 109. § Loc. cit. p. 74. || Loc, cit. p. 113. 

“] Loc. cit. p. 132, ** Loc. cit. p. 89. 


|e -” 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomice Notes on Butterflies. 633 


Haragdma, Ceylon, 13 February, 1908. A 2 Nepheronia 
ceylonica, Feld., on a Lantana flower, was taken for 
Parantica aglea. 

Durban, 8, Africa, August, 1905. Acrwa encedon, Linn., a 
somewhat feeble insect with slow flight, was, in spite 
of its small size, twice momentarily believed to be 
D. chrysippus, which was seen in the same spots on 
the same days. On the other hand, a small 2 D. 
chrysippus was actually mistaken for A. encedon.* 

Durban, August, 1905. “Of Belenois thysa, Hopft., we 
took two #; when on the wing they were very like 
the gf of Mylothris agathina, Cram., in flight and 
general aspect. Indeed as seen in the net the Bele- 
nots so closely mimics the Mylothris that one of us, 
though specially on the look out, was completely 
deceived, and this even when the two insects were 
taken the same morning.” + 

Durban, August, 1908. “... the curious Geometer 
Cartaletis libyssa, Hopft., of which several were seen, 
but only one taken. It flies rather high, with feeble 
fluttering action, and when on the wing somewhat 
recalls Limnas chrysippus.” t 

Kandy, March, 1904. “Of the tail-less Papilio lankeswara, 
Moore, f. dissimilis, Linn. (the pale form), I took 
three, but probably saw more since it so very closely 
mimics Tirwinala limniace, or a large Parantica cey- 
lonica (aglea), as easily to pass for one of those 
insects; it is indeed most easily distinguished from 
them by its habit of fluttering while feeding upon a 
flower.” § 

Near Peradeniya, Ceylon, 29 January, 1908. I was with 
that experienced and keen-eyed entomologist, Mr. 
E. E. Green, when he netted a P. lankeswara, f. dis- 
similis, under the impression that he was catching 
Tirumala septentrionis, Butl. 

Kandy, 2 March, 1908. I myself took a } P. dissimilis 
which I imagined to be Tirwmala septentrionis as it 
flew past. 

Haragdma, Ceylon, 18 February, 1908. Took a 2 P. lan- 
keswara, f. clytia, Linn. (the dark form), believing it to 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, pp. 318, 321, 328, 
¢ Loc. cit. p. 325. 

t Loc. cit. p. 327. 

§ Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1905, p, 124, 


- 
634 Dr. G. B. Longstafi’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


be Crastia asela, Moore. This dimorphic mimicry 
is very remarkable. 

Mortehoe, Devon, July, 1902. The first specimen of 
Ayeria crabroniformis, Lewin, that I ever saw alive 
was at rest on the trunk of a black poplar. Under 
the idea that it was a hornet I knocked it down 
and put my foot on it before discovering my 
mistake.* 

Kandy, 21 February, 1908. A specimen of the Clearwing, 
Melittia chalciformis, Fabr., seen hovering over a 
flower was first thought to be a Bombylius, then a 
Skipper. It distinctly hummed in the net. This 
instance is quoted to show that the moth, though not 
suggesting a protected insect, certainly deceived the 
observer. 

Simon’s Town, S. Africa, 3 October, 1905. I had much 
difficulty in distinguishing during life some flies— 
2 Psoas sp. and Prorachthas sp.—which _ closely 
mimicked certain small black, white-ringed Bees, 
Halictus albofasciatus, Smith, $, which buried them- 
selves in the flowers of a large Mesembryanthemum. 
In the cabinet the insects look distinct enough, but 
during life the resemblance, especially in their move- 
ments and habits, was very striking.+ 

Matheran, W. Ghats, 1908. At the end of March, in a 
time of extreme drought, insects of various orders 
were, naturally enough, attracted to such pools as 
were left about the nearly exhausted springs. Among 
the visitors were many long-waisted wasps of which 
I secured a fair number, belonging, as I supposed on a 
cursory glance, to several species. When Mr. A. H. 
Hamm had set these for me at Oxford, he remarked, 
“Tsee that you have taken a lot of Conops along 
with the wasps that they mimic.” Critical examina- 
tion revealed: HYMENOPTERA :—Humenes ? arcuatus, 
3; Humenes sp., 1; Polistes ? stigma, 3; Lcaria ? ferru- 
gine, 1. Diprera:—Ceria eumenoides, 7; Conops 
sp., 3. 

Mortehoe, Devon, August, 1908. Two specimens of the 
common British Conopid fly, Physocephala rufipes, 
Fabr., suggested to me when alive a TZ'rochilium 
(Clear-wing moth) rather than a wasp. 

* Entom. Month. Mag., 1903, p. 196. 
{ Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1907, p. 380.: 


———— rc eee ertrlhl err eee eee ee eee _7c_ eee eel errmClClmememereeee eee vv _—_ eee ee SS ee ee 
. — 
. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 635 


Mortehoe, 25 August, 1908. The Syrphid fly, Chilosia 
illustrata, Harr., is common, sometimes abundant, at 
Mortehoe on the flowers of Ragwort, Heraclewm, 
Angelica, ete., where it mimics Bombus sylvarum, Linn., 
and the more local Anthophora furcata, Panz., suffi- 
ciently closely to have deceived for the moment such 
an experienced hymenopterist as Dr. H. Swale. 


Of course we can form but a very imperfect idea of the 
sense impressions of the lower animals. We know by 
their actions that hawks see their prey from a consider- 
able distance. The phenomena of mimicry compel the 
inference that insectivorous birds, and possibly lizards, 
appreciate comparatively minute differences of shape and 
colour, yet it is quite conceivable that they cannot dis- 
tinguish these at a greater distance than a myopic man. 
We know even less about the sense impressions of insects, 
in spite of the patient observations of Forel and Lubbock, 
and the brilliant experiment of Exner. The whole subject 
is discussed in detail by Dr. Auguste Forel, who seems to 
have established the fact that insects have a very keen 
perception of movement—possibly far more acute than 
their sense of form and colour.* It has often occurred to 
me when collecting butterflies that it is just possible that 
they can smell a collector as far as they can see him. 


§ 7. Notes on the flight of sundry Butterflies. 


Too many systematic works deal with insects as mere 
cabinet specimens, though there are notable exceptions. 
Not the least valuable part of the late Mr. C. G. Barrett’s 
great work on the “ Lepidoptera of the British Islands ” is 
his vivid description of their habits and flight. Again in 
Moore’s “ Lepidoptera of Ceylon” the short notes on the 
mode of flight of many species supplied by Capt. H. Wade- 
Dalton, Mr. F. M. Mackwood and more frequently Capt. F.S. 
Hutchison are of great interest. The value of the notes 


in the last-named work is not diminished by the fact that 


the observers are not always agreed. The habits of the 
sexes are usually different; the time of day, not to speak 
of the weather, greatly affects their flight; probably the 
time that has elapsed since emergence from the pupa is 


* Forel, “The Senses of Insects.” ‘Translated by Macleod Yearsley, 
1908, passim. 


all 
636 Dr. G. B. Longstaff's Bionomic Notes on Butter flies. 


another important factor. Hence it follows that hasty 
generalisations based on the most accurately recorded 
observations may be most misleading if the qualifying 
circumstances be left out of account. 

The first fact that I would emphasise is the rapid flight 
of the Whites and Yellows.* ‘That Pierines may be seen 
fluttering slowly about flowers is true enough,—e.g. that 
Colias edusa is not always difficult to catch. Nevertheless 
Pierines have a knack of flying straight on, as if bound to 
reach some distant place at a definite time, in a way that 
Satyrines certainly are not given to. Again, though the 
Nymphaline may go off at a great pace for a short dis- 
tance, it usually soon returns to its beat. Among many 
swiftly flying Pierines that I have come across, are :— 
Catopsilia and the allied genera Callidryas+ and Cone- 
pteryx; the Neotropical Glutophrissa drusilla, Cram., and 
more especially Pieris phileta, Fabr.t; the powerful 
Oriental Hebomoia§; again Lvias pyrene, Linn.,|| though 
not equal to the last named, is a swift flier, as are also many 
of the Zeracoli, notably the South African 7. eis, Klug.4 

Commander J. J. Walker, R.N., writing of Huchloé 
belemia, Esp., at Gibraltar, Tangier, etc., said: “It has a 
very strong, swift, and erratic flight, and is by no means 
easy to catch.”** Even the little Zevias, which seems to 
go slowly, will be found to move so fast that a large pro- 
portion get away, though in this instance the mode of 
escape is commonly to dart downwards so that the net 
passes over it, and to the annoyance of the collector the 
tly rises from the ground.tt There seems to me to be 
practically no doubt that the swift flight of the Whites and 
Yellows is due to their exceptional conspicuousness as com- 
pared with other butterflies. That they ave exceptionally 
conspicuous is obvious enough. 

But not all Pierines are rapid fliers; there are marked 
and significant exceptions. Thus, many years ago, Mr. 
A. R. Wallace} writing of the Oriental genus Zhyca 
(Delias), said: “ They have a very slow and weak mode of 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 67, 75, 76, 112. 

+ Ibid. 1908, p. 55. 

t Ibid. 1908, p. 49. 

§ Ibid. 1905, pp. 116, 126, and subsequent experience in Ceylon, 
| Ibid. 1905, p. 79. Also MS. notes in Ceylon, 1908, 

I Ibid. 1907, p. 352. ** Ibid. 1907, p. 48. 

++ Ibid. 1890, p. 369. tt Ibid. 1865-8, p. 309. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 637 


flight.” Again at’ East London Dr. Dixey* called my 
attention to the ‘ slow, fearless, fluttering flight’ of Mylothris 
agathina, Cram. Both Delias and Mylothris furnish well- 
known models, closely mimicked by other Pierines, Dr. 
Dixey noted that the flight of the mimic Belenois thysa, 
Hopff, closely resembled that of its model Mylothris 
agathina, but Mr, E. KE. Green tells me that Prioneris sita, 
Feld., a very close mimic of Delias eucharis, Cram., is a 
swift flier. 

Probably belonging to a different category are two 
smaller Pierines of dissimilar structure, but similar ap- 
pearance, the Palearctic Leucophasia sinapis, Linn., and 
the Oriental Vychitona xiphia, Fabr.,t which are among 
the very feeblest fliers of my acquaintance. 

The slow gliding, floating (Hutchison), or skimming 
flight of certain Nymphalines such as Neptis, Rahinda, 
Ergolis and Eurytela is well known to tropical collectors, 
what its significance may be I know not. My experiments 
indicate that Hrgolis is palatable.t 

It has not been my good fortune to capture that fine 
butterfly Parthenos cyaneus, Moore, but at Kandy I watched 
its tantalising movements for some time as it flew to and fro 
far above my longest net-stick. Messrs. De Nicéville and 
Manders say of this species :—“ not rare, but is difficult to 
catch. It has a remarkably distinctive mode of flight, 
which makes it recognisable at once on the wing.Ӥ As 
those gentlemen make no endeavour to describe its peculi- 
arity I will do my best to do so. The wings appear to 
be seldom raised much above the horizontal, but at com- 
paratively long intervals they are strongly depressed with — 
a jerk, the fly then gliding along for two or three yards. 
In marked contrast to this is the flight of Papilio parinda, 
Moore, which is attended with obvious flapping in which 
the wings are much raised but not appreciably depressed 
below the horizontal. I am glad to be able to add that 
Mr. E. E. Green agrees with the general accuracy of this 
description. 

The slow heavy flight of the Danaines is of course 
familiar ; I might specially mention Crastia asela, Moore, 
Narmada montana, Feld., Chittira fumata, Butl., and Par- 
antica aglea,Cram. Iam not aware that the peculiar dancing 

* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, pp. 314, 325. 


+ Ibid. 1905, p.79. Also Ceylon, 1908. t Supra, pp. 124, 125. 
§ Journ. Asiatic Soc. of Bengal, vol. Ixviii, 1899, p. 188. 


638 Dr. G. B. Lonfttatts Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


movement—up and down—of the two last-named has been 
placed on record: yet it is often so marked as to enable 
one to diagnose the insects at a considerable distance. At 
Kandy late in the afternoon, when other butterflies were 
getting scarce, P. aglea might often be seen slowly dancing 
about in all directions. 

At the falls of the Zambesi I noted Papilio leonidas, 
Fabr., as flying slowly “ with the manner of a Danaid” ; 
this made me suspect it to be a mimic, as I afterwards 
found to be the case.* Mr. Marshall, who is quite familiar 
with the insect, whereas I have seen but very few speci- 
mens, speaks of P. /eonidas as having a strong and rapid 
flight, and always going straight ahead.t I think there 
must have been some special circumstance that caused my 
specimens to behave in an unusual manner. Certainly 
its alleged model, Zirwmala petiverana, did not put in an 
appearance. 

The flight of Cethosia nietneri, Feld., another Ceylon 
butterfly, is I think about the slowest and feeblest that I 
have observed, and this alike whether it be high up or 
near the ground. (MS. notes.) The 8. African Nymphaline 
Salamis anacardvi, Linn., is another remarkably slow flier.t 

As a general rule tropical butterflies seem harder to 
catch than British. Certainly this is not entirely to be 
explained by the heat, nor even by swiftness of flight. 
The slow-flying Mycalesis seldom moves far, and is for 
that very reason hard to catch as it seldom gets quite 
clear of the herbage amongst which it is found. Again 
Hiymnias often refuses to move more than two or three 
yards when disturbed, yet is hard to catch because it will 
not get clear of the bushes in the middle of which it loves 
to flutter. A very different butterfly, the lovely blue 
Nepheronia ceylanica, Felder, a quick flyer, often takes 
refuge in bushes when pursued; Z'evacolus puellaris, Butl., 
has a similar habit. Belenois mesentina, Cram., and the 
two common Indian species of Jzias seem to spend much 
of their time flying through and through thorn bushes.§ 

Three years ago || I called attention to the curious habit 
of the $ Catophaga paulina, Cram., of flying in strings as 
though tied together by an invisible thread. I witnessed this 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, p. 359. 

{ Ibid. 1902, p. 507. 

{ Ibid. 1906, p. 114; also Ibid. 1907, pp. 321, 322, 325. 
§ Ibid. 1905, pp. 75, 80, 89. || Lbid. p. 130. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 639 


again at Haragama, Ceylon, 20 January, 1908. Soon after 
mid-day large numbers of the ¢ were seen flying down the 
bed of the stream, sometimes in ones and twos, but often 
3, 4 or 5 together in strings. On the same day clusters of 
a score or more were seen drinking at wet sand; when 
disturbed they would quickly come back to the favoured 
spots, as many as 5 to 7 together, in strings, all conforming 
to the movements of their leader like wild geese. 

Melanitis leda, Linn., is an insect with which I have 
been unfortunate, never having come across it in any 
numbers. At the beginning of February 1908, I twice 
witnessed its evening flight—at about 6°30 p.m. when it 
was nearly dark. My net-stick consists of two lower joints 
of a salmon-rod ; on the occasion referred to the butt-joint, 
which is partly covered with cork, was lying near me on 
the ground. The butterfly flew in jerks, making short 
circuits and returning again and again to settle on my 
hat, my net, or the net-stick on the ground. It struck me 
at the time that it might probably be guided by the sense 
of smell, especially as it selected the part of my net-stick 
that was most handled. Yet it is quite possible that the 
butterfly was attracted by my white tropical clothing, and 
by the light colour of the cork, which was fairly con- 
spicuous in the increasing gloom under the palms. One 
evening when strolling in the hotel garden alone in search 
of /eda a leaf of a coco-nut palm fell close to me with 
a positive crash; when one considers that it measured 
between 11 and 12 feet long it can be understood that I 
was not a little startled. 

The Ceylon Papilios would appear to be more easily 
netted in the afternoon than in the morning; this is 
especially the case with Ornithoptera darsius, Gray, and 
P, parinda, Moore. 

P. demoleus, Linn.,is swift of flight; so is P. agamemnon, 
Linn., which has a darting movement. The last-named is 
quite an inconspicuous butterfly whether on the wing or 
at rest, affording a marked contrast to the glorious P. crino, 
Fabr., which is almost startling in its brilliance. 

The flight of P. hector, Linn., is not especially swift, but 
is marked by the straightness of its course, seeming to 
keep on one level. Its black, white and scarlet colouring 
is very obvious in flight, and the strong contrast of colours 
seems to make the movement of its wings more obvious 
and more rapid in appearance, 


640 Dr. G. B. Lona t's Bionomie Notes on Butter flies. 


In marked contrast with the last is P. aristolochizx, 
Fabr., which sails about slowly and quietly with little 
obvious flapping of the wings; it moves about in a stately 
way as if confident in its immunity from attack and is the 
most easily caught of all the group. 

P. polytes, Linn., two of whose polymorphic 2 mimic 
hector and avistolochiw respectively, behaves very differ- 
ently from them and seems to trust much to swiftness of 
flight; my observations chiefly relate to the 3, and I have 
an impression that the flight of the ? is slower, but this 
requires confirmation. Though well known to Indian 
entomologists | am not aware that the contrast in flight 
between polytes and aristolochiw has yet been placed on 
record. 

It is a notable habit with many Papilios that when 
settled on flowers feeding they keep their wings in almost 
constant movement.* This has been noted in all the 
following species:—O. darsius; this when feeding occa- 
sionally stops fluttering, dropping the fore-wings back 
(towards the abdomen); P. parinda, P. hector, P. aristolo- 
chix, P. polytes, P. agamemnon (the habit is very marked 
in this species), P. demoleus, P. demodocus, P. dissimilis 
and’ P. mooreanus, Rothsch. (a race of helenus, Linn.). 

I was much struck by specimens of the last-named in 
the forest at Hatton, Ceylon (5 March, 1908), settled on 
very dark grey rocks drinking, with their wings about ? 
expanded, but with the fore-wings drawn back so as almost 
entirely to conceal the conspicuous cream-coloured spot 
on the hind-wings. For the moment I thought that there 
was before me some other species, entirely black on the 
upper side. 

P. teredon, Feld. (sarpedon, Linn.), and P. jason, Esp. 
(telephus, Feld.), do not flutter when drinking. 


§ 8. The selection as resting-places of Yellow Leaves by 
Yellow Butterflies, 


As there still appear to be entomologists of wide expe- 
rience who doubt whether butterflies, impelled by instinct, 
ever select resting-places of like colour witb themselves, 


* Longstaff, “Some Rest Attitudes of Butterflies,’ Trans. Ent. 
Soe. Lond., 1906, p. 111. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflics. 641 


it seems worth while to bring together the following 
obseryations.* 

It is a singular coincidence that on passing through the 
garden of the University of Bombay, 22 March, 1908, I 
again saw a Catopsilia and watched it settle on a shrub : 
this was not a yellow-leaved plant, as on the former occa- 
sion, but its leaves varied a good deal in colour and the 
butterfly settled on the yellowest: it was certainly much 
less conspicuous than it would have been on the greenest 
leaf: a German fellow-traveller whose attention I called 
to the butterfly agreed as to the partial concealment by 
the similarity in colour. 


Barbados, 18 December, 1906. <A 2 of Callidryas eubule, 
Linn., was seen, when a cloud passed over the sun, to 
flutter about some herbage for a short time, as though 
looking for something, and finally to settle on a 
yellow leaf of the “Life Plant,” Bryophyllum calycinum, 
Salisb. | 

Constant Spring, Jamaica, 8 January, 1907. Two speci- 
mens of (. ewlule (sex not recorded) were seen when 
the sky was dull to settle on the lower, yellowish 
leaves of Plumbago scandens, Linn., close to the ground. 

Mackfield, Jamaica, 27 January, 1907. I was watching 
the movements of a f C. eubule, when a cloud passed 
over the sun; after fluttering about for a very short 
time it settled in the middle of a yellow, lower leaf of 
the Bryophyllum. 

Montego Bay, Jamaica, 4 February, 1907. A? C. eubule 
was seen flying across the race-course. The track 
was carpeted with short grass of a rich full green, 
but amongst the grass were long trailing stems of the 
Ipomea pes-caprx, Sw.; on one of these stems was a 
solitary bright yellow leaf, far from any other of like 
colour, on this the yellow butterfly settled. 

Montego Bay, Jamaica, same day. A  C. eubule was 
seen to settle on an isolated yellow leaf of a creeper 
in a hedge, about 6 feet from the ground, all the 
surrounding foliage being green. 


* See Longstaff, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. 113-118, 
Also Dixey, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. xxix, who, in the dis- 
cussion following the reading of the paper first quoted, gave several 
interesting instances from various authors. Also Hamm, Proc. Ent. 
Soc. Lond., 1904, p. Ixxv ; 1905, pp. Ixxiii-Ixxvi; 1906, pp. ¢, ci. 


642 Dr. G. B. Lond ’s Dionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


Constant Spring, Jamaica, 4 January, 1907. A dull 
afternoon: a 2 Terias euterpe, Mén., was seen to 
settle close to a leaf of its own size, shape and colour. 

Same place and day. <A f 7. euterpe was watched for 
some time and repeatedly disturbed; it seemed to 
avoid dark green foliage, and always settled on a low 
plant with yellow-green leaves. 

Mackfield, Jamaica, 27 January 1907; 430 pm. A 
specimen of 7. euterpe seen to settle four times as 
follows :— 

(1) On a yellowish leaf of Bryophyllum: it was, how- 
ever but ill-concealed thereby. 

(2) On a pale green leaf. 

(3) Ona yellowish-green, finely-cut fern (Adiantum sp.). 

(4) On a yellow-green leaf of a Convolvulus (or perhaps 
Ipomea). In this ease the concealment of the 
insect was remarkable. 

Same place and day. Another specimen of 7. ewterpe was 
seen to settle on the under side of a yellowish leaf of 
the Lryophyllum. 

Same place and day. <A ? of 7. euterpe was seen to settle 
three times :— 

(1) On a yellow leaf of Bryophyllum ; fairly cryptic. 

(2) On a light green leaf of an unknown plant, some- 
what cryptic. 

(3) On a leaf of Bryophyllum less yellow than (1), the 
result less cryptic. 

Mackfield, Jamaica, 31 January, 1907. Three specimens 
of 7’. ewterpe (sex not determined and specimens not 
preserved) were watched with the following results 
respectively :— 

(1) Seen to settle on a yellow leaf of Bryophyllwm. 

(2) Seen to settle three times, twice being on yellow 
leaves of Bryophyllum. 

(3) Seen to settle seven times. Twice on yellow leaves 
of Bryophyllum (in one case it was very well con- 
cealed) ; twice on a yellow fern (? Polypodium sp.); 
one other time it was well concealed, but the plant 
not noted; on two occasions it was less well 
concealed, 

Constant Spring, Jamaica, 1 January, 1907. A 9 of 
Terias (? elathea, Cram.) was seen to settle in the 
shade on a leaf of the same colour as the under-side 
of its hind-wings, 


—— es 


IS Se 


Dr. G. B. Longstaft’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 643 


Haragdma, Ceylon, 13 February, 1908. I watched a 
specimen of Jxias pyrene, Linn., f. cingalensis, Moore, 
a 9, settle three times upon the yellowish leaves of 
the same (now) widely distributed Bryophyllum.* 


It should be noted that the faded leaves of the Bryo- 
phyllum have their margins tinted a purplish-red, re- 
sembling in colour the markings found on the under side of 
dry-season specimens of Callidryas eubule and Ixias pyrene. 

With such facts before me I cannot but believe that the 
butterflies in question instinctively sought out leaves more 
or less closely resembling themselves in colour, with a view 
to concealment.t Undoubtedly the most conspicuous 
butterflies on the wing are “ Whites” and “ Yellows.” On 
the move they are protected by their extremely rapid 
flight, but when at rest they stand in need of special pro- 
tection. Many of these butterflies are restless and rarely 
settle, except to feed on flowers, to drink at damp places, 
or in the case of females to oviposit. To see them go to 
rest requires both time and patience; the best way being 
to watch them the moment that a cloud passes over the 
sun. I have very little doubt that our own Brimstone and 
Clouded-yellows if watched patiently will be found to seek 
out yellow resting-places.t 


§ 9. Heliotropism. 


In a paper read before this Society in March 1906,§ I 
laid stress upon the habit of many butterflies, when 
settling in the sunshine, and—when not interfered with 
by wind or the exigencies of getting food—placing them- 
selves with expanded wings and with their tails turned 


* It is perhaps worth recording that at Kandy, in the spring of 
1908, the ¢ of Catopsilia pomona was on dull days several times 
beaten out of Tithoniu diversiflora, a tall, rank-growing, yellow- 
flowered Composite, said to have been recently introduced into 
Ceylon from Mexico, and now spreading rapidly. The butterfly 
seemed to rest among the leaves near the tops of the shoots, but I 
was not able actually to see it at rest. 

ft Compare Mrs. Barber’s observation on the care exercised by 
Papilio dardanus, a g, in selecting a suitable resting-place. T'rimen, 
South African Butterflies, vol. ui, p. 254. Quoted by Marshall, 
Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1908, p. 122. 

t Dr. T. A. Chapman has seen C. edusa select yellow leaves to 
rest upon. Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1904, p. Ixxvi. 

§ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. 97-106. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1908.—PART IV. (JAN. 1909) 42 


ia 
644 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


towards the sun. For shortness of expression I described 
a butterfly so placed as “oriented.” The butterflies 
observed were for the most part Satyrines and Nympha- 
lines, and the observations were made in Northern India, 
Algeria and South Africa, as well as in England. Without 
pledging myself to any explanation of this habit, I was 
inclined to attribute it to the diminution of its shadow 
when the orienting butterfly closed its wings, whereby the 
insect was rendered very inconspicuous. 

To the number of orienting butterflies previously given 
may now be added the Neotropical Nymphalines, Precis 
lavinia, Cram., Anartia jatrophe, Linn., A. amalthea, Linn., 
Victorina stelenes, Linn., and Cystinewra dorcas, Fabr. 

The details, taken from my note-book, follow :— 


Constant Spring, Jamaica, 8 January, 1907. Precis lavinia, 
Cram., f. zonalis, Feld. Not uncommon, but hard to 
catch ; usually settled on the ground with wings open ; 
seen to orient and to put its wings up, causing little 
shadow; also to adjust itself after settling, so as to 
make the orientation more perfect; but also seen to 
face the sun. 

Maraval, Trinidad, 19 December,1906. Anartia amalthea, 
Linn. Flies near the ground; settles with wings 
three-quarters open; orients, but not always. 

Same place and day. <Anartia jatrophe, Lmn. Has a 
ghostly flight; settles on the ground; orients. 

Colon, Panama, 28 December, 1906. A. jatrophx. This 
species orients, but not very regularly. 

Constant Spring, Jamaica, 3 January, 1907. A. jatrophe. 
Orients, but uot very accurately; often closes its 
wings, and is then very cryptic among whitish dead 
grass. 

Same place, 5 January. A. jatrophe. The commonest 
Nymphaline: flies fast, close to the ground, looking 
very white. Usually settles on the ground or close 
to it ; does not frequent flowers much; settles with 
the wings fully expanded, but often closes them over 
its back. Orients, but not accurately. Has however 
been noted with its wings up facing the sun; also 
once or twice across the sun. 

Ramble, Jamaica, 24 January, 1907. A.jatrophey. Orients. 

Montego Bay, Jamaica, 2 February, 1907. A. jatrophe, 
seen twice to settle on the whitish sand of the sea- 


Dr. G. B. Longstaffs Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 645 


shore, to orient and close its wings, making no 
shadow. 

Port Antonio, Jamaica, 4 March, 1907. The sun nearly 
vertical. Victorina stelenes, Linn., settled on leaves, 
once facing the sun, once head downwards, tail to the 
sun, wings closed and no shadow, 

Ramble, Jamaica, 24 January, 1907. Cystinewra doreas, 
Fabr. Flies very slowly, close to the ground. Settles 
with wings nearly wide open, but it sometimes closes 
and then quickly re-opens them. When feeding on 
flowers, especially the Composite, Bidens leucanthus, 
W., it is indifferent as to its position with regard to 
the sun, but otherwise it usually orients, though it 
occasionally faces the sun. 


Observations in Ceylon, 1908. 


Precis iphita, Cram. This species was often observed. 
It most often settled with its wings closed, but frequently 
they were fully expanded. Though one specimen was 
seen to settle twice across the sun, it more usually either 
faced the sun or turned its tail to it. 

Yphthima ceylanica, Hew. Ceylon. This species, 
which keeps close to the ground, settled occasionally with 
the wings open, more often half open, but most commonly 
closed. As regards orientation, it was noted to have its 
tail to the sun 10 times (once by adjustment), as against 
7 times that it was across the sun. 

Lrgolis taprobana, Westw., and LF. ariadne, Linn, May 
be conveniently taken together. They have a skimming or 
gliding flight which is not always checked by rain. They 
settle commonly with their wings fully expanded, but 
sometimes close them only to open them again. Most 
often they orient, but sometimes imperfectly ; one was seen 
to adjust itself. 

Nissanga patnia, Moore. This butterfly settled with its 
Wings up (one exception) and so far as I observed with 
the eye-spot exposed. In the majority of cases it oriented. 

Neptis jumba, Moore; NV. varmona, Moore; and Rahinda 
stnuata, Moore. These three species may be conveniently 
taken together. They all have the same gliding flight 
and all settle most frequently with the wings fully ex- 
panded, though often closed. As regards orientation less 
than half the specimens observed appeared to pay any 


e 
646 Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


attention to the direction of the sun’s rays, though one 
varmona was certainly seen to adjust its tail to. the sun. 

Castalius rosimon, Fabr. Two specimens seen to orient 
with wings up. 


Some English Satyrines. 


I have previously recorded my experience * that in the 
great majority of cases Pararge xgeria, Linn.,and P. megera, 
Linn., settle with their wings expanded and with their 
tails pointed towards the sun, though occasionally both 
species sit across the sun, but even in that case with 
wings expanded. 

The following note may be added :-— 


Morteloe, 14 September, 1907, late afternoon. P. megexra 
found asleep upon the face of a rock, about 3 ft. 
above ground: its head up, antennz porrected but 
separated ; wings in close contact; fore-wings drawn 
back so that no fulvous colour was exposed. 


Epinephele tithonus, Linn. 


The following observations show that the habits of this 
butterfly, as regards orientation, are similar to those of 
Pararge megxra. 


Mortehoe, 20 July, 1906. LZ. tithonus. A specimen ob- 
served settled across the sun, with wings closed. 
Same place and day. Another specimen seen to settle 

twice ; oriented, with wings open. 

Mortehoe, 11 August, 1907. A specimen settled on the 
ground, oriented, wings three-quarters open. 

Mortehoe, 15 August, 1907. A specimen settled on grass ; 
across the sun, wings closed. It was disturbed by a 
g EL. janira, it settled again and this time oriented 
and closed its wings, making no shadow. 

Same place and day. A f settled on a leaf, oriented wings 
open. 

Same et and day. A fseen to settle three times on 
leaves, with wings open ; twice it faced the sun and 
then partially adjusted itself; the third time it 
oriented correctly. 


* Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. 98, 99. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 647 


Same place and day. A settled on grass, oriented, wings 
half to fully open. 

Same place and day. A ? on a bramble leaf, oriented, 
wings three-quarters to fully open: it was twice 
observed to close its wings leaving little shadow ; the 
eye-spot on the fore-wing was exposed. 

Same place and day. A Zona leaf of Heraclewm, wings 
three-quarters open, oriented ; it momentarily closed 
its wings, leaving no shadow. 

Same place and day. A f on a bramble leaf, oriented, 
wings three-quarters open. 

Same place and day. A f ona bramble leaf, wings quite 
open, imperfectly oriented. 

Same place and day, A § twice seen settled across the 
sun, wings closed, but eye-spot visible. 

Mortehoe, 22 August, 1907. <A oriented, wings three- 
quarters open. 

Mortehoe, 24 August, 1907. A @ half-oriented. 

Same place and day. A @ on a leaf, imperfectly oriented. 


Epinephele hyperanthus, Linn. 


This is a restless butterfly, and takes long to settle; 
however, I have this note :— 


Mortehoe, 20 July, 1906. Four £. hyperanthus seen to 
orient, with wings three-quarters open. 


§ 10. “List” and Shadow. 


In my paper on some Rest-attitudes of Butterflies, I 
gave instances of Satyrine butterflies which usually close up 
their wings when settled and have a habit of then leaning 
over to one side. This I termed a “list.” The object of 
the manceuvre appeared to be to aid concealment, but my 
first observations were imperfect in the important respect 
that the direction of the list, whether towards or away 
from the sun, was not recorded. The fact of listing was 
observed by me in India and Japan, and by Dr, Dixey and 
myself in England and South Africa.* 

To the “listing” butterflies I am now able to add, from 
my own observations, a Neotropical species, also belonging 
to the Satyrine. 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 185, 136; also 1906, pp. 109- 
111. 


648 Dr. G. B. Loff®tatt’s Bionomic Notes on Butter flies. 


Calisto zangis, Fabr. 


This is quite a shade-loving butterfly; it keeps close to 
the ground flying amongst herbage, usually for a very 
short distance at a time. It was once seen flying freely on 
a rainy day. 


Mackfield, Jamaica, 29 January, 1907. Three C. zangis 
seen to settle (one of them twice) with a list away 
from the sun of about 30° (from the vertical), 

Christiana, Jamaica, 2 February. C. zangis seen to list 
away from the sun. 

Mile Gully Mt., Jamaica, 14 February. C. zangis seen to 
settle and then, with a jerk, list about 30°. 

Port Antonio, Jamaica, 4 March. Three C. zangis seen to 
list from the sun, usually but 20°-30°; one was seen 
to increase the list in two movements. 


During my visit to Ceylon in the spring of 1908 I did 
not see any butterflies list. 


Cenonympha pamphilus, Linn. 


Early in June 1906 Mr. W. J. Kaye told me that he 
had recently noted in Surrey the common C. pamphilus 
settle with its wings up, but leaning over in such a way 
that the sun’s rays fell vertically upon its wings. Going 
down to Devonshire the next day I naturally wished to 
confirm Mr. Kaye's observation, but though I have seen 
the butterfly in some abundance at Mortehoe its appear- 
ance there is most uncertain, so much so that neither in 
1904 nor in 1907 did I come across a single specimen in 
the parish! However, in 1906 I did succeed in finding 
three specimens which I observed with the following 
results. 


Mortehoe, 10 June, 1906. C. pamphilus: a specimen 
seen to settle six times; always across the sun; with 
head sometimes to the right, sometimes to the left ; 
the wings up; in every case with a list away from the 
sun so that its rays were about normal to the wing 
surface. 

Mortehoe, 13 June, 1906. A specimen seen to settle 
several times; across the sun; the wings up, but with 
no list. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 649 


Mortehoe, 14 June, 1906. A specimen seen to settle 16 
times; always with wings up and across the sun; on 
12 occasions with a list away from the sun. 

Braunton Burrows, 10 Sept., 1907. C. pamphilus (the 
only one seen that year) settled across the sun, with 
head to the wind, and a list away from the sun. 

Morte Point, 5 September, 1908. (©. pamphilus rather 
common at one spot; the wind was so strong as to 
compel them to keep their heads to it regardless of 
the sun. A specimen was seen to list three times to 
the right, slightly, and once to the left, strongly. 


Satyrus semele, Linn. 


The behaviour of this butterfly may be compared with 
that of the last-named. 


Mortehoe, 20 July, 1906. A number of S. semele observed 
to settle. All put their wings up; two oriented with 
tail to sun; one faced the sun; 24 placed themselves 
across the sun, of these one was noted as listing about 
30° towards the sun, but eight listed away from the 
sun, only one however to an extreme degree. 

Same place and day. Three S. semele put into a large 
glass-covered box. Observed the same afternoon, at 
6 p.m., in sunlight; all three were sitting across the 
sun and listed away from it 35°, 45°, and 55° 
respectively. 

Mortehoe, 31 July, 1906. Several semele noted, settled 
across, and tilted a /ittle away from the sun. 
Mortehoe, 22 August, 1907. Three semele observed at 
rest, all across the sun and listed away from it 30°, 

40°, and 25° respectively. 

Lundy Island, 27 August, 1907. A semele listed away 
from the sun about 50°. 


Here I may insert an observation made by Mr. E. G. 
Waddilove at Bournemouth in the autumn of 1906 :— 


“ A grayling settled on a patch of bare black peat- 
earth, shut up its wings vertically and crawled at 
once some two yards to the edge of the patch to 
where some fir-needles, a cone or two, and a few 
brittle twigs were lying, and then becoming stationary 
threw itself over at an angle of some 45° square to 


650 Dr. G. B. Loftatt 's Bionomie Notes on Butterflies, 


the sun, It thus became quite indistinguishable 
from its surroundings.” (From a letter to the 
author.) 


The late Mr. C. G. Barrett, in an admirable account of 
the habits of the same butterfly, wrote as follows :— 


“... it even seems to lie down sideways, or at 
any rate to so greatly slope its closed wings as to 
appear prostrate.” * 


Epinephele janira, Linn. 


The case of our commonest butterfly is especially in- 
teresting, since its habits are irregular and partake of 
those of C. pamphilus and S. semele. 


Mortehoe, 20 July, 1906. #. janira. Four specimens 
oriented ; of these, 3 had the wings open, 1 closed. 
Eleven specimens were settled across the sun, with 
wings closed; certainly one of the latter listed from 
the sun. 

July 30. Some noticed to orient; others sitting across 
the sun. 

Mortehoe, 11 August, 1907. 1 Sand 2 2 oriented; wings 
three-quarters open, Others seen across the sun and 
one of these listed. The wind was however this day 
too strong for trustworthy observations. The butter- 
flies mostly sat head to the wind. 

Mortehoe, 15 August, 1907. Several specimens noted 
settled on grass, on or near the ground. Of these 
3 ¢ oriented, 1 with the wings quite open, the 
other 2 three-quarters open. A @ oriented with 
the wings open; another ? settled on a leaf oriented 
with the wings three-quarters open. Another @ sat 
across the sun, had its wings up, and listed away 
from the sun, The eye-spot on the fore-wing some- 
times obscured, sometimes in part visible. 

Mortehoe, 16 August, 1907. A @ seen to settle three 
times across the sun, with its wings closed, leaning 
away from the sun. Yet another 9 was seen to settle 
three times; twice across the sun, with wings closed, 
but on the third occasion with its wings open and 
fairly oriented. 


* “Lepidoptera of the British Islands,” 1893, vol. i, p. 35. 


Dr. G. B, Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 651 


Mortehoe, 22 August, 1907. A 2 observed to settle three 
times, (1) oriented ; (2) across, with slight list away 
from the sun; (3) oriented. 

August 24. <A 2 settled on a leaf oriented, 


The effect of a list on the shadow. 


It is worth while carefully considering the precise effect 
of a list on the shadow of a butterfly sitting with the axis 
of its body at right angles to the sun’s rays. 

To make the matter clear I have constructed three 
diagrams. The diagrammatic butterfly is in each case 


DIAGRAM A. 
Butterfly upright, sun’s elevation 50°, 


supposed to be settled with its tail towards the observer, 
but turned somewhat to the left so as (in two of the three 


diagrams) to expose the underside of the right wings 


obliquely to the observer. The sun is supposed to be to 
the right of the observer and nearly to the right of the 
butterfly. The sun’s elevation is taken to be 50”, repre- 
senting a condition of affairs that is fulfilled in Europe 
during some part of every day near midsummer, and in 
the tropics during some part of every day in the year. 

When the butterfly is upright its shadow is nearly as 
long as its wings, moreover its shadow is fully exposed to 
view. (See diagram J.) ' 


652 Dr. G. B. Lof@tatt’s Bionomic Notes on Butter flies. 


If the butterfly were to list towards the sun its shadow, 
still fully exposed to view, would diminish until the list 
were equal to the sun’s altitude, when there would be no 
shadow. In this position, moreover, its wing surfaces 
would be least illuminated. 


DIAGRAM B. 
Butterfly listing, more than 60° towards the sun. 


Supposing the butterfly to increase its list; this would 
bring the sun’s rays on to the under surface of its left 
wings and so throw the shadow to the right, or towards 
the sun. (See diagram B.) The shadow would continue to 


DIAGRAM C. 
Butterfly listing,“40° from the sun. 


increase 1n length until when the butterfly’s wings touched 
the ground it would equal them in length. On the other 
hand, as the shadow increased in length it would be more 
and more concealed from view. 

But as a matter of fact the list has almost always been 
observed to be away from the sun, Such a list increases 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 653 


the length of the shadow until the list amounts to 40° 
(under the conditions assumed) and so brings the wings 
into a position normal to the sun’s rays. (See diagram C.) 
The length of the shadow is then at its maximum and 
longer than the wings. 

A further list will diminish the shadow until when 
the wings touch the ground it will equal their length. 

A little consideration will, however, show that by listing 
the butterfly, so to say, covers up its own shadow more and 
more, so that while a slight list produces little effect on 
the shadow, a considerable list—45° and upwards—makes 
the shadow less conspicuous than that cast by the same 
butterfly in the upright position, 

My conclusion accordingly is that, so far as regards the 
shadow cast, no list from the sun can be protective to the 
insect unless it be extreme. Again, a list from the sun, 
by resulting in the maximum illumination of the wing 
surface, can hardly aid concealment. At the same time, it 
cannot be denied that a butterfly by placing itself out of 
the upright, may thereby be protected in so far as it may 
then be more difficult to detach it from its surround- 
ings. This would certainly appear to have been the case 
with the Melanitis recorded by Col. Bingham* and by 
“H. H. A.,” + also with the S. semele observed by Mr, E. G. 
Waddilove. 

Dr. Chapman tells me that he has observed a marked 
list in a Spanish species of Hrebia, and my own experience 
of list is confined to the Satyrines, a group of feeble fliers, 
be it noted, with (at any rate in the great majority of 
species) cryptic under-sides. I am, however, aware that 
Prof. Poulton and Mr. Rowland-Brown have observed an 
extreme list in Thecla rubi, Linn. ; possibly connected with 
the green colour of the under-surface of its wings.t 

Barrett’s remark as to a rarer British butterfly, Grapta 
c-album, Linn., deserves quotation :— 


“.., . fond of sunning itself in roads, on warm 
walls, or on the ground upon dead leaves in sheltered 
valleys. Here if the sun becomes overclouded, it will 
sometimes close its wings and almost lie down, in 
such a manner that, to distinguish its brown and 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1902, p. 363. See also “ Butterflies of 
India,” vol. i, p. 47. t “A Naturalist on the Prowl,” p. 203. 
t Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, p. xxviii. 


654 Dr. G. B. Lon@itafi’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


green marbled underside from the dead leaves is 
almost impossible.” * Here Barrett says if the sun 
becomes overclouded, but I have observed the list 
during bright sunshine only. 


When my attention was first drawn to the subject of 
Heliotropism by observing the habits of Pararge schakra, 
Koll., in the Simla district in October, 1903, I was dis- 
posed to associate that habit with another—that of listing 
to one side or the other—and suggested that both had 
probably been selected since they appeared to assist to a 
notable degree in the concealment of the insect from its 
foes.+ 

The evidence now available is more ample though still 
far short of what would be requisite in my opinion to 
establish definitely any explanation. 

Prof. Parker’s explanation that by negative Heliotrop- 
ism the insect displays its colouring to the best advan- 
tage, can scarcely be applied to list, for while it may be 
true that by listing a butterfly displays its under-side, that 
under-side is in listing butterflies usually cryptic, even 
when in our cabinet it appears the more brilliant of the 
two. Moreover, in the listing position the most con- 
spicuous feature of the pattern is often concealed by the 
hind-wing. 

That under special circumstances there is an “ economy 
of shadow” in both heliotropic and listing butterflies is 
unquestionable. On the other hand, the negatively 
heliotropic butterfly with wings expanded, and the listing 
butterfly with wings closed, both place their wings as 
nearly as may be normal to the sun’s rays, exposing in 
the one case their upper, in the other their under, surface. 
Is it possible that the direct rays of the sun falling 
normally on either surface of the wings, afford a pleasur- 
able sensation to the insect? Or is the exposure of the 
insect’s body to the sun, common to some extent to both 
these attitudes, the end obtained? The obvious love of 
most butterflies for hot and sunny corners unquestion- 

* Op. cit. p. 125. 

+ Mr. Marshall writes to me that he has observed in the case of 
three S. African butterflies, Precis cebrene and Hamanumida 
dedalus, at Salisbury, and Mycalesis campina, Auriv., in Chirinda 
forest, that when they have been sunning themselves they have 


closed their wings with a snap when a heavy cloud has passed over 
the sun. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaft’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 655 


ably suggests some such explanation. Perhaps the two 
explanations may both be true, that heliotropism and list 
combine the pleasures of insolation with the minimum of 
risk.* It must, however, be remembered that the listing 
butterfly exposes to the sun one hind-wing only, and a 
small portion of one fore-wing. 


§ 11. The inverted attitude of Lycenids and some other 
Butter flies, 


Supplementing the observations recorded in my paper on 
“Some Rest Attitudes of Butterflies” + I may add the 
following notes :— 


North Devon, 1 September, 1907. Walking with Mr. 
H. Champion along the Woolacombe Sandhills late 
in the afternoon we observed 39 specimens of 
Lycxna icarus, Rott., asleep on Marram, Privet, ete. 
No less than 38 of these were sleeping with the head 
down, while the exceptional one was horizontal. In 
many cases the fore-wings were drawn so far back 
that the costz of the hind-wings overlapped those of 
the fore-wings. The antennze were porrected and 
near together. 

Mortehoe, 11 September, 1907. A Q LZ. wcarus at rest 
ona Ragwort flower moved its hind-wings alternately. 


* Mr. Marshall calls my attention to the fact that orienting 
butterflies are always very much on the alert, and do not need 
eryptic protection. 

{ Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1906, pp. 106-9. 

t In the fourth Report of the Rugby School Natural History 
Society, 1870, p. 17, is an interesting note by Mr. Arthur Sidgwick, 
which I give at some length as the Report is not easily accessible. 
“On the 13th August, 1870, I noticed on the road from Bex to 
Gryon, in the Rhone Valley, a large number of the Chalk-hill Blue 
(Polyommatus Corydon), on the umbelliferous plants by the road- 
side. It was just sunset, and they were all at rest. Their colour 
and shape effectually protected them from notice.... I noticed 
that they all rested head downwards. It occurred to me that even 
this apparently trifling detail of instinct or habit might be pro- 
tective. The eye in wandering over a plant is arrested more 
easily than one would suppose by any outline out of accord with 
the general lines on which the plant is constructed.” The note 
is accompanied by sketches showing that the butterfly resting 
head downwards is less conspicuous than one in the opposite 
position, 


656 Dr. G. B. Lonftat’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


Caracas, Venezuela, 3 March, 1907. The dingy little 
Catochrysops hanno, Stoll., was seen sitting head 
downwards, opening its hind-wings at intervals. 

Walderston, Jamaica, 16 February,1907, Calycopis pan, 
Drury. The lobe of the hind-wing is everted as in 
Aphnexus, Argiolaus, ete. 

St. Ann’s, Trinidad, 1 April, 1907. A+:2 of Thecla 
spurius, Feld. seen sitting head down; the hind- 
wing is folded ; the lobe is large, 


The Zebra-like Thecla linus, Sulz., is a common species 
in Trinidad. The lobe of the hind-wing is everted, but 
not quite to a right angle; it is curious that the tails are 
crossed, so that the tail of the right-wing imitates the 
antenna of the left side and vice versa. Mr. Knight has 
made this very clear in the figure. 


Fic. 1. 


Thecla linus at rest : (a) natural size; (b) the lobe enlarged. 


The tails were seen to move slightly, and the “false 
head ” looked more like a head than the real one. Though 
I have no note to that effect, I feel sure that I saw this 
species sitting head downwards. 

My recent Ceylon experience (Jan.—March, 1908) 
enables me to add 9 more species, in which I have 
observed the inverted attitude, making in all 19 species of 
Lycenide, It seems probable that sufficient observations 
are alone required to prove the habit to be general in that 
family.* 


*Compare Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 85, 86, 127. Mr, 
Marshall writes: “I am quite satisfied that this (head down) is the 
usual position in Lycenidx, and could add numerous species to your 
list, such as: Aphneus, Spindasis, Axiocerces, Iolaus, Stugeta, Hypo- 
lycena, Mimacrea, Nyrina, etc., etc., but the simplest way is to 
mention the species which do not do it. Of these I know three 
only in South Africa: viz. Alena nyassx, A. amazoula, and Pentila 


Dr, G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 657 


Zizera otis, Fabr., f. indica, Murray. $. One observation. 
Everes parrhasius, Fabr. 9. Two observations, 
Nacaduba atrata, Horsf. g One observation, 

NV. noreia, Felder. One observation. 

Jamides bochus, Cram. §. One observation. 

Lampides elpis, Godt. ¢ Twoobservations: in one case 
it settled head upwards, but turned round immediately. 

Lampides celeno, Cram. 10 g, 1 2. 

Polyommatus beticus, Linn. Both sexes. Nine observ- 
ations, 

Surendra quercetorum, Moore. . One observation. 

Loxura arcuata, Moore, One observation. 

The “sawing ’’ movement of the hind-wings observed at 
Kalldr in the Nilgiris in 1904 in Lampides sp., and in 
Tarucus telicanus, Lang, at East London, S, Africa, in 
1905, was again observed in several Blues in Ceylon in 
1908, viz. :— 


Telicada nyseus, Guér, Six observations, 
Lveres argiades, Pall, Two observations, 
Lampides celeno, Cram. Three observations, 


Polyommatus beticus, Linn, Six observations, 


Poulton explains this movement* as assisting in the 
deception of the “false head,” but the explanation scarcely 
satisfies me since butterflies at rest do not usually move 
their antennz, It is however possible that movement as 
movement may challenge attack; compare the case of the 
Maina mentioned above.t 

As regards the lobes on the hind-wings of so many 


_ Lycenids the following facts may be noted as supple- 


mentary to previous papers.t 
Aphnzxus (Spindasis) vuleanus, Fabr. Ceylon, 1908. 


tropicalis—all distasteful species. Similarly this is the normal 
position in South African Nymphaline, viz. Atella, Lachnoptera, 
Hypanartia, Precis, Catacroptera, Crenis, Charaxes, Euralia and 
Salamis, which are all the genera I can think of at the moment in 
which I have actually observed it. On the other hand, all the 
Danaine and Acrxine hang with wings down. It is possible this 
may prove to be a good criterion of palatability, for the head-down 
position gives the insect a much better opportunity of launching 
into a rapid flight, and thus evading attack, which is not of such 
great consequence to distasteful species.” 

* “ Essays on Evolution,” 1908, pp. 282, 325, and the references there 
given. 

T p. 630. 

t Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, pp. 85, 86; also 1906, pp. 106-109, 


658 Dr. G. B. LongMtatt’s Bionomic Notes on Butter flies. 


In this species, which has a habit of curvetting rapidly 
about before settling on the ground, the lobes, which are 
small, are everted. ‘The hind-wings are folded in such a 
way as to make a very slight convexity between the two 
tails, the nervures corresponding to the latter lying in 
re-entrant angles. 

Ltapala lazulina, Moore. Ceylon, 1908. The lobes are 
everted. 

Loxura arcuata, Moore. Ceylon, 1908. This species has 
a peculiar darting flight. The arrangement of the wings 
at rest is somewhat complicated: the lobes, which are 
small, are 4, or perhaps ?, everted, showing an eye-spot 
when the insect is looked down upon from above ; the long 
tails appear to be somewhat twisted—one overlying the 
other, their black and white tips curved upwards. The 


Hic. 2. 
Calisto zangis at rest: (a) side view, (») from above, (c) from below. 


portion of the hind-wing between the extremity of the 
abdomen and the lobe is bent inwards. As touching the 
very nearly allied Indian species, Z. atymnus, Cram., 
T noted at Calcutta in 1903, “its wings are much plaited 
longitudinally, and when at rest its extremely long tails, 
crumpled look, and brown colour give it quite the appear- 
ance of a dead leaf.” * 

Neither the inverted attitude nor the everted lobe would 
appear to be confined to the Lycwnidx, as the following 
examples prove. 

The common Jamaican Satyrine, Calisto zangis, Fabr., 
has a peculiarity of construction which appears significant. 
The anal angle of the hind-wing is somewhat produced, 
moreover on either under surface, at the angle, there is a 
small ocellus. When at rest the wings are raised over the 
back in the usual manner; the abdomen is covered by the 


* Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1905, p. 90, 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies. 659 


hind-wings, which are folded closely under it, but the anal 
prolongation of the wing is everted at right angles, as in 
the lobed Lyczenids, and as in their case the ocellus may 
be seen from above. In every case in which I noted the 
butterfly at rest it was upon the ground, so that I do not 
know whether it ever adopts the inverted attitude and is 
protected by a “false head.” But whether that be so or 
not the approach to Lycznid structure in a Satyrine is 
interesting. 

At first I thought that the eversion of the lobe in 
C. zangis might be due to the pressure of the curved sur- 
face of the pill-box in which the butterfly was confined, 
but subsequently was abundantly convinced that such is not 
the case, for when the butterfly rests on a flat surface with 
which the wing does not come in contact it is everted just 
the same. 

There is a well-developed lobe in the Oriental and 
Ethiopian Nymphaline genus Cyrestis, while the allied 
Neotropical genus Megalura has a somewhat similar 
structure (pointed out to me by Prof. Poulton), but I am 
not aware that the bionomic significance of these has as 
yet been worked out. 

The fine large blue-grey Nymphaline Peridromia feronia, 
Hiibn., is a strong flier, which has the unusual habit of 
settling upon tree-trunks, usually choosing palms with 
silvery-grey stems. The butterflies harmonise wonderfully 
with the silvery-grey stems as they sit with wings fully 
expanded like Geometers, but always head downwards as 
noticed by Darwin in Brazil.* When disturbed they will 
return to the same tree again and again. I met with this 
species at Colon, La Guaira and Trinidad, and noticed 
these points on each occasion. 

Another large Nymphaline which appears invariably 
to sit head downwards is Aganisthos orion, Fabr., of which 
I saw several in Jamaica. The favourite resting-place 
seemed to be the trunk of a logwood tree, Hematoxylon 
campeachianum, Linn., from 1 to 4 feet from the ground. 
This species rests with its wings closed above its back, and 
although the underside is cryptically coloured, the butter- 
fly may be seen from a considerable distance when in 
profile. 

* “ Journal of Researches,” etc., edn. 1860, p. 33. Compare W. J. 


Burchell’s observations (1825—1836), quoted by J. C. Moulton, Ann. 
Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, vol. ii, August 1908, pp. 184-7. 


TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND, 1908.—PART Iv. (JAN. 1909) 43 


660 Dr. G. B. Lot@tatt’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


The pretty little Nymphaline Dynamine theseus, Feld., 
which [I was familiar with in Venezuela, Trinidad and 
Tobago, often reminded me of a Lyczenid in its rapid flight 
and other ways; thus I several times saw it settle head 
downwards and then quickly move its wings, though I was 
not able to get near enough to make out the exact nature 
of the movement. 


§ 12. The Rest-Attitudes of certain Neotropical and 
Oriental Hespercds. 


The attitudes assumed by the following Skippers are 
doubtless familiar enough to many who have seen them 


a, 


Fie. 3. 


Eudamus proteus at rest : (a) side view, (b) from above. 


alive, but nevertheless I think it worth putting them on 
record, more especially since even such excellent illustra- 
tions as those of Plotz represent these insects at rest in 
positions that they never assume. 

Eudamus proteus, Linn. The rest-attitude of this com- 
mon species, as seen in Jamaica, is very striking. It was 
noted to rest with all the wings up, but partly open and 
with the fore-wings much sloped back. At the same time 
the conspicuous tails remain horizontal, nearly at right 
angles to the wings; for a great part of their length they 
overlap, but their extremities are divergent. If Mr. 
Knight’s drawings do not represent this attitude quite as 
clearly as I should have liked, it is because I was not able 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies. 661 


to supply the artist. with adequate material. The tails 
appear to be an impediment to the insect’s flight. 

The three following species, Hesperia syrichthus, Linn., 
Anastrus simplicior, Moschl., and Ephyriades otreus, Cram., 
all rest with the wings fully expanded. 

On the other hand, Carystus coryna, Hew., and Catia 
druri, Latr., rest with all the wings up; in the case of the 
latter the fore-wings are much sloped back. The only 
specimen of the former that it has been my good fortune 
to see alive was resting on a mass of silvery-white schist 
or gneiss which shone in the sun with the same metallic 
gleam as its “silver-washed” under-side.* 

Cymenes silius, Latr., was noted in Tobago to settle with 
the hind-wings horizontal, the fore-wings raised. 

In four species I have noted that the fore-wings (which 
are somewhat ample) are convex upwards as in our English 
Thanaos tages, Linn., these are: Gorgythion begga, Prittw. ; 
Cycloglypha thrasybulus, Fabr.; and Chiomara gesta, H.S., 
all met with in Venezuela, and Systacea erosa, Hiibn., in 
Jamaica. 

Mr. Meyrick includes our malvew and tages in the genus 
Hesperia; but the difference in the form of the fore-wings 
is very obvious during life, as is the difference in the 
resting attitudes, and the distinctions seem to me to have 
generic value. 

I have noted the folding of the hind-wings in the 
following Ceylon Hesperids :—Telicota bambuse, Moore ; 
Parnara mathias, Fabr.; Bibasis sena, Moore, and 
Badamia exclamationis, Fabr.t 

Two of the above-named rest with the fore-wings erect, 
the hind-wings erect, or nearly so, and all the wings 
much sloped back :—Parnara mathias and Badamia excla- 
mationis. 

The following Ceylon species settle with their wings 
fully expanded like Geometers :-—Tagiades obscwrus, Mab. 
(distans, Moore) ; Caprona (Pterygospidea) ransonetti, Feld. ; 
Hantana infernus, Feld.; Celenorrhinus (Plesionewra) 
spilothyrus, Feld. Of these the two last certainly settle 
on the under-side of leaves; they are neither of them so 
swift of flight as many of the family, and there is no doubt 
whatever that the habit greatly aids the concealment of 
somewhat conspicuous insects. When in Ceylon previously, 


* Entom. Month. Mag., 1908, p. 120. 
t+ Compare Trans. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1906, p. 112. 


662 Dr. G. B. Lomtetatt ’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


in 1904,I saw spilothyrus thus settle, and in the same year 
in India saw ransonnetti do so.* 

Though perhaps somewhat out of place I append the 
beautiful drawing made by Mr. H. Knight (from my 
sketch and specially set specimens) to illustrate the very 
peculiar attitude adopted by the common Jamaican 
Uraniid, Sematura awgistus, Fabr. The hind-wings are 
somewhat fluted, as in Pararge exgeria, Linn., the anal 
angle of the hind-wings is inverted, not everted as in the 
Lycenids. One might naturally suggest as a possible 
explanation a procryptic resemblance to a dead leaf, but 


\ me, 
Fic. 4. 


Sematura egistus at rest, viewed from behind. 


the only specimens that I have seen at rest were inside 
houses whither they had been attracted by light. 


§ 13. Seasonal Dimorphism in Neotropical butterflies, 


Seasonal Dimorphism has long been a subject of study 
in the Oriental and Ethiopian regions, but in the Neo- 
tropical world comparatively little attention has been paid 
to itt <A visit of less than four months, and those within 
the limits of the winter, or dry-season, affords but little 
opportunity for the investigation of such a difficult 
question—and the difficulty is increased by the paucity 
of cabinet specimens bearing adequate data—nevertheless 
I venture to offer the results of my observations for what 
they may be worth. 

In the Old World we see in certain genera of the 
Satyrines that the same species exhibit two forms, 
characterised by the presence or absence of ocelli on the 
under surface of the hind-wings. Similarly two forms are 
met with in the Nymphaline genus Precist; in the one 
ocelli on the under side of the hind-wings are well de- 


* For the similar habit of Pterygospidea (Tagiades) flesus, Fahv., 
in S. Africa, see Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, pp. 3238, 330. 

+ See Dixey, Proc. Ent. Soc, Lond., 1898, p. xxxix, 

t Including Junonia. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies. 663 


veloped, but in the other they are rudimentary or entirely 
absent. With the absence of ocelli is often associated a 
more angulated form of the wings, which are sometimes 
tailed, while the whole under surface is often of a redder 
colour, and the insect when at rest is cryptic, sometimes 
resembling a dead leaf. Again, in many Pierines there 
are also two forms, the one characterised by the black 
markings on the upper surface being more pronounced 
and sometimes by a suffusion or irroration of black scales ; 
whereas in the other form there is an irroration of reddish 
scales on the under surface, with or without reddish or 
purplish markings.* Now these two forms have long been 
recognised as occurring for the most part in the Wet and 
Dry seasons respectively, though it must be admitted that 
in the case of Z'erias and Catopsilia the correspondence is 
not nearly so close as in Mycalesis, Precis and Teracolus. 
However, for convenience these are usually spoken of as 
“ Wet-season forms” and “ Dry-season forms,” or even for 
shortness as “ Wet” and “ Dry.” 

When at rest, with wings closed above its back, the Dry- 
season insect is usually more cryptic than the Wet, resem- 
bling in some instances red soil, in others a dead or 
discoloured leaf. It is notable that the Dry-season form is 
commonly more marked in the female sex. 

If among Neotropical butterflies similar pairs of forms 
are met with, I propose provisionally to speak of them as 
“Wet” and “ Dry,” and then to inquire to what extent 
they are found in the corresponding seasons of the year. 

Calisto zangis, Fabr. (Jamaica). Although there is some 
variation in the size of the ocelli on the under side of the 
wings in my specimens, I am unable to divide them into 
seasonal forms. 

Euptychia hermes, Fabr., camerta, Cram. In the Wet- 


* In Catopsilia, Callidryas and Ivias tlie disco-cellular spots on the 
under side of both fore- and hind-wings are usually larger with larger 
white centres and altogether more conspicuous in the dry season, 
Moreover, in Jxias dry-season specimens have on the under side of 
the hind-wing a series of reddish, or purplish, post-discal spots, 
which when fully developed have white centres (especially in 
I. pyrene), and call to mind the similarly placed ocelli so well known 
in the Wet-season forms of Mycalesis and Precis, and indeed they 
are not unlike the rudimentary ocelli seen in “ intermediate” 
specimens of those genera, though they never attain to the com- 
plicated ‘“peacock-feather” pattern so characteristic of many 
Nymphalide. 


664 Dr. G. B. Loffistatt’s Bionomic Notes on Butter flies. 


season form the ground colour of the under-side is of a 
bluish-grey, the transverse lines are distinct and the ocelli 
well marked. 

In the Dry-season form the ground colour is browner in 
tint, the transverse lines are faint and the ocelli are minute. 

I give, in a tabular form, a statement of all the specimens 
that [ took, divided into the three classes “ Dry,’ “ Wet,” 
and “Intermediate.” The specimens classed as inter- 
mediate I have attempted to divide according as they 
seem to approach nearer to one form or the other. Males 
and females are distinguished and the dates of capture 
given, 


Euptychia hermes, Fabr., camerta, Cram. 


TE OF 
PLACE. | DRY. INTERMEDIATE. WET. penance 
Trinidad . | 3 | 19 Dec. 
Panama . es ty 3 | 28 Dec. 
Venezuela .'/3 8896/89 3S CONS | 22-29 March. 
Trinidad . . ae aa $9 1 April 
Tobago cai oa a fol 2 g 9 é 6, 7 April. 
Trinidad . . | ae Sits $16 12 April. 

Totals. | 48,18 Wide LS sade TOG avo 


It is somewhat remarkable that the specimens from 
Tobago were all distinctly “Wet” though the country 
showed every sign of extreme drought. Here the distinc- 
tion between the forms might be local and not seasonal ; 
or, as I am disposed to think, a seasonal form may have 
become localised. 

Precis lavinia, Cram. The nomenclature of this species 
is in great confusion. Messrs. Godman and Salvin brought 
together the various forms found in Central America under 
the name cenia, Hiibn., including what is generally known 
in the West Indies as genoveva, Cram. Mr. Guy A. K. 
Marshall has recently rearranged the genus Precis in the 
National Collection, and I am happy to find myself in 
complete agreement with one whose knowledge of the 
genus is so intimate. Cramer figured three forms, all 
from Surinam; a # which he called lavinia, a 2 which 
he called evarete, and a 2 which he called genoveva. The 
last two I agree with Mr. Marshall in considering to be 
Dry- and Wet-season forms respectively. The insect is 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 665 


extremely variable, in ground colour, in the size of the 
ocelli on the upper surtace (especially the anterior ocellus 
on the hind-wing), in the presence or absence of a greenish 
gloss, or “glance,” and in the presence or absence of a 
transverse white band on the fore-wings (zonalis, Felder). 
In some specimens from Guiana this white band is re- 
placed by a purplish gloss. It is almost impossible to 
divide these varieties into local races since the various 
forms overlap considerably, and the most widely different 
forms are found in Mexico. However, speaking generally, 
it may be said that the form cawnia, Hiibn., prevails in 
the United States and northern Mexico, that the form 
zonalis, Feld. (genoveva, auctorum) prevails in the West 
Indies (approaching to cwnia in the Bahamas), that the 
type form lavinia, Cram., of which the ¢ has a hind-wing 
with a green gloss, prevails in Brazil,a brown form in Peru. 

But what does not seem to have been generally noticed 
is that all the numerous varieties are themselves dimorphie. 
That is to say, that (as in the Indian species of Precis) they 
may be divided, as regards the colouring of the under sur- 
face of the hind-wings, into (1) those with several ocelli, of 
which two at least are conspicuous, (2) those in which the 
ocelli are merely indicated by black dots, or are entirely 
wanting, and (3) individuals intermediate in this respect. 
Analogy with the East would lead one to call the first Wed- 
season forms and the second Dry-season forms, 


Precis lavinia, Cram. 


PLACE. DRY. Sen, WET. DATE OF CAPTURE, 
Barbados. . . ./@ nae 3 19 Dec. 1906. 
Mt. Hope, Panama a tes $ 28 Dec. 1906. 
Constant Spring, 

Jamaica. « « - en Sl onres 31 Dec. 1906— 

8 Jan. 1907. 
Mandeville, Jamaica | g a Bye 20 Jan. 1907. 
Port Antonio ,, ane 3 é 25 Feb. 1907. 
Constant Spring, 

Jamaica -|6 ar a 7 March 1907. 
Pinama City ©. .|2 9 nee fo) 12 March 1907. 
Caracas, Venezuela |3 6 6 ws 9} 19-28 March 1907. 
St. Ann’s, Trinidad é 1 April 1907. 
Tobago ... é é 6-8 April 1907. 


Uoiiiees. «lids 2el £6 43,49 


666 Dr. G, B. Lotftat’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


I brought home 21 specimens; of these 6 were taken 
between 18 Dec. and 8 Jan., 5 of them were “ wet,” only 
L.“dry.’ 

Fifteen were taken between 20 Jan. and 9 April; of 
these 8 were “ dry,” 3 “ wet,” and 4 intermediate. 

As the dry season advanced the dry form more or less 
displaced the wet form. 

Dated specimens in Mr. W. J. Kaye’s collection taken 
in the wet season are mostly wet; the same applies to 
specimens in the Hope Collection. Judging from the 
condition of many of the specimens I met with, it is a 
long-lived insect and therefore considerable overlapping 
may be anticipated. 

Anartia jatrophe, Linn. Two forms are fairly well 
marked :— 

Wet-season. Under side. Ground colour nearly white ; 
markings often conspicuously edged with scarlet. Ocelli 
black with blue centres. No transverse bar on hind-wing. 

Dry-season. Under side. Ground colour shaded with 
grey; markings edged with ochreous or reddish-brown, 
ocelli often blue only, orange-ringed. Hind-wing with a 
transverse grey bar. 


Anartia jatrophe, Linn. 


PLACE, DRY. INTERMEDIATE. WET. | DATE OF CAPTURE, 
Drini dace ys os Lae 3 19 Dee. 
Panama . , a ro) 91s SS 28 Dec. 
Constant Spring |? @ @ Gus cite 31 Dec.—5 Jan. 
Mandeville . 3 g g 20, 21 Jan. 
Mackfield . ./¢ g 24 Jan. 
Christiana a jae a 16 Feb. 
Port Antonio 9? 98 Os 24 Feb.—4 Mar. 
Panama. <7) « hy ete 3 12 March. 
Mrimidade i. oe ee 3 1 April. 
Tobago as es $66 4-5 April. 

TOtaly eT eliOidls DP OG a Olin S ImmIaIS 


The table would appear to point to the forms being 
local rather than seasonal. The “dry” specimens, it will 
be observed, were all taken in Jamaica and were all of the 
race, or sub-species jamaicensis, Moschler,* but, on the 
other hand, not all the jamaicensis were “dry.” 


* See “Butterflies taken in Jamaica,” Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 
1908, p. 44, 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomice Notes on Butterflies. 667 


Callidryas eubule, Linn. The two forms are abundantly 
distinct, more especially in the male sex. 

Dry form. 4 Under side. Wind-wing, and all exposed 
part of fore-wing, irrorated with red-brown ; the markings 
strong; stigmata clearly outlined. 

2 Under side. As in male but reddish irroration darker. 

Wet form. g Under side. No irroration : brown mark- 
ings very faint; stigmata faintly outlined. 

2 Under side. Reddish irroration very faint. 

Intermediate specimens are frequent, approaching now 
one, now the other form. 

It may be at once admitted that these two forms of C. 
eubule are not restricted to the respective seasons to any- 
thing like the extent that is observed in the case, ¢.g., of 
the S. African Precis octavia, Cram., and its “dry”’ form 
P. sesamus, Trim. Thus on 12 Jan., 1907, C. eubule was 
seen in numbers flying about a weedy field at Temple 
Hall, on the road between Constant Spring and Castleton, 
Jamaica. Three examples were secured; a female of well- 
marked “dry” and one of equally well-marked “wet” 
type, whereas the third, a male, may be described as 
“intermediate, inclining to wet.” I was informed that 
there had been no rain for three weeks. 


Callidryas eubule, L. 


PLACE. DRY. INTERMEDIATE. WET. DATE OF CAPTURE, 
Barbados . roee) | 18 Dec. 1906. 
Trmidad 320312.) ): 3s. ite 3| 19 Dec. 1906. 
Savanilla, Colombia Mees m $ | 22 Dec. 1906. 
Cartagena ms #06 g é| 23 Dec. 1906. 
Colon, Panama . ; eae 3| 28 Dec. 1906. 
Constant Spring, 

Jamaica fi EROS, 3 EGS é ¢?| 1-9 Jan. 1907. 
Castleton, Jamaica. | ? 3 3 9} 11-12 Jan. 1907. 
Mackfield ri (Sipe bes aol Re 9 ut 25-27 Jan. 1907. 
Montego Bay ,, ore 96 4-5 Feb. 1907. 
Walderston _,, ete: g | 7-18 Feb. 1907. 
Spanish Town,, fc) $ | 21-22 Feb. 1907. 
Port Antonio ,, aac $ 3-5 Mar. 1907. 
Constant Spring, 

Jamaica 95). |. g 3 7 Mar. 1907. 
El Valle, Venezuela 63 2 43 26-27 Mar. 1907. 
Zigzag 5 é ae 29 Mar. 1907. 
Tobago Bae 286 ¢ $ 6 @| 3-10 Apr. 1907. 

MOUAIB en hieel deol agate ode Grulla? 124,39 
pint Eee 


668 Dr. G. B. Londitatt’s Bionomic Notes on Butter flies. 


It will be observed that (as we found in the case of A. 
jatrophx) no distinctly ‘‘ dry” specimens were taken out of 
Jamaica. There is also evidence (very ambiguous in the 
case of Tobago) that the “dry” form tended to displace 
the “wet” as the season advanced. 

I had also the advantage of examining Mr. W. J. Kaye’s 
series of this insect. Of six specimens taken in Jamaica 
in the month of August (wet season) 5 are of the “wet” 
form, 1 of the “dry.” Of two specimens taken in 
Trinidad in July, one is “ wet,” the other “ intermediate,” 
another taken in September is also “intermediate.” A 
specimen taken in British Guiana in either November or 
December is “ wet.” 

These facts are fairly in accord with the theory that the 
dimorphism is seasonal in the case of C. ewbule, especially 
if due allowance be made for the fact that the insect has 
the appearance of being long-lived. 

Terias euterpe, Mén. (Jamaica). My 60 specimens ex- 
hibit but very trifling differences that can be set down 
to possible seasonal dimorphism. 

The specimens that I am disposed to regard as exhibit- 
ing Dry-season coloration may be distinguished by the 
following characters on the wnder surface. 

The reddish-orange edging of the wings is more con- 
spicuous. The hind-wings are irrorated with purplish- 
brown scales, and the purplish markings (especially the 
borders of the apical pink patch) are more conspicuous. 

I do not give the results as set out in the following 
table with much confidence, and the division of the 
“intermediate ” specimens into those inclining rather to 
wet or to dry respectively should not carry much weight. 
Subject to these limitations, it will be seen that the 
specimens considered as “ wet’? were commonest at the 
two extremities of the period, those considered as “dry” 
prevailed throughout the first half of February. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 


669 


Terias euterpe, Mén. (Jamaica). 


PLACE. DRY. INTERMEDIATE. WET, DATE OF CAPTURE, 
Constant Spring |g ¢ 3 @ 613 6 6 2) 31 Dec.—4 Jan. 
> ro 6 2\Sd 8-10 Jan. 

Castleton fo} as 96 | 11-12 Jan. 
Mandeville . Evalomtoye caer 3 bas 17-22 Jan. 
Mackfield 3g one? Guorcra OuG 24-27 Jan. 
SS ' 2 (5) OHA aro} 3) wae 29 Jan.—2 Feb. 
Montego Bay 2 | | 4 Feb. 
Walderston . 3 9 S| 8-14 Feb. 
Christiana 3 GiGi q 16 Feb. 
Walderston . g 96 e'e 18 Feb. 
Port Antonio 32 Git. | 25 Feb.—1 Mar. 
Constant Spring ne) 7 March. 
Total. 63, 69|208,1095;56,29\|76, 49 


Terias delia, Cram. (Jamaica, N. Coast of S. America). 


The extreme “seasonal” forms are quite distinct. 


6 UPPER SIDE. 
Wet-season. 


costa 
longitudinal 


Ground pale yellow; 
broadly black ; 
black stripe broad. 


Dry-season. 


Ground full yellow; costa 
faintly grey ; longitudinal black 
stripe narrower. 


© UPPER SIDE. 
Wet-season. 


Ground white ; costa broadly 
grey. 


Dry-season. 


Ground of fore-wing pale 
yellow extending to costa. 


¢ UNDER SIDE. 
Wet-season. 
Uniformly white. 


Dry-season. 


Hind-wings and costal three- 
fourths of fore-wings yellow 
irrorated with brown. 


Q UNDER SIDE. 
Wet-season. 


Fore-wing white ; border pale 
yellow ; hind-wing pale yellow 
irrorated with grey. 


Dry-season. 

Fore-wing yellow, its tip and 
all hind-wing pinkish-orange 
irrorated with darker. 


670 Dr. G. B. LonfMfan’s Bionomie Notes on Butterflies. 


Terias delia, Cram. 


PLACE, DRY. INTERMEDIATE, WET. papilla 
| Savanilla, Colombia ae ? é| 22 Dec. 
| FF. lydia. 
| Colon, Panama. . As <3 $3668 6 @| 28, 29 Dec. 
I, lydia. 
Constant Spring, | 
Jamaica = ee iSO SHO. VSG sors 666 1-8 Jan, 
Castleton, Jamaica Ae 9 $| 12 Jan. 
|Mandeville ,, (| é fa 22 Jan. 
_Mackfield $e 199989 ig 6 | 24-26 Jan. 
|'Montego Bay, | 
Jamaica aS | ae 9| 4 Feb. 
Walderston, Jamaica)? 6 ae = 12 Feb. 
Port Antonio, 
Jamaica : fe) | abe 25 Feb. 
Constant Spring, | 
| Jamaica . . ./9 = ne 7 March. 
Ancon, Panama. |? 2 9 383 ae | 11, 12 Mar. 
Savanilla, Colombia | ? ie sf | 15 March. 
| Caracas, Venezuela |? ? er | ee | 18-25 Mar. 
| Totaly ee seas a Od LO. 2 US Ce Ole Reel MalOsceree 


An examination of this table shows clearly that the 
dry form got more prevalent as the season advanced, 
whereas the wet form disappeared. All the first 7 
specimens, taken at Savanilla and Colon, 22-29 Dec., are 
of the form /ydia, Felder. The last specimen taken, at 
Caracas, 25 March, is of the form per'sistens, Butl. 

A male taken above Constant Spring, ec. 1000 ft., on 
1 Jan., another male taken a little to the west of Constant 
Spring, c. 500 ft.,on 8 Jan., and a male taken near the 
railway at Panama on 12 March, all approach the form 
lydia, Felder, in having the longitudinal black streak 
broader than usual. On the other hand, the width of the 
streak in the form /ydia varies considerably. 

An aberrant male of the dry form taken on the foot- 
hills above Constant Spring on 1 Jan. is entirely without 
the black streak, the orange scales alone marking its 
position. 

Terias elathea, Cramer (Jamaica, Venezuela), appears to 
be specifically distinct from delia, but is certainly very 
closely allied to it; the females are difficult to distinguish, 
and some specimens of the male sex not easily separable. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 671 


What I take to be the Wet form has the under side 
irrorated with grey; the Dry form with reddish. 


Terias elathea, Cram. 


PLACE. DRY. Efrat | WET. DATE OF CAPTURE. 
| 
Constant Spring, Jamaica |? ? 3 i 2am 
Montego Bay - i 3 , 3 Feb, 
Port Antonio 3 ee : é 3 March. 
Caracas, Venezuela 66 18-20 March. 
Totals << 6 6 eS 19 Sys) 26 


In one of the Caracas specimens the black streak is 
very faint and might be described as obsolescent, in the 
other there is no trace of the black streak and scarcely 
any orange. 

It will be observed that this aberration was in both 
species met with in dry, or somewhat dry specimens, but 
I scarcely think that it can be considered as the extreme 
dry form, at all events without more material. 

Pieris phileta, Fabr., Jamaica, Venezuela, Tobago. 
this species the seasonal differences are well known. 

Wet-scason form. Under side. Wings white, with but 
faint traces of yellow. 

Dry-season form. Under side. Hind-wing and tip of 
fore-wing yellow; veins and lines in interspaces brown. 


In 


Pieris phileta, Fabr. 


INTER- 


ALLE MEDIATE. 


DRY. WET. DATE OF CAPTURE. 


Montego Bay, Jamaica ./|¢ ie 4 Feb. 
2? . . | é 5 Feb. 
. . 2 eee wee 39 
Walderston, Jamaica. . g a Sie 7 Feb. 
; . . | see ro! tee ” 
Venezuela 3 30 March. 
’ - | wae | Are 3 ” 
Tobago 3 10 April. 
39 | fe) 33 
9) A ee 
Total . 27, 1? ns 36 


Here again the forms seem to depend on locality more 


than season. 


672 Dr. G. B. Long's Bionomic Notes on Butterflies, 


In case any one should desire to examine more closely 
into the matter I append notes on the weather conditions 
during the period in which I was collecting. 


West Indies, etc., Meteorological Notes. 


18 Dec. Barbados, End of Rainy Season : a shower that 
morning early. Much rain in November. 
“Christmas Winds” prevailing. 

19 Dec. Trinidad. “Much rain lately”: very wet 
season: rain that morning; ground wet. 

20 Dee. La Guaira. Muddy streets and the appearance 
of much recent rain. 

22 Dec. Savanilla, Woods very dry: run-to-seed. 

23 Dec. Cartagena. A dry burnt-up look. 

27 Dec. Porto Bello, Rain all day: also rain the day 


before. 

28 Dec. Colon. Heavy shower this morning. Very 
heavy rain reported November and early 
December. 


31 Dec. Constant Spring. No rain for three weeks: 
unusually cold at Christmas, Country 
very dry and run-to-seed. 


7 Jan. Constant Spring. A smart shower. 

15-16 Jan. es : Trifling shower in the night. 

16 Jan. Mandeville. No rain for eight weeks: vegeta- 
tion very dry. 

19 Jan. Mandeville. Several showers: cloud most 


days. 

21-22 Jan. Manan Some rain in the night. 

24 Jan. Mackfield. Reported to have been an excep- 
tionally wet season: heavy rains November 
and up to 12 Dec.; nothing but trifling 
rain since; vegetation and soil very dry. 


25 Jan. Mackfield. Rain afternoon and evening, 
29 Jan. s Rain in early morning. 
31 Jan. A Two heavy showers this afternoon. 


2 Feb. Montego Bay. Heavy showers about four or 
five days before our arrival: before then no 
rain for a fortnight. 

7 Feb. Walderston. No rain since 13 November, 
except trifling showers 3 Feb. 

11 Feb. Walderston. Rain at dusk and early evening. 
12 Feb. f Rain afternoon and evening. 


Dr. G. B. Longstaff’s Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. 678 


13 Feb. Walderston. Wind and drizzle. 

15 Feb. 4 Slight rain in afternoon. 

16 Feb. Heavy shower in afternoon. 

20-23 Feb. Spanish Town, Rain while we were there and 
several showers the previous week, 

24 Feb. Port Antonio. “No rain in January: some 
last week.” Another informant, “ Very dry 
up to the time of the earthquake (14 Jan.), 
frequent showers since. 

24 Feb—5 Mar. Port Antonio. Rained nearly every day or 
night of our stay. Heavy rain 27 Feb. 

7 March. Constant Spring. “A good rain eight days 
ago, and other showers since the earth- 
quake (14 Jan.)” ; nevertheless everything 
looked very. dry. 

11 March. Panama. Country very dry. 

20 March. Cardcas. I was informed “ last year was very 
wet, up to 25 Jan.; since then it has been 
our dry season, though there was some rain 


last week.” 

21 March. Cardcas. Heavy shower late afternoon. 

22 March. » Very heavy rain mid-day and after- 
noon. 


23 March. Cardcas, Heavy rain mid-day and afternoon— 
many hours. 

29 March. La Guaira. The road down showed traces of 
heavy rain within a few days. 

4 April. Tobago. Everything very dry, but was in- 
formed that there had been “some nice 
showers at night during March.” 

8 April. Tobago. Very heavy showers. 

12 April.  Zvrinidad. Heavy rain. 
14 April. P A shower. 


For assistance in the preparation of this paper I am 
more especially indebted to Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.RS., 
to Dr. F. A. Dixey, to Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, to Com- 
mander J. J. Walker, R.N., M.A., and to Mr. W. J. Kaye, 
but the valuable services of Mesers. Holland, Hamm, and 
Collins, assistants in the Hope Department, Oxford, must 
not be overlooked, while I have to thank Mr. Horace 
Knight for his skill in interpreting my rough sketches. 


JANUARY 20, 1909. 


ey ted ate ho mee ‘> > ey eV 


es ene Paints 


a aan 
Be . 
BARN 
MS 


Pigrted eat 
Saavnvice hs 
Nietarem, no 


“es ee ee ’ 


Fwy Sere 
Samy ae Pages 


: eae 9 


Caters 
ks 
Pa lane 4 
Sond 
wate 


beens e = 


Sots 


en 
Cees 


Ge 2 AA Ae ae 
Cre < REM te te Kare 
Bee hate Bow bee bie ¥ ar Marsas aA ied Ay mee ye v 
robe p}) * ~e . 6 
- Prk died BY « whe be nF) ¥, * mv 


ene 
‘byte ae fo Cat ee 


‘ou 


Sect a 


ptite 
m= bs 


Miah 


rd 


aut 


et tee 
Gok nesta te Gh 


a 
= ben 4. as 


u a4 
eyo yy 2 eT 
€ V4 


x 
ee gat 
PS oe SATE 
ih Ran eke 
YA re 


Wry te 
~~ 


Bare 1 
2 ea He 


* ved 
ie 1 
van BN 


waa, 


te 
‘y 


SEED ENE ET & Ute t 
eee ee 


eh MES tee eeE 


Se ae 


eV GSbE HOD) 
BAG UY RB ey at ys gen 


rae 


+h 
KM 


ae 
Leta uh NO 
‘ 


* ~ 
woh Weta 
pa mh aS 


‘i, ie Ae 


ae rinare 
wee 


SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 


WU TON CAI 


3 9088 00843 3369 


‘ 
‘ 
‘ ‘ 
' ‘ 
- 
‘ 
i 
ea 
‘ 
WP eh ye 
‘ ‘ 
vo Lane ‘ 
ey i 
’ 
U7 ep yy 
ree ‘ 


ve whe b 
Seka Te hie ot 
Korea, ‘ 


owe 
Pind 
+ 
dees 
D - 
bed 
Aa 
; ; 
eee 
ae 
vere 
wis 
. 
“ee 
weer 
“* 
ha 
4- 
e 
' 
'